Full text of "Rhodora"

See other formats

Hoora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD | associate Editors.

HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND } Publication Committee.

VOLUME 21

1919

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1l.
1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co,

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS !
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD ‘5 Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. January, 1919. No. 241.

CONTENTS:

Arenaria. I. Unity of Genus. II. Type of Alsine. III. Earlier
Names for Alsinopsis. IV. American Representatives of
Arenaria sajanensis. V. A. groenlandica and A. glabra. VI.
American Variations of A. verna. M. L. Fernald .

Nardus stricta in the White Mountains. Annie Lorenz a

A Distinction between two Carices. W. De W. Miller 23

Galax aphylla introduced in Massachusetts. M. £. Ward 24
Boston, Mass. Providence, R. T.

1052 Exchange Building, Preston and Rounds Co,

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $1.50 per year (domestic and foreign); single copies 15 cents.
Prices of Volumes 1 and 2 (1899 and 1900) on application. All remittances by
check or draft, except on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional
for cost of collection. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or
indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be gladly received and pub-
lished to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of
print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howanp W. Preston. Price40c.net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most
Important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways
exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not merely the flowering
plants, but pteridophytes and cellular cryptogams, and includes not merely
genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. A work
of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of
Sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at
$15.00 per 1000 cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

— — —

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collec-
tor’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by
the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts.
each. Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in.: 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. January, 1919. No. 241.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New SERIEs.— No. LVII.

M. L. FERNALD.

I THE UNITY OF THE GENUS ARENARIA.

Ir seems wisest to maintain the genus Arenaria in its broad sense,
although the great majority of European authors and some in America
distinguish from Arenaria proper (with the valves of the capsule
notched or cleft at apex, and seeds numerous and reniform) the fol-
lowing genera which occur in boreal America: Alsine Wahlenb. or
Minuartia L. similar to Arenaria but with uncleft valves; Ammo-
denia Gmel. or Honkenya Ehrh., with unusually developed disk,
globose capsule, and few obovoid seeds; Moehringia L., with well
developed disk and with the seeds strophiolate; and Merckia Fisch.,
with 3-5 celled ovary and inflated capsule.

Although in a limited area, like Europe or like northeastern America,
the lines usually indicated for the separation of these genera are
fairly definite, an examination of species from a broad range of terri-
tory at once shows that no two of the traditional characters are con-
comitant throughout a long series of species.

In order to test the value of these genera it is well to tabulate the
characters depended upon by those who maintain the segregated
genera as distinct from Arenaria; and even in this it is difficult to
find authors in entire agreement. "Thus, some authors state that the
seeds of the monotypic Ammodenia or Honkenya are “numerous,”
others “few,” while Pax, in Engler’s Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien,
retains under Alsine with “Discusschuppen meist kurz" Ammodenia

branaceous.

1919] Fernald,— Arenaria 8

which is separated by others because it has “a conspicuous 10-lobed
and glandular slightly perigynous disk." Again Pax defines Alsine
(including Ammodenia) as having a l-celled ovary, while Merckia
is distinguished by its 3-5-celled ovary; yet Gray, in his Genera,
described (correctly) the ovary of Ammodenia as 3-5-celled. The
tabulation on the opposite page, however, presents the significant
characters most relied upon in the separation of these five genera.

When these so-called differential characters are checked by exam-
ining species from remote areas of the world we get the following
results.

Most species of Arenaria (in the strict sense) and of Minuartia
have a tufted habit, with terminal inflorescences and numerous reni-
form seeds. But the common A. lanuginosa (Michx.) Rohrb. of
South America, Mexico and the southern United States has elongated
stems with broad leaves and axillary pedicels, thus in habit strongly
simulating the European Moehringia trinervia (L.) Clairv. The
latter plant, on account of its habit and its lustrous strophiolate
seeds, is unquestionably a species of Moehringia. Yet the seeds of
Arenaria lanuginosa, a plant which in habit belongs to Mochringia,
are quite like those of M. trinervia in form and lustre, but they lack
the strophiole; i. e. only by its lack of a strophiole does Arenaria
lanuginosa find a place in Arenaria, not in the habitally similar
Moehringia.

Between Arenaria proper and Minuartia the only distinction is in
the valves of the capsule, cleft in Arenaria, entire in Minuartia, the
species of these so-called genera otherwise so closely simulating one
another as to be often nearly inseparable. "Thus, Arenaria paludicola
Robinson, which has the entire valves of Minuartia, is habitally
close to A. lanuginosa, a true Arenaria, and to species of M oehringia.

Furthermore, it is by no means easy to determine whether some of
our American species belong with Arenaria or with Minuartia, some
species having the valves so slightly cleft that in their capsules they
lie between the most characteristic species of the two groups. Thus
A. sajanensis and the species related to it (and discussed below, pp.
12-17) have emarginate valves as does A. laricifolia of Europe,
beautifully illustrated by Reichenbach (Ic. Fl. Germ. v. t. 292, fig.
4933) with notched valves, although these plants are universally
placed in the so-called genus which is distinguished by having entire

valves!

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

From all the segregate-genera Ammodenia is supposed to be sepa-
rated by the highly developed glandular-lobed disk, by its bladdery
capsule and by the few pyriform seeds with nearly basal hilum, and,
of course, by its succulent stems. Yet Pax correctly states that
Merckia has the habit of this plant, Pax separating Merckia because
it has the ovary and fruit "mehr oder weniger vollkommen 3-5
fücherig" and because of its obsolete disk. Ammodenia is left by
Pax in Alsine or Minuartia, a genus distinguished by 1-celled ovary
and the entire valves of the capsule, and he states under Merckia
that that monotypic genus perhaps belongs also with Alsine. Never-
theless, Ammodenia, as already pointed out by Asa Gray, has the
ovary "more or less completely three-five-celled, the dissepiments
soon breaking away from the walls and adhering to the more persistent
columella;"! i. e., the supposed ovary-difference between Ammodenia
and Merckia is not constant. Furthermore, the seed of Merckia is
exactly intermediate in outline between the seed of Ammodenia and
the most typical seeds of Arenaria and Minuartia, i. e., it is suborbicu-
lar to obovate-orbicular, with the hilum nearly basal. The develop-
ment or obsolescence of the stamineal disk is certainly not constant
in the group, for, although Merckia physodes as a species is readily
distinguished from Ammodenia peploides by its obscure disk, it should
be noted that some species referred to true Arenaria and to Minuartia
(Alsine) have highly developed disks, while the disk of Moehringia
is well developed. The American Arenaria macradenia Wats., for
example, is the best kind of Arenaria in its cespitose habit, acicular
leaves, terminal inflorescence, capsule and seeds, but its stamineal
disk and glands are quite as conspicuous as in Ammodenia. Ammo-
denia is supposed to be distinguished from Arenaria, furthermore,
by its few obovoid seeds in contrast with the many reniform seeds
of the latter genus; yet Arenaria Hookeri Nutt., a characteristic
cespitose species with acicular leaves and terminal cymes, has but
3 seeds to a capsule, these obovoid and with a basal hilum as in
Ammodenia.

Moehringia is distinguished by its habit, well-developed disk,
1-celled ovary, capsule-valves as in Arenaria, and reniform, lustrous,
strophiolate seeds. But as already pointed out Moehringia is exactly
simulated by species of Arenaria which differ merely in having the

! Gray, Gen. ii, 31 (1849).

1919] Fernald,— Arenaria 5

seeds estrophiolate, and it does not require great experience with
the seeds of Moehringia to assure any investigator that the strophiole
is readily deciduous and therefore likely not to be found at all on the
ripe seeds. The American Moehringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl is a
member of this genus in habit, disk, and seeds, but unfortunately
for the constancy of the genus, as long ago pointed out by Asa Gray,
the ovary is “plainly divided in M. lateriflora into as many cells as
there are styles by manifest dissepiments: STYLES 3....sometimes
2 or 4.”1 In other words, although a Moehringia in everything else,
M. lateriflora is a Merckia in its 3-celled ovary!

It would be easy to point out in our North American flora many
other species which in one character or another break down the differ-
ences which have been relied upon to separate as genera Arenaria,
Minuartia, Ammodenia, Moehringia and Merckia, but the above
notes should suffice to demonstrate that these are not true genera
but are, rather, freely confluent subgenera of the single genus Arenaria.

In organizing the material of Arenaria in the Gray Herbarium it has
been found necessary to make the following nomenclatorial changes.

ARENARIA arenarioides (Crantz), n. comb. Stellaria Arenaria L.
Sp. Pl. 1196 (1753). Cerastium arenarioides Crantz, Inst. ii. 402
(1766). Ar. cerastioides Poir. Voy. Barb. ii. 166 (1789). Ar. spathu-
lata Desf. Fl. Atlant. i. 358 (1798).

ARENARIA bryophylla, n. nom. Ar. musciformis Edgew. & Hook.
f. in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. i. 237 (1872), not Triana & Planch. Ann.
Sci. Nat. ser. 4, xvii. 150 (1862).

Edgeworth & Hooker ascribe their A. musciformis to Wallich, Cat.
no. 6401 as does also Index Kewensis; but Wallich’s no. 6401 is a
Buddleia and at best the names in Wallich's Catalogue are nomina
nuda.

ARENARIA Funkii (Jord.), n. comb. Alsine Funkii Jord. Pugill.
36 (1852).

ARENARIA cymifera (Rouy & Fouc.), n. comb. Alsine cymifera
Rouy & Fouc. Fl. Fr. iii. 275 (1896).

ARENARIA iberica, n. nom. Minuartia dichotoma L. Sp. Pl. 89
(1753), not Ar. dichotoma Krock, Fl. Sil. ii. pt. 1, 55 (1793).

ARENARIA caucasica (Boiss.), n. comb. Alsine caucasica Boiss.
Diagn. ser. 2, fasc. 1, 87 (1853), not Ar. caucasica Adams ex Ledeb.

1 Gray, Gen. ii. 35 (1849).

e Rhodora [JANUARY

Fl. Ross. i. 354 (1842), the latter merely a name published in syn-
onymy. Minuartia montana L. Sp. Pl. 90 (1753), not Ar. montana L.
Amoen. Acad. iv. 272 (1759). M. campestris DC. Prodr. ii. 380
(1828), not L. Sp. Pl. 89 (1753) nor Ar. campestris All. Fl. Ped. ii. 114
(1785).

ARENARIA anatolica (Boiss), n. comb. Alsime anatolica Boiss.
Diagn. ser. 1, fasc. 8, 97 (1849).

ARENARIA Thevenaei (Reut.), n. comb. Alsine Thevenaei Reut.
Exs. 1855 (name only); Loret, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. x. 381 (1863). Al.
verna, var. Thevenaei Loret, |. c. (1863).

ARENARIA attica (Boiss. & Sprun.), n. comb. — Alsine attica Boiss.
& Sprun. Diagn. ser. 1, fasc. 5, 84 (1844).

ARENARIA Sphagnoides (Froel.), n. comb. Sabulina sphagnoides
Froel. in Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Exc. 790 (1832).

ARENARIA aizoides (Boiss., n. comb. Alsine aizoides Boiss.
Diagn. ser. 1, fasc. 1, 47 (1842).

ARENARIA decipiens (Fenzl), n. comb. Alsine decipiens Fenzl,
Pugill. Pl. Nov. Syr. 12 (1842).

ARENARIA dianthifolia (Boiss.), n. comb. Alsine dianthifolia
Boiss. Diagn. ser. 1, fasc. 8, 99 (1849).

ARENARIA intermedia (Boiss.), n. comb. Alsine intermedia
Boiss. Fl. Orient. i. 685 (1867).

ARENARIA leucocephala (Boiss.), n. comb. Alsine leucocephala
Boiss. Diagn. ser. 1, fasc. 1, 45 (1842).

ARENARIA pulvinaris (Boiss.), n. comb. Alsine pulvinaris Boiss.
Diagn. ser. 1, fasc. 1, 46 (1842), fasc. 5, 84 (1844).

ARENARIA makmelensis, n. nom. Alsine libanotica Boiss.
Diagn. ser. 1, fasc. 8, 98 (1849), not Ar. libanotica Kotschy in Boiss.
Fl. Orient. i. 699 (1867). Known only from the alpine region of
Makmel, Lebanon, at 2590 m.

ARENARIA rimarum (Boiss. & Balansa), n. comb. Alsine rimarum
Boiss. & Balansa in Boiss. Fl. Orient. i. 678 (1867).

ARENARIA Schimperii (Hochst.), n. comb. Alsine Schimperit
Hochst. in A. Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss. i. 47 (1847).

ARENARIA stellata (Clarke), n. comb. Cherleria stellata Clarke,
Trav. iv. 211 (1816). Alsine parnassica Boiss. & Sprun. Diagn. ser.
1, fasc. 1, 46 (1842).

ARENARIA diversifolia (Dolliner), n. comb. Moehringia diversi-
folia Dolliner ex Koch, Flora, xxii. 2 (1839).

ARENARIA Grisebachii (Janka), n. comb. Moehringia Grise-
bachii Janka, Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. xxiii. 194 (1873).

ARENARIA Jankae (Griseb.), n. comb. Moehringia Jankae Griseb.
ex Janka, Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. xxiii. 195 (1873).

ARENARIA dasyphylla (Bruno), n. comb. Moehringia dasyphylla
d. in Balbis, Misc. Bot. in Mém. Acad. Turin Se. Phys. i. 391

1804
ARENARIA DASYPHYLLA, var. sedoides (Cumino), n. comb. Moeh-

1919] Fernald,— Alsine 7

ringia muscosa B. sedoides Cumino in Balb. Mém. Acad. Turin Sc.
Phys. i. 391 (1804).

ARENARIA Tommasinii (Marches.), n. comb. Moehringia Tom-
masinii Marches. Bull. Adr. Soc. Sc. Nat. Trieste, v. 327 (1880).

ARENARIA glaucovirens (Bertol.), n. comb. Moehringia glauco-
virens Bertol. Fl. Ital. vi. 626 (1844).

ARENARIA POLYGONOIDES Wulf., var. obtusa (All), n. comb. A.
obtusa All. Fl. Pedem. ii. 114, t. 64, fig. 4 (1785). Moehringia cili-
ds (Scop.) Dalla Torre, var. obtusa (All. Gürke, Pl. Eur. ii. 280
1899).

ARENARIA papulosa (Bertol), n. comb. Mer papulosa
Bertol. Fl. Ital. iv. 363 (1839).

ARENARIA platysperma (Maxim.), n. comb. Moehringia platy-
sperma Maxim. Bull. Acad. Petrop. xviii. 373 (1873).

ARENARIA Cossoniana, n. nom. Moehringia stellarioides Coss.
Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. ix. 170 (1862), not Ar. stellarioides Willd. in
Schlecht. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. Mag. vii. 209 (1813).

Il. THE TYPE OF THE GENUS ALSINE.

As published by Linnaeus Alsine consisted of two species as follows:

ALSINE.

media. 1. ALSINE petalis bipartitis, foliis ovato-cordatis. Fl.
lapp: 186. Fl. suec. 369. Hort. cliff. 173. Gron.
virg. 161. Roy. lugdb. 449.
Alsine media. Bauh. pin. 250.
Alsine minor. Dod. pempt. 29.
Habitat in Europae cultis. ©
segetalis. 2. ALSINE petalis integris, foliis subulatis.
Spergula folis filiformibus unum latus spectantibus,
stipulis membranaceis vaginantibus, pedunculis um-
bellatis. Guett. stamp. 299. Dalib. paris. 133.
Alsine segetalis, gramineis foliis unum latus spectan-
tibus. Vaill. paris. 8. t. 3. f. 3.
Habitat Parisiis. © !

By many scholarly European botanists, Hiern,? Britton & Rendle,’
Schinz & Thellung,* Briquet,? and others, A. segetalis is taken with-

rL Sp: PL i 272-0753).

2 Hiern, Journ. Bot. xxxvii. 317, 318 (1899).

3 Britten & Rendle, List Brit. Seed-Pl. 6 (1907).

4Schinz & Thellung, Bull. Herb. Boiss. sér. 2, vii. 402, 404 (1907).
5 Briq. Fl. Corse, i. 529 (1910).

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

out question as the type of the Linnean Alsine, and since A. sege-
talis belongs to the genus known variously as Spergularia Pers. (1805),
Tissa Adans. (1763) or Buda Adans. (1763) it is obvious that Alsine
is synonymous with them. By the International Rules Spergularia,
being a nomen conservandum, is retained over all competitors, but by
those who attended the International Congress at Vienna as regular
Commissioners or as delegates but who have felt no obligation to
accept the majority rulings of that representative convention!
and by those who prefer the provincial American Code to an inter-
national agreement, the name Alsine L. should be used for Tissa,
Buda, or Spergularia.

It is not clear upon what ground followers of the American Code
apply the name Alsine to Stellaria L. The American Code is explicit
as to the type of a Linnean genus, and by its ruling the type of Alsine
is unquestionably A. segetalis. The portions of the American Code
bearing upon this point are in Canon 15:

“The nomenclatorial type of a genus or subgenus is the species
originally named or designated by the author of the name. If no
species was designated, the type is the first binomial species in order
eligible under the following provisions:

“(b) A figured species is to be selected rather than an unfigured
species in the same work. In the absence of a figure, preference
is to be given to the first species accompanied by the citation of a
specimen in a regularly published series of exsiccatae. IN THE CASE
OF GENERA ADOPTED FROM PREBINOMIAL AUTHORS (WITH OR WITH-
OUT CHANGE OF NAME), A SPECIES FIGURED BY THE AUTHOR FROM
WHOM THE GENUS IS ADOPTED SHOULD BE SELECTED. [Capitaliza-
tion of the last sentence ours.]

ExaAMPLES.— Lespedeza Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 70 (1803), is typified by
L. procumbens Michx. loc. cit. pl. 89, the species first figured.”

Now, referring to Alsine L., there were but’ two species: Ist, A.
media, which is Stellaria media Vill. and 2d A. segetalis, which is

1 Even the most painstaking students sometimes fail to view international agreements sub-
jectively. Thus, Dr. Witmer Stone, writing in September, 1911, finds it ‘‘quite impossible
to accept certain of the features of these codes [the International Rules and the American Code] ”
— Plants So. N. J. 34 (1911); and, therefore, as a zoólogist making a temporary excursion into
the bctanical field, adopts in his botanical writing methods which are quite at variance with
those sanctioned by either the International Rules or the American Code. Nevertheless,
when certain zoólogists proposed alteraticns cf their International Code of Nomenclature,
Dr. Stone felt, in May, 1912, as most of us do, that, **if we are to shift back and forth to accom-
modate the views of now one coterie of investigators, now another, we might as well abolish
all codes and lapse into nomenclatural chaos" — Science, n. s, xxxv. 818 (1912).

1919] | Fernald,— Alsinopsis 9

Spergularia segetalis Don. The references under the Ist species,
Alsine media, indicate no figure, but the 2d species, A. segetalis, goes
back to “Alsine segetalis, gramineis foliis unum latus spectantibus.
Vaill. paris. 8. t. 3. f. 3," which shows a beautifully clear illustration.
By the American Code, therefore, the type of Alsine is A. segelalis.

The definition of Alsine in the Genera Plantarum, ed. 5, 132 (1754)
likewise indicates A. segetalis in the character “Cor. Petala quinque
aequalia, calyce longiora," for in A. segetalis the petals are, as described
by Rouy & Foucaud, “une fois plus longs que les sépales" ! while
the petals of A: media are, as defined by Britton in his key to species,
“shorter than the calyx.’ Incidentally, it is unfortunate for Dr.
Britton's argument that A. media is the type of Alsine that he should
have selected for his artist a flower of the latter which so beautifully
shows 10 stamens (Ill. Fl. fig. 1752), for both in the Genera Plantarum
and in the Species Plantarum the genus Alsine was placed in the
Pentandria Trigynia and in the definition of the genus Linnaeus dis-
tinctly said * Filamenta quinque." In A. media plants with 5 stamens
do sometimes occur, but in A. segetalis this number is tolerably con-
stant.

It should be sufficiently clear, then, that Hiern, Britten & Rendle,
Schinz & Thellung, and Briquet are correct in making Alsine segetalis
the type of the genus, and that in not so doing the professed followers
of the American Code are violating Canon 15 b of that code.

III. THE EARLIER NAMES FOR ALSINOPSIS.

Very recently Small has rechristened Alsine Wahlenb., not L.,
as Alsinopsis? transferring to it many eastern American species,
Alsinopsis groenlandica, A. glabra, A. stricta, A. caroliniana, etc. but
designating no type except “ Alsine Wahl., not L.,” and more recently
others, content to follow Small without looking into the validity of
his work or into the literature which he has so obviously ignored, have
given us the new combinations Alsinopsis verna (L.) Cockerell, based
on Arenaria verna L., Alsinopsis propinqua (Richardson) Rydberg,
based on Arenaria propinqua Richardson, Alsinopsis sajanensis

1 Rouy & Foucaud, Fl. de France, iii, 301 (1896).
? Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, ii. 42 (1913).
3 Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 419, 1330 (1903).

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

(Willd.) Cockerell, based on Arenaria sajanensis Willd., Alsinopsis
arctica (Stev.) Heller, based on Arenaria arctica Stev., etc. etc.
Nevertheless, had they looked into the standard works of reference,
without study of which no taxonomist should allow himself to pub-
lish, they would have found that the plants which made up the original
Alsine Wahlenb.' and the species which are universally placed with
them have already had more than a grocer’s dozen of generic names
most if not quite all of which are clear from duplication! The sounder
European botanists reduce Alsine Wahlenb. to the Linnean Minuartia
(1753), but if Minuartia is held to be distinct there are still plenty
of names from which to select. Leptophyllum Ehrh. Beitr. iv. 147
(1789),? was based on Arenaria tenuifolia L. which is placed by Pax

1 Wahlenb. Fl. Lap. 127 (1812).

2 The International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature wisely state that “The mere indica-
tion of species as belonging to a new genus...does not allow us to accept the genus. ..as
characterized and effectively published"; but the so-called “American” Code rules that a
genus is published by ‘‘a reference to a specific description, which is associakle by citation with
a previously published binomial species," the authors of the American Code regarding the
retention by the International Congress of nomina conservanda as ''in the highest degree
arbitrary, as controverting a cardinal principle [priority of publication] — Am. Code of Bot.
Nom. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiv. 167, 168 (1907). As an illustration of such publication of
a genus the American Code states that: “Dryopteris Adans. Fam, Pl, 2: 20 (1763), is published
with a reference to a specific description associable by citation with the previously published
Polypodium Filiz-mas L. Sp. Pl. 1090 (1753), inasmuch as both Adanson and Linnaeus
cite Filir mas of Fuchs." (Canon 10, Examples). However, when one turns to the page in
Adanson stated in the American Code which was devised '* To reach greater precision” (p. 167),
he finds no mention, as is stated in the Code, of Filiz mas; merely the following:

** Dryopteris Id. [referring to the char- Id. |Enveloppe] Id.”
acterization of Filiz]. enparasol.

In other words, on page 20 there is no mention of Filiz mas, and the only word of diagnosis
"enparasol'" describes the peltate indusium of Polystichum, not the reniform indusium of
Filiz mas. The American Code would have won more respect for its “precision” if it had
stated the fact, that the only reference to Filir mas is on p. 551, in the index or “ table," where
it is placed not under *'' Dryopteris” but under *' Druopteris.”’

But surely if Dryopteris satisfies the American Code as good publication of a genus, Lep-
tophyllum Ehrh. Beitr. iv. 147 (1789) based, as stated, on Arenaria tenuifolia L., is admirably
published. Some other generic names similarly published on the same or adjacent pages,
which by the American Code, but not by the International Rules, should be taken up are

PHAEOCEPHALUM Ehrh. l. c., 146 (1789), based on Schoenus fuscus L. = RYNCHOSPORA
Vahl (1806).

Hypropnita Ehrh. |. c. (1789), based on Tillaea aquatica L., which was also the type of
'"TxxLAEASTRUM Britton (1903).

TnurcnormvrtLUM Ehrh. 1. c. 147 (1789), based on Scirpus acicularis L. = ELEOCHARIS
R. Br. (1810).

MowaNTHrIUM Ehrh. 1. c. 148 (1789), based on Pyrola uniflora L., which was the type of
Monerses Salisb. (1821).

Heuicronra Ehrh. |. c. (1789), based on Ophrys spiralis L., which was also the type of
InrpruM Salisb. (1812).

ArroPTERON Ehrh. l. c. (1789), based on Polypodium aculeatum L. = Porvsricuuw Roth
(1799).

Is it possible that these are all of Ehrhart's names the neglect of which, by those whose code
calls for priority of publication at all costs, is likely to seem ‘‘in the highest degree arbitrary "?

1919] Fernald,— Alsinopsis 11

under the subgenus Eualsine and should therefore be a fairly typical
member of the genus. Somerauera Hoppe, Flora, ii. 26 (1814) with
the single species S. quadrifaria is identified by all modern European
botanists as Arenaria octandra! or Alsine octandra (Sieb.) Kern. while
Siebera of the same author, l. c. 24 (1819) with a single species S.
cherlerioides is likewise considered inseparable from Arenaria octandra.
Sabulina Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 785 (1832) contained 25 species,
the first one, S. tenuifolia, based upon the same Arenaria tenuifolia
L. which was the sole type of Ehrhart's Leptophyllum. Some other
species were S. verna, based upon Arenaria verna L., one of the original
species in Wahlenberg's genus Alsine and the plant now renamed
Alsinopsis verna (L.) Cockerell, Am. Nat. xl. 864 (1906); S. laricifolia,
based on the Linnean Arenaria laricifolia, one of the species which later
formed the basis of the genus Wierzbickia Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Germ. v.
30 (1841), and which now appears as Alsinopsis laricifolia (L.) Heller,
Muhlenbergia viii. 96 (1912); S. stricta, based upon Spergula stricta
Swartz, which was the first species of Wahlenberg's Alsine, the type
of Small’s genus Alsinopsis, and S. biflora, based upon Stellaria biflora
L., which was the basis of Alsine biflora (L.) Wahlenb. FI. Lapp. 128
(1812) and therefore one of the types of Alsinopsis Small, which
afterward appeared as a type of the genus Alsinanthe Reichenb. Ic.
Fl. Germ. v. 29 (1841) and which is identical with Arenaria sajanensis
Willd., which has now taken on another alias, Alsinopsis sajanensis
(Willd.) Cockerell, Am. Nat. xl. 864 (1906). Reichenbach had still
more generic names for members of the genus Alsine Wahlenb., not L.
For instance Tryphane, Reichenb. l. c. 28 (1841), which included
T. verna, based on Arenaria verna, which had already been one of the
original species of Alsine Wahlenb., and which, as above pointed out,
has been rechristened Alsinopsis verna by Cockerell; or Facchinia.
Reichenb. l. c. 29 (1841), based on Arenaria lanceolata All., which is
the Alsine rupestris (Scop.) Fenzl; or Neumayera Reichenb. |. c. 30
(1841) with the two species N. austriaca and N. Villarsüi, which are
Ar. austriaca Jacq. or Alsine austriaca (Jacq.) Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp.
129 (1812) and therefore belonging with Alsinopsis Small; and Ar.
Villarsii Balbis or Alsine Villarsi; (Balbis) Mert. & Koch. —

As if Reichenbach had not already provided enough generic names
for Alsine Wahlenb. not L., Gay in 1845 published the genus Greniera

1 ARENARIA octandra (Sieb.), n. comb. Cherleria octandra Sieb. Fl. Austr. Exs. n. 149 (1813)
Alsine octandra (Sieb.) Kern. Sched. Flor. Exs. Austro-Hung. ii. n. 564 (1882).

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

J. Gay, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, iv. 27 (1845) with the two American
species, G. Douglasii and G. tenella based on Alsine Douglasii Fenzl
and Arenaria tenella Nutt.; but, disregarding the name Greniera,
which had never been published for a genus prior to Gay’s use of it,
Heller enriches the synonymy with the names Alsinopsis Douglasii
(Fenzl) Heller, Muhlenbergia, viii. 20 (1912) and Alsinopsis tenella
(Nutt.) Heller, l. c. 96 (1912). There are still other names which
might be discussed, Xeralsine Fourr., ete.; but it is sufficiently clear
that even if we keep Alsine Wahl. distinct from Arenaria, there are
plenty of well published names for it which antedate by many decades
Alsinopsis Small; and, furthermore, the three species which were
formally described by Wahlenberg under his Alsine, the basis of
Alsinopsis, are members of the following so-called genera:

ALSINE STRICTA (Swartz) Wahlenb. belongs to ALSINELLA Swartz
(1814), a name antedated by Alsinella Moench (1794); to SABULINA
Reichenb. (1832), a name which had not been previously used for a
genus; and to ALSINANTHE Reichenb. (1841), again a perfectly
valid generic name.

ALSINE BIFLORA (L.) Wahlenb. belongs likewise to ALSINELLA
Swartz (1814); to SaBuLINA Reichenbach (1832); and to ALSINANTHE
Reichenb. (1841).

ALSINE RUBELLA Wahlenb. belongs likewise to ALSINELLA (1814)
and to SABULINA (1832); while A. verna, to which A. rubella is so
closely related as often to be considered conspecific, was one of the
original species of TRyPHANE Reichenb. (1841), again a name which
had not been previously used.

There is, then, no possible need for the generic name Alsinopsis

. Small.

IV. THE AMERICAN REPRESENTATIVES OF ARENARIA
SAJANENSIS.

The plants which were included by Robinson in the Synoptical
Flora under Arenaria sajanensis Willd. prove, when better understood,
to be four quite definite species, which may be distinguished by the
following characters:

The few short filiform herbaceous or subherbaceous basal shoots bearing
obscurely keeled leaves: petals 0.5-1 mm. wide, shorter than to barely
exceeding the glabrous or puberulent sepals: anthers 0.2-0.3 mm. long:
capsule 4-6 mm. long, with membranaceous pale valves: seeds smooth,
reniform-orbicular, not obviously beaked, 0.6-0.8 mm. in diameter.

A. sajanensis.

1919] Fernald,— Arenaria sajanensis 18

The crowded trailing freely forking subligneous branches densely clothed
with highly marcescent thick-ribbed leaves: petals 1.5-2.5 mm. broad,
conspicuously exceeding the pilose or hirsute sepals: anthers 0.5-1 mm.
long: capsule 6-10 mm. long, with firm stramineous valves: seeds
reniform-obovate, with the micropyle prolonged into a beak, 0.7-1.2
mm. long.

Leaves round-tipped.
Leaves oblong, ciliolate, pale-green, 1-5 mm. long, about 1 mm.
broad, very densely imbricated: calyx glandular: seed rugose or
s 10 cece NEM o A. obtusiloba.
Leaves linear, glabrous-margined, deep green, 4-8 mm. long, 0.3-
0.5 mm. broad, loosely imbricated: calyx not glandular: seed
smooth or obscurely pebbled.................. A. marcescens.
Leaves sharp at apex................:. 2 MR ?A. laricifolia.

A. SAJANENSIS Willd. in Schlecht. Berl. Gesell. Nat. Fr. Mag. vii.
200 (1816); Seringe in DC. Prodr. i. 408 (1824). Stellaria biflora
L. Sp. Pl. 422 (1753), not Arenaria biflora L. Mant. 71 (1767). Ceras-
tium biflorum (L.) Crantz, Inst. ii. 402 (1766). Alsine biflora (L.)
Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 128 (1812). Alsinella biflora (L.) Swartz, Summ.
Veg. Scand. 17 (1814). Ar. occulta Fisch. ex Seringe in DC. Prodr.,
i. 408 (1824). Ar. polygonoides, 8 occulta Ser. in DC. 1. c. (1824).
Ar. scandinavica Spreng. Syst. ii. 402 (1825). Sabulina biflora (L.)
Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 790 (1832). Ar. stenopetala "Turcz.
Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. (1838) 89. Ar. alpina Porter & Coult. Syn. Fl.
Colo. 14 (1874), chiefly. Ar. biflora Watson, Bibl. Ind. 94 (1878),
not L. Alsinanthe biflora (L.) Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Germ. v. 30. t. 209
fig. 4939 (1842). Ar. sphagnoides 'Thomas ex Koch, Syn. Fl. Germ.
ed. 2, 123 (1843). Alsinopsis sajanensis (Willd.) Cockerell, Am.
Nat. xl. 864 (1906).— Arctic regions, south with us to the Torngat
Mts., Labrador, the Shickshock Mts., Gaspé Co., Quebec, and alpine
regions of Arizona and Oregon. The following specimens belong
here. GREENLAND: Baals Revier, J. Vahl; Pilekrat ved S. Kangerd-
luarksuk Fjord, Holsteinsborg Distr., August 5, 1884, Warming &
- Holm. Hupson SrRArTs: Nottingham Island, August 24, 1884,
R. Bel. Lasrapor: Rama, July 15-August 30, 1894, July-
August, 1899, A. Stecker, nos. 208, 355, August 20-24, 1897, J. D.
Sornborger, no. 286 (distributed as A. verna, var. hirta); Kanga-
. laksiorvik Bay, September 1-10, 1908, Owen Bryant; Hebron, Ment-
zel; Okkak, Fratres Morav. Qursec: Mt. Albert, Gaspé Co., July
25-27, 1881, J. A. Allen; crevices and detritus of serpentine, barrens
and brook-ravines, alt. 700-1050 m., Mt. Albert, August 8-15, 1905,
Fernald & Collins, no. 77; July 25, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no.
550. ALBERTA: meadows above Banff, July 8, 1907, Butters &
Holway, no. 91; Elbow River, June, July, 1897, J. Macoun, no. 18,-
286; Silver City, August 6, 1885, J. Macoun (distributed as A.
arctica); Mt. Molar, alt. 1980 m., July 9, 1904, J. Macoun, no. 64,-
688; Lake Louise, alt. 2200 m., July 20, 1904, J. Macoun, no. 64,687;
Pipestone Creek, alt. 1980 m., July 7, 1904, J. Macoun, no. 64,689;
summit of Otterhead Pass, alt. 2135 m., August 10, 1904, J. Macoun,

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

no. 64,690. MowTANa: Upper Marias Pass, alt. 2440 m., August 4,
1883, W. M. Canby, no. 44; Old Hollowtop, near Pony, alt. 2745 m.,
July 7, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, no. 4041. Wyomine: Teton Mts.,
August 21, 1894, Aven Nelson, no. 1009. Coronapo: Gray's Peak,
alt. 3965 m., August 15, 1885, Letterman; high mountains, Gray's
Peak and vicinity, alt. 3350-4270 m., 1885, Patterson; Twin Lakes,
1875, Brandegee; South Park, Wolf & Rothrock, nos. 343, 344; Mt.
Ouray, alt. 3660 m., August 20, 1901, C. F. Baker, no. S41. Uvan:
Uinta Mts., alt. 3350 m., August, 1869, Watson, no. 173. | ARIZONA:
summit of Mt. Agassiz, August, 1884, Lemmon, no. 3289. OREGON:
cliffs of Wallowa Mts., alt. 2745 m., July 31, 1899, Cusick, no. 2301a.
WasHINGTON: Cascade Mts. near Mt. Baker, July 16, 1898, J. B.
Flett, no. 860; Engel Creek near Mt. Stewart, 1883, Brandegee, no.
672. British CoLuMBIA: mountain summits, alt. 2290 m., Kicking
Horse Lake, July, 1885, J. Macoun; summits of Selkirk Mts., alt.
1675-2440 m., August 2-4, 1890, J. Macoun, nos. 13, 16; summit of
Rocky Mts., alt. 2135 m., August 18, 1890, J. Macoun, no. 15; small
peak above timber line, alt. 2285 m., Selkirk Mts., July 26, 1905,
C. H. Shaw, no. 1037; summit of Mt. Arrowsmith, Vancouver I.,
July 16, 1887, J. Macoun.

A. obtusiloba (Rydberg), n. comb. `A. obtusa Torr. Ann. Lyc.
N. Y. ii. 170 (1826) not All. Fl. Pedem. ii. 114 (1785). A. arctica y
Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 181 (1838). A. biflora, var. obtusa (Torr.) Wat-
son, Bibl. Ind. 94 (1878). Alsinopsis obtusiloba Rydberg, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiii. 140 (1906), as to first citation, Ar. obtusa Torr.,
but only in small part as to other citations (see discussion below).—
Alberta to New Mexico. The following belong here. ALBERTA:
Sheep Mt., Waterton Lake, July 28-31, 1895, J. Macoun, no. 10,094.
MowTANA: Bridger Mts., August 21, 1902, W. W. Jones; Spanish
Peaks, 1901, J. Vogel; Old Hollowtop, near Pony, alt. 2440 m.,
July 7, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, no. 4039. Wyomrine: stony sub-
alpine parks, Brooklyn Lake, Albany Co., August, 1909, Aven Nelson,
no. 9235; open hillsides, Telephone Mines, Albany Co., August 3,
1900, Aven Nelson, no. 7951; Little Bald Mt., Bighorn Mts., July 13,
1900, J. G. Jack. Cotorapo: high mountains, Gray's Peak and
vicinity, alt. 3350-4270 m., July and August, 1885, H. N. Patterson,
no. 11; alpine, Pikes Peak, August 27, 1895, Canby; alpine ridges
east of Middle Park, 1861, Parry, no. 141; barren rocky places above
the limit of trees on James Peak, August 18, 1870, E. L. Greene;
Sierra Blanca, 1877, Hooker & Gray; South Park, 1873, Wolf &
Rothrock, no. 364; among rocks at 3660 m., mountain northwest of
Como, July 31, 1895, Crandall & Cowen, no. 82; Mt. Garfield, alt.
3800 m., July 25, 1901, F. E. & E. S. Clements, no. 496; near Pagosa
Peak, alt. 3500 m., August, 1899, C. F. Baker, no. 310 (distributed as
A. verna). UTAH: moist soil, alt. 3810 m., La Sal Mts., Grand Co.,
July 15, 1912, E. P. Walker, no. 279. New Mexico, northern New
Mexico, 1867, Parry, no. 17.

1919] Fernald,— Arenaria sajanensis 15

According to Index Kewensis, Arenaria alpina Porter & Coulter,
Syn. Fl. Colo. 14 (1874) is A. obtusa Torr., but it is in every way
inadvisable to take up the name. Porter & Coulter obviously sup-
posed they were listing a Linnean species, although Linnaeus had no
A. alpina. They cite Alsine biflora Wahl, as a synonym, i. e. Aren-
aria sajanensis Willd; their description of the leaves as "narrowly
linear, 3"—33" long" belongs clearly to A. sajanensis, not A. obtusa
Torr. and their citation, Hall & Harbour 77 is inconclusive, since
no. 77, at least in the Gray Herbarium, is a mixed number, consisting
mostly of 4. sajanensis.

The name Alsinopsis obtusiloba Rydberg is not much clearer in
its application, although it may be fairly inferred that Rydberg was
changing the name of Arenaria obtusa 'Torr. on account of Allioni's
earlier species of that name. But the other citations given by Ryd-
berg are not helpful: Ar. biflora Wats. was based definitely on Alsine
biflora Wahl. and is, therefore, Ar. sajanensis Willd; while * Arenaria
sajanensis Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. 29: 304. 1894. Not A.
sajanensis Willd. 1816” was largely A. sajanensis Willd, but with all
the species here discussed, A. obtusiloba, A. marcescens and A. larici-
folia? confused with it. Only through inferring, then, that Rydberg’s
Alsinopsis obtusiloba was intended as a renaming of Ar. obtusa Torr.
does Rydberg’s name become definite.

A. marcescens, n. sp., dense caespitans, caudiculis epigaeis lignes-
centibus ramosissimis 0.5-2.5 dm. longis, foliorum remnantibus
marcescentibus rigidis imbricato-tunicatis; foliis coriaceis viridibus
glaberrimis lineari-setaceis obtusis 4-8 mm. longis 0.3-0.5 mm. latis,
nervo crasso; cauliculis adscendentibus 2-5 cm. altis 1-floris glandu-
loso-pilosis remote bracteatis, bracteis 2-4-jugis lanceolato-subulatis;
pedunculo 0.6-1.5 em. longo; calycibus purpurascentibus vel fuscis
turbinato-campanulatis 3.8-5 mm. longis basi plus minusve pilosis,
sepalis oblongis vel oblongo-lanceolatis obtusis valde carinatis ple-
rumque nerviis lateralibus; petalis spathulatis vel spathulato-obovatis
albis vel lilacinis basi luteis 6-8 mm. longis 2-2.5 mm. latis; antheris
albidis 0.5-1 mm. longis; capsula subcylindrica 0.6-1 cm. longa;
valvis coriaceis stramineis lineari-oblongis apice emarginatis; semi-
nibus olivaceis vel brunneis reniformi-obovatis, laevissimis 0.8-1.2
mm. longis apice radiculari rostellata.

Densely cespitose, with the trailing and freely forking lignescent
branches 0.5-2.5 dm. long and closely covered with the rigid marces-
cent remnants of the leaves: leaves coriaceous, bright green, strictly
glabrous, linear-setaceous, obtuse, 4-8 mm. long, 0.3-0.5 mm. wide,
with a thick midrib: flowering stems ascending, 2-5 cm. high,

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

1-flowered, glandular-pilose, remotely bracted, with 2-4 pairs of short
lance-subulate bracts: peduncle 0.6-1.5 em. long: calyces purplish
or fuscous, turbinate-campanulate, 3.8-5 mm. long, more or less
pilose at base; the oblong or oblong-lanceolate obtuse sepals strongly
keeled and usually with 2 lateral nerves: petals spatulate or spatulate-
obovate, white or lilac, yellow at base, 6-8 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. wide:
anthers whitish, 0.5-1 mm. long: capsule subcylindrie, 0.6-1 cm.
long; its coriaceous stramineous linear-oblong valves emarginate;
seeds olive or brown, very smooth, reniform-obovate, 0.9-1.2 mm.
long, with the tip of the radicle prolonged into a beak.— Serpentine
and magnesian limestone ledges and gravel, western Newfoundland
and Gaspé Co., Quebec. NEWFOUNDLAND: serpentine tablelands,
altitude about 380 m., Bonne Bay, August 27, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand
& Kittredge, no. 3366; serpentine and magnesian limestone barrens,
northeastern bases and slopes of Blomidon (“ Blow-me-down") Mts.,
July 24, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3365 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.), August 21, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3365a (ripe seeds of
no. 3365); Blomidon Range, July 3-5, 1911, C. C. Stewart, no. 13;
sandy plains, Serpentine (or Coal) River, July 16, 1896, Waghorne
no. 6 (distributed as A. verna). QuEkBEc: Mt. Albert, Gaspé Co.,
July 31, 1881, J. A. Allen, no. 4 (distributed as A. groenlandica or
A. arctica); Shickshock Mts. (presumably Mt. Albert), 1882, J.
Macoun; crevices and detritus of serpentine, barrens and brook-
ravines, alt. 900-1058 m., Mt. Albert, August 8, 1905, Fernald &
Collins, no. 78, July 23, 1906, Fernald & Collins, nos. 551, 552.

The Fernald & Collins and Fernald & Wiegand material has been
distributed as A. arctica Stev.; but A. arctica has broader leaves,
glandular calyx and very large broadly obovate petals.

?A. LARICIFOLIA L. Sp. Pl. i. 424 (1753). Ar. striata L. Amoen.
Acad. iv. 315 (1756) in part, not All. Alsine laricifolia (L.) Crantz,
Inst. ii. 407 (1766). Stellaria laricifolia (L.) Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2, i.
317 (1772). Sabulina striata (L.) Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 789
(1832). Alsine striata (L.) Gren. Mem. Soc. Doubs (1841) 33, t. 1,
fig. 1. Wierzbickia striata (L.) Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Germ. v. 30, t. 211,
fig. 4932 (1842). Alsinopsis laricifolia (L.) Heller, Muhlenbergia,
viii. 96 (1912).— The plant which is passing in America as Arenaria
laricifolia is more western and northern than A. obtusiloba, occurring
from Yukon and Alaska to northwestern Wyoming, Nevada and
Oregon. There is doubt as to just what Linnaeus had as Ar. larici-
folia and a further doubt as to whether our American plant is identical
with the European. The material seen by the writer is all frag-
mentary and until it is better known may pass as A. laricifolia. It
is highly important to secure abundant flowering and fruiting speci-
mens for critical study. The following specimens are tentatively
referred here. YuxKon: Yukon River, August 15, 1887, Dawson;

. 1919] Fernald,— Arenaria groenlandica and glabra 17

Bonanza Creek, Dawson, June 12, 1914, Eastwood, no. 204; Dawson
Slide, Dawson, June 12, 1914, Eastwood, no. 207. Montana: Bald
Mt., alt. 3050 m., July 22, 1880, S. Watson, no. 54; plains near Cut-
bank Creek, August 5, 1883, Canby, no. 45. Wyomine: high moun-
tains, Yellowstone Park, August 13, 1893, J. N. Rose, no. 483. NE-
vADA: East Humboldt Mts., alt. 3050 m., August, 1868, Watson,
no. 173. OreGon: on cliffs at 2440 m., Eagle Creek Mts., 1881,
Cusick, no. 969. WasHINGTON: rocky ridges near snow, at 2440 or
2740 m., Mt. Paddo, September 15, 1883, Suksdorf, no. 175.

V. THE SPECIFIC IDENTITY OF ARENARIA GROENLANDICA
AND A. GLABRA.

It has been customary to treat the boreal Arenaria groenlandica
(Retz.) Spreng. and the more southern A. glabra Michx. as distinct
species, the former extending from Greenland to the higher granitic
mountains of New England and New York and locally southward
along the Alleghenies to the mountains of North Carolina, the latter
confined to the mountains of North Carolina, Tennessee and Georgia.
'The characters as stated by those who maintain the two as species
are as follows: !

A. GROENLANDICA. Stems 2-8 in. long, 1—5-flowered (Robinson);
3-20 em. tall, sparingly forked (Small): leaves linear, 15-7 lines
long, the basal in a dense cluster (Robinson); leaf-blades filiform to
subulate, 0.3-1.5 cm. long, the basal in a dense cluster (Small):
pedicels 0.5-1.5 cm. long (Small): sepals broadly ovate, 15-2 lines
long (Robinson); sepals oblong or oblong-lanceolate, 3-4 mm. long
(Small): petals obovate (Robinson, Small): capsule subglobose to
oblong (Robinson); capsule ovoid, or rarely subglobose or nearly
oblong, 5-6 mm. long (Small).

A. GLABRA. Stems 6-12 in. high (Robinson); stems 0.5-3 dm. tall,
often bushy (Small): leaves narrowly linear, equaling or exceeding
the internodes (Robinson); leaf-blades narrowly linear or nearly
filiform, 1-2.5 em. long (Small): pedicels elongated (Robinson);
pedicels 1-4 cm. long (Small): sepals ovate-oblong, 13 lines long
(Robinson); sepals oblong or ovate-oblong, 2.5-3 mm. long (Small):
petals spatulate (Small): capsule ovoid (Robinson); capsule ovoid,
3 mm. long (Small).

That the specific lines between the two are not satisfactory has long
been evident from the fact that plants referred by one author to A. —

1 These characters are taken from the treatments by Robinson in Gray, Synop. Fl. i. 243
(1897) and by Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. ed. 2, 420 (1913).

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

glabra have been referred by others to A. groenlandica; and examina-
tion of herbarium-material shows at once that the characters depended
upon are far from constant. Thus material of most typical A.
groenlandica from Greenland and Labrador and the highest New
England mountains shows sepals varying from 3-5 mm. in length,
while plants of good A. glabra from the South (for example, Biltmore
Herb. no. 664 from North Carolina; Curtiss, no. 304 from Nashville,
Tennessee; and sheets from Lookout Mountain, near the line between
Tennessee and Georgia), with pedicels up to 4.5 cm. long and with
cauline leaves up to 3 cm. long, have sepals 3-5 mm. long, i. e. with
the same variation in length as those of A. groenlandica. Similarly
with the capsules: the material from Lookout Mountain, with long
leaves and pedicels, has capsules up to 5.5 em. long, while fully ripe
material from Table-Top Mt., Gaspé, has the capsules less than 4 mm.
long. The stems of the boreal plant may be as freely forking as the
austral, having 1-30 flowers, while characteristic. southern plants
with long leaves and pedicels may have the stems subsimple or with
only few flowers. The Lookout Mt. material collected by Judge
Churchill has the petals as long and as broad as much of the northern
material; and the seeds of the northern and southern specimens are
quite alike.

Nevertheless in spite of the absence of good specific characters in
the seeds (which usually display the best of specific differences in
Arenaria), in the capsules, petals and sepals, there is a “look” about
the two extremes which indicates that they are not strictly identical.
The boreal A. groenlandica is more tufted and lower, usually with
more developed basal leafy shoots; its cauline leaves are shorter;
its pedicels become less elongate, and its petals are inclined to be
longer. This typical A. groenlandica is confined in New England and
New York to the very highest mountains, descending along brooks
in the White Mountains only to 885 m. and occurring on the summit
of Mt. Monadnock, New Hampshire, above 915 m.; in Vermont it
is only on the summits of Mansfield and Camel's Hump; in New
York only on the summit of Whiteface.

On the siliceous or granitic rocks of the Kittatinny Mts. in New
Jersey, the Shawangunk and Catskill Mts. in New York, and exposed
granitic ledges of Connecticut and southwestern Rhode Island occurs
a plant which has always been referred to A. groenlandica. The
writer had never had a field-acquaintance with this plant of southern

1919] Fernald,— Arenaria groenlandica and glabra 19

New England, southern New York and northern New Jersey, until
the past June, when at the invitation of Mrs. Orra Parker Phelps,
he visited with her an extensive area in Charlestown, Rhode Island,
where she had found the Arenaria abundant in the dry Cladonia
carpet on exposed granite ledges. At Charlestown the plant was
passing out of flower and with much mature fruit. It had taller,
more forking and more brittle stems than in the familiar alpine A.
groenlandica, no tufted basal foliage, but the flowers and fruits were
quite like those of A. groenlandica. The habitats at Charlestown,
either exposed sunny ledges in the pastures where the plant mingled
with Krigia virginica, Hypericum gentianoides, Juncus secundus,
and other Carolinian plants, or crevices of ledges in the dry oak
woods, were so far from boreal stations that it seemed highly improb-
able that this Rhode Island plant could be identical with the arctic-
alpine A. groenlandica. Abundant material was collected and it
proves to be identical with the plant from Middletown and North
Guilford, Connecticut, and the specimens from the Catskills which
have always passed as A. groenlandica and it is. probable that the
plants from the Shawangunk and Kittatinny Mts. (as well as from
the mountains of Pennsylvania), which the writer has not seen, are
the same; and in no point does this material from southern New
England and southern New York differ from true A. glabra from
North Carolina and Tennessee.

Furthermore, perfectly typical A. glabra occurs northward into
New Hampshire and Maine; in New Hampshire found on the lower
granite mountains with Paronychia argyrocoma, var. albimontana and
other plants of austral affinity or occasionally on ledges in oak woods.
It is on Welch Mt., a dry warm granitic mass south of the Franconia
Range, and when Professor A. S. Pease found it in oak woods of
Carroll Co., he was so impressed with the fact that this was not the
proper habitat for A. groenlandica that he specially commented on
* 4. groenlandica (Retz.) Spreng., which is not uncommon on the
mountains of the Montalban Range, but which is perhaps seldom
found in so incongruous a situation as here, growing under the shade
of red oak trees!" ! In Maine A. glabra is found on the lesser granitic `
mountains (Streaked Mt., Oxford Co., Alamoosook, Hancock Co.,
Peaked Mt., Penobscot Co., etc.), and on ledges near the mouth of

1 Pease, Ruopora, xvii, 233 (1915).

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

the Kennebec. Eastward, on Mt. Desert Island as well as at Halifax,
Nova Scotia, the plant in stature and habit is perplexingly transitional
to the boreal 4. groenlandica, being usually more tufted and lower
than in A. glabra but with the very bushy habit of the latter and with
pedicels intermediate in length, and petals shorter than in most
arctic-alpine plants. Similarly, on some of the secondary mountains
of Maine and New Hampshire (White Cap, Rumford, Maine, Mt.
Hope, Coós Co., New Hampshire, ete.) the plant is so transitional
between the arctic-àlpine and the Alleghenian plant that specimens
might pass for either; while the plant from the summit of Roan Mt.,
North Carolina, has the habit of 4. groenlandica but the longer leaves
and slightly shorter petals of A. glabra.

In brief, there seem to be no absolute lines by which 4. groenlandica
and 4. glabra can be distinguished, although the plants of arctic-
alpine and those of Alleghenian range have certain tendencies of
habit and foliage which in extreme colonies are well marked, though
in transitional areas these tendencies break down. At best, then,
A. glabra is a geographic variety of 4. groenlandica. "The characters
and ranges of the two varieties are stated below.

A. GROENLANDICA (Retz.) Spreng. Syst. ii. 402 (1825). Stellaria
groenlandica Retz. Fl. Scand. ed. 2, 107 (1795). Alsine groenlandica
Gray, Man. ed. 2, 58 (1856). Alsinopsis groenlandica Small, Fl.
S. E. U. S. 420, 1330 (1903).— Tufted, forming dense mats of short
leafy basal shoots 1-13 em. broad: stems few to very numerous,
filiform, depressed, decumbent or suberect, simple to freely forking
2-10 (rarely -15) em. high, 1-30-flowered: leaves linear, obtuse, soft,
often flaccid, or the basal narrowly oblanceolate; the basal 3-15 mm.
long; the uppermost cauline (below the first forking) 2-9 mm. long:
pedicels erect or spreading becoming 0.6-2.3 em. long: calyx 3-5 mm.
long, campanulate; the ascending essentially nerveless oblong to
oval scarious-margined sepals obtuse: petals broadly to narrowly
obovate, usually retuse, white, 6-10 mm. long (sometimes smaller
or wanting): capsule globose-ovoid to slender-conical, slightly ex-
serted: seeds reddish-brown, 0.7-0.8 mm. long.— Greenland and
Labrador, south to Table-top Mt., Gaspé Co., Quebec, the higher
mountains of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont and New York, and
in uncharacteristic form to the coast of southern Nova Scotia and
eastern Maine.

Var. glabra (Michx.), n. comb. A. glabra Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i.
274 (1803). Alsine glabra Gray, Man. ed. 2, 58 (1856). Alsinopsis
glabra Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 420, 1330 (1903).— Similar: less tufted,
usually with few if any short leafy basal shoots: stems solitary-few,

1919] Fernald,— Arenaria verna 21

erect or strongly ascending, simple to freely forking, 0.7-2.7 dm. high,
1-50-flowered; the uppermost cauline leaves (below the first forking)
0.8-3 cm. long: pedicels becoming 1.2-4.5 cm. long: calyx 3-5 mm.
long: petals 4-8 mm. long.— Mountains of Georgia, Tennessee and
North Carolina, locally north on exposed siliceous rocks to the Catskill
Mts., New York, central Connecticut, southwestern Rhode Island,
central New Hampshire, and central Maine.

VI. THE AMERICAN VARIATIONS OF ARENARIA VERNA.

In 1906! it was felt by the present writer that the variations of
Arenaria verna with petals shorter than or barely equaling the calyx
could be separated as three varieties: var. propinqua (Richardson)
Fernald, a glandular-pubescent plant with the rather tall flowering
branches (up to 1.5 dm.) 2-5-flowered, and with the fruiting calyx
2.5-3.5 mm. long; var. hirta (Wormskj.) Watson, similar but with
fruiting calyx 4-5 mm. long; and var. rubella (Wahlenb.) Watson,
glabrous or nearly so, with branches 1 (rarely 2)-flowered and with
calyx 3-4 mm. long. Since that time the writer has collected the
plants extensively in Labrador, Newfoundland and Quebec and
material from other regions has been sent him for study. As a
result of reconsidering his former attitude it may now be stated that
these variations are so freely confluent as to be practically unrecog-
nizable? They should be merged as one North American variety
which is also in boreal Eurasia, and the earliest varietal designation
seems to have been that of Chamisso & Schlechtendal, in 1826, when
they distinguished Arenaria hirta a. glabra (the same as A. verna, var.
propinqua, forma epilis Fernald) and 8. pubescens (which covers
vars. hirta and propinqua of later authors). This variety should,
then, be known as

ARENARIA VERNA L., var. pubescens (Cham. & Schl.), n. comb.
Ar. Gieseckii Hornem. Fl. Dan. ix. t. 1518 (1816). Ar. hirta Wormskj.
Fl. Dan. x. t. 1646 (1819) excl. syn. Ar. propinqua Richardson in
Frankl. Journ. 738 — reprint 10 (1823). Ar. hirta Q8. pubescens
Cham. & Schlecht. Linnaea i. 56 (1826). Alsine hirta (Wormskj.)
Hartm. Handb. Skand. Fl. ed. 3, 104 (1838). Als. verna, m. hirta

1 Raopona, viii. 32 (1906).

2 Fenzl well understood the situation when he spoke of A. verna with ‘‘ varietatum limitibus
difficillime coércenda, synonymia taediosa ac inextricabili fere modo confusa, botanicorum
omnis aevi cruciamentum.’’ — Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 348 (1842).

22 Rhodora | JANUARY

(Wormskj.) Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 349 (1842). Als. hirta, a
foliosa Hartm. Handb. Skand. Fl. ed. 6, 149 (1854). 4r. verna, var.
hirta (Wormskj.) Watson in King, Rep. 41 (1871). Als. propinqua
(Richardson) Lange, Fl. l'an. xvii. 7, 8 (1877) as to Greenland plant.
Als. verna, 8. propinqua (Richardson) Grónl. Isl. Fl. 33 (1881) as to
name. Als. rubella, var. hirta (Wormskj.) Gürke, Pl. Eur. ii. 258
(1899). Ar. verna equicaulis A. Nelson, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi.
352 (1899). Ar. verna, var. propinqua (Richardson) Fernald, Ruo-
DORA, viii. 32 (1906). Alsinopsis propinqua (Richardson) Rydberg,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiii. 140 (1906). Alsinopsis hirta (Wormskj.)
Cockerell, Am. Nat. xl. 864 (1906).

A. VERNA, var. PUBESCENS, forma epilis (Fernald), n. comb. Alsine
rubella Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 128, t. 6 (1812). Alsinella rubella (Wah-
lenb.) Swartz, Summa Veg. Scand. 17 (1814). Ar. quadrivalvis R.
Br. in Parry, lst Voy. App. 271 (1824). Ar. hirta a. glabrata Cham.
& Schlecht. Linnaea, i. 56 (1826). Ar. rubella (Wahlenb.) Sm.
Engl. Bot. Suppl. i. t. 2638 (1831). Alsine verna, 9. glacialis Fenzl in
Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 350 (1842). Alsine verna, B. rubella (Wahlenb.)
Hartm. Handb. Skand. Fl. ed. 6, 149 (1854). Ar. verna, var. rubella
(Wahlenb.) Wats. Bibl. Ind. 99 (1878). Ar. verna, var. propinqua,
forma epilis Fernald, Ruopora, vii. 32 (1906). Alsinopsis quadri-
valvis (R. Br.) Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiii. 140 (1906).

NARDUS STRICTA IN THE WHITE MOUNTAINS.
ANNIE LORENZ.

Ar Waterville, New Hampshire, the past season, the writer's atten-
tion was caught by a peculiar and unfamiliar tufted grass. It grew
abundantly, perhaps a hundred tufts, on a dry, sterile bank below
the Crawford cottage at the edge of the golf-links, and bore abundant
spikes, which, however, were considerably past maturity.

With the aid of Britton & Brown's Flora it was found to be Nardus
stricta L., a European grass, the only American localities cited in the
work mentioned being Newfoundland and Amherst, Mass. (Tucker-
man). :

The species is indigenous in Greenland and eastern Newfoundland.
In the Gray Herbarium are specimens from two stations in the United
States. One is Tuckerman’s original collection from Amherst,
Massachusetts, and its label bears the following note: “has appeared
in poor grassland (undisturbed 19 years) adjoining my garden. Am-
herst, 1871. E. T." The other is labelled: “ Andover, New Hamp-
shire, August 29, 1901. A. A. Briggs."

1919] Miller,— A Distinction between Carices 23

Batchelder's Flora of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Vicinity
reports the species as very rare at Andover, New Hampshire. "There
is also a report of it from Gill, Massachusetts, in Stone's Flora of
Franklin and Hampden Counties.

In Europe it has a fairly wide range throughout the western part
of the continent and as far east as the Caucasus. Apparently it
frequents the more hilly regions, not getting into the steppe country
of Russia. It is reported as growing in the mountain pastures,
heaths, moors and sterile places. In Switzerland and Italy it is
found in the subalpine regions, through the Apennines, Corsica
and Sardinia.

As Waterville is subalpine, and the golf-links have a sterile acid
soil, forming a habitat much like that which it frequents in its Euro-
pean home, the colony may become permanently established here.
It must have existed for a number of years, if one may judge by the
size and vigor of the tufts, but it had been previously overlooked by
the writer. This grass (wire-bent or mat-grass) is rather noticeable
in appearance, growing in tufts with tough, closely matted culm-bases,
fine wiry dark-green leaves a foot or more long, and curious secund
spikes with a double row of single-flowered spikelets. The attention
of collectors is called to it. Specimens have been deposited in the
Gray Herbarium.

HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT.

A DISTINCTION BETWEEN TWO CaRICES.— Carex laxiculmis Schwein-
itz and C. digitalis Willdenow are well-marked species of sedges
which can, as a rule, be easily separated by any one of the half-dozen
characters given in the manuals. These diagnostic features are all
somewhat variable, however, so that occasional plants are puzzling
and nearly connect the two species. The one recognized variety,
C. laxiculmis copulata, was originally described by Prof. Bailey as
C. digitalis var. copulata, and was treated as a variety of the latter
species by Kükenthal in 1909. Any additional mark of distinction
between these two species is therefore welcome, particularly if con-
stant. Such a character seems to be found in the nature of the pistil-
late spikes. In both species there are normally from one to three
minute scales at the tip of each pistillate spike; these are usually

24 Rhodora [JANUARY

empty but, in C. digitalis, at least, sometimes contain stamens. |
With this exception the female spikes of C. digitalis are strictly pis-
tillate. In C. laxiculmis, however, at least one, usually a majority
or all, of the pistillate spikes in each culm bear from one to three
staminate flowers at the base.

Mr. K. K. Mackenzie has called my attention to Kükenthal's
description of the latter species (under the name Carex retrocurva
Dewey) in the Pflanzenreich. Here this peculiarity is noted in the
following words but is not emphasized as a distinctive character:
“Spiculae laterales 3-4 9 (basi floribus paucis c vel squamis steril-
ibus instructae)" As no mention of this character is made in
Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora, nor in Gray's Manual, it seems
desirable to direct attention to it.— W. DEW. MrrrEm, Plainfield,
New Jersey.

GALAX APHYLLA INTRODUCED IN MassACHUSETTS.— In the fall of
1917 while walking through woods in the northeastern part of Swamp-
scott, Massachusetts, the writer found two clusters of round-heart-
shaped, crenate-toothed, long-petioled shining leaves. Some of the
leaves were sent to the Gray Herbarium where they were identified as
“Galax aphylla L., the foliage of which is extensively used by florists."
Galax aphylla is not native north of Virginia and in reference to the
Swampscott plants which have established themselves among oak
trees on dryish upland, Mr. M. L. Fernald writes, *I know of no other
record of its attempting to become naturalized in New England."
Several investigations since finding the Galax show the plants in
thrifty condition as regards leaves, but no sign of bud or blossom has
been seen.— ManTHA E. Warp, Lynn, Massachusetts.

Vol. 20, no. 240, including pages 201 to 220 and title-page of the volume, was
issued 27 January, 1919.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD € Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER (

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. February, 1919. No. 242.
CONTENTS:
George Golding Kennedy. £E. F. Williams : : : Pease |

Helianthemum Bicknellii and H. propinquum. M. L. Fernald 36

Amsinckia in New England. Walter Deane ; ; : aes

Carex flava, var. gaspensis in Vermont. M. L. Fernald . ear

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T,
1052 Exchange Building, Preston and Rounds Co,

HHODORA.-— A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $1.50 per year (domestic and foreign); single copies 15 cents.
Prices of Volumes 1 and 2 (1899 and 1900) on application. All remittances by
check or draft, except on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional
for cost of collection. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or
indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be gladly received and pub-
lished to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of
print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howanp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most
important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways
exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not merely the flowering
plants, but pteridophytes and cellular cryptogams, and includes not merely
genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. A work
of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of
sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at
$15.00 per 1000 cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collec-
tor’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by
the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts.
each. Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. February, 1919. No. 242.

GEORGE GOLDING KENNEDY.
EmiLe F. WILLIAMS.
(With portrait).

Dr. GreonaE GoLtpinc KENNEDY died at his home in Milton on
Sunday, March 31, 1918. He was born in Roxbury, now a part of
Boston, on October 16, 1841, and was the son of Donald and Ann
Colgate Kennedy.

Donald Kennedy was born April 2, 1812, in Glen Moriston in the
Scottish Highlands. He was the son of John and Isabella (Sinclair)
Kennedy. In this rugged and unfruitful glen where he spent his early
years Donald acquired the habits of industry and thrift which later
enabled him to accumulate in this country a large fortune. "Though
the Kennedys, like most of their neighbours, were poor in a worldly
sense, they were rich in energy and courage, and possessing, like most
of their race, a great respect for learning and a. craving to acquire it,
they made many sacrifices in order to educate their children.

“Frugal living and high thinking," Dr. Kennedy often said had
been the rule of life of his ancestors and he inherited and continued
the family tradition to the end of his life; When Donald was still a
youth his father and the rest of the family emigrated to. Canada
leaving the son under the care of an uncle in Scotland where he re-
ceived a good education including a fair knowledge “of the classics.
In 1833 Donald came to Boston-with no ‘capital: other than a clear
head and a large stock of perseverance. On December 23, 1835, he
was married by Father Taylor, the noted pastor of the Seamen’s
Bethel in Boston, to Ann, daughter of William and Celia (Golding)
Colgate, born in Hastings, England. Of this union there were born

26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

one son, the subject of this memoir, and four daughters. In 1843,
Donald bought a small farm in Roxbury and established himself in
the comfortable house on Warren Street which remained the family
homestead until his death. The fields and pastures adjoining this
farm have long ago been cut up into building lots which are now well
covered with houses and stores, and it is difficult to realize that less
than fifty years ago this was open country.

The son, George G. Kennedy, attended the Roxbury Latin School
then under the able direction of Augustus H. Buck. In 1860 he en-
tered Harvard College, graduated in 1864 with the degree of A. B.
and in 1867, having completed the courses of the Harvard Medical
School, he received the degree of Doctor of Medicine.

After practising his profession for only a short time, he retired and
found ample occupation in managing his father's business and in the
care and administration of a growing estate. He was now able also
to devote a large part of his time to those scientific and literary pur-
suits which had taken.a strong hold on his nature while he was yet a
student at Harvard. While there he attended the courses in botany
given by Dr. Asa Gray and the enthusiasm for nature, and particu-
larly for plant life, which was Dr. Kennedy's ruling passion, was
undoubtedly developed and nurtured by the inspiration of sitting in
the classes of this gifted man. The earliest specimen in Dr. Kennedy's
herbarium which he started while yet at college, is dated 1862. His
herbarium remained during his life the object of his constant solicitude
and attention. On January 21, 1864, Dr. Asa Gray writes to Charles
Wright then in Cuba, “ By the steamer of Saturday, which takes this,
a good young fellow, Mr. Kennedy, a member of our Senior class,
goes to Cuba to look after business of his father, and, when he can, to
botanize, only four or five weeks. "That is, in vacation. He is very
fond of botany, and. bids fair to be a botanist some day, if he does not
take to money making instead." ! Young Kennedy made money
but he, nevertheless, became a botanist. `

On February 28, 1865, Dr. Kennedy was married by the Rev.
James Reed, pastor of the Bowdoin Street Church in Boston, to Har-
riet White Harris, daughter of Benjamin Clark Harris and Harriet
(White) Harris. Their children were Edith Golding, Donald, who
died in infancy, Harris, Sinclair and Mildred.

Mrs. Kennedy was a very remarkable woman. She combined in

1 Letters of Asa Gray, edited by Jane Loring Gray. Houghton, Mifflin & Co., 1893, Vol. 2,
page 517.

1919] Williams,— George Golding Kennedy 27

an unusual degree a deeply religious nature, sweetness of disposition
and a boundless sympathy for every one she met. She had clearness
of vision, great discernment, judgment, and capacity for management.
To these qualities were added a genius for hospitality. Every visitor
at the Kennedy home was welcomed by her with such genuine cor-
diality and interest as instantly won his confidence and friendship.
To know Mrs. Kennedy was to love her and with this congenial help-
mate Dr. Kennedy spent a long and happy life. She died in 1910 and
with her death the light went out of her husband's life.

In 1879, Dr. Kennedy purchased of Judge John Oakes Shaw the
large estate in Milton, Massachusetts, known as “The Pines" and
here-he built a fine commodious house which gradually displaced the
old family home in Roxbury and is now the residence of his eldest
son Dr. Harris Kennedy. Situated on the high land at the foot of
big Blue Hill, the house commands a noble view of the Neponset
valley. Near by are the extensive woods and glades of the Blue Hills
range which include every kind of natural feature favorable to the
development of a rare and varied flora and it was in this beautiful
home surrounded with every opportunity for indulging his taste for
botany that Dr. Kennedy spent most of his time when he was not
travelling.

He visited Europe in 1872, 1880, 1886, 1887 and in the spring of
1894 he went to Egypt, the Holy Land, Constantinople and Athens.
In May, 1900, we find him at Virginia Beach with Charles E. Faxon
to observe a total eclipse of the sun. In 1903 he spent the summer
with his family in Devonshire, Scotland, and by the English Lakes.
In 1905 he was in Europe for the last time.

His journeys in the eastern part of this country from Canada to
Florida were frequent, and when, about 1896, the New England
Botanical Club took up the study of the botany of New England, he
was one of its most indefatigable explorers. Sometimes alone, but
more often in the company of enthusiastic collectors like Edwin
Faxon, Walter Deane, Charles E. Faxon, Joseph R. Churchill, Jesse
M. Greenman, and many others including the writer, repeated trips
were made to Mt. Washington, Mt. Mansfield, and Smuggler’s Notch,
Willoughby Notch, the Otter Creek valley in Vermont, Western
Massachusetts and other localities. Most of these regions are now
well known botanically and Dr. Kennedy contributed not a little to
our knowledge of them through his extensive collections.

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

It was always his object to enrich the Gray Herbarium which he
considered had the first claim to any of his specimens. Later under
the inspiration of Merritt L. Fernald, Maine became a field of his
active operations. Nor were the other New England States neglected.
Many were the collecting trips in Vermont with Ezra Brainerd, and
in Rhode Island with J. Franklin Collins and William Whitman
Bailey.

An especially notable expedition was that to Mt. Katahdin in 1900.
The mountain had never been systematically botanized. Dr. Ken-
nedy had a log cabin built in the Basin, a great ravine in the heart of
the massif at an elevation of over 3000 ft. and from this base for two
weeks with Joseph R. Churchill, Merritt L. Fernald, J. Franklin
Collins, Emile F. Williams and five guides, explored the mountain
as thoroughly as weather and time permitted, many rarities being
discovered.

It has been my privilege to read the botanical journals that Dr.
Kennedy kept religiously from 1896 to 1915. "There may have been
earlier journals but these are not now available.

It is clear that plants were ever in Dr. Kennedy's thoughts. He
noted with extreme minuteness everything he gathered and particu-
larly any specimen that seemed to depart in any particular from the
type. Also extraordinarily full were his memoranda as to locality.
His journals of European travel are equally interesting and wherever
he went the plant life was foremost in his observations. In 1900, as
has been said before, he went to Virginia Beach with Charles E.
Faxon to observe the total eclipse of the sun on May 28th. "This
phenomenon impressed him exceedingly and the European trip of
1905 was undertaken principally to see the eclipse of August 30th.
This was total at Burgos in Spain and thither he went with his family,
visiting Holland and France on the way. He writes on August 30th:

“We drove in an omnibus along the dusty and much frequented
highway to the astronomical station we visited yesterday, on the high,
wide plain about two miles south of the city. Mounted cavalry were
scouring about the boundaries to keep people off the space reserved
for the foreigners and the astronomers and we were soon installed as
amateurs.... There were no trees except at the edge of the highway.
Everywhere else extended the broad high plain with what little vegeta-
tion there was trampled down by horses and men.

“ A small Agrostis, a minute Plantago with very narrow leaves and

1919] Williams,— George Golding Kennedy 29

woolly bases, a few Dipsaceous looking plants and a yellow composite
and very small Leguminosae, a slender Hieracium with conduplicate
recurved leaves and a purple Cuscuta on a gorse and a small bit of
minute moss in patches over the ground. First contact at 11:46 not
visible for rolling clouds which coming from the westward had been
threatening for an hour but the sky was very blue and clear at 11:56
when the eclipse was well on.

“What an hour of hopes and fears! At 12:30 the sun was in bright
blue sky though all about lie dark clouds. "Three beautiful balloons,
one a real black pearl, have gone up from near the citadel and a big
elephant of another is fast by a cord though floating in the air.

“Ten minutes before the eclipse rain begins to fall and we all hasten
to protect instruments by umbrellas. At six minutes before the
clouds are breaking and at one minute before the sun is again in blue
sky. We watch with eager happy eyes. The shadow sweeps across —
the sun is a pale corona around a black disk — the darkness not so
intense as in Virginia and the clouds at the horizon reflect the sunlight,
making a beautiful spectacle. Even just before the totality when the
clouds cleared away, one remained under and close to the sun and was
a beautiful prism in color and in light. The length of the eclipse too
seemed very great and I thought, “ What if it should not end?" No
such idea came to me in 1900.

“ There was a purple color in the landscape rather than the iron gray
of 1900."

In passing through Paris on the way to Burgos Dr. Kennedy visited
the Jardin des Plantes. It is interesting to read in the journal, “Saw
the old and much supported acacia planted there in 1636, and then
to the beautiful green hill under the Cedar of Lebanon, planted 1735,
where the cool shade delighted me.

“The two forty foot palms set out in the warm sun to rejoice, like
two centenarians, gave me a real thrill as if I had seen the Grand
Monarque himself. The card showed that they were: `

Chamaerops Humilis
Donné à Louis XIV par Charles III, margrave de
Bade Dourbach

“The small and feeble heads on the tall trunks were held by braces
joined to four iron rods from the tub in which they were planted.
Long may they enjoy the summer sun of the garden!"

Here it may be well to quote an interesting account in the 1903

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Journal of a visit while in London on September 4th to the Nestor of
English botanists, Sir Joseph Hooker. It will also show Dr. Kennedy's
terse and direct style of writing, very particular and precise as to
details which escape most of us.

* Fernald and I left Waterloo station at 11:05 and arrived at Sun-
ingdale at 12:17. Sir Joseph Hooker’s little victoria was at the station
and we rode about a mile to the house, beautifully situated among
pine trees in a moorland sort of district. Lady Hooker received us
very kindly in a little hallway near the front door and Sir Joseph
came in after we were seated in the parlor. He was dressed in a
Scotch plaid of quiet pattern, a gray and purplish stripe. He is
eighty-six years old and has yet the alertness that always characterized
Asa Gray. His beard is worn in a large fringe about his face and I
never before saw that way of trimming the beard suit the face; his
eyebrows are enormously large and shaggy and as I have noticed that
my own are growing perceptibly the past three years I wonder what
reversion of type it may indicate. His manner and something about
the face, a certain placid benignity, reminded me of Samuel H. Scudder,
the writer on Butterflies. He is now getting rather deaf so that we
all talked in a loud tone. He made us feel quite at home by showing
much pleasure in our call.

“When Fernald gave him Mr. George Murray’s message, that he had
good news from Capt. Scott on the Discovery now in the Antarctic
region, he quickly said, “How can that be? How can he have news
of Capt. Scott who is locked in the ice?" As Fernald could not
answer this question he laughingly added, “ Well, tell Murray I thank
him for the good news." Lady Hooker's mother, a dear and seem-
ingly very old lady, came in with a younger lady and we all went out
in the dining room at about 1:30. The meal was evidently dinner,
for hot roast beef and vegetables and fine boiled rice served in one
course were followed by........ and a cup of coffee. Very choice

Asti wine was offered me, while Fernald and Hooker kept to the
red wine or at least Fernald did. We were placed at table as follows:

Lady Hooker
who carved the meat
Fernald GOR
Sir Joseph Lady Hooker's mother

The lady whose name
I do not recall

Our talk was on American children and on botany only slightly.

1919] Williams,— George Golding Kennedy 31

" After dinner Sir Joseph proposed we should take a stroll about the
place and after lighting very good cigars in his study we went forth.
The study had a few bundles of plants as if he had not wholly given up
his regular work and there hung near the outer door leading to the
wooded hill a press and also a stout digger which he said Ward of
Wardian Glass Case fame had given him... We walked through beauti-
ful paths in these piney woods, Sir Joseph constantly showing us trees
and shrubs which he had planted; he bought the place on leaving
Kew twenty years ago and had done all the planting; all his own except
the original pines and it was wonderful to see what twenty years will
do in England. Sequoias and Douglas pines and Colorado spruces
and New England oaks, the rubra and tinctoria and also what ap-
peared imbricaria; two beautiful patches of Linnaea looked flourish-
ing and very fine pink Daboecia, which we saw white in the Grasmere
Garden. He took us to the edge of his land next the Golf course
where we looked across to the Great Windsor Forest; all the land in
the region belongs to. St. John's College, Cambridge, a gift from
.Henry VIII and just now is quite in the fashion, as many new wealthy
people are coming out from London, which indeed is not to be won-
dered at, the situation is so beautiful. The paths lead in many
directions in these perhaps twelve acre grounds and there is a beautiful
vista from the house looking down a green turf avenue quite a distance.
When I said I wished I had brought my camera to take such a pretty
view Sir Joseph urged me to come again and bring the camera, thus
being as gracious as was Lady Hooker when she expressed regret she
had not known Mrs. Kennedy was in London that she might have
had the pleasure of seeing her with us.

“The maid came to say that Lord Thring and hà daughter had come
to call but Sir Joseph did not hasten us from our interesting walk,
but led us to the-end of that path and then we returned to the house;
in the parlor were several ladies and Lord Thring, a very old looking
pale faced gentleman seated in a low armchair and not rising when
shaking hands with Sir Joseph and us. He is a year younger than
Sir Joseph but has pored over law books instead of much outdoor life.
I had quite a chat with him on American law, which he has largely
studied especially of Colonial or rather our Federalist period from
1790-1810. He has lately been at work on the Laws passed in the
Commonwealth period which were almost wholly repealed when
Charles II returned. He also said few people recognized the fact

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

that the English monarchy was elective, the Act of Succession being
regulated by Parliament. Tea was served to all of us and soon Lady
Hooker announced that the carriage was ready to take us back to
the station, she and Sir Joseph both accompanying us out of doors
to say good bye."

'The temptation is great to quote extensively from these interesting
diaries but it is not possible within the limits of this paper.

Dr. Kennedy had a very extensive acquaintance and his many
friends belonged to every vocation. He had the faculty.of adapting
himself readily to his surroundings and he enjoyed impartially the
society of professional men, of business men or of those engaged in
the humbler occupations of life. Quick to perceive merit and sterling
worth wherever he found it, he counted many of his warmest friends
among those whom fortune had not favored and his truly democratic
spirit endeared him to these and made him the recipient of their
devoted services. A striking instance of the long enduring friend-
ships which he established early in life was the monthly Dining Club
which he and some of his classmates founded on their graduation
from Harvard in 1864. "This club included men who distinguished
themselves in after life — Dr. William L. Richardson, George Glover
Crocker, Henry H. Sprague, William A. Monroe, Frank W. Wildes and
Prentiss Cummings — and except when abroad Dr. Kennedy never
willingly missed a meeting and often travelled many miles in this
country for the sole object of dining with the Club. His acquaintance
among botanists was very large and for many years a visit to the
Pines and its hospitable hosts was enjoyed by most of the botanists
who came to the Gray Herbarium for work or study.

If it be true that a man's friends are an index to his character, it is
no less true that a man's books are an index to his intellect and Dr.
Kennedy's library was truly representative in this respect. The
botanical works which were many he fittingly left to the Gray Her-
barium. Several volumes were of great rarity, perhaps the most
notable work, which Dr. Benjamin L. Robinson, the curator, had long
coveted, was Sowerby's English Botany with the exceedingly rare
five supplementary volumes. The Shakespeariana were extensive
and well selected and included many very valuable editions. In
forming this part of his library Dr. Kennedy had the invaluable help
and advice of Edwin Faxon, a profound scholar no less ardent in
hunting rare books than in collecting rare plants. From 1892 till

1919] Williams,— George Golding Kennedy ` 33

Mr. Faxon’s death in 1898, except during the summer vacations, Dr.
Kennedy and the writer spent every Tuesday evening at the house on
Lamartine Street in Jamaica Plain where Edwin lived with his brother
Charles. These frequent meetings, jestingly referred to by us as
The Faxon Club, were at first entirely botanical in character but later
were quite as often devoted to books and it was here that the great
erudition of Edwin Faxon and the Doctor became known to me.
Unlike many collectors these two book lovers read their books and
knew them from end to end. It was a revelation to me to be initiated
into the mysteries of judging the points of books in which these two
bibliophiles were so deeply versed.

Another notable feature of the Kennedy library was the large num-
ber of volumes of classical literature. Dr. Kennedy read Latin
easily and also Greek. A copy of the Greek Testament was his
constant companion. There were numerous volumes of travel and
exploration, some well selected volumes of poetry, of which Dr.
Kennedy was very fond, an unusually good collection of Harvardiana
and works relating to the history of New England, a fine set of
works of reference, notable among which were ornithological books
and full sets of the works of the standard authors. Another special
department consisted of books relating to the Swedenborgian religion
to which sect the Doctor belonged.

Dr. Kennedy was a member of the Union Club, the St. Botolph
Club and the Art Club, the Harvard Clubs of Boston and New York,
the New England Botanical Club, the Vermont Botanical Club and
the Sullivant Moss Society of New York, the Boston Society of Nat-
ural History, the Bostonian Society, the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, the American Geographical Society of
New York, and at the time of his death he was a Trustee of the Massa-
chusetts Medical Benevolent Society, à highly prized honor which
came to him entirely unsought and a striking testimonial to his worth
and character.

Of these many associations the dearest and most highly valued was
his membership in the New England Botanical Club, of which he was a
charter member and to whose welfare and extension he devoted
unstinted time and money. The many activities of the Club owe
much to his generous and unfailing support which lasted until his
death. For many years he was a regular attendant at its meetings,
until a slight deafness and trouble with his eyesight, from which at

34 em Rhodora [FEBRUARY

various times during his life he had suffered, compelled him to give
up this pleasure.

In 1896 he became a member of the Committee to visit the Gray
Herbarium. He never faltered in his zeal to work for this institution
and he contributed very largely to its development. The fine library
wing was erected solely through his generosity and every undertaking
of the Herbarium requiring financial support was sure of a liberal
contribution from the Doctor. Nor were the Gray Herbarium and
the Botanical Club the sole recipients of his benefactions. Both he
and Mrs. Kennedy were constant in their support of many public
and private charities. Few persons were aware during his life of the
extent of his gifts, for the Doctor was most averse to publicity and
the consciousness that he had done the right thing was a sufficient
reward to him.

Dr. Kennedy’s herbarium was essentially personal. Started in his
college days, its carefully directed growth was continued until the
year before his death. It was his daily companion and was kept in
his spacious study together with his most used books of reference.
Although he might have purchased sets of rare plants from dealers
and professional collectors more freely than most amateurs, he rarely
did so, preferring to build up his collection by his own application,
thereby gaining personal familiarity with the floras and groups in
which he was particularly interested. When he subscribed for sets
it was because he desired to aid some worthy piece of exploration
rather than he might himself possess the specimens.

He was careful and painstaking in his methods and his beautifully
mounted sheets of well made specimens would serve as models of
their kind. He often ‘lingered long over their identification, but
having reached his decision wrote the label with businesslike dispatch
in his clear round hand.

His moss collection he gave some years before his death to the
Cryptogamic Herbarium of Harvard University together with many
valuable works relating to the group. In November, 1917, he gave
his flowering plants and ferns, amounting to 13,490 sheets, to the
Gray Herbarium. By far the greater part of his plants were from
New England. When traveling elsewhere he always observed and
often collected plants but he made no serious attempt to secure for
his herbarium plants from beyond the limits of New England and
adjacent portions of Canada.

1919] Williams,— George Golding Kennedy 35

Noteworthy was his local collection of the flora of the Willoughby
Lake region. This portion of his herbarium, including 1547 sheets,
was given to the Gray Herbarium with the understanding, now carried
into effect, that it might be transferred to the herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club, which in recent years has become the
recipient of similar collections in which the local element is more
detailed than can be symmetrically introduced into a world collection
like the Gray Herbarium. Many of Dr. Kennedy's plants have been
cited in published work and his specimens are subject to frequent
reference. There is a pleasant sentiment in their safe housing, ready
accessibility, and promise of long-continued usefulness in the estab-
lishment for which Dr. Kennedy did so much.

Dr. Kennedy's name is commemorated in American Botany by
Carex vestita, var. Kennedyi Fernald and by Sabatia Kennedyana
Fernald; the latter beautiful species, whose identity was established
by Mr. Fernald in 1917, is a fitting monument to the Doctor who
devoted so much of his life to the study of plants. So far as I can
learn he published only one species; this was in the days when his
eyesight permitted him to work intensively on the mosses. His new
species which is accepted by all bryologists is Pottia Randii Kennedy,
published in Ruopora, i. 78, pl. 5, 1899.

Dr. Kennedy wrote a number of botanical articles for RHODORA
and other publications, but his principal effort as an author was the
publication in 1904 of a Flora of Willoughby, Vermont — a most
excellent piece of work that may well serve as a model for publications
of this character. He became acquainted with this interesting station
for rare and unusual plants probably in the early eighties and he sel-
dom after that let a year go by, without making at least one trip to
Willoughby. When he began to get together his material for publica-
tion he visited the locality repeatedly at different seasons of the year
for several years before finally issuing the Flora.

After all, the remarkable and striking characteristic of Dr. Kennedy's
life was his personality. It is not so much what he did as what he
was that endeared him to all his friends and associates. His unfailing
good humour and quiet dignity, his vast and varied knowledge of
books and of men, his large sy mpathy so freely given to all, impressed
every one who came in contact with him and made one feel as if he
were better and stronger for having known Dr. Kennedy. What
he has done will remain to his lasting credit, and what he was will be
lovingly remembered by all who knew him.

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

HELIANTHEMUM BICKNELLII AND H. PROPINQUUM.
M. L. FERNALD.

HELIANTHEMUM Bicknellii, nom. nov.— H. majus Bicknell, Bull,
Torr. Bot. Cl. xxi. 259 (1894), not H. majus (L.) BSP. Prel. Cat, 6
(1888), which was merely a nomenclatorial transfer of Lechea major L.
Sp. Pl. i. 90 (1753). Since Bicknell cites no type the following may
stand as TYPE: fruiting material from gravelly bank, Bangor, Maine,
August 7, 1908, Fernald in Gray Herb.

Dr. S. F. Blake has recently shown,! as had already been suspected,
that the Linnean Lechea major is identical with Cistus canadensis
L. Sp. Pl. i. 526 (1753) and Helianthemum canadense (L.) Michx, FI.
Bor.-Am. i. 308 (1803). Consequently the name H. majus can no
longer be applied to the stout and erect hoary-canescent plant to
which, following Bicknell's clear discrimination, it has for a quarter-
century been applied. Blake consequently has taken up for Bick-
nell’s H. majus the name H. propinquum Bicknell in Britton, Man.
ed. 2, 1069 (1905), stating that from the herbarium material he was
unable * to discover any characters which seem to justify the separa-
tion of the plant as a species distinct from the H. majus of our present-
day manuals — a conclusion in which I have the support of Prof.
Fernald."

Had Dr. Blake, however, accompanied the present writer and Mr.
Bayard Long during the summer of 1918 in a somewhat intensive
study of the flora of Cape Cod he would at once have seen that H.
propinquum has little in common with * H. majus of our present-day
manuals," the plant here proposed as H. Bicknelli. H. Bicknellüi
is a coarse plant, the coarsest of our species, with the erect slightly
cespitose stems 3-6 dm. high; H. propinquum, as well characterized
by Bicknell, is lower, with much more slender, flexuous stems 1-3 dm.
high, these sometimes arising separately (sometimes at intervals of 1
dm. or more) from the often slender rootstock. In H. Bicknellii the
petaliferous flowers, on pedicels 0.3-1 em. long, expand on Cape Cod
as on Nantucket? from the 10th of July to the 10th of August, but
H. propinquum, with pedicels becoming 1-1.6 em. long, was in con-

1 Ruopora, xx. 49 (1918).
? See Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xl. 614 (1913).

1919] Fernald,— Helianthemum Bicknellii 391

spicuous flower on June 20th, the capsules were well formed on the
30th and the last petaliferous flowers were gone and the seeds of the
early capsules fully grown by the 4th of July. In other words H.
propinquum had mature vernal fruit before the first petaliferous flow-
ers of H. Bicknellii began to show, and the present writer, misled by
Blake's identification of H. propinquum with H. majus Bicknell,
supposed he was collecting an undescribed and remarkably distinct
species. "There are other characters, some of which have been brought
out by Bicknell, but these await more detailed inspection. On Cape
Cod as farther south Helianthemum is a critical genus, and the past
summer's observations indicate that there are other species or well-
marked varieties to be recognized. So striking are some of these
plants that the present writer felt it important to make as thorough
collections as possible and in this genus alone (aided for a happy
month by Mr. Long and for one memorable day by Mr. Weatherby)
he consequently collected 850 sheets for future consideration.
Although H. propinquum has been referred by Dr. Britton! to H.
georgianum Chapman it does not seem to be quite identical with it.
Bicknell (l. c. 616) has noted one important difference; and such
material of H. georgianum as the writer has seen shows very much
smaller anthers than in H. propinquum and the pubescence of the
calyx much shorter, while the plant has a tendency to form winter-
rosettes of basal leaves, a character not seen in our northern plants.
Gray HERBARIUM.

1 Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, ii. 540 (1913)-

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

AMSINCKIA IN NEW ENGLAND.
WALTER DEANE.

Tue plants belonging to the genus Amsinckia, at home in west-
ern North and South America, show a decided tendency to wander
from their native haunts, establishing themselves as permanent
weeds in near locations, and even appearing at intervals in eastern
United States, while they have been recorded from Denmark and
Australia.! An account of the occurrence of the genus in New Eng-.
land may prove of interest.

Amsinckia barbata Greene is a native of British Columbia and
includes A. lycopsoides of Gray's Manual, 7th edition, 1908,? not
Lehm., the latter being a species of the state of Washington and not
yet recorded as an escape. A. barbata has been found in South-
ington, Connecticut, by Luman Andrews and is recorded in the
Catalogue of Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut 328 (1910).
The specimen has been determined at the Gray Herbarium. To this
species has been doubtfully referred? a specimen in the Herb. N. E.
Bot. Club from Lowell, Massachusetts. It is a fragmentary bit and
is apparently abnormally developed.

I was much pleased to find a single plant of A. barbata on July 3,
1918, in Shelburne, Coós Co., New Hampshire. It was growing in a
narrow strip of grass by the railroad near the station and was just
beginning to flower. As the species could not be determined without
fruit I reluctantly left it for a while. Its close proximity to freight
cars with the accompanying men and horses moving about made
the spot a dangerous place to leave a plant. All, however, went well
till July 11, when I discovered to my sorrow that the grass all about
had been eaten by horses, and my plant was nowhere to be seen.
On the next day, however, July 12, I found the Amsinckia in good
fruit, quietly resting under a large inverted cask that a strange chance
had turned over it. It is an interesting record for Shelburne and for
New Hampshire. The specimen has been identified at the Gray Her-
barium, and is in my own collection.

1 J, F. Macbride, Contrib. Gray Herb. xlix. 1 (1917).
? J. F. Macbride, Ruopora xviii. 27 (1916).
3 J. F. Macbride, l. c.

1919] Deane,— Amsinckia in New England 39

There is a single instance of the occurrence of A. arenaria Suksd.
in New England, the species having been recorded from Nantucket by
Mr. E. P. Bicknell under the name of 4. intermedia F. & M. in Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club xlii. 39 (1915). He says there were “a number of
plants in scattered growth....near Surfside, in full flower and fruit,
July 4, 1912." Later in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xlv. 382-383 (1918)
he states that he had submitted specimens to Mr. Macbride who
refers them, “perhaps not without some uncertainty," to A. arenaria
Suksd.

The occurrence in New England of A. intactilis Macbr. makes
another record of the first appearance of an Amsinckia outside its
native home. This is a species described in Contrib. Gray Herb.
xlix. 13 (1917). It was known only from Glen Co., California, and
Washoe Co., Nevada. It has handsome yellow flowers, 15 mm. long,
and a long fruiting calyx. My cousin, Miss Grace Deane Williams,
sent me on May 22, 1918, a fragment of this species from Shelburne,
Franklin Co., Massachusetts, where she had found the plant in a sheep
pasture near a chicken yard. It was the only specimen seen. I re-
ceived on June 2 another fragment in full flower, and the entire plant
was carefully protected until it was in good fruit when it was collected
on July 16 and it is now in my herbarium. Mr. Macbride calls it
“seemingly an introduced state." The specific characters, however,
fix it in this species, and it makes an interesting addition to our New
England flora.

Yet another species has been definitely recorded from New England.
Through the kindness of Mr. Robert Scoville and Mrs. J. R. Sanford
of Salisbury, Connecticut, an Amsinckia has been sent for determina-
tion to the Gray Herbarium. It was collected on June 16, 1903,
at “Grasslands,” Mr. Scoville’s estate in Salisbury, by Mrs. Orra
Parker Phelps, and was recorded in the Connecticut Flora, above
mentioned, as A. lycopsoides Lehm. It proves to be A. Menziesii
(Lehm.) Nels. & Macbr. This species has also been collected on
waste ground in Hartford, Connecticut, by Mr. C. H. Bissell, on
June 30, 1903. It also was recorded in the Connecticut Flora as
A. lycopsoides Lehm. before Mr. Macbride's revision of the genus.
Further study at the Gray* Herbarium has settled its identification.

Dr. Chas. B. Graves of New London, Connecticut, has recently
sent to the Gray Herbarium specimens of an Amsinckia collected “by
Mr. E. F. Burleson of Jewett City, Connecticut, on June 14 and

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

July 5, 1917, in Griswold, Connecticut." This, too, proves to be A.
Menziesii (Lehm.) Nels. & Macbr. This species is a native of Van-
couver Island and western United States, and has been found as an
introduction in Missouri and Illinois, which is a stepping stone to
New England.

There have been now recorded for New England A. barbata Greene,
A. Menziesii (Lehm.) Nels. & Macbr., A. arenaria Suksd. and A.
intactilis Macbr. In addition to these mention may be made of two
other species, A. spectabilis F. & M. and A. intermedia F. & M. (Mac-
bride, l. c.) which have not been investigated as there are apparently
no specimens in existence. "The above records bear out the statement
made by Mr. Macbride in Ruopora cited above that “other
species that are essentially weedy in character in their native
habitats...are to be expected in the eastern States."

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

CAREX FLAVA, VAR. GASPENSIS IN VERMONT.— Carex flava L., var.
gaspensis Fernald, Rnopona, viii. 200 (1906), originally described from
the limestone valleys of the Gaspé Peninsula, was found by Fernald
& Wiegand in 1909 in eastern Aroostook County, Maine, and in
1910 in the limestone valleys of western Newfoundland. It is, there-
fore, interesting to find a characteristic sheet of this variety in the
herbarium of the late Dr. George G. Kennedy, collected at Second
Bog, Willoughby, Vermont, September 4, 1896. This is appar-
ently the first record of the variety, which is distinguished by the
slender subulate perigynia, from Vermont.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray
Herbarium.

Vol. 21, no. 241, including pages 1 to 24, was issued 10 February, 1919.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD S$ Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. March, 1919. No. 243.
CONTENTS:

Pinus Banksiana and Thuja occidentalis. M. L. Fernald . . a

Lophiola aurea in Nova Scotia. 6. E. Nichols . : k ag

A neglected Solidago Name. P. C. Standley . . i ee

An unusual Daucus Carota. B. L. Robinson k : i ee.

Two Festuca Varieties. R. W. Woodward . : f : Ao

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T.
1052 Exchange Building, Preston and Rounds Co,

closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of.

print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most
important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways
exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not merely the flowering
plants, but pteridophytes and cellular cryptogams, and includes not merely
genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. A work
of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of
sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at
$15.00 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. March, 1919. No. 243.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY. — NEW SERIES, NO. LVIII.

LITHOLOGICAL FACTORS LIMITING THE RANGES OF
PINUS BANKSIANA AND THUJA OCCIDENTALIS.

M. L. FERNALD.

IN the Botanical Gazeite for December, 1918, Professor A. H.
Hutchinson! discusses at length the factors which limit the northern
ranges of various species of forest trees and presents maps and charts
which at first glance may appear authoritative. When, however,
one sufficiently examines the details to see that on the first map Abies
canadensis (no. 9) is indicated as having a northern limit in Newfound-
land, central Labrador and southern Keewatin, while Picea canadensis
(no. 2) extends to northern Labrador, Ungava Bay, and the north-
west side of Hudson Bay, he at once sees that this paper belongs in
the same class as many other so-called phytogeographic and ecological
articles which appear in our American journals. Abies canadensis
and Picea canadensis are identical! The White Spruce was called
by Miller (1768) Abies canadensis and by Link (1841) Picea alba,
but on account of the earlier specific name of Miller's is now known
as Picea canadensis. In 1803, to be sure, the name Abies canadensis
was used by Michaux for the Hemlock, which since 1855 has been
separated as a member of the genus Tsuga, but Hutchinson gives
Tsuga canadensis a separate range, to the south of Abies canadensis.
If he is using the name Abies canadensis in a novel sense it is unfortu-

1 Hutchinson, Bot. Gaz. lxvi. 465—493 (1918).

42 Rhodora [MARCH

nate that no explanation is given of the exact identity of the tree
intended.

Hutchinson has drawn his statements of ranges chiefly from a. few
authors, Bell, Macoun, and Low, and states that "the records of the
explorers mentioned have been even more accurate than has generally
been conceded." Certainly these records are a good basis but, like
other records, they cannot be safely copied without careful sifting;
and, although Bell's personal observations seem to be accurate, his
generalizations and deductions from others are woefully inaccurate.
'Thus, Bell's statement that the American Elm occurs in Newfound-
land goes back to old records of superficial and self-confident English
travellers who wrote with a disregard of precise taxonomy which
could commend their publications only to that group of American
*phytogeographers" who abhor both taxonomic accuracy and the
painstaking and unending study necessary for its achievement. The
Elm has been included in various journals of travel in Newfoundland
through a system of * back-door" determinations but in this case, as
in most others, the identification of the species merely by looking up
the local name in the index of a manual has led to confusion. The
situation is as follows: in Newfoundland Yellow Birch, Betula lutea, is
known as Wrrca HazkEr while in England the latter name has been
used for Ulmus montana. Therefore, what more natural than for Sir
Richard Bonnycastle, writing of Newfoundland trees from a “first-
hand unfamiliarity” with them, to refer to “ ulmus montana, the wych
hazel, or elm, which . . . grows all over the island"? Bonnycastle’s
record was forthwith seized upon as proof that Ulmus americana
grows in Newfoundland, although others, relying merely on indices of
American manuals, have treated it as Hamamelis virginiana. Neither
Ulmus nor Hamamelis is known in Newfoundland!

By too closely following the now almost ancient paper of Bell!
and quite disregarding the scores of very accurate and detailed
accounts by later Canadian explorers, Hutchinson has slipped into
some errors which a few hours of intelligent search of literature would
have prevented. Thus he states (p. 476) that “the irregularity of
the limits of Pinus Banksiana may be explained by the fact that
although temperature conditions have so changed that this species
has migrated to 56? N. lat. in the highlands of northern Quebec, it has

1 Robert Bell, Geol. Surv. Can. Rep. for 1879-80, 44-56C (1881).

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 43

been limited in its northward progress by the low lying lands south
and westward from James Bay," quite overlooking the fact that W. J.
Wilson of the Geological Survey of Canada found and recorded!
P. Banksiana in the valley of the Kapiskau River which flows through
“the low lying lands . . . westward from James Bay," 160 miles north
of Hutchinson's northern limit in that longitude.

On the other hand, by not closely following the trustworthy records
of that wonderful authority on the Labrador Peninsula, A. P. Low,
he has unfortunately abbreviated the northeastern limits of many
species: Betula papyrifera by 160 miles and Picea mariana (nigra)
and Larix each by 75 miles; while failure to get at other sources of
information has materially shortened others of Hutchinson’s limits:
thus Populus balsamifera, as shown by the representation in the Gray
Herbarium, reaches Hebron in latitude 58°, on the outer coast of
Labrador, 185 miles beyond Hutchinson’s northeastern limit. In
fact, from Hutchinson’s map one would infer that north of Hamilton
Inlet the whole Atlantic slope of Labrador is treeless, but of course this
is not the case. Witness the statement of Low who intimately knew
Labrador: “The tree-line” after skirting Ungava Bay turns south-
southeast, then “southward to the neighbourhood of Hebron, in
latitude 58°, where trees are again found in protected valleys at the
heads of the inner bays of the coast. At Davis Inlet, in latitude 56°,
trees grow on the coast and high up on the hills, the barren grounds
being confined to the islands and headlands. . . . These barren islands
and bare headlands of the outer coast . . . have caused a false impres-
sion to be held regarding much of the Atlantic Coast.” ? With this
definite statement and warning by Low, whom Hutchinson says he
is following, it is unfortunate that he should have perpetuated the
false impression that Atlantic Labrador is treeless.

But, although for the sake of precision it is important to call atten-
tion to these inaccuracies in compilation which at once alter the
premises, the chief object of the present notes is to emphasize one
dominant factor in determining the limits of ranges of plants, the
neglect of which has so obviously led Hutchinson into confusion.
Repeatedly in his paper he refers to what are described as the “anoma-
lous” distribution of Thuja occidentalis and the “irregularities” and
“inconsistencies?” in the distribution of Pinus Banksiana; and

1 Geol. Surv. Can. Ann. Rep. n. s. xv. 226A (1903).
2 A. P. Low, Geol. Surv. Can. Ann. Rep. n. s. viii. 31L (1896).

44 Rhodora [MARCH

although the same perfectly elementary law of phytogeography could
as well be brought out by contrasting the detailed ranges of many
other species, such as Picea mariana and P. canadensis, Casianea den-
tata and Juglans cinerea, Quercus Prinus and Q. Muhlenbergii, we may
appropriately take for this examination the “ anomalous” and “irregu-
lar” or “inconsistent” ranges emphasized by Hutchinson.

Briefly, the “anomalies” or “irregularities” consist in the facts
that, although the White Cedar, Thuja occidentalis, is “unusually
large and fine in New Brunswick and the Gaspé peninsula,” it is
unknown in Newfoundland, Cape Breton, and Nova Scotia where,
we are told, “the climate, soil, etc., are the same”; and that, al-
though Banksian Pine “extends northward to 56° N. lat. on the
dry uplands east of Hudson Bay,” it is “practically eliminated from
the low lying lands to the south and west of Hudson Bay and James
Bay, water [so Hutchinson says] being the limiting factor." It is
further stated that the “anomalous” distribution of Thuja occiden-
talis “defies explanation by regarding temperature, water, or soil
as the limiting factors” and, furthermore, that “CowLrs has shown
that the composition of the rock from which any soil may be derived
seldom acts in a limiting capacity with respect to the species which
that soil may support. It is only in exceptional cases that a soil
newly weathered, is deficient in the mineral constituents necessary
for plant growth. This generalization is particularly applicable in
Ontario, where the soil, whether it be glacial drift toward the south
or the weathered deposits and exposed rocks farther north, is derived
from the dominantly granitic rock of the Laurentian Plateau. The
original composition of the soil is seldom a limiting factor, at least
in so far as the forests of Ontario are concerned.”

When we carefully study, however, the detailed ranges of these
two species and take pains to discover the lithological character of
each region where the species truly prospers and of all their outlying
or extra-limital stations we shall find that, far from “defying explana-
tion," the broad ranges and especially the outlying stations are
readily explained by the chemical character of the soil, whether acid
or basic. Pinus BanksIANa is confined to acid soils; 'THvJA occi-
DENTALIS chiefly to basic soils and it reaches its maximum development
and all its outlying stations only in positively calcareous areas. The
evidence upon which these generalizations are made is stated below.

Northern limits of Pinus Banksiana (broken lines) and of Thuja occidentalis (heavy
spots): calcareous regions dotted.

Pinus BANKSIANA.

As Hutchinson states, on the Labrador Peninsula the Banksian
Pine “extends northward to 56° N. lat. on the dry uplands east of
Hudson Bay." "This statement is supported by Low, from whom it
was derived, and Low states with positiveness that “The soil of the
greater part of the peninsula is derived from the underlying Archaean
rocks,” i. e. the acid granite-gneiss (Low, n. s. viii. 30L). West of
the Labrador Peninsula the rocks on which the Banksian Pine grows
are likewise invariably acid or neutral. The detailed accounts of the
scores of areas described in the Annual Reports of the Geological
Survey of Canada are replete with this evidence and a few brief but
characteristic quotations are here included from the almost endless
series of notes to the same effect, the name of the recorder and the
number and page of the report being indicated in parentheses.

On the Noddoway River, emptying into Rupert Bay, an arm of
James Bay, “Banksian pine is found, where suitable conditions exist,
as far as Mattagami Lake, but its range towards James Bay is not
restricted on account of the latitude, but by some other circumstance,
for in a slightly more easterly longitude this tree ranges northward to
Great Whale River, a distance of about 450 miles in a straight line
from Mattagami Lake" (Robert Bell, n. s. viii. 79A). In the region
southeast of Mattagami Lake “a considerable proportion of the area

. consists of granitic rocks," but " from the above-mentioned point

46 Rhodora [Marcu

(about six miles northward of the narrows or outlet of Mattagami
Lake), gneisses with some granitoid patches and occasional bands of
micaceous and hornblende schists were the only rocks met with in su
all the way to Rupert’s House.” “The rocks consist principally of a
variety of schists, such as dioritic, chloritic, hornblendic, and micaceous
and also slatey arkose, alternating with massive greenstones” (Bell,
l. e. 83, 84A). In other words, Pinus Banksiana stops in its north-
western range along the Noddoway as soon as it reaches the region
of dioritic and hornblendic schists and greenstones, i. e. the calcareous
region. Furthermore the drift of the region, derived from the shores
of James Bay, contains a "certain proportion from the Manitounuck
and Devonian rocks of James Bay, the percentage of these latter
increasing as we went northward. Beyond Mattagami Lake this
percentage became very considerable” (Bell, 1. c.). The Manitounuck
of James Bay is described as "made up mostly of limestones . . .
sandstones and quartzites, shales, ironstones, amygdaloids and
basalts" (Bell, Rep. for 1877-8, 11, 12C) while the Devonian rocks
of James Bay consist *of dark grey bituminous limestone, interstrati-
fied towards the bottom with earthy drab limestone" (Bell, Rep. for
1875-76, 316). The drift material from Mattagami Lake northward,
where the percentage of Manitounuck and Devonian fragments
becomes *very considerable" is, therefore, also calcareous, and it is
more than a mere coincidence that at this point the range of Pinus
Banksiana along the Noddoway should abruptly end.

In the Nipissing and Temiscaming region “Jack-pine, called by
some pitch-pine, or bastard spruce (Pinus Banksiana) is very often
encountered in the more barren and rocky areas, and its presence
seems an almost certain indication of the extreme poverty of the
underlying soil" (Barlow, n. s. x. 34I). Somewhat farther west,
in the area northeast of Lake Nipigon, “ The height of land region . . .
though level and swampy, is mostly of a sandy nature," “The timber
in the height of land region is small spruce and tamarack with Bank-
sian pine on the sand plains and higher land" (W. A. Parks, n. s.
xv. 220A). Still farther west in Ontario, in the region west of Thunder
Bay, “The greater part is occupied by Archaean rocks" (McInnes,
n. s. x. 6H), and Pinus Banksiana is reported to be the most abundant
tree of the region (McInnes, l. c. 11H).

Farther northwest, in Keewatin, in the valley of the Kanuchuan,
“Everywhere, excepting on the muskeg areas, there is an open forest

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 47

of banksian pine" and the country which is a “sandy flat, gradually
rises southward for five or six miles, then it sharply rises to a ridge
of gravel and boulders [gneiss]" (McInnes, n. s. xvi. 155A). Simi-
larly in other regions of the upper Severn where “the whole area is
occupied by rocks of Archaean age" (Camsell, n. s. xvi. 147A) " bank-
sian pine and birch are found everywhere over the whole district"
(Camsell, l. e. 151A); and so on through many other reports.

Hutchinson finds the range of Pinus Banksiana “irregular” because
“Tt is practically eliminated from the low lying lands to the south
and west of Hudson Bay and James Bay,” naively adding, “water
being the limiting factor.” When, however, we look into the lithol-
ogy of the “low lying lands to the south and west of Hudson Bay and
James Bay” the remarkable regularity or consistency of the range of
Pinus Banksiana is made apparent, for this vast region from which
Pinus Banksiana is “eliminated” consists of Silurian and Devonian
limestones. On the splendid Geological Map of North America, pub-
lished in 1911 by the United States Geological Survey, this limestone
region to the south and southwest of Hudson Bay is indicated as
extending from Rupert Bay to the Churchill River, a distance (air
line) of 850 miles, with a breadth at the southwest of more than 200
miles. Yet Hutchinson, finding the Banksian Pine “practically
eliminated" from this region but abundant on acid Labrador and
there extending north to latitude 56° says that “water” is “the limit-
ing factor”; and he fails to detect the real factor because at the very
outset he had somehow got an idea that “Cow es has shown that the
composition of the rock from which any soil may be derived seldom
acts in a limiting capacity with respect to the species which that soil
may support."

And it is not merely Cowles who has thus argued, for this dogmatic
assertion has been repeatedly made by other leading American ecolo-
gists. We thus find Clements writing: “ Apart from the effect which
excessive amounts of acids and salts may have in reducing the chresard,
the chemical character of the soil is powerless to produce structural
modification in the plant. Since Thurmann’s researches there has
been no real support of the contention that the chemical properties
of the soil, not its physical nature, are the decisive factors in the dis-
tribution and adaptation of plants." 1

1 Clements, Research Methods in Ecology, 80 (1905).

48 Rhodora [Marcu

Although Pinus Banksiana is, like other pronounced oxylophytes,
“practically eliminated” from the vast limestone region to the south
and southwest of Hudson Bay, it is important to note the adverb
“practically,” for where ridges of acid gravels or sands occur Pinus
Banksiana is likely to occur with them. Thus, in ascending the
Kapiskau River which flows through the limestones and calcareous
clays into the west side of James Bay, W. J. Wilson (already referred
to) left the river to explore an isolated ridge, which proved to be a
kame “composed chiefly of gravel” (W. J. Wilson, n. s. xv. 226A)
which was “covered with Banksian pine, canoe-birch and poplar.”

All explorers agree that the Banksian Pine “does not touch either
James’ Bay or Hudson's Bay" (Bell, Rep. for 1879-80, 46C). Its
essential absence from the region between the lower Noddoway and
the Churchill River has already been sufficiently studied. How
about the east side of James Bay? Low agrees with Bell that on
the Labrador side it “does not come quite to the coast on Hudson or
James Bay," adding the guess: “probably on account of the shore
being generally low and swampy.” Yet is it not significant that near
the entrance of the East Main River into James Bay from the east,
there should be bands of limestone “a few miles above its mouth, and
along the coast of James Bay in the vicinity of that river" (Low, n. s.
viii. 200L); that the next large river northward, the Big River, has
its banks for several miles above its mouth "composed chiefly of
bluish white clay" (Low, n. s. iii. 387); and that, farther north, the
lower stretches of the Great Whale River likewise flow through a
“deposit of clay" which is full of “marine fossil shells” (Low, l. c.
53d)?

West and northwest of the calcareous “low lying lands to the south
and west of Hudson Bay and James Bay,” the region so generally
avoided by Pinus Banksiana, occurs the great western Archaean
barren region, extending from Lake Superior west to Lake Winnipeg,
and north to the Arctic; and here, naturally enough, the Banksian
Pine extends "north-westerly to the Athabasca River, . . . and
northerly down the Mackenzie River to the arctic circle" (Macoun).
The accounts of discerning explorers through this tremendous tract
all emphasize the abundance of the pine on the most sterile areas:
thus, throughout his extended report (n. s. viii. D) on the Athabasca
Lake region, J. B. Tyrrell continually refers to the abundance of
Banksian Pine on the sandy plains; and so on without seeming limit.

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 49

In fact, it is most difficult to comprehend how a phytogeographer,
who must have seen a geological map of North America, can read
Robert Bell's account of the broad northern range of Pinus Banksiana
without suspecting the truth. Here is Bell’s statement somewhat
condensed: “from the head of the Bay of Chaleur,” it extends north
to Lake Mistassini, “from which it runs west to the Moose River,
keeping about 100 miles south of James’ Bay. . . . It does not touch
either James’ or Hudson’s Bay. Southward it is common on the
north shore of Lake Huron and around both shores of Lake Supetior,
whence it is met with all through the country to Lake Winnipeg."
“From [the upper] Moose River it runs north-west to the Mackenzie,
which it erosses about the Arctic Circle" (Bell, Rep. for 1879-80, 46C).

The southern outliers of Pinus Banksiana, too, are exclusively on
acid and hopelessly barren rocks and sands or in acid bogs, for,
although the species is commonly found on dry uplands, in the sterile
southeastern area of New Brunswick it sometimes occurs on the acid
bogs so that in that region at least “water” is not “the limiting factor.”
Although Bell has made the wholesale statement that Pinus Banksiana
“occurs throughout Nova Scotia and New Brunswick" (Bell, Rep. for
1879-80, 46C), the Banksian Pine is, as a matter of fact, a highly local-
ized tree in those provinces, Fernow correctly stating that in Nova

1 The loose and inaccurate generalization above referred to is an illustration of a type of
statement which, when depended upon by others, at once leads to erroneous conclusions and
which, most unfortunately, floods our so-called phytogeographic and ecological literature in
America. Consequently those who have *'a first-hand unfamiliarity” with the facts (for this
apt phrase we are indebted to Dr. D. F. Jones's refreshingly straightforward review in Science
for October 4, 1918) — consequently, those who are not in a position to weigh the values of
statements are bound to be misled. Thus, in a recent sumptuously illustrated publication
issued by the New York State College of Forestry and therefore bound to be considered *''scien-
tific," the state of New York is divided into a number of *' Zones,” the first the ‘‘ Zone of Willow
Oak, Sweet Gum, Persimmon, etc.” “ continuing along the Connecticut coast" (to New Haven,
as indicated on the accompanying map). This ‘“‘ Zone” which is said to occupy the western
coast of Connecticut is reported by Bray to be characterized by the following

*' Indicator Species.

Short-leaf pine = (Pinus echinata Mill.).

Willow oak = (Quercus phellos L.).

Oak = (Quercus pagodaefolia (Ell.) Ashe).
Black-jack Oak = (Quercus marilandica Muench.).

Laurel magnolia = (Magnolia virginiana L.).

Sweet gum = (Liquidamba: styraciflua L.).

Hop tree = (Plelea trifoliata L.).

Mistletoe = (Phoradendron flavescens (Pursh) Nuttall).
Virginia spiderwort = (Tradescantia virginiana L.).

Day flower = (Commelina virginica L.).”’

Now, the disheartening features of this list of ‘‘ Indicator Species" are that, while 6 out of
the 10 are locally indigenous in southeastern New York, 3 of the others (Pielea, Tradescantia,

50 ; Rhodora [Marcu

Scotia “it is found only in special localities on poorest sites in Col-
chester county.”! In New Brunswick, too, the tree is localized and
Robert Chalmers correctly understood the situation when he wrote of
eastern New Brunswick the following accurate account:

“In New Brunswick, as indeed, in all glaciated countries, however,
we cannot determine the exact limits of the areas of the forest growth
affected by the geological formations. On the hills and ridges under-
lain by limestones, we meet with maple and birch groves, intermixed
occasionally with spruce. The Cambro-Silurian and the old crystal-
line belts of rocks traversing the province from the Baie des Chaleurs
to the Chiputnecticook Lakes, seem also to mark a boundary in the
forest distribution. North of this lies the great area of Silurian lime-
stones, south of it the Carboniferous sandstones. Owing to the
larger extent of country which these formations occupy, the soil
necessarily bears a closer relation to the underlying rock, and is less
intermixed with extra-limital drift; consequently the vegetation
and forest growth upon these areas ought to show the effect of each
particular kind of soil upon the flora of the country. Have these
districts any peculiar forms in their floral productions?

“On the Silurian limestones there is observable a paucity of erica-
ceous plants, of scrub pine [P. Banksiana] and black spruce, and an
almost entire absence of hemlock, all of which are abundant on the
Carboniferous sandstones, the latter tree, indeed, reaching fuller
development on these as regards size and number than elsewhere in
the province. White spruce, fir, white pine, the paper birch, and

and Commelina) are in southeastern New York usually considered merely garden-escapes and
the 10th species (Phoradendron) is not known north of Monmouth County, New Jersey; further-
more, of the 10 ‘‘ Indicator Species" only 1 (Liquidambar) is unquestionably indigenous in Con-
necticut, 2 (Plelea and Tradescantia) are garden-escapes, though Tradescantia may be locally
indigenous, and the remaining 7 are entirely unknown in the state of Connecticut!

Again, in Hawley & Hawes's Forestry in New England, a book now being freely quoted, we
find such an amazing statement as that “Prrcu Pine (Pinus rigida)... occurs throughout
New England in the extreme northern part, and in the mountains"; whereas, as a matter of
fact, the Pitch Pine is a coastal plain tree extending into New England from the south. In
Vermont it is found only **in the northern portion of the Champlain Valley” and **in the Con-
necticut Valley as far north as Wells River" (Burns & Otis); but, although the “northern
portion of the Champlain Valley '' suggests northern New England, it should be borne in mind
that the altitude is slight, that this sandy region has to a great extent a coastal plain flora and
that northernmost New England is nearly 150 miles farther north than Lake Champlain.
In New Hampshire Pitch Pine follows north ‘‘along the Merrimac valley to the [bases of the]
White mountains and up the Connecticut valley to the mouth of the Passumsic" (Dame &
Brooks); in Maine it is confined to the southwestern sixth of the state and the coastal granites
east to Mt. Desert Island. It is quite unknown among the higher mountains.

! Fernow, Forest Conditions of Nova Scotia, 11 (1912).

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 51

beech appear also to be more abundant upon the Carboniferous area,
though common also upon the Silurian uplands. But the striking
features of the forests upon the latter are the groves and ridges of
birch and maple occurring in almost every part. These are seldom
met with on the sandstones except where Lower Carboniferous lime-
stones prevail.

“The comparative abundance of ericaceous plants on the Carbon-
iferous areas is doubtless due, in some measure, to the flat surface and
consequent imperfect drainage, resulting in the formation of swamps,
peat bogs, etc., where these forms of vegetation find a congenial
habitat. But the difference in the sylvan growth occupying the drier
grounds of the two regions in question is not explicable unless we
admit that the geological formation has an influence upon it. On the
sandstone area, the hemlock and scrub pine are most abundant trees
compared with their distribution upon the Silurian uplands. Black
birch, beech, and black spruce also appear to be more common and
larger. These facts regarding distribution lead to the inference that
the gravelly, siliceous soil overlying the sandstones is more favourable
to the growth of these trees, or it may be that the limestones are unfav-
ourable, or, perhaps, both causes operate." (Chalmers, n. s. vii. 140,
141M).

Although on the acid north shore of the lower St. Lawrence the
Banksian pine “occurs abundantly” eastward to “the neighbourhood
of the mouth of the Moisie River" (Low, n. s. viii. 34L), 1. e. east to
longitude 66? W., and although it is on thoroughly leached and con-
sequently acid Permian sands of Prince Edward Island in longitude
64? W. and on the “ poorest sites in Colchester county," Nova Scotia,
to longitude 63? W., it is noteworthy that this species should be
unknown on the calcareous Gaspé Peninsula which in latitude lies
midway between the “ north shore" and Nova Scotia and in longitude
fails to reach eastward to the 64th meridian. In his account of the
limestone region of northern New Brunswick and southern Gaspé
. (Bonaventure County) Chalmers enumerates the trees “in the order
of their relative abundance" and, although, as would be expected in a
calcareous tract, Picea canadensis with trunks 2-23 feet in diameter
and Thuja occidentalis with trunks 1-3 feet in diameter head the two
lists, the first for “drier parts of the Silurian upland” the other for -
the “lower grounds,” Pinus Banksiana is not mentioned at all in
either list (see Chalmers, n. s. ii. 33, 34M). In an intensive study of

52 Rhodora [Marcu

the Gaspé Peninsula and the literature bearing upon it the present
writer has found absolutely no evidence of the Banksian Pine in that
vast Silurian and Cambrian region, the only known stations on the
peninsula being on the leached crests of some of the intrusives at the
southwest corner of the peninsula, while farther west the pine reappears
on the quartzites of Rimouski County.

It is also noteworthy that along the north shore of the lower St.
Lawrence, after “occurring abundantly” eastward to “the neighbour-
hood of the mouth of the Moisie,” Pinus Banksiana should abruptly
stop, for on the acid barren lands of northwestern Canada it extends
north quite to the Arctic. Is it not significant, then, that in “the
neighbourhood of the mouth of the Moisie” there should be a great
mass of anorthosite 60 miles broad, and east of that another, for analy-
ses! of 24 samples of anorthosite from different regions of Labrador,
Canada and the Adirondacks, show it to contain an average of 9 %
of calcium, the amount often reaching 18 95; and that east of these
anorthosites lies the extensive limestone tract including the Mingan
Islands and "the neighboring coast," for “a distance of forty-five
miles," "the Mingan development of the Calciferous formation"
having a thickness of 250 feet (see Logan, Geol. of Canada, 119-
121)?

In Maine there is not a single known station for Pinus Banksiana
which is not on granite or the most highly siliceous of rocks. In New
Hampshire the species is only on Welch Mt., a sterile granite mass
south of the syenitic Franconia Range; in Vermont it *is one of the
rarest of our trees" growing on "sandy, sterile soil; rocky slopes." ?
Similarly in New York and the Great Lake States the Banksian Pine
belongs to the most sterile habitats, and very recently Rosendahl &
Butters have stated that in Minnesota and Wisconsin “The Jack Pine
(P. Banksiana Lamb.) occurred most abundantly on sandy outwash
plains . . . and in the great paleozoic sand plains." ?

These facts and many scores of monotonously similar ones which the
writer refrains from merely piling up are sufficient evidence that the
BANKSIAN Pine is a pronounced oxylophyte.

In spite of the fact that Pinus Banksiana is essentially absent
from the great limestone region bordering the southwest side of

1 Adams, Geol. Surv. Can. Ann. Rep. N. S. viii. 1305 (1896).
? Burns & Otis, Trees of Vermont, 31 (1916).
3 Rosendahl & Butters, Pl. World, xxi. 107 (1918).

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 53

Hudson Bay north to Churchill, from the calcareous Gaspé Peninsula
and from Nova Scotia (with the exception of Colchester county on
the isthmus which connects with New Brunswick) Transeau, discuss-
ing the ranges of forest trees, has issued a map! which carefully
includes in the area where this species (as P. divaricata) is said by him
to be "dominant," the 850 miles of limestones along the southwest
side of Hudson Bay, and his dotted lines, which form the boundaries,
embrace between their eastern terminals all of Nova Scotia, New
Brunswick and Gaspé, as well as all of central and nothern Maine.
The absence of Pinus Banksiana from the west side of Hudson Bay,
from Gaspé and from Nova Scotia has been sufficiently emphasized.
Similarly in the region of Maine indicated on Transeau's map the
species has but few limited areas, these all on the granites and quartz-
ites of the upper Penobscot, Kennebec, and Androscoggin; but,
although “Lumbermen call it a scarce tree in Northern Maine,” ?
south of Transeau’s boundary it is truly dominant on some of the
sterile regions of the Maine coast. Transeau’s map, then, which has
been accepted by other ecologists as authoritative, represents Pinus
Banksiana as “dominant” on 150,000 square miles of country from
which actually the tree is essentially unknown. To the ecologist
this discrepancy may seem trivial. At least, when the present
writer criticized ê the inaccuracies of Harshberger’s work, where he
made Anemone narcissiflora, which is actually unknown east of the
alpine regions of Colorado, and Cassiope tetragona, unknown nearer
than northernmost Labrador, typical forest plants of the Great Lake
region, and confused Vallisneria spiralis of fresh water with the salt-
water Eel Grass, Zostera marina, Cowles characterized these and the
hundreds of other similar cases which crowd the pages of Harshberger’s
work as errors which “ to taxonomic specialists of local areas . . . loom
large,” while “to those of broader view-point, however, the numerous
errors will be subordinate." * If such errors are merely “subordi-
nate," how preposterous an error, one would like to know, would be
required to “loom large" in the mind of an ecologist?

1 Transeau, Am. Nat. xxxix. 875, fig. 1 (1905).

2 Goodale, Prelim. Report Nat. Hist. and Geol. Me. 127 (1861).
3 Rwopora, xiii. 213-224 (1911).

! Cowles, Bot. Gaz. liii. 181 (1912).

54 ~- Rhodora [Marcu

THUJA OCCIDENTALIS.

Hutchinson says that, “The ‘anomalous’ distribution of Thuja ocet-
dentalis defies explanation by regarding temperature, water or soil as
the limiting factors: . . . ‘It is absent in Newfoundland, Cape Breton,
Nova Scotia, and the east half of Prince Edward Island, but unusually
large and fine in New Brunswick and the Gaspé peninsula, in which
the climate, soil, etc., are the same as in the adjacent regions, where no
trace of the species is to be found." It is certainly startling to read
that the climate and soil of Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, New Bruns-
wick, Prince Edward Island, and Gaspé are so uniform, for in sections
of western Nova Scotia peaches are raised with great success, but he
would: be a foolish man indeed who would think of planting a peach
orchard in Newfoundland or in Gaspé county; and in view of the
remarkably spotted and pied colorings of a geological map of this
region it is further obvious that the generalization quoted above is
wholly inaccurate.

Bell and following him Hutchinson are correct, however, in stating
that in the Gaspé Peninsula and at least in northwestern New Bruns-
wick Thuja occidentalis attains an unusual development, and had they
been familiar with the region they would have extended the limits of
this area of " unusually large and fine" trees into northeastern Maine.
Chalmers's statement that in this Silurian limestone region the trunks
of Thuja range from 1-3 feet in diameter has already been noted.
These figures are, however, by no means the maximum, for at many
points in northern Maine the writer has measured Cedars with trunks
4-6 feet in diameter. In southeastern New Brunswick Thuja occi-
dentalis is localized and there chiefly a swamp shrub or dwarfed tree,
obviously not in a wholly satisfactory environment. This region,
the Eastern Plain of Ganong} is the extensive area of Carboniferous
sandstones, already referred to under Pinus Banksiana. To the
southeast of the Carboniferous plain lie the Southeastern Highlands,
in the east chiefly of granites and felsites, and at the extreme south-
east lies the extensive Permian sandstone region which continues for
100 miles along the northern side of Nova Scotia. Chalmers describes
this region as having some excellent farms along the coast and in the

1 Ganong, Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. N. B. iv. 236 (1899).

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 55

river-valleys where Pleistocene clays have been deposited; but

“Upon the higher grounds . . . we meet with different soils, and in
many cases poorer farms. . . . Upon the Middle Carboniferous of
Kent and portions of Westmoreland counties, . . . the surface is flat

and the drainage deficient; hence the soils are cold, boggy, and in
many places covered with a stratum of white or gray bleached sand.
. . . Upon the rolling surfaces, however, there are, as already stated,
fair arable soils, though deficient in lime. . . . In Cumberland County,
Nova Scotia, above the limits of the post-glacial subsidence, we meet
with soils and rocks differing somewhat from those of the Middle
Carboniferous just described. Here the prevailing surface beds are
reddish in color, . . . here, as in New Brunswick, there is a deficiency
of lime in the soil" (Chalmers, n. s. vii. 136-138M). With this
extensive region " deficient in lime" extending from calcareous north-
em New Brunswick into Nova Scotia, it is only natural that Thuja
should be practically absent! from the latter province. The failure
of Thuja to reach Newfoundland is evidently due to the fact that the
plants which reached Newfoundland from the southwest were forced
to migrate on the siliceous Tertiary continental shelf which formerly
connected the North American continent with Newfoundland. This
point has already been sufficiently discussed elsewhere.?

On Prince Edward Island Thuja occidentalis is, as Hutchinson says,
unknown from the eastern half of the island, but it is frequent and
often abundant from slightly east of Badeque Bay northwestward,
the half of the island where “calcareous conglomerate, the pebbles
being of red shale, and containing white calcite in considerable quan-
tity, form a feature which can be easily recognized" (Ells, Rep. for
1882-83-84, 13E).

Throughout the glaciated regions of New Brunswick and Maine,
for many miles south of the region of calcareous rocks but where the
soils are chiefly drift material or glacial till from the north, Thuja
occidentalis is frequent or often abundant, and on the lower levels of

1 By the statements of Bell, Fernow, and Hutchinson Thuja is said to be absent from Nova
Scotia; but there is good evidence that it occurs, although very rarely and only as an unsuc-
cessful swamp shrub, near the New Brunswick border. Thus in Lindsay’s Catalogue of the
Flora of Nova Scotia (Proc. N. S. Inst. Sci. iv. pt. 2, 209) it is recorded from Cumberland,
the county immediately adjoining New Brunswick; and Professor H. G. Perry of Acadia
University assures me that, although very rare and obviously not at home, Thuja has been
observed by him in swamps of west-central Nova Scotia.

2 Fernald, Ruopora, xiii. 161 (1911) and Am. Journ. Bot. v. 238 (1918).

56 Rhodora [Marcu

New Brunswick and Maine where the noncalcareous rocks are deeply
buried in Pleistocene marine clays the Cedar is often found. The
very great difficulty of deciding off-hand in a drift-covered area
whether a given colony of plants is in a calcareous or a non-calcareous
soil has already been referred to in a quotation from Chalmers. This
difficulty is made clear by the following incident. The argillaceous
rocks which occupy much of the lower valley of the Penobscot are
essentially non-calcareous. Yet at a few points, such as the ledges
near the ferry at Veazie, there occur good developments of Arbor
Vitae, accompanied by such well-recognized calcicolous herbs as
Anemone canadensis, A. riparia and Juncus brachycephalus, species
which abound in the limestone region of Aroostook County but which
are exceedingly local on the lower Penobscot. The present writer
called this area to the attention to one of his friends at the University
of Maine, a prominent chemist and mineralogist, who, after visiting
the spot and taking rock-samples, reported that the rock itself was
non-calcareous but that when tested with acid the surfaces gave a
marked effervescence. Further study of the region showed that at
this point along the river the ledges were stained by seepage from the
steep banks of an esker which follows the valley, and that the calcareous
waters from the esker had here converted the non-calcareous rock into
a definitely calcareous habitat.

Similarly, a small vein of calcite intruded into an otherwise non-
calcareous rock will materially effect the neighboring soil, while trap
dikes, which are commonly calcareous, often alter the soil-conditions
of a granitic region. Again, the average botanist is likely to pass as
granite any of the granitic series or even hornblende diorite; but the
syenites and diorites furnish a slightly caleareous soil. Consequently
we are too apt to infer, because a country is composed of intrusive or
metamorphic rocks, that it is granite and that, therefore, plants which
delight in truly calcareous soils are not to be expected. On just this
point we have the clear statement of the great soil-chemist, Hilgard:

“A soil-formation overlying limestone on the slopes of a range may
be wholly derived from non-calcareous formations lying at a higher
elevation, or may have been leached of its original lime-content by
abundant rains. The feldspars constituting rocks designated as
granite, may or may not be partially or wholly of the soda-lime instead
of the potash series; the mica may or may not be partially replaced
by hornblende, in which cases the soi! would be calcareous to the

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 57

extent of determining the character of the flora as calcifuge or calci-
phile, without its being at all evident in the physical character of the
soil, which would still be ‘granitic’ or ‘siliceous.’ Such observations
in order to be critically decisive, clearly require that the observer
should be, not merely a systematic botanist, nor a mere geologist or
chemist, but all these combined. There is good reason to believe
that most or all of these supposed contradictions would disappear
before a critical physical and chemical examination of both the soils
and the rocks from which they are supposed to have been derived.
Contejean himself, in placing so many of his long catalogue of plants
into the doubtful groups, suggests many cases in which the above
considerations may explain the apparent discrepancies.

“What is a calcareous soil? The definition adopted for this volume
has been given in a previous chapter (chapter 19, page 367); viz,
that a soil must be considered calcareous so soon as it naturally supports
a calciphile flora — the ‘lime vegetation’ so often referred to above
and named in detail. Upon this basis it has been seen that some
(sandy) soils containing only a little over one-tenth of one per cent.
of lime show all the characters and advantages of calcareous soils;
while in the case of heavy clay soils, as has been shown, the lime-per-
centage must rise to over one-half per cent. to produce native lime
growth." !

It is, therefore, premature to say that in the region of its almost
continuous occurrence, from New Brunswick and adjacent Quebec
across northern New England, northern and central New York,
southern Ontario, Michigan, Wisconsin and Minnesota, Thuja con-
fines itself to calcareous soils for, like many other plants in the area
where they are dominant, Thuja may prove to be ubiquitous or some-
what indifferent to moderate differences of soil; but that its finest
development in this region is in the calcareous tracts cannot be seri-
ously questioned.

In New Brunswick and Maine Thuja likewise delights in the river
alluvium and terraces along the principal streams, which have their
upper sources in calcareous tracts for, as Hilgard clearly shows,?
although in water draining from mixed but unmanured soils “lime
is the ingredient most abundant,” river waters show a marked diminu-
tion “especially of lime . . . indicating a deposition of lime carbonate

1 Hilgard, Soils, 523, 524 (1907).
? Hilgard, Soils, 24 (1907).

58 Rhodora [Marcu
in the river deposits or alluvial lands "; but in such valleys as that of
the Saco, a river draining the granitic eastern White Mountains
and consequently with alluvium deficient in lime, Thuja is apparently
unknown.

In New Hampshire Thuja is abundant in the region north and
northwest of the White Mountains and along the Connecticut Valley
south to Hanover;! and it is “Common in northern and central
Vermont, and as far south as Woodstock and Hartland in eastern
Vermont, up to 1,000 feet altitude." ? An examination of Hitch-
cock’s Agricultural Map of New Hampshire? (the map overlapping
into Maine and Vermont), shows that two-thirds of the region north
and northwest of the White Mountains is indicated as. having cal-
careous soil, partly derived from limestones, partly from calcareous
slates and schists; and this calcareous area, which extends west to the
granitic Green Mountains, follows south beyond Hanover, and on
the Vermont side includes Woodstock and Hartland. At Hanover
and at the southwestern border of Hartland and the southeastern
border of Woodstock the limestone is shown as meeting regions of
gneissic or granitic rock, although after skirting around these granitic
masses the calcareous rocks continue southward along the Connecti-
cut. In this calcareous area of northwestern New Hampshire and
northeastern Vermont the primitive Arbor Vitae or White Cedar
emulated the forests of northern Maine, northern New Brunswick
and Gaspé, for in Dr. Kennedy’s Flora of Willoughby, Vermont, we find
the statement, that “Some stumps of old growth cedars, more than
three feet in diameter, still remain." ^^

In Massachusetts Thuja occidentalis is confined to the calcareous
upper Connecticut Valley and to the Stockbridge limestone region of
Berkshire County.*

In Connecticut it is indigenous only in the limestone region of
northern Litchfield county: “Canaan, on a limestone ridge and in a
near-by swamp (C. K. Averill), Salisbury, rocky hillside and at another
Jocality in a deep swamp (Mrs. C. S. Phelps)."

In southern New York Thuja occidentalis was formerly known on

! Dame & Brooks, Handb. Trees of New Eng. 23 (1902).

? Burns & Otis, Trees of Vt. 51 (1916).

3 C. H. Hitchcock, Geol. of N. H. i. 548 and map opposite (1874).

4 Kennedy, Ruopora, vi. 103 (1904).

5 See Dame & Brooks, l. c.

tGraves, Eames, and others, Cat. Fl. Pl. and Ferns Ct. 38 (1910)

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 59

the lower Hudson: “At Verplanck's Point... on. . . fine bluffs of
palaeozoic limestone," ! where it was associated with other calcicoles,
Anemone canadensis, Arenaria stricta, Arabis lyrata, etc.; and at other
stations lower down the Hudson (now presumably extinct).

In New Jersey the only authentic records are from the lower Hudson,
the old records from farther west, having been doubted.? In other
words, in Connecticut and southeastern New York and adjacent New
Jersey Thuja occidentalis occurs only in the localities indicated so
clearly on Dana’s map of limestone areas of the region (including the
Palisade trap range), or as Dana concisely defines it “the belts of
limestone . . . which extend southward in eastern New York and from
Canaan and Salisbury in Connecticut" ?* (In Connecticut Thuja is
known only from Canaan and Salisbury !).

In Pennsylvania, according to Porter, Thuja is “Generally escaped
from cultivation, but not definitely known in the native state;" '
and Long likewise emphasizes that the tree “appears to be quite
unknown in a native state in the wide mountain area of Pennsylvania"?

In Virginia Thuja occidentalis seems to be confined to the calcareous
valleys among the mountains. The records are few, as follows:
at Natural Bridge "the great Arbor Vitae in Cedar Creek ravine; " 9
" Plentiful along the creeks in the Valley of the Middle Fork of the
Holston River, especially where the banks are rocky and cafion-like” ;7
" Alleghany Co., Steele." 5 Both Cedar Creek and the Holston River
are in the Great Valley or the Valley of Virginia, where the “ Valley
limestone . . . occupies the greater part of the floor," ? and where, as
described by W. B. Rogers, along the Holston Valley “ Hills of lime-
stone apparently arranged in rows . . . are stationed along the valley
at nearly equal intervals.” In Alleghany County, too, although
Tidestrom does not give Steele's precise locality, it is certain that Thuja
is upon either the Silurian or Devonian calcareous rocks of which that
county is composed.

! F. J. H. Merrill, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xiii. 6 (1886).

? See Britton, Cat. Pl. N. J. 299 (1889), Taylor, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. v. 74 (1915).
3 Dana, Man. Geol, ed. 4, 529, 530 (1895).

4 Porter, Fl. Penn. 3 (1903).

5 Long, RHODORA, xv. 121 (1913).

6 A. M. Vail, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. ii. 38 (1890).

7 Small & Vail, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. iv. 167 (1893).

8 Tidestrom, Elysium Marianum, ed. 2, 88 (1907).

? Bassler, Va. Geol. Surv. Bull. no. II-A, 36 (1909).

10 W, B. Rogers, Geol. of Va. 140 (1884).

60 Rhodora [Marcu

In West Virginia Thuja is known from but two localities, in the
extreme Northeast: Knobly Mountain in Mineral County and near
Petersburg in Grant County! Knobly Mountain extends across
Mineral and Grant Counties and consists, according to Darton &
Taff, of Silurian limestones and calcareous sandstones,’ while Peters-
burg is on the South Branch of the Potomac, which drains these and
the calcareous Devonian sandstones and shales.

“This is about the rarest tree in North Carolina... .It is said to
occur in only a few places, as on Cripple Creek and Linville River,
on limestone soil” *; while in Tennessee it is only “along Holston
River [see above] in the mountains," * the Holston in Tennessee
flowing through a highly calcareous region, the rocks, as indicated
by Keith,’ being chiefly Cambrian and Silurian limestones.

In Ohio Thuja is known only in “Champaiga, Franklin, Greene,
Highland, Adams" counties; * Orton, on his map of the Limestone
Formations of Ohio, showing Champaign and Greene Counties as
wholly limestone, Highland and Adams almost wholly so, and the
western half of Franklin County calcareous.

In Indiana Thuja is known only in Lake County,’ which is Silurian,
although thinly covered at the north by the wind-blown sand-dunes
beside Lake Michigan. The “Tamarack-Arbor-vitae swamp is on
the eastern boundary" of the sand dunes where Pinus Banksiana
abounds, but not on the dunes themselves. Here, however, Nieuw-
land informs us, “The Arbor-vitae trees are not in the best of con-
dition,” ° although he ascribes their poor condition to the cutting of a
ditch some distance away.

So much for the southern colonies of Thuja occidentalis. Now
turning in the opposite direction we find a strikingly similar restriction
to calcareous soils of the extreme northern colonies.

In Labrador, Low states that “ Thuja occidentalis Linn. (Cedar)
hardly enters the southern limits of the peninsula. It occurs just
south of the mouth of the Rupert River, at the foot of James Bay,

1 Millspaugh, Living Flora of W. Va. 199 (1913).

2 Darton & Taff, Piedmont Folio (no. 28), Geol. Atlas U. S. (1896),

3 Coker & Totten, Trees of N. C. 26 (1916).

! Gattinger, Flora of Tenn. 32 (1901).

5 Arthur Keith, Morristown Folio (no. ?7), Gecl. Atlas U. S. (1896).
5 Shaffner, Cat. Ohio Vasc, Pl. 136 (1914).

? Orton, Geol. Surv. Ohio, ser. 4, Bull. no. 4 (1906).

8 Deam, Indiana State Bd. Forestry, Ann. Rep. xi. 110 (1912).

? Nieuwland, Am. Mid. Nat. ii. 165 (1912).

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 61

and does not cross that stream in the eastern course of its northern
limit. It is only found about the southwestern bays of Mistassini
Lake, from which it extends south-east, crossing the St. Lawrence
to the westward of Seven Islands. No cedar trees were seen along
the Manicuagan River from its mouth upward" (Low, n. s. viii. 33L).

In regard to the region of Seven Islands, Sir William Logan tells
us that the whole north shore of the lower St. Lawrence is Laurentian,
* with the exception of a narrow border of Silurian strata on the strait
of Belle Isle, another at the mouth of the Mingan River, and a third
near the Seven Islands."! "The Manicuagan where *no cedar trees
were seen" was explored from mouth to headwaters by Low, who
writes “Rocks, of Archaean age alone, were met with along the vari-
ous routes followed" (Low, l. c. 104A); but Thuja is found at the
southern end of Lake Mistassini, for “The soil of the region about
Lake Mistassini is made up of boulder-clay, derived from the dis-
integration of the neighbouring rocks. . . . The finer material of the
soil is sandy clay, with a large percentage of finely divided and inti-
mately mixed limestone, especially [italics ours] about the southern
and eastern shores" (Low, l. c. 69L). It is noteworthy that in his
long canoe trip — up the Saguenay to Lake St. John, thence up the
Mistassini River, across to Lake Mistassini and down the Rupert to
Hudson Bay — André Michaux passed north of the southern end of
the lake and consequently did not see this northern colony of Thuja
at the southern end of Lake Mistassini. Writing on August 21st,
1792, from “la Riviérre ditte Mistassin," Michaux said, “Les Thuya
cessent au Lac [St. Jean], dit-on, et je vis pas au long de cette riv." ?
This observation is significant for throughout its known length
Mistassini River flows through acid country, but the northeastern,
eastern and southeastern shores of Lake St. John are composed of
anorthosite which, as already noted (p. 52), contains an average of
9 % of calcium.

Thuja is not found on the Rupert River which for its entire length
flows over Laurentian gneiss, but it 7s found “just south of the mouth
of the Rupert River," the eastern limit of the calcareous area already
discussed (p. 47). Similarly it is on the lower Noddoway in the
calcareous soils which reach south from James Bay (Bell, n. s. viii.
80A), the region from which Pinus Banksiana is absent (see p. 46).

1 Logan, Geol. of Canada, 47 (1863).
2 Michaux, Journal, 1787-1796, ed. Sargent, 76 (1888).

62 Rhodora [Marcu

On the lower Abitibi Thuja occurs, the river for the lower 70 miles
flowing over Devonian limestones (Wilson, xv.— for 1902~03 —
233, 235A). On the Kwataboahegan which enters the mouth of the
Moose River and which “flows over flat-lying, fossiliferous limestone
for thirty-two miles," “cedar is common" (Wilson, l. e. 229-2314).

In the great Devonian and Silurian limestone region southwest and
west of James Bay and Hudson Bay, Thuja does not stop in its north-
ern extension at the lower Albany River as Hutchinson’s map implies.
It is found on most if not all of the rivers which enter James Bay from
the west through this vast limestone lowland. It is on the Kapiskau,
the banks of which for the lower 125 miles are composed of clay and
sand " containing marine shells," but higher up of “a very soft reddish-
brown argillaceous limestone" (Wilson, l. c. 224A); and it extends
north to the Winisk which enters Hudson Bay in lat. 55? 20' (Wilson,
l. c.— for 1903 — 103A).

Hutchinson finds the limits of Pinus Banksiana “irregular” because
“this species has migrated to 56? N. lat." in Labrador (which is acid
Laurentian country) but “has been limited in its northward progress
by the low-lying lands south and westward from James Bay" (the
calcareous area). Why not reverse the argument and say that the
limits of Thuja occidentalis are "irregular," since on the low-lying
country southwest of Hudson Bay it has extended beyond 55? N.
latitude, while it “has been limited in its northward progress" in
Labrador by the Laurentian upland?

On the headwaters of the Severn River, entering Hudson Bay
northwest of the Winisk, Thuja reaches its northern limit in that
direction, though it is *a rare tree," nearly the whole country being
Archaean, “but it occurs on the east end of Slate lake, on Sesikinaga
lake, on Cedar (Kishikas) lake, and also on Greenshields lake. On
the shores of the last a few rusty looking trees are growing, and this
is their northern limit" (Camsell, xvi. 151A). "The whole region is
granite and gneiss, except for a few limited areas: “The valley of
Slate lake, which has been formed by the erosion of the soft cale
schists” (Camsell, l. c. 148A); “Two narrow tongues, however, of
basic rocks" which “intervene before reaching Gull lake. One of
these occurs on the Sesikinaga river" (Camsell, l. c. 147A); “basic
inclusions . . . on the lakeat the head of Cedar river; on the lower end
of Cedar (Kishikas) lake" (Camsell, l. c. 148A); while “The highest
hill in the whole area is situated about three miles west of Greenshields

‘

1919} Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 63

lake. It rises 300 feet above the level of the water and is composed
seemingly entirely of boulders and drift material” (Camsell, l. c. 146A).

Hutchinson quotes Bell's old statement that “there is a remarkable
outlier of white cedar brushwood around Cedar Lake on the upper
part of the Saskatchewan River at a distance of 190 miles to the north-
west of the nearest point of the main area covered by this species."
It is, therefore, significant to find Dowling stating that the Devonian
coralline limestones of James Bay “are similar to rocks of Silurian
age on Cedar lake in the Saskatchewan district" (Dowling, n. s. xiv.
36F). And is it not significant, also, that Hutchinson, writing of a
vast Archaean country should state that “it is notable that through-
out great areas, for instance the Temagami region, Thuja is unknown?”
At this point in his discussion he was near the answer to his problem
and had he pursued the question with that “notable” fact as a basis
he would quickly have discovered the truth: that THUJA OCCIDENTALIS
is almost as pronouncedly calcicolous as Pinus BANKSIANA is calcipho-
bous.

The impression seems to be very general that Thuja prefers swamps,
yet it is certainly noteworthy that in really wet swamps it is usually
only a shrub or small tree, there rarely developing trunks 1 foot in
diameter. In the area of its best development, the calcareous region
of northern Maine, northwestern New Brunswick, and the Gaspé
Peninsula, the splendid trees with trunks often 3 feet in diameter and
sometimes twice that size are always on the well drained river-terraces
or alluvial banks or on rocky slopes. In New Brunswick Ganong
likewise notes that Thuja “shows a marked dualism of habitat,
occurring most characteristically in low wet places (‘Cedar swamps’)
but also capable, (at least individual trees are) of existence upon
upland where conditions approach the xerophytic.”! Similarly
Professor L. W. Bailey described the Tobique as passing “near the
base of high and precipitous cliffs of ferruginous rock, overhung with
cedar";? in Connecticut two of the three stations are on limestone
ledges; on the lower Hudson it was “on. . . fine bluffs of paleozoic
limestone,” and nearly at the southern limit of the species, along the
Holston River, at altitudes mostly under 1,000 feet, “especially where
the banks are rocky and cafion-like . . . . Measurements of the largest

1 Ganong, Bull. Nat. Hist, Soc. N. B. xxi. 55 (1902).
? L. W. Bailey, Can. Nat. ser. 2, i. 82 (1864).

64 Rhodora [Marcu

trees were taken which showed trunks at each locality of about fifteen
feet in cireumference."!

These facts indicate conclusively enough that, although in swamps
Thuja forms impenetrable tangles of low, usually interlocking, small
trees, it is on the better-drained or even xerophytic rock-habitats
that it develops its full stature. Consequently if, as Hutchinson says,
water is the “limiting factor” which prevents Pinus Banksiana from
spreading into the limestone region southwest of James Bay, it cer-
tainly cannot be argued that lack of water is the factor which keeps
Thuja from pushing north on the acid Archaean country; but, even
if it be urged that Thuja most commonly occurs in swamps, it must
be evident that there are plenty of swamps on the Labrador Peninsula,
for Low tells us that water covers “at a moderate estimate, at least
one fourth of the total area” of the peninsula (Low, n. s. viii. 23L).

Hutchinson (p. 488) says, further, that “The presence of ‘outliers’

. indicates that the general area of its distribution does not extend
to its ecological limit, in many instances at least. The northern area
of its distribution is roughly outlined by a semicircle, a fact which
contributes evidence that Thuja has migrated radiately from a limited
area . . . it does not migrate rapidly . . . this form has lagged behind."
When, therefore, following Hutchinson’s suggestion, we draw the
circle connecting the “outliers” (in western North Carolina, western
Prince Edward Island, western Anticosti, and Cedar Lake on the
Saskatchewan) it is impressive to find that the center of the circle
falls in the great acid Archaean area northeast of Lake Superior, the
Temagami region; for Hutchinson particularly informs us that “it
is notable that throughout great areas, for instance the Temagami
region, Thuja is unknown." And since the Temagami region was
not accessible to forests until after the vanishing of the Pleistocene ice,
by Hutchinson’s interpretation that the tree has “migrated radiately ”
we are forced to the dramatic picture of the infant Thuja occidentalis
created in very modern times in the center of the Temagami region
and finding nothing to live on, migrating as rapidly as its "lagging"
tendency would allow to the calcareous regions northwest, north,
east, and south!

Wherever the “Cedar swamp” is open and full of glades or swales
it supports a characteristic vegetation quite unlike that of the acid

1 Small & Vail, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. iv. 167 (1893).

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 65

bog, the following species being found in many such swamps of north-
ern Maine, New Brunswick or Gaspé: Selaginella selaginoides, Equise-
tum palustre and E. scirpoides, Triglochin palustris and T. maritima,
Scirpus pauciflorus and S. hudsonianus, Eriophorum viridi-carinatum,
Carex gynocrates, C. chordorhiza and C. vaginata, Juncus stygius, Orchis
rotundifolia, Calypso bulbosa, Microstylis monophyllos, Cypripedium
hirsutum and C. parviflorum, Betula pumila, Caltha palustris, Geum
rivale, Rhamnus alnifolia, Angelica atropurpurea, Veronica americana,
Valeriana uliginosa, Galium palustre, and Lonicera oblongifolia.
This long list of species is here entered because in Europe nearly all
of them or their immediate European allies occur in the “low-moors,”
and Warming, the father of modern ecology, correctly states that “ The
water coming from low-moor is rich in calcium and potassium.” !
The Canadian “Cedar swamp" is, then, a phase of Warming’s calcareous
* low-moor"; and every farmer in northern Maine and New Bruns-
wick knows perfectly well that by clearing a “Cedar swamp” he will
get a valuable addition to his tillable acreage, but, wherever Pinus
Banksiana grows the farmer knows it is useless to attempt cultivation.
In fact, even the most ignorant “habitant” will argue that whenever
that pine (“ Cyprés," as he calls it) takes possession it makes the region
sterile, and so powerful is its sterilizing influence that it is considered
positively dangerous for a pregnant woman even to walk near a
Banksian pine!

The law that some plants are oxylophytes, some calcicoles, is “as
old as the hills" and it is just as true today as it was when Linney
wrote of Kentucky: “ Altitudes had little, here, to do with the distribu-
tion of the trees; only two natural conditions seem to have modified
their disposition: one of minor importance — the quantity of mois-
ture; and the other of much consequence — the character of the
soil" ;? or when that great geologist, J. W. Dawson, wrote:

" Until the botanical geographer pursues his studies of distribution
with a geological map in his hand, and a knowledge of the habitudes of
plants in reference to soils, his labours will be to a great extent fruit-
les. A little more lime or a little less alkali in the soil renders vast
'regions uninhabitable by certain species of plants. For many of the
plants of our Laurentide hills to extend themselves over the calcareous

1 Warming, Oecology of Plants, transl. Groom & Balfour, 197 (1909).
2 Linney, Bot. of Madison, Lincoln, Garrard, Washington and Marion Counties, Ky, 8 (1882).

66 Rhodora ' [Marcu

plains south of them, under any imaginable conditions of climate, is
quite as far beyond the range of possibility as to extend across the
wide ocean." !

The fact that many plants are calcicolous, many calcifuge, is clearly
recognized by the European ecologists, Tansley in his wonderfully
lucid little book, Types of British Vegetation, saying with perfect posi-
tiveness: "Soils containing a comparatively large proportion of lime
are always marked by the presence and usually by the abundance of
certain species of plants — the so-called ‘calcicole’ species... . Con-
trasting with the ‘calcicole’ species there are others, called 'calcifuge'
which appear to be really intolerant of much lime in the soil." ?

Again, Praeger in his monumental Irish Topographical Botany says
without quibble: “The presence or absence of lime is the most import-
ant particular in which petrology affects the distribution of plants;
and in Ireland the bold grouping of the calcareous and non-calcareous
rocks helps to emphasize this feature of phytogeology. . . . A knob
of Old Red Sandstone . . . breaking through the limestone crust of the
Central Plain, immediately produces Galium saxatile, Vaccinium
Myrtillus, Rumex Acetosella, Deschampsia flexuosa, and other char-
acteristic calcifuge species. . . . The converse case — the absence of
calcicole species in counties poor in or devoid of limestone — is more
strongly marked. ...A... conspicuous line of demarkation — indeed
one of the most remarkable phytogeological boundaries in Ireland —
is seen where the Central Plain limestones lie up against the ancient
metamorphic highlands of Connaught....Here, as we pass off the
limestone, Habenaria intacta, Gentiana verna, Sesleria, and other
interesting plants which have been our companions over many miles,
give way abruptly.” ?

Why is this almost axiomatic law blindly ignored or only grudgingly
admitted by so many American physiographic ecologists and phyto-
geographers? That it is fundamental is beyond dispute, and by the
English, Irish, and many other European investigators is clearly
recognized as an essential factor in phytogeography; and as someone
has said, “If the English and Irish agree on it, it must be so.” Until
American physiographic ecologists and phytogeographers recognize and
use this law as a constant guide their labors, as Dawson prophetically
said, “will be to a great extent fruitless.”

1 J. W. Dawson, Can. Nat. and Geol. vii. 342 (1862),

2 Tansley, Types of Brit. Veg. 144 (1911).
3 Praeger, Irish Topogr. Bct.: Proc. Royal Irish Acad. vii. p. xxvii (1901).

1919] Fernald,— Ranges of Pinus and Thuja 67

Though, as just said, the law itself is “as old as the hills,” the recog-
nition of it, naturally, is much more recent. Nevertheless it was
clearly comprehended by the ancient Greeks. Here are the words
of Theophrastus, written about 300 B. C.: “Yet it is not strange that
there should be some mountains which do not thus bear all things,
but have a more special kind of vegetation to a great extent if not
entirely: for instance the range of Ida in Crete, for there Cupressus
grows; or the hills of Cilicia and Syria, on which Cedrus grows; or
certain parts of Syria where the terebinth grows. For it is the differ-
ences of soil which give a special character to the vegetation.” !

Cowles, who has found it necessary elsewhere to explain that he is
one of “those of broader viewpoint,” says that “The world of mor-
phologists, physiologists and ecologists has borne with” the sinning
taxonomist “patiently and long . . . a little more and the sinning
taxonomist will be 'cast out into the outer darkness where there shall
be wailing and gnashing of teeth," 2 but he says nothing about our
toleration of the sinning ecologist? Two of the great truths of science
taught by the ancient Greeks, and just as true now as prior to the
Christian era, were (1) that “it is the differences of soil which give a
special character to the vegetation"; and (2) that the earth is round.
In these days anyone who seriously argues that the earth is flat is
treated as a pitiable eccentric or is kept in confinement.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1 Theophrastus, Hist. Plant. lib. iii. cap. 3 (circ. 300 B. C.).

? Cowles, Am. Nat. xlii. 270, 271 (1908).

! Everyone, however, will agree with Cowles when in the same paragraph he says: "Species-
making by taxonomic tyros must be abandoned"; but it is certainly diverting, that on the
preceding page Cowles tried his hand at a most difficult genus and published two brand-new
combinations, '' Crataegus mollis ellwangeriana” and “C. mollis champlainensis," although in
doing so he violated three of the articles of the International Code, which in a preceding para-
graph he seems to defend: publishing without an adequate bibliographic reference to the
name-bringing synonym; making trinomials, without indicating the category (whether sub-
species, variety, or form); and decapitalizing a personal name, Ellwangeriana. Naturally,
if this represents an ecologist's conception of taxonomic work it is not surprising that Cowles
should condemn the “‘sinning”’ taxoncmist.

68 Rhodora [Marcu

LOPHIOLA AUREA IN NOVA SCOTIA.
GrorGcE E. NicHors.

A Few months ago, in a letter to the writer, Miss Margaret Brown,
of Halifax, an enthusiastic amateur botanist, casually remarked that
she had just received a specimen of Lophiola aurea from near Digby,
Nova Scotia. Lophiola aurea in Nova Scotia? Surely there must be
some mistake.

But there is no mistake. At the writer's request Miss Brown has
submitted the specimen for examination, and it is unquestionably
Lophiola: a fine, large specimen, in full flower and quite 20 inches tall.
Thus another species is added to that remarkable assemblage of plants,
exemplified by Schizaea pusilla and Corema Conradi, characteristic of
the New Jersey pine barrens, or of the coastal plain from New Jersey
southward, but occurring at more or less widely separated stations
along the coast northward to Newfoundland. "The specimen has been
deposited in the Herbarium of Yale University.

The following notes regarding the Nova Scotia station for Lophiola
aurea have been furnished by the discoverer, Mr. E. Chesley Allen;
of Truro. The specimen was collected on Sept. 6, 1917, between
Little River and East Ferry, Digby County. The locality is described
as a low, boggy swale which runs parallel with the post-road from
Little River to East Ferry. The area is probably not more than two
or three hundred yards wide, perhaps two or three miles long, and
more or less broken up by higher land. Scattered over the surface
are frequent small, stagnant ponds. The vegetation is largely grass-
like, with various low shrubs, and with sphagnum locally abundant.
Mr. Allen remarks the presence of what he took to be a species of
Juniperus other than the common J. communis: possibly it was
Chamaecyparis. About the only other plant noted was a species of
Utricularia. The area did not seem to be a typical bog, and Mr.
Allen’s description suggests strongly the wet savannahs which are the
favorite haunt of this plant in southern New Jersey. The specimen
collected was the only one seen, but Mr. Allen was in search of surgical
sphagnum and did not appreciate at the time the importance of his
discovery. In view of the comparative accessibility of the area it is
to be hoped that it can be explored more thoroughly in the near future.

SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, YALE UNIVERSITY.

1919] Standley,— A neglected Solidago Name . 69

A NEGLECTED SOLIDAGO NAME:
PauL C. STANDLEY.

ONE of the earliest books of travel relating to the United States,
is one entitled “Reise durch einige der mittlern und südlichen verein-
igten nordamerikanischen Staaten nach Ost-Florida und den Bahama-
Inseln, unternommen in den Jahren 1783 und 1784," by Johann David
Schoepf, published at Erlangen in 1788. An English translation by
Alfred J. Morrison was printed at Philadelphia in 1911.

Schoepf was a Bavarian who had studied botany at the University
of Erlangen under Schreber, who later named in his honor the genus
Schoepfia, a group of tropical trees and shrubs of the family Olacaceae.
He came to New York in 1777 as chief surgeon of the Ansbach con-
tingent of the German troops sent over by George III. He remained
in New York until the conclusion of the war, upon which he under-
took a tour of the United States, which, beginning in New Jersey,
extended to western Pennsylvania, southeastward through Maryland
to what is now the District of Columbia, and southward TRE the
coast to Florida, whence he sailed to the Bahamas.

The two volumes of the Reise give a vivid picture of the political
and physical conditions of the coastal states at that time. Schoepf
was interested in all branches of natural history but gave his chief
attention to the geology of the regions traversed. He made many
observations upon animals and plants, and in footnotes he published
descriptions of two new species of plants, one a Houstonia, the other a
Solidago. His names for these were taken up'by Gmelin in his edition
of Linnaeus's Systema Naturae, but they have received no attention
from other authors. ' Although both are listed in the Index Kewensis,
they are credited to Gmelin and his work is given as the place of pub-
lication. While the present writer was engaged in a monographie
account of the family Rubiaceae for the North American Flora, his
attention was called to Schoepf's book by Dr. J. H. Barnhart, and
as a result it was found necessary to adopt Houstonia pusilla Schoepf
as the valid name for the species hitherto known as H. patens Ell?

The Solidago mentioned above is discussed by Schoepf on page 466

1 Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
? N. Amer. Fl. xxxii. 29 (1918).

70 Rhodora [Marcu

of the first volume of the Reise. His account of the plant is as fol-
lows (the English being that of Morrison’s translation):

“ We continued the way we had come [along the Juniata River in
Bedford County, Pennsylvania], over Crossing-hill, Rays-hill, and
Sideling-hill, and spent the night at MacDonald’s tavern, where the
coffee is drunk out of tin-ware, there are potatoes to eat, and straw to
sleep upon, and a prodigiously dear reckoning.

Here we were introduced to still another domestic tea-plant, a
variety of Solidago. The leaves were gathered and dried over
a slow fire. It was said that around Fort Littleton many 100 pounds
of this Bohea-tea, as they call it, had been made as long as the Chinese
was scarcer. Our hostess praised its good taste, but this was not
conspicuous in what she brewed.”

It is evident that the plant discussed is that commonly known as
Solidago odora, a name published by Aiton in 1789, for not only does
the description apply certainly to S. odora, but the Plukenet citation
also refers to the same species. Since Schoepf's name was published
a year earlier than Aiton’s, the former is the one which must be
adopted. It is noteworthy that the now unfamiliar name hereafter
to be applied to this plant, one of the two or three easily recognizable
species of Solidago, is fully as descriptive and distinctive of the plant
as the name it displaces, being, in fact, practically synonymous with it.
The essential synonymy of the species is summarized below.

SOLIDAGO SUAVEOLENS Schoepf, Reise Ver. Nordamer. Staaten i.
466 (1788). S. odora Ait Hort. Kew. iii. 214 (1789). S. retrorsa
Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. ii. 117 (1803). S. puncticulata DC. Prodr. v.
332 (1836). The type locality is presumably in Bedford County,
Pennsylvania.

U. S. NaTioNAL Museum, Washington, D. C.

AN UNUSUAL Daucus Carota.— Miss Emily F. Fletcher recently
brought to the Gray Herbarium a very striking specimen of Daucus
Carota L. in which nearly half of the compound umbel, instead of

1SOLIDAGO suaveolens; foliis lanceolato-linearibus, integerrimis, acutis, subquinque-
nerviis, punctatis, glabris, tenerrime ciliatis.— Virga aurea americana, tarraconis facie &
sapore, panicula speciosissima. Pluk. alm. p. 389. tab. 116. f. 6.— A species similar to this
grows about New York, and has a pleasant odor of anise, noticeable also in the plant here,
but weaker; no doubt because it was already late in the season and it had suffered from the cold.
? Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Amer. i. pt. 2, 151 (1884).

1919] Robinson,— An unusual Daucus Carota 71

having the customary white, merely pale-roseate or occasionally very
light yellow petals, has them prevailingly of the rich deep violet
(making the impression almost of black) which is familiar in dark
central flower commonly present. Miss Fletcher states that the plant
was found by Miss Harriet M. Hodgman, at Westford, Massachu-
setts, August, 1918, on the land of Mr. Charles O. Prescot.

Reference to the readily available literature on teratology brought
out the fact that Penzig, Pflanzen-Teratol. i. 523 (1890), reports
having observed not rarely individuals of Daucus Carota in which the
single apical dark flower was replaced by a terminal umbellet of which
most or all of the flowers were dark. Pluskal, Oester. Bot. Zeitschr.
i. 228 (1851), discussing earlier the same phenomenon, mentions the
fact that he had a Carrot umbel in which most of the flowers in one
of the peripheral umbellets had the same dark brown color. This he
stated to be a great rarity.

Kronfeld, who applied the name “anthocyanic flowers” (Antho-
kyanblüthen) to these dark-petaled structures, discussed them briefly,
Bot. Centralbl. xlix. 11 (1892), stating that the central one is not
sterile as often supposed but cleistogamous and fertile. He also
suggests that these dark flowers are the result of inherited gall-forma-
tion. The literature of the subject seems rather slight and unsatis-
factory.

In the plant from Westford about 12 of the umbellets constituting
between a third and a half of the whole inflorescence are dark-petaled.
These occur on one side of the compound umbel, being disposed from
near the center to the periphery. They do not take the place of the
apical dark flower for that is present as usual. In some of these dark-
flowered umbellets all the petals are of uniform dark rich violet, in
others the greater part of them are dark, but some even in the same
flowers are white or deep purple striped with white. Except for their
unusual color the flowers appear to be normal.

The inflorescence at first sight suggests that it must have been
affected by some smut or other such influence but this does not appear
to have been the case.

The striking and interesting specimen here described will be pre-
served in Miss Fletcher's herbarium. A photograph of it has been
taken for record in the Gray Herbarium.— B. L. ROBINSON.

72 Rhodora [Marcu

Two Festuca VanrETIES.— The following note refers to two some-
what unusual varieties of Festuca.

Festuca ovina hispidula. At Franklin, Connecticut, on a dry, steep,
otherwise rather barren hillside, this variety is abundant, in associa-
tion with the typical form of the species. The tufts of the variety are
about as numerous as those of the species. In some specimens the
lemmas are uniformly hirsute, while in others the stiff pubescence is
more dense toward the margins of the lemmas. The same variety
occurs at Orange, Connecticut, where occasional tufts are found over a
considerable area of sandy plain. The writer collected it at Orange,
June 9, 1914. Professor A. S. Hitchcock has kindly verified speci-
mens from both towns.

Festuca rubra subvillosa. Several years ago the writer reported
this variety from Franklin.' Almost every season since, it has been
noticed at a new locality in Franklin and specimens have been col-
lected from open woodlands, rich pastures, dry hillsides, hayfields,
where it is often abundant, house lawns, barren gravel knolls and wet
meadows. A variety so widely distributed in one town may very
likely be found in other towns if search is made for it.

Specimens of the above have been deposited in the Gray Herbarium.
— R. W. Woopwarp, New Haven, Connecticut.

1 Ruopora, xiii, 70 (1911).

Vol, 21, no. 242, including pages 25 to 40 and a portrait plate, was issued
25 March, 1919.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD S$ Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND publication Committee.

Vol. 21. April, 1919. No. 244.
CONTENTS:

Long Pond. C. A. Weatherby : 73

Bromelica, a new Genus of Grasses. 0. A. Farwell ` ae, F

Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, — XXX. i > 8

Carex Notes. /. W. Clokey ; ; : i 4 "A acs ^

Plans for the Spring Field Trip of the Club . : i .U—86

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1l.
1052 Exchange Building, Preston and Rounds Co,

RHODORA.— A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $1.50 per year (domestic and foreign); single copies 15 cents.
Prices of Volumes 1 and 2 (1899 and 1900) on application. All remittances by
check or draft, except on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional
for cost of collection. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or
indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be gladly received and pub-
lished to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of
print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
UPON It.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most
important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways
exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not merely the flowering
plants, but pteridophytes and cellular cryptogams, and includes not merely
genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms, A work
of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of
sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at
$15.00 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collec-
tors memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by
the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts.
each. Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Larios of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. April, 1919. No. 244.

LONG POND.
C. A. WEATHERBY.

Pnorrsson FERNALD maintains that there is especial virtue in the
appellation “Long Pond”’; that any body of water bearing that name
is pretty sure to harbor, in or about it, desirable plants; and that a
composite flora of “Long Ponds” would make interesting reading.
It is as a contribution to such a work that I offer the following account
of my own particular Long Pond.

In October, 1916, in the course of a tramp through the woods in the
extreme northeastern corner of Connecticut, in the town of Thompson,
Mrs. Weatherby and I noticed a small pond, surrounded by broad
margins of swamp and producing in its shallower parts a rank growth
of sedges. It looked good; and we then and there resolved to visit
it again at a more favorable season for botanizing.

The immediate region in which it lies consists of low ridges and small,
flat areas of sand and gravel, presumably the bars and deltas of glacial
streams. The hollows between them are occupied by swamps and
by two small ponds, drained by streams which flow sluggishly through
wide stretches of marsh, full of Peltandra. One of these ponds —
Little Pond — we had already visited. It has a clean sandy strand,
only here and there overlaid with a thin deposit of vegetable matter,
and inhabited by such characteristic plants as Gratiola aurea, Cyperus
dentatus, Juncus pelocarpus, Elatine minima and, in the more mucky
places, Hydrocotyle umbellata, Utricularia gibba and Sagittaria Engel-
manniana. The swamps along its outlet were known to harbor Rosa
nitida, Rynchospora fusca and Eleocharis tuberculosa! In the maple

1 The last two species are associated with each other and with Panicum spretum (which also
grows in Thompson) in at least two other Connecticut swamps.

74 Rhodora [APRIL

swamps between the ridges scattered individuals of tamarack and
black spruce persist from an earlier growth. Some specimens of the
latter are fifteen to twenty feet high — a very good size for Connecti-
cut. Most of the plants here mentioned are noteworthy in this
region: it was, therefore, with anticipations which we tried to keep
prudently chastened that, in August, 1918, we at last started on our
expedition to Long Pond.

War-time train service had made the locality difficult of access.
'The best way to reach it and have a few clear hours there seemed to be
to take an afternoon train to the nearest railroad station, walk in,
carrying what we needed, to an old farm clearing near the pond,
spend the night in the fields there and do our botanizing the next
morning. This we accordingly did. It was a novel experience for us,
but proved distinctly entertaining. The one real drawback was a
lack of drinking water, for finding which we had trusted to luck. By
morning we were driven to a desperate attempt to collect dew from
the grass, where there seemed to be enough of it to slake the thirst of
an army. "The attempt failed; but it led to the interesting scientific
discovery that a dewdrop is by no means the crystal pure article the
poets would have us believe it. On the contrary, it is a globule of
incredibly dirty water: its primary function must be to relieve the
atmosphere of all — positively all — its impurities.

At breakfast, we were honored by a visit from a mink, which moved
about at a safe distance and barked at us. We suspected him of
jeering at our waterless condition: he knew where the water was.
Later we found out; and, much refreshed, began our botanizing.

Rhexia virginica grew sparingly at the edge of the clearing where we
had camped. A few rods away, in the edge of the swamp, was a good-
sized patch of Smilacina trifolia, a species not previously reported
from Windham County. Long Pond itself, when we reached it,
proved to be quite different in character from Little Pond. All
around it ran a more or less broad belt of mucky swamp, grown up to à
well-nigh impenetrable tangle of bushes and sedge, among which young
red maples were beginning to creep in. At one point where firm
ground came close to the water, a path led down to it. Here we
found a boat, of the awkward flat-bottomed type usual on New
England ponds, and half an oar. Fortunately, it was the business
half. As no better equipment seemed available, we set forth with
this, in the face of a rather lively breeze. After some three hours’

1919] Weatherby,— Long Pond 75

hard labor, we had succeeded in circumnavigating about half the
pond — which is half a mile long — and were quite ready to go ashore
and have lunch.

But the botanizing was good. Not one of the plants noted as
characteristic of Little Pond was found here, the different conditions
at the two being well reflected in their floras. On the black mud
where the boat was drawn up was a mat of Eleocharis olivacea, not
before reported from Windham County. In the shallower parts of the
pond was an abundant growth of aquatics — white and yellow water-
lilies, Brasenia, Nymphoides (sometimes called "fairy lily" in Con-
necticut), Nejas flexilis, Utricularia vulgaris, var. americana, U. pur-
purea in abundance and Potamogeton natans, the last two new to the
county. Near the further shore, slender culms of Scirpus subtermina-
lis and Eleocharis Robbinsii projected from the water — both likewise
new to Windham County. Here also were scattered plants of Pon-
tederia cordata, var. angustifolia. Only the variety was observed in
the pond itself, though there was an abundance of the typical form
along the outlet. In the edge of the marginal swamp grew many
plants of a pretty and unfamiliar Aster, which we managed to collect
by driving the bow of the boat (if a craft with perfectly interchangeable
ends can be said to have a bow) as far as possible into the bushes, and
which, on later investigation, proved to be Aster nemoralis, previously
collected near Long Pond by Mr. E. B. Harger in June, 1908, but
not reported because his specimens were too young for certain
identification. Further along, we picked a single fruiting head of
Juncus militaris, another addition to the Windham County list.
Around it were numerous jointed culms which I took to be sterile
plants of the Juncus. We set about hunting for more flowering
or fruiting material. Presently Mrs. Weatherby remarked: “Here
is a flower on one of these things.” I looked around, and probably
only the limitations of the boat prevented my doing something undig-

~nified. There is a keenness of pleasure in the finding of a really rare
plant which one never quite outgrows. And this flower was not that
of a Juncus, but of an Eleocharis and the thick, jointed culm on which
it grew could belong only to E. interstincta, a species not only new to
Connecticut, but known from only three other places in New England.

If this be boasting, it is boasting of the locality, not of the collectors;
and it is also an invitation. Only half of Long Pond has been explored;
when we last saw it, the boat and the half oar were waiting. And

76 Rhodora [APRIL

the pond lies in a belt of more or less similar country which apparently
extends along the western border of Rhode Island all the way from
Westerly to a point near Webster, Massachusetts. Any part of it is
likely to repay exploration.

East HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT.

BROMELICA (THURBER): A NEW GENUS OF GRASSES.
OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL.

For some years past our eastern species of Oat Grass have been
bandied about between Avena and Melica, affording for some a merry
game of shuttlecock. These species appear to have no permanent
home and to be a restless group, that, like Banquo’s Ghost, will not
down. It seems best, therefore, to create a new genus for them. At
least one of that small group of grasses, to which belong our eastern
Oat Grasses, has been included at one time or another in five different
genera, Festuca, Bromus, Melica, Avena and Trisetum. As regards
our eastern species Michaux first described Avena striata in 1803;
Torrey next described it as Trisetum purpurascens; A. Gray replaced
it in Avena using Michaux’s name; Hitchcock then removed it to
Melica as M. striata; finally Nash restored it to Avena as A. Torreyi.
The second species was described by Porter in 1867 as Avena Smithii
and it was removed to Melica by Vasey in 1888. At the present time
Hitchcock, in Gray's Manual, lists these species under Melica; Britton
& Brown in the Illustrated Flora list them under Avena; Rydberg in
the Flora of the Rocky Mountains steers an intermediate course listing
the first under Avena and the second under Melica. When authors
are at such wide variance with each other in their treatment of such
closely related species, the probabilities are that the species do not
belong to any one of the genera to which they have been referred.
A careful analysis of the distinguishing characters of each genus bears
out this supposition.

These species can scarcely belong to Avena since they lack the most
important tribal characters distinctive of the Aveneae, viz.: the spine-
like end of the rachilla prolonged behind the uppermost floret and
glumes longer than the lower floret. "They do agree with the Festuceae

1919] Farwell,— Bromelica, a new Genus of Grasses 77

in not possessing the spine-like elongation of the rachilla and in having
glumes shorter than the lower floret. A genus of the Festuceae must
then be sought for these species and amongst those genera having
many nerved lemmas. They do not belong to Festuca because the
lemmas are not entire. They do not belong to Bromus because the
grain is not adherent to the palet nor pubescent at the summit. They
do not belong to Melica because the lemmas are not subcoriaceous
and the uppermost do not form a convolute club-shaped mass but are
distinct. In Bromelica the glumes and lemmas are membranous, the
former being somewhat unequal and shorter than the lowest floret;
the latter are acute, notched or bidentate, generally with a terminal
awn formed by the excurrent midrib between the teeth, the upper-
most being similar to the others and distinct, the uppermost floret con-
sisting of a single lemma only. Thus delimited, Melica and Bromelica
consist, each of a clear, homogeneous group of species; united, Melica
is a heterogeneous group. Bromelica is almost exactly intermediate
between Melica and Bromus, with closer relationship to the latter than
to the former, which is exemplified by habit and by the characters of
the glumes and lemmas; if Bromelica is retained in Melica there is no
good reason why Melica in its entirety should not be united with
Bromus.

Lemmas membranous, all alike and distinct, acute, awned or awnless.

Lemmas entio n ee a NS eerie rm Rees RR KS Festuca.
Lemmas notched or bidentate.

Grain adherent to the palet and pubescent at apex.......... Bromus.

Grain free, co OBERE MEM Bromelica.

Lemmas subcoriaceous, obtuse, convolute around each other and forming a

dub-shaped EE onc i euer rta Poo ERAS Melica.

'The synonymy and species follow:

BROMELICA (Thurber), n. gen. Melica subgenus Bromelica
Thurber, Bot. Calif. ii. 304 (1880), and in Gray’s Manual, ed. 6, 152
(1908).

B. striata (Mx.),n. comb. Avena striata Mx. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 73
(1803). Trisetum purpurascens Torr. Fl. U. S. 127 (1824). Melica
striata (Mx.) Hitche. Rmopoma, viii. 211 (1906). Avena Torreyi
Nash in Britt. & Br. Illus. Fl. ed. 2, i. 219 (1913).

.. B. Smithii (Porter), n. comb. Avena Smithii Porter in Gray's
Manual, ed. 5, 640 (1867). Melica Smithi; (Porter) Vasey, Bull.
Torr. Cl. xv. 294 (1888).

B. aristata (Thurber), n. comb. Melica aristata Thurber in Boland.

Proc. Cal. Acad. iv. 103 (1870).

78 Rhodora [APRIL

B. subulata (Bong.), n. comb. Festuca subulata Bong. Veg. Sitch.
173 (1832). Bromus subulatus Griseb. in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv. 358
(1853). Melica acuminata Boland. Proc. Cal. Acad. iv. 104 (1870).
M. subulata Scribn. Proc. Acad. Phila. 47 (1885).

B. Harfordii (Boland.), n. comb. Melica Harfordi Boland. Proc.
Cal. Acad. 47 (1885).

B. Hanronnr, var. minor (Vasey), n. comb. Melica Harfordii, var.
minor Vasey, Bull. Torr. Cl. xv. 48 (1888). M. Harfordii, subsp.
tenuior Piper, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 127 (1906).

B. Geyeri (Munro). n. comb. Melica Geyeri Munro in Boland.
Proc. Cal. Acad. iv. 103 (1870). M. bromoides Boland. ex A. Gray,
Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 409 (1872).

B. Gryert, var. Howellii (Scribn.), n. comb. Melica bromoides,
var. Howellii Scribn. Proc. Acad. Philad. 47 (1885).

DEPARTMENT OF Botany, PARKE, Davis & Co.,
Detroit, Michigan.

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,— XXX.

LINACEAE.
LINUM.

L. medium (Planch.) Britton. Dry soil, ten scattered stations,
none in Essex county.

L. striatum Walt. Rock Pond, Georgetown (Mrs. C. N. S.
Horner, no date); Cedar Swamp, Peabody (J. H. Sears, July 12,
1887); Essex Woods (J. H. Sears & J. Robinson, September, 1880);
old railway track under Elm St., Dedham (K. M. Wiegand & Margaret
Heatley, July 23, 1908).

L. sulcatum Riddell. Middlesex Fells (F. S. Collins, Aug. 8,
1885); roadside, Winchester (W. Boott, Sept. 13, 1868; C. W. Jenks
& C. W. Swan, July 19, 1890); Boston (F. Boott, , 1822).

L. USITATISSIMUM L. Roadsides and waste places, frequent.

L. virginianum L. Dry gravelly and sandy soil; well distributed,
especially southward.

1919] Flora of the Boston District,—— XXX. 79

OXALIDACEAE.
OXALIS.

O. americana Bigel. (0. Acctosella L. of American authors. See
RHODORA xx. 76, 1918). Salisbury (R. Dodge, Aug. 12, 1890); moist
rich woods, Concord ( Horace Mann, , 1862; introduced by Minot
Pratt, see Ruopora i, 170, 1899); Purgatory Swamp, Norwood (F. S.
Collins & C. W. Swan, June 18, 1883).

O. corniculata L. (0. repens 'Thunb. of Gray's Manual, 7th Ed.).
A rare weed, in garden at Andover ( 4. S. Pease, July 4, 1902); abund-
ant in greenhouses at Cambridge, Dorchester, Wellesley and Easton.

O. europaea Jord. (0. corniculata L. of Gray's Manual, 7th ed.
See No. 227, Plantae Exsiccatae Grayanae.) Fields, gardens and
waste places, very common throughout.

O. filipes Small. Dry soil, rare; Wayland, Sherborn, Milton,
Walpole.

O. stricta L. Dry or sandy soil, occasional (eleven stations).

O. violacea L. Open woods and ledges, rare; Ipswich (Wm.
Oakes), Belmont, Waltham, Weston, Arlington, Lincoln, Concord.

GERANIACEAE.
ERODIUM.

E. Borrys Bertol. Introduced in wool-waste; Tewksbury (E.
F. Williams, B. L. Robinson & W. P. Rich, Nov. 4, 11, 1900); West-
field (C. W. Swan, no date); Boston (D. Murray, ——, 1863). Native
of southern Europe.

E. ciconium (L.) Ait. Wool-waste dump, Westford (Miss E. F.
Fletcher, June 26, 1913 et seq. Specimen in herb. Gray). See
Ruopora xv. 172, 1913. Native of Mediterranean region and the
Orient.

E. ciconrum (L.) Ait., var. TENUISECTUM Nym. Woolwaste dump,
Westford (Miss E. F. Fletcher, ——, 1915. Specimen in herb. Gray).
'There are not any European specimens of this variety in the Gray
Herbarium, but these specimens fit the published description. See

80 Rhodora [APRIL

Ruopona xviii. 143, 1916. Native of southern France and Spain.

E. cicurartum (L.) L'Hér. Waste places, especially near woollen
mills, occasional.

E. LAcINIATUM (Cav.) Willd., var. Bover (Delile) Murbeck. Wool-
waste dump, N. Chelmsford (Miss E. F. Fletcher, Sept. 5, 1917.
Specimens in herb. Gray and N. E. Botanical Club). See RHODORA
xx. 20, 1918. A native of Egypt, Tunis and Algiers.

E. MALACOIDES Willd. Millyard, north side of Merrimac river,
Lawrence (A. S. Pease, July 9, 1902. Specimen in herb. N. E.
Botanical Club). Native of Mediterranean countries.

E. moscuatum (L.) L'Hér. Waste places, especially near woollen
mills, rare (eight stations).

E. SrEPHANIANUM Willd. Woolwaste at Westford (Miss E. F.
Fletcher, July-August, 1916. Specimen in herb. Gray). See Rmo-
DORA xix. 132, 1917. An Asiatic species, ranging from the Caucasus
to southern China.

GERANIUM.

G. Bicknellii Britton. Open woods and clearings, occasional.

G. carolinianum L. Dry sandy and rocky soil; frequent.

G. pnissECTUM L. Dump, Centralville, Lowell (C. W. Swan, Aug.
4, 1884. Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club). Native of
Europe, northern Asia and Australia.

G. maculatum L. Fields and meadows, very common through-
out.

G. MOLLE L. Sporadic in new grassland, at Lexington, Cambridge,
Dorchester and Wellesley.

G. PRATENSE L. Meadow at Swampscott, perhaps 50 plants (L. A.
Wentworth, June 26, 1903. Specimen in herb. Gray). See RHODORA
v. 256, 1903.

G. PusiLLUM Burm. f. Waste places and gardens; Andover (A. S.
Pease, July 21, 1901); Wellesley (F. W. Hunnewell, Aug. 29, 1912);
Sherborn (Martha L. Loomis, May 29, 1913); Lexington, according
to M. P. Cook, Ruopora i. 81, 1899.

G. Robertianum L. Rich rocky woods; common, except possibly
in the most southern towns.

G. stprricum L. Waste heap, Cambridge (T. Morong, July 27,
1885. Specimen in herb. W. Deane).

1919] Flora of the Boston District,—— XXX. 81

RUTACEAE.
PTELEA.

P. TRIFOLIATA L. Waste places; Medford, Somerville, Boston,
Roxbury, Dorchester, Dedham, Hingham, Newton, Wellesley. In-
troduced from further south.

ZANTHOXYLUM.

Z. americanum Mill. Roadsides and old places, north and west
of Boston. Probably introduced at most if not all stations.

SIMARUBACEAE.
AILANTHUS.

A. GLANDULOSA Desf. Persistent and spreading, occasional.

POLYGALACEAE.
POLYGALA.

P. cruciata L. Meadows and swamps; not reported from western
towns, but occasional throughout the towns nearer the coast.

P. Nuttalli T. & G. Old spur track, Sharon (E. F. Williams,
Sept. 10, 1899. Specimens in herb. Gray and N. E. Botanical Club).

P. paucifolia Willd. Woods and open places; unevenly dis-
tributed but abundant, especially in southwestern towns. White
form, forma alba Wheelock (Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. ii. 142, 1891)
at Concord (Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 23, 1888; A. W.
Hosmer, RHopona i. 173, 1899); violet form at Sudbury (A. W.
Hosmer, Ruopona i. 173, 223, 1899).

P. polygama Walt. Dry sandy and rocky soil; common except
in northern Middlesex Co.

82 Rhodora [APRIL

P. polygama Walt., forma pallida Britton. Sandy margin of
Winter Pond, Winchester (M. L. Fernald & Bayard Long, June 22,
1913. Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

P. sanguinea L. Swamps and fields, common throughout;
“ often varying to white ” (J. Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 44, 1880). This
is forma albiflora Millsp. Fl. W. Va. 333, 1892.

P. verticillata L. Dry soil, common.

P. verticillata L., var. ambigua (Nutt.) Wood. "This extreme
form is apparently very rare, but forms tending toward it are occa-
sional.

EUPHORBIACEAE.
ACALYPHA,

A. gracilens Gray. Dry soil, frequent.
A. virginica L. Fields and waste places, common.

CROTON.

C. caprratus Michx. S. Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 27, 1879.
Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club). Waif from the West.

C. TEXENSIS (Klotzsch) Muell. Arg. Filled land, Back Bay, Boston
(C. W. Swan, Sept. 9, 1890. Specimens in herb. sind and Yale).
Waif from the Southwest.

EUPHORBIA.

E. comRortATA L. Sparingly introduced at Lowell, Concord,
Wellesley, Natick and Sherborn.

E. Cyparisstas L. Cemeteries, fields and roadsides, common
throughout.

E. Esuta L. Fields and waste places; very abundant in Salisbury,
Amesbury, Newburyport, Rowley and Newbury; Ipswich (Wm. Oakes),
also sporadic at Somerville, Boston and West Roxbury.

E. HkuroscoprA L. Waste places at Melrose, Somerville, Cam-
bridge, Roxbury and Scituate.

1919] Clokey,— Carex Notes 83

E. hirsuta (Torr. Wiegand. Dry sand, especially by railways;
Lowell, Concord, Ayer, Cambridge, S. Boston, Wellesley, Natick.

E. maculata L. Dry sand and gravel, very common throughout.

E. MARGINATA Pursh. Vacant lot, Boylston St., Boston, now
extinct (W. P. Rich, Aug. 24, 1879. See Rnopona x. 152, 1908);
waste place by (or in) salt marsh, a few plants (F. W. Grigg, Aug. 9,
1913. Specimens in herb. F. W. Grigg).

E. PrEPLus L. Waste places and gardens; sporadic at Salem,
Woburn, Somerville and Lynn; Tremont St., Boston (W. Boott, Sept.
11, 1853).

E. PLATYPHYLLA L. Rubbish heap, not persistent, Cambridge
(W. Deane, Oct. 10, 1885).

E. polygonifolia L. Seashore sands from Salisbury to Duxbury.

E. Preslii Guss. Sandy soil and waste places, rare (twelve stations).

E. prostrata Ait. Cotton waste, Malden (F. S. Collins, Sept.
20, 1890. Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club). Native of
tropical America. ;

MERCURIALIS.

M. annua L. Newburyport (* E. U.” 1880); E. Somerville
freight-yards (A. S. Pease & A. H. Moore, Oct. 20, 1903); Boston (J.
A. Lowell, no date); yard, Newtonville (F. W. Grigg, Aug. 24, 1912).

RICINUS.

R. communis L. Dump, Cambridge (M. L. Fernald, Sept. 26,
1908); railway dump, Dedham (Sydney Harris, Aug. 22, 1897;
E. F. Williams, Oct. 2, 1898).

CH acr Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

CAREX NOTES.
Ira W. CLOKEY.

CAREX arapahoensis, spec. nov. Growing in small clumps; the
culms stiffly erect, rather stout, 2-4 dm. high, somewhat exceeding
the leaves, minutely rough on the angles below the head, aphyllopodic.
Leaves with well developed blades 4-7 to a fertile culm, on the lower

84 Rhodora . [APRIL

third of the culm, somewhat bunched; the blades flat, the upper
long-attenuate, 1.5-3 mm. wide, 12-25 mm. long, minutely rough on
the edges; lower sheaths without blades light brown, sheaths over-
lapping; ventral band hyaline, white or light-green. Heads ovoid,
13-20 mm. long; spikes 3-5, closely aggregated, gynaecandrous, 8-
11 mm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, rounded at base, rounded or somewhat
pointed at apex. Bracts scale-like, with brown center and broad
white hyaline margin, shorter than the head, the lowest frequently
stiff and attenuated. Scales ovate, blunt, about as long and broad
as the perigynia, chestnut-brown with white hyaline margin especially
well marked in the staminate and lower pistillate scales. Perigynia
hidden by the scales, ascending, dark brown at maturity, dull ob-
securely nerved on both faces, winged, ovate, 4.5-5.25 mm. long, 2-
2.25 mm. wide, broadest near the top of the achene, contracted at base,
sessile, rather abruptly contracted into a flat winged bidentate beak
serrulate to the tip; teeth erect.1 mm. long. Achenes oval, 2 mm.
long, 1.2 mm. wide, light brown and dull at maturity, substipitate;
style slender; stigmas 2.

The above description is based on plants found growing abundantly
in dry soil at an elevation of 3550 m., 200 m. above the timber
line, on Mt. Arapahoe, Boulder County, Colorado. My number
3227, preserved in my herbarium, is designated as the type. At the
type-locality are found Carex albo-nigra Mack. and C. ellynoides
Holm.

CanEx subimpressa, spec. nov. “Carex impressa (Wright) Mac-
kenzie X Carex lanuginosa, Michx.” Clokey, Torreya, vol. 16, no. 9,
Sept., 1916.

This hybrid has become so well established and shows such vigor,
having become more abundant than either parent at the type locality,
that it should be given rank as a species. My number 2338, pre-
served in my herbarium, is designated as the type.

CAREX TRIBULOIDES, Wahl. var. sangamonensis, var. nov. Grow-
ing in small clumps from short stout rootstocks. Culms 2.2-6.5 dm.
high, slender, soft, sharply angled, very slightly rough on the edges
just below the head, about the length of the leaves of the fertile culms.
Leaves on the fertile culm 4-8, on the sterile very numerous, 1.5-4 mm.
wide, scattered, soft, flat, ribbon-like, gradually tapering to a delicate
point, rough on the edges, those of the sterile culms frequently much
longer than the fertile culms. Sheaths overlapping, lowest some-
what fibrillose at base. Inflorescence erect or somewhat flexuous,
2-4.2 cm. long; spikes 4-6. occasionally 3 or 7 and rarely 8, dull
green or straw-color, sessile, obovoid, blunt, slightly to decidedly

1919] Clokey,— Carex Notes 85

clavate at base, 6-12 mm. long including.staminate part (frequently
constituting one third or more of the longer spikes), 3-6 mm. wide,
irregularly separated to approximate. Bracts absent or the lower
1-3 present, setaceous, shorter or longer than the head. Staminate
flowers basal. Perigynia 3-4 mm. long .9-1.25 mm. wide, straw-
colored over achene, rest light green to straw-color, thin, scale-like,
scarcely distended over the achene, several-nerved on each face,
straight, tapering to slightly cleft apex, without well-marked beak.
Achene 1-1.25 mm. long, .67-.75 mm. wide, dull straw-color, lenticular,
elliptical, short-stipitate; style slender. Scale white-hyaline with
green midrib to uniform straw-color, acute, .67-.75 the length of the
perigynia, narrower than the perigynia. Stigmas 2.

This well marked plant is found growing in rich alluvial soil in two
small widely separated areas in Macon County, Illinois. My number
2364, preserved in my herbarium, is designated as the type. My
number 2362 also belongs here. At the type-locality the plant is
found growing with Carex Leavenworthii Dewey, and C. muskingum-
ensis Schwein. lt may be separated from the typical form of C.
tribuloides Wahl., and from Bailey's varieties turbata and reducta by
the following key.

Spikes 3-7; leaves 1.5-4 mm. broad........ C. tribuloides, v. sangamonensis.
Spikes 8-14; leaves 3-8 mm. broad.
Perigynia with appressed tips.
Inflorescence moniliform, spikes scattered....C. tribuloides, v. turbata.
Inflorescence cylindric, spikes approximate... .C. tribuloides (typical).
Perigynia with spreading tips, inflorescence flexuous.
C. tribuloides, v. reducta.

Var. sangamonensis is in some respects between varieties turbata
and reducta, in others different from all other forms of the species. A
large number of specimens show that the tips of the perigynia are
frequently straight with the perigynia slightly spreading, not appressed
as in var. turbata, nor recurved as in var. reducta. Many of the heads
show a flexuous inflorescence with decidedly separated spikes. The
small number of spikes is a regular thing, not an exception. Out of
several hundred plants carefully examined, only 2-3 heads were found
with 8 spikes, a relatively small number with 3 or 7 spikes, and proba-
bly over 90% with 4-6 spikes. Another point of difference is in the
perigynia which, when fully mature, measure 3-4 mm. with the
average of 3.5 mm. long.

DENVER, COLORADO.

86 Rhodora [APRIL

PLANS FOR 1919 SPRING FIELD TRIP OF THE NEW
ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

During the war the field trips of the New England Botanical Club
were temporarily abandoned, the last trip two years ago at the time
of great financial demands having an attendance of only four members.
Now that more settled conditions are in prospect it is proposed to
renew these week-end explorations, which have proved so effective
in the past in largely increasing our detailed knowledge of local dis-
tribution and in affording a remarkable opportunity for many mem-
bers who enjoy good botanizing and good comradeship to coóperate.

This spring it is proposed to spend Friday, Saturday, and for those
who wish it, Sunday, May 30, 31, and June 1, intensively exploring
the spring and early summer flora of southwestern Massachusetts.
The proposition is to gather at Pittsfield Thursday evening, when
plans for the active field work will be clearly formulated. As in the
past, the party will be divided into groups of two or three and assigned
definite tracts of southern Berkshire County to explore.. Each party
is held responsible for the collection of every vascular plant in recog-
nizable condition in the area assigned, a full series of these plants to
be turned in to the New England Botanical Club to add to its detailed
representation. At the end of the trip each member of the party will
be asked to supply to the phaenogamic curator the proper data for
label-forms and indication of the number of labels needed and these
printed label-forms will be supplied to each member.

Southern Berkshire is somewhat known in midsummer but only
very limited areas have been botanized in late spring. The present
season with Hepatica, Epigaea, and others of the earliest flowers
expanded in March, promises to be unusually early, so that at the end
of May the Berkshire party will find all the interesting material it can
care for. The members should take an abundant supply of specimen-
papers in which to lay out their daily collections and those who wish
naturally will take a supply of driers. By laying out the specimens
in pressing paper without many driers the plants can be kept in rea-
sonably good condition for two or three days until the return home,
when they will be in condition for final straightening and drying.

The particular object of the late spring exploration of southern
Berkshire, besides enjoying the best botanizing to be found in the
temperate sections of New England, is to search for the many scores
of species which closely approach the Massachusetts border from the
west or southwest but which are not yet definitely known within the
limits of the state. The region of Berkshire County is geographically
and geologically so closely allied to Litchfield County, Ct., to Dutchess
and Columbia Counties, N. Y., and to Bennington County, Vt., that

1919] Spring Field Trip 87

plants which are found in these adjacent counties should certainly be
expected in Berkshire County. The list of such species is, as inti-
mated, a large one and from it there have been selected the following
easily recognized plants which approach southwestern Berkshire
County very closely, some of them being found within one mile of our
border and all within a distance of ten, or in a few cases only twelve
or fifteen miles, from Mount Washington or Sheffield.

TRIGLOCHIN PALUSTRIS, marshes, Pine Plains, N. Y. (Character-
istic of calcareous marshes throughout the Canadian zone but in New
England known only from Maine.)

ERIOPHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM, peat bogs, Pine Plains, N. Y. (One
of the early species, maturing in Maine during May and early June
but in New England unknown except in Maine.)

RYNCHOSPORA CAPILLACEA, abundant in caleareous marshes at
Pine Plains, N. Y.; also at Salisbury, Ct., and on limy ledges in
Vermont. (In northern Maine this species is in recognizable condi-
tion during June, although it matures later.)

CAREX CRAWEI; moist fields and meadows, Salisbury, Ct. and some-
what frequent in the calcareous regions of central and western New
York; also in the limy soils of Aroostook County, Maine.

CAREX CASTANEA, alluvial soils and meadows, Salisbury, Ct.; also
in Vermont and common in the calcareous regions of Maine.

WOLFFIA COLUMBIANA, surfaces of ponds and pools, Salisbury, Ct.
(The tiniest of the Lemnaceae, the minute plants floating just at the
surface of the water and without rootlets.)

JUGLANS NIGRA, indigenous at North Canaan, Ct. (Reported but
unverified from western Massachusetts.)

MORUS RUBRA, frequent in mountain woods, Dutchess County,
N. Y.; Salisbury, Ct.; also in southwestern Bennington County, Vt.
(Reported but unverified in Massachusetts.)

RANUNCULUS CIRCINATUS, ponds and streams, Salisbury, Ct.; also
in Vermont.

TROLLIUS LAXUS, Swampy woods and meadows, Cornwall, Ct.
(Reported but unverified from the Connecticut Valley in New Hamp-
shire; also from Maine.)

CORYDALIS AUREA, frequent on limestone cliffs and in rocky woods,
Dutchess County, N. Y.; also in western Vermont.

HEUCHERA AMERICANA, wooded banks of the Housatonic, Litch-
field County, Ct.

RIBES ROTUNDIFOLIUM, rocky woods and hillsides, Dutchess County
N. Y.; and Salisbury, Ct.

HyYBANTHUS CONCOLOR (Green Violet), very abundant in May “in
a cold mountainous woods about a mile from the village of Pine Plains.
It was growing very luxuriously — many of the stems being all of three
feet in height — and covered several acres of ground almost to the
exclusion of other herbacous plants.”

88 Rhodora [APRIL

ZIZIA CORDATA “rather common in all our open woods," Pine Plains;
also at various stations in Connecticut.

TAENIDIA INTEGERRIMA, frequent in gravelly or rocky woods,
Dutchess County, N. Y.; wooded banks of Housatonic River, Ct.;
also in western Vermont.

PorEgMoNiUM VAN BRUNTIAE, swamps, Salisbury, Ct.; also western
Vermont.

VALERIANA ULIGINOSA “very abundant in some of the marshes and
swamps about Pine Plains," over an area 12 miles in diameter, one
of the stations within three miles of the Massachusetts-Connecticut
line, growing in swamps with Salix candida and Betula pumila; also
locally in Vermont. (Abundant in the calcareous swamps of northern
Maine and locally across central and western New York.)

Surely some, if not all, of these characteristic plants of the cal-
careous regions are to be found in Berkshire County. All of them are
in good condition for collecting in late May or June and a party of 15
or 20 enthusiastic explorers should in two or three days of active
raking of southern Berkshire bring them to light. The best regions
are naturally the least accessible by railroad or trolley, consequently,
it is hoped that those who have automobiles will feel ready to put them
at the disposal of the Club in order to reach the more remote areas
away from railroads.

A notice stating the headquarters of the Club for this trip and other
details as to times of trains, ete., will be prepared later. All who wish
this final notice should notify R. C. BEAN, 48 Emerson Street, Wake-
field, Mass.

Committee on

R. C. BEAN Field Excursions.

M. L. FERNALD, Chairman )
C. H. KNOWLTON

Vol. 21, no. 243, including pages 41 to 72, was issued 14 April, 1919.

JOURNAL OF THE

SHodova

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by

BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD | associate Editors.

HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND

| Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. May, 1919.

CONTENTS:

Rubus idaeus and its Variations. M. L. Fernald ,
Further Notes on Impatiens biflora. C. 4. Weatherby
Changes in Botanical Nomenclature. 0. A. Farwell ,
Bidens connata, var. gracilipes. M. L. Fernald

Omission from List of Ranunculaceae. C. A. Weatherby

No. 245.

89
98
IOI
103

104

Preston and Rounds Co,

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T,

1052 Exchange Building,

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $1.50 per year (domestic and foreign); single copies 15 cents.
Prices of Volumes 1 and 2 (1899 and 1900) on application. All remittances by
check or draft, except on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional
for cost of collection. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or
indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be gladly received and pub-
lished to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of
Print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howanp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & ROUNDS Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collec-
tors memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by
the Gray Herparium, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts.
each. Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. May, 1919. No. 245.

RUBUS IDAEUS AND SOME OF ITS VARIATIONS IN NORTH
AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

IN an attempt to organize the material of the common Red Rasp-
berry in the Gray Herbarium the writer has found himself face to
face with several different interpretations and with a plant of New
England which does not appear to have been included in the seemingly
sufficient “species” or “subspecies” of raspberry which have recently
been proposed. In the first place, the distinguished Dr. Focke of
Bremen, who has made a life-long study of Rubus and whose judgment
of specific values in the genus should have great weight, treats Rubus
idaeus in his Species Ruborum ' as a circumpolar species with numerous
geographic subspecies and varieties. Somewhat earlier, the late E. L.
Greene, taking up for the Red Raspberries as a separate genus the
subgeneric name Batidaea of Dumortier, said of the common Ameri-
can representative:

"B. srRIGOSA. Rubus strigosus, Michx., the original from Canada;
but, between the high Northeast and the mountain districts of the
South, there occur several excellent subspecies to be distinguished.
Those proposed below are western.” ? Then follow sixteen of th»
subspecies of B. strigosa distinguished by Greene in the region from
the Great Lakes westward. To be sure the subspecies are all given
binomials, B. heterodoxa, B. amplissima, etc., like true species and at
variance with the ordinarily recognized method of indicating sub-
species; but in view of Greene’s insistence upon accurate English and

1 Fock , Species Ruborum pars ii. 207-211: Biblioth. Bot. 72 ™ (1911).
2 Greene, Leaflets, i. 238, 239 (1906).

90 Rhodora [May

Latin in others (witness pages 229-236, immediately preceding his
discussion of Batidaea), it is not to be expected that he would write
“there occur several excellent subspecies to be distinguished. Those
proposed below are western” unless he intended them as subspecies,
not species. The latest treatment of the American Red Raspberries
is by Rydberg in the North American Flora (xxii. pt. 5) where he
restores the plants to Rubus and recognizes in North America eleven
species.

Thus it will appear that the student of the flora of North America
is left somewhat perplexed. as to the status of our Red Raspberries;
and, with no desire to add to the perplexity but rather to present
certain new evidence and the result of a study of the group at intervals
during several years, the following treatment of the plants, especially
of eastern America, is presented.

The commoner raspberries of North America and of eastern Asia
are distinguished from the European Rubus idaeus by their strong
tendency to bear stipitate glands on the pedicels, peduncles, new
canes, and often on other regions of the plant, as the calyx or petioles,
and by bearing bristle-like prickles; the true R. ?daeus quite lacking
both the glands and the bristles, but often having on the pedicels,
new canes, etc., strong broad-based prickles somewhat as in our R.
occidentalis, from which species it is at once distinguished by its more
racemose inflorescence, red berries, erect canes, and pinnate leaves
on the new canes.

R. idaeus (typical) is commonly cultivated and frequently spreads
to roadsides in the neighborhood of gardens, but by neither Focke
nor Rydberg is it admitted as more than an introduced plant in North
America; although by Focke a close ally, glandless and bristleless
and differing from Eurasian R. idaeus only in the more abundant dark
prickles of the calyx, etc., and a slight tendency to less pubescent
branches, is set off as R. idaeus, subsp. melanotrachys, from northwest-
ern America and by Rydberg is maintained as a distinct species. In
the Northwest also is another variant which is quite glandless and
bristleless but with the characteristic prickles of R. idaeus; though
this plant, from Spokane, Washington, has the leaves quite glabrate
and green on both surfaces, thus strongly suggesting Focke's descrip-
tion of R. idaeus, var. denudatus Schimp. & Spenn.: “glabriusculus;
foliola subtus viridia." ! Other specimens from Spokane (Piper's

1 Focke, l. c. 208.

1919] Fernald,— Rubus idaeus and Variations 91

no. 2268), quite like the first in aspect and prickles, differ, however,
in having the pedicels copiously glandular-hispid and viscid-puberu-
lent and thus seem to be the plant which has been described as Bati-
daea strigosa, subsp. B. peramoena Greene and which has recently
appeared as Rubus paramoenus (Greene) Rydberg. These two plants
from the same locality, one without stipitate glands and viscid pubes-
cence on the pedicels, the other with them, and in all other characters
so similar that their discriminating collector labeled both Rubus
strigosus, are representative of the variability of the characters which
by some authors are taken as dividing our Red Raspberries into
distinct species.

As already stated, neither Focke nor Rydberg admit true Rubus
idaeus as indigenous in North America, although very close allies are
recognized in the Northwest and by Rydberg Greene's supposedly
indigenous American Batidaea strigosa, subsp. B. itascica, described
from Lake Itaska, Minnesota, is reduced without question to the
Eurasian Rubus idaeus. Furthermore, on the still uncleared and
essentially uninhabited Brion Island, the remote wooded island north
of the main archipelago of the Magdalen Islands in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, the Red Raspberry of the indigenous thickets is strictly
without bristles or glands and in every particular seems to be per-
fectly pure R. idaeus, the smooth-caned extreme which is included by
Focke in his subsp. vulgaris and which has sometimes been designated
as a forma inermis. At other points in the East, as Peaks Island in
Casco Bay, perfectly typical R. idaeus, there with slightly prickly
canes, occurs on the rocky shores as if indigenous, although at the
Peaks Island station there is greater possibility of introduction than
on the practically unsettled Brion Island? Similarly in the Middle
West where R. idaeus, according to Rydberg, includes Batidaea
. ttascica Greene, the shrub seems to be indigenous. The type locality
of the latter plant has been noted; and an entirely similar plant, in
its flowering cane quite inseparable from European R. idaeus, was
collected by Dr. J. Lunell on the shores of Pleasant Lake, Pierce
County, North Dakota, in 1901 and distributed as the endemic
North American R. strigosus; while the fragment in the Gray Her-

1 See Rydberg, l. c., 445.

2 Brion Island, although discovered by Cartier, has remained a remote nearly uninhabited
islet covered with dense thicket. Its two families are those of the light-keeper and of a soli-
tary farmer.

92 Rhodora | [Max

barium of Rydberg's no. 657 from the Black Hills of South Dakota,
labelled by its collector “Rubus strigosus” shows neither bristles nor
glands in the inflorescence. From these facts it will be clear that,
although by no means so common as the bristly and glandular shrubs,
the bristleless and glandless R. idaeus is locally indigenous (as well as
introduced) in North America.

Although the presence of glands and fine bristles characterizes
much of the North American and eastern Asiatic Red Raspberry as
opposed to the typical Rubus idaeus of Eurasia and of local occurrence
in North America, a plant which when prickly bears stronger broad-
based prickles, strong prickles are by no means confined to the
glandless shrubs. In 1858 Regel & Tiling described from eastern
Siberia as R. idaeus, var. aculeatissimus' a shrub which has firm
broad-based prickles as well as glands. Later an Asiatic and North
American plant, which in its details is inseparable from Tiling's origi-
nal material of var. aculeatissimus from Ajan, a duplicate of which is
in the Gray Herbarium, was proposed by Focke as R. idaeus, subsp.
melanolasius or R. idaeus, subsp. R. melanolasius,? under the impression
that the name var. aculeatissimus had never been published.’ "This
plant, described by Focke from eastern Siberia and northwestern
America, is taken up by Rydberg as a strictly American species, R.
melanolasius, and to it are reduced as synonyms four of Greene’s
binomial subspecies of Batidaea strigosa.

In eastern America there also occurs a Red Raspberry in which
not only the glands but the fine bristles of the American and eastern
Asiatic shrubs are abundantly mixed with the stronger prickles of the
European. This is a shrub which occurs on steep clay banks of
Casco Bay, Maine, an extreme obviously near to R. ?daeus, var.
aculeatissimus, but with very tomentose (as well as prickly, setose
and glandular) new canes. "These two illustrations are sufficient to
indicate that, although the absence of glands and bristles and the
presence only of stoutish prickles in the upper parts of the plant is a
characteristic of European Rubus idaeus, the lack of such stoutish

1 Regel & Tiling, Fl. Ajan. 87 (1858).

? Focke, like Greene, unfortunately seems to have had slight regard for the conventional
methods of writing plant-names and consequently for the convenience and clear understanding
of others, for in the original publication he called the plant a subspecies but (like Greene in
case of the subspecies of Batidaea sírigosa) gave it a binomial designation as well as a sub-
specific name, a practice long discountenanced and now forbidden by the International Rules.

3 Focke, Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen. xiii. 472 (1896).

1919] Fernald,— Rubus idaeus and Variations 93

prickles is by no means a constant characteristic of the glandular and
bristly American and eastern Asiatic series, and that species erected
upon these characters alone cannot be long maintained. As geo-
graphic varieties such plants have some strength and their true
relationship is, it seems to the writer, best so expressed.

The commonest plants of eastern America lack the strong prickles
but have slender bristles and glands upon the new growth and about
the inflorescence. There are two common varieties and others of
local occurrence. In the plant which is commonly interpreted as
Michaux’s R. strigosus, the first of the American Red Raspberries to be
distinguished, the bristles are ordinarily rather scattered or few or
sometimes quite wanting on the canes which have the cortex glabrous
or merely glaucous, often becoming lustrous in age. This shrub is
abundant especially in the East, but it extends from Newfoundland
to British Columbia, south to Virginia, the Great Lake states, and
Wyoming. Specimens from Japan, especially from the island of
Yezo, are quite inseparable from the American R. strigosus in all
details and probably represent R. Matsumuranus Léveillé & Vaniot.!

The other common variety differs from var. strigosus in having the
new canes closely pubescent and copiously bristly, the grayish pu-
bescence among the numerous bristles giving the canes a peculiar
fuscous or dusty aspect. This seems to be the plant which Richard-
son called R. idaeus 8. canadensis, from west of Hudson Bay and
described as having the “canes fuscous, with crowded small rigid
setae." ? Var. canadensis occurs from Labrador to Alaska, south to
North Carolina, Michigan, South Dakota, and Colorado; and material
from Sachalin Island, northwest of Japan, seems quite inseparable
from many sheets of North American var. canadensis. The Sachalin
Island plant is apparently R. sachalinensis Léveillé in Fedde, Repert.
vi. 332 (1909), taken up by Focke as R. idaeus, subsp. sachalinensis
and said to have “Folia omnia ternata .. . fructus exsuccus."? But
the North American specimens of R. idaeus, var. canadensis, show only
ternate leaves on the fruiting canes and very often ternate leaves on
the new canes. Furthermore, in view of the scanty material from
Sachalin Island and the fact that in defining the plant Focke found it
necessary to quote the original description rather than draw up a

1 Léveillé & Vaniot, Bull. Acad. Géogr. Bot. xx. 135 (1909).
2 Richardson, Appendix, 2d ed. in Frankl. Journey, ed. 1, 747 (1823),
3 Focke, Sp. Rub. 209, 210 (1911).

94 Rhodora [May

new one based upon abundant material and correlated with his other
descriptions, it seems probable that the “dry fruit” of the Sachalin
Island plant is young fruit, which at that stage is dry in all the varie-
ties of R. idaeus.

Var. canadensis has recently been called R. subarcticus (Greene)
Rydberg and R. carolinianus Rydberg. In treating this variety as two
species Rydberg placed the emphasis upon the degree to which the
sepals bear caudate tips; R. carolinianus, restricted by him to the
mountains of North Carolina, having the “sepals ovate, more than
1 cm. long, caudate-acuminate, the slender tip from half to fully
as long as the sepal proper,”! while R. subarcticus, with southern
limits placed at Nova Scotia and British Columbia and "apparently
also Nantucket" is said to have “sepals broadly ovate, abruptly
acuminate... about 6 mm. long.” ? In the key, it is true, the so-
called new species, R. carolinianus, which is subsequently said to have
“sepals ovate,” is placed in a section with “Sepals narrowly lanceo-
late." The definition would thus seem to be loose enough to assure
the name covering considerable material; but, unfortunately some
North Carolina specimens show sepals even less than 6 mm. long and
with very short tips, while the writer has before him many specimens
from Labrador, Newfoundland, Canada, and New England with
sepals not only a full em. long, but sometimes even 2-2.5 cm. in length;
and on some individual branches occur both short-tipped and long-
appendaged sepals. In fact, in a single New Hampshire “clearing”
one may collect specimens having sepals with or without caudate
appendages and of any length he chooses from 5 mm. to 2.3 em. The
fact is, that this character is extremely variable and not one to use
unsupported by stronger characters even in varietal separations.
Rydberg himself recognized this when in his key he included R.
strigosus under both headings: "Sepals....gradually acuminate”
and “Sepals....abruptly acuminate.” The ranges for his R. caro-
linianus and R. subarcticus would seem to preclude the occurrence of
either between North Carolina and Canada, except "apparently "
on Nantucket. Both of them, however, i. e. the one variety, occur
in all the New England states (except possibly Rhode Island), being
common in some thickets about Boston, occasional on Cape Cod, and
pushing southward into the Pennsylvania mountains, so that the

1 Rydberg, N. A. Fl. 1. c. 447 (1913).
2 Rydberg, N. A. Fl. 1. c. 448 (1913).

1919] Fernald,— Rubus idaeus and Variations 95

gap between the North Carolinian and the Canadian areas is of no
more significance than the contradictory characters of the sepals.
'These two shrubs, Rubus idaeus, vars. strigosus and canadensis,
include the great bulk of Red Raspberries in the East; yet there are
two local variants which so closely simulate European varieties of
true R. idaeus as to be of great interest. In Europe among the recog-
nized varieties of the glandless R. idaeus are var. angustifolius

Schmidely and var. anomalus Arrhenius. The former has very narrow

lanceolate leaflets, often incised, and is closely simulated by a plant

of southeastern Newfoundland which has been described as R. strigo-
sus, var. caudatus Robinson & Schrenk; but the Newfoundland
variety has the new canes pubescent as in R. idaeus, var. canadensis.

The American representative of the European R. idaeus, var.
anomalus, is the plant recently named by Blanchard R. Egglestoni
and previously discussed at length by the present writer and illus-
trated as R. idaeus, var. anomalus.! The Vermont R. Egglestonii is
exactly parallel with R. idaeus, var. anomalus, differing from R. idaeus,
var. strigosus, as var. anomalus differs from typical R. idaeus. It is of
peculiar interest as a reversionary variety in which the shorter rounder
leaves and leaflets are thought to repeat the more simple foliage of
an ancestral type. In this connection it is noteworthy that on old
fertile canes of the common var. strigosus occasional shoots bear the
simple rounded leaves of the so-called R. Egglestonii, thus supporting
the generally accepted argument that var. anomalus (and of course
the parallel var. Egglestonii) is a reversionary variant.

The variations of Rubus idaeus in eastern America may be sum-
marized as follows.’

A. Inflorescence without glands or minute bristles: prickles (when present)
of the new canes strong and obviously broadened at base.
EE SE R. idaeus (typical)

A. Inflorescence bearing glands and minute bristles: new canes (except in an
occasional prickleless form of var. strigosus) bearing slender bristles
and often stipitate glands B.

B. Bark of the new canes glabrous or at most glaucous beneath the
bristles, in age becoming lustrous C.

C. Prickles mostly strorig and obviously broadened at base.
hooper iul ro a var. aculeatissimus.

1 See Ruopora, ii. 195-200, t. 20 (1900).

? It may be stated that this discussion was written three years ago, but was held in manu-
script in order to check the characters of the varieties in the field. During the three subse-
quent seasons the writer, sometimes accompanied by Mr. Bayard Long, sometimes by Pro-
fessor A. S. Pease, closely watched the Red Raspberries and collected extensively from 35
regions in New England, from Aroostook County to Cape Cod and the Connecticut Valley.

96 Rhodora [May

C. TT (when present) bristleform and not much thickened at
ase D.

D. Leaves of the new canes with oblong to ovate acuminate
leaflets; of the fruiting canes with 3 (rarely 5) similar but
shorter leaflets.

Now danes bristles icici os. ooo cba var. strigosus.
New canes without bristles. . var. strigosus, forma tonsus.

D. Leaves of the new canes with 3 short ovate to suborbicular
round-tipped or blunt leaflets; of the fruiting canes
simple and rounded or at most 3-lobed. . var. Egglestonii.

B, Bark of the new canes cinereous-tomentulose beneath the prickles.
Many of the prickles stout and broad-based..... var. heterolasius.
Friki ad Destiefoim. .. |... . 6. 605% (ences wns: var. canadensis.

R. barus L. Sp. Pl. i. 492 (1753). R. idaeus vulgatus Arrhen.
Monog. Rub. Suec. 12 (1840). Batidaea strigosa, subsp. B. itascica
Greene, Leaflets, i. 239 (1906).— Indigenous on the Magdalen Islands
(forma INERMIS Kaufmann in Flora Exsiccata Bavarica, no. 25), and
in Minnesota and North and South Dakota, presumably elsewhere;
also generally introduced and escaping from cultivation. In various
regions of Quebec and northern Maine strongly approached by clearly
indigenous forms of var. strigosus and canadensis.

Var. ACULEATISSIMUS Regel & Tiling, Fl. Ajan. 87 (1858). R.
idaeus, subsp. melanolasius Focke, Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen, xiii. 473
(1896). R. melanolasius Focke, l. c. (1896); Rydberg, N. A. Fl. xxii.
448 (1913). Batidaea strigosa, subsp. B. cataphracta Greene, Leaflets,
i. 241 (1906).— Eastern Asia and western North America, extending
east to Micuican: Vermillion, Chippewa Co., C. K. Dodge, no. 64.

Var. srRIGOSUS (Michx.) Maxim. Bull. Acad. St. Pétersb. xvii. 161
(1872). R. strigosus Michx. Fl. Bor. — Am. i. 297 (1803). R. pensil-
vanicus Poir. in Lam. Encyc. vi. 246 (1804). Batidaea strigosa
(Michx.) Greene, Leaflets, i. 238 (1906). B. strigosa, subsp. B.
heterodoxa Greene, |. c. 239 (1906), fide Rydberg. B. strigosa, subsp.
B. elegantula Greene, |. c. 239 (1906), fide Rydberg. R. idaeus, var.
aculeatissimus, Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 486 (1908)
in part, not Regel & Tiling, Fl. Ajan. 87 (1858). R. Matsumuranus
Léveillé & Vaniot, Bull. Acad. Geogr. Bot. xx. 135 (1909). R. idaeus,
subsp. strigosus (Michx.) Focke, Spec. Rub. pt. 2, 209 (1911). R.
strigosus, var. borealis, Spach ex Focke,l. c. (1911).— Southern New-
foundland and Gaspé Co., Quebec, to southern British Columbia,
south to Virginia, the Great Lake States, and Wyoming; also eastern
Asia.

Var. STRIGOSUS, forma albus (Fuller), n. comb. R. strigosus, var.
albus Fuller ex Bailey, Cyc. Am. Hort. 1582 (1902). R. idaeus, var.
aculeatissimus, forma albus (Fuller) Fernald, Rnopona, x. 50 (1908).
Fruit amber-white.— Rare; seen only from New HaMrsHIRE: rocky
pasture, Cobb's Hill, Alstead, August 5, 1900, Fernald.

Var. STRIGOSUS, forma tonsus, n. f., turionibus laevibus, aciculis
nullis.

1919] Fernald,— Rubus idaeus and Variations 97

. New canes smooth; the bristles wanting.— Occasional, Gaspé Co.,
Quebec to Vermont. QUEBEC: at timberline, Mt. Albert, Gaspé Co.,
August, 1905, Fernald & Collins. Marne: alluvial woods, Abbot,
August 15, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 13,846 (rvPx in herb. N. E. Bot.
Club); brooksides and gullies in wooded river-terraces, Fairfield,
July 24, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 13,844: alluvial woods, Vassalboro,
July 6, 1916, Fernald, no. 13,843; alluvial thicket, Limington, August
28, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 13,847; boggy woods and thickets,
Gerrish Island, Kittery, Fernald & Long, no. 13,845. VERMONT:
Hancock, July 7, 1908, E. F. Williams.

Var Egglestonii (Blanchard), n. comb. R. idaeus, var. anomalus
Fernald, Ruopora, ii. 195, t. 20 (1900), not Arrhenius. R. Egglestonii
Blanchard, Torreya, vii. 140 (1907).— Known only from VERMONT:
limestone ledges, Cavendish, W. W. Eggleston; dry rocky soil, Town-
shend, L. A. Wheeler.

Var. heterolasius, n. var., turionibus cum ramis pedunculisque
viridescentibus tomentosis glandulosis setosis grosse aciculatisque;
foliolis subtus albis subtiliter crenatis.

New canes, branches and peduncles greenish, tomentose, glandular,
bristly and coarsely prickly: leaflets white beneath, finely crenate.—
Marre: steep clay bank, Eastern Promenade, Portland, June 30, 1909,
Fernald, no. 1935 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Var. CANADENSIS Richardson, Appendix, ed. 2. in Frankl. Journey,
ed. 1, 747 (1823). Batidaea strigosa, subsp. B. subarctica Greene,
Leaflets, i. 242 (1906). R. sachalinensis Léveillé in Fedde, Repert.
vi.. 332 (1909). R. idaeus, subsp. sachalinensis (Léveillé) Focke, Sp.
Rub. pt. 2, 210 (1911). R. carolinianus Rydberg, N. A. Fl. xxii. 447
(1913). R. subarcticus (Greene) Rydb. 1. c. 448 (1913).— Labrador
to Alaska, south to Nantucket and Cape Cod, Massachusetts, south-
eastern Connecticut, locally in the mountains to North Carolina,
Michigan, South Dakota, and Colorado; also eastern Asia.

Var. CANADENSIS, forma caudatus (Robinson & Schrenk), n. comb.
R. strigosus, var. caudatus Robinson & Schrenk, Can. Rec. Sci. vii.
14 (1896). — Known only from the original collection.

"The variations confined to western America include the following:

Var. melanotrachys (Focke), n. comb. R. idaeus, subsp. melano-
trachys Focke, Abh. Nat. Ver. Brem. xiii. 472, 473 (1906). R. melano-
trachys Focke, l. c. (1906).

Focke did not regard this plant as a variety of R. idaeus but as a
subspecies. He, like the majority of European taxonomists, dis-
tinguishes clearly between the two categories and in his Species
Ruborum indicates under R. idaeus, subsp. vulgatus, many varieties.

98 Rhodora [May

Var. arizonicus (Greene), n. comb. Batidaea strigosa, subsp. D.
arizonica Greene, Leaflets, i. 243 (1906). R. arizonicus (Greene)
Rydberg, N. A. Fl. xxii. 446 (1913).

Var. peramoenus (Greene), n. comb. Batidaea strigosa, subsp.
peramoena Greene, l. c. 241 (1906). R. peramoenus (Greene) Ryd-
berg, l. c. (1913).

Var. acalyphaceus (Greene), n. comb. Batidaea strigosa, subsp.
B. acalyphacea Greene, |. c. 240 (1906). R. acalyphaceus (Greene)
Rydberg, l. c. 248 (1913).

The last is similar to var. heterolasius but has darker often purple
canes and branches and coarsely serrate leaflets.
Gray HERBARIUM.

FURTHER NOTES ON IMPATIENS BIFLORA.
C. A. WEATHERBY.

IMPATIENS BIFLORA, FORMA PEASEI.— When this name was pub-
lished,! I had never seen living material of the plant in question. The
description (for which, as it appeared, I was responsible) was drawn up
from the reports of three trustworthy botanists who had collected the
plant and from statements on herbarium labels. All agreed in
describing the flowers as “ pink” or "roseate." Moreover, the flowers
in certain herbarium specimens examined showed traces of pink color-
ation.

Since that time, I have had an opportunity to examine living plants
of f. Peasei at the type station and at two other localities in the White
Mountain region — with somewhat disconcerting results. Points
of view, it appears, make a difference. "The flower of the real f. Peasei
is not pink throughout as described and as I had supposed. Seen from
in front (that is, as one looks directly into the throat of the perianth)
it does, indeed, give the impression of a pink blossom; and this fact
doubtless explains the statements of collectors in regard to it. But
the pink coloration is confined to the inner surface of the spreading
perianth-parts, where, in all forms, the spots are usually most numer-
ous. The back of these same parts and the saccate sepal— really,

! Rnopona, xix. 116, July 2, 1917.

1919] Weatherby,— Notes on Impatiens biflora 99

the greater part of the perianth — is cream-color. Cream is the
ground-color of the flower; and ground-color is the basis I used in
delimiting the forms of J. biflora and, I am convinced, the only prac-
ticable one. Forma Peasei is, then, essentially only a phase of f.
albiflora t in which the pink spots frequently present in that form are
very numerous and coalescent into solid patches of pink.

Such a phenomenon occurs commonly enough in both the typical
form and f. citrina. In the former, flowers with few, scattered spots
and with very many spots merging into broad patches of crimson
have been observed on the same plant. However, in these two forms
the phases with abundant, coalescent spots occur as scattered indi-
viduals, mingled with typical plants and likely to be found wherever
they are. Forma Peasei, on the contrary, occurs in the White Moun-
tain region in pure colonies and there appears to take the place of
f. albiflora nearly or quite completely. In view of this more definite
segregation and of its undoubtedly striking appearance, f. Peasei may
be allowed to stand, at least pending further investigation. Its
description, however, should be amended to read: “Perianth cream-
color, the pink spots numerous and coalescent on the inner surfaces
of the spreading perianth-parts into patches of solid pink."

I. BrFLORA, forma platymeris f. nov.— Petalorum lobis basalibus
dilatatis magnis, apicale aequantibus. Basal lobes of the petals large,
equalling the apical in size and often over-lapping them.—Moist,
shaded ground, with the typical form, Southbury, Connecticut, August
13, 1918, Una F. Weatherby (Herb. C. A. Weatherby, no. 4357).

This interesting form was detected by Mrs. Weatherby during one ©
of the summer field meetings of the Connecticut Botanical Society.
In the typical form of I. biflora, the petals are unequally two-lobed
on the outer edge, the basal lobe being small, about one-half the size
of the dilated apicallobe. In f. platymeris, the basal lobe is about as
large as the apical, or even slightly larger, and often over-laps it,
giving the flower the appearance of being partially doubled. The
accompanying sketches show these differences. If, as is supposed,
the two-lobed petals of Impatiens have resulted from the union of
two petals of a simpler and more regular ancestral flower, f. platymeris

1 It should be remembered that Rand & Redfield’s original description of f. albiflora was
drawn to cover both white and cream-colored flowers. Only the latter were seen, however;
and the name, though inappropriate, must be retained for that form. See Rnopona, l. c.

100 Rhodora [May

may represent a more primitive condition than typical I. biflora,
since the development would have been from the more to the less
regular and, in the former, the petals would naturally have been of the
same size or more nearly so.

Flowers and Petals (the latter removed and spread out) of Impatiens biflora
(figs. 4-6) and of f. platymeris (figs. 1-3).

In f. platymeris the erect upper sepal tends to be less concave than
in the typical form.

About eight plants of the new form were found, growing intermingled
with numerous individuals of the typical form and, except for the
floral characters, in no way different from them. As the characters
of f. platymeris are not readily seen in herbarium material, patches of
jewel-weed were examined at every opportunity during the rest of
the season in an effort to find it elsewhere; but without success. Mr.
Walter Deane and Dr. A. S. Pease have very kindly made similar
search in the White Mountain region where, a memory of uncom-
monly large jewel-weed flowers suggested to me, this form might
occur; but they likewise failed to find it.

East HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT.

1919] Farwell,— Changes in Botanical Nomenclature 101

NECESSARY CHANGES IN BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE.
OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL.

POPULUS BALSAMIFERA Linn. Sp. Pl. ii. 1034 (1753); Miller, Dict.
ed. 8, no. 5 (1768). P. angulatus Ait. Hort, iii. 407 (1789).— Populus
balsamifera Miller, l. c., is referred by the Index Kewensis to P.
deltoides and to P. heterophylla. A careful comparison of Miller's
description with that of Linnaeus shows, however, that the two are
identical, Miller having copied the technical description of Linnaeus,
l. c., verbatim. Both quote Hort. Cliff. 460. A reference to the latter
publication shows that species No. 4 Populus foliis cordatis crenatis
is the one referred to. This is founded solely on Populus nigra,
folio maximo, gemmis balsamum. odoratissimum fundentibus Catesby,
Car. i. 34, t. 34 (1731), a Carolina species, also quoted by Miller, l. c.
There is therefore no question as to the identity of the one with the
other and that the binomial P. balsamifera belongs to the Carolina
Poplar, as usually understood, since in last analysis the Linnaean
species is founded upon that of Catesby.

P. TACAMAHACCA Miller, Dict. ed. 8, no. 6 (1768). P. balsamifera
Marshall, Arbust. Amer. 107 (1785), & French ed. 173 (1788). P.
viminea Marsh. l. c. P. candicans Ait. Hort. iii. 406 (1789). P.
ontariensis Desf. Hort. Par. P. balsamifera var. candicans A. Gray,
Man. ed. 2, 419 (1858).— This is the common Balm of Gilead. Mil-
ler's name, which is the oldest, should be adopted for it instead of the
later one of Aiton. A form with very scanty pubescence is

Var. Michauxii (Henry), n. comb. (P. balsamifera var. Michauxii
Henry.) ic Er

Another form, generally without cordate leaves and pubescence, is
the Northern Balsam Poplar that has so generally been known as
P. balsamifera. In accordance with priority this should bear the name

Var. lanceolata (Marsh.), n. comb. P. balsamifera Linn. Syst.
Nat. ed. 13, ii. 656 (1770) and possibly of some earlier editions, and
also of most subsequent authors but not of Linn. Sp. Pl. ii. 1034
(1753). P. balsamifera var. lanceolata Marsh. Arbust. Amer. 108
(1785), & French ed. 173 (1788).

VERONICA PERSICA Poir. Dict. viii. 542 (1808). V. Buxbaumii

102 Rhodora [Max

Ten. Fl. Nap. i. 7, t. 1 (1811).— Veronica Tournefortii C. C. Gmelin,
Fl. Bad. i. 39 (1805), is the name employed in our local manuals to
designate the plant that has, at times, been passing under the names
of V. Buxzbaumii or V. byzantina. A reference to Gmelin's Flora
Baden shows: (1) that the specific name is based upon Tournefort's
Veronica orientalis, foliis Hederae terrestris, flore magno; (2) that the
synonymy quoted is the Tournefortian species just mentioned, V.
filiformis Sm. Trans. Linn. Soc. i. 195 (1791), and Buxbaum, Plantae
minus cognitae Cent. i. t. 40, f. 1 (1727), all these being identical;
(3) that the greater part of the description applies to V. filiformis Sm.
The cescription of the leaf is that of V. Buxbaumii. While it is more
than probable that Gmelin intended to include under his name both
the species then known as V. filiformis Sm. and that which was later
called V. Buxbaumii Ten., a careful analysis of all the factors to be
considered can not leave any doubt but that he intended to make the
Tournefortian species the type of his own and this conclusion is partic-
ularly evidenced by the specific name itself which certainly cannot
have been derived from any other element. Since a binomial stands
or falls with the element upon which it is founded, V. Tournefortii
becomes a synonym of the older V. filiformis Sm. and its retention
for V. Buxbaumii is erroneous. V. persica Poir. seems to be the oldest
name applicable and should be taken up instead of V. Tournefortii
for the species long known as V. Buxbaumii.

VIBURNUM OruLus Linn. var. AMERICANUM (Mill) Ait. In Rmo-
DORA, xx. 14-15 (1918) Mr. S. F. Blake gives his reasons for dropping
the “ (Mill.)" from the authority for this variety and retaining “ Ait.”
only. The reasons are that Miller's herbarium specimen of his
Viburnum americanum is nothing more nor less than Hydrangea
arborescens Linn. [Therefore by inference Miller's species is a mere
synonym of Hydrangea arborescens Linn.] and that as Aiton made no
reference to Miller's publication, Miller should not be a part of the
author-citation. The above argument of Mr. Blake is of the nature
of a boomerang for it is an excellent one against the practice he follows
of adopting old herbarium specimens as types of species. Miller
calls his species the Guelder Rose and says it has red berries, factors
that will not permit of the species being referred as a synonym to
Hydrangea arborescens. While Aiton did not mention Miller's publi-
cation there can be no doubt that he knew of it and that it was this
knowledge that led him, when describing the plant as a variety, to use

1919] Fernald,— Bidens connata, var. gracilipes 103

the same name that Miller did. The authority therefore should
remain as heretofore “ (Miller) Ait."

It would be interesting to know if Miller’s Hydrangea arborescens
is represented in his herbarium and if so by a specimen of what species.
Is it perhaps Viburnum americanum, thus proving another instance
of the interchange of labels or of specimens? Philip Miller was too
discriminating a botanist ever to have described in the same volume
identical plants under two such widely diverse genera as Hydrangea
and Viburnum.

DEPARTMENT OF Botany, PARKE, Davis & Co.,
Detroit, Michigan.

Bmens CONNATA Muhl., var. gracilipes, n. var., foliis primariis
lobatis, lobis 2-4 basilaribus divergentibus decurrentibus, lobo
terminali foliisque superioribus lanceolato-attenuatis anguste serratis
dentibus subfalcatis, petiolis gracilibus vix marginatis; achaeniis
exterioribus 3-4 mm. longis, interioribus 4.5-5 mm. longis aristis
marginalibus 2-2.5 mm. longis.

Primary leaves lobed, the 2-4 lobes basal, divergent, decurrent;
the terminal lobe and the upper leaves lance-attenuate, slenderly
serrate with subfalcate teeth; petioles slender, scarcely margined:
outer achenes 3-4 mm. long; the inner 4.5-5 mm. long, with marginal
awns 2-2.5 mm. long.— MassaAcHUsETTs: peaty margins of small
ponds west of White Pond, Chatham, September 9, 1913, Fernald &
Long, no. 10,683; quagmire in woods south of Sparrow Young's
Pond, Chatham, August 20, 1918, Fernald & Long, no. 17,606; borders
of peaty quagmires east of Buck Pond, Harwich, August 30, 1918,
Fernald & Long, no. 17,607; sandy beach of Seymour Pond, Harwich,
September 19, 1918, Fernald & Weatherby, no. 17,008 (ryPE in Gray
Herb.); wet shore, Mashpee Pond, Mashpee, September 16, 1916,
Bean, Bird & Knowlton.

In its slender-petioled leaves near B. connata, var. peliolata (Nutt.)
Farwell, but differing in the conspicuously lobed primary leaves and
the very short achenes, the achenes of well developed var. petiolata
being larger, the outer up to 6.5 mm. long, the inner up to 8 mm. long
and with marginal awns up to 4.7 mm. long. In its conspicuously
lobed leaves and short achenes var. gracilipes, which is abundant on
Cape Cod, is close to typical B. connata; but the latter plant has the

104 Rhodora [May

less sharply toothed leaves on broadly winged petioles and the achenes,
although smaller than in var. petiolata, are not so small as in var.
gracilipes, the outer being 4-5.3 mm. long, the inner 5-6.5 mm. long
and with marginal awns 2.2-3.6 mm. long.

Very young specimens from peaty shores of the Little Ossipee
River, Limington, Maine (Fernald & Long, no. 14,843) may belong
here.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

AN OMISSION IN THE PRELIMINARY List or New ENGLAND RANUN-
CULACEAE.— By a regrettable oversight, chiefly my own, the one
New England record for Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt., var. dissecta
Gray was omitted from the list of New England Ranunculaceae pub-
lished in RuoporA, xx. 182. The plant in question was collected
by Dr. E. H. Eames at Stratford, Conn., in 1893 and was duly in-
cluded in the Connecticut Flora. There is also a specimen in the
Gray Herbarium. C. racemosa, var. dissecta should have been entered in
the list and marked with a cross.— C. A. WEATHERBY, East Hartford,
Connecticut.

Vol. 21, no. 244, including pages 73 to 88, was issued 9 May, 1919.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK’ SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD $ Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. June, 1919. No. 246.
CONTENTS:

Jasione montana in New Jersey. Bayard Long . : ; < 108

A final Word on Tsuga americana. 0. A. Farwell . í . “108

Panicum § Capillaria in New England. M. L. Fernald . ie

Some Connecticut Plants. R. W. Woodward , x i . II4

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T.

1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
í England. Price, $1.50 per year (domestic and foreign); single copies 15 cents.
Prices of Volumes 1 and 2 (1899 and 1900) on application. All remittances by
check or draft, except on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional
for cost of collection. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or
indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be gladly received and pub-
lished to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of
print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to A
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & ROUNDS Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES i AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most
important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways
exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not merely the flowering
plants, but pteridophytes and cellular cryptogams, and includes not merely
genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. A work
of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of

sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at
$15.00 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled

by M. A Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collec-

tors memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by

the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts.
each. Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. June, 1919. No. 246.

JASIONE MONTANA A CONSPICUOUS WEED
NEAR LAKEWOOD, NEW JERSEY.

BAYARD Lona.

AMONG certain plants received for identification at the Philadelphia
Academy during the winter of 1917 was a specimen of Jasione mon-
tana, said to have been collected the previous summer near Lakewood,
New Jersey, by Miss Florence Beckwith of the Rochester Academy
of Science.

This striking species is well known about Newport, Rhode Island,
especially on Conanicut Island, but elsewhere, apparently (although
recognized as occurring from Massachusetts to New York) it has been
noted as a very unusual plant! The Lakewood specimen was received
through Mr. O. H. Brown of Cape May City. Through his interest
and the kindly response of Miss Beckwith it was learned that the
plant had been found in a sandy field, sparsely covered with grass
and weeds, along the River Road (leading toward Toms River) about
two miles out from Lakewood. It was said to be not infrequent in
this field but observed nowhere else. With the assurance that the

1Tn fact, although there is an historical occurrence of it at Philadelphia, it has apparently
never even been recorded from here. It was doubtless among the rarest „of ballast ground
waifs, as the only extant material, to the best of my knowledge, is a single specimen at the
University of Pennsylvania from “Girard Point (on ballast) Phila.," collected by Isaac Burk,
probably about the 60's. The occurrence in New York is in all probability similarly historical
rather than actual. Mr. Norman Taylor, in his Flora of the Vicinity of New York, notes it
“Rare as a waif. . .near the City of New York," but Mr. Percy Wilson has recently written me
from the New York Botanical Garden, on my inquiry, ‘‘We have only one specimen labelled
Jasione montana in the local collection. This was collected in ballast grounds at Hunter's
Point, New York, in 1879." In the authoritative Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns
of Connecticut it is reported as rare in that state, two stations being noted, but is definitely
placed in a carefully compiled list of Fugitive Species. Probably as little may be said for its
occurrence in Massachusetts.

106 Rhodora [J bd

specimen was not a single casual picked out of a clover-field or some
similar habitat, the occurrence was considered likely to prove of
sufficient interest to warrant a trip to Lakewood — with the hope of
being able to rediscover the plant and learn its actual status at this
new locality.

On arriving at Lakewood, June 22, 1917, the River Road, or River
Avenue, was easily located and a course toward Toms River pursued.
It was seen that originally, doubtless, this road ran through pine and
oak barrens chiefly, but being one of the main highways through
Lakewood to the shore it has become an improved road and much
of the natural woods adjacent has given way to cleared land about
scattered houses. When little more than a half-mile out of Lakewood
my glance fell upon a little group of spindly-stemmed plants (and
rosettes) growing along the roadside in the partial shade of a close
row of Norway Spruces. "They were at once recognized as the desired
Jasione montana, and although there was a natural disappointment in
finding the plants still only in small bud, the discovery itself furnished
sufficient satisfaction to make the trip already successful. The best
developed plants of the colony were collected for specimens and some
rosettes carefully dug for growing. In an endeavor to get out of the
heat and glare of a day like midsummer, while putting the specimens
in press and wrapping up the rosettes, I crawled in under the spruces.
Glancing through the low-hanging branches into the open beyond,
I was attracted by the semblance of a blue haze lying low over the
ground. To a Philadelphian, " Bluebottles" at once instinctively
came to mind. Fields and meadows blued with Muscari botryoides
are familiar sights in but few places outside the Philadelphia area,
however, and the simile may convey little to the generality of botanists.
But those to whom this sight has been granted will have a definite
point of comparison — and the only one which was suggested to me
as I gazed across this acre or more of Jasione montana.

Closer inspection showed a field of the most sandy, sterile character,
evidently once cultivated but now lying fallow. Here and there
among more common weeds were Potentilla argentea and P. recta, but
the dominant plant, occurring in thousands upon thousands, was the
Jasione. A more dry, torrid, and apparently sterile habitat could
scarcely be imagined, but here these plants were flourishing in the
greatest luxuriance. They were mostly in their first bloom, a few
of the most robust getting into fruit.

1919] Long,— Jasione montana in New Jersey 107

. The species is a quite curious and unique one in our flora and at
first glance suggests little of its alliance to our Harebell and other
Bellflowers of the genus Campanula. With its tiny flowers in close,
hemispheric heads subtended by an involucre it more nearly simulates
a Composite. The handsome pale blue of the corolla is strikingly
offset in the fresh flower by a pink, exserted, club-shaped body which
proves to be the stigma. No less curious are the rounded, burlike
fruiting heads, prickly with the pointed, persistent calyx-lobes topping
the capsules.

Having in mind that the original station was said to be about two
miles out from Lakewood it seemed worth while to continue further
along the River Road. Within a short distance another spot was seen
where the plant was frequent, then a third, a fourth, till at least a
dozen distinct stations were noted between Lakewood and Seven
Stars School, three miles south — some of thousands of plants, some
few, of course. It was found most frequent within a mile or a mile
and a half of Lakewood — a common and conspicuous plant — ap-
parently disappearing as Seven Stars was approached.

The most characteristic habitats were open, sandy areas — old
fallow fields, neglected gardens, dooryards, roadsides — in general,
cleared areas associated with settlement and cultivation. One
station of a particularly interesting type was observed within a mile
of Lakewood. Some years ago this spot was evidently cleared and
a wide road run through in the process of "land improvement."
Now there is only a narrow wagon track winding through the sand
and the cleared area is growing up with Pines and Oaks and the
regular pine-barren types of the adjacent native flora. In some places
the woodland has already come back; in others are only thickets;
nearest the River Road is still open sand, characterized by Euphorbia
Ipecacuanhae, Eupatorium album, Carex pennsylvanica. In this asso-
ciation, in the most sterile, sun-scorched sand, as well as among
the thickets of young Pitch Pine and Sassafras, and in the shade of the
woods, Jasione montana is very frequent and has all the appearance
of a native plant — so thoroughly has it adapted itself here. The
much greater robustness of the plants in the open sun is clearly indi-
cative of its preferred habitat but its occurrence in the woods shows
it to be tolerant of varying conditions.

In the course of my ramblings about one of the larger colonies a
farmer was encountered. Upon inquiry whether the plant in his

108 Rhodora [June

field had recently come in and if he had ever seen it elsewhere, he
assured me that the “ Blue-weed”’ has been frequent about Lakewood
for twenty-five years and is said to be elsewhere in Monmouth County.
Such information may be taken for what it is worth, but the frequence
and thorough establishment of the plant along the River Road south
of Lakewood is at least suggestive of the possible verity of this fuller
statement.
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

TSUGA AMERICANA (MILL.) FARWELL, A FINAL WORD.
OLIVER A. FARWELL.

In Ruopona for October, 1918, pages 185-8, Mr. Tidestrom argues
for the retention of the name Tsuga Canadensis (L.) Carr. for the
Hemlock Spruce on the grounds that Linnaeus, in 1739, assisted in
writing up the description of the plant for Gronovius’s Flora Virginica,
1743, and hence was familiar with the species and therefore the element
Linnaeus knew should be considered as the type; also that the word
submembranaceis of the description excludes the White Spruce from
consideration. He fails to prove, however, that the White Spruce
was not equally known to Linnaeus; he only supposes that it was not.
He says:— “That Linnaeus meant that his P. Canadensis should
stand for a Spruce as we understand this genus is out of the question.”
Since Linnaeus included the “Spruce” as an element of his Pinus
Canadensis it is rather astonishing, to say the least, to learn, “That
Linnaeus meant it, is out of the question.” Philip Miller, a contem-
porary of Linnaeus and a botanist of no mean ability, ranking perhaps
in his day as second only to the distinguished Swede, and one who
probably knew as much as any about the then current concept of
species, certainly understood Pinus Canadensis Linn. to be the White
Spruce. Note the description of each:—

Pinus Canapensis, Linn. Apres CANADENSIS, Miller.
Pinus foliis solitariis linearibus. Abies (Canadensis) foliis linearibus
obtusiusculis submembranaceis. obtusiusculis submembranaceis.

With the exception of the word solitariis these descriptions are identi-
cal and it is self-evident that Miller adopted the specific name and

1919] Farwell,— Final Word on Tsuga americana 109

technical description from Linnaeus; also that if the word submembrana-
ceis excludes the White Spruce in one instance it must in the other
also. Abies Canadensis Miller as to name and technical description,
but not as to plant, is a pure synonym of Pinus Canadensis Linn., thus
leaving Miller's plant nameless; yet Mr. Tidestrom accepts Picea
Canadensis (Mill.) Britt. If Pinus Canadensis Linn. (Abies Canadensis
Mill. as to name bringing synonym) is legitimately construed as the
Hemlock Spruce, then the nameless plant of Miller, the White Spruce,
must be given a different appellation than the one by which it is
now known since two species can not be given the same specific name
when based upon the same earlier binomial. One or the other must
drop the specific name Canadensis: if it is to be the Hemlock, then its
name should be the one heading this article; if the White Spruce, the
name for it should be Picea @tauca (Moench.) Beissn. (Pinus glauca
Moench, Verz. 73, 1785.)

For my part and with all due respect to Mr. Tidestrom, I fail to see
that he has thrown any new light upon the subject; he has not shown
the determining incident occurring after 1753 that induced Linnaeus
to create a new binomial or species, if it were not, as previously main-
tained by me, the publication of Miller's plate and description. If
Linnaeus did not know the White Spruce, the plate of Miller illus-
trating it was second only to an actual specimen in hand and therefore
he became through studying the figures as familiar with the Spruce as
he could have been with the Hemlock from an examination of the
Clayton fragmentary twig, some twenty odd years previously; he was
at the time (when Miller's figures were brought to his attention) prob-
ably engrossed with the production of the 2nd Ed. of the Species Plan-
tarum; his study of the Hemlock was brought to mind; he saw a
greater resemblance in it to the Spruce than to the Balsam Fir; it
was, therefore, taken out of Pinus Balsamea and placed under his
new species, P. Canadensis, where it “should not be considered as ne-
cessarily belonging to the species, but that it was possible that such
was the case;" having brought these two species together, that he used
the old description of his own rather than that of a rival author was per-
fectly natural, and quite understandable. Since, however, the plate of
Miller is the determining factor in the creation of Pinus Canadensis,
it should be considered as the type.

DEPARTMENT OF Borany, Parke, Davis & Co.,

Detroit, Michigan.

110 Rhodora [JUNE

PANICUM $ CAPILLARIA IN NEW ENGLAND.

M. L. FERNALD.

Ever since the publication of Hitchcock & Chase’s North American
Species of Panicum! the writer has attempted in vain to reconcile
the New England plants of the section Capillaria with the published
treatment. Finally, finding that by Hitchcock & Chase’s treatment
all the eastern P. barbipulvinatum Nash had been thrust into P.
capillare L., that much of the northwestern P. capillare had been
forced into P. barbipulvinatum, and that the common indigenous
species of river- and lake-shores of most of New England had been
merged with the strikingly dissimilar P. philadelphicum Bernh., it
seemed desirable to study these plants from a new standpoint.

In this study it has been found that the common New England
plant which has been confused with P. philadelphicum is distinguished
at once from P. capillare (including P. barbipulvinatum) and P.
philadelphicum by having strictly glabrous pulvini (at the bases of the
panicle-branches), in this character agreeing with the southern P.
Gattingeri Nash; while P. capillare and P. philadelphicum have the
pulvini obviously hispid.

The characters relied upon by Hitchcock & Chase to separate P.
barbipulvinatum from P. capillare are

“Spikelets 2 to 2.2, rarely 2.5 mm. long; blades not crowded toward the base.

: 23. P. capillare.

Spikelets 3 to 3.3, rarely only 2.5 mm. long; blades usually crowded
toward: te Dabo.: oins eol ESI 24. P. barbipulvinatum."

It will be noticed that the spikelet-length is not constant, and this
becomes conspicuously the case when the series of specimens in the
Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club, examined by Hitchcock & Chase, is studied anew, for of the 9
sheets labeled by them * P. capillare," 5 are exact matches for western
sheets which they marked * P. barbipulvinatum." Conversely, many
of the western specimens marked by them “ P. barbipulvinatum" are
inseparable from eastern plants called " P. capillare.” Nor does the
crowding of foliage at the base hold any better.

1 Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. (1910) .

1919) Fernald,— Panicum $ Capillaria Lil

On the whole, typical P. capillare is distinguished by its usually
purplish panicle, with the crowded branches included at base and
strongly ascending until complete maturity when the branches be-
come divaricately spreading; in P. barbipulvinatum the commonly
less purple panicle is soon exserted and its branches quickly divaricate.
In P. capillare the spikelets are usually plumper, those of P. barbi-
pulvinatum being more lance-attenuate, but this, like the habit and
the length of the spikelet, is not constant. The most definite char-
acter seems to be in the length of the pedicels. In typical P. capillare
the spikelets are mostly on long pedicels; in P. barbipulvinatum only
the terminal spikelet of each branchlet is obviously pedicelled, the
lateral spikelets being very short-pedicelled or even subsessile. This
character, however, like the others, is not constant, and P. barbi-
pulvinatum seems to the writer, as it has to Rydberg, much better
treated as a variety of P. capillare than as a distinct species. As a
variety the plant should be called P. capillare, var. occidentale Ryd-
berg, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. iii. 186 (1895), Rydberg’s type-num-
ber (1788) from Grant Co., Nebraska, being a close match for the
type-number (Rydberg & Bessey, no. 3544) of P. barbipulvinatum.

As understood by the writer the New England species of Panicum
§ Capillaria may be distinguished as follows: |
Pulvini hispid.

Spikelets all or nearly all long-pedicelled, 2-3 mm. long: panicle tardily

exserted, its lower branches mostly included during anthesis.
P. capillare.

Spikelets subsessile or only short-pedicelled along the ultimate branchlets:

panicle exserted in anthesis.
Primary panicle (except in obviously starved individuals) 1.5-3 dm. long:
- spikelets 2.5-3.3 mm. long, attenuate at tip
P. capillare, var. occidentale.
Primary panicle 0.4-1.8 dm. long: spikelets 1.7-2 mm. long, merely

_ acute or short-aeuminate.......... eee P. philadelphicum.
Pulvini glabrous or merely ciliate at tip.................. P. Tuckermant.

P. cAPILLARE L. Sp. Pl. i. 58 (1753); Hitchcock & Chase, Contrib.
U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 60 (1910), in large part. P. capillare, var.
agreste Gattinger, Tenn. Fl. 94 (1887).— P. capillare, var. vulgaris
Scribn. Grasses Tenn. pt. 2, 44 (1894).— Dry open soil, sandy fields,
roadsides and waste places, common in southern New England,
extending locally north to Windsor Co., Vermont, and Cumberland
and Hancock Cos., Maine. ;

Var. OCCIDENTALE Rydberg, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. iii. 186
(1895). P. capillare brevifolium Vasey in Rydberg & Shear, U. S.
Dept. Agric. Bull. no. 5, 21 (1897). P. barbipulvinatum Nash in

112 Rhodora [JUNE

Rydberg, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 21 (1900); Hitchcock & Chase,
l. c. 62 (1910), in large part.— Prince Edward Island and Quebec to
British Columbia, southward to southern New England, Michigan,
Missouri, etc.; a common plant of waste lands, roadsides, and rail-
road banks in northern New England and eastern Canada. Probably
naturalized from the West.

P. PHILADELPHICUM Bernh. in Trin. Gram. Pan. 216 (1826), pub-
lished as a variety of P. capillare but with a binomial, validated by
Nees, Agrost. Bras. 198 (1829); Hitchcock & Chase, l. c. 58 in part
(1910). P. capillare B. sylvaticum Torr. Fl. No. and Mid. U. S. 149
(1824). P. porphyrium Trin. ex Nees, l. c. as synonym (1829). P.
torreyi Fourn. in Hemsl. Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. iii. 497 (1885) and
Fourn. Mex. Pl. ii. 28 (1886) as to synonym only. P. capillare, var.
minimum Engelm. in Gattinger, l. c. (1887), perhaps also P. capillare,
var. minimum Engelm. in Vasey Cat. Grasses U. S. 9 (1885). P.
minimum (Engelm.) Scribn. & Merr. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost.
Circ. no. 27, 4 (1900).— A southern species, known in New England
only locally in CoxNEcTICUT: dry open woods, Franklin, September
12 and 26, 1911, R. W. Woodward.

P. Tuckermani, n. sp., annuum; culmis plerumque decumbentibus
numerosis furcatisque rare adscendentibus vel erectis paucis vel
solitariis simplicibusque 0.3-7 dm. longis papilloso-hispidis foliosis;
vaginibus papilloso-hispidis, laminis 0.2-2.5 dm. longis 0.1-1 em.
latis longe acuminatis laxe adscendentibus plus minusve hispidis;
paniculis plerumque numerosis primariis exsertis late ovoideis 0.2-2
dm. longis, ramibus laxe divergentibus vel deinde subreflexis, ramulis
spicato-racemosis spiculis 2-7 breviter pedicellatis vel subsessilibus,
pulvinis coriaceis glabris; spiculis ovoideis breviter acuminatis
1.5-2 mm. longis 0.6-0.7 mm. latis, gluma inferiore deltoideo-sub-
orbicularibus breviter acuminatis 0.6-0.9 mm. longis, superiore
lemmatibusque sterilibus aequantibus 5-nerviis fructibus paullo
superantibus.

Annual; culms usually decumbent and very numerous and forking,
sometimes ascending or erect and few or solitary and simple, 0.3-7 dm.
long, papillose-hispid, leafy throughout: sheaths papillose-hispid;
blades 0.2-2.5 dm. long, 0.1-1 cm. broad, long-acuminate, loosely
ascending, more or less hispid on both surfaces: panicles usually
numerous, the primary one exserted, broadly ovoid, 0.2-2 dm. long,
its branches loosely divergent or finally almost reflexed; the branch-
lets spicate-racemose, with 2-7 short-pedicelled or subsessile spikelets;
pulvini coriaceous, glabrous: spikelets ovoid, short-acuminate, 1.5-2
mm. long, 0.6-0.7 mm. broad; Ist glume deltoid-suborbicular, short-
acuminate, 0.6-0.9 mm. long; 2d glume and sterile lemma equal,
5-nerved, barely exceeding the fruit.— Sandy and gravelly shores or
open soils, Quebec and northern Maine to Connecticut and Wisconsin.
QuEBEC: damp magnesian gravel and mud about the asbestos quar-

1919] Fernald,— Panicum § Capillaria 113

ries, Black Lake, August 26, 1915, Fernald & Jackson, no: 11,998.
Mame: gravelly shore of St. John River, Fort Kent, September 21,
1899, Fernald; wet sandy shore of Aroostook River, Masardis,
September 8, 1898, Fernald; river-beach, Mattawamkeag River,
Mattawamkeag, September 14, 1898, Fernald, no. 2,802; alluvial
woods by the Penobscot, Pea Cove, Oldtown, July 27, 1916, Fernald
& Long, no. 12,472; sandy shore of the Penobscot, Upper Stillwater,
September 18, 1899, Fernald; sandy soil, Orono, July 30, 1889,
Fernald; gravelly shore, Orono, September 1, 1893, Fernald; exsic-
cated clay, Orono, August 18, 1908, Fernald in Pl. Exsiec. Gray.
no. 113; low thickets by the Penobscot River, Veazie, August 25,
1908, Fernald; Woodstock, 1887, J. C. Parlin; beach of Lambert
Lake, September 1, 1908, Fernald; gravelly railroad bank, Pembroke,
August 18, 1909, Fernald, no. 1,272; flats of Small Mill Pond east of
Great Pond, Somesville, August 24, 1889, E. L. Rand; dry woods,
South Deer Isle, August 18, 1914, A. F. Hill, no. 1,865; sandy and
gravelly beach of Nequasset Lake, Woolwich, September 15, 1916,
Fernald & Long, no. 12,476; sandy bank of the Androscoggin, Top-
sham, August 22, 1911, C. H. Bissell; Androscoggin Lake, North
Leeds, 1894, Kate Furbish; South Poland, 1893, 1894, Kate Furbish;
Harding's, Brunswick, 1899, Kate Furbish; 'The Park, Brunswick,
June 26, 1913, Kate Furbish; wet clay of wood-path, Baldwin, August
28, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,474; wet sandy bank of Saco River,
Limington, August 28, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,473; sandy beach,
Ward Pond, Limington, August 29, 1916, Fernald, Long & Norton,
no. 12,475; in Fletcher's Woods, Biddeford, September 20,. 1901,
G. G. Kennedy. New HAMPSHIRE: weed in garden, Shelburne,
September 4, 1915, W. Deane; muddy bank of Clear Stream, Errol,
September 5, 1917, Fernald & Pease, no. 16,968; near Ravine House,
Randolph, September 20, 1904, A. S. Pease, no. 4,127; damp roadside,
Jefferson Highlands, Jefferson, September 7, 1916, A. S. Pease, no.
16,873; dry roadside, Alstead, August 2, 1900, Fernald, no. 361.
Vermont: head of Lake Memphremagog, September, 1859, Edw.
Tuckerman (TYPE in Gray Herb.). MassAcHvsETTs: muddy island,
Foster's Pond, Andover, September 11, 1913, A. S. Pease, no. 2,605;
edge of Johnson's Pond, Groveland, September 16, 1901, A. S. Pease,
no. 2,056; near Spot Pond, Stoneham, October 9, 1852, Wm. Boott;
sandy shore of Winter Pond, Winchester, September 22, 1908, Fernald,
October 14, 1906, Pease, no. 9,8373; shore of Great Pond, Weymouth,
September 9, 1908, G. G. Kennedy; ditch, Becket, September 22, 1904,
R. Hoffmann. Roper IsLAND: open gravelly soil, Lincoln, Sep-
tember 16, 1906, Fernald; damp sandy or peaty shore of Beach Pond,
Exeter, September 3, 1914, Collins & Fernald, no. 11,243; sandy and
peaty shore, southern end of Long Pond, South Kingstown, September
5, 1914, Collins & Fernald, no. 11,244. Connecticut: sand flats,
bed of Connecticut River, Hartford, September 25, 1909, C. H.

114 Rhodora (JUNE

Bissell; wet, sandy pond-margin, Sharon, September 7, 1909, C. A,
Weatherby, no. 2,7313. New York: open alluvial and marshy flats
between the city and Cayuga Lake west of the Inlet, Ithaca, August
13, 1913, A. L. Palmer, no. 79. Wisconsin: St. Croix, "native,"
1861, T. J. Hale.

Confused by Hitcheock & Chase with the more southern P. phila-
delphicum from which it differs in habit, more leafy culm, short-
exserted panicles, glabrous pulvini, and spicate-racemose branchlets
of the inflorescence. Much nearer P. Gattingeri Nash, which, how-
ever, has shorter and broader leaves, ellipsoid panicle, and more
scattered, longer-pediceled larger spikelets.

The type-sheet of P. Tuckermani was indicated by Tuckerman as a
new species which he was afterward dissuaded from publishing.
Tuckerman’s herbarium name, P. soboliferum, has twice been pub-
lished in synonymy, first by Scribner & Merrill as a synonym of P.
minimum in Ruopona, iii. 106 (1901), later by Hitchcock & Chase as
a synonym of P. philadelphicum in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 58
(1910). In view of the fact that Tuckerman himself never published
his herbarium-name and that it has twice been published by others in
synonymy, it seems wisest to let it lapse and to use for the plant
which Tuckerman at one time thought to be distinct a name which is
open to no question and which at the same time associates the dis-
coverer of the species definitely with the plant.

Gray HERBARIUM.

SOME CONNECTICUT PLANTS.
R. W. WooDWARD.

EropnEA. At Old Lyme, last summer, the writer was surprised to
see an elodea growing abundantly in the brackish waters of a tidal
stream, as he had known Elodea only in fresh waters. It was a plant
with linear, acute leaves, quite different in appearance from the plant
with firmer, more crowded, oblong, or ovate-oblong, obtuse leaves,
which comprises much of the aggregate which has hitherto passed as
E. canadensis, and is now segregated as Philotria canadensis (Michx.)
Britton. Fortunately, a number of staminate flowers were found

1919] Woodward,— Some Connecticut Plants 115

floating on the water. These have oblong anthers, which are 0.8-1.0
mm.long. In the pistillate flower the three stigmas are linear, 2-cleft,
and exceeding the perianth, which is, at least in dried specimens,
purplish or purple-flecked. The fruit of Elodea is ordinarily described
as oblong, but in this plant the fruit is globose, although the persistent
base of the style may give an oblong appearance to partly grown
fruit. We have in Connecticut Elodeas with oblong fruit, and others
with globose fruit, a fact which indicates that specific characters
may yet be found in the fruit. In general, this Old Lyme plant
agrees well with Rydberg’s description of Philotria angustifolia
(Muhl.) Britton,' and is apparently this species, or close to it, although
in the literature at command, the writer has been unable to find a
printed record of Elodea in marine waters, and our local collectors state
that they have not met with the genus in such waters. It was growing
at, or below, the edge of low water. The herbarium sheets, showing
both kinds of flowers, and mature fruit, are more satisfactory than
sheets of Elodea usually are.

LoPHOTOCARPUS SPONGIOSUS, reported in the Connecticut Catalogue
by Dr. C. B. Graves as rare at-Old Lyme, was noticed the past summer,
in the same town, at one station, where it was quite abundant, and
many plants were seen with scapes reaching the unusual height of
20 cm., although the majority were tiny affairs, 4 or 5 em. high.

PANICUM VIRGATUM CUBENSE. The writer has in his herbarium a
sheet of this variety collected at Norwich, August 11, 1900, on a
gravel bank along the Shetucket river a few miles above its entrance
into the Thames. The spikelets are 2.8-3 mm. long and match
perfectly material verified by Mrs. Agnes Chase, but the panicles are
less strict than is usual in this form of P. virgatum. The same variety
has been collected by Dr. C. B. Graves at Groton, a town on the east
bank of the Thames at its mouth, and the writer has found it at
Westerly, Rhode Island, a few miles east of Groton, where it is abun-

dant at several stations in brackish sand.? This appears to be another
instance, of which there are several, of southern or coastal species
following up the Thames, a tidal stream, and its tributaries. Thus,
Paspalum psammophilum is known from several stations along the
Shetucket, P. circulare occurs on the Yantic, another tributary of

1 Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxv. 460 (1908).
? RHopona, xvi. 136 (1914).

116 Rhodora [JUNE

the Thames, and Hierochloeodorata is occasional on many meadows
near the Shetucket, and is so abundant at Occum on a marsh crossed
by the trolley line that it gives, in May, a distinct yellowish tinge to
the marsh. In the Norwich plants the 1st glume of the spikelets is
not so acute as in the Westerly plants and the spikelets approach more
nearly to the type as figured by Hitchcock and Chase.!

ELYMUS RIPARIUS is certainly not rare in southern Connecticut.
It is occasional in Franklin, on river bottoms, and is abundant on
gravel flats of the Shetucket in Sprague, where perhaps one half of
the plants show a distinct reddish tinge, which is quite noticeable
in the field. It also occurs in dry situations, as for instance, well up
on slopes of the West Rock trap ridge, New Haven, where it is found
not as stray individuals but in colonies. In all specimens seen by me,
at least the lower sheaths are ciliate and often somewhat pubescent.

CAREX GLAUCODEA, occasional in Franklin, often along woodland
roads, and always very glaucous, occurs at one station in Franklin
where the plants are green or at most, show only a suggestion of the
white bloom which is a characteristic of the species.

ERIOCAULON PARKERI, reported by Dr. E. H. Eames from the
vicinity of New Haven, occurs also at Old Lyme. The writer saw
several hundred plants at one station, all growing in soft tidal mud
and below the high water line.

ACTAEA RUBRA NEGLECTA, Franklin, five or six plants in rich open
woods.

AQUILEGIA CANADENSIS FLAVIFLORA. Franklin, on a shaded ledge.
The plant was noticed at this station for several seasons about ten
years ago. The place has not been visited in recent years. Known
hitherto in Connecticut only from a printed record?

EPILOBIUM MOLLE occurs sparingly at Franklin in sphagnous
meadows, associated with E. densum. It has not been reported in
Connecticut from east of the Connecticut River.

Specimens of the above, with a single exception, have been deposited
. in the Gray Herbarium.

New Haven, CONNECTICUT.

1 North American Panicium, Hitchcock & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 92 (1910).
2 Raopora, xx. 182 (1918).

Vol. 21, no. 245, including pages 89 to 104, was issued 21 May, 1919.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD | Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. July, 1919. No. 247.
CONTENTS:

A new Locality for Senecio Crawfordii. P. C. Standley à LS ENY

Two new Myriophyllums. M. L. Fernald . à : : Der

Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, — XXXI. , + "X98

Trisetum spicatum in Pennsylvania. H.W. Pretz . à eet.

Boston, Mass. | Providence, TR. T.
1052 Exchange Building, | Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA. — A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $1.50 per year (domestic and foreign); single copies 15 cents.
Prices of Volumes 1 and 2 (1899 and 1900) on application. All remittances by
check or draft, except on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional
for cost of collection. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or
indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be gladly received and pub-
lished to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of
print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most
important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways
exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not mefely the flowering
plants, but pteridophytes and cellular cryptogams, and includes not merely
genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. A work
of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of
sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at
$15.00 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collec-
tor’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by
the Gray Hersarium, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts.
each. Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. July, 1919. No. 247.

A NEW LOCALITY FOR SENECIO CRAWFORDI.
PaurL C. STANDLEY.

Or the comparatively few species of Senecio native to the eastern
United States, one of the rarest or, at least, most local in its distri-
bution is S. Crawfordii Britton, which was described in 1901 from
specimens collected near Philadelphia. In Gray's New Manual
Dr. J. M. Greenman treated the plant as a variety of S. Balsamitae
Muhl. (= S. pauperculus Michx.), but in his recent monograph of the
genus | he has accorded it specific rank. Such a treatment it seems to
merit, certainly as much as S. Smallii Britton, which is recognized
as a species in Gray's Manual, although to the writer the differences
which separate it from S. pauperculus seem very slight.

The specimens of S. Crawfordii cited by Greenman in his monograph,
most of them in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy of
Sciences, are all from southeastern Pennsylvania and western New
Jersey. Consequently it may be of interest to record an additional
locality for the species, considerably removed from its previously
known range. On May 25, 1917, Mr. William R. Maxon obtained
in a bog near Suitland, Maryland, a few miles east of Washington,
specimens of a Senecio which was evidently new to our local flora.
It was obviously a relative of S. Smallii although conspicuously
different in its bright green, very succulent, and comparatively short
and broad basal leaves. The writer identified it as S. Crawfordii,
and the identification was later confirmed by Mr. Bayard Long, after

1 Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
? Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 139 (1916).

118 Rhodora [Jury

comparison with the ample material at Philadelphia. On May 12,
1918, Mr. Edgar Brown, Prof. A. S. Hitchcock, Mr. Maxon, and the
writer visited the Suitland bog and found the plant growing in some
abundance. It was not very conspicuous, however, for the plants
were scattered and half hidden among tufts of withered grass.

The two other species of Senecio common about Washington are
found in quite different habitats. S. aureus is frequent along streams
and in wet soil generally in the hilly Piedmont Region westward,
especially along the valley of the Potomac. ` 5. Smallii, also, occurs
in the same general region, but in dry, elevated situations. S. Craw-
fordii, on the other hand, occurs in one of the characteristic white
gravel or magnolia bogs of the low C oastal Plain. —

These bogs are the most interesting feature of our local flora.'
They are small, hardly more than a few yards across, and lie always
upon a gentle slope, usually surrounded by a thick growth of trees
and shrubs, a circumstance which often makes their discovery difficult.
'The necessaty condition for their occurrence is a thin bed of gravel
or coarse sand, commonly about a foot thick, lying between two beds
of clay. On a hillside where the gravel is exposed the water which
flows through the subterranean gravel stratum trickles over the bed
and keeps it constantly wet, even in the driest seasons. Such bogs
are very pleasant botanizing grounds, for here one may wander about
nearly dry-shod among.a host of interesting bog plants which usually
grow in much less comfortably accessible places. A number of the
bogs are known in the Coastal Plain region north and east of Wash-
ington, and there are probably others still undiscovered in the less
explored portions of our area. "They are our only stations for a num-
ber of interesting species, most of which are characteristic pine-barren
plants. The bog near Suitland is in some respects the most interest-
ing of all, for it has yielded several species not found in the others
within our limits? such as Carex Collinsii, Habenaria cristata, Polygala
lutea, and Arethusa bulbosa. The last species was reported from our
region about 80 years ago, but had not been recollected until we dis-
covered it near Suitland at the same time that we collected the Senecio.

1See W. L. McAtee. A sketch of the natural history of the District of Columbia. Bull.
Biol. Soc. Washington i. 74-90 (1918). McAtee gives a very full and interesting account of
the magnolia bogs, and an equally instructive discussion of the other phytogeographic features
of the District and vicinity.

2 The area included in the District flora region, as usually limited, is a circle of 15 miles radius,
the Capitol being taken as the center.

1919] Standley,— New Locality for Senecio Crawfordii 119

The gravel bed, which is the essential feature of these bogs, is bare
in spots, but is largely covered by patches of sphagnum and scattered
clumps of Cladonia, among which grow various herbaceous plants
of higher groups. "The bog is essentially open, but shrubs are banked
about its edge and form occasional clumps over its surface. "The.
shrubs or small trees are chiefly Alnus rugosa, Myrica carolinensis,
Itea virginica, Aronia atropurpurea, Amelanchier oblongifolia, Rhus
vernix, Ilex laevigata, Acer rubrum, Nyssa sylvatica, Azalea viscosa,
Eubotrys racemosa, Kalmia angustifolia, Gaylussacia dumosa, V acci-
nium atrococcum and V. corymbosum, Chionanthus virginica, and
Viburnum nudum and V. cassinoides. The swamp magnolia is
present in all the bogs, and it is because of this fact that McAtee has
proposed for them the term “magnolia bogs." The more character-
istic or interesting herbaceous plants are Osmunda cinnamomea, Lyco-
podium adpressum and L. carolinianum, Panicum lucidum, Eriocaulon
decangulare, Xyris caroliniana, Tofieldia racemosa, Melanthium an-
gustifolium, Limodorum tuberosum, Pogonia ophioglossoides, Drosera
rotundifolia, Polygala lutea and P. cruciata, Triadenum virginicum,
Rhexia virginica, Oxypolis rigidior, Utricularia subulata, and Helianthus
angustifolius.

It will be seen that most of the plants enumerated are character-
istic species of the pine-barrens which, in the northeastern states,
attain their best development in New Jersey. Notwithstanding the
presence of so many species characteristic of that type of vegetation,
no pine-barrens exist in our region. The isolated occurrence of such
a large percentage of pine-barren species (it is estimated that 70
per cent of the typical ones occur in Delaware and eastern Maryland)
is explained by McAtee as having probably resulted from the depres-
sion of the Coastal Plain. It is assumed that formerly a belt of the
pine-barren flora extended along much of the Atlantic coast, but that
when the Coastal region was depressed most of the vegetation of this
type was destroyed. Isolated colonies of plants were able to maintain
their existence in favorable spots near or upon the Piedmont Plateau,
and although conditions in such situations were generally unsuited to
the growth of pine-barren plants, some of them have managed to per-
sist in places where conditions were particularly propitious, as, for
instance, in these magnolia bogs.

It may be noted in concluding that although Senecio Crawfordii
is found with us in association with pine-barren species, it appears

120 Rhodora [Jury

to occur in a different habitat in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.
Stone ! reports it from “ Damp meadows or bogs in the Middle district,
near the Delaware River, local and not common.”

U. S. NATIONAL Museum, Washington, D. C.

TWO NEW MYRIOPHYLLUMS AND A SPECIES NEW TO
| THE UNITED STATES. :

M. L. FERNALD.

MYRIOPHYLLUM exalbescens, n. sp., herba aquatica, caule glaber-
rimo folioso simplice vel ramoso purpureo in statu exsiccato exal-
bescente; foliis verticillatis raro 3"* plerumque 4" 1.2-3 cm. longis,
segmentis 7-1l-jugis capillaceis flaccidis vix subrigidis 0.5-3 em.
longis; spicis terminalibus subnudis, floribus verticillatis inferioribus
foemineis superioribus masculis sessilibus; bracteis fructum rare
aequantibus spatulato-obovatis vel oblongo-cochleiformibus inferiori-
bus serratis superioribus integris; bracteolis ovatis integris brunneo-
marginatis 0.7-1 mm. longis; petalis oblongo-obovatis concavis 2.5
mm. longis; staminibus 8, antheris oblongis 1.2-1.8 mm. longis;
fructibus subglobosis angustissime 4-sulcatis 2.3-3 mm. longis, mero-
carpiis dorso rotundatis laevibus vel rugulosis.

Aquatic herb; the stem glabrous, leafy, simple or branching,
purple, in the dried state becoming white: leaves verticillate, rarely
in 3's, commonly in 4's, 1.2-3 em. long, with 7-11 pairs of capillary
flaccid or barely a little rigid segments: spikes terminal, almost naked,
the flowers verticillate; the lower pistillate, the upper staminate,
sessile: bracts rarely equalling the fruit, spatulate-obovate or oblong-
cochleiform; the lower serrate, the upper entire: bracteoles ovate,
entire, brown-margined, 0.7-1 mm. long: petals oblong-obovate,
concave, 2.5 mm. long: stamens 8; anthers oblong, 1.2-1.8 mm. long:
fruits subglobose, very slenderly 4-sulcate, 2.3-3 mm. long; the
merocarps rounded on the back, smooth or rugulose.— Ponds, pools
and quiet streams, often brackish or caleareous, Greenland and
Labrador to Washington, south to western Newfoundland, Cape
Breton, southern New Brunswick, southern New England, south-
eastern, central and western New York, the Great Lake region,
Kansas, Arizona and southern California. GREENLAND: Ikerasak,
July 19, 1892, Vandhéffen. LammADOR: shallow sandy-bottomed

1 Plants of southern New Jersey 777 (1911).

1919] Fernald,— Two new Myriophyllums 121

pools, Blane Sablon River, August 4, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
3,753. NEWFOUNDLAND: pools in limestone barrens, Pointe Riche,
August 4, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3,754. MAGDALEN ISLANDS:
shallow pools among the sand ridges between East Cape and East
Point, Coffin Island, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 7,842.
QUEBEC: shallow pond, Longue Pointe, Brest, July 31, 1915, St. John,
nos. 90,616, 90,617; brackish pools and dead waters near the mouth
of Dartmouth River, August 26 and 27, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease;
York River, July 29, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald (TYPE in Gray
Herb.) Prince Epwarp IsraNp: shallow pools in Thuja swamps,
Tignish, August 6, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7,840; Black
Pond, July 28, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 7,841.
Nova Scota: lake at Bay St. Lawrence, Cape Breton, August 12,
1904, J. R. Churchill. MAINE: near margins of lakes in 3-10 feet
of water, St. Francis River, August 14, 1902, Eggleston & Fernald
(Eggleston, no. 3,024); quiet pools, St. Croix River, Calais, August
3, 1909, Fernald, no. 2,014. Vermont: Shelburne, July 31, 1894,
A. J. Grout; Dorset, July 28, 1898, M. A. Day. MASSACHUSETTS:
Idlewild Lake, Wenham, September 13, 1908, F. S. Collins; Mystic
Pond, Medford, September 24, 1865, Wm. Boott; Fresh Pond, Cam-
bridge, Faxon et al. ; outlet of Stockbridge Bowl, Stockbridge, August
9, 1914, Hoffmann. Connecticut: New Haven, 1857, D. C. Eaton;
pond near headwaters of Saugatuck River, Danbury, July 21, 1917,
E. H. Eames & C. C. Godfrey. New York: Sucker Brook, Lisbon,
June 22, 1914, O. P. Phelps, no. 717 in part; Elmira, 1859, E. Tatnall.
ONTARIO: Ottawa River below Britannia, August 21, 1911, J. Macoun,
no. 85,941; Rideau River, Cummings Bridge, September 7, 1911,
J. Macoun, no. 85,942; Smith's Falls, July 14, 1898, J. Fowler. Onto:
Cedar Point, Erie Co., July 8, 1894, E. L. Moseley. MICHIGAN:
Lansing, August 18, 1885, L. H. Bailey. Wisconsin: Milwaukee,
I. A. Lapham; Green Bay near Bars Channel, June 29, 1890, J. H.
Schuette. Tuurnors: Fox River, 1862, Geo. Vasey; in a peat-bog lake,
Lake Villa, Lake Co., August 8, 1906, Gleason & Shobe, no. 178 (dis-
tributed as Ceratophyllum demersum). Minnesota: Lake of the
Woods, June 26, 1894, McMillan & Sheldon, no. 568. Norra DAKOTA:
pools, Leeds, August 5, 1900, J. Lunell. SovrH Dakota: Sioux
River, Brookings, July 4, 1894, J. J. Thornber. NEBRASKA: Swan-
Lake, Grant Co., August 7, 1893, Rydberg, no. 1,651. Kansas:
ponds, Decatur Co., June 26, 1897, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 1,083. Sas-
` KATCHEWAN: 1858, Bourgeau; Crane Lake, June 16, 1894, J. Macoun,
no. 4,934. Montana: Bitterroot Valley near Missoula, August 4,
1880, S. Watson, no. 143; Cliff Lake, Madison Co., July 27, 1897,
Rydberg & Bessey, no. 4,591. Wyomine: Bath Lake, September 8,
1896, A. Nelson, no. 2,782; Green River, August 26, 1894, A. Nelson,
no. 1,038. Cotorapo: ponds, Tabeguache Basin, July 21, 1913,
E. Payson, no. 145; Gunnison, August 16, 1901, C. F. Baker, no. 824

122 Rhodora [JULY

(form with remarkably elongate bracts). Arizona: Mormon Lake,
June 6, 1898, MacDougal, no. 75. Ipamo: Pend Oreille River, 1861,
Lyall; ponds and streams, Falk’s Store, Canyon Co., June 28, 1910,
J. F. Macbride, no. 302. CaLrrrornIa: Big Meadows, August, 1879,
Mrs. R. M. Austin; Presidio, June, 1801, Michiner & Bioletti, no.
175; Mountain Lake, San Francisco, June 27, 1892, J. W. Blankin-
ship; Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mts., August, 1882, Parish, no.
1,433. OmEkGoN: sluggish stream, Malheur Co., June 24, 1898,
Cusick, no. 1,959. Wasmıncron: Seattle, August, 1892, Piper, no.
1,132; Lake Cushman, Mason Co., August, 1895, Piper, no. 2,230;
Blakeley Island, San Juan Islands, 1917, S. M. & E. B. Zeller, no.
1,144 (distributed as Cerátophyllum demersum).

Myriophyllum exalbescens has always passed in America as M.
spicatum L. The latter species of Eurasia, however, differs from the
American plant in several characters: the principal leaves of the
primary stems have 14-21 pairs of rigid slenderly linear divisions;
the bracts are rhombic-obovate; the bractlets are suborbicular or
reniform, broader than long, and distinctly shorter than in most of M.
exalbescens, 0.5-0.8 mm. long; and the linear anthers tend to be longer,
being 1.8-2.2 mm. in length. In M. exalbescens, furthermore, the
dried stems very strongly tend to become white, although this change
is not always noted; in M. spicatum, however, the old herbarium-
specimens still retain a fulvous or olivaceous tone in the stems.

On the Magdalen Islands occurs a species of Myriophyllum which in
foliage and in the whitening of the stem upon drying strongly suggests
M. exalbescens but with fruit so very unlike that of the latter species
or of the old world M. spicatum or of any species known to the writer
that it is here proposed as

MyriopHyLLuM magdalense, n. sp., M. exalbescenti simile; caule
ramoso in statu exsiccato exalbescente, foliis plerumque 4™* 1-2 em.
longis segmentis 3-7-jugis capillaceis flaccidis 0.5-1.3 cm. longis,
superioribus emergentibus elongato-oblanceolatis vel linearibus brevi-
ter pectinatis vel subintegris; spicis terminalibus rhachi filiformi
floribus verticillatis inferioribus foemineis superioribus masculis
sessilibus; bracteis elongatis lineari-oblanceolatis conduplicatis apice
sursum curvatis integris vel inferioribus pectinatis 0.3-1 cm. longis;
bracteolis ovatis 0.6-0.8 mm. longis; petalis ovato-oblongis concavis,
1.5 mm. longis; staminibus 8, antheris oblongis 1.5 mm. longis
(immaturis); fructibus subglobosis 3 mm. longis latissime 4-sulcatis,
merocarplis dorso rotundatis rugosis.

1919] Fernald,— Two new Myriophyllums 123

Similar to M. exalbescens; the stem branching, becoming white
when dried: leaves mostly in 4's, 1-2 em. long, with 3-7 pairs of capil-
lary flaccid segments 0.5-1.3 cm. long; the upper emergent ones
elongate-oblanceolate or linear, short-pectinate or subentire: spikes
terminal, with the rhachis filiform; flowers verticillate, the lower
pistillate, the upper staminate, sessile: bracts elongate, linear-
oblanceolate, conduplicate, up-curved at the end, entire or the lower
pectinate, 0.3-1 cm. long: bractlets ovate, 0.6-0.8 mm. long: petals
ovate-oblong, concave, 1.5 mm. long: stamens 8; anthers oblong,
1.5 mm. long (immature); fruits subglobose, 3 mm. long, very broadly
4-suleate; the merocarps with rounded rugose backs.— MAGDALEN
ISLANDS, QUEBEC: shallow ponds among the sand hills between East
Cape and East Point, Coffin Island, August 17, 1912, Fernald, Long &
St. John, no. 7,843 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

In the whitening of its stem M. magdalense simulates M. exalbes-
cens from which it differs in the elongate, entire or subentire upper
leaves, the elongate bracts, the very short petals and especially in the
very broadly and openly sulcate fruits. From M. spicatum it
differs in the whitening stem, the few capillary and flaccid segments
of the leaves, the elongate bracts (sometimes found also in varieties
of M. spicatum), the ovate bractlets, the short petals and anthers,
and in the very characteristic fruit, the fruits of M. spicatum being
slenderly sulcate as in M. exalbescens.

Unfortunately the material of M. magdalense is mostly immature,
only one plant being found with good fruit. The species filled a
single small pond to the exclusion of other species and flowered freely
so that a visit in September should yield abundant fruiting material.
The Myriophyllum of neighboring pools was M. exalbescens and in a
single station M. verticillatum, var. intermedium Koch, which appar-
ently has not heretofore been found in North America.

In the Gray Herbarium, among the various species which have been
erroneously called by their collectors Myriophyllum verticillatum is a
sheet from Farewell Bend, Crook Co., Oregon, collected in July,
1894 by J. B. Leiberg (no. 465), which is quite unlike any recognized
North American plant. In its very glaucous or blue-green, emersed,
broad, entire or variously serrate Ieaves-and the tendency of the
inflorescence to fork it is unique among American plants as it is in the
very dong (2 mm.) slenderly triangular, serrate bractlets. This
plant proves to be a well known species of the southern hemisphere,

124 Rhodora [JuLy

M. ELATINOIDES Gaudichaud, Ann. Sci. Nat. v. 105 (1825) = M.
titikakense Remy, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, vi. 352 (1846). M. elatinoides
is one of that remarkable group of species confined to southern Aus-
tralia, Tasmania and New Zealand and America but not known in
Africa nor Eurasia. Outside the Australian region it has been hereto-
fore known only as a common Andean species, from the Falkland
Islands and Tierra del Fuego along the higher Andes to Ecuador.
In the Pflanzenreich Schindler cites a specimen of Botteri's collected
somewhere in Mexico, the station not known. The discovery of this
Australian and Andean species in Oregon! is, therefore, highly import-
ant and particularly striking as adding another to a small group of
plants which have followed essentially similar lines of migration.
Occasionally these Andean plants are also in eastern America, for
instance Polystichum scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Maxon. In writing
elsewhere of the distribution of that and its allies the present writer
has said: “I refer to P. mohrioides and its allies (fig. 17). There are
four or five species of this alliance, all plants of the highest degree of
localization. P. mohrioides and other austral species are known only
from the Antarctic Prince Edward Islands, 1,200 miles southeast of
the Cape of Good Hope, from the Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego,
and Patagonia, and as the rarest of isolated species in the Andes.
In North America we have two species so close to P. mohrioides that
some authors have considered them inseparable: P. Lemmoni, a
famous rare species of the mountains of California, Oregon and
Washington; and P. scopulinum of similar range, though even rarer,
and found with Pellaea densa on arid mountain-walls of Gaspé County,
Quebec."? Now that the Andean Myriophyllum elatinoides has been
found in Oregon, we may, therefore, watch for it with some confidence
in the Gaspé or Newfoundland waters.

Schindler cites in the synonymy of M. elatinoides, M. quitense HBK.
Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 89 (1823) and if the identification is confirmed
M. quitense must be maintained as the earliest name. The descrip-
tion, however, is not satisfactory, for the plant is described as near
M. spicatum, with all the leaves immersed and pectinate-pinnatisect.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1 Since the above went into type a beautiful sheet of M. elatinoides has been received
from Prof. Morton E. Peck, collected in Des Chutes River, Oregon, July 27, 1914 (Peck, no,
5718).

? Fernald, Am. Jour. Bot. v, 231 (1918).

1919] Flora of the Boston District, — XXXI 125

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT, — XXXI.

CALLITRICHACEAE.
CALLITRICHE.

C. heterophylla Pursh. Brooks, occasional; no reports from
southern towns of district.
C. palustris L. Brooks and wet places, frequent throughout.

ANACARDIACEAE.
RHUS.

R. copallina L. Dry sandy and rocky soil, common throughout.

R. Cotinus L. Waste land, Beverly Farms (F. T. Hubbard, June
20, 1913); escaped, Medford (L. L. Dame, July, 1886).

R. glabra L. Dry soil very common throughout. [Forma
lacinata (Carr.) Robinson has been reported from Weston and Scituate,
but no specimens have been preserved.]

R. Toxicodendron L. Fields, roadsides, woods and sea-beaches,
common throughout.

R. Toxicodendron L., var. radicans (L.) Torr. On trees and
walls, common.

[Beside the above variety there seem to be three other forms in
our region: the slender prostrate vine of dry fields and river thickets;
a bushy form with large dark green leaves which stands alone or forms
hedges along stonewalls; and the thick-leaved, compact plants which
grow on the sea-beaches above high water.]

R. typhina L. Dry soil, common throughout.

R. Vernix L. Swamps and low ground; common, but not always

abundant.
AQUIFOLIACEAE.
ILE X.

I. glabra (L.) Gray. Swamps and moist woods; abundant at
Magnolia swamp in Gloucester, also reported from Rockport and

126 Rhodora x [Jury

Wenham; Blue Hills, Hingham and Cohasset southward (see Ruo-
DORA xvi. 163-5, 1914).

I. laevigata (Pursh) Gray. Wet soil, frequent near the coast,

especially in Plymouth county, but not reported from western towns.

I. laevigata (Pursh) Gray, forma Herveyi Robinson. Long Pond,
Tewksbury (A. S. Pease, Sept. 23, 1901). Specimen in herb. N. E.
Botanical Club. :

I. opaca Ait. Dogtown Commons, Rockport (Frank Lufkin, no
date). Specimen in herb. Peabody Acad. of Sciences. This extreme
northeastern station for the species is now extinct, according to J. H.
Sears, Ruopora x. 43, 1908. Rather common in woods from Quincy,
Holbrook, Hingham and Cohasset southward. See RHODORA xvi,
163-5, 1914.

I. verticillata (L.) Gray. Low ground, common throughout.

I. verticillata (L.) Gray, forma chrysocarpa Robinson. George-
town (Mrs. C. N. S. Horner, no date); brackish river shore, New-
buryport (Donald White, Sept. 13, 1913); W. Boxford (M. H. Cole,
September, 1881); reported from Westford (Miss E. F. Fletcher, no
date).

I. verticillata (L.) Gray, var. padifolia (Willd.) T. & G. Occa-
sional.

I. verticillata (L.) Gray, var. tenuifolia (Torr.) Wats. Amesbury,
Ipswich, Cohasset, Marshfield.

NEMOPANTHUS.

N. mucronata (L.) Trel. Swamps and wet woods, well distrib-
uted throughout.

CELASTRACEAE.
CELASTRUS.
C. scandens L. Woods and thickets, rather common throughout.
EVONYMUS.

E. ATROPURPUREUS Jacq. Persistent or sporadic at Salem and

Milton.

1919] Flora of the Boston District, — XXXI 127

STAPHYLEACEAE.
STAPHYLEA.

S. trifolia L. Needham (7. O. Fuller, June 4, 1885; E. & C. E.
Faxon, Aug. 16, 1891); “in woods at Weston," Bigelow, FI. Bost. 121,
1824.

ACERACEAE.
ACER.

A. NEGUvNDO L. Introduced from further west and frequently
spreading.

A. pennsylvanicum L. Cold rich woods; frequent in Essex
County; also at Medford, Concord, Groton, and Blue Hill Reserva-
tion.

A. PLATANOIDES L. A rare escape from cultivation.

A Pskupo-PLATANUS L. Casual escape at W. Medford and Dor-
chester.

A. rubrum L. Swamps and wet woods, very common throughout.

A. rubrum L., var. tridens Wood. One tree near Auburndale
(M. L. Fernald & A. Rehder, May 17, 1904). See RHODORA ix.
116, 1907. Probably elsewhere in the district.

A. saccharinum L. Occasional by streams, especially in Essex
County; introduced in many places.

A. saccharum Marsh. Rich woods; occasional in northern half
of district and at Blue Hill Reservation and Hingham.

A. spicatum Lam. Newburyport (Edw. Moulton, no date).
Specimen in herb. Peabody Acad. of Science. i

SAPINDACEAE.
AESCULUS.

A. Hippocastanum L. Rarely spontaneous.

CARDIOSPERMUM.

C. Hauicacasum L. Somerville (C. E. Perkins, September, 1878).
Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.

128 Rhodora [Juv

BALSAMINACEAE.
IMPATIENS.

I. biflora Walt. Moist soil, very common throughout.

I. biflora Walt., forma albiflora (Rand & Redfield) Weatherby.
Edge of pool, Billerica (C. A. Weatherby, Aug. 12, 1911). See Rao-
DORA xix. 115, 1917.

RHAMNACEAE.
CEANOTHUS.

C. americanus L. Dry open woods, common throughout.

C. ovatus Desf. Dry rocky and sandy soil; Andover, near
Haggett's Pond (Mrs. Belle P. Gowing, June 18, 1888; A. S. Pease,
June 4, 1904; M. L. Fernald, June 17, 1911); N. Chelmsford (Mrs.
A. R. Spalding, June 14, 1898); Lowell (Mrs. F. P. Spalding, June
20, 1896).

C. ovatus Desf. var. pubescens T. & G. Shadyside Grove,
Andover (M. L. Fernald, June 17, 1911); abundant in dry sandy soil,
Lynnfield (M. L. Fernald, June 16, 1917).

RHAMNUS.

R. carHARTICA L. Thickets and waste places, common.

R. FRANGULA L. Large colony in low ground near railway, Wake-
field (R. C. Bean, June 13, 1915); several trees by stone wall, Con-
cord (Wm. Brewster, June 27, 1918). See Ruopora xx. 204-5, 1918.

C. H. KNowrrow | Committee on

WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

DISCOVERY OF TRISETUM SPICATUM IN PENNSYLVANIA.
Hanorp W. PRETZ.

Ir is only the collector that can fully appreciate the charm of field.
collecting with its varied experiences. Whatever else may be sug-
gested by the circumstances surrounding the collection of Trisetum
spicatum in Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, the writer is more than

1919] Pretz,— Trisetum spicatum in Pennsylvania 129

ever convinced that it is a good rule to collect anything in the field
that seems out of the ordinary.

On July 15, 1917, the writer and his companion Mr. Walter I.
Mattern were on their way for a day’s botanizing along the Blue
Mountains when a sudden rain made it seem best to abandon this
attractive trip. It was still raining lightly when it was decided that
rather than return home a trip should be made on the tracks of the
Lehigh Valley Railroad along the Lehigh River past a number of
steep, shale slopes with outcropping masses of rock between Slating-
ton and Treichler that on a number of occasions have furnished most
entertaining and profitable botanizing. It was too wet to make it
advisable, at least as far as comfort was concerned, to penetrate far
into the water-soaked vegetation of the slopes, etc., soit was planned
instead to give leisurely and thorough attention to the outcrops and
such parts of the slope as were readily accessible from the tracks.
The plan worked out successfully, for besides interesting general
collections, there was discovered in this supposedly well known locality
a small amount of Woodsia ilvensis, a rare fern in the county though
known from four other stations, and Dryopteris Dryopteris, a still
rarer fern previously collected only twice in the county.

It was in this same locality about a mile and three quarters south-
east by south of Slatington while the writer was standing beside the
tracks busy cleaning a plant for press that he chanced to see on the
shale cliff beside him the dried stalks of a grass that he could not
seem to recognize as anything he knew. A stroke or two with the
botanical pick dislodged a small clump which dropped with a dull
splash to the ground. Water-soaked, bedraggled and soiled by coal
dirt it was certainly not an inviting specimen and the temptation to
abandon it was strong. But then it was clearly unfamiliar so it was
cleaned, put into press and taken along. Later when it turned up at
the time the writer was determining his Gramineae of the season it
looked little more inviting and was in such poor condition that no
trouble was taken with it. It was merely sent along unnamed to the
Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia with the writer's usual
contribution to the Philadelphia Botanical Club Herbarium for Mr. ©
Bayard Long to identify. Mr. Long recognized it as Trisetum
spicatum and, writing about it, suggested the future collection of
better material. It was only then that the writer became aware of
the importance of this plant.

130 Rhodora [JULY

On June 23d, 1918, another visit was made to this series of steep
slopes. The outcrops and slopes were carefully scanned for Trisetum
spicatum from the tracks without success until the place of the original
collection was reached. Here the plant was found rather evenly
distributed and quite abundant about the open outcrops of the rather
short, steep part of the slope close to the tracks for perhaps the dis-
tance of a city block and between two moist springy places about the
outcrops. The soil in which it grew was moist but that was because
of the recent rain for the soil on the shelves where some grew was
shallow and suggested normally dry soil. Some however did grow
in the springy places or at least close to where moisture is the rule.
It grew mostly on tiny shelves of the outcrops which are lower and
less clifflike than some others of the series here and when growing
on the tiny shelves but a few inches wide, or less in some cases, pre-
sented rather a striking appearance where it grew upright against
the vertical face of the outcrop. Later in the season, on August 18,
1918, the entire distance of about five miles between Treichler and
Slatington was covered and the outcrops viewed from the tracks but
the grass was seen nowhere on them excepting at the original station.

Though found only within a limited area the plant is certainly well
distributed and is apparently quite indigenous. It is hardly possible
to say whether or not it grows or has grown on original outcrops.
Some certainly: now grows on outcrops close to the marks of the drills
used in blasting out the railroad roadway many years ago but there
are many original outcrops on these slopes, some of them adjacent to
the tracks, that appear to have been little if at all disturbed. Often
these outcrops adjacent to the railroad are so well occupied by a
generally well balanced association of native plants that it may
easily become a matter of speculation as to what may or may not have
been original outcrops. Tiarella cordifolia has been collected as close
to the tracks as the Trisetum surely no more than the distance of a
city block or two away, and there are found on the slopes close by,
as well as on those of the whole series between Slatington and Treichler,
such species as Acer pennsylvanicum, Acer spicatum, Cornus rugosa,
. Ilex monticola, Lonicera canadensis and Prunus pennsylvanica —- all
of which are more normally a strong element in the association found
in the higher mountains northward. Sambucus racemosa and Cinna
latifolia are found on the next series of cliffs and steep slopes about a
mile and a half further down the river and still other species might

1919] Pretz,— Trisetum spicatum in Pennsylvania 131

be mentioned to show the high percentage of northern types found
in the general association of this series of slopes which, paralleling
as they do the course of the Lehigh river, face either north, northeast
or northwest. It need not be surprising to find a plant of such a
general northern range as Trisetum spicatum occurring with this
type of association.

As far as the writer knows Trisetum spicatum has not previously
been collected or reported as occurring between New York and North
Carolina. Upon inquiry by Mr. Bayard Long, Prof. M. L. Fernald
in a reply — kindly furnished to the writer by Mr. Long — has
written, “ Trisetum spicatum, var. molle! we do not have from Penn-
sylvania but here are the records from New York and from North
Carolina; banks of Black River, Watertown, New York, Crawe,
William -Boott, et al.; Little Falls, Herkimer County, A. Gray; Roan
Mt., No. Carolina, Buckley, Scribner. It must be somewhere along
the way between the Mohawk Valley and North Carolina." In
reply to an inquiry concerning any additional records of New York
and southward that may have come to his attention, Prof. A. S.
Hitcheock has kindly furnished the following records from the col-
lections at Washington; Lyons Falls, Lewis Co., Haberer 3062;
Jefferson Co., Sartwell; Ausable Chasm, Knowlton in 1883; Oneida
Lake, Lenox, Madison Co., Haberer 3276; Trenton Falls, Herkimer
Co., Haberer 1292 — all in New York. In reply to a similar inquiry
of the New York Botanical Garden, Dr. J. K. Small has kindly
furnished in addition to the first mentioned above the following
records from the collections there; near Montgomery, Orange County,
New York, Wm. Crabtree; Greece, Monroe County, New York, Dr.
Bradley. The records thus made available through inquiry have
shown no known stations for the species south of New York state
excepting that of the North Carolina station.

It may be interesting to observe that all excepting one of the sta-
tions recorded for New York are scattered north of a line drawn
centrally across the State at about 43° latitude and that this one
exception, the station for Orange county, is quite well away from
the rest and not greatly distant from the boundary of New Jersey.
This Orange county, New York, station would seem to be more nearly

1 The material collected by the writer is the plant Prof. Fernald (RHoporaA 18: 195. 1916)
regards as Triselum spicatum var. molle which represents the most southern of the several
varieties of Trisetum spicatum distinguished by him.

132 Rhodora [Jun

related naturally to the next nearest station northward at Salisbury,

Connecticut! than to the other New York stations. These two
stations together with that of the Lehigh county, Pennsylvania,
station ? occur approximately in the same relation to the hills of the
Older Appalachian Mountain Ranges and Appalachian Valley, large
physiographie features variously named locally, and would seem to
suggest that, if a natural trend of distribution for the species south-
ward from the region of its more general occurrence be sought, the
plant may be found to extend away from, rather than along, the tops
of the higher mountains. Though this is not usually the case with
northern types extending southward along the mountains it would
appear to agree very well with the general distribution which Prof.
Fernald, in his revision of the species, has noted for Trisetum spicatum
var. molle which he has shown is found “in more temperate areas of
the Canadian and "Transition. regions." Information concerning
the exact location of the plant at Roan Mountain, North Carolina,
which physiographically may be considered as a part of the Older
Appalachian Mountain Ranges, is not available but even should it
occur with other northern plants known to grow on its summit at an
elevation of 6313 feet it is only what may be expected of northern
plants so far south. Since the plant through its discovery in Penn-
sylvania has been shown, as Prof. Fernald predicted, to be “‘some-
where along the way between the Mohawk Valley and North Carolina,"
may it not be still further suggested that future discoveries of the plant
southward along the mountains may probably be found to occur
along the Great Appalachian Valley or, especially southward, in
close relation to the Older Appalachian Mountain Ranges.
ALLENTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA.

1 Flora of the vicinity of New York, Norman Taylor, 1915.

? Collected July 15, 1917, no. 8910, on open shale outcrops of the Martinsburg formation
along the Lehigh River in Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, at an elevation of about 260 feet and
beside the tracks of the Lehigh Valley Railroad about 12 miles southeast by south of Slatington
station. June 23, 1918, no. 9390. Material of this second collection has been placed in the
herbarium of the U. S. National Museum at Washington, D. C., in the Gray Herbarium,
Harvard. University, Cambridge, Massachusetts, and at the New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park, New York City.

Vol. 21, no. 246, including pages 105 to 116, was issued 2 June, 1919.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. August, 1919. No. 248.
CONTENTS:

Eragrostis peregrina and its two Allies. Bayard Long . Pueri

A new Polygonum from Massachusetts. M. L. Fernald Jo) BAO

Field Trips of the New England Botanical Club, 1919 s EIRT E

Field Meeting of Vermont Clubs. 6. P. Burns i = Bers r E

The Identity of Angelica lucida. M. L. Fernald ide 144

Another exceptional Specimen of Daucus Carota. E. H. Eames 147
The white-flowered Bird's Eye Primrose. M. L. Fernald . M M Pb
Notes from Matinicus. C. A. E. Long . ^ s i s.) 248

Boston, Mass. | Providence, TR. T.

1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
' TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled
by M. A Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collec-
tor’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by
the Gray Hersartum, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts.
each. Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 21. August, 1919. No. 248.

THE SPECIFIC CHARACTERS OF ERAGROSTIS PEREGRINA
AND ITS TWO ALLIES.

BAYARD Lona.

HACKEL based his Eragrostis pilosa var. condensata' upon a weed
occurring in the Grand-Ducal Palace Garden at Karlsruhe. When
Professor K. M. Wiegand renamed this plant E. peregrina? in 1917
he had material from eight stations. In a recent article on the occur-
rence of the species about Philadelphia ? it was noted as frequent in
this region and more than thirty-five stations for it were mentioned.
The greater number of these records are supported by copious suites
of material, mostly collected during 1917. In the past season a
goodly number of additional collections have been made, especially
by Mr. Harold W. Pretz in Lehigh County, Pennsylvania. In conse-
quence there have accumulated at Philadelphia some hundreds of
specimens from more than fifty stations. Because of this abundant
material now at hand— much more than previously has been avail-
able in any study of this plant— a favorable opportunity has arisen
to amplify or, in some cases, to reconsider the characters advanced
by Hackel and the additional ones noted by Professor Wiegand, as
well as to weigh their critical comments.

The affinities of this plant, it may be well to recall, lie with Æ.
Purshii as well as E. pilosa. There has been a failure among many
American botanists in rather recent years to separate the two latter

species, but a preliminary study several years ago indicated that these
à i

1 Hackel, Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. vii. 13 (1901).
2 Wiegand, Ruopora, xix. 93 (1917).
3 Long, Ruopora, xx. 173 (1918).

134 Rhodora [AvausT

two plants could be separated with a marked degree of success. With
the present interest in E. peregrina, a comparative study of the three
plants was undertaken — not only because of the previous conviction
of the distinctness of E. Purshii but particularly because of a number
of exceptions noted by Professor Wiegand in his discussion of the
distinguishing character of E. peregrina. Hackel had compared his
plant chiefly with E. pilosa but he also distinguished it from Æ.
Purshii. Professor Wiegand on the other hand, including E. Purshii
in E. pilosa, compared his E. peregrina with a much more complex
species-group. It was suspected that the breaking down of certain
characters through exceptions was alone due to the failure to dis-
tinguish E. Purshii. With a further study of the group these excep-
tions were found to clear away and E. peregrina, as well as E. Purshii,
to stand free from E. pilosa.

"The characters of Eragrostis peregrina compared with those of E.
pilosa and E. Purshii, critical comments, and certain observations
apparently new may be taken up in the general sequence of a detailed
description.

Of the most constant differences, the greatest stress is rightly laid
by Professor Wiegand upon the absence of the long hairs on the
auricles of the sheath. A slight delimitation of this character, ap-
parently, should be made. The condition would seem to be more
accurately described, if the absence of the hairs be noted on, say, the
upper sheaths — the lower sheaths and those on short sterile branches
are very often supplied with well developed auricular hairs. This
possibly somewhat technical observation in no way depreciates the
value of this important character brought to light by Professor
Wiegand. l

The distinguishing character of the solitary branches of the panicle,
maintained by Hackel, is to be given critical consideration. That
the panicle-branches of E. peregrina are solitary and those of E. pilosa
in 2's or 4's in the strict sense does not seem to be borne out by a
series of specimens, but there is here the germ of a very excellent
diagnostic character. In the examination of several hundreds of
specimens from many different stations it has been noted that the
base of the panicle in E. peregrina is consistently composed of a single
branch, its point of origin well differentiated from the branch next
above, while in E. pilosa it is characteristically a pair or a whorl of
branches. In E. Purshii a somewhat intermediate condition seems to

1919] Long,— Eragrostis peregrina 135

exist — either single or opposite branches at the base of the panicle.
Professor Wiegand notes that “The branches of the panicle...are
sometimes solitary in smaller forms of E. pilosa (including E. Purshii).”
These forms are probably E. Purshii, not true E. pilosa. But it will
be agreed, doubtless, that the value of a character so palpably de-
pendent upon normal growth need not be discounted by casual small
forms.

The absence of the hairs in the axils of the panicle-branches appears
to be perfectly constant in E. peregrina and therefore diagnostic
for the species. Hackel notes that they are, however, sometimes
absent in E. pilosa; the same is to be said of E. Purshii: hence this
character must be valued accordingly.

Hackel’s statement that in ŒE. peregrina “the branches of the
panicle are spikelet-bearing to the base so that the panicle appears
much denser” while in E. pilosa they are “branched from the one-
third or one-half point upward and loosely provided with spikelets "'
describes the condition in these two species perhaps sufficiently
accurately, but Professor Wiegand’s phrasing, in the case of E. pere-
grina, “spikelet-bearing to near the base," is certainly preferable.
Professor Wiegand's comment,...* E. pilosa (including E. Purshii)
...in smaller plants of the latter species the spikelets extend far
toward the base of the branches," was apparently induced by his
comparison with plants of true E. Purshii. This last species rather
characteristically has spikelets arising from quite near the bases of the
branches. This character technically distinguishes E. peregrina from
E. pilosa but not from E. Purshii. Another point: E. Purshii as well
as E. pilosa having open, sparse panicles, obviously the denseness of
the panicle in E. peregrina is not alone due to the panicle-branches
being spikelet-bearing to the bases, as Hackel seems to infer. The
point to be noted is that the panicle of E. peregrina bears up to five
or more times as many spikelets as either of its allies. When A
numerical character becomes as tangible as in this case, it assumes
as much importance, it is believed, as is commonly accredited the
number of florets in a spikelet in this genus.
_ The spikelets show characters of more or less differentiating value.
The shape appears to be rather distinctive. In E. peregrina it is
characteristically ovate or ovate-oblong; in E. Purshii, ovate-lanceo-
late; in E. pilosa, tending to be linear. In the width of spikelet Æ.
peregrina is practically indistinguishable from E. Purshii but rather

136 Rhodora [AUGUST

readily separable from E. pilosa; the spikelets in the first two are
ordinarily about 1.5 mm. wide; in the last, about 1.0 mm. In such
closely allied species the length of the spikelet and the number of
florets in a spikelet may not be expected to furnish very tangible points
of difference. Furthermore considerable variation is found in differ-
ent colonies of the same species, in different individuals of the same
colony and in spikelets of different age upon the same plant.| How-
ever, it can readily be shown that a tendency to increase of length and
number of florets runs from E. peregrina through E. pilosa to E.
Purshii. The spikelets in E. peregrina are characteristically well
under 5. mm. (and rarely if ever over that length); in E. pilosa, some-
what tending to exceed 5. mm.; in E. Purshii, rather frequently well
over 5. mm. A similar ratio of increase occurs in the number of
florets: in E. peregrina commonly under 10; in E. pilosa, occasionally `
over 10, up to about 12; in E. Purshii, frequently over 10, at times
as many as 15.

It is to be maintained that the very short pedicels of E. peregrina
constitute an excellent diagnostic character, liable to very little if
any confusion from supposed short pedicels in E. pilosa. In di-
mensional characters of this kind it is commonly no difficult task to
pick out individual cases that would seem to show the given measure-
ments to be of little value. But in the present instance it may be
confidently asserted that with experience this character will be recog-
nized as of the greatest service. It immediately distinguishes FE.
peregrina from E. Purshii, which latter species commonly has quite
long pedicels — in fact from several to many times longer.

The character of smooth empty glumes may be reapportioned
among the three species. They are characteristically quite smooth
in Æ. peregrina but Professor Wiegand further notes that in E. pilosa
they are usually but not always scabrous on the keel. This latter
statement is to be connected with the inclusion of E. Purshw in E.

1 The spikelets of all three species are subject to a notable reduction in length and number
of florets in the later panicles. This seems to be most marked in E. peregrina. When
bearing short spikelets of rather few florets E. peregrina will appear to almost assume the
key-characters commonly used for E. Frankii. In fact, in general appearance — size of
plant, habit of growth, many-flowered panicle with stiff, spreadiog branches —it often
bears a greater likeness to this species than to either E. pilosa or E. Purshii. When the ripe
grains are protruding from the spreading scales, in plants showing this marked reduction,
E. Frankii is so strongly simulated that at a distance it is no slight task to distinguish the
two with accuracy. Professor T. C. Porter, as shown by his own determinations, consistently
referred the plant to E. Frankii.

1919] Long,— Eragrostis peregrina 137

pilosa. It appears that E. pilosa has essentially smooth empty
glumes while a scabrous keel seems to be a very excellent index of E.
Purshii. Good characters are also to be found in the actual and
relative dimensions of the empty glumes. In E. peregrina the lower
empty glume is very much reduced, measuring only about 0.5 mm. in
length; the upper, about 1.0 mm. About the same condition occurs
in E. pilosa but some variability is present. In E. Purshi the lower
measures about 1.0 mm. and the upper about 1.5 mm. The minute
lower empty glume will constantly differentiate E. peregrina (and
usually E. pilosa) from E. Purshiv.

That “the florets are. . .somewhat smaller," as Professor Wiegand
observes, would appear to belong to the comparison with E. Purshit.
There appears to be little tangible difference between those of E.
peregrina and E. pilosa but the rather larger florets of E. Purshit will
be appreciated with a little experience. Dimensionally the former two
species may be said to have florets usually under 1.5 mm. in length;
the latter, commonly over 1.5 mm.

Professor Wiegand, in commenting upon the statement of Hackel
that “The plant is closely related to the E. Purshii (caroliniana) but
. js distinguished from it by the absence of conspicuous lateral nerves
on the flowering glume,” says, “The lateral nerves of the flowering
glumes are always inconspicuous but there are occasional specimens
of E. pilosa in which they are equally indistinct." My own observa-
tions indicate that, as in other characters, E. peregrina shows itself
to be very closely related technically to E. pilosa, and in the matter
of distinctness of the lateral nerves very little if any differentiation
can be drawn between these two species, but E. Purshit may be
separated from them both, with a fair degree of satisfaction, by its
quite conspicuous nerves. Professor Wiegand's observation, one
may believe, is due to the abundant material of E. Purshii which he
had for comparison and the relatively small series of real E. pilosa —
if the material at Cambridge and New York runs similar to that at
Philadelphia.

The use of*texture and color of the flowering glumes by some authors
as key characters to separate E. pilosa and E. Purshi induced a
comparative examination of these features in the three species. At
best, characters of this kind do not seem overly distinetive. In the
present case very little satisfaction is obtained in endeavoring to
distinguish between “thin” and “firm,” and “purplish,” whether

138 Rhodora [AUGUsT

"bright" or “dull.” It seems practically impossible to differentiate
textures and the best that can be said of the coloring is that E. pilosa
and E. peregrina seem to have a greater tendency to be somewhat
“purplish” tinged than E. Purshii. It seems very doubtful if there
is any real value in these points — certainly none to distinguish
readily E. peregrina.

A distinction, apparently not previously noted, is to be found in
the behavior of the paleas on the maturity of the grain. It is well
known that in Eragrostis the paleas are often persistent after the fall
of their lemmas but this point does not seem to have been used very
extensively (or possibly found constant) as a diagnostic character.
In the course of field study embracing mostly E. Purshii and E. pere-
grina it became apparent that in the former the paleas are very per-
sistent and tightly appressed to the rachilla, even after the panicle
has become completely dead and broken up. A very characteristic
appearance is produced, somewhat suggesting a shriveled or desiccated
spikelet. On the other hand it was found that in E. peregrina all the
scales, including the paleas, immediately fall away with the ripened
grain from the rachilla.. The denuded, close, short zigzag of the
rachilla proves to be a character of considerable value. It is not to
be supposed, of course, that every palea always falls away but the
tendency is so very strong that if a mature panicle be pulled through
the fingers any paleas still attached will invariably break away at
once, showing their natural disarticulation. This process applied
to E. Purshii rarely if ever disturbs a single palea. It has not been
possible to examine satisfactorily the behavior of the paleas in Æ.
pilosa, as field experience with this species has been too meager to be
conclusive, but it would appear that the paleas are more or less de-
ciduous. In E. peregrina and E. Purshii this point is definite and
distinctive but in E. pilosa herbarium material suggests it to be a
variable character.

Of differences almost microscopic, but apparently distinctive in a-
way, the size of the grain may be noted. "That of E. peregrina is the
smallest, measuring about 0.5-0.6 mm. in length. That of E. pilosa
and of E. Purshii averages about 0.7-0.8 mm. These measurements
are too minute and too close to be of much practical service — particu-
larly when some variation must be allowed for spikelets of different
ages.

It might seem from a critical examination of the foregoing comments

1919] Long,— Eragrostis peregrina 139

that, while E. Purshii has been separated from the group with some
satisfaction, E. peregrina has been almost comprehended in E. pilosa.
And, truth to tell, its relationship, on a majority of points, does lie
more nearly with E. pilosa, but in the possession of several constant
and unique charaéters it amply proves itself specifically distinct from
both its allies. l

The characters of E. peregrina may be briefly summarized. The
most distinctive, separating the plant from both Æ. pilosa and E.
Purshii, would appear to be: absence of auricular hairs on the upper
sheaths; panicle densely flowered, bearing a great number of spikelets;
spikelets ovate or ovate-oblong; pedicels of the spikelets very short.
Of scarcely less value are those characters which are constant for £.
peregrina but shared by one or the other of its allies — or both, in the
single case of absence of hairs in the axils of the panicle branches.
Among these may be noted: base of the panicle consisting of a single
branch; absence of hairs in the axils of the panicle-branches; branches
of the panicle spikelet-bearing to near the base; spikelets about 1.5
mm. wide; empty glumes with smooth keels, the lower one about
0.5 mm. long; florets small, usually under 1.5 mm. in length; lateral
nerves of the flowering glumes inconspicuous; paleas deciduous.

Similarly, the most salient characters separating Æ. pilosa from its
two allies seem to be: panicle-branches branched from the one-third
to the one-half point upward; spikelets tending to be linear, about
1.0 mm. wide. Characters constant for the species but shared by FE.
peregrina or E. Purshii: auricles of the sheaths bearing long hairs;
base of the panicle a pair or a whorl of branches; panicle
sparsely flowered; pedicels of the spikelets long; empty glumes with
smooth keels, the lower one about 0.5 mm. long; florets small, usually
under 1.5 mm. in length; lateral nerves of the flowering glumes in-
conspicuous.

For E. Purshii the two categories of characters may be noted in
like manner. First: spikelets ovate-lanceolate; empty glumes with
scabrous keels, the lower one about 1.0 mm. long; florets larger,
usually over 1.5 mm. in length; lateral nerves of the flowering glumes
conspicuous; paleas persistent. Second: auricles of the sheaths
bearing long hairs; branches of the panicle spikelet-bearing to near
the base; panicle sparsely flowered; pedicels of the spikelets long;
spikelets about 1.5 mm. wide.

It is not to be thought that in the distinguishing of E. pilosa, E.

140 Rhodora [Avavsr

Purshii and E. peregrina the difficulties surrounding this group have
been removed. It is believed that they are in part ameliorated, but
while E. peregrina and «E. Purshii appear to be very definite species
units, each quite constant in its characters, the same cannot so cer-
tainly be said of E. pilosa. In fact the amount of variation seen in the
material grouped together under E. pilosa is so much more pronounced
than in the two allied species that it is strongly suspected this is by
no means a homogeneous series. E. Purshii has proved to be so
satisfactorily separable, despite critical opinion to the contrary, that
one is naturally inclined to a belief that this is a group still deserving
careful study.

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

A NEW POLYGONUM FROM SOUTHEASTERN MASSA-
CHUSETTS.

M. L. FERNALD.

IN 1913, while exploring the ponds of Plymouth, Massachusetts,
with Messrs. Francis W. Hunnewell and Bayard Long, the writer was
much interested in a strictly indigenous annual Polygonum of the
sandy pond-margins which was obviously related to the naturalized
P. Persicaria L. but which had more slender and more richly colored
spikes. Although it was obvious that this indigenous plant of south-
eastern Massachusetts could not be exactly matched by P. Persicaria,
no serious attempt was made to differentiate the two until further
observations could be made. It is noteworthy, however, that in
1915, Mr. C. A. Weatherby, collecting the plant of “sandy strand of a
pond" on Cape Cod, should have labeled his material “ Pol lygonum
Persicaria L.?” In 1918 the real opportunity to watch the plant
came when the writer spent the summer on C ape Cod with side-trips
into Plymouth. In this exploration he was accompanied most of the
time by Mr. Long and the native Polygonum was found to be uni-
versally distributed on the Cape, and everywhere a plant strictly
of pond-margins. The ubiquitous weed, P. Persicaria, with its
duller pink spikes, was naturally abundant near houses and about
the farms, and the indigenous plant held its own peculiar differences

1919] Fernald,— New Polygonum 141

with constancy. Detailed study in the herbarium brings out other
points which will be discussed below and which justify the descrip-
tion of the indigenous plant as

Potyconum puritanorum, n. sp., annuum; caule gracile decum-
bente adscendente vel erecto 1-6 dm. longo deinde ramosissimo
ramis glabris vel plus minusve strigosis; ochreis laxe cylindricis
strigosis ciliatis; foliis rhomboideo-lanceolatis utrinque acuminatis
acutis vel subacutis breviter petiolatis vel subsessilibus plerumque
immaculatis subtus plus minusve strigosis primariis 3-10 cm. longis
0.7-1.6 cm. latis; pedunculis erectis glabris vel strigosis longioribus
1-5 cm. longis; spicis densissimis cylindricis primariis 1-3.5 cm.
longis 4-6.5 mm. crassis; ochreolis brunnescentibus ciliatis; peri-
anthiis roseis vel purpureis 1.8-2 deinde 2.4-2.6 mm. longis maturitate
laevibus vel obsolete nervosis; pedicellis inclusis vel paullo exsertis;
staminibus 5-6; achaeniis ovato-orbicularibus biconvexis vel trigonis
atris lucidis 2 mm. longis 1.4 mm. latis plerumque inclusis.

Annual: stem slender, decumbent, ascending or erect, 1-6 dm. long,
finally much branched; branches glabrous or more or less strigose:
ochreae loosely cylindrie, strigose, ciliate: leaves rhombic-lanceolate,
acuminate at base and apex, acute or subacute, short-petioled or
subsessile, usually unspotted, more or less strigose beneath; the
primary ones 3-10 cm. long, 0.7-1.6 cm. broad: peduncles erect,
glabrous or strigose; the longer 1-5 cm. long: spikes very dense,
cylindric; the primary 1-3.5 cm. long, 4-6.5 mm. thick: ochreolae
brownish, ciliate: perianths rose-pink or purple, 1.8-2, becoming
2.4-2.6 mm. long, in maturity smooth or only obsoletely nerved:
pedicels included or a little exserted: stamens 5 or 6: achenes ovate-
orbicular, biconvex or trigonous, black, lustrous, 2 mm. long, 1.4 mm.
broad, mostly included.— Plymouth and Barnstable Cos., Massa-
cHUSETTS: sandy shore of Clear Pond, Plymouth, August 30, 1913,
Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, no. 9,402; damp sandy beach of Boot
Pond, Plymouth, September 6, 1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, no.
9,400; damp sandy beach of Great South Pond, Plymouth, September
6, 1913, Fernald, Hunnewell & Long, no. 9,401; gravelly and sandy
beach, Little Sandy Pond, Plymouth, August 7 & 8, 1918, Fernald &
Clark, no. 16,755; wet sandy or gravelly lower beach, Half-way Pond,
Barnstable, September 4, 1918, Fernald & Long, no. 16,759; Yar-
mouth, September 10, 1907, E. W. Sinnott; Scargo Pond, Dennis,
August 22, 1907, E. W. Sinnott; sandy strand of a pond, Dennis,
October 1, 1915, C. A. Weatherby; sandy beach, Buck Pond, Harwich,
July 8, 1918, Fernald, no. 16,752; sandy and gravelly beach, Hawk's
Nest Pond, Harwich, July 28, 1918, Fernald, no. 16,754; bare sandy
beach, east end of Long Pond, Harwich, August 14, 1918, Fernald &
Long, no. 16,756 (rype in Gray Herb.); sandy beach, Seymour Pond,
Harwich, September 19, 1918, Fernald & Weatherby, no. 16,762;

142 Rhodora [Auausr

wet sandy shore of Sheep Pond, Brewster, July 4, 1911, F. S. Collins,
no. 1,184, July 11, 1918, Fernald, no. 16,753; sandy beach of Cliff
Pond, Brewster, August 27, 1918, Fernald & Long, no. 16,757; wet
sandy beach of Long Pond (east of Cliff Pond), Brewster, August 27,
1918, Fernald & Long, no. 16,758; wet sandy lower beach of second
pond north of No Bottom Pond, Brewster, September 7, 1918, Fernald
& Long, no. 16,760; lower damp sandy beach of Griffith’s Pond,
Brewster, September 12, 1918, Fernald, no. 16,761; sandy shore of
pond, Eastham, August 8, 1907, F. S. Collins, no. 425.

Related on the one hand to P. Persicaria L., on the other to P.
minus Hudson. P. Persicaria has thicker spikes, the mature primary
ones 7-11 mm. thick; larger flowers and achenes, the achenes 2.5-3
mm. long, and often slightly exserted at maturity; and in the mature
perianth the lower half of the segments is usually reticulated or
strongly nerved. Besides these more constant characters there are
others less pronounced: when well developed P. Persicaria is a much
coarser plant and the primary leaves may become 2-4 cm. wide; in
P. Persicaria, also, the pedicels are inclined to be more exserted,
though this character is not a reliable one.

P. puritanorum in its smooth small perianth and small achene is
nearer to P. minus than to P. Persicaria. P. minus, however, has
decidedly less rhombic-lanceolate leaves, its primary leaves being
lanceolate or linear-lanceolate to narrowly oblong; the spikes of P.
minus are extremely slender and loosely flowered, much as in P.
Hydropiper; and the achenes are ovate rather than ovate-orbicular.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1919] Burns,— Vermont Clubs 143

FIELD TRIPS OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB,
1919.

Tur Berkshire field trip with a center at Pittsfield from May 29th
to 31st was attended by nine men, who during the two days of active
field work explored typical sections of nine townships. As a result
the Club Herbarium will be enriched by many hundreds of sheets
representing nearly 500 species, many of them heretofore known from
only one or two stations in the state (for instance, Salix serissima con-
spicuously in flower in late May and collected in nearly all the towns
visited) while at least eight plants new to the state were collected.

It is too soon to report in detail upon these collections but the result
of the trip is so gratifying that the Committee feels justified in urging
a second field trip this year. It is consequently planned to spend the
week-end including Labor Day, from Saturday, August 30th, to Mon-
day, September Ist, exploring the ponds and bogs of western Rhode
Island and adjacent eastern Connecticut. This region is as little
known as any section of southern New England, largely because it is
not readily accessible by railroad, and it is earnestly hoped that mem-
bers who can provide automobiles for this exploration will feel ready
to do so. Only a few of the ponds of this border line between Rhode
Island and Connecticut have yet been touched by botanists but these
have brought to light so many isolated, southern coastal-plain types
that a concerted effort to explore many of them should yield most
interesting. results. Wallum Pond, at the northeastern corner of
Rhode Island and in adjacent Worcester County, Massachusetts, is
the only station in southern New England for Sclerolepis uniflora.
Slightly to the south, Long Pond in ‘Thompson, Connecticut, is the
pond so invitingly recommended by Mr. Weatherby in the April
number of RHopora, where in a partial survey he and Mrs. Weatherby
found many species new to the county and Aster nemoralis and Eleo-
charis interstincta new to the state. Beach Pond in Voluntown, Con-
necticut, and Exeter, Rhode Island, is the only station in New England
for the rare southern Eleocharis Torreyana; and Grassy Pond in Hop-
kinton apparently received its name from the great profusion there of
Panicum longifolium, one of the rarest grasses of southern New
England. These are only a few of the ponds in this boundary tract
but they have proved so productive that the Committee feels certain
that a concerted exploration by automobile of this area of western
Rhode Island and eastern Connecticut will yield of large results.

All members who wish further notice of the plan, including the
details as to the meeting place, should notify Mr. R. C. Bean, 48
Emerson Street, Wakefield, Mass.

M. L. FERNALD, Chairman
R. C. BEAN
C. H. KNOWLTON

Committee on
| Field Excursions.

144 Rhodora [AvcusT

THE ANNUAL FIELD MEETING OF THE VERMONT BOTANICAL AND
Birp CLuss will be held at No. Hero, Aug. 5 and 6, 1919. Head-
quarters will be at the Irving House, No. Hero, where the members
of the Clubs will assemble the evening of the 4th. If the attendance
is beyond the capacity of the House, automobiles will be in waiting
to take members to adjacent hotels. Meals at Irving House 50 to
60 cents. Members coming by train can reach No. Hero by Rutland
R. R. from Burlington or Rouses Pt. There is no boat service as in
former years. As the usual winter meeting was omitted this year,
it is hoped that the members will make a special effort to get together
this summer. The region is especially rich in shore and water plants
and trips will be made to “The Gut," Pelot's Bay, and other points
of botanical interest.— Gro. P. Burns, Sec.

THE IDENTITY OF ANGELICA LUCIDA.
M. L. FERNALD.

IN 1635, in his remarkable History of Canadian Plants, Cornut
described and illustrated by a beautiful plate Angelica lucida! from
Canada. The plant was soon cultivated in various gardens and was
described or cited in numerous works of the 18th century, Morrison's
History, Hortus Cliffortianus, etc., and eventually was taken up by
Linnaeus in the Species Plantarum (1753) as a valid species, under
Cornut’s original name. Under this name the species was accepted
by post-Linnean authors, Crantz, Jacquin, Aiton, Sprengel, Torrey,
DeCandolle, Hooker, Beck, Eaton & Wright and others until in 1848,
in the 2d edition of Beck's Botany of the United States, it made its
last formal appearance as an American plant. Prior to that, how-
ever, in 1840, Torrey & Gray had cast upon it a doubt, as a result of
which Angelica lucida was omitted from most subsequent treatments
of the American flora. After citing the authentic material preserved
in the Vaillant herbarium and giving a very detailed description,
Torrey & Gray said: “This plant has been common in the gardens
of Europe for 200 years, and appears to have been introduced by
Cornuti, on whose authority alone it stands as a North American
species. It is a genuine Angelica, according to authentic specimens
which we examined in the herbarium of the Hortus Cliffortianus,
and that of Vaillant. The segments are ovate, about an inch long,

1 Cornut, Canadensium Plantarum Historia, 196, 197 (1635).

1919] Fernald,— Identity of Angelica Lucida 145

sessile, unequally serrate. and mostly decurrent or confluent at the
base. The rays of the umbel are unusually thick; the involucels of
about 8 lanceolate-spatulate leaflets. Fruit (immature) ovate:
dorsal ribs slightly winged; the lateral ones dilated into a distinct .
wing. Vittae very large and filled with a pungent oil. Commissure
with 2 vittae.”! In his original manuscript note upon which the
above statement was based Dr. Gray had also said of A. lucida
“ Differs enough from anything I know, unless it can possibly be A.
atropurpurea — which, by comparison, it certainly is not!" ?

Subsequently, in his Bibliographical Index, Watson, although in-
cluding Angelica lucida as a valid species, said “ A very obscure species;
from Canada," ? and in 1888 Coulter & Rose, taking their cue from
Torrey & Gray, wrote: “A. LUCIDA L. is referred to Canada by Cor-
nuti, upon whose authority alone it stands as a North American spe-
cies. It has long been cultivated in Europe, but its existence as a
member of our flora is so very improbable that we do not include it”; *
and, as for the treatment in their later Monograph of the N orth Ameri-
can Umbelliferae the Canadian Angelica lucida L. might as well have
been published as coming from Europe for it is not even casually
mentioned.

That indigenous American material of Angelica lucida was not
recognized by Torrey & Gray in 1840 was natural enough, for they
had only one poor fragment or, as they described it, “fruit and flowers
only” from an island near Beverly, Massachusetts, and that specimen,
so unlike the plate of Cornut, they placed in the newly published
Archangelica peregrina Nutt. from the coast of Oregon. Under that
name or Archangelica Gmelini DC. or Coelopleurum Gmelini (DC.)
Ledeb. the plant of northeastern America was known until in 1900
Coulter & Rose, distinguishing it from the western species, renamed
it Coleopleurum actaeifolium (Michx.) Coult. & Rose,® based upon
Ligusticum actaeifolium Michx. from Canada.

Subsequently to the publication of the statement by Torrey &
Gray, however, Dr. Gray had for a time surmised that the seashore
Angelica of northeastern America, now passing as Coelopleurum

1 Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. A. i. 621 (1840).

2 Gray, Mss. on Herb. Mus. Paris.
-2 Wats. Bibl. Ind. 412 (1878).

4 Coult. & Rose, Rev. N. A. Umbell. 42 (1888).

5 Coult. & Rose, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. vii. no. 1 (1900).
6 Coult. & Rose, l. c. 142 (1900).

146 -Rhodora [AUGUST

actaeifolium, was Angelica lucida ; and in the 2d edition of the Manual,
we find at the end of the account of Archangelica peregrina the note:
“Perhaps it is the Angelica lucida L."' In the 3d edition this note
was dropped and in its stead appeared: “It is A[rchangelica] Gmelini,
of N. W. America," * and in the 5th edition (1867) the plant was
formally taken up as Archangelica Gmelini DC., while in Watson &
Coulter's revision (ed. 6) it became Coelopleurum Gmelini Ledeb.

That in 1856 Dr. Gray was correct in his surmise that the Coelo-
pleurum of northeastern America is Angelica lucida L. cannot be
doubted for a moment by any one who has become familiar with the
plant in the field. Although in rich woods or in fertile seashore-
thickets the plant may exceed 1 m. in height, thus greatly exceeding
the prescription, * Angelicae lucidae vix cubitum implet caulis" of
Cornut, in dry thickets and on rocky or gravelly, bushy slopes (the
" [nter siluarum aprica” of Cornut) the mature plant is only 2.54 dm.
high and the Cornut plate is beautifully matched by such sheets as
. Sornborger, no. 50, from Hopedale, Labrador, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 3,776, from Blane Sablon, Labrador, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3,775,
from Ingornachoix Bay, Newfoundland, Bro. Victorin, no. 76, from
Notre-Dame de Portage, Quebec; all distributed either as Coelo-
pleurum Gmelini or C. actaeifolium. There is, then, no question that
Cornut’s Angelica lucida, published in 1635 from Canada, actually
was of Canadian origin and that he illustrated a beautifully charac-
teristic small specimen of the species which has recently passed as
Coelopleurum actaeifolium (Michx.) Coult. & Rose. It is gratifying
to clear the obscurity which has so long invested this species and to
reinstate a plant taken up by Linnaeus in the Species Plantarum.
The plant should hereafter be called

CoELOPLEURUM lucidum (L.) n. comb. Angelica lucida L. Sp.
PI. i. 251 (1753). Ligusticum actaeifolium Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 166
(1803). Imperatoria lucida (L.) Spreng. Plant. Umbell. Prodr. 17
(1813). Angelica Archangelica Schrank, Pfl. Labrad. 13 (1818),
not L. Archangelica peregrina Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. A. i.
622 (1840) as to Massachusetts plant. Arch. Gmelini Gray, Man.
ed. 5, 193 (1867), not DC. C. Gmelini Coult. & Rose, Rev. N. A.
Umbell. 90 (1888) as to plant of eastern America, not (DC.) Ledeb.
C. actaeifolium (Michx.) Coult. & Rose, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
vii. 142 (1900).— Thickets, borders of woods, rocky or gravelly

1 Gray, Man. ed. 2, 154 (1856).
? Gray, Man. ed. 3, 154 (1862).

1919] Eames,—Specimen of Daucus Carota 147

shores, sand dunes, etc., along the coast, Greenland to Narragan-
sett Bay, Rhode Island.

In typical Coelopleurum lucidum the involucels are spatulate-
lanceolate or linear and entire, rarely exceeding the pedicels. On the
coast of New England, however, occurs a form in which all or nearly
all the involucels are converted into large 3-lobed or 3-parted serrate
leaves which conspicuously exceed the umbellules. This may be
called

C. LUCIDUM, forma frondosum, n. f., involucelli bracteolis foliaceis
trilobatis vel tripartitis serratis— Marne: Cape Porpoise, Kenne-
bunkport, July 2, 1901, Kate Furbish (rype in Gray Herb.); Wells,
1898, Kate Furbish. MASSACHUSETTS: Beverly Bay, August, 1847,
Chas. Pickering; Swampscott, August 5, 1836, C. W . Swan.

Gray HERBARIUM.

ANOTHER EXCEPTIONAL SPECIMEN OF Daucus Carota.— The
recent notes in Ruopora, xxi. 70 (1919), by Dr. Robinson concerning
a dark-flowered Daucus Carota L. remind the writer of a completely
colored specimen collected at Bridgeport, Conn., 11 Sept., 1918, by
Franklin A. Russell and now deposited in Gray Herbarium.

In this plant the petals throughout all the umbels were wholly
very dark purple, similar to those so commonly observed in the central
floret. The plant bore several similar compound umbels and was
normal in all respects except color of petals.

The “pale-roseate” color-phase seems to be near the other extreme.
Between the two are certain intermediates in which the marginal
portion of some or even all petals is dark purple, sometimes rather
sharply defined or usually gradually diffused toward a central roseate
tinge or to entire extinction. Such specimens sometimes display
entire petals of the darker color, very rarely, it is true to the extent
of any considerable part of one or many umbels,

These observations cover a period of years and have been limited
by the general infrequence of such abnormalities although not looked
upon as very remarkable.

In relation to the dark coloring of the flowers it may be worthy
of mention that the foliage of this species, as in numerous others of
the family, is quite commonly shaded or suffused in the same way
but, so far as the writer has observed, never in a definite relation to

148 Rhodora [Auausr

similar color in the flowers. The fertility and general vigor of all
seems to be about normal or even exceptionally robust in isolated
cases.— Epwin H. Eames, Bridgeport, Connecticut.

THe WHITE-FLOWERED Birp’s Eye Primrose.— Primula mis-
tassinica Michx. ordinarily has lilac or flesh-colored flowers, but
occasionally white corollas are found. In Newfoundland, however,
the white-flowered form is abundant, often the only color seen. The
plant is so strongly contrasted with the typical form of the species
that it should have formal designation and may be called

Primura MrSTASSINICA Michx., forma leucantha, n. f., corolla
lactea.

Corolla milk-white.— Type from NEwrouNDLAND: borders of
ponds on the limestone tableland, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mt., Port à
Port Bay, July 16 and 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,861.—
M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Nores rRoM Martinicus.—In the summer of 1918 the writer
noticed five or six plants of Amsinckia growing in and near an aban-
doned chicken-run. A specimen was sent to Prof. M. L. Fernald
for identification and he reports it to be Amsinckia Douglasiana
A.DC., a native of California, which is there abundant but which has
never before been reported from the east. It would appear that
having decided to come east, it made up its mind to come as far as
possible, as Matinicus is twenty miles off the Maine coast. It re-
mains to be seen whether it will become established or is just a casual. -

Another interesting fact concerning this island is that it is a hitherto
unpublished station for Typha angustifolia L. There is one large
marsh which is oceupied in about equal parts by T. angustifolia and
T. latifolia. Although unpublished, this station has been known to
me for a number of years. Previously its easternmost known habitat
was near the lower Kennebec. A specimen from Matinicus has been
verified by Professor Fernald, and deposited in the herbarium of the
New England Botanical Club.— C. A. E. Lone, Matinicus, Maine.

Vol. 21, no. 247, including pages 117 to 132, was issued 19 July, 1919.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.
FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 5 Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. September, 1919. No. 249.
CONTENTS:

Notes on New England Hepaticae,—XV. A.W. Evans . . 540

Variations of Ranunculus repens. M. L. Fernald . i . 169

November Flowers in northern Vermont. /.A. Howe . . -3290

Coreopsis rosea, forma leucantha. M. L. Fernald . : c UN
Nichols's Vegetation of Cape Breton (notice). MW. F. Ganong 171
A Flora of northeastern Pennsylvania (notice). M. L. Fernald . 172

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T.
1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most
important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways
exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not merely the flowering
plants, but pteridophytes and cellular cryptogams, and includes: not merely
genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. A work
of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of
sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at
$15.00 per 1000 cards.

GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in, by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. September, 1919. No. 249.

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— XV.
ALEXANDER W. EVANS.
(Plate 126.)

THE genus Nardia is well represented in New England. Of the six
species so far reported N. hyalina and N. obovata belong to Lindberg's
subgenus Eucalyx, a group which Breidler has raised to generic rank.
Two of the other species, N. scalaris and N. Geoscyphus, belong to the
subgenus Eunardia, while the remaining species, N. crenulata and
N. erenuliformis, form a connecting link between Eucalyx and Junger-
mannia. For a number of years the writer has been puzzled by a
species of Nardia which is closely related to N. hyalina and N. obovata.
It has been observed in several mountainous localities, especially in
the White Mountains, and seems to retain its distinctive features,
even while exhibiting a considerable range of variability. This
species is here proposed as new, and the characters of the two allied
species are discussed at some length for the sake of comparison.
Another interesting addition to be reported is Cephalozia Loitles-
bergeri, a species recently recorded from Nova Scotia. At the close
of the paper a few additions to local state floras and a revised census
of New England Hepaticae are given.

1. NARDIA HYaALINA (Lyell) Carringt. Brit. Hep. 35. pl. 11, f. 36.
1875. Jungermannia hyalina Lyell; Hooker, Brit. Jung. pl. 63.

1814. J. Schmideliana Hüben. Hep. Germ. 99. 1834. J. biformis
Aust. Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for 1869: 220. - Solenostoma hyalinum

Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory.

150 .. Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

"Mitt; Godman, Nat, Hist. Azores 319. 1870. Southbya biformis
Aust. Hep. Bor.-Amer. 26. 1873. Aplozia hyalina Dumort. Hep.
Eur. 58. 1874. Southbya hyalina Husnot, Hep. Gall. 16. 1875.
Nardia biformis Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 530. 1875. Eucalya
hyalinus Breidl. Mitt. Nat. Ver. Steiermark 30: 292. 1894. Meso-
phylla hyalina Corbière, Rev. Bryol. 31: 13. 1904. [Text figs. 1-9.]
On banks or earth-covered rocks. Maine: banks of the St. John
River, Fort Kent (A. W. E.); St. John Pond, upper reaches of the
St. John River (G. E. Nichols). New Hampshire: Randolph (A.W.E.).
Vermont: Newfane (M. A. Howe 32); Quechee Gulf, Hartford (A.
Lorenz 773); Brandon (D. L. Dutton 440, 726); Rochester, road from
Brandon (4. Lorenz). Massachusetts: West Newbury (C. C.
Haynes); Mt. Greylock (A. L. Andrews); Granville (A. Lorenz).
Connecticut: Ansonia (J. A. Allen); Middletown (A. W. E.); Nau-
gatuck (A. W. E., G. E. Nichols); Canterbury (S. B. Hadley); Water-
town (A. Lorenz). Specimens from the following stations outside
New England have likewise been examined by the writer: Lime Kiln
Falls, Herkimer County, New York (C. C. Haynes); near Closter,
New Jersey (C. F. Austin; distributed in Hep. Bor.-Amer. 28 in part,
as Jungermannia hyalina); Delaware Water Gap, New Jersey (C. F.
Austin; distributed in Hep. Bor.-Amer. 26, as Southbya biformis);
Milford, Pennsylvania (G. E. Nichols); Auburn, Alabama (F. E.
Lloyd & F. S. Earle); Ohio (L. Lesquereux; distributed in Austin’s
Hep. Bor.-Amer. 28 in part, as Jungermannia hyalina); Urbana,
Ohio (Mrs. M. P. Haines); Thompson Ledge, Geauga County, Ohio
(O. Hecker); Fayette, Wisconsin (L. S. Cheney); dells of the Wisconsin
River, Wisconsin (L. M. Underwood); valleys of the Montreal and
Wisconsin Rivers, Wisconsin (L. S. Cheney 3659, 3680, 3703, 5128,
4152); Galesville, Wisconsin (J. M. Holzinger); Pacific, Missouri
(N. L. T. Nelson 2024). Several of these specimens are in the her-
barium of the New York Botanical Garden.

Since the discovery of Nardia hyalina in the British Isles, over a
century ago, its known range in Europe has gradually been extended
until it now includes the greater part of the continent. There, as on
this side of the Atlantic, the species prefers low altitudes, rarely
ascending above the foothills of the mountains. Outside of Europe
it is known in the Old World from the Azores, Madeira and the Cana- `
ries, from Tunis, and from the southern shores of the Black Sea.
Its range in America is still incompletely known. What is apparently

1919] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—XV 151

the earliest record for the species was made by Gottsche, in 1803,
and was based on specimens collected by F. Müller in the Orizaba
region of Mexico. "The following year the same author ? reported it
somewhat doubtfully from the province of Bogotá, in Colombia, and
specimens from the Andes of Ecuador have since been described by
Spruce? and distributed in his exsiccatae. The writer has seen no
specimens from the tropics which represent unquestioned N. hyalina.
Spruce's Ecuador specimens are certainly closely related but differ
in their more erect habit, in the ventral decurrence of their leaves
and in the dense bundle of rhizoids lying along the ventral surface of
the stem. Similar specimens from Mexico and the West Indies have
also been examined, but whether these should be regarded as a well-
marked variety of N. hyalina or as a distinct species is not yet clear.
Gottsche's Mexican and Colombian specimens have co and
not been available for study.

In the United States the earliest report of N. hyalina was made in
1873 by Austin,! who distributed specimens, correctly determined,
from New Jersey and Ohio. In 1891, Underwood ? accredited the
species to California; in 1902 the writer * cited specimens from Maine,
Vermont, Massachusetts and Connecticut; and in 1908,7 from New
Hampshire. In the same year, in conjunction with Nichols, he?
listed four new stations for Connecticut and assigned to the species
a North American range extending from New England to Minnesota
and south to Maryland, this range being based largely on specimens
in his own herbarium. Unfortunately, some of the published records
for the species were based on plants which prove to have been incor-
rectly determined. Although definite stations for Maine, New
Hampshire and Connecticut are included in the revised list given
above, the original records for these states were based wholly or in
part on other species, while the specimens from Minnesota and Mary-
. land are either doubtful or incorrect. The confusion regarding the
species is due largely to the great variability which N. hyalina and its
allies exhibit. In the case of sterile material the difficulties of de-

1 Kongel. Danske Videns. Selk. Skr. V. 6: 185. 1863.

2 Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. V. 1: 119. 1864.

3 Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 18: 519. 1885.

4 Hep. Bor.-Amer. 28. 1873.

5 Zoe 1: 365. 1891. This record has not been confirmed.
5 Rnopona 4: 209. 1902.

7 Raopora 10: 192. 1908.
3 Conn. State Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 11: 51. 1908.

152 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

termination are still further increased, and species of other genera
with undivided leaves, such as Jungermannid, Jamesoniella and
Odontoschisma, are likely to be mistaken for the Nardia.

In its typical development N. hyalina forms more or less compact
tufts, with the stems prostrate to somewhat ascending. The color
is a pale or yellowish green, and the living plants show *a peculiar

Figs. 1-9. NARDIA HYALINA (Lyell) Carringt.

1,2. Stems with perianths, dorsal view, X 15. 3. Male stem, dorsal
view, X'15. 4. Cells from the median portion of a leaf, x 265. 5. Mar-
ginal cells from the same leaf, X 265. 6,7. Median and marginal cells from
a leaf of another specimen, x 265. 8. Median cells from another leaf of
the second specimen, X 265. 9. Cells from the mouth of a perianth, inner
surface, X 200. Rhizoids and the verruculae on the leaf-cells are not shown.
Figs. 1, 3, 4, 5 and 9 were drawn from a specimen collected at Brandon, Ver-
mont, by D. L. Dutton 726; the remaining figures, from a specimen collected
at Naugatuck, Connecticut, by the writer.

1919] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—XV_ 153

glistening appearance," which Macvicar! mentions and which often
aids in their recognition. Sometimes a reddish pigmentation becomes
manifest in the axes and leaves, and this may change the appearance
of the plants completely. Since, however, a distinetly red plant
often gives rise to new growths without pigmentation, the color can-
not serve as a basis for distinguishing varieties.

The branches seem to be invariably intercalary in character. They
are given off by the lateral segments and take their origin just above
the leaves, close to the ventral end of the line of attachment. What
induces the formation of branches is not always clear, but the cessa-
tion of growth in an axis seems often to stand in a direct causal rela-
tion. This cessation may be due to injury or to the development of
archegonia. In the latter case, especially in the absence of fertiliza-
tion, branching is almost sure to occur. The branches sometimes
arise at some distance behind the inflorescence, but are more likely
to develop as subfloral innovations, either between the perianth and
an innermost bract, or between two successive bracts. The basal
leaves of a branch are very small but these are succeeded, under
favorable conditions, by larger and larger leaves, the branch soon
acquiring the appearance of the axis from which it sprang. Schiffner ?
states that he has never seen stolons in N. hyalina, and most speci-
mens seem indeed to be quite free from them. The species does not
lack them completely, however, and they are sometimes produced
in considerable abundance. Even a Bohemian specimen,’ determined
by Schiffner himself, shows an occasional stolon, indicating that these
structures are by no means confined to American material. The
stolons are somewhat more slender than ordinary stems and tend to
grow downward. Their leaves are exceedingly rudimentary, and no
'ases have been observed where a stolon gave rise to a leafy shoot.

The leaves of N. hyalina (Figs. 1, 2) are usually somewhat imbri-
cated, and the lines of attachment are long and oblique, bending
abruptly downward at their ventral ends. The leaves are suborbicular,
the broadest part being just above the base; they are normally about
1 mm. long and wide, but vary greatly, the extremes being usually
between 0.75 mm. and 2 mm. The apex is broad and rounded or

1 Student's Handb. British Hepatics 134. 1912.

? Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 23: 135. 1909.

3 The label reads as follows: “Flora von Böhmen. Gegend von-Hohenfurth — Schwarz-
waldburg, Wegbéschung, 680m. 1896. 2/9. lgt. et det. Schiffner."'

154 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

rarely vaguely emarginate, and the margin is quite entire. At the
dorsal base there is usually a narrow but distinct decurrent portion,
but this is sometimes scarcely evident; it is especially marked when
the margin shows an abrupt turn just above the region of decurrence.
Although the leaves tend to spread widely from their long lines of
attachment, they are sometimes more or less concave and then often
assume an ascending or suberect position, the leaves of one side thus
approaching those of the other. On vigorous plants the leaves tend
further to be undulate, and this condition is usually best marked in
the upper leaves of a female branch and in the bracts themselves.
This is well shown in the figures published by Maevicar and Müller.!

As Schiffner has shown, the species of the subgenus Eucalyx exhibit
wide extremes in the size of their leaf-cells (Figs. 4-8), and these
extremes sometimes manifest themselves in the different leaves of an
individual plant. Specific differences based on differences in the size
of the cells must therefore be used with caution. The five specimens
_of N. hyalina distributed by Schiffner in his “ Hepaticae europaeae
exsiccatae" (Nos. 62, 63, 367, 368, 369), and coming from widely
scattered localities, gave the following average measurements: mar-
ginal cells, 23-34 u; median cells, 32-41 X 26-34 u. These measure-
" ments agree essentially with those obtained from North American
specimens, although one of the latter showed marginal cells ranging
from only 15 u to 28 u. Except for a slight difference in size the
marginal cells are like the others, and the leaves consequently lack
the specialized border which forms so distinctive a feature in N.
crenulata (Sm.) Lindb., N. crenuliformis (Aust.) Lindb. and certain
other species of the subgenus. Another feature which will help in
distinguishing the species from N. crenulata is the constant presence
of trigones. These are usually distinct, even when minute, and are
often conspicuous with bulging sides. In fresh material the oil
bodies in the cells stand out clearly but cannot often be detected in
dried specimens. Each cell contains from two to eight of these bodies,
which are oval or bluntly fusiform and measure 10-14 y in length and
9-6 u in width. They have even outlines but present the appearance
of being minutely granular in structure. According to Stephani ?
the cuticle of N. hyalina is papulose, but most authors describe it as
smooth and thus distinguish it from the striate-verruculose cuticle

1 Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: f. 272. 1909.
? Bull. de l'Herb. Boissier II. 1: 502. 1901.

1919] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—XV 155

of the closely related N. obovata (Nees) Lindb., a species to be dis-
cussed below. Schiffner! has pointed out the need of caution in
employing differences of this type in separating the species of Nardia.
In the writer's experience the cuticle of N. hyalina is sometimes
smooth throughout but often shows minute verruculae, which are
exceedingly delicate and inconspicuous. They are narrow and
parallel in the basal part of the leaf but gradually become shorter
toward the margin and show an oval or circular outline. The verru-
culae are sometimes confined to certain leaves of a plant or to certain
parts of a leaf; they are perhaps a little commoner in American
material than in European.

. Rhizoids are abundantly produced and often show a beautiful
claret color, a feature which has been much emphasized in descriptions
of the species. Since, however, the red color is not always present,
and since the rhizoids of N. obovata and other allied species are some-
times even more deeply pigmented, it is unwise to attach much im-
portance to the color as a specific character. The rhizoids spring
mostly from the ventral surface of the stem but occasionally from the
leaf-cells near the ventral base or even from the cells of the bracts and
perianth. This last condition is especially well seen in a deeply
pigmented specimen from Naugatuck, Connecticut, where some of the
old perianths are almost shaggy with rhizoids. In certain tropical
species the rhizoids show a tendency to grow backwards and to form
a compact bundle lying close to the stem, but this tendency is not
apparent in N. hyalina, the rhizoids growing out irregularly in all
directions.

Underleaves are normally absent, as the descriptions indicate, but
the ventral segments give rise to ephemeral appendicular organs which
are homologous with underleaves. These were described and figured
by Leitgeb ? many years ago. They are in the form of minute clusters
of slime-papillae, four or five being usually present in each cluster,
and it is easy to demonstrate them by dissecting off the apical portion
of a stem and clearing it with potash solution. As Leitgeb pointed
out, the papillae are really borne on the margin of a rudimentary scale
consisting of only a few cells.

Authors are now nearly unanimous in considering N. hyalina a
dioicous species. At one time, however, certain hepaticologists

1 esterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 50: 454 (footnote). 1910.
2 Unters. über Leberm. 2: 8. pl. 9, f. 10. 1875.

156 | Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

thought that the inflorescence was variable and that both monoicous
and dioicous plants occurred. Carrington,! for example, stated that
the species " was not always dioicous" and described androecia in the
form of "special branches attached to the ventral surface of fertile
shoots." Although the occurrence of ventral male branches has
apparently not been confirmed, Arnell? states that he has observed
paroicous individuals in material from Norway and Lower Austria,
and Müller admits an occasional paroicous inflorescence in the species.
Upon studying paroicous plants from the British Isles, Schiffner
noted that this type of inflorescence was associated with larger leaf-
cells, larger cells in the walls of the capsule, larger spores and wider
elaters. He therefore separated these plants from N. hyalina and
described them as a new species under the name N. paroica Schiffn.?
a species which British botanists have been quick to recognize. In
all probability the other paroicous plants, which have been referred
to N. hyalina, belong to Schiffner's new species, although this has not
yet been definitely established.

There is no sharp distinction between the leaves of N. hyalina and
the perichaetial bracts (Figs. 1, 2). A general increase in size and
especially in width is to be observed in most cases and often a greater
degree of undulation, but these modifications are sometimes scarcely
perceptible and even the innermost bracts may be essentially like
the leaves. Bracteoles, except as an abnormality, are not developed.
According to the descriptions the bracts in Nardia are more or less
concrete with the perianth. This expression, however, is not wholly
correct. There is really formed a shorter or longer perigynium in
the form of a cup, upon the outer surface of which the bracts are borne.
A similar but much deeper perigynium is characteristic of the genus
Isotachis, as Goebel * has clearly shown. The margin of the cup,
within the innermost bracts, gives rise to the actual perianth, the
length of which tends to vary inversely with the height of the peri-
gynium. In the case of N. hyalina the normal relation is figured by
Maevicar On one side the cup is about a third the length of the
perianth, on the opposite side about an eighth. This condition
represents one extreme; in the var. heteromorpha (Gottsche) Schiffn.,

1 Brit. Hep. 37. 1874.
? Leberm.-Stud. aus nórdl. Norwegen 38. 1892.
*.Letos 88:320. 1910. ` 5

4 Flora 96: 141. 1906.
5 Student's Handb. British Hepatics 133. f. 5. 1912.

1919] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XV 157

which represents the other, the cup is about one eighth the length of
the perianth on one side and scarcely developed at all on the side
opposite.

The perianth may begin to narrow at once or broaden out slightly
before narrowing, according to the height of the perigynium. If
fertilization has taken place it usually projects well beyond the bracts;
if fertilization has failed it remains shorter and often scarcely projects
at all. It usually narrows to the mouth without forming a distinct
beak. In the upper part and sometimes throughout the greater part
of its length, the perianth is deeply and irregularly plicate, the number
of folds varying usually from three to five. "These folds involve the
mouth itself, which has a longer periphery than at first appears. No
- distinct lobes can be made out upon dissection (except those formed
by tearing when the capsule is extruded, but the marginal cells project
as crenulations or short cilia (Fig. 9), which often bend inwards, and
sometimes small groups of the cells project slightly beyond their
neighbors and form vague crenations. In the vicinity of the mouth
and sometimes throughout the greater part of its extent the perianth
is composed of elongated cells. Usually, however, especially if
. fertilization has taken place, the basal part is composed of short,
almost isodiametric cells, and these occasionally extend almost to
the mouth. In the contracted terminal portion the cells on the inner
surface (especially along the internal folds) sometimes project slightly
as blunt and very short papillae (in Fig. 9 three such cells are shown)
and thus help the marginal cells in blocking up the mouth.

.A typical male inflorescence has been figured by Müller! The
bracts are loosely to closely imbricated and vary in number from one
or two pairs to a dozen or more. The cluster is at first terminal but
often becomes intercalary by the vegetative elongation of the branch.
A bract is usually a little shorter than the vegetative leaves of the
same axis and may be much shorter. When viewed from above it
presents the appearance of being complicate-bilobed with a rounded
keel tending to become straight or concave in the outer part, the
dorsal lobe being distinctly smaller than the ventral. "This dorsal
lobe represents an inflexed dilation of the basal portion of the leaf,
which (although slightly decurrent) is less obliquely attached than
in normal leaves. The ventral lobe is distinetly concave. In the

1 Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: f. 272 D. 1909.

158 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

pocket formed between the two lobes two or three antheridia are
situated. The typical condition just described is not always realized,
as Fig. 3 shows. The keel here is less rounded and the dorsal lobe is
almost as long as the ventral, although still much narrower. The
antheridia in bracts like these are sometimes borne singly.

According to Miiller the stalk of the capsule consists normally of
three concentric layers of cells, the outermost ‘numbering twenty in
cross-section, the second twelve, and the innermost four. He admits,
however, that there are deviations from these numbers, and the
writer would refer the stalk to the “type général" of Douin, in which
the number of cells present varies according to the robustness of the
plants. The capsule shows the usual thickenings in the walls of the
cells. Those on the outer surface average about 35 X 25 u and show
rod-like thickenings in both longitudinal and transverse walls. On
the inner surface the cells average about 13 u in width and usually
measure 30-50 u in length. Each cell shows from four to ten half-
rings, according to its length. The spores are 15-17 u in diameter and
the bispiral elaters average 9 u in width.

The various forms of N. hyalina in Europe have been carefully
studied by Schiffner? who recognizes the three following varieties,
in addition to the typical form of the species: var. heteromorpha
(Gottsche) Schiffn., var. subaquatica Schiffn., and var. ovalifolia
Schiffn. "These varieties have not yet been distinguished in American
material, and the writer is not prepared to designate any of the Ameri-
can forms by varietal names on account of the inconstancy of their
characters.

The synonyms of N. hyalina should evidently include N. biformis
(Aust. Lindb., as indicated above. This species has long been a
puzzle to students of the Hepaticae. It was based on male material
collected in 1867 by Austin at the Delaware Water Gap, New Jersey,
where it grew on steep, wet rocks. The original specimens were
distributed in Austin's exsiccatae, and no additional stations for the
species have been recorded. According to the original description
the species is " remarkable for the closely entangled and matted stems
and surculi, and for the leaves of two forms." The leaves of one
form, borne on the stems, are said to be obliquely semicircular or
broadly ovate, decurrent at the dorsal base, and entire or retuse at

1 Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 274. 1908.
? See Verhandl. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 53: 418-421. 1904.

1919] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XV 159

the apex; while those of the surculi, arising from the ventral surface
of the stems, are said to be half as large as the stem-leaves, ovate or
obovate in form, scarcely decurrent, and markedly obtuse at the apex.
Austin noted further that the uppermost rhizoids were sometimes red
but made no mention of the male bracts. These were detected by
Lindberg, who recognized an affinity between N. Ayalina and N.
biformis, emphasizing the purple rhizoids, but who made no attempt
to reduce the latter species to synonymy.

An examination of Austin's specimens indicates that they represent
an environmental modification. Possibly the development of the
numerous surculi has been induced by water flooding the prostrate
stems. These surculi are not especially distinctive, very similar
branches being often present in tufts of typical N. hyalina, especially
when the plants are crowded. Many of the leaves on the surculi are
distinctly though shortly decurrent, and the differences between the
two forms of leaves are often less marked than the original description
implies. The leaf-cells, as Austin notes, are thin-walled, but some of
them show minute trigones and the cuticle is often vaguely verruculose.
The male bracts agree closely with those of N. hyalina. On the whole
there seem to be no trustworthy characters for separating N. biformis
as a distinct species.

2. Nardia obscura sp. nov. Growing in more or less compact
tufts, bright green varying to deep blackish purple: stems mostly
1-2 em. long and 0.2-0.45 mm. in diameter, the older portions prostrate
and closely adherent to the substratum, the younger portions usually
free from the substratum, sparingly branched, the branches inter-
calary, arising from the lateral segments just above the ventral leaf-
bases, sometimes leafy but often in the form of slender stolons; no
subfloral innovations observed; rhizoids usually abundant on the
prostrate stems and stolons, rare elsewhere, colorless to deep purple,
not forming a ventral bundle; leaves distant to loosely imbricated,
slightly decurrent dorsally and sometimes ventrally, attached by
oblique lines but usually appearing subtransversely inserted at the
dorsal base, broadly ovate to orbicular, mostly 0.9 X 1.5 mm. long
and 0.75-1.5 mm. wide, usually rounded at the apex but sometimes
retuse, margin entire; leaf-cells thin-walled but with minute trigones,
marginal cells not differentiated, mostly 15-20 u in diameter, median
cells mostly 25-35 u long and 20-28 u wide, cuticle smooth to deli-
cately striate-verruculose: underleaves lacking: inflorescence dioicous,
the male and female plants sometimes in the same tuft: peri-
chaetial bracts in about two pairs, a little broader and more undulate
than the leaves but otherwise very similar; perigynium and perianth

160 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

together 1.5-2 mm. long and 0.7-1 mm. wide, the perigynium about
as long as the perianth or longer, usually bearing one bract on one side
and two on the other; perianth conical, shorter than the bracts,
irregularly plicate in the upper part, composed throughout of more or
less elongated cells, the mouth minutely crenulate (or short-ciliolate)
from projecting cells: androecium short, the bracts mostly in two to
six pairs, imbricated, deeply saccate and complicate, the dorsal part
usually a little smaller than the ventral but sometimes equalling or
surpassing it in size, keel strongly arched throughout or becoming
slightly concave in the outer part; antheridia borne singly or in pairs:
mature sporophyte not seen. [Plate 126.] .

On steep, damp rocks, usually in shaded ravines. Maine: banks
of the Carrabassett River, Jerusalem (J. F. Collins 1609; listed by
the writer as N. hyalina, RHopona 4: 209. 1902). New Hampshire:
banks of the Ellis River, Jackson (A. W. E.; distributed in Under-
wood & Cook's Hep. Amer. 83, as N. erenuliformis; listed by the
writer as N. obovata, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. 2: 298. 1900);
the “ V," Waterville (A. Lorenz 203; listed by the writer as N. hyalina,
Ruopoma 10: 192. 1908); same locality (A. W. E.); between the
Greeley Ponds, Waterville (4. Lorenz); Profile Brook and the Flume,
Franconia Mountains (C. C. Haynes, A. Lorenz & A. W. E.; listed
by Miss Lorenz as N. hyalina, Bryologist 11: 113. 1908); Coosauk
Falls, Triple Falls and the Ice Gulch, Randolph (A. W. E.); Hunting-
ton Ravine, Mt. Washington (4. W. E.). Vermont: Downer’s Glen,
Manchester (A. J. Grout; listed by the writer as N. obovata, RHODORA
7: 58. 1905). Massachusetts: Mt. Greylock (4. L. Andrews).
Connecticut: Beacon Falls (4. W. E.; listed by the writer as N.
hyalina, Conn. State Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 11: 51. 1908).
New York: Rainbow Falls, Adirondack Mountains (W. G. Farlow).
The specimen collected by the writer at the “V,” Waterville, New
Hampshire, on August 18, 1911, may be designated the type.

In some respects N. obscura is intermediate between N. hyalina
and N. obovata and it is not surprising that it has been confused with
both. It agrees with N. hyalina in its dioicous inflorescence and with
N. obovata in its deep perigynium; all three species have in common
the following features: suborbicular entire leaves, normally rounded
at the apex; thin-walled leaf-cells with trigones, the marginal cells
essentially like the others and therefore not differentiated to form a
border; more or less abundant rhizoids, often pigmented with red
or purple; and a plicate perianth without a beak, composed (at least
in part) of elongated cells.

1919] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—XV 161

Although N. obscura descends into the lowlands it is more at home
in the hills and lower mountains, not ascending above the tree line.
It prefers steep rocks in dark shaded ravines, especially where trickling
water is present during a part of the year; and the creeping stems and
stolons cling so closely to the substratum that it is difficult to separate
them. In some cases a sandy sediment collects about the plants,
only the tips protruding. In its choice of a habitat it therefore differs
from N. hyalina,* which prefers the lowlands and is almost never
directly attached to rocks, growing by preference on sandy banks or
in similar situations. There are also certain differences in color to
be observed: in N. obscura the color is originally a bright green, but
the pigmentation, which is purple rather than red, is usually present
to a greater or less extent and not infrequently involves the entire
plant; in N. hyalina the original color is pale or yellowish green, and
the pigmentation, which is reddish rather than purple, is often absent
altogether and very rarely involves the entire plant. Stolons can
nearly always be demonstrated in N. obscura, if the plants are care-
fully dissected apart, while in N. hyalina they are often not developed
at all.

In the leaves (Figs. 1—5) there are certain differences to be detected
when the plants are directly compared, but it is difficult to describe
them in words. Although the leaves are attached in both species by
long oblique lines, the basal part of the leaf in N. hyalina is usually
plane or convex, somewhat as it is in Plagiochila; in N. obscura, on
the other hand, it shows a tendency to be appressed to the stem for a
short distance and then sharply revolute, giving the effect of a more
transverse attachment. Retuse apices are perhaps a little commoner
in N. obscura than in N. hyalina, and sometimes, when taken in con-
nection with the purple pigmentation and the apparent subtransverse
insertion of the leaves, produce a vague resemblance to certain species
of Marsupella. According to the average measurements the leaf-
cells of N. obscura are a trifle smaller than those of N. hyalina, and the
cells are further distinguished by slightly smaller trigones (Figs. 6, 7).

The inflorescences, both male and female, yield excellent differential
characters. In N. obscura the perigynium equals or exceeds the
perianth in length (Figs. 1, 2, 8), and the latter organ is composed
throughout of more or less elongated cells and does not project beyond
the bracts; in N. hyalina the perigynium is considerably shorter
than the perianth, and the latter organ (at least when fertilized) is

162 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

composed in part of short cells and projects well beyond the bracts.
The male inflorescence in N. obscura (Figs. 3-5) tends to be shorter
than in N. hyalina, the bracts are more deeply saccate, and the dorsal
fold (or lobe) often equals or surpasses the ventral in size. It is to be
regretted that the capsules present in the material of N. obscura are
all immature, so that the characters exhibited by the valves and
spores are still unknown. The stalk, however, as shown by cross-
sections, conforms to Douin's “type général," just as in the case of
N. hyalina. ;

An Asiatic species which should be compared with N. obscura is
N. subtilissima Schiffn. This species was based on material collected
by Handel-Mazzetti in the province of Trebizond, Asia Minor, where
it grew on shaded rocks at an elevation of about 650 meters. Ac-
cording to Schiffner's full description N. subtilissima is stoloniferous
and dioicous, the perigynium is about as long as the perianth, and the
dorsal lobes of the male bracts are larger than the ventral. It has
been shown that this last feature is occasionally present in N. obscura,
and the other characters mentioned are likewise found in the American
species. The Asiatic plant, however, is much more delicate than
N. obscura, and seems to show no signs of pigmentation; the leaves
are elliptical, measuring only 0.5 X 0.4 mm., and the thin-walled leaf-
cells with very minute trigones usually measure only 18 X 18 u in the
middle of the leaf, rarely attaining a size of 25 X 18 y.

3. NARDIA OBOVATA (Nees) Lindb. Bot. Not. 1872: 167. Junger-
mannia obovata Nees, Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 1: 332. 1833. J.
flaccida Hüben. Hep. Germ. 87. 1834. Southbya obovata Lindb.;
Hartman, Handb. Skand. Fl. ed. 10, 2: 130. 1871. Eucalyx obovatus
Breidl. Mitt. Nat. Ver. Steiermark 30: 291. 1894. Aplozia obovata
Loeske, Moosfl. des Harzes 59. 1903. Mesophylla obovata Corbière,
Rev. Bryol. 31: 13. 1904. [Text figs. 10-14.] On damp or wet
rocks. Maine: east slope "saddle," Mt. Katahdin (J. F. Collins
. 2186b); Chimney Pond, Mt. Katahdin (A. Lorenz). New Hampshire:
Tuckerman's Ravine, Mt. Washington (J. A. Allen, A. W. E.);
Oakes Gulf, Mt. Washington (4. W. E.; distributed in Underwood
& Cook's Hep. Amer. 113, as Jungermannia cordifolia); Thompson’s
Falls, White Mountains (L. M. Underwood; distributed in Miss
Haynes's Amer. Hep. 6).

! Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien. 23: 136. pl. 7, f. 13-22. 1909.

1919] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—XV 163

The species was based on material collected in the Giant Mountains
of Silesia and Bohemia, and is widely distributed in Europe. In
America it is recorded in the literature not only from New England
but also from Greenland, Nova Scotia, Washington, California and
Colombia. It grows in damp or wet localities and is often submerged.
In temperate regions it prefers the higher mountains, attaining a
vigorous development above the timber line; in more northern
regions it sometimes descends to the sea level. It has been the cause
of fully as much confusion as N. hyalina, and some of the older reports
of its occurrence are in need of revision. Even the author of the
species, Nees von Esenbeck, sometimes failed to distinguish it from
Jungermannia amplexicaulis Dumort., a species which is scarcely
more than an aquatic form of J. sphaerocarpa Hook. By subsequent
writers it has perhaps been more confused with N. hyalina and other
species of Nardia. The Colombian record noted above, the only one
from South America, was published by Gottsche! many years ago
and was based on specimens collected by Lindig in the province of

.Bogotá. Gottsche described these specimens under a special varietal
name, 6 bogotensis, showing that he did not regard them as typical;
and in all probability they would now be considered distinct from
N. obovata. The Alaskan and Californian records are likewise open
to criticism. The first was based on specimens collected by Trelease ?
at Farragut Bay and Kadiak; the second on specimens collected by
Howe ? at Blue Lake, Humboldt County. In Trelease's specimens it
has proved quite impossible to demonstrate a paroicous inflorescence;
the plants are in all probability dioicous and therefore do not agree
with N. obovata, as understood at the present time. In Howe's
specimens the writer has found a single young perianth, in which the
mouth is contracted to a distinct beak. "This would indicate that it
belonged to the genus Jungermannia, and the specimen in question
is evidently very close to J. sphaerocarpa Hook., if, indeed, it should
not be referred to that species. The record from Washington, based
on specimens collected by Foster * at Hamilton, seems to be correct,
and the same is true of one of the records from Nova Scotia, based
on specimens collected by Nichols? in the valley of the Barrasois

1 Am. Sci. Nat. Bot. V. 1: 119. 1864.

? Evans, Proc. Washington Acad. 2: 298. 1900.
3 Mem. Torrey Club 7: 96. 1899.

4 See Miss Haynes, Bryologist 12: 67. 1909.

5 Bryologist 19: 41. 1916.

164 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

River, Cape Breton (1445). The other Nova Scotia records for
the species, also made by Nichols, represent the closely related N.
subelliptica Lindb. and will be considered in another connection. No
material from Greenland has been available for study, but the pub-
lished records, made by the Danish botanist, C. Jenseri,! are undoubt-
edly trustworthy. Unfortunately, our knowledge, even at the present
time, is not always sufficient to render a positive verdict in the case
of sterile and aquatic material, in spite of the attention which Schiffner
and other European students have given to modifications induced
by an aqueous environment.

The general habit of N. obovata is not unlike that of N. obscura;
the older stems cling to the substratum, while the younger stems are
free or nearly so. "There is therefore a tendency for the rhizoids to
be restricted to the older stems and to the stolons, which are usually
produced in abundance. "The branching is the same as in the two
preceding species, but no subfloral innovations have been observed
even in the absence of fertilization. The color of the plants is origi-
nally a deep dull green, but brownish or reddish pigmentation is often
present, and in extreme cases a distinct crimson hue becomes apparent
in transmitted light. The plants never show the deep purple color
which is often associated with N. obscura. "The rhizoids are usually
red but may be pale or even colorless; no tendency to form a ventral
bundle is to be observed.

The leaves (Figs. 10-12) are distant to loosely imbricated and are
about as large as those of N. hyalina. From a long series of measure-
ments the length was found to be between 0.75 and 1.17 mm. and the
width between 0.7 and 1.55 mm. There is a tendency for the leaves
to be a little longer than broad, but many of the leaves measured
were as broad as long and a few were even broader than long. In
most cases the shape might be described as broadly ovate with a
rounded apex. "The line of attachment is normally oblique but some-
times the obliquity is slight and a subtransverse attachment is
approximated, especially in the dorsal part. In this respect it often
exceeds the condition found in N. obscura. At the dorsal base the
leaves are decurrent, sometimes for a considerable distance; at the
ventral base the decurrence is often equally distinct. In what may
be regarded as the most typical cases, the leaves spread widely and

1 Meddel. om Grønland 15: 381. 1897; 30: 309. 1906.

1919] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—XV 165

abruptly from the line of attachment, but many deviations from this
condition are to be expected, even on an individual stem.

The leaf-cells agree pretty closely with those of N. hyalina in their
measurements. A series of about fourteen specimens, both European

Figs. 10-14. Narpra oBovaTA (Nees) Lindb.

10, 11. Stems with male bracts and perianths, dorsal view, X 15. 12.
Sterile stem, dorsal view, X 15. 13. Cells from the median portion of a leaf,
X 265. 14. Marginal cells from another leaf of the same specimen, X 265.
Rhizoids and the verruculae on the leaf-cells are not shown. Fig. 10 was
drawn from a specimen collected at Thompson's Falls, White Mountains,
New Hampshire, by L. M. Underwood, and distributed by Miss Haynes,
Amer. Hep. 6; the remaining figures were drawn from a specimen collected
in Oakes Gulf, Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, by the writer, and distributed
by Underwood & Cook, Hep. Amer. 112, as Jungermannia cordifolia,

and North American, gave the following average dimensions: margi-
nal cells, 15-36 u; median cells, 27-49 X 22-39 u. The trigones can

166 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

nearly always be demonstrated but are usually much smaller than
those of N. hyalina, agreeing better with those of: N. obscura (Figs.
13, 14). The cuticle is usually distinctly striate-verruculose, at any
rate in the basal part of the leaves.

The paroicous inflorescence (shown clearly in Fig. 10) will serve to
distinguish N. obovata from most of its immediate allies. The male
bracts are not numerous, only two or three pairs being present in
most instances, and the modifications which they show are less strik-
ing than in either of the preceding species. They are, however, of the
same general character, a basal sac being formed by the inflexion of
the dorsal part, thus giving the appearance of a complicate-bilobed
leaf. The keel is usually somewhat arched but may be almost
straight, and the dorsal lobe is usually smaller than the ventral,
although sometimes approximating it in size. According to Miiller
each bract encloses two antheridia.

The perichaetial bracts, which immediately succeed the male bracts,
usually number three or four, although sometimes only two are present.
They are not very distinctive, but tend to be larger than the vegeta-
tive leaves and even more nearly transverse in their attachment, so
that they often clasp the perianth at the base. The upper part
usually flares widely and may be somewhat reflexed. The bracts,
with the possible exception of the most basal one, are borne on the
perigynium. The latter organ is about as long as the perianth in
case fertilization has taken place; in the absence of fertilization it
remains much shorter. The perianth projects slightly beyond the
bracts and usually begins to narrow from the very base. Throughout
its entire length it is deeply and irregularly plicate, much as in N.
hyalina, and the mouth itself is somewhat contracted, although no
beak is ever formed. If the apical portion of the perianth is carefully
spread out the mouth is seen to be minutely and irregularly lobulate,
the individual lobules being more or less crenulate or ciliolate from
‘projecting cells. Throughout its entire extent the perianth is com-
posed of somewhat elongated cells, but the elongation is less marked
than in N. obscura and an isodiametric condition is sometimes ap-
proached.

Miiller’s description of the stalk of the capsule is very definite. He
states that three concentric layers of cells are present, the outermost
numbering sixteen in cross-section, the second eight and the innermost
four. In the writer's experience these numbers are inconstant. In a

1919} Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— XV 167

section cut from the Oakes Gulf material the outermost layer showed
eighteen cells, the second twelve and the innermost seven. It is
evident, therefore, that the stalk belongs to Douin’s “type général,”
agreeing in this respect with N. hyalina and N. obscura. The cells
of the capsule-wall are much like those of N. hyalina. Those of the
outer layer average about 55 X 20 u, and the thickenings in the trans-
verse walls are infrequent; those of the inner layer average about 11 u
in width and usually measure 40-70 uw in length. These measurements
are slightly different from those given for N. hyalina, but the measure-
ments of the spores and elaters are essentially the same in the two
species.

Some of the differences between N. obovata and the two preceding
species have already been brought out in the above discussion. In
distinguishing it from N. hyalina the very unlike habitats should be
borne in mind, N. hyalina preferring sandy banks and N. obovata
damp or wet rocks. The differences in habit and in color are likewise
significant, N. hyalina being usually prostrate, adherent to the sub-
stratum and pale, while N. obovata tends to be ascending, free from
the substratum and dark. The plants are further remarkable for
their curious turpentine-like odor, although this peculiarity is found
also in N. obscura. In distinguishing N. obovata from this latter spe-
cies, which likewise grows on rocks, the larger size, the lack of a purple
pigmentation, the more exerted perianth, the less elongated cells of
the same and the lobulate mouth will prove especially helpful. Per-
-haps the paroicous inflorescence, which distinguishes N. obovata from
both these species is the most important of its differential characters.
This character, however, is shared by several other species of Nardia
and also by Jungermannia sphaerocarpa and its allies. Fortunately
there is little danger of confusing N. obovata with many of these paroi-
cous species. The only ones which approach it closely are N. paroica
and N. subelliptica, which need not be considered further at the
present time.

The great variability of N. obovata is wel described by C. Jensen,!
in connection with its occurrence on the Faroe Islands.: “Near the
coast," according to his account, “the small forms — fruiting abund-
antly during spring — are frequent in crevices and on the ground
among rocks. In the mountains the plants gradually become stouter

1 Bot. of the Faeróes 1: 135. 1901.

168 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

in size and habit, but less abundant in fruit, until they above 300-
400 m. form large, deep, dark purplish-brown, barren tufts in rills
and round springs.” Schiffner recognizes the following varieties by
' name: var. bipartita (K. Müll.) Schiffn., var. elongata (Nees) Schiffn.,
and var. rivularis Schiffn. The first of these is known from a single
locality in the Vosges Mountains of France. The second, which is
commoner, is not very clearly distinguished and seems to intergrade
with the typical form of the species; Collins's specimens from Mt.
Katahdin and Allen's from Mt. Washington represent it fairly well.
The third is not yet definitely known from North America; it was
based on sterile, completely submerged specimens from Bohemia,
collected by Schiffner, and the opinion is expressed by its author that
it may represent a distinct specific type. Schiffner! has lately re-
ferred to this variety, as a forma flaccida, the Jungermannia flaccida
of Hübener, a species from Germany and Norway, which had long ago
disappeared from the literature. If the specific status of the variety
should ever be established the plant should of course bear Hübener's
specific name.

4. Cephalozia — Loitlesbergeri Schiffn. In bogs. New Hamr-
SHIRE: Mt. Lafayette and Lonesome Lake, Franconia Mountains,
July, 1908 (C. C. Haynes). Connecticut: Norfolk. June 10, 1919
CA. Lorenz & A. W. E.). Widely distributed in Europe and recently
collected by G. E. Nichols? on Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia.
The species has recently been discussed at length by the writer,’
so that it will be sufficient to compare it here with the closely related
C. connivens (Dicks.) Lindb. Both species are characterized by a
pale color, deeply bilobed leaves, with sharp connivent lobes, an autoi-
cous inflorescence and a perianth with a long-ciliate mouth. "They
may be at once distinguished, however, by their leaf-cells. In C.
Loitlesbergeri these average about 30 u in diameter; in C. connivens,
about50 u. In all probability C. Loitlesbergeri will be found to have a
wide distribution in eastern North America.

The additions to local state floras, not already mentioned in the
preceding. pages, are as follows: —
For Maine: Jungermannia sphaerocarpa, Clearwater Falls, Megantic
! Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 50: 271. 1910.

? Bryologist 19: 42. 1916.
3 Bryologist 20: 22. 1917.

1919] Fernald,— Ranunculus repens 169

Corporation, Franklin County (4. Lorenz); Calypogeia sphagnicola,
Mt. Desert (A. Lorenz); Notothylas orbicularis, West Farmington (A.
Lorenz). .

For Massachusetts: Riccardia pinguis, Richmond (A. W. E.);
Pellia Neesiana and Lophocolea alata, Tolland (A. Lorenz).

The census of New England Hepaticae now stands as follows:
total number of species recorded, 191; number recorded from Maine,
142; from New Hampshire, 151; from Vermont, 129; from Massa-
chusetts, 121; from Rhode Island, 79; from Connecticut, 145; from
all six states, 62.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 126.
NARDIA OBSCURA Evans.

1,2. Stems with perianths, Fig. 1 showing also a stolon, dorsal view, X 15.
Figs. 3-5. Male stems, dorsal view, X 15. 6. Cells from the median por-
tion of a leaf, x 265. 7. Marginal cells from the same leaf, X 265. 8.
Longitudinal section of a young sporophyte and surrounding parts, X 25.
Only a few of the rhizoids are represented, and the verruculae on the leaf-cells
arenotshown. Figs. 4and 5 were drawn from a specimen collected at Beacon
Falls, Connecticut, by the writer; the remaining figures, from the type speci-
men, collected at the “V,” Waterville, New Hampshire, also by the writer.

SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, Yale University.

THE VARIATIONS OF RANUNCULUS REPENS.— The commonly '
naturalized Swamp Buttercup, Ranunculus repens L., is so variable
that American botanists are often perplexed to reconcile the extreme
variations. These have been clearly differentiated in Europe and it
may be useful to American students to have the following brief key
to the more pronounced varieties.

A. Middle leaflet of the basal leaves cuneate to subtruncate at base: petals
5-9: stamens numerous B.
B. Lobes and teeth of the leaves deltoid or ovate to oblong, obtuse or
bluntish.
Trailing or repent branches or stolons present.
Stems and petioles distinctly pubescent.

Pubescence appressed -siss .. «s d R. repens L. (typical).

. Pubescence wide-spreading................ Var. villosus Lamotte.
Stems and petioles glabrous or nearly so........ Var. glabratus DC.
Trailing or repent branches wanting:............... Var. erectus DC.

B. Lobes and teeth of the much-cleft leaves lanceolate to linear, acuminate.
Var. linearilobus DC.

A. Middle leaflet of the basal leaves rounded or subcordate at base: petals
very numerous, forming a “double” flower. .. Var. pleniflorus Fernald.

M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

170

Rhodora

[SEPTEMBER

NOVEMBER FLOWERS IN NORTHERN VERMONT.

Inez Appie Howe.

THE unusually wet, mild weather of October and November 1918
induced the second. or continued blooming of so many species of
flowering plants that I think it will be of interest to New England
botanists to read the list noted in this part of northern Vermont.

Gramineae:
Phleum pratense.
Poa annua.
Urticaceae:
Pilea pumila.
Polygonaceae:
Polygonum aviculare.
Rumex crispus.
Carophyllaceae:
Stellaria media.
Cerastium vulgatum.
Ranunculaceae:
Ranunculus acris.
Caltha palustris.
Cruciferae:
Brassica campestris.

* arvensis.
Capsella bursa-pastoris.
Lepidium virginicum.

Hamamelidaceae:
Hamamelis virginiana.
Rosaceae:
Potentilla argentea. |
Rubus idaeus var. aculeatissimus
Fragaria virginiana.
i vesca var. americana.
Leguminosae:
Trifolium pratense.
P repens.
Oxalidaceae:
Oxalis corniculata.

Malvaceae:

Malva rotundifolia.
Umbelliferae:

Zizia aurea.
Cornaceae:

Cornus canadensis.
Boraginaceae:

Myosotis laxa.
Labiatae:

Lamium amplexicaule.

Galeopsis tetrahit.
Plantaginaceae:

Plantago major.
Lobeliaceae:

Lobelia inflata.
Compositae:

Tanacetum vulgare.

Achillea millefolium.

Erigeron canadensis.

" philadelphieus.
Solidago nemoralis.
w canadensis.

juncea.
Aster puniceus.

“ undulatus.
cordifolius.
ericoides.
Taraxacum officinale.
Rudbeckia hirta.
Gnaphalium polycephalum.

" uliginosum.

“

The forty-four species in the above list were exhibited on the Flower
Table at the Fairbanks Museum, St. Johnsbury, Vermont, between
November 1 and 22, all having been collected within a short distance
of the Museum, a very unusual record for northern Vermont.

FAIRBANKS MUSEUM.

1919] — Ganong,— Nichols's Vegetation of Cape Breton — 171

CoREOPSIS ROSEA Nutt., forma leucantha, n. f., ligulis lacteis.
Ligules milk-white.— MassaAcHusETTs: wet sandy lower beach and
inundated margin, Buck Pond, Harwich, August 30, 1918, Fernald &
Long, no. 17,594 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Typical Coreopsis rosea has, as its name implies, roseate ligules,
these varying on the one hand to intense rose-purple, on the other to
a pale pink, but at Buck Pond where the ordinary pink-rayed form
makes a veritable border of color at the margin of the pond, the
milk-white form, with no trace of pink in the rays, is also abundant,
the two suggesting a garden-border of pink and white Cosmos.—
M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

NicHOLs's VEGETATION OF NORTHERN CAPE BRETON.!— Among
those who follow this kind of investigation there will be no dissent
from the statement that Prof. Nichols's work on Cape Breton repre-
sents by far the most important ecological study yet made on the
vegetation of northeastern America. The author has chosen a dis-
tinctive and attractive new field, applied to its problems the most
modern spirit and method, worked it through parts of four seasons on
the basis of earlier acquaintance, and embodied his results in a clear,
orderly, and well-illustrated synoptical monograph. After an intro-
duction on the general problem, the physical factors involved, and his
plan of ecological classification and nomenclature, there follows the
systematic description of all the vegetation groups of the region. The .
climax vegetation is of course forest, which falls into the two types of
deciduous and evergreen. These are separately and fully described,
and then traced as to their development through the successional
series of xerarch and hydrarch formation types. .The floristic side of
the study receives full attention, with every evidence of the trust-
worthiness of the identifications. The treatment of the vegetation
groups is remarkably even throughout, for which reason it is hardly
possible to select any parts for special comment, which in any case,
so far as the present reviewer is concerned, would be wholly favorable.
No striking new discoveries or major conclusions are announced,
though various special topics receive full discussion; and diverse
current views are tested in light of the observations and found some-
times ‘adequate and sometimes wanting. In the present stage of
ecological progress, theoretical deductions have little more than a
temporary and hypothetical value, but exact records of fact are the

1 Nichols, George E. The Vegetation of Northern Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia.
Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sciences, 22, 249-467, 1918.

172 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

permanent foundations of science, and of such, for its region and
problem, the present work is a treasury.

In this as in others of his writings Professor Nichols shows generous
appreciation of earlier ecological investigation, which he does not
insist upon judging by present day standards. He corrects mistakes
on the merits of the evidence, and is wholly above that form of weak-
ness which consists in using the errors of others as a foil to show forth
by implication one’s own cleverness.

Any criticism of the paper would center in two minor points. The
reproduction of the illustrations is in many cases not wholly adequate
to the obvious value of the originals. This is a common fault in our
ecological publications, and we should insist upon better results.
. Again, the system of ecological nomenclature, while perfectly logical, `
is, to the reviewer at least, lacking in clear definition and therefore
somewhat confusing in use. An ideal nomenclature would measure
up in differentiation to the distinctness of the groups themselves.—
W. F. Ganong, Smith College.

A FLORA OF NORTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA.— A reliable local
flora is, in the present stage.of knowledge of the distribution of plants
in North America, always most welcome. Very many areas are as
yet not blessed with such detailed publications and every addition to
the list of carefully prepared reference works is to be commended.
Recently, we have received a copy of the “Flora of Northeastern
Pennsylvania” by Alfred Twining, published by the Everhart Mu-
seum of Natural History, Science and Art of Scranton, Pennsylvania.
The work bears such evidence of painstaking care in securing accurate
verification of the most technical groups of plants that a copy should
be in the hands of everyone who is specially interested in working out
detailed ranges. The region covered is only 50 to 100 miles west of
southwestern New England and the botanists, particularly of Con-
necticut and western Massachusetts, will be specially interested in
it. —M. L. F.

Vol. 21, no. 248, including pages 133 to 148, was issued 7 August, 1919.

Rhodora Plate 126

A. W. E. del.

NARDIA OBSCURA Evans.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD § Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. October, 1919. No. 250.
CONTENTS:

Nomenclature of Gray’s Manual Ferns. C. A. Weatherby mo I

History of the Name Fleur delis. Theodor Holm . è . 180

A new Genus of Umbelliferae. Harold St. John : 5 » o JM
Nymphozanthus the Name for the Cow Lilies. M. L. Fernald . 183
Deam's Trees of Indiana (review). J. C. Nelson : ; 5 BB

Meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club. MW. F. Flynn á ko TOL

Goston, Mass. | Providence, R. T1.

1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co,

losed five ks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of
print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. PRESTON. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

by M. A Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collec-
tor's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by
the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts.
each. Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. October, 1919. No. 250.

CHANGES IN THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE GRAY’S
MANUAL FERNS.

C. A. WEATHERBY.

In the course of preparing, as their second report, a preliminary
list of the New England Polypodiaceae, Schizaeaceae, and Osmundaceae,
the Committee on Floral Areas of the New England Botanical Club
has been confronted with certain questions of taxonomy and nomen-
clature. Asa result, the names used in their list will differ consider-
ably from those in the 7th edition of Gray’s Manual. The following
has been written by way of explanation of these changes and in the
hope that it may be of some service to users of the Manual to have the
matter relating to them brought together in one place.

There is probably no other family of plants in which the accepted
basis of classification has been so radically changed within the past
few years as in the Polypodiaceae. The ferns, though an ancient group,
have proved exceptionally conservative; their evolutionary variation
has been confined within narrow limits and they present today a com-
plex of closely inter-related groups, merging more or less into one
another. They offer, therefore, especial difficulties in classification.
All of the very different systems proposed by the older writers have
been artificial to a greater or less degree and have suffered from laying
too much emphasis on single characters or single kinds of characters.
It is only within about twenty years that Diels has devised a system
based on combinations of characters — a system which, so far as our
present knowledge shows, seems essentially natural and which has
gradually won its way to practically unanimous acceptance. It is
because of these conditions in general and, in particular, of a consider-

174 Rhodora [OCTOBER

able activity in the study of American ferns since 1908 that the changes
discussed below are called for.

Aspidium.— It is a very great pity that in his work on the indis-
pensable Index Filicum and on what promises to be his classical mono-
graph of the shield ferns, Christensen should have overlooked the ear-
liest valid name for this genus. The name which he took up, Dryop-
teris Adans., has long been the subject of controversy. As has several
times been pointed out,! its publication was inadequate under the
International Rules: for that reason, it was rejected by the editors of
the Manual and the next earliest name known to them, Aspidium Sw.,
taken'up. In 1910, however, Nieuwland discovered that there exists
an entirely valid name, Thelypteris of Schmidel, applied to the marsh
fern, Acrostichum Thelypteris L., and published in 1762, a year earlier
than Dryopteris, with three or four pages of description and comment
and two very excellent plates.?

There can be little question that this is the correct name for the
shield ferns. Farwell has, indeed, put forward a rival in Filix Hill
(1755).* Hill, however, merely uses the doubtful binomials Filix Mas
and Feliz Foemina as the headings of paragraphs in his Family Herbal
containing popular descriptions in English of the male, fern and the
bracken respectively. Such use can hardly constitute publication
under any nomenclatorial code, certainly not under the International
Rules. Thelypteris remains the earliest valid name for Aspidiwm of
the Manual: and, much as one regrets adding another to the numerous
names this genus has already borne, it must be taken up. Rules are
of no use unless conscientiously followed.

Fernald ? has pointed out that Aspidium spinulosum, var. dilatatum,
f. anadenium differs from typical var. dilatatum of Europe not only in
the absence of indusial glands but also in the characters of its scales,
and that it should be regarded as a coórdinate geographic variety.
As such it was given a name, var. americanum by Fischer in 1848.

Asplenium.— the lady ferns and their allies.— Recent study has
pretty conclusively shown that Athyrium is a good genus, differing
constantly from Asplenium in the character of its scales, the anatomy
of its stipe and its general habit and appearance. It constitutes a

1 For instance, in Ruopora xxi. 10 (foot-note) (1919).
? Am. Midland Nat. i. 226 (1910).

3 Ann. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xviii. 79 (1917).

4 Hill, Family Herbal 141 (1755).

5 Ruopona, xvii. 44 ff. (1915).

1919] Weatherby,— Nomenclature of Gray's Manual Ferns — 175

group more primitive than the true Aspleniums and standing between
them and Thelypteris in the evolutionary sequence, as we now con-
struct it. The section Athyrium, then, of the Manual becomes a
genus to which the last three species under Asplenium are to be trans-
ferred. Butters! has recently pointed out that (as in many similar `
cases) it is the lady fern of western America, heretofore generally
known as Athyrium or Asplenium cyclosorum, not that of the eastern
states, which is really conspecific with the original A: Filiz-femina of
Europe and should bear that name; and that our northeastern plants
comprise two species, A. angustum and A. asplenioides, distinct from
it and from each other and long ago recognized and named by Willde-
now and Michaux. He also points out that Asplenium angustifolium
and A. acrostichoides of the Manual belong rather with the tropical
group Diplazium than with typical Athyrium (the lady ferns); but
since there is doubt if Diplazium, though rather generally accepted,
ought to be separated as a genus, it seems best to leave them, for the
present at least, under the older name Athyrium.

Dicksonia.— The pasture fern and its congeners were long referred
to Dicksonia because of a similarity in the structure of the indusium.
They differ widely from it, however, in habit and, what is more im-
portant, in the structure of the sporangia, which is altogether that of
the Polypodiaceae, not of the Cyatheaceae to which the true Dicksonias
belong. Our fern should bear the name Dennstaedtia given it more
than a century ago by Bernhardi.

Onoclea.— The two sections of Onoclea, as pem in the Manual,
are now regarded by most authors as genera. The present writer
confesses to some doubt as to the propriety of this segregation; but
the weight of.opinion is for it. The name Onoclea remains with O.
sensibilis. The earliest generic name for the ostrich ferns, Struthiop-
. teris Willd. (1809) is invalid because of an earlier Struthiopteris Scop.
(1760). Nieuwland? has recently pointed out that the name usually
taken up, Matteuccia Todaro (1866), is also long antedated by the
obscurely published Pteretis Raf. which is the correct name for the
genus. Fernald è has shown that the American ostrich fern is speci-
fically distinct from the European and should bear the specific name
nodulosa, given it by Michaux. Pteretis nodulosa (Michx.) Nieuwl.
becomes the name for our ostrich fern.

1 Raopona, xix. 178ff. (1917).

? Am. Midland Nat. iii. 194ff. (1914).
3 Ruopora, xvii. 161ff. (1915).

176 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Osmunda.— The American royal fern differs from the European in
the shape of its pinnules, a difference not altogether constant, but
enough to make desirable its recognition as a geographic variety, O.
regalis, var. spectabilis (Willd.) Gray.

Phegopteris.— From the point of view of the new classification,
Phegopteris has always been an artificial genus. Our four north-
eastern species, indeed, seem, taken by themselves, to constitute a
separable group; but when the related tropical species are taken into
consideration, they are seen to be part of a series of forms which, in
all other characters than the absence of an indusium, are readily
referable to one or another sub-genus of Thelypteris. Diels, followed
by Christensen and many others, seems to have been entirely correct
in reducing Phegopteris to that genus; our species should be trans-
ferred to it and placed, in the Manual arrangement, between T.
noveboracensis and T. fragrans.

Pteris.— Pteridium Scop. (1760), based on Pteris aquilina L.,
though slow to win recognition as a genus, is a very natural group,
differing constantly from true Pteris in the usually double indusium,
the anatomy of the stipe, the presence of basal trichomes instead of
scales and one or two other minor characters. Scopoli's name should
be taken up for our bracken. Britton! indeed, though accepting its
segregation as a genus, retains the name Pteris for it, on the ground
that P. aquilina is the type of the Linnaean genus. The only apparent
reason for this is a provision in the American Code that, in the absence
of other means of fixing a generre type, it should be chosen from species
indigenous from the point of view of the author. There would seem
to be a theoretical difficulty in determining what species are indigenous
from the point of view of an author who, like Linnaeus, was describ-

ing the vegetation of the entire world; however, this need not concern
. followers of the International Rules. By them, the name Pteris must
be retained for the larger, chiefly tropical group represented by Pteris
longifolia L.

Not only the genus Pteridium, but its constituent species, have
been slow of recognition, probably because of lack of attention to the
excellent characters offered by the outer indusium, basal trichomes
and pubescence. Instead of one cosmopolitan species, as so long
supposed, it comprises at least six in different parts of the earth. Our
bracken of the Manual region proves to be specifically distinct from

1 Fl. Bermuda, 419 (1918).

1919] Weatherby,— Nomenclature of Gray's Manual Ferns 177

the European in habit and characters of root-stock and indusium.
Its distinetness was long ago recognized by Desvaux who gave it a
name under Pteris. It should be known by the recently published
combination, Pteridium latiusculum (Desv.) Maxon.

Scolopendrium.— In taking up the name Phyllitis for this genus,
Christensen cited as its place of publication Ludwig, Instit., ed. 2. 142
(1757). Ludwig's description, however, is almost ludicrously inade-
quate, consisting of the single phrase “folio simplici" and applicable
to the hart's-tongue rather than to any. other simple-leaved fern only
because of the mention under it of “lingua cervina.” Phyllitis was
therefore rejected in the Manual and the well-published Scolopendrium
Sm. (1793) substituted. It appears, however, that Phyllitis was well
and properly published in Scopoli's Flora Carniolica (1760). It should
be taken up, but with the author citation Gleditsch ex Scop. instead
of Ludwig. Under Phyllitis the correct specific combination is P.
Scolopendrium (L.) Newman, based on Asplenium Scolopendrium L.

It may be observed that, of the thirty changes here recorded,
eighteen are purely nomenclatorial, due to the discovery of earlier
names than those previously in use — a somewhat sad comment on
the wisdom of the Brussels Congress in refusing to adopt a list of
nomina conservanda in ferns.

In the following summary, the Manual names, arranged alphabeti-
cally and printed in italics, come first under each number. They are
followed, immediately after the — sign, by the names to be substituted
for them, printed in small capitals or, in the case of the few new com-
binations necessary, in bold-faced type. The accepted names are
followed, in turn, by any needed synonymy in italics.

1. Aspidium Sw. (1801) = THELYPTERIS Schmidel, Icon. Pl. ed. 2,
45, pls. 10 and 13 (1762). Dryopteris Adans. Fam. Pl. ii. 20 (1763).

2. Aspidium Boottii = THELYPTERIS Boorru (Tuckerm.) Nieuwl.
Am. Mid. Nat. i. 226 (1910).

3. Aspidium cristatum = THELYPTERIS CRISTATA (L.) Nieuwl. l. c.

4. Aspidium cristatum, var. Clintonianum = THELYPTERIS CRIS-
TATA, var. Clintoniana (D. C. Eaton), n. comb. . Aspidium cristatum,
var. Clintonianum D. C. Eaton in Gray's Man. ed. 5, 665 (1867).

5. Aspidium Filix-mas = 'THELYPTERIS Fitrx-mas (L.) Nieuwl. l. c.

6. Aspidium fragrans = THELYPTERIS FRAGRANS (L.) Nieuwl. l. c.

7. Aspidium Goldianum = THELYPTERIS Gorpiana (Hook.)
Nieuwl. l. c.

178 Rhodora [OcroBER

8. Aspidium marginale = THELYPTERIS MARGINALIS (L.) Nieuwl.
l. c.

9. Aspidium noveboracense = THELYPTERIS NOVEBORACENSIS (L.)
Nieuwl. 1. c.

10. Aspidium simulatum = THELYPTERIS SIMULATA (Davenp.)
Nieuwl. l. c.

ll. Aspidium spinulosum = THELYPTERIS sPINULOSA (O. F.
Muell.) Nieuwl. l. c.

12. Aspidium spinulosum, var. concordianum = 'THELYPTERIS
SPINULOSA, var. concordiana (Davenp.), n. comb. Nephrodium spinu-
losum, var. concordianum Davenp. Rnopona, vi. 33 (1904).

13. Aspidium spinulosum, var. dilatatum, f. anadenium = 'THELYP-
TERIS SPINULOSA, var. americana (Fisch.), n. comb. Aspidium spinu-
losum americanum Fisch. ex Kze. Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2, vi. 84 (1848).

14. Aspidium spinulosum, var. intermedium = 'THELYPTERIS SPINU-
Losa, var. intermedia (Muhl.), n. comb. Polypodium intermedium
Muhl. ex Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 262 (1810).

15. Aspidium Thelypteris = THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS Schott, Gen.
Fil. note under pl. 10 (1834). Acrostichum Thelypteris L. Sp. Pl. 1071
(1753).

16. Asplenium acrostichoides = ATHYRIUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Sw.)
Diels, Nat. Pfl. i. pt. 2, 223 (1899). Athyrium acrosticoideum Bory in
Mérat, Fl. Paris, ed. 4, i. 471 (1836) is no bar to the use of the
above combination, since it was merely a renaming of the earlier
Polypodium Leseblii Mérat and therefore invalid from its inception,
being a clear case of the so-called nomen abortivum.

17. Asplenium angustifolium = ATHYRIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM
(Michx.) Milde, Bot. Zeit. (1866) 376. Asplenium angustifolium
Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 265 (1803), not Jacq. Coll. i. 121 (1786).
Asplenium pycnocarpon Spreng. Anleit. iii. 112 (1804). Athyrium
pycnocarpon Tidestrom, Elys. Marianum, 36 (1906).

18. Asplenium Filix-femina = a. ArHYyRIUM ANGUSTUM (Willd.)
Presl, Rel. Haenk. i. 39 (1825). - Aspidiwm angustum Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 277 (1810). b. ATHYRIUM ASPLENIOIDES (Michx.) Desv.
Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris, vi. 266 (1827). Nephrodium asplenioides
Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 268 (1803).

19. Dicksonia punctilobula = DENNSTAEDTIA PUNCTILOBULA
(Michx.) Moore Ind. Fil. xevii (1857).

20. Onoclea Struthiopteris = PrERETIS NODULOSA (Michx.) Nieuwl.

1919] Weatherby,— Nomenclature of Gray’s Manual Feens 179

Am. Midland Nat. iv. 334 (1916). Onoclea nodulosa Michx. Fl. Bor.
Am. ii. 272 (1803). Onoclea Struthiopteris and Matteuccia Struthiop-
teris Am. auth., not Osmunda Struthiopteris L.

. 21. Osmunda regalis = OSMUNDA REGALIS L., var. SPECTABILIS
(Willd.) Gray, Man. ed. 2, 600 (1856). Osmunda spectabilis Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 98 (1810).

22. Phegopteris Dryopteris = THELYPTERIS DRYvoPrERIS (L.) Slos- -
son ex Rydb. Fl. Rocky Mts. 1044 (1917).

23. Phegopteris hexagonoptera = THELYPTERIS hexagonoptera
(Michx.), n. comb. Polypodium hexagonopterum Michx. Fl. Bor.
Am. ii. 271 (1803).

24. Phegopteris polypodioides = THELYPTERIS PHEGOPTERIS (L.)
Slosson ex Rydb. Fl. Rocky Mts. 1043 (1917). Polypodium Phegop-
teris L. Sp. Pl. 1089 (1753).

25. Phegopteris Robertiana = THELYPTERIS ROBERTIANA (Hoffm.)
Slosson ex Rydb. Fl. Rocky Mts. 1044 (1917).

26. Pteris = PrERIDIUM Gled. ex Scop. Fl. Carn. 169 (1760).

27. Pteris aquilina = PrERIDIUM LATIUSCULUM (Desv.) Maxon,
Am. Fern Journ. ix. 43 (1919). Pteris latiuscula Desv. Mém. Soc.
Linn. Paris vi. 303 (1827). Pieris aquilina and Pteridium aquilinum
Am. auth., not Pteris aquilina L.

28. Pteris aquilina, var. pseudocaudata = PTERIDIUM LATIUSCULUM,
var. PSEUDOCAUDATUM (Clute) Maxon, Am. Fern Journ. ix. 44 (1919).

29. Scolopendrium Sm. (1793) = Pmvrurris Gled. ex Scop. FI.
Carn. 171 (1760).

30. Scolopendrium vulgare = PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) New-
man, Hist. Brit. Ferns, ed. 2, 10 (1844). Asplenium Scolopendrium |
L. Sp. Pl. 1079 (1753).

East HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT.

180 Rhodora [OCTOBER

THE HISTORY OF THE POPULAR NAME “FLOWER DE
LUCE” OR “FLEUR DE LIS" OF THE IRIS.

Taro. Horw.

WHILE reading some descriptions of American wild flowers, pub-
lished in the National Geographic Magazine (May, 1915), I came
across some statements about the meaning of the popular name " fleur
de lis” for the Iris, which was said to be a corruption of "fleur de
Louis," the flower of Louis!" — Moreover it was stated that the
iris, or blue flag, is really meant when one speaks of the lily of France.

Having had the opportunity recently to.study the history of vari-
ous old plant-names, I have found some notes relative to the real
meaning of a name, that has always puzzled me, namely the " flower
de luce" applied to the genus Iris by several of our leading botanisst,
Gray, Torrey, Nuttall and others. It is true that the name “fleur de
lis” is also, and not infrequently, applied to this plant, but as will be
demonstrated in the following, “lis” is not a corruption of “Louis,”
and the word “luce,” although in itself a corruption, is nearer than
any of the others to give us the explanation.

The old French name for the lily (Lilium) is “lys’’!; the more
modern is *lis"; *fleur de lis" refers to the flower in the French
coat of arms, and this emblem is believed to date back to Louis VII.
However, the history of heraldry tells us that the actual figure, once
explained as representing a lily-flower, does suggest interpretations of
very different nature. For instance, the figure resembles the points
of a spear; furthermore the figure has been explained as representing
a bee, judging from the designs, poorly carved on the old tombstones.
Last not least, the figure has been considered to represent the flower
of the yellow iris of Europe, Iris Pseudacorus, of which the popular
name, many years ago, was "fleur de Lys."

For many centuries the yellow Iris is known to have grown in
abundance in Flanders on the shores of the river Lys, and the popular
name dates back to the year 486, when the Francs left Flanders,

1Compare: Cannart-d'Hamale: Essai d'une histoire littéraire des Lis. (La Belgique
horticole Vol. 1. Lidge 1851, p. 199.)

1919] St. John,— New Genus of Umbelliferae 181

their old home, to invade and conquer Gallia, and establish the king-

dom of France. In commemoration of their birthplace the Francs

selected this flower for their emblem. In other words “fleur de Lys”

is an abbreviation of “fleur de la Lys” i. e. “de la rivière de la Lys.”
CLINTON, MARYLAND.

PHANEROTAENIA, A NEW GENUS OF UMBELLIFERAE.
Hanorp ST. JOHN.

A few scraps of an umbelliferous plant sent by a bee-keeper in Texas,
have involved the writer in a study of the genus Polytaenia! As now
treated this consists of one species, P. Nuttallii DC., which ranges
from Michigan, Iowa, and Kansas southward to Alabama and Texas.
There is also the var. texana C. & R. from Texas and Oklahoma.
P. Nuttallii has corky-thickened lateral wings, more prominent than
the depressed back of the mericarp; conspicuous calyx-teeth; oil-tubes
superficially indistinct, several in the intervals, in the corky wings,
and 4-6 on the commissural side. The var. texana has thin lateral
wings, not corky-thickened, and less prominent and thinner than the
body of the mericarp, which is dark-lined by the large prominent oil-
tubes; the calyx-teeth concealed in the emarginate tip of the mature
fruit; oil-tubes single in the intervals and 2 on the commissural side.
There are several other differences, in the shape of the fruit and the
cutting of the leaves, but these are all of a varietal or specific nature.
On the contrary, the differences in the structure of the fruits of these
two plants are so fundamental that the two should be treated as dis-
tinct genera. The new description follows:

Phanerotaenia gen. nov. Calycis dentes 5 inconspicuiin apice
fructus summersi. Petala lineari-oblonga emarginata, praemature
caduca. Stamina dorsifixa. Fructus obovatus emarginatus a dorso
valde plano-compressus glaber; juga lateralia ampla tenuia aliformia;

l'This genus was renamed as Pleiolaenia by Coulter and Rose, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
xii. 447 (1909), because of the existence of Polytaenium Desv., Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris vi. 218
(1827), which antedates by two years Polylaenia DC., Mém. Ombell. 53 (1829). This change
is not necessary under the International Rules, since Polytaenia and Polylaenium differ by two
letters, even though they are of the same derivation. Internat. Rules Bot. Nomen. Sect. 7,

Art. 57 (1906).

182 -Rhodora [OCTOBER

juga dorsalia filiformia obscura. Vittae conspicuae fuscae ad valle-
culas solitariae fructus partem seminiferam longitudine aequantes,
vittae commissurales 2. Stylopodium ad anthesin cylindratum
humile, ab fruetu deest. Carpophorum liberum bipartitum. Semen
complanatum.— Herba perennis. Folia omnia alterna ternatim
decomposita. Umbellae terminales. Involucrum nullum. Bracteae
involucellorum lineari-subulatae pedunculos aequantes.

Calyx 5-toothed, the teeth sunken and inconspicuous on the mature
fruit. Petals linear-oblong, emarginate, quickly deciduous. Stamens
dorsifixed. Fruit obovate, emarginate, strongly compressed dorsally, -
glabrous; with broad thin, wing-like lateral ribs; the dorsal ribs
filiform, obscure. The intervals each with one large, dark-colored,
conspicuous oil-tube, running the full length of the body of the meri-
carp; the commissural face with two oil-tubes. Stylopodium on
young flowers low, cylindrical, wanting on the fruit. Carpophore free,
two-cleft. Seed fat.— A perennial herb. Leaves all alternate,
ternately dissected. Umbels terminal. Involucre none. Involucels
linear-subulate, as long as the peduncles.

Phanerotaenia belongs in the Peucedaneae of Bentham and Hooker's
and of Drude's treatment of the family. "There are no related genera
with which it could be confused. Oxypolis, S phenoscadium | and
Heracleum all differ in having conical stylopodia, while Phanerotaenia
has the stylopodium wanting on the mature fruit. Eurytaenia
has a depressed stylopodium, 3-cleft or pinnately dissected involucels
and involucral bracts, and pinnately dissected leaves, whi'e Phanero- .
taenia, with no stylopodium on the mature fruit, has simple involucels,
no involucral bracts, and ternately dissected leaves. Lomatium is
acaulescent, has the lateral wings adherent till maturity, 1-% oil-tubes
in the intervals and 2-10 on the commissural side, while Phanerotaenia
is caulescent, has the lateral wings free before maturity, oil-tubes single
in the intervals, and 2 on the commissural side. Euryptera is acaules-
cent or nearly so, has the fruit cordate or emarginate at base, the
lateral wings coherent till maturity, the oil-tubes 1-c in the intervals,
the leaflets broad or broad in outline, while Phanerotaenia is cau-
lescent, has the fruit cuneate or rounded, not emarginate at base, the
lateral wings free before maturity, the oil-tubes singlein the intervals,
and the leaflets bluntly serrate.

PHANEROTAENIA texana (C. & R.) n. comb. Polytaenia Nuttallii
DC., var. texana C. & R., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. vii. 192 (1900) ;
Pleiotaenia nuttallii texana C. & R., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 448
(1909). Caulescent perennial, rising from a deep tap-root, 5-10 dm.

1919] Fernald,— Nymphozanthus 183

tall: basal leaves one to several, short-petioled, 1-2 dm. long, once
ternate and imperfectly pinnate, the segments broad, obtusely serrate,
on broadly winged rhachises, glabrate, thick and oily to the touch:
cauline leaves small, glabrate, and less dissected, but the segments
similarly broad, obtusely serrate, and with broadly winged rhachises:
umbels several, 6-16-rayed: fruit obovate, emarginate, 8-13 mm.
long.— Texas and Oklahoma. Texas: near Industry, 1895, H.
Wurzlow (TYPE in U. S. Nat. Herb.); San Antonio, 1882, V. Havard,
no. 234; Kerrville, Kerr Co., June 25, 1894, A. A. Heller, no. 1,669;
limestone hill near Bracken, Bexar Co., July 1, 1903, B. H. A. Groth,
no. 36; 1848, Charles Wright; Wright; Austin, 1919, G. A. Bahm;
Bexar Co., G. Jermy; wet prairie, Houston, June 16, 1872, Elihu Hall,
no. 257; near Houston, May 6, 1899, J. N. Rose, no. 4,900; Enchanted
Rock, Gillespie Co., G. Jermy, no. 138; Fort Chadbourne, 1856, Dr.
Swift; wet soil, San Leon, June 6, 1915, George L. Fisher, no. 1,535.
OxrLAHOMA: Wichita Mountains, July 1852, Marcy’s Expedition;
Muskogee, April 25, 1891, M. A. Carleton, no. 56.

The writer is indebted to Mr. W. R. Maxon of the National Museum
for the loan from the government collections of a series of specimens
very helpful in clarifying the generic segregation here discussed.

Gray HERBARIUM.

NYMPHOZANTHUS THE CORRECT NAME FOR THE
COW LILIES.

M. L. FERNALD.

THE names of the water lilies have had an unfortunately disconcert-
ing history, briefly summarized in Rnopona by Conard! who demon-
strates that, after many decades of application to the white and pink
water lilies, then a quarter-century of application to the cow lilies, the
name Nymphaea really belongs, after all, to the white and pink water
lilies to which it had so long and so appropriately been applied.
Conard's most important reasoning, following an earlier discussion
by Briquet,? was based on the fact that, long before others had generi-
cally separated the European white water lily, Nymphaea alba L.,
from the European cow lily, N. lutea L., Linnaeus himself made the

1 Conard, Ruopora, xviii. 161-164 (1916).
? Briquet, Prodr. Fl. Corse, 577-599 (1910).

184 Rhodora [OCTOBER

differentiation, in 1764 redefining! Nymphaea to include only N. alba
and clearly to exclude N. lutea. This interpretation.of Nymphaea, to
cover only N. alba and its congeners, was also indorsed by Jussieu ?
sixteen years before the publication of Castalia by Salisbury.’ It is
thus clear that Nymphaea as emended by Linnaeus himself must stand
for the later-published Castalia.

It is unfortunate, however, that, although we can go back with
assurance to the long-established and most satisfactory use of the name
Nymphaea, we cannot correctly take up again for the cow lilies the
almost equally traditional name, Nuphar. To be sure, in his discus-
sion of the subject Conard draws the comforting conclusion that
“Smith was right, therefore, in retaining Nymphaea L. emend., for
the white waterlilies, and restoring the old prelinnean name Nuphar
for the cow-lily group. For this latter group had not previously
received a valid generic name in postlinnean times.” But, although
citing Mr. James Britten’s article * in which attention was definitely
directed to L. C. Richard's name Nymphozanthus ? and its clear prior-
ity over Nuphar, Conard, it would seem, quite overlooked this essen-
tial fact, that Nymphozanthus was well published many months before
Smith's genus Nuphar. Nuphar, as shown by Britten, did not appear
until the very last of the year 1808 or the beginning of 1809, while
Nymphozanthus was published in May, 1808. On page 63 of his
Analyse du Fruit Richard spelled the name Nymphozanthus, on
page 68, where it was formally proposed for the genus, he spelled it
Nymphosanthus, and on page 103, in the index, he again spelled it
withaz. "That the second spelling may be considered a typographical
error is evident from the fact that in his later publication on the
genus, in 1811, Richard formally made the combination Nympho-
zanthus vulgaris? for Nymphaea lutea L. There seems no need, then,
to perpetuate the spelling Nymphosanthus as some have done nor to
change it to Nymphoxanthus as is done by Post & Kuntze? nor to
Nymphosanthos as 1s done by Britten. That the name, however
spelled, clearly antedates Nuphar has been sufficiently demonstrated.

! L. Gen. Pl. ed. 6, 264 (1764).

? Juss. Gen. Pl. 68 (1789).

3 Salisb. in Kón. & Sims, Ann. Bot. ii. 71 (1805).

4J. Britten, Journ. Bot. xxvi. 7 (1888).

5L. C. Richard, Anal. du Fruit, 63, 68, 103 (May, 1808).

* Smith in Sibth. & Sm. Fl. Graec. Prodr. i. 361 (late 1808 or early 1809).

? L. C. Richard, Ann. Mus. Par. xvii. 230 — reprint 8 (1811).
8 Post & Kuntze, Lex. Gen. Pl. 393 (1904).

1919] Fernald,— Nymphozanthus 185

It is interesting, however, that this fact was recognized by Desvaux
in 1818, when, by clerical error apparently, he called the genus Nym-
phanthus! and called Nymphaea lutea Nymphanthus europaeus, with the
comment: “Ces deux genres sont parfaitement distincts," etc., and
again in 1827 when he corrected the name to Nymphosanthus with the
note: “nous croyons que le nom de Nymphosanthus proposé by C. L.
Richard est antérieur à celui de Nuphar."?

The status of the generic names of the cow lilies seems to be as
follows.

Nympuozantuus L. C. Richard, Anal. du Fruit, 63, 68 (as Nym-
phosanthus), 103 (May, 1808); Ann. Mus. Par. xvii. 230 — reprint 8
(1811); Desv. Fl. de l'Anjou, 80 (1827).

Nymphaea L. Sp. Pl. i. 510 (1753), in part; Greene, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Cl. xiv. 177-179, 257—258 (1887) and most subsequent authors; not
L. Gen. Pl. ed. 6, 264 (1764), nor Juss. Gen. Pl. 68 (1789).

Nuphar Sm. in Sibth. & Sm. Fl. Graec. Prodr. i. 361 (late 1808 or
early 1809).

Nenuphar Hayne, Getreue Darstel. und Beschreib. Arzneik. iv. t. 36
(1816).

Nymphanthus Desv. Obs. Pl. Angers, 83 (1818).

Clairvillea Hegetschweil. in Labram & Hegetschweil. Samml.
Schweiz. Pflanz. t. 21 (1826-1834).

Blepharia Sm. Mem. & Corr. i. 576 (1832).

Rophalon Raf. New Fl. N. Am. ii. 17 (1836).

Nenufar Peterm. Fl. Lips. 396 (1838).

Nufar Wallr. Erst. Beitr. Fl. Hercyn. 212 (1840) and in Linnaea, xiv.
582 (1840).

Nyphar Walp. Rep. i. 108 (1842).

Nymphona Bubani, Fl. Pyr. iii. 260 (1901).

The principal species * of Nymphozanthus, chronologically arranged,
are the following: ‘

NMPHOZANTHUS luteus (L.), n. comb. Nymphaea lutea L. Sp. Pl.
i. 510 (1753)— misprinted N. “lusea.” Nymphaea umbilicalis Salisb.
in Kön. & Sims, Ann. of Bot. ii. 71 (1805). Nuphar lutea (L.) Sm. in
Sibth. & Sm. Fl. Graec. Prodr. i. 361 (late 1808 or early 1809). Nym-
phozanthus vulgaris L. C. Richard, Ann. Mus. Par. xvii. 230 — repr.

1 Desv. Obs. Pl. Angers, 83 (1818).

? Desv. Fl. de l'Anjou, 80 (1827).

3 The writer has seen no material of several recently proposed species which he consequently
omits from the present enumeration.

186 Rhodora [OCTOBER

8 (1841). Nenuphar lutea (L.) Hayne, Getreue Darstel. und Beschreib.
Arzneik. iv. t. 36 (1816). Nymphanthus europaeus Desv. Obs. Pl.
Angers, 84 (1818). Clairvillea lutea (L.) Hegetschweil. in Labram &
Hegetschweil. Samml. Schweiz. Pflanz. t. 21 (1826-1834). Nym- -
phosanthus europaeus Desv. Fl. de l'Anjou, 80 (1827). Nufar sys-
tylum Wallr. Erst. Beitr. Fl. Hercyn. 212 (1840) and in Linnaea, xiv.
582 (1840). Nyphar luteum (L.) Walp. Rep. i. 108 (1842). Nymphona
lutea (L.) Bub. Fl. Pyr. iii. 260 (1901).— Eurasia.

Nympuoz. sagittifolius (Walt.), n. comb. Nymphaea sagittifolia
Walt. Fl. Carol. 155 (1788). For further synonymy see Miller &
Standley, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 95 (1912).— North America.

NvMPHOZ. advena (Ait.), n. comb. Nymphaea advena Ait. Hort.
Kew. ii. 226 (1789). Nymphaea arifolia Salisb. in Kón. & Sims, Ann.
Bot. ii. 71 (1805). Nuphar advena (Ait.) Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, iii.
295 (1811). Nenuphar advena (Ait.) Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. ii.
70 (1822). Nuphar advena 8. tomentosa Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i.
58 (1838), fide Miller & Standley, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 89
(1912). Nuphar tomentosa Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray, l. c. (1838).
Nyphar advena (Ait.) Walp. Rep. i. 108 (1842). Nuphar americana
Provancher, Fl. Canad. i. 28 (1862), a substitute for the inappropriate
name, N. advena — see Fernald & St. John, Ruopora, xvi. 138-141
(1914).— North America.

NYMPHOZ. ADVENA, var. macrophyllus (Small), n. comb. Nym-
phaea macrophylla Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxv. 465 (1898).
Nymphaea advena macrophylla (Small) Miller & Standley, Contrib.
U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 89 (1912).— North America.

Nvwurnoz. pumilus (Timm), n. comb. Nymphaea lutea fJ. pumila
Timm, Mag. für Naturk. Meckl. ii. 256 (1792). Nymph. lutea B. N.
minima Willd. Sp. Pl. ii. 1151 (1799). Nymph. pumila (Timm)
Hoffm. Deutschl. Fl. ed. 2, 1, pt. 1, 241 (1800). Nuphar minima
(Willd.) Sm. Engl. Bot. xxxii. t. 2292 (1811). Nymph. minima Willd.
Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol. Suppl. 38 (1813). Nenuphar minimum
(Willd.) Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. ii. 70 (1822). Nenuphar pumila
(Timm) Bluff & Fingerh. Consp. Fl. Germ. i. 705 (1825). Nyphar
pumilum (Timm) Walp. Rep. i. 108 (1842).— Eurasia.

Nympuoz. microphyllus (Pers.), n. comb. Nymphaea lutea L. Sp.
Pl. i. 510 (1753), as to Kalm plant only. Nymph. lutea 8. Kalmiana
Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 311 (1803), in large part. Nymph. micro-
phylla Pers. Syn. ii. 63 (1807). Nymph. Kalmiana (Michx.) Sims
in Curt. Bot. Mag. t. 1243 (1809). Nuphar Kalmiana (Michx.)
Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, iii. 205 (1811). Nuphar lutea 8. Kalmiana
(Michx.) Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. A. i. 58 (1838). Nyphar luteum B.
Kalmianum (Michx.) Walp. Rep. i. 108 (1842). Nuphar micro-
phyllum (Pers.) Fernald, Ruopora, xix. 111 (1917).— North America.

The material in the Michaux herbarium shows 2 sheets of his Nym-
phaea lutea B Kalmiana. One contains material from * Rivierre Chi-

1919] Fernald,— Nymphozanthus 187

coutoumé" and from "Lac Champlain" and is the plant usually
identified as Nuphar Kalmianum or Nymphaea microphylla. The
second sheet, from “ Rivitrre Chicoutoumé” is the plant later described
as Nuphar rubrodiscum by Morong.

NvwPHoz. japonicus (DC.), n. comb. Nymphaea lutea Thunb’
Fl. Jap. 223 (1784), excl. syn., not L. Nuphar japonica DC. Syst. i
62 (1821). Nymphaea japonica (DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 12 (1891).—
Asia.

NvMPHoz. sericeus (Lang), n. comb. Nuphar sericeum Lang in
Syll. Ratisb. i. 180 (1824). — Europe.

Nympuoz. intermedius (Ledeb.), n. comb. Nuphar intermedium
Ledeb. Fl. Alt. ii. 274 (1830). Nyphar intermedium (Ledeb.) Walp.
Rep. i. 108 (1842). — Eurasia.

Nympuoz. polysepalus (Engelm.), n. comb. Nuphar polysepalum
Engelm. Trans. Acad. St. Louis, ii. 283 (1865). Nymphaea poly-
sepala (Engelm.) Greene, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xv. 84 (1888).— North
America.

Nympnoz. subintegerrimus (Casp.), n. comb. Nuphar japoni-
cum, var. subintegerrimum Casp. in Miq. Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat.
ii. 254, t. 8, figs. 1-10 (1865-66). N. subintegerrimum (Casp.) Makino,
Bot. Mag., Tokyo, xxiv. 141 (1910). — Asia.

Nympuoz. variegatus (Engelm.), n. comb. Nuphar variegatum
Engelm. according to Durand in Ann. Rep. Univ. N. Y. xix. 73 (1866).
Nuphar advena, var. variegatum Engelm. in Gray, Man. ed. 5,57 (1867).
Nymphaea variegata (Engelm.) G. S. Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
xv. 13 (1902). Nymph. advena, var. variegata (Engelm.) Fernald,
Ruopora, x. 49 (1908). Nymph. americana Miller & Standley,
Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 78, (1912), as to plant, hardly Nuphar
americana Provancher, Fl. Canad. 28 (1862) — see Fernald & St.
John, Rnopona, xvi. 138-141 (1914). — North America.

NvwPHoz. rubrodiscus (Morong), n. comb. Nymphaea lutea B.
Kalmiana Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 311 (1803), in part. Nuphar advena,
var. hybrida Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. Mus. Nat. Hist. xxxiv. 53 (1881).
Nuphar advena, var. (?) minor Morong, Bot. Gaz. xi. 167 (1886).
Nuphar rubrodiscum Morong, l. c. (1886). Nymphaea rubrodisca
(Morong) Greene, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xv. 84 (1888). Nymph.
Fletcheri Lawson, Proc. and Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. sect. 4, vi. 119
(1888). Nymph. hybrida Peck. Bull. N. Y. State Mus. vi. 75 (1899).—
North America. Often considered a fertile hybrid of N. queo

. and N. variegatus.

|. Morong's Nuphar idiomas var. (?) minor was-based solely on * Speci-
mens without leaves...in Herb. Gray," but with flower and fruits
which Morong described, with the final statement: “They are labelled
*Smith's Pond, Herkimer Co., Litchfield, New York.’ Further

188 Rhodora [OCTOBER

material is very desirable.” But Miller & Standley cite the name of
this variety in the synonymy of their Nymphaea americana (Nymphoz.
variegatus) and in the synonymy of Nymphaea rubrodisca say: * Nuphar
advena minus Wats. & Coult. in A. Gray, Man. ed. 6, 56. 1889, not
Morong.” Nevertheless, they correctly cite under Nymphaea rubro-
disca the Gray material from Smith’s Pond, Herkimer Co. It should
be obvious, since this material was the sole basis of Morong’s Nuphar
advena, var. (?) minor, that his variety is correctly referred to Nympho-
zanthus rubrodiscus.

Nymrnoz. affinis (Harz), n. comb. Nuphar affine Harz, Bot.
Centralb. liii. 224 (1893). Nymphaea affinis (Harz) Hayek, Fl.
Steierm. i. 437 (1908). Nymphaea lutea, var. affinis (Harz) Schuster,
Bull. Herb. Boiss. sér. 2, viii. 69 (1908).— Europe.

Nympuoz. juranus (Magnin), n. comb. Nuphar juranum Magnin,
Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon, xix. 1893-94, Compt. Rend. 5 (1894).— Europe.

NvMPHoz. orbiculatus (Small), n. comb. Nymphaea orbiculata
Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiii. 128 (1896).— North America.

NvMPHoz. centricavatus (Schuster), n. comb. Nuphar centri-
cavatum Schuster, Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. xi. 145 (1905).— Europe.

Nympuoz. fluviatilis (Harper), n. comb. Nymphaea fluviatilis
Harper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiii. 234 (1906).— North America.

Nyurnoz. bombycinus (Miller & Standley), n. comb. Nymphaea
bombycina Miller & Standley, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 102, t.
42 F and 45 B (1912).— North America.

Gray HERBARIUM.

Dram’s TREES or Inprana.'— When the first edition of the report
of the Indiana State Board of Forestry for 1911 was issued, the Board
had the foresight to plate that part of it relating to the trees of In-
diana. Since the original edition of 10,000 copies is now exhausted,
it has been possible for Mr. Deam to publish a revision of his excellent
report, with numerous corrections and additional notes, largely based
on the results of his own thorough study of the Indiana flora. Prob-
ably no American botanist covers more of his chosen field in the course.
of one season than Mr. Deam. His automobile, fitted up as residence
and laboratory, takes him to every corner of the State, and enables
him to keep his large private herbarium fully representative of the
State flora. His appointment as State Forester has given him espe-
cial opportunity to prosecute his studies in what has always been his

1The Trees of Indiana. By Chas. C. Deam. Bulletin No. 3, State Board. of Forestry of
Indiana. Indianapolis, March, 1919. p. 299.

1919] Nelson,— Deam’s Trees of Indiana 189

T, vorite group. The present revision is an admirable example of
popular treatment which does not sacrifice essential scientific accu-
racy. In all, 125 species are described, representing 49 genera in 28
families. The term “tree” is interpreted as including all woody
plants that usually attain a diameter of 10-15 em. — an arbitrary divi-
sion that will not always prove satisfactory, since Hamamelis vir-
giniana, Euonymus atropurpureus and Kalmia latifolia would seem
to have at least as much right to be represented as Ilex decidua or
Cornus alternifolia. Crataegus heads the list with 18 species (as might
have been expected when it is explained that the genus was revised
for this work by Eggleston!) and Quercus is a close second with 17.
No less than 15 species which have been referred to Indiana
are rejected as unconfirmed. Confirmation of included species is
made by simple citation of collector and county of collection, without
herbarium numbers, dates, or place of deposit. Each species is given
a simple and untechnical description, followed by a discussion of its
distribution, economic uses, and horticultural value; and each is
illustrated by a careful drawing, showing a leafy branch with fruit or
flowers, or both together. The solitary photograph of Fraxinus
Michauzii makes us wish that the general habit of other species might
have been illustrated in the same way. Two valuable tables are
added, one showing the specific gravity of the wood of each species
(ranging from 0.8372 for Hicoria ovata to 0.3164 for Thuja occidentalis),
and the other giving measurements of 49 species, showing Platanus
occidentalis ranking first in circumference (maximum 48 ft.) and
Liriodendron Tulipifera in height (190 ft.). A map of the State is
added to make the distribution more clear. The key to the families
is constructed without regard to floral characters, and is based pri-
marily on the leaves, so that all natural relationships are lost to view,
as in Dr. Mosher’s recent study of the Grasses of Illinois. Doubtless
the popular appeal of these manuals is intensified by these unscientific
keys, but it is an open question whether systematic accuracy has not
been sacrificed to ease of determination.

The author makes a praiseworthy attempt to attach definite mean-
ings to the terms ordinarily used to express degree of frequency, which
have been sadly lacking in scientific precision. He suggests the fol-
lowing scale: “Very common,” more than 25 trees to the acre;
“common,” 5-25 trees to the acre; “frequent,” 1—5 trees to the acre;
“infrequent,” 1 tree to 2-10 acres; "rare," 1 tree to every 11-100
acres; “very rare," 1 tree to more than 100 acres; “local,” when the
distribution is cireumscribed or in spots. While this is of course
wholly arbitrary, it is at least a step in the right direction.

The nomenclature is said by the author to conform “to that of the
United States Forest Service", which means that the provinciality
of the so-called * American" Code is unfortunately perpetuated.
Accordingly, we are treated to such absurdities as Catalpa Catalpa
and Sassafras Sassafras, while substitutions such as Hicoria for Carya

190 Rhodora [OcroBE R

and Forestiera for Adelia are maintained. Some "splitting" of
families not in accordance with Gray’s Manual is observed, such as the
separation of Ulmaceae and Moraceae from Urticaceae, Malaceae and
Amygdalaceae from Rosaceae, and Caesalpinaceae from Leguminosae.
Liquidambar is placed in Altingiaceae, and Aesculus in Aesculaceae.
Malus is separated from Pyrus, and Padus from Prunus. The genus
Cynoxylon is revived for Cornus florida.

Betula papyrifera Marsh. is recognized as of specific rank, instead

of being treated as a variety of B. alba. Celtis pumila (Muhl.)
Pursh seems hardly worth specific rank. Michaux’s Acer nigrum,
reduced by Britton to a variety of A. saccharum, is restored to the
rank of a species. Fraxinus Michauzii Britt., although no synonymy
is cited, seems to replace F. profunda Bush. Eggleston’s treatment
of Crataegus shows several departures from the views set forth in his
exposition of this genus in the last edition of Gray's Manual, and
makes us wonder if this much-tortured group is ever going to return
to stable conditions. C. pausiaca Ashe is replaced by C. cuneiformis
(Marsh.) Eggleston; C. macracantha Lodd. var. succulenta (Schrad.)
Eggleston is raised to specific rank; C. deltoidea Ashe is replaced by
C. rugosa Ashe; C. coccinea L. var. oligandra Torr. & Gr. becomes
C. Gattingert Ashe;. C. coccinea L. seems to be regarded as identical
with C. pedicellata Sarg., and we are left in doubt as to what name
should now be given to the C. coccinea of the Manual; and two species
not mentioned in the Manual, C. neo-fluvialis Ashe and C. Calpo-
dendron (Ehrh.) Medic., make their appearance.

A few errors in the citation of authors are noted. Ostrya virginiana
(Mill) K. Koch is cited as a synonym of O. virginiana (Mill.) Willd.;
but Willdenow's name for the species seems to have been virginica.
Betula lutea is ascribed to the elder rather than the younger Michaux,
and in the same way Cornus alternifolia to the elder instead of the
younger Linnaeus. Alnus incana is credited to Muenchhausen, perhaps
from confusion of the abbreviation * Muench." with the name Moench.
Quercus palustris is credited to DuRoi instead of Muenchhausen.
Toaxylon pomiferum was never given valid publication by Rafines-
que, and the adherents of the * American" Code would if consistent
have to use the name Joxylon. The accent of scientific names is
indicated by the use of grave and acute accents, as in Gray's Manual;
but the following names of genera: Liriodendron, Robinia, Aesculus,
Tilia, Nyssa, Diospyros; and of species: lucida (p. 39), heterophylla
(pp. 47, 242), ovata (p. 62), fulva (p. 137), velutina (p. 127), Michauxii
(p. 259), remain unmarked. An attempt has been made to indicate
the etymology of generic names; but out of 49 genera only 22 are so
explained, and some of these derivations are decidedly suspicious.
The apparent relation between Populus and the Latin populus, the
common people, is wholly deceptive, as also between Acer and acer,
sharp. The attempt to show a “Celtic” origin for such classical
Latin words as Salix, Quercus, Carpinus, Betula and Alnus seems to be

1919] Flynn,— Meeting of Vermont Botanical Club 191

based more on unsupported theory than demonstrated fact. Ostrya
is said to be “from the Greek ostreon, a scale or shell, in allusion to
the fruit"; but óerpeov means oyster, and the Greek word for the
hornbeam is doTpia. Morus is "from the Greek morea, the mul-
berry." The two are probably cognate, but neither one is “from”
the other. Viburnum is said to be “from the Latin, meaning the
wayfaring" [sic]. The origin is much in doubt, but the derivation
from viere, to plait, seems a possibility. The spelling Simaroubaceae
hardly seems in accord with the best usage. Larix laricina appears
as "laricia" in the title to the plate on p. 27.

On the whole, the book is unusually free from typographical errors,
and presents an attractive appearance. It will be welcomed by every
lover of our native trees, and could be used to great advantage as a
text-book in the schools. Mr. Deam has rendered a distinct service
to dendrology by reissuing his admirable bulletin; and the data which
he has painstakingly gathered will become more and more valuable
as the process of deforestation of our native woodlands goes on.—
J. C. NELsoN, Salem, Oregon.

FIELD MEETING OF THE VERMONT BOTANICAL CLUB.— The Vermont
Botanical Club held its annual field meeting this year at North Hero on
Lake Champlain, August 5-6, conjointly with the Vermont Bird Club.
Thirty members were present, which is a very good attendance.

On the 5th trips were made to Pelot’s Bay and to a smaller bay
opening out of it, both being rich in water-weeds of various sorts,
such as Potamogetons, Myriophyllums, ete. Here were found Pota-
mogeton heterophyllus, P. zosterifolius, P. dimorphus, P. Richardsonüi,
P. perfoliatus, Myriophyllum spicatum, M. alterniflorum, and the stiff
White Water Crowfoot, Ranunculus circinatus. On the muddy shores
were several species of sedges, Scirpus validus, S. heterochaetus, and
S. occidentalis being among the number.

The morning of the 6th was rainy, but in the afternoon a trip was
made to “The Gut,” as the passage between North and South Hero
Islands is called. The Moonseed, Menispermum canadense, and the
Sanicle, Sanicula trifoliata, among a host of other plants, were growing
in the woods bordering the Lake, and on its muddy shore were found
the Water Pimpernel, [/lysanthes dubia, the Creeping Eragrostis, E.
hypnoides, the Arrowheads, Sagittaria arifolia and S. graminea, and
best of all the Waterwort, Elatine americana, new to the state, and the
little Littorella uniflora, for which this is the fourth station in the state.
These were certainly good finds for one afternoon.

192 Rhodora [OcroBER

Owing to the war and the prevalence of influenza the Club has held
no winter meeting since 1917 and as the summer meetings of 1917 and
1918 have not been reported in Rnopona perhaps its readers will be
interested in a few words about them.

The meeting of 1917 was held at Mt. Mansfield on July 1st with a
good attendance. The summit was explored and though nothing new
can be reported, such plants as Diapensia lapponica, Vaccinium Vitis-
Idaea var. minus, V. pennsylvanicum var. angustifolium, V. caespito-
sum, and V. uliginosum, as well as some of the mountain sedges and
grasses, as for instance Carex brunnescens, C. paupercula var. pallens,
and Hierochloé alpina, were found in good condition and proved
. Interesting to all.

One day was devoted to a tramp by the Long Trail to Smuggler's
Notch, where on the cliffs on both sides grow such rare plants as
Saxifraga Aizoon, S. aizoides, S. oppositifolia, Woodsia glabella, W.
alpina, Asplenium viride, Festuca ovina var. brevifolia, and, at Big
Spring, which pours forth as a small brook, was found Listera con-
vallarioides. In passing it may be said that Aspidium fragrans grows
near the summit.

The summer meeting of 1918 was held at Wilmington early in July.
It rained much of the time, but some collecting was done, the most
notable finds being the Arrow Arum, Peltandra virginica, growing at -
Lake Sadawga in Whitingham. There were floating islands in this
lake but no boats available to reach them, so it was necessary to be
content with one still anchored to shore. Here, in addition to the
Peltandra, were all the orchids, sedges, heaths, and other plants com-
mon to our sphagnum-swamps.

One day was given to climbing Haystack Mountain, but out of a
wealth of vegetation nothing new to the state was found unless by
the blackberry specialists, who may have a word to say on that point,
as a bulletin on the group will soon be issued by the University of
Vermont. ;

The next winter meeting will be held at Burlington, probably in the
latter part of January. For the summer meeting of 1920 many
members of the Club are in favor of the Averil Lakes in Essex County,
a region that has been very little if at all explored botanically.— (Mrs.)
NELurE F. FrxNw, Burlington, Vermont.

Vol. 21, no. 249, including pages 149 to 172 and plate 126, was issued 28 October, 1919.

Douora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 5 Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. November, 1919. No. 251.

CONTENTS:
Lomatogonium the Name for Pleurogyne. M. L. Fernald .

Excursion to Mt. Washington, Massachusetts. C. H. Knowlton 193

Chinese Marine Algae. F. S. Collins ] : : f . 198
Dicranoweisia crispula in White Mountains. A. L. Andrews 4 207
Ranunculus Boraeanus in eastern New York. 0. P. Phelps . 208

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1l

1052 Exchange Building. || ^ Preston and Rounds Co.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post office as Second Class Mail Matter

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. November, 1919. No. 251.

LOMATOGONIUM THE CORRECT NAME FOR
PLEUROGYNE.

M. L. FERNALD.

THE name Pleurogyne has become so fixed in the literature of north-
ern and alpine floras that it is disconcerting to discover that it is
clearly antedated by Lomatogonium. There is, however, a degree
of satisfaction in the fact that, while the generic name Pleurogyne had
a very irregular genesis, Lomatogonium was carefully and properly
published as a genus. Briefly, the situation is as follows. In 1826,
Chamisso & Schlechtendal, in enumerating the species of Gentiana
collected by the Romanzoff expedition, divided that genus into four
sections, indicated respectively by 1, 2, 3 and 4 asterisks. "The fourth
section was

“«**** Corolla rotata 4-5 fida, faux breviter fimbriata, stigmata duo
utrinque longitudinaliter ovario adnata (suturae valvularum s. spermophoro
insidentia). Genus Pleurogyna Eschsch. in litt." !

Then follow the species: Gentiana rotata, based upon Swertia rotata
L.; Gentiana Stelleriana, based upon Steller material from eastern Asia
and upon the Swertia rotata of Pallas, not of Linnaeus; and Gentiana
carinthiaca, based upon Swertia carinthiaca Wulfen.

In 1830, Alexander Braun, in an article entitled “ Lomatogonium;
ein neues Genus für Gentiana carinthiaca Frochl.," ? formally established
the genus Lomatogonium, clearly differentiating it from both Gentiana
and Swertia; and in the next year, 1831, Reichenbach took up Lomato-

1 Cham. & Schl. Linnaea, i. 187 (1826).
2 A. Br. Flora, xiii. 221 (1830).

194 | Rhodora [NOVEMBER

gonium and made the combination, L. carinthiacum) In 1836, how-
ever, Grisebach, in his preliminary publication upon the Gentianaceae,
instead of adopting the properly published Lomatogonium, took up for
the genus the Eschscholtz name but modified to Pleurogyne,? ascribing
it to Eschscholtz and citing Lomatogonium as a synonym; and this
name was later used by Grisebach in his more extended work? And,
although the original form of the name, Pleurogyna, was preferred by
George Don‘ and has been adopted in Index Kewensis, the name
Pleurogyne has been in general use up to the present time. In the
same year, 1836, that Grisebach formally put forward Pleurogyne
as a genus, Rafinesque published Narketis,> based upon Swertia rotata,
Gentiana carinthiaca, etc. But, since Pleurogyna was published by
Chamisso & Schlechtendal only as a synonym for a section of Gentiana
and consequently, as Professor Briquet says in a letter to the present
writer, “must be considered as a genus non rite publicatum," and since
neither Pleurogyne nor Narketis were published as generic names until
1836, it should be clear that the first properly published name for the
genus is Lomatogonium A. Br. (1830).

The correct bibliography of the genus seems to be, then

LoMaToGoNrtUM A. Br. Flora, xiii. 221 (1830); Reichenb. Fl. Germ.
Excurs. 421 (1831); Kostel. All. Med.-Pharm. Fl. iii. 1047 (1834).

Pleurogyna Eschsch., published as a synonym for a section of Gen-
tiana and ascribed to Eschscholtz by Chamisso & Schlechtendal,
Linnaea, i. 187 (1826); first taken up as a genus by G. Don, Gen. Syst.
iv. 188 (1837).

Pleurogyne Eschsch. ex Griseb. Observ. Gent. 31 (1836) and Gen. et
Sp. Gent. 309 (1839).

Narketis Raf. Fl. 'Tell. iii. 26 (1836).

In North America there is a single polymorphous, boreal species,
Lomatogonium rotatum (L.) Fries, the synonymy of which follows.

LoMATOGONIUM ROTATUM (L.) Fries ex Nyman, Consp. Fl. Eur. iii.
500 (1881). Swertia rotata L. Sp. Pl. i. 226 (1753). S. sulcata Rottb.
Act. Hafn. x. 438, t. 1, fig. 4 (1770). Gentiana rotata (L.) Froel.
Gent. 105 (1796). G. sulcata (Rottb.) Willd. Sp. Pl. i. 1351 (1798).

! Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 421 (1831).
? Griseb. Observ. Gent. 31 (1836).

3 Griseb. Gen. et Sp. Cent. 309 (1839).

4 G. Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 188 (1837).

5 Raf. Fl. Tell. iii. 26 (1836).

1919] Fernald,— Lomatogonium 195

S. pusilla Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 101 (1814). ZL. sulcatum (Rottb.)
Reichenb. ex Kostel. All. Med.-Pharm. Fl. iii. 1048 (1834). Narketis
rotata (L.) Raf. Fl. Tell. iii. 26 (1836). N. hyperborea Raf. 1. c. (1836).
Pleurogyna sulcata (Rottb.) G. Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 188 (1837). Pleuro-
gyne rotata (L.) Griseb. Gen. et Sp. Gent. 309 (1839). P. Purshit
Steud. Nom. ed. 2, ii. 355 (1841). P. carinthiaca, var. pusilla (Pursh)
Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. ii. pt. 1, 124 (1878). P. fontana A. Nels. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash. xvii. 177 (1904).

The plant of eastern America,— southwestern Greenland, southern
Labrador, Newfoundland and eastern Quebec!— is extremely vari-
able. Some individuals beautifully match Gmelin’s plate? of the
Siberian plant originally taken up by Linnaeus as Swertia rotata, a plant
with lance-attenuate leaves and calyx-segments. Others, the major-
ity, have the blunter, more oblong-lanceolate leaves of Pleurogyne
rotata, var. americana Griseb;? while more extreme individuals have
the leaves and sometimes the calyx-segments oval and quite obtuse.
These extremes, often occurring in the same colonies and connected by
abundant transitional specimens, are not varietally distinct but at
most can be recognized merely as somewhat striking forms.

Neither does it seem possible to distinguish clearly Pleurogyne
rotata, var. tenuifolia Griseb.,' which is apparently identical with P.
fontana A. Nelson? The latter plant is usually taller and more
fastigiate than the maritime individuals and it has more slender
leaves and calyx-segments. Nelson argues, furthermore, that it can-
not be P. rotata because “That species seems to skirt the northern
boundary of the continent, from Labrador and Greenland to Alaska,"
while * P. fontana seems to be closely circumscribed, being probably
confined to north central Colorado and the adajcent border of Wyo-
ming.” He further says that “the most obvious difference is the
different arrangement of the leaves; P. fontana being relatively naked
below while in P. rotata the leaves are crowded or even rosulate at base."

Now, looking into these characters in the order of their importance,
we find that of 42 individuals seen from Colorado and Wyoming 14

1 Pursh's Sùwerlia pusilla was said by him to come from *'the alpine regions of the White-hills
of New Hampshire... . In the Banksian Museum are specimens from Labrador, in every respect
agreeing with the New Hampshire plant." But no material of Pursh's plant from New Hamp-
shire is known nor is it probable that the plant occurs southwest of the lower St. Lawrence.
There it is confined to brackish sands or springy borders of saline marshes.

2 Gmel. Fl. Sib. iv. t. liii, fig. 1 (1769).

. 3 Griseb. Gen. et Sp. Gent. 309 (1839).
4 Griseb. l. c. (1839).
5 A. Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xvii. 177 (1904).

196 Rhodora [NovEMBER

show rosulate basal leaves, while of the 210 individuals in the Gray
Herbarium from Scandinavia, Siberia, Alaska, and from Greenland
to Newfoundland and the Magdalen Islands fully one-third lack such
rosulate foliage; and, incidentally, the Gmelin plate shows the original
Siberian material naked at base. Although, as already stated, the
plant of Colorado and Wyoming, as well as of Alberta and Manitoba,
is inclined to be taller and more fastigiate and to have more slender
leaves and calyx-segments than most other material, it would be
most difficult to distinguish plants from Como, Colorado (coll. Hughes)
with lanceolate leaves from Gmelin's plate or from many specimens
from Labrador, Anticosti or Gaspé, while the more extreme Rocky
Mountain plant is well matched by a specimen sent out by Besser
from Irkutsk on the Angara River entering Lake Baikal in Siberia.
The occurrence of this extreme form with linear leaves near the mouth
of Angara River is significant, since Gmelin, who illustrated a broader-
leaved individual, said of the original collection of P. rotata “Planta
haec in palustribus ad ANGARAE fluvui ostium in lacum Baical et
deinceps Bargusini occurrens" (Gmel. l. c. 112). In other words,
P. fontana, although the more general form in the Rocky. Mountains,
is also found in the type-region of P. rotata. The anthers of many
Colorado specimens are longer than those of many maritime or more
boreal plants, but some Colorado plants show small anthers; and
some plants from about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, differing in no other
character from the plants with small anthers, have anthers quite as
long as in the more extreme Rocky Mountain individuals. The
writer is, therefore, unable to keep apart even varietally the Rocky
Mountain plant.

Nelson (and others before him), in supposing Pleurogyne rotata (or
Lomatogonium rotatum) “to skirt the northern boundary of the conti-
nent, from Labrador and Greenland to Alaska," makes a considerable
assumption. Outside Colorado and adajcent Wyoming the species
is definitely known in America from southwestern Greenland, south-
eastern Labrador, Newfoundland and eastern Quebec (south to the
Magdalen Islands); on the southwest shores of Hudson Bay in Kee-
watin, thence locally across Manitoba and Saskatchewan to Alberta,
and somewhere on the Mackenzie; and from southern and western
Alaska into Siberia. In other words, we have no definite knowledge
that L. rotatum skirts “the northern boundary of the continent from
Labrador...to Alaska," for east of an indefinite station on the Mac-

1919] Fernald,— Lomatogonium 197

kenzie, its northernmost stations seem to be Hopedale, Labrador

(lat. 55? 27’), Churchill, Keewatin (lat. 58° 40’) and Edmonton

Alberta (lat. 53° 30’). |
The forms of Lomatogonium rotatum may be designated as follows.

LoMATOGONIUM RoTATUM (L.) Fries, forma typicum. Swertia
rotata L. Sp. Pl. i. 226 (1753).— Leaves and calyx-segments lanceolate
or lance-linear, acuminate.

L. ROTATUM, forma americanum (Griseb.), n. comb. Pleurogyne
rotata, y americana Griseb. Gen. et Sp. Gent. 309 (1839).— Leaves and
calyx-segments oblong or oblong-lanceolate, bluntish.

L. roratum, forma ovalifolium, n. f., foliis laciniis calycisque
ovalibus vel ovato-oblongisobtusis. TYPE from MAGDALEN ISLANDS:
grassy bank near shore, Amherst Island, August 25, 1914, St. John,
no. 1970 (herb. Gray).

L. norATUM, forma tenuifolium (Griseb.), n. comb. Pleurogyne
rotata, 8. tenuifolia Griseb. |. c. (1839). P. fontana A. Nelson, Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash. xvii. 177 (1904).— Leaves and -calyx-segments
linear-attenuate.

Many species have been described, chiefly from Asia, while only
one species besides L. rotatum is known in Europe and a single species
on Madagascar. Several of the proposed Asiatic species seem to be
minor variants rather than true species and some, naturally, are now
considered quite inseparable from earlier-described species. So far
as the writer has been able to recognize the species they are as follows;
but fuller material will doubtless show that several recently proposed
species with which he is unfamiliar are to be recognized.

LoMATOGONIUM ROTATUM (L.) Fries. See above.

L. CARINTHIACUM (Wulf.) Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 421 (1831).
Swertia carinthiaca Wulfen in Jacq. Misc. ii. 53, t. 6 (1781).— The
TYPE of Lomatogonium, but the specific combination not definitely
made by A. Braun.

L. canuiNTHIACUM (Wulf.) Reichenb., var. Stellerianum (Cham. &
Schl.), n. comb. Gentiana Stelleriana Cham. & Schl. Linnaea, i. 188
(1826). Pleurogyne himalayensis Klotsch in Klotsch & Garcke, Bot.
Ergeb. Waldem. Reise, 91, t. 68 (1862). !

L. Forresti (Balf. f.), n. comb. Pleurogyne Forresti Balf. f. Notes
Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. no. xvii. 78, t. 18 (1907).

L. brachyantherum (C. B. Clarke), n. comb. Pleurogyne brachy-
anthera C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 120 (1885).

L. Thomsoni (C. B. Clarke), n. comb. Pleurogyne Thomsoni
C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 120 (1885).

L. macranthum (Diels & Gilg), n. comb. Pleurogyne macrantha
Diels & Gilg in Futterer, Durch Asien, Bot. Repr. 17, t. 2 (1903).

198 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

L. spathulatum (Kerner), n. comb. Pleurogyne spathulata Kerner,
Ber. Naturw. Ver. Innsbruck, i. 104 (1870).

L. diffusum (Maxim.), n. comb. Pleurogyne diffusa Maxim.
Bull. Acad. Pétersb. xxxii. 510 (1888).

L. Lubahnianum (Vatke), n. comb. Pleurogyne Lubahniana
Vatke, Bremen, Abh. ix. 127 (1885).

L. minus (Griseb.), n. comb. Ophelia minor Griseb. in DC.
Prodr. ix. 126 (1845).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

AN EXCURSION TO MT. WASHINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS,
AND BASH-BISH FALLS.

CLARENCE H. KNowrrow.

Wuen the New England Botanical Club made its 1919 spring
excursion to southern Berkshire County, Mr. Charles Schweinfurth
and I received as our first day's assignment the southwestern corner
of the County and State, the township of Mt. Washington, especially
the region of Hudson River drainage. We found about 200 species
in identifiable condition, and collected them for the Club Herbarium.
My partner selected pteridophytes and woody plants while I gathered
the others. 'This article is based on our common experiences and
observations on May 30. I am much indebted to Mr. Schweinfurth
for notes and suggestions in writing this.

The township consists of a somewhat detached group of the Taconic
Mountains. The central plateau is about 1600 feet above sea-level,
with higher points at the edges, especially the east, Mt. Everett reach-
ing 2624 feet, and Mt. Race 2395 feet. The interior is drained by
several brooks, which join Bash-Bish brook and flow westward into
the Hudson. The general contours and elevation are strikingly simi-
lar to another Taconic section 150 miles further north, in Tinmouth,
Vermont. 'The country rock is mica-schist, although casual plants
of Cystopteris bulbifera, Ranunculus allegheniensis, Viola rostrata and
Senecio obovatus indicate the presence of lime, perhaps in the glacial -
drift.

Starting from South Egremont we climbed 900 feet to the central

1919] Knowlton,— Excursion to Mt. Washington 199

plateau by a sinuous and difficult road, with occasional glimpses of
white birches and Rhododendron canescens, the latter in full bloom.
In this high region we made our first collections — Castanea dentata,
Corylus rostrata, Quercus alba, Q. ilicifolia, Amelanchier canadensis,
Prunus virginiana, P. serotina, P. pennsylvanica, Vaccinium vacillans,
V. canadense, Kalmia latifolia, Lyonia higustrina, Diervilla Lonicera,
Smilax herbacea, Clintonia borealis, Geum rivale, Polygala paucifolia,
Pedicularis canadensis, and Senecio aureus, with other familjar plants,
not very different from those seen in similar acid areas in the
Fitchburg plateau region.

The next halt was by a school-house. Happy children, with woods
and fields and a real brook to play in! In the brook grew Stellaria
borealis Bigel., var. isophylla Fernald and Geum virginianum, with
Zizia aurea close by, while in the light woods were Uvularia perfoliata
and the inevitable Aralia nudicaulis. Around an old house-site were
several introduced plants of which Levisticum officinale may deserve
the honor of a record, along with an apparently transplanted native,
Viburnum Opulus, var. americanum.

We now coasted rapidly into the Vale of Bash-Bish. Here were the
rich woods we expected, with Tsuga canadensis, Betula lutea and B.
lenta, Fagus grandifolia, Ulmus fulva, Tilia americana and Acer sac-
charum, together with the following shrubs: Taxus canadensis,
Hamamelis virginiana, Dirca palustris, Ribes Cynosbati, Acer pennsyl-
vanicum, Lonicera canadensis, Viburnum alnifolium and Sambucus
racemosa.

There were dry woods, too, mainly oak with some chestnut and a
few white pines. In the rocky woods above the falls Quercus Prinus
was very abundant, with some specimens of Fraxinus americana.
In this region were brilliant flowering clumps of Silene pennsylvanica
in the driest places. Quercus alba and Q. rubra were further down the
gorge. With these trees grew Myrica asplenifolia, Rubus alleghenien-
sis, Ceanothus americanus, Rhus typhina, Cornus florida, Vaccinium
stamineum and Viburnum acerifolium.

The greatest surprise of the day was the striking contrast between
the northern sunny side of the gorge, and the shaded southern side.—
To find Oxalis americana and Acer spicatum on one hand, and then only
a few yards away Gerardia virginiana and Scirpus planifolius was
indeed strange. The following lists of herbaceous plants emphasize
the contrast further.

200

Rhodora

[NOVEMBER

Ricu. Woops.

Adiantum pedatum
Aspidium marginale

e noveboracense
spinulosum,

medium
Phegopteris Dryopteris
" polypodioides
Polystichum acrostichoides
Botryichum virginianum
Brachyelytrum erectum
Carex bromoides
gracillima
laxiflora, var. blanda
leptonervia Fernald
scabrata
Luzula saltuensis
Maianthemum canadense
Polygonatum biflorum
Smilacina racemosa
Trillium erectum
Laportea canadensis
Asarum canadense
Actaea alba
* rubra

Ranunculus recurvatus

“

var. inter-

“

Ranunculus abortivus
E , var. encyclus

Caulophyllum thalictroides

Dentaria diphylla

Mitella diphylla

Tiarella cordifolia

Fragaria vesca, var. americana

Rubus odoratus
Amphicarpa monoica
Oxalis americana
Viola blanda

“ canadensis
eriocarpa Schwein.
pubescens
Circaea alpina
Sanicula marilandica
Osmorhiza Claytoni
Trientalis americana
Hydrophyllum americanum
Collinsonia canadensis
Mitchella repens
Aster acuminatus

“ divaricatus
Erigeron philadelphicus
Solidago latifolia

“

Dry Woops.

Oryzopsis asperifolia
Carex communis
* digitalis
pedunculata
pennsylvanica, var. lucorum
Scirpus planifolius
Silene pennsylvanica
Thalictrum dioicum
Hepatica americana

“

The Bash-Bish Falls are most interesting.

Saxifraga virginiensis
Hypericum punctatum
Lysimachia quadrifolia
Satureja vulgaris
Gerardia virginica
Veronica officinalis
Antennaria neodioica

* * var. grandis
Solidago caesia

The brook descends

through a narrow ravine for several hundred feet, then down through
a deep gorge in the schist, then near the State Line falls in a beautiful

cataract some forty feet.

The region is picturesque and well worth

a visit but automobilists should approach it warily, and from the
splendid road on the New York side, for the State Line is guarded by

1919] Knowlton,— Excursion to Mt. Washington 201

a monumental *thank-you-marm." Our springs apparently stood
the test, only to disintegrate some days later in Vermont.

On dry ledges high above the falls grew W'oodsia ?lvensis; on shaded
ledges the familiar Polypodium vulgare. Near the foot of the falls
was one good plant of Adlumia fungosa, and a nice sod of Sagina
procumbens, while Campanula rotundifolia was frequent in moist
crevices. A single plant of Arabis lyrata nestled among the stones of
the gorge wall, while in the sandy bank higher up grew 4. laevigata
and Tussilago still showing a few blooms. Along the stream were
beds of Tiarella, with Rhus Toxicodendron and Rubus triflorus, and in
the stream itself clumps of Poa saltuensis Fernald, Carex torta, Carda-
mine pennsylvanica, Chrysosplenium americanum and _ Steironema
ciliatum. We found one Gentiana but whether G. Andrewsii Griseb.
or G. clausa Raf. did not yet appear.

The region comes within the New York floral area and has been:
visited by New York botanists as may be seen by articles relating to it!

Some contributors to its literature have raised a troublesome
question of synonymy by writing of Copake Falls, N. Y. when they
mean Bash-Bish Falls, Mass. The lists of Mr. Stewart H. Burnham
and Mr. Sereno Stetson are very interesting, as both are evidently
keen collectors, and their visits took place earlier and later in the
season than ours of May 30.

Plants on Mr. Burnham's list which we did not find are:

Asplenium Trichomanes Clematis verticillaris
Panicum latifolium Pyrus Americana
Muhlenbergia tenuiflora Rosa blanda
Hystrix patula Desmodium bracteosum
Carex brunnescens Poir. var. gracie Aralia hispida
lior Britton Cornus circinata

* trisperma Asclepias phytolaccoides

* mirabilis , Pycnanthemum incanum
Quercus coccinea Mentha gentilis
Cerastium nutans Helianthus divaricatus

Mr. Stetson viewed the general region as one geographic unit,
paying very little attention to the State Line, so it is not possible to

1 The Rare Mosses of Bash-Bish Falls. Elizabeth G. Britton, Torreya I, 9, 1901.

The Flora of Copake Falls, N. Y. Sereno Stetson, Torreya XIII, 121-133, 1913.

A Supplementary List of the Plants of Copake Falls, N. Y. Stewart H. Burnham, Torreya
XIII, 217-19, 1913.

1913 notes on the Flora of Copake Falls, N. Y. Sereno Stetson, TOrreya XIV, 42—45, 1914.

202 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

know absolutely which of his plants grew in Massachusetts. He
explored the western slopes of the hills very thoroughly, and in many
cases it would be hard to ascertain on just which side of the invisible .
line his specimens grew. The following are selected as perhaps
within our limits.

Juniperus virginiana Monarda didyma
Corallorrhiza maculata " fistulosa

J trifida Gerardia flava
Cypripedium acaule Veronica americana

E parviflorum, var. pu- Cuscuta Coryli

bescens Orobanche uniflora

Habenaria hyperborea Aster patens
Claytonia virginica * prenanthoides
Desmodium paniculatum Eupatorium urticaefolium

- nudiflorum Solidago erecta
Lespedeza frutescens * hispida
Gentiana quinquefolia “ gquarrosa

The neighboring region of New York furnished us several additional
species. In dry woods just inside Copake, we found good specimens of
Polygala Senega, while in a calcareous swamp near the State road just
north of Copake village grew Salix candida and S. serissima, Carex
limosa and C. diandra var. ramosa. These interesting plants do not
appear on the New York lists.

This day of exploration brought us very little that was new, but
the region proved most interesting from the large number of species
and the unexpected contrasts. We secured so many plants not on
the Copake lists that further explorations should bring out still other
rarities, for the area is extensive, there being many ravines and slopes,
with decided differences in altitude and in moisture content.

HiNGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

1919] Collins,— Chinese Marine Algae 203

CHINESE MARINE ALGAE.
F. S. Corus.

THERE has recently been submitted to me by Mr. W. R. Maxon of
the herbarium of the U. S. National Museum, a small collection of
marine algae from China, gathered by Mrs. Spencer Lewis in the
summer of 1915, at Pei Tai Ho, Gulf of Pechili, Chihli Province.
The algae are mounted on small cards, and were apparently selected
for their beauty and attractiveness, but the preparation was well and
carefully done, and the plants are in excellent condition for examina-
tion. The following is the list, in systematic order and with the serial
numbers corresponding to the specimens.

33. Enteromorpha intestinalis (L.) Grev.
35. Enteromorpha prolifera (Fl. Dan.) J. Ag.
34. Enteromorpha plumosa Kütz.
32. Cladophora sp.?
29. Codium fragile (Suringar) Hariot.
30,31. Bryopsis pennata Lamour.
27. Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derbés & Solier.
25. Chordaria flagelliformis (Fl. Dan.) Ag.
26. Chordaria Cladosiphon Kütz.
28. Dictyota indica Sonder.

8. Goniotrichum elegans (Chauvin) Le Jolis.
1,52, 59. Gelidium australe J. Ag.

19. Gracilaria multipartita (Clementi) Harv.
20. Gracilaria confervoides (L.) Grev.
36. Campylaephora hypneoides J. Ag.

18. Laurencia obtusa (Huds.) Lamour.
4,5. Antithamnion cruciatum (Ag.) Niig.
10-17. Ceramium Boydenii Gepp.
7,24. Ceramium japonicum Okamura.
6. Pleonosporium Borreri var. fasciculatum (Harv.) Holmes &

Batters.

8,9. Symphyocladia gracilis (Martens) Falk.
22, 28. Grateloupia affinis (Harv.) Okamura.
37,38. Grateloupia filicina (Wulf.) J. Ag.

204 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

39. Grateloupia ramosissima Okamura.
21. Polysiphonia ferulacea Suhr.

48. Isoptera regularis Okamura.

2,3. Dasya pedicellata Ag.

41-47. Corallina officinalis L.

40. Melobesia sp.?

47. Sargassum sp.?

In all 27 determined specifically, 3 only as to genus. Not an ex-
tensive list, but 17 of the 27 are reported for the first time from China.
If we except the genus Sargassum, for reasons to be stated later, only
28 can be safely retained from older lists, giving a total of 45. Poly-
siphonia ferulacea is epiphytic on Gracilaria confervoides, Goniotrichum
elegans on Symphyocladia gracilis and Colpomenia sinuosa on Gelidium
australe, The Gelidium is a quite slender and delicate appearing
plant, but apparently not distinct from the coarser form of California
and Australia. Laurencia obtusa is taken in a broad sense; in all
probability several species now pass under that name, but we are not
in a position clearly to distinguish them; L. botryoides and L. thuyoides,
recorded on the Chinese coast, probably should be included in L.
obtusa, in this sense. Antithamnion cruciatum, Pleonosporium Bor-
reri var. fasciculatum and Dasya pedicellata, well known North Atlantic
plants, now appear for what seems to be the first time in the Pacific.
In each case the characters are quite those of the Atlantic plant.

Our previous knowledge of Chinese marine algae is very scanty.
The first work of importance is that of Martens! in which are included
previous records; unfortunately most of the older records are rather
uncertain and cannot safely be compared with the present list.
The next list is by Debeaux.? This includes 26 species from Chefoo
and Hongkong. The author was not a specialist in algae, and most
of his identifications were made by René Lenormand, and unless con-
firmed from other sources, cannot be safely accepted. More recently
Mrs. Gepp has published a list? containing 22 named species, 2 of
them with an "(?)" and 6 only generically determined, from Wei-hai-
wei and Swatow.

1 Georg v. Martens. Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien. Botanische Theil. Ber-
DO an Algues marines recoltées en Chine pendant l'expédition francaise de 1860-62.

Actes Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, Vol. xxx, 1875.
* Ethel S. Gepp. Chinese marine algae. Jour. of Bot., Vol. XLII, p. 161, 1904.

1919] Collins,— Chinese Marine Algae 205

A general list of the marine algae of China, to include all that seem
sufficiently authenticated to the writer from these four sources, is
quite meager for so long a coast, and especially in contrast with our
knowledge of the flora of Japan. For the latter we have, in addition
to a number of papers by European authors, many publications of
recent years by Japanese phycologists, Yendo, Okamura, and others.
The Icones of Japanese Algae, of which the fourth volume is now being
issued by Okamura, is an illustrated work of the first rank, and is
indispensable to any student of North Pacific algae. In this list, as
given below, the important genus Sargassum is omitted; even more
than with other genera it is impracticable to assimilate the different
records. In Agardh's monograph! localities are given vaguely, as
“Mari Japonico et Chinensi.” Grunow's posthumous notes?
would probably give the needed information, but having been issued
during the late war, are not accessible in this country. Abbreviations
used in the list for Chinese localities are, C, Cheefoo.? H, Hongkong.
P, Pei-tai-ho. S, Swatow. W, Wei-hai-wei. To show relationships,
à note on the further distribution of each species is added.

GENERAL List oF THE MARINE ALGAE OF CHINA.

Rivularia atra Roth. W. General.
Ulva Lactuca L. C.S. General.
Enteromorpha intestinalis (L.) Grev. C. P. General.
Enteromorpha prolifera (Fl. Dan.) J. Ag. P. N. Atlantic.
Enteromorpha plumosa Kütz. P. N. Atlantic.
Codium fragile (Suringar) Hariot. C. P. W. Pacific.
Bryopsis pennata Lamour. P. Warm waters.
Ectocarpus siliculosus (Dillw.) Lyng. W. General.
Leathesia difformis (L.) Aresch. C. S. W. N. Atlantic.
Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derbès & Solier. P. Warm waters.
-. Chordaria flagelliformis (Fl. Dan.) Ag. C. P. N. Atl. & Pac.
Chordaria Cladosiphon Kütz. P. Australia.
Chordaria firma Gepp. W. Endemic.

1J. G. Agardh. Species Sargassorum Australiae. Kgl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Stock-
holm, Vol. XXIII, No. 3, 1889. à

2 A. Grunow. Additimenta ad cognitionem Sargassi. Verh. k.k. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien.

3 The different forms used for the same Chinese name present some difficulty, but it is as-
sumed that Cheefoo, Tschifu and Tché-fou, refer to the same place.

206 -Rhodora ; [NOVEMBER

Cystophyllum Thunbergii (Mert.) J- Ag. C. W. Japan.
Cystophyllum fusiforme Harv. W. Japan.
Cystophyllum Swartzii (Ag.) J. Ag. C. Japan.
Dictyota indica Sonder. P. W. Indies.
Dictyota dichotoma (Huds.) Lamour. W. Warm waters.
Goniotrichum elegans (Chauv.) Le Jolis. P. General.
Gelidium australe J. Ag. P. Australia, Pac.
Gymnogongrus japonicus Suringar. S. Japan.
Cystoclonium armatum Harv. W. Japan.
Gracilaria multipartita (Clementi) Harv. P. General.
Gracilaria confervoides (L.) Grev. C. P. W. General.
Campylaephora hypneoides J. Ag. C. P. Japan.
Champia parvula (Ag.) Harv. W. N. Atlantic.
Acanthophora orientalis J. Ag. S. Australia, Asia.
Laurencia obtusa (Huds.) Lamour. C. P. Warmer waters.
Polysiphonia ferulacea Suhr. P. Warmer waters..
Polysiphonia japonica Harv. W. Japan.
Polysiphonia urceolata (Lyng.) Grev. (?) W. N. Atl. & Pac.
Rhodomela subfusca (Woodw.) Ag. W. N. Atlantic.
Rytiphloea sinensis Debeaux. C. Endemic.
Symphyocladia gracilis (Mart.) Falk. C. P. Japan.

Dasya pedicellata Ag. P. N. Atlantic.
Isoptera regularis Okamura. P. Japan.
Leveillea bidentata Martens. C. Endemic.
Antithamnion cruciatum (Ag.) Näg. P. N. Atlantic.
Ceramium Boydenii Gepp. P. W. Japan.
Ceramium japonicum Okamura. P. Japan.
Pleonosporium Borreri var. fasciculatum (Harv.)

Holmes & Batters. P. Europe.
Grateloupia affinis (Harv.) Okamura. P. Japan.
Grateloupia filicina (Wulf.) J. Ag. C. P. S. Warmer waters.
Grateloupia ramosissima Okamura. P. Japan.

Corallina officinalis L. C. P. General.

1919] Andrews,— Dicranoweisia crispula in White Mts. 207

SPECIES RECORDED FROM CHINA BUT UNVERIFIED AND IMPROBABLE.

REPORTED BY MARTENS. REPORTED BY DEBEAUX.
Ectocarpus littoralis. Padina Pavonia.
Haplosiphon filiformis. Rytiphloea capensis.
| Spermatochnus australis. Champia Kotschyana.
Laminaria saccharina. Gelidium cartilagineum.
Haliseris polypodioides. Gelidium corneum var. sericeum.
Polysiphonia spinescens var. sin- Rhodymenia palmata var. sinensis.
ensis. Dumontia filiformis var. tenuis.
Griffithsia corallina Bryopsis plumosa.
Gelidium cartilagineum. Bryopsis arbuscula.
Lophura floccosa. Enteromorpha compressa.

Gastroclonium uvarium.
Hypnea nigrescens.

REPORTED BY GEPP.
Halosaccion microsporum.

Norta EASTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

DICRANOWEISIA CRISPULA IN THE WuITE MouNTAINS.— Lesquereux
and James's Manual of the Mosses of North America (1884, p. 57)
gives no record of this species from eastern North America. Mr. R. S.
Williams in North American Flora (xv, 96, 1913) credits it to * Green-
land; Labrador; Mt. Marcy, New York," leaving the impression that
it does not occur in New England. It was found by Prof. A. W. Evans
and the writer Aug. 3, 1917 by the Cold Brook of King's Ravine in
the White Mountains of New Hampshire. Cold Brook emerges from
the ice-filled talus of the head of King's Ravine a short distance above
the little falls popularly known as Mossy Falls, and it was just below
this place of emergence, between it and the falls that a vigorous fruit-
ing tuft of the moss grew. Careful search of the northern part of the
Presidential Range in the summers of 1917 and 1918, including a trip
to the Ice Gulch further north in Randolph! failed to discover it
elsewhere, and it is certainly not an abundant plant in the White
Mountains. There is however one earlier specimen at present in the
Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, of which Mrs. Britton
has kindly sent me a portion. It was collected in August, 1889 in

. 1Though Tetrodontium Brownianum (Dicks.) Schwaegr. has long been known from the White .
Mts., in view of its limited number of New England stations it is perhaps worth recording that
it occurs in the Ice Gulch. It was found in limited quantity on a few loose rocks in cold parts
of the Gulch July 27, 1917, by Prof. Evans, Prof. A. S. Pease and the writer.

208 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Tuckerman’s Ravine by L. M. Underwood and correctly determined
by him. Prof. L. W. Riddle has kindly looked through the Crypto-
gamic Herbarium of Harvard University, the Herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club and the personal collection of the late Pro-
fessor Farlow and reports no specimens from the White Mts., the only
eastern ones being from Newfoundland (Waghorne) and the one from
Mt. Katahdin, Maine collected by J. F. Collins July 8, 1900 and
recorded in Raoponra, iii, 180, 182 (1901). The specimen from Mt.
Marcy, New York was collected by Mrs. E. G. Britton, Aug. 29, 1892.—
A. LeRoy AnpreEws, Ithaca, New York.

RANUNCULUS BORAEANUS IN EASTERN NEW YonKk.— Very early in
the spring of 1919. I noted, in a meadow numerous plants which
had finely dissected leaves. As these leaves were unlike any I could
recall, careful watch was kept of them. By the last of April the
blossom-stalk proved the plant to be a Ranunculus. The first week
in May the first blossom opened. "The plant resembled Ranunculus
acris L., but flowered earlier, was less stout, had finely dissected
leaves, little pubescence, and that appressed, and a very short beak
to the achene.

A specimen was sent to Harvard and pronounced to be Ranunculus
Boraeanus Jordan, a species of continental Europe, the appearance
of which has not before been noted in America. “It is considered by
some authors as doubtfully, distinct from Ranunculus acris L.” but
Professor Fernald, after giving the points of difference, notes: “ Your
point that with you it flowers so very much earlier than Ranunculus
acris L. also seems to indicate that it is a fairly marked species." —
ORRA PARKER PHELPS, Gansevoort, New York.

Vol. 21, no. 260, including pages 173 to 192, was issued 24 November, 1919.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD € Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND | Publication Committee.

Vol. 21. December, 1919. No. 252.
CONTENTS:
American Occurrence of Crepis biennis. Bayard Long i . 209
The Genus Bromelica. J. C. We/son , k : . ; —
Two Color Forms of Lobelia cardinalis. Harold St. John . . 217
Further Notes on Philotria. R. W. Woodward . à i D
Errata. i i y ; : : . : è : |; 220
Index. : k : : ' 3 ‘ j : i ; 229

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T.

1052 Exchange Building, Preston and Rounds Co,

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
. England. Price, $1.50 per year (domestic and foreign); single copies 15 cents.
Prices of Volumes 1 and 2 (1899 and 1900) on application. All remittances by
check or draft, except on Boston or New York, must include ten cents additional
for cost of collection. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or
indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be gladly received and pub-
lished to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will bė
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of
print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Ex-
tracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Culti-
vated, based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS
and Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb.1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scientific
Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of
4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 21. December, 1919. No. 252. .

NOTES ON THE AMERICAN OCCURRENCE OF CREPIS
BIENNIS.

BAYARD Lona.

THE large genus Crepis is represented in the eastern United States
by certain species of the Old World. These are weedy plants with
somewhat the aspect of Hieraciums and are found introduced on road-
sides, in fields, and about waste places. Of various species of the
genus collected in this country from time to time all but a few have
proved to be merely waifs. There has been a concensus of opinion,
however, that four species have become sufficiently well established
here to be recognized as elements of our flora. With the exception of
Crepis pulchra, known only very locally from Virginia, there are com-
monly accredited to our region: Crepis tectorum, well characterized
by involute cauline leaves; C. capillaris (C. virens of the older manuals)
and C. biennis, both with plane stem-leaves, the former with small heads
of flowers and 10-ribbed achenes, the latter with rather large heads and
13-ribbed achenes.

In the Philadelphia area these plants are to be considered as rather
rare introductions, or at least only locally frequent. The greater part
of our material is from ballast ground, collected many years ago, but
recently scattered specimens have been coming in to the Herbarium
of the Philadelphia Botanical Club from roadsides and cultivated
ground — frequently grass-lands or newly-seeded lawns. In the
absence of any personal experience in the field with the genus these
specimens had never aroused sufficient interest to cause them to be
more than very casually examined. In the early autumn of 1915 at

210 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Toms River, New Jersey, an acquaintance with a conspicuous road-
side weed belonging to this genus supplied the requisite interest to
make a more careful study of these plants.

In critically examining at the Academy of Natural Sciences the
American material of these introduced species of Crepis, a point of
some interest was brought to light. It was seen that of the three
species credited to our area the greater number of specimens by far
represented C. capillacea; a lesser number, C. tectorum; but none, C.
biennis! It was somewhat disconcerting to have found no C. biennis.
The material from this country bearing the name “Crepis biennis”
had indubitably fallen into C. tectorum. From descriptions and from
European material in the Academy Herbarium C. biennis had been
found to be a robust, more or less rough-hairy plant with large heads
of flowers (involucre about 1 em. tall, with its bracts pubescent on the
inner faces), and achenes about 4-5 mm. long, olivaceous, 13-ribbed,
not beaked — a well marked plant, very different superficially, as
well as in its more obscure and technical characters, from the other
Old World species accredited to America.

A unanimity of opinion was seen in our American manuals in
crediting the plant with a more or less extended range: in Gray’s New
Manual, * N. E. to Pa. and Mich." and in the new edition of the
Illustrated Flora, “Vermont to Pennsylvania, Michigan, and in ballast
about the seaports." An interest naturally centered in the Pennsyl-
vania occurrence.

In Taylor's Flora of the Vicinity of New York it was found with some
surprise to be “more common in Pa. than elsewhere." ! Reference to
Keller and Brown's Flora of Philadelphia and Vicinity showed their
knowledge of the plant to be based entirely upon two records in
Porter's Flora of Pennsylvania — one for Easton, in Northampton
County and another for Chester County.? On being verified in Por-
ter's Flora these were found to constitute the entirety of his records
for the state.?

The Porter Herbarium had then only recently arrived at the
Academy, and although in rather a disorganized condition for locating
a small series like Crepis, the fact of two definite records in his Flora
was incentive enough to search diligently for the basis of these records.

1 Taylor, Fl. Vic. N. Y. 645 (1915).

? Keller & Brown, Fl. Phila. & Vic. 311 (1905).
3 Porter, Fl. Pa. 305 (1903).

1919] | Long,— American Occurrence of Crepis biennis 211

With the passing of Professor Porter's guardianship, his herbarium,
with its loose plants and labels, in many groups had suffered much
from careless handling, but fortunately the thin covers of Crepis in
the Pennsylvania series had been quite undisturbed. In the cover
labelled “Crepis biennis L.” were two plants: one ticketed in pencil
“Coll. Grounds, '69," presumably those of Lafayette College and thus
the basis of the Easton record for Northampton County; the other
from Wm. M. Canby with the data, “Introduced, Chester Co., Pa.
1863." The “Coll. Grounds" specimen though named “(Crepis
biennis" in Porter's hand (the rest of the label, however, doubtfully
his) is a plant quite different from that species. It is low, scapose,
with a single, rather large head, superficially somewhat resembling a
dandelion and apparently referable to Leontodon hispidus. The
Canby specimen had been named originally “ Apargia autumnalis L.”
but Porter, in the process of doubtless numerous examinations of this
strange plant, had crossed through Canby's identification, trans-
ferred it to Leontodon, affixed a large “?”’, affirmed a * No!", written
“Crepis” in ink and penciled “biennis?” and then finally inked in
“biennis L.” The specimen shows a branch of evidently a robust
plant, rough-pubescent, and with plane stem-leaves. Unfortunately
it is only in bud and insects had wrought havoc with the immature
achenes, but from the large size of the buds and the pubescent ¢harac-
ter of the inner faces of the involucral bracts it seems clear that this
is indeed authentic Crepis biennis.

Further search in Philadelphia, at the College of Pharmacy and the
University of Pennsylvania, produced no. other material — except a
fine specimen of Sonchus arvensis masking under the name of “ Crepis
biennis."

It had become quite evident by this time that Crepis biennis was
far from being a plant familiar to Philadelphia botanists. "Taylor's
assertion of its greater frequence in Pennsylvania than elsewhere thus
naturally led to an inquiry concerning the basis of this statement.
Mr. Taylor kindly wrote me that his data consisted of apparently
only the Porter records. With a deficiency of material at the New
York Botanical Garden and two definite records from Pennsylvania
his statement was readily verified — but not very happily phrased,
it was felt, for information on the supposed occurrence of the species.

With the Pennsylvania records for the range of the species appar-
ently satisfactorily reviewed, a brief search indicated that the New

212 j Rhodora [DECEMBER

England occurrence was probably based upon the notation of “ Ver-
mont, Pringle,” in the Synoptical Flora! (amplified in the recent
Flora of Vermont to the definite station, Charlotte)? and “Mass.”
in Watson and Coulter's Edition of Gray's Manual? Michigan ap-
peared to originate in the new Gray's Manual. The specimen bases
of these records all probably being still extant at the Gray Herbarium,
Professor Fernald's interest was evoked, but pleading an unfamiliarity
with the group, on being pressed for critical opinions on the identities
of these plants, he enabled me to borrow the material — and to draw
my own conclusions.

The bases of the records for Vermont, Massachusetts, and Michigan
happily were all found preserved in the Gray Herbarium. The first
is labelled: “Hieracium? Charlotte, Vt. (a casual) June 7th, 1875.
C. G. Pringle," and the sheet marked twice with Gray's identification,
“Crepis biennis,” and a small “Syn. Fl. N. Amer." ticket attached.
There are three good, essentially complete, specimens crowded upon
the sheet. It is at once evident that this is not a homogeneous series
representing a single species. One of the plants, with rather few,
notably large heads, is recognizable as characteristic C. biennis.
The remaining two, although superficially somewhat similar to C.
biennis, show inflorescences of more numerous, appreciably smaller
heads, and, except for the rough pubescence on stems and leaves,
might readily be taken offhand for C. capillacea. On more critical
examination they are found to have the inner faces of the involucral
bracts glabrous, the achenes 10-ribbed, and about 3-3.5 mm. long —
which conclusively shows that these plants cannot be C. biennis. One
of them has pinnatifid leaves, similar to those of C. biennis, but the
other has entire or remotely toothed leaves. "There is also a decided
difference in pubescence, especially on the inflorescence. They are
both apparently referable, however, to C. Nicacensis Balb.— the plant
with the uncut foliage probably representing the form called £. integri-
folia Lamt. in Rouy's treatment.4 The Massachusetts record is based
upon two specimens with the label, in the hand of Sereno Watson,
reading: “Crepis biennis, L. Wianno, Mass., sandy soil, near a
dwelling. Miss L. M. Hill — June 1887.” These appear.to have the

! Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. ii. 430 (1884).

? Flora of Vermont. Vt. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 187. 253 (1915).
3 Gray, Man. ed. 6. 300 (1890). :

* Rouy, FI. Fr. ix. 227 (1905).

1919] Long,— American Occurrence of Crepis biennis 213

technical characters of C. Nicacensis. They certainly do not represent
C. biennis. The Michigan basis rests upon a sheet of two specimens,
labelled: “Herbarium, Agricultural College, Mich. Crepis biennis L.
In meadow on the College farm seeded with orchard grass seed im-
ported from France. Coll. C. F. Wheeler, 15- VI-97." These again
apparently represent C. NicaeensisA

The material from the Missouri Botanical Garden, loaned me
through the kindness of Dr. Greenman, showed no specimens of the
desired species; but that from the National Herbarium, generously
sent me by Mr. Standley for examination, produced a specimen from a
new locality, This is labelled as collected at Asheville, North Caro-
lina in 1888 by Gerald McCarthy. The specimen is a nearly complete
plant in full flower showing the characteristic large heads of the
species. As an indication of the size and general appearance of the
expanded heads it is interesting to note that the original label reads:
"Cynthia virginica” — which, however, has been crossed out and
“Crepis biennis” written above in pencil.

In the general search for records of a definite occurrence of Crepis
biennis it was noted that in Piper and Beattie’s Flora of the Northwest `
Coast this species is reported from Vancouver Island on authority of
Macoun.? A specimen collected by John Macoun and so named has
been seen from Vancouver Island in the United States National
Herbarium. Similar material, collected at a later date and then
named Crepis virens by Macoun, is contained in the Herbarium of the
Missouri Botanical Garden. Superficially, in habit, leaf-shape and
generally hispid character, these plants suggest in some measure a
reduced Crepis biennis, but the technical characters of glabrous inner
faces of the involucral bracts and generally 10-ribbed achenes, coupled
with the smaller size of the heads and of the achenes, show that
they represent further American material of what appears to be C.
Nicaeensis.

It is quite possible of course that continued search in the herbariums
of the country might reveal a few more specimens of authentic C.
biennis, but when the large collections already examined were able to

1 [t is pertinent to note that Rouy in the Flore de France indicates that the species is intro-
duced with lucernes throughout Central Europe, Great Britain, Denmark and southern Sweden.
One cannot but speculate whether C. Nicaeensis has not arrived in this country in a similar
way and is to be classed with the various other European species that, as waifs, are picked up
usually in clover-, alfalfa-, or grain-fields, or grass-lands.

? Piper & Beattie, Fl. Nw. Coast. 359 (1915).

214 Rhodora [DECEMBER

show only three meager specimens, it seems very unlikely that sufficient
material could be found to warrant the belief that this is a species
worthy of an unchallenged place in all our manuals. It must not be
forgotten, moreover, that these three specimens all represent distinctly
ancient collections and that detailed information on their occurrence
at these stations is quite lacking, except in the case of Pringle's col-
lection. From his reference to the species at Charlotte as a casual
and the fact of his collection consisting of three different forms, it is no
great stretch of the imagination to visualize a weedy field planted with
imported seed and containing scattered plants of Crepis and doubtless
various other foreign species. It surely would have been difficult,
except in some such habitat, to pick up three such unusual forms in
one collection. Every collector knows the value to be attached to
the occurrence of introductions of this type. It is equally well known
how frequently an unusual introduction occurs as a single plant or a
small colony and how familiar the circumstance is of its failure to
reappear the following year. At times, of course, the collector is
himself the cause of this but more often it is only the regular course
of a strange plant failing to establish itself. Whether this species
actually occurs at any of these localities at the present day is a matter
open to very considerable doubt. In all probability it is not of a
vigorous and weedy character and has long since died out at all three
stations.

It seems scarcely necessary to suggest that the conclusion to be
drawn from these notes is that much new evidence is needed on the
presence of Crepis biennis on this continent to maintain it satisfactorily
as an element of our flora. Until conclusive information is obtained
of its actual establishment with us, it seems only just that it should
be classed with the various other species of the genus (and is C. tec-
torum above suspicion?) that appear from time to time, chiefly in
cultivated fields, and disappear within a year or two. There is no
question of the interest attaching to strange and curious weeds that
are found on lawns or among alfalfa, grain or other crops, but it is
urgently desirable that these waifs be not confused with introductions
that really have become naturalized.

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

1919] Nelson,— The Genus Bromelica 215

THE NEW GENUS BROMELICA (THURB. FARWELL.

JAMES C. NELSON.

THE arguments adduced by Mr. Farwell in support of his proposed
new genus Bromelica (RHODORA 21: 76-78) are very convincing as long
as the delimitation of Melica is based on the characters taken by most
American authors as distinctive. Certainly if the genus is established
primarily on the texture of the lemmas and the arrangement of the
uppermost into a club-shaped mass, it becomes very difficult to con-
struct any key that will place the species striata, Smith, aristata,
subulata, Harfordii and Geyeri under the genus. Yet, as Mr. Farwell
points out, this is Just what American botanists have done, with results
that have led to much inconsistency and confusion. If these are
indeed the characters that distinguish Melica from its allies, a subdivi-
sion of the genus seems inevitable.

But the question arises whether the characters above stated are
correctly taken as those on which the genus is established. Undoubt-
edly it is excluded from Aveneae for the reasons advanced by Mr.
Farwell, i. e., the glumes are shorter than the lower floret, and the
rachilla is not prolonged. Clearly then it belongs in Festuceae, as
long as that tribe is delimited as at present. Just as clearly it is
separated from Festuca by the bifid apex of the lemma. Apparently
then Bromus is its nearest ally among the North American grasses.
But cannot some less minute character than the pubescence of the
grain or its adherence to the palet be found to distinguish Melica from
Bromus, which will at the same time permit the retention of the species
of Mr. Farwell's Bromelica under the original Melica ?

After a careful study of Hackel's key to the Festuceae (in Engler &
Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ii. Abt. 2, 61—64), I cannot feel that he
regarded the texture or arrangement of the lemmas as determining
characters, or that he would have accepted the prevailing American
delimitation of the genus. The essential facts seem to him’to be (1)
the presence of imperfect florets on the upper part of the spikelet; (2)
the number of such florets — not their texture or arrangement. The
genera in which these sterile or empty lemmas are uniformly fwo or
more might then be set off from those in which normally only one,

216 Rhodora [DECEMBER

and that the uppermost, lemma is sterile or empty — in which group
both Festuca and Bromus would be found. Those in which two or
more imperfect florets exist might be further subdivided into
(a) Lemmas 1-3-nerved, including Eragrostis, Sphenopholis, Koeleria,
and Catabrosa. 3

(b) Lemmas 3-5-many-nerved, including Diarrhena and Melica, as
well as the South American Anthochloa, the African Harpachne,
and the Australian Ectrosia and Heterachne.

It must not be overlooked that occasionally specimens of Festuca or
Bromus are found with more than one empty lemma; but these are
the exception rather than the rule. Tribal and generic differences
must be based on prevailing rather than universal characters, and there
can be no doubt that the single empty lemma predominates in Festuca
and Bromus, just as in Melica and its allies the existence of more than
one imperfect floret is fairly constant.

If these characters be taken as the basis of our dichotomy, the sub-
genus Bromelica may still remain in Melica, because it agrees in having
uniformly more than one imperfect floret; and the membranous tex-
ture and more remote arrangement of the upper lemmas become
characters of subgeneric rank. The nearest ally of Melica among
American grasses would then not be Bromus or Festuca, but Diarrhena,
from which it would be easily distinguished by its three stamens
(Diarrhena having 2 or rarely 1) and 1 lodicule (Diarrhena having 2).

Melica would further be distinguished from the other genera with
more than one imperfect floret as follows: Heterachne and Harpachne
have lemmas and glumes keeled, Anthochloa has the lemmas fan-shaped,
Lophatherum and Ectrosia have the sterile lemmas awned.

But the attempt to distinguish Melica on texture and arrangement
of the upper lemmas alone will, as Mr. Farwell has pointed out, never
be satisfactory. I am inclined to think, however, that the problem is
not to be solved by a segregation of the genus, but by an attempt to
find a different set of characters on which to base the delimitation;
and this cannot be done until we consider the genus in wider relations
than those afforded by its North American allies.

SALEM, OREGON.

1919] St. John,— Lobelia cardinalis : 217

TWO COLOR FORMS OF LOBELIA CARDINALIS L.
Hanorp Sr. JOHN.

AN unusual rose-colored form of Lobelia cardinalis L. was recently
sent from Jaffrey, New Hampshire, by my friend, Miss E. M. Parker.
In the Gray Herbarium is a specimen of the same form from East
Jaffrey, collected by E. L. Rand and B. L. Robinson in 1901. This
rose-colored form, then, appears repeatedly, if not continuously in
Jaffrey. In the first edition of his Manual, Dr. Gray says! of Lobelia
cardinalis L., “rarely varying to rose-color! (Plymouth, Mr. Gilbert),
and in the Gray Herbarium is an old sheet of this form, with imperfect
data, that is presumably Mr. Gilbert's plant from Plymouth, or speci-
mens raised from seed obtained from Mr. Gilbert. In 1871 this plant
was mentioned in the Torrey Bulletin,? “flesh colored variety, 1868,
Meriam.” Later, in 1912, Dr. Witmer Stone noted,’ “Near Green
Creek I have found a plant with pale salmon pink flowers." Striking
color-forms such as this attract the attention of any observer, so they
may well be designated by a name.

LOBELIA CARDINALIS L., f. rosea n. f., floribus roseis. Flowers rose-
colored. New HAMPSHIRE: flowers roseate, mountain stream, East
Jaffrey, Aug. 31, 1901, E. L. Rand & B. L. Robinson, no. 1,007 (type
in Gray Herb.); brookside near East Jaffrey, Aug. 29, 1919, Miss
E. M. Parker.

Like most colored flowers, Lobelia cardinalis L. has an albino form.
It is of occasional occurrence, and it has often been mentioned in the
botanical journals and in the floras from the time of Muhlenberg * who
indicates it by “Corolla ;

alb.
cocc.
and by Pursh,5 “I have seen a white variety of it," down to the present

time. "This should be known as:

5. cardinalis,"

1 Gray, Asa: Man. Bot. N. U. S., ed. 1. 253 (1848). \
2 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club ii. 12 (1871).

3 Stone, Witmer: Pl. of S. N. J. 715 (1911).

1 Muhlenberg, Henry: Cat. Pl. Am. Sept. 22 (1813).

5 Pursh, Frederick: Fl. Am. Sept. ii, 448 (1814).

218 Rhodora [DECEMBER

LOBELIA CARDINALIS L., f. alba (A. Eaton), n. comb. L. cardinalis
L., var. alba A. Eaton, Man. Bot. N. Am., ed. 7, 375 (1836). L.
cardinalis L., 8 alba Wood, Class-Book of Bot. ii. 227 (1845). L.
cardinalis L., y candida Wood, Am. Potanist and Florist 195 (1870).

Gray HERBARIUM. z

FURTHER NOTES ON PHILOTRIA.
R. W. WOODWARD.

IN a recent issue (RHODORA 21:114), the writer reported what ap-
peared to be Philotria angustifolia growing in brackish water at Old
Lyme, Connecticut. The station was revisited in August, 1919, and
both flowers and fruit were examined while fresh, so that they can be
described in more detail than was possible from dry specimens.
Experience proves these parts of Elodeas to be unsatisfactory in the
dry state, even when great care is used in preparing them.

At this station the plant occurs as a narrow fringe at the extreme
edge of low water, and cannot well be collected except for a short time
at the turn of the tide. Hundreds of staminate flowers were seen
floating on the slowly moving water as it began to return. Many of
these were surrounded by pollen grains, moving along with them,
while others that had not yet discharged their pollen, emitted a
copious pollen shower at the slightest jar. In these expanded flowers,
the three purplish, or purple-flecked, somewhat ventricose, obovate
sepals, which are barely united at base, are so strongly reflexed that
they meet beneath and resemble a thin, wide peduncle. The narrower
petals are similarly reflexed. Consequently the whorls of nearly
sessile anthers are raised in effect above the perianth, and the latter
cannot impede the flight of the pollen when it is ejected. Possibly
also the reflexed perianth, traveling in the water, steadies the rest of
the flower and keeps it upright above the surface and in the best
position to scatter its pollen. The anther cells are 0.8-1.1 mm. long
and very plump, and the firm pollen grains are noticeably large. As
the perianth, if spread out flat, could hardly exceed 3 mm. in breadth,
it appears that the anthers are large for the size of the flower, and the
amount of pollen correspondingly great. In fact, when floating on
the water, the whorls of anthers are the conspicuous part of the flower.

1919] Woodward,— Further Notes on Philotria 219

In the pistillate flowers, the three obovate, ventricose, purplish
calyx-lobes ascend between the three stigmas, while their tips are
sharply incurved and form a cup-shaped depression at the base of the
stigmas. The whitish, wider petals are recurved and nearly concealed
beneath the broad recurved stigmas. As will be seen, the whole
forms a minute depression, or bowl, at the surface of the water, and is
well adapted to intercept floating grains of pollen and bring them
into contact with the stigmatic surfaces. The calyx-lobes are smaller
in the pistillate flowers, which are 2 mm. broad, when expanded.
Staminodia were observed.

Since the delicate spathe is easily ruptured, the fruit readily escapes
and is borne away or sinks into the mud, and is hard to find. In the
brief interval at the turn of the tide, more than twenty five specimens
of good fruit were secured. In the former note, the fruit was called
globose. It should be described rather as blunt plano-convex. The
plane side is distinetly flat and has a thin, rather wide, continuous
wing. The ridge of the convex surface is truncate and this smaller
plane is also winged. In outline lengthwise, the fruit varies from
circular to oblong but is prevailingly oblong. It is 1.5-1.7 mm. long
and about 1 mm. (exceptionally 1.5 mm.) broad.

In the twenty or more cases where it could be measured accurately,
the tubular, two-toothed spathe was found to be 5-7 mm. long.

The writer has not had opportunity to compare the plant with
authentic material of Philotria angustifolia, and cannot affirm that it
is that species but it would seem to be the same, or at least close to it.

It is a pleasant picture to recall,—a quiet August morning, the
incoming tide mirror-like in its smoothness and bearing on its flood
flowers that are so seldom seen. Many of these, perhaps one hundred,
were collected, but they were so elusive and the shore shelved so
abruptly, that hardly one in ten could be secured of those that were
floating past. It was a fortunate combination of cireumstances,
which might not occur again in a season, possibly, not in a lifetime.

New Haven, CONNECTICUT.

Vol. 21, no. 251, including pages 193 to 208, was issued 8 December, 1919.

220

Page

“

Rhodcra [DECEMBER

ERRATA.

7, line 34, for Britton read Britten.

10,

75,
114,
116,
125,
145,
170,
178,

182,
208,

“

41, for HYDBOPHILA read HYDROPHILA.
11, for Nejas read Najas.
28, for elodea read Elodea.
1, for Hierochloeodorata read Hierochloe odorata.
14, for lacinata read laciniata.
30, for Coleopleurum read Coelopleurum.
15, for Carophyllaceae read Caryophyllaceae.
13, for americana (Fisch.), n. comb. read AMERICANA
(Fisch.) Nieuwl.
21, for Sphenoscadium read Sphenosciadium.
12, dele the period after 1919.

1919

Index

No
bo
mÓ

INDEX TO VOLUME 21.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Abies canadensis, 41, 108, 109.

Acacia, 29.

Acalypha, 82;
ginica, 82

Acanthophora orientalis, 206.

Acer, 127, 190; Negundo, 127; ni-
grum, 190; pennsylvanicum, 127,
130, 199; platanoides, 127; Pseudo-
Platanus, 127; rubrum, 119, 127,
var. tridens, 127; saccharinum,
127; saccharum, 127, 190, 199;
spicatum, 127, 130, 199.

Aceraceae, 127.

Achillea millefolium, 170.

Acrostichum Thelypteris, 174, 178.

Actaea alba, 200; rubra, 200; rubra
neglecta, 116.

Adelia, 190.

Adiantum pedatum, 200.

Adlumia fungosa, 201.

Aesculaceae, 190.

Aesculus, 127, 190; TOTIS SUP
127.

Aetopteron, 10.

Agrostis, 28.

Ailanthus, 81; glandulosa, 81.

Algae, Chinese Marine, 203.

Alnus, 190; incana, 190; rugosa, 119.

Alsine, 1-4, 7-12; aizoides, 6; ana-
tolica, 6; attica, 6; austriaca, 11;
biflora, 11-13, 15; caucasica, 5;
cymifera, 5; decipiens, 6; dianthi-
folia, 6; ; Douglasi 12; Funkii, 5;
gee ; groenlandica, 20; hirta,

21; a foliosa, 22; intermedia, 6;
laricifolia, 16; leucocephala, 6;
libanotiea, 6; ‘media, 7-9; minor,
regs octandra, 11; parnassica, 6;
|» propinqua, 22; UNE 6; ri-
marum, 6; rube la, 12, 22, var.
hirta, 22; rupestris, 11; Schim-
perii, 6; segetalis, 7-9; striata, 16;
stricta, 12; Thevenaci, 6; The
Type of the Genus, 7; verna, 12,
9 glacialis, 22, n hirta. 21, 6 pro-
pinqua, 22, @ rubella, 22, var.
Thevenaei, 6; Villarsii, 11.
Alsinanthe, 11, 12; biflora, 13.

gracilens, 82; vir-

Alsinella, 12; biflora, 13; rubella, 22.
Alsinopsis, 9, 11, 12; arctica, 10;
caroliniana, 9; Douglasii, 12: The
earlier Names for, 9; glabra, 9, 20;
groenlandica, 9, 20; hirta, 22,
laricifolia, 11, 16; obtusiloba, 14;
15; propinqua, 9, 22; quadri-
valvis, 22; sajanensis, 9, 11, 13;
stricta, 9; tenella, 12; verna, 9, 11.

Altingiaceae, 190.

Amelanchier canadensis, 199; ob-
longifolia, 119.

American Elm, 42; Representatives
of Arenaria sajanensis, 12; Varia-
tions of Arenaria verna, 21.

Ammodenia, 1-5; peploides, 4.

Amphicarpa monoica, 200.

Amsinckia, 38, 39, 148; Arenaria, 39,
40; barbata, 38, 40; Douglasiana,
148; in New England, 38; in-

tactilis, 39, 40; intermedia, 39,
40; lycopsoides, 38, 39; Menziesii,
39, 40; spectabilis, 40.

Amygdalaceae, 190.

Anacardiaceae, 125.

Andrews, A. L., Dicranoweisia crisp-
ula in the White Mountains, 207.
Anemone canadensis, 56, 59; nar-
cissiflora, 53; riparia, 50.
Angelica, 145; Archangelica, 146;
atropurpurea, 65, 145; p cida, 144—

146, The Identity of, 144.

Annual Field Meeting of the Ver-
ovd. Botanical and Bird Clubs,

Another exceptional Specimen of
Daucus Carota, 147.

Antennaria neodioiea, 200,
grandis, 200.

Anthochloa, 216.

Antithamnion cruciatum, 203, 204,
206.

Apargia autumnalis, 211.

Aplozia hyalina, 150; obovata, 162.

Aquifoliaceae, 125.

Aquilegia canadensis flaviflora, 116.

Arabis laevigata, 201; lyrata, 59,
201.

var.

222

Aralia hispida, 201; nudicaulis, 199.

Arbor Vitae, 56, 58—60.

Archangelica Gmelini, 146;
peregrina, 145, 146.

Arenaria, 1-3, 5, 17, 18, 19; aizoides,
6; alpina, 13, 15; anatolica, 6;
arctica, 10, 14, 16; arenarioides,
5; attica, 6; austriaca, 11; bi-
flora, 13, 15, var. obtusa, 14;
bryophylla, 5; campestris, 6;
caucasica, 5; cerastioides, 5;
Cossoniana, 7; cymifera, 5;
dasyphylla, 6, var. sedoides, 6;
decipiens, 6; dianthifolia, 6;
dichotoma, 5; diversifolia, 6;
Funkii, 5; Gieseckii, 21; glabra,
17-20, The specifie Identity of
Arenaria groenlandiea and, 17;
glaucovirens, 7; Grisebachii, 6;
groenlandica, 16-20, and A. glabra,
The specific Identity of, 17, var.
glabra, 20; hirta, 21, a glabra, 21,
a glabrata, 22, 8 pubescens, 21;
Hookeri, 4; iberica, 5; interme-
dia, 6; Jankae, 6; lanceolata, 11;
lanuginosa, 3; laricifolia, 3, 11, 13,
15, 16; leucocephala, 6; libanotica,
6; macradenia, 4; makmelensis, 6;
marcescens, 13, 15; montana, 6;
musciformis, 5; obtusa, 7, 14, 15;
obtusiloba, 13-16; occulta, 13;
octandra, 11; paludicola, 3;
papulosa, 7; platysperma, 7;
polygonoides, var. obtusa, 7, 8
oeculta, 13; propinqua, 9, 21;

. pulvinaris, 6; quadrivalvis, 22;
rimarum, 6; rubella, 22; saja-
nensis, 3, 10-13, 15, The American
Representatives of, 12; scandi-
naviea, 13; Schimperii, 6; spath-
ulata, 5; sphagnoides, 6, 13;
stellarioides, 7; stellata, 6; steno-
petala, 13; striata, 16; stricta, 59;
tenella, 12; tenuifolia, 10, 11;
Thevenaei, 6; Tommasinii, 7;
'The Unity of the Genus, 1; verna,
9, 11, 16, 21, The American Varia-
tions of, 21, var. equicaulis, 22,
var. hirta, 13, 21, 22, var. propin-
qua, 21, 22, var. propinqua, forma
epilis, 21, 22, var. pubescens, 21,
var. pubescens, forma epilis, 22,
var. rubella, 21, 22; Villarsii, 11.

Arethusa bulbosa, 118.

Aronia atropurpurea, 119.

Arrow Arum, 192.

Arrowheads, 191.

Arum, Arrow, 192.

Asarum canadense, 200.

145,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Asclepias phytolaecoides, 201.

Aspidium, 174, 177; angustum, 178;
Boottii, 177; cristatum, 177, var.
Clintonianum, 177; Filix-mas, 177;
fragrans, 177, 192; Goldianum,
177; marginale, 178, 200; nove-
boracense, 178, 200; simulatum,
178; spinulosum, 178, var. ameri-
canum, 174, 178, var. concordia-
num, 178, var. dilatatum, 174, var.
dilatatum, forma anadenium, 174,
178, var. intermedium, 178, 200;
Thelypteris, 178.

Asplenium, 174, 175; acrostichoides,
175, 178; angustifolium, 175, 178;
angustum, 175; asplenioides, 175;
eyclosorum, 175; Filix-foemina,
175, 178; pyenocarpon, 178; Scolo-
pendrium, 177, 179; Trichomanes,
201; viride, 192.

Aster, 75; acuminatus, 200; cordi-
folius, 170; divaricatus, 200;
ericoides, 170; nemoralis, 75, 143;
patens, 202; prenanthoides, 202;
puniceus, 170; undulatus, 170.

Athyrium, 174, 175; acrostichoides,
178; acrostichoideum, 178; an-
gustifolium, 178; angustum, 178;
ee 178; pyenocarpon,
178.

Avena, 76; Smithii, 76, 77; striata,
76, 77; Torreyi, 76, 77.

Aveneae, 76.

Azalea viscosa, 119.

Balsam Fir, 109.

Balsaminaceae, 128.

Banksian Pine, 44-49, 52, 65.

Bash-Bish Falls, An Excursion to Mt.
ee Massachusetts and,
198.

Bastard Spruce, 46.

Batidaea, 89, 90; amplissima, 89;
heterodoxa, 89; itascica, 91; per-
amoena, 91; strigosa, 89, 92, 96,

.Subsp. B. acalyphacea, 98, subsp.
B. arizoniea, 98, subsp. B. cataphra-
tica, 96, subsp. B. elegantula, 96,
subsp. B. heterodoxa, 96, subsp.
B. itascica, 91, 96, subsp. B. per-
amoena, 91, 98, subsp. B. sub-
arctica, 97.

Bean, R. C., Field Trips of the New
England Botanical Club, 1919, 143;
Plans for 1919 Spring Field Trip
of the New England Botanical
Club, 86.

Beech, 51.

Bellflower, 107.

1919]

Betula, 190; alba, 190; lenta, 199;
lutea, 42, 190, 199; papyrifera, 43,
190; pumila, 65, 88.

Bidens connata, 103, var. gracilipes,
103, 104, var. petiolata, 103, 104.

Birch, 51; Black, 51; Paper, 50;
White, 199; Yellow, 42.

Bird’s Kye Primrose, The white-
flowered, 148.

Black Birch, 51; -jack Oak, 49;
Spruce, 50, 51.

Blepharia, 185.

Bluebottles, 106.

Boraginaceae, 170.

Boston District, Reports on the Flora
of the, — XXX. 78; XXXI. 125.
Botanieal and Bird Clubs, Annual
Field Meeting of the Vermont, 144;
Club, Field Meeting of the Ver-
mont, 191; Club, 1919, Field Trips
of the New England, 143; Club,
Plans for 1919 Spring Field Trip
of the, 86; Nomenclature, Neces-

sary Changes in, 101.

Botrychium virginianum, 200.

Brachyelytrum erectum, 200.

Brasenia, 75.

Brassica arvensis, 170;
170.

Bromelica, 77, 215, 216; aristata,
77; Geyeri, 78, var. Howellii,
78; Harfordii, 78, var. minor,

campestris,

78; New Genus, 215; New Genus .

of Grasses, 76; Smithii, 77;
striata, 77; subulata, 78.

a Na 76, 77, 215, 216; subulatus,

Bryopsis arbuscula, 207; pennata,
203, 205; plumosa, 207.

Buda, 8.

Buddleia, 5.

Burns, G. P., The annual Field
Meeting of the Vermont Botanical
and Bird Clubs, 144.

Caesalpinaceae, 190.

Callitrichaceae, 125.

Callitriche, 125; heterophylla, 125;

. palustris, 125.

Caltha palustris, 65,170. _

Calypogeia sphagnicola, 169.

Calypso bulbosa, 65.

Campanula, 107; rotundifolia, 201.

Campylaephora hypneoides, 203, 206.

Canoe-birch, 48.

Cape Breton, Nichols’s Vegetation of
northern, 171

Capillaria, 110.

Capsella bursa-pastoris, 170.

Index

223

Cardamine pennsylvanica, 201.

Cardiospermum, 127; Halicacabum,
127.

Carex albo-nigra, 84; arapahoensis,
83; bromoides, 200; brunnescens,
192, var. gracilior, 201; castanea,
87; chordorhiza, 65; Collinsii,
118; communis, 200; Crawei, 87;
diandra, var. ramosa, 202; digita-
lis, 23, 24, 200, var. copulata, 23;
ellynoides, 84; flava, var. gaspensis,
40, var. gaspensis in Vermont, 40;
glaucodea, 116; gracillima, 200;
gynocrates, 65; impressa X Carex
lanuginosa, 84; laxiculmis, 23, 24;
laxiculmis copulata, 23; laxiflora,
var. blanda, 200; Leavenworthii,
85; leptonervia, 200; limosa, 202;
mirabilis, 201; muskingumensis,
85; Notes, 83; paupercula, var.
pallens, 192; pedunculata, 200;
pennsylvaniea, 107, var. lucorum,
200; retroeurva, 24; scabrata,
200; subimpressa, 84; torta, 201;
tribuloides, 85, var. reducta, 85,
var. sangamonensis, 84, 85, var.
turbata, 85; trisperma, 201; vagi-
nata, 65; vestita, var. Kennedyi, 35.

Carices, A Distinction between two,

Carpinus, 190.

Carya, 189.

Caryophyllaceae, 170.

Cassiope tetragona, 53.

Castalia, 184.

Castanea dentata, 44, 199.

Catabrosa, 216.

Catalpa Catalpa, 189.

Caulophyllum thalietroides, 200.

Ceanothus, 128; americanus, 128,
199; ovatus, 128, var. pubescens,

128.
Cedar, 60; of Lebanon, 29; White,
4, 58

Cedrus, 67.

Celastraceae, 126.

Celastrus, 126; scandens, 126.

Celtis pumila, 190.

Cephalozia connivens, 168; Loitles-
bergeri, 149, 168.

Ceramium Boydenii, 203, 206; japoni-
cum, 203, 206.

Cerastium arenarioides, 5; biflorum,
13; nutans, 201; vulgatum, 170.
Ceratophyllum demersum, 121, 122.

Chamaecyparis, 68.

Chamaerops humilis, 29.

a Kotschyana, 207; parvula,
206.

224

Changes in the Nomenclature of the
Gray's Manual Ferns, 173.

Cherleria octandra, 11; stellata, 6.

Chinese Marine Algae, 203.

Chionanthus virginica, 119.

Chordaria Cladosiphon, 203, 205;
firma, 205; flagelliformis, 203, 205.

Chrysosplenium americanum, 201.

Cimicifuga racemosa, var. dissecta,
104.

Cinna latifolia, 130.

Circaea alpina, 200.

Cistus canadensis, 36.

Cladonia, 19, 119.

Cladophora, 203.

Clairvillea, 185; lutea, 186.

Claytonia virginica, 202.

Clematis verticillaris, 201.

Clintonia borealis, 199.

Clokey, I. W., Carex Notes, 83.

Codium fragile, 203, 205.

Coelopleurum, 146; actaeifolium,
145, 146; Gmelini, 145, 146;
lucidum, 146, 147, forma frondo-
sum, 147.

Collins, F. S., Chinese Marine Algae,
203.

Collinsonia canadensis, 200.

Colpomenia sinuosa, 203-205.

Commelina, 50; virginiana, 49.

Compositae, 170.

Connecticut Plants, Some, 114.

Corallina officinalis, 204, 206.

Corallorrhtza maculata, 202; tri-
fida, 202.

Corema Conradii, 68.

Coreopsis rosea, 171, forma leu-

cantha, 171.

Cornaceae, 170.

Cornus alternifolia, 189, 190; cana-
densis, 170; circinata, 201; florida,
190, 199; rugosa, 130.

Corydalis aurea, 87.

Corylus rostrata, 199.

Cosmos, 171.

Cow Lilies, 183, 184; Nymphozan-
thus the correct Name for the, 183.

Crataegus, 189, 190; Calpodendron,
190; coccinea, 190, var. oligandra,
190; cuneiformis, 190; deltoidea,
190; Gattingeri, 190; macra-
cantha, var. succulenta, 190; mol-
lis champlainensis, 67; mollis
Ellwangeriana, 67; neo-fluvialis,
190; pausiaca, 190; pedicellata,
190; rugosa, 190.

Creeping Eragrostis, 191.

Crepis, 209-211, 214; biennis, 209-
214, Notes on the American Occur-

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

rence of, 209; capillaris, 209, 210,
212; nicaeensis, 212, 213, ĝinte-
grifolia, 212; pulchra, 209; tec-
xs 209, 210, 214; virens, 209,
13. ‘

Croton, 82; capitatus, 82; texensis, 82.

Crowfoot, White Water, 191.

Cruciferae, 170.

Cupressus, 67.

Cuscuta, 29; Coryli, 202.

Cyatheaceae, 175.

Cynoxylon, 190.

Cynthia virginica, 213.

Cyperus dentatus, 73. s

Cypripedium acaule, 202; hirsutum,
65; parviflorum, 65, var. pubes-
cens, 202.

Cystoclonium armatum, 206.

Cystophyllum fusiforme, 206;
Swartzii, 206; Thunbergii, 206.

Cystopteris bulbifera, 198.

Daboecia, 31.

Dasya pedicellata, 204, 206.

Daucus Carota, 70, 71, 147; Another
exceptional Specimen of, 147, An
unusual, 70.

Day Flower, 49.

Deam, C. C. [Notice of Work], 188.

Deam’s Trees of Indiana, 188.

Deane, W., Amsinckia in New Eng-
land, 38; Reports on the Flora of
the Boston District, — XXX. 78,
XXXI. 125.

Dennstaedtia, 175; punctilobula, 178.

Dentaria diphylla, 200.

Deschampsia flexuosa, 66.
Desmodium bracteosum, 201; nudi-
florum, 202; paniculatum, 202.

Diapensia lapponica, 192. i

Diarrhena, 216.

Dicksonia, 175; punctilobula, 178.

Dieranoweisia crispula in the White
Mountains, 207.

Dictyota dichotoma, 206;
203, 206.

Diervilla Lonicera, 199.

Diospyros, 190.

Diplazium, 175.

Dirca palustris, 199.

Discovery of Trisetum spicatum in
Pennsylvania, 128.

Distinction between two Carices, 23.

Douglas Pine, 31.

Drosera rotundifolia, 119.

Druopteris, 10.

Dryopteris, 10, 174, 177; Dryopteris,
129.

Dumontia filiformis, var. tenuis, 207.

indica,

1919]

Eames, E. H., Another exceptional
Specimen of Daucus Carota, 147.

Earlier Names for Alsinopsis, 9.

Ectocarpus littoralis, 207; siliculosus,
205.

Ectrosia, 216.

Eel Grass, 53.

-Elatine americana, 191; minima, 73.

Eleocharis, 10, 75; interstincta, 75,
143; olivacea, 75; Robbinsii, 75;
Torreyana, 143; tuberculosa, 73.

Elm, American, 42.

Elodea, 114, 115; canadensis, 114.

Elymus riparius, 116.

Enteromorpha compressa, 207; in-
testinalis, 203, 205; plumosa, 203,
205; prolifera, 203, 205.

Epigaea, 86.

Epilobium densum, 116; molle, 116.

Equisetum palustre, 65; scirpoides,65.

Eragrostis, 138, 216; caroliniana, 137;
creeping, 191; Frankii, 136; hyp-
noides, 191; peregrina, 133-140,
and its two Allies, Specific Char-
acters of, 133; pilosa, 133-140,
ob condensata, 133; Purshii, 133-
140.

Erigeron canadensis, 170; philadel-

phieus, 170, 200.

Eriocaulon decangulare, 119; Par-
keri, 116.

Eriophorum angustifolium, 87; viridi-
carinatum, 65.

Erodium, 79; Botrys, 79; ciconium,
79, var. tenuisectum, 79; cicuta-
rium, 80; laciniatum, var. Bovei,
80; malacoides, 80; moschatum,
80; Stephanianum, 80.

Errata, 220.

Eualsine, 11.

Eubotrys racemosa, 119.

Eucalyx, 149, 154; hyalina, 150; obo-
vatus, 162.

Eunardia, 149.

Euonymus atropurpureus, 189. -

Eupatorium album, 107; urticae-
folium, 202.

Euphorbia, 82; corollata, 82; Cy-

parissias, 82; Esula, 82; Helio-
scopia, 82; hirsuta, 83; Ipeca-
cuanhae, 107; maculata, 83;

marginata, 83; Peplus, 83; platy-
p a, 83; polygonifolia, 83; Pres-
ii, 83; prostrata, 83.
Euphorbiaceae, 82.
Evans, A. W., Notes on New Eng-
land Hepaticae,— XV, 139.
Evonymus, 126; atropurpureus, 126.
Excursion to Mt. Washington, Mas-

Index

225

sachusetts, and Bash-Bish Falls,
198.

Eurytaenia, 182.

Euryptera, 182.

Facchinia, 11.

Fagus grandifolia, 199.

Fairy Lily, 75.

Farwell, O. A., Bromelica (Thurber):
a new Genus of Grasses, 76; Neces-
sary Changes in botanical Nomen-
clature, 101; Tsuga americana
(Mill.) Farwell, a final Word, 108.

Felix foemina, 174.

Fern, Lady, 175.

Fernald, M. L., The American Repre-
sentatives of Arenaria sajanensis,
12; The American Variations of
Arenaria verna, 21; Bidens con-
nata, var. gracilipes, 103; Carex
flava, var. gaspensis in Vermont,
40; Coreopsis rosea, forma leu-
cantha, n.f., 171; The earlier Name ,
for Alsinopsis, 9; Field Trips of the
New England Botanical Club,
1919, 143; A Flora of northeastern
Pennsylvania, 172; Helianthemum
Bicknellii and H. propinquum, 36;
The Identity of Angelica lucida,
144; Lithological Factors limiting

. the Ranges of Pinus Banksiana

and Thuja occidentalis, 41; Loma-
togonium the correct Name for
Pleurogyne, 193; Nymphozanthus
the correct Name for the Cow Lilies,
183; A new Polygonum from south-
eastern Massachusetts, 140; Pani-
cum § Capillaria in New England,
110; Plans for 1919 Spring Field
Trip of the New England Botanical
Club, 86; Rubus idaeus and some
of its Variations in North America,
89; The specific Identity of Are-
naria groenlandiea and A. glabra,
17; Two new Myriophyllums and
a Species new to the United States,
120; The Type of the Genus
Alsine, 7; The Unity of the Genus

Arenaria, 1; The Variations of
Ranuneulus repens, 169; The
White-flowered Bird's Eye Prim-
rose, 148.

Ferns, Changes in the Nomenclature
of the Gray's Manual, 173.
Festuca, 72, 76, 77, 215, 216; ovina,
var. brevifolia, 192; ovina hispi-
dula, 72; rubra subvillosa, 72;
subulata, 78; Varieties, Two, 72.
Festuceae, 76, 77.

226

Field Meeting of the Vermont Bo-
tanical Club, 191; Trips of the
New England Botanical Club, 1919,
143.

Filix, 10, 174; mas, 10, 174.

Fir, 50; Balsam, 109.

Fleur de lis, 180; de lis of the Iris,
The History of the popular Name
* Flower de luce" or, 180; de Louis,
180; de lys, 180, 181.

Flora of northeastern Pennsylvania,
172; of the Boston District, Re-
ports on the,— XXX, 78, XXXI,
125.

Flower de luce, 180; or “Fleur de lis"
of the Iris, The History of the
popular Name, 180.

Flowers in northern Vermont, No-
: vember, 170.

Flynn, N. F., Field Meeting of the

ermont Botanical Club, 191.

Forestiera, 190.

.Fragaria vesca, var. americana, 170.
200; virginiana, 170.

Fraxinus americana, 199; Michauxii,
189, 190; profunda, 190.

Further Notes.on Impatiens biflora,
98; Notes on Philotria, 218.

Galax, 24; aphylla, 24, introduced in
Massachusetts, 24.

Galeopsis tetrahit, 170.

Galium palustre, 65; saxatile, 66.

Ganong, W. F., Nichols's Vegetation
of northern Cape Breton, 171.

Gastroclonium uvarium, 207.

Gaylussacia dumosa, 119.

Gelidium, 204; australe, 203, 204,
206; cartilagineum, 207; corneum,
var. sericeum, 207.

Gentiana, 193, 194, 201; Andrewsii,
201; carinthiaca, 193, 194; clausa,
201; quinquefolia, 202; rotata,
193, 194; Stelleriana, 193, 197;
suleata, 194; verna, 60.

Gentianaceae, 194.

Geraniaceae, 79.

Geranium, 80; Bicknellii, 80; caro-
linianum, 80; dissectum, 80; mac-
ulatum, 80; molle, 80; pratense,
80; pusillum, 80; Robertianum,
80; sibiricum, 80.

Gerardia flava, 202; virginiana, 199;
virginica, 200.

Geum rivale, 65, 199; virginianum,
199.

Gnaphalium polycephalum, 170; uli-
ginosum, 170.

Goniotrichum elegans, 203, 204, 206.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Gorse, 29.

Gracilaria confervoides, 203, 204,
206; multipartita, 203, 206.

Gramineae, 129, 170.

Grass, Eel, 53; Mat, 23; Oat, 76;
Wire-bent, 23.

Grasses, Bromelica (Thurber): a
new Genus of, 76.

Grateloupia affinis, 203, 206; filicina,
203, 206; ramosissima, 204, 206.

Gratiola aurea, 73.

Gray’s Manual Ferns, Changes in
the Nomenclature of the, 173.

Greniera, 11, 12; Douglasii, 12;
tenella, 12.

Griffithsia corallina, 207.

Gymnogongrus japonicus, 206.

Habenaria cristata, 118; hyperborea,
202; intacta, 66.

Haliseris polypodioides, 207.

Halosaccion microsporum, 207.

Hamamelidaceae, 170.

Hamamelis, 42; virginiana, 42, 170,
189, 199.

Haplosiphon filiformis, 207.

Harebell, 107.

Harpachne, 216.

Heaths, 192.

Helianthemum, 37; Bicknellii, 36,
37, and H. propinquum, 36;
canadense, 36; georgianum, 37;
majus, 36, 37; propinquum, 36,
37, H. Bicknellii and, 36.

Helianthus angustifolius, 119; di-
varicatus, 201.

Helictonia, 10.

Hemlock, 50, 51, 109; Spruce, 109.

Hepatica, 86; americana, 200.

Hepatieae, Notes on New England,—
XV, 149.

Heracleum, 182.

Heterachne, 216.

Heuchera americana, 87.

Hicoria,. 189; ovata, 189.

Hieracium, 29, 212.

Hierochloe alpina, 192; odorata, 116.

History of the popular Name
“ Flower de luce" or “ Fleur de
lis " of the Iris, 180.

Holm, T., The History of the popular
Name “ Flower de luce " or “ Fleur
de lis " of the Iris, 180.

Honkenya, 1, 2.

Hop Tree, 49.

Houstonia, 69; patens, 69; pusilla,
69

Howe, I. A., November Flowers in
northern Vermont, 170.

1919]

Hybanthus concolor, 87.
Hydrangea, 103; arborescens, 102,
103

Hydrocotyle umbellata, 73.

Hydrophila, 10.

Hydrophyllum americanum, 200.

Hypericum gentianoides, 19; punc-
tatum, 200.

Hypnea nigrescens, 207.

Hystrix patula, 201.

Ibidium, 10.

Identity of Angelica lucida, 144.

Tlex, 125; decidua, 189; glabra, 125;
laevigata, 119, 126, forma Herveyi,
126; monticola, 130; opaca, 126;
verticillata, 126, forma chryso-
carpa, 126, var. padifolia, 126, var.
tenuifolia, 126.

Ilysanthes dubia, 191.

Impatiens, 99, 128; biflora, 99, 100,
128, forma albiflora, 99, 128, forma
citrina, 99; Further Notes on, 98,
forma Peasei, 98, 99, forma platy-
meris, 99, 100.

Imperatoria lucida, 146.

Indiana, Deam's Trees of, 188.

Ioxylon, 190.

Iris, 180; The History of the popular
Name “Flower de luce" or
‘© Pleur de s^ of the, 180;
Pseudacorus, 180.

Isoptera regularis, 204, 206.

Isotachis, 156.

Itea virginica, 119.

Jack-pine, 46, 52.

Jamesoniella, 152.

Jasione, 106; montana, 105-107, a
conspicuous Weed near Lakewood,
New Jersey, 105.

Juglans cinerea, 44; nigra, 87.

Juncus, 75; brachycephalus, 56;

' militaris, 75; pelocarpus, 73; se-

. eundus, 19; stygius, 65.

Jungermannia, 149, 152, 163; am-
ee: 163; biformis, 149;
cordifolia, 162 165; flaccida, 162,
168; hyalina, 149, 150; obovata,
162; Schmideliana, 149; sphaero-
carpa, 163, 167, 168.

Juniperus, 68; communis, 68; vir-

^ giniana, 202

Kalmia angustifolia, 119;
189, 199.

Kennedy, George Golding [Life of],
25.

latifolia,

Index 227

Knowlton, C. H., An Excursion to
Mt. Washington, Massachusetts,
and Bash-Bish Falls, 198; Field
Trips of the New.England Botan-
ical Club, 1919, 143; Plans for
1919 Spring Field Trip of the New
England Botanical Club, 86 Re-
ports on the Flora of the Boston
District,— XXX, 78, XXXI, 125.

Koeleria, 216.

Krigia virginica, 19.

Labiatae, 170.

Lady Fern, 175.

Lakewood, New Jersey, Jasione mon-
tana a conspicuous Weed near, 105.

Laminaria saccharina, 207.

Lamium amplexicaule, 170.

Laportea canadensis, 200.

Larix, 43; laricina, 191.

Laurel Magnolia, 49.

Laurencia botryoides, 204; obtusa,
203, 204, 206; thuyoides, 204.

Leathesia difformis, 205.

Lechea major, 36.

Leguminosae, 29, 170, 190.

Lemnaceae, 87.

Leontodon, 211; hispidus, 211.

Lepidium virginicum, 170.

Leptophyllum, 10, 11.

Lespedeza, 8; frutescens, 202; pro-
cumbens, 8.

Leveillea bidentata, 206.

Levisticum officinale, 199.

Ligusticum actaeifolium, 145, 146.

Lilies, Cow, 183. 184; Nympho-
zanthus the correct Name for the
Cow, 183; Water, 183.

Lilium, 180.

Lily, 180; Fairy, 75.

Limodorum tuberosum, 119.

Linaceae, 78.

Linnaea, 31. s

Linum, 78; medium, 78; striatum,
78; suleatum, 78; usitatissimum,
78; virginianum, 78.

Liquidambar, 50, 190; styraciflua, 49.

Liriodendron, 190; Tulipifera, 189.

Listera convallarioides, 192.

Lithological Factors limiting the
Ranges of Pinus Banksiana and
Thuja occidentalis, 41

Littorella uniflora, 191.

Lobelia cardinalis, 217, forma alba,
218, var. alba, 218, 8 alba, 218.
y candida, 218, forma rosea, 217,
Two color Forms of, 217; inflata,
170.

228

Lobeliaceae, 170.

Lomatium, 182.

Lomatogonium, 193, 194, 197;
brachyantherum, 197; carinthia-
cum, 194, 197, var. Stellerianum,
197; the.correct name for Pleuro-
gyne, 193; diffusum, 198; For-
resti, 197; Lubahnianum, 198;
macranthum, 197; minus 198;
rotatum, 194, 196, 197, forma
americanum, 197, forma ovali-
folium, 197, forma tenuifolium,
197, forma typicum, 197; spath-
ulatum, 198; suleatum, 195;
Thomsoni, 197.

Long, B., Jasione montana a con-
spicuous Weed near Lakewood,
New Jersev, 105; Notes on the
American Occurrence of Crepis
biennis, 209; The specific Charac-
ters of Eragrostis peregrina and
its two Allies, 133.

Long, C. A. E., Notes from Matini-
cus, 148.

Long Pond, 73.

Lonicera canadensis, 130, 199; ob-
longifolia, 65.

Lophantherum, 216.

Lophiola, 68; aurea, 68, in Nova

cotia, 68.

Lophocolea alata, 169.

Lophotocarpus spongiosus, 115.

Lophura floecosa, 207.

Lorenz, A., Nardus stricta in the
White Mountains, 22.

Luzula saltuensis, 200.

Lycopodium adpressum, 119; caro-
linianum, 119.

Lyonia ligustrina, 199.

Lysimachia quadrifolia, 200.

Magnolia, Laurel, 49; Swamp, 119;
virginiana, 49.

Maianthemum canadense, 200.

Malaceae, 190.

Malus, 190.

Malva rotundifolia, 170.

Malvaceae, 170.

Maple, 51.

Marine Algae, Chinese, 203.

Marsupella, 161.

Massachusetts, and Bash-Bish Falls,
An Excursion to Mt. Washington,
198; Galax aphylla introduced in,
24; A new Polygonum from south-
eastern, 140.

Mat Grass, 23.

Matinicus, Notes from, 148.

Matteuccia, 175; Struthiopteris, 179.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Melanthium angustifolium, 119.

Melica, 76, 77, 215, 216; acuminata,
78; aristata, 77, 215; bromoides,
78, var. Howellii, 78; Geyeri, 78,
215; Harfordii, 78, 215, var. minor,
78, subsp. tenuior, 78; Smithii, 77,
215; striata, 76, 77, 215; subulata,
78, 215.

Melica, subg. Bromelica, 77.

Melobesia, 204.

Menispermum canadense, 191.

Mentha gentilis, 201.

Merckia, 1-5; physodes, 4.

Mercurialis, 83; annua, 83.

Mesophylla hyalina, 150; obovata,
162.

Microstylis monophyllos, 65.

Miller, W. DeW., A Distinction be-
tween two Carices, 23.

Minuartia, 1-5, 10; campestris, 6;
dichotoma, 5; montana, 6.

Mistletoe, 49.

Mitchella repens, 200

Mitella diphylla, 200. -

Moehringia, 1-5; ciliata, var. ob-
tusa, 7; dasyphylla, 6; diversi-
folia, 6; glaucovirens, 7; Grise- .
bachii, 6; Jankae, 6; lateriflora, _
2,5; muscosa, / sedoides, 7; papu-
losa, 7; platysperma, 7; stella-
rioides, 7; Tommasinii, 7; tri-
nervia, 3.

Monanthium, 10.

Monarda didyma, 202; fistulosa, 202.

Moneses, 10.

Moonseed, 191.

Moraceae, 190.

Morus, 191; rubra, 87.

Mt. Washington, Massachusetts, and
Bash-Bish Falls, An Excursion to,
198.

Muhlenbergia tenuiflora, 201.

Muscari botryoides, 106.

Myosotis laxa, 170. ;

Myrica asplenifolia, 199; carolinen-
sis, 119.

Myriophyllum, 122, 123; alterni-
florum, 191; elatinoides, 124; ex-
albescens, 120, 122, 123; magda-

lense, 122, 123; quitense, 124;
spicatum, 122-124, 191; titika-
kense, 124; verticillatum, 123,

var. intermedium, 123.
Myriophyllums and a Species new to
the United States, Two new, 120.

Najas flexilis, 75.
Nardia, 149, 152, 155, 156, 163, 167;
biformis, 150, 158, 159; crenulata,

1919]

149, 154; crenuliformis, 149, 154,
160; Geoscyphus, 149; hyalina,
149-156, 158-167, var. hetero-
morpha, 156, 158, var. ovalifolia,
158, var. subaquatica, 158; obo-
vata, 149, 155, 160, 162- 167, var.
bipartita, 168, 2 bogotensis, 163,
var. elongata, 168, forma flaccida,
168, var. rivularis, 168; obscura,
159-162, 164, 166, 167, 169; par-
oica, 156, 167; scalaris, 149; sub-

elliptica, 164, 167; subtilissima,
162.

Nardus stricta, 22, in the White
Mountains, 22.

Narketis, 194; hyperborea, 195;
rotata, 195.

Necessary Changes in botanical No-
menclature, 101.

Neglected Solidago Name, 69.

Nelson, J. C., Deam's Trees of Indi-
ana, 188; The new Genus Brome-
liea (Thurb.) Farwell, 215.

Nemopanthus, 126; mucronata, 126.

Nenufar, 185.

Nenuphar, 185; advena, 186; lutea,
186; minimum, 186; pumila, 186.

Nephrodium asplenioides, 178; spin-
ulosum, var. concordianum, 178.

Neumayera, 11; austriaca, 11; Vil-
larsii, 11.

New England, Amsinckia in, 38;
Botanical Club, 1919, Field Trips
of the, 143; Botanical Club, Plans
for 1919 Spring Field Trip of the,
86; Hepatieae, Notes on,— XV.
149; Panicum $ Capillaria in, 110;
Ranunculaceae, An Omission in
the preliminary List of, 104.

New Genus Bromelica (Thurb.) Far-
well, 215; Jersey, Jasione montana
a conspicuous Weed near Lake-
wood, 105; Locality for Senecio
Crawfordii, 117; Polygonum from
southeastern Massachusetts, 140;
York, Ranunculus Boreanus in
eastern, 208.

Nichols, G. E., p Laptol aurea in
Nova Scotia, 68; [Notice of Work],

Nivhois’s Vegetation of northern
Cape Breton, 171.

Nomenclature of the Gray’s Manual

Ferns, Changes in, 173; Necessary
Changes i in botanical, 101.

North America, Rubus idaeus and
some of its Variations in, 89.

Norway Spruce, 106.

Notes from Matinicus, 148; on Im-

Index

229

patiens biflora, Further, 98; on
New England Hepaticae,— XV,
149; on Philotria, Further, 218;
on the American Occurrence of
Crepis biennis, 209.

Notothylas orbicularis, 169.

Nova Scotia, Lophiola aurea in, 68.

November Flowers in northern Ver-
mont, 170.

Nufar, 185; systylum, 186.

Nuphar, 184, 185; advena, 186, var.
hybrida, 187, var. minor, 187, 188;
advena minus, 188; advena, B to-
mentosa, 186, var. variegatum,
187; affine, 188; americana, 186,
187; centricavatum, 188; inter-
medium, 187; japonica, 187;
japonicum, var. subintegerrimum,
187; juranum, 188; Kalmiana,
186; Kalmianum, 187; lutea, 185,
B Kalmiana, 186; microphyllum,
186; minima, 186; polysepalum,
187; rubrodiscum, 187; sericeum,
187; subintegerrimum, 187; to-
mentosa, 186; variegatum, 187.

Nymphaea, 183-185; advena, 186;
advena macrophylla, 186; advena,

var. variegata, 187; affinis, 188;
alba, 183, 184; americana, 187,
188; arifolia, 186; bombycina,
188; Fletcheri, 187; fluviatilis,

188; hybrida, 187; japoniea, 187;
Kalmiana, 186; lusea, 185; lutea,
183-187, var. affinis, 188, '8 Kal-
miana, 186, 187, 8 N. minima, 186,
B pumila, 186; maerophylla, 186;
microphylla, 186, 187; minima,
186; orbiculata, 188; polysepala,
187; pumila, 186; rubrodisca, 187,
188; sagittifolia, 186; umbili-
caulis, 185; variegata, 187.
Nymphanthus, 185; europaeus, 185,
186.
Nymphoides, 75.
Nymphona, 185; lutea, 186.
Nymphosanthos, 184.
Nymphosanthus, 184, 185.
Nymphoxanthus, 184.
Nymphozanthus, 184, 185; affinis,
188; advena, 186, var. Macro-
phyllus, 186; bombycinus, 188;
centricavatus, 188; correct Name
for the Cow Lilies, 183; europaeus,

186; fluviatilis, 188; ter-
medius, 187; japonicus, 187;
juranus, 188; luteus, 185;
microphyllus, 186, 187; orbicu-
latus, 188; polysepalus, 187;

pumilus, 186; rubrodiscus, 187,

230
188; sagittifolius, 186; sericeus,
187; subintegerrimus, 187;
variegatus, 187, 188; vulgaris,
184, 185.

Nyphar, 185; advena, 186; inter-
medium, 187; luteum, 186, £

Kalmianum, 186; pumilum, 186.
Nyssa, 190; sylvatica, 119.

Oak, 31, 49, 107; Black-jack, 49;
Willow, 49.

Oat Grass, 76.

Odontoschisma, 152.

Olacaceae, 69.

Omission in the preliminary List of
New England Ranunculaceae, 104.

Onoclea, 175; nodulosa, 175, 179;
sensibilis, 175; Struthiopteris, 178,
179.

Ophelia minor, 198.

Ophrys spiralis, 10.

Orchids, 192.

Orchis rotundifolia, 65.

Orobanche uniflora, 202. :

Oryzopsis asperifolia, 200.

Osmorhiza Claytoni, 200.

Osmunda, 176; cinnamomea, 119;
regalis, 179, var. spectabilis, 176,
179; spectabilis, 179; Struthiop-
teris, 179.

Osmundaceae, 173.

Ostrya, 191; virginiana, 190; vir-
ginica, 190.

Oxalidaceae, 79, 170.

Oxalis, 79; Acetosella, 79; ameri-
cana, 79, 199, 200; corniculata, 79,
170; europaea, 79; filipes, 79;
me 79; stricta, 79; violacea,
9.

Oxypolis, 182; rigidior, 119.

Padina Pavonia, 207.

Padus, 190.

Panicum barbipulvinatum, 110, 111;
capillare, 110-112, var. agreste,
111; capillare brevifolium, 111;
eapillare, var. minimum, 112, var.
occidentale, 112, 8 sylvaticum, 112,
var. vulgaris, 111; Gutter!’ 110,
114; latifolium, 201; longifolium,
143; lucidum, 119; minimum, 112,
114; philadelphicum, 110-112,114;
porphyrium 112; soboliferum,
114; spretum, 73; Torreyi, 112;
Tuckermani, 111, 112, 114; vir-
gatum 115; virgatum cubense,
115.

Panicum § Capillaria, 111, in New
England, 110.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Paper Birch, 50.

Paronychia argyrocoma, var. albi-
montana, 19.

Paspalum circulare, 115; psammo-
philum, 115.

Pedieularis canadensis, 199.

Pellaea densa, 124.

Pellia Neesiana, 169.

Peltandra, 73, 192; virginica, 192.

Pennsylvania, Discovery of Trisetum
spicatum in, 128; Flora of north-
eastern, 172.

Persimmon, 49.

Peucedaneae, 182. :

Phaeocephalum, 10.

Phanerotaenia, 181, 182; a new
Genus of Umbelliferae, 181; tex-
ana, 182.

Phegopteris, 176; Dryopteris, 179,
200; hexagonoptera, 179; poly-
podioides, 179, 200; Robertiana,
179.

Phelps, O. P., Ranunculus Boreanus
in eastern New York, 208.

Philotria angustifolia, 115, 218; cana-
densis, 114; Further Notes on, 218.

Phleum pratense, 170.

Phoradendron, 50; flavescens, 49.

Phyllitis, 177, 179; Scolopendrium,
177, 179.

Picea alba, 41; canadensis, 41, 44,
109; glauca, 109; mariana, 43, 44;

nigra, 43.
Pilea pumila, 170.
Pimpernel, Water, 191.

Pine, 107; Banksian, 44-49, 52, 65;
Douglas, 31; Jack, 52; Pitch, 46,
50; Scrub, 50, 51; Short-leaf, 49;
White, 50.

Pinus Balsamea, 109; Banksiana,
42-54, 60-65, and Thuja occiden-
talis, Lithologieal Factors limiting
the Ranges of, 41; canadensis, 51,
108, 109; divaricata, 53; echinata,
49; glauca, 109; rigida, 50.

Pitch Pine, 46, 50.

Plagiochila, 161.

Plans for 1919 Spring Field Trip of
the New England Botanical Club,
86.

Plantago, 28; major, 170. es

Plantaginaceae, 170.

Plants, Some Connecticut, 114.

Platanus occidentalis, 189.

Pleiotaenia, 181; Nuttalli texana,
181.

Plenosporium Borreri, var. fascicu-
latum, 203, 204, 206.

Pleurogyna, 194; sulcata, 195.

1919]

Pleurogyne, 193, 194; brachyanthera,
197; carinthiaca var. pusilla, 195;
diffusa, 198; fontana, 195-197;
Forresti, 197; himalayensis, 197;
Lomatogonium the correct Name
for, 193; Lubahniana, 198; ma-
crantha, 197; Purshii, 195; rotata,
195, 196, y americana, 197, var.
americana, 195, 8 tenuifolia, 197,
var. tenuifolia, 195; spathulata,
198; Thomsoni, 197.

Poa annua, 170; saltuensis, 201.

Pogonia ophioglossoides, 119.

Polemonium Van Bruntiae, S8. — .

Polygala, 81; cruciata, 81, 119;
lutea, 118, 119; Nuttalli, 81;
paucifolia, 81, 199, var. alba, 81;
polygama, 81, forma pallida, 82;
sanguinea, 82, forma albiflora, 82;
Senega, 202; verticillata, 82, var.
ambigua, 82. -

Polygalaceae, 81.

Polygonaceae, 170.

Polygonatum biflorum, 200.

Polygonum, 140; aviculare, 170;
from southeastern Massachusetts,
A new, 140; Hydropiper, 142;
minus, 142; Persicaria, 140, 142;
puritanorum, 141, 143.

Polypodiaceae, 173, 175; aculeatum,
10; Filix-mas, 10; hexagonopterum,
179; intermedium, 178; Leseblii,
178; Phegopteris, 179; vulgare, 201.

Polysiphonia ferulacea, 204, 206;
japoniea, 206; spinescens, var.
sinensis, 207; urceolata, 206.

Polystichum, 10; acrostichoides, 200;
Lemmoni, 124; mohrioides, 124;
scopulorum, 124.

Polytaenia, 181; Nuttallii, 181, var.
texana, 181, 182.

Polytaenium, 181.

Pontederia cordata, var. angustifolia,
75.

Poplar, 48.

Populus, 190, angulatus, 101; bal-
samifera, 43, 101, var. candicans,
101, var. lanceolata, 101, var.
Michauxii, 101; candicans, 101;
deltoides, 101; heterophylla, 101;
ontariensis, 101; tacamahaeca, 101,
var. lanceolata, 101, var. Mi-
chauxii, 101; viminea, 101.

Potamogeton, 191; dimorphus, 191;
heterophyllus, 191; natans, 75;
perfoliatus, 191; Richardsonii, 191;
zosterifolius, 191.

Potentilla argentea, 106, 170; recta,
106.

Index

231

Pottia Randii, 35.

Pretz, H. W., Discovery of Trisetum
spicatum in Pennsylvania, 128.

Primrose, The White-flowered Bird's

Eye, 148.

Primula, mistassinica, 148, forma
leucantha, 148.

Prunus, 190; pennsylvanica, 130,
199; serotina, 199; virginiana,
199.

Ptelea, 49, 50, 81; trifoliata, 49, 81.

Pteretis, 175; nodulosa, 175, 178.

Pteridium, 176, 179; aquilinum, 179;
latiusculum, 177, 179, var. pseudo-
caudatum, 179.

Pteris, 176, 177, 179; aquilina, 176,
179, var. pseudocaudata, 179;
latiusegla, 179; longifolia, 176.

Pyenanthemum incanum, 201.

Pyrola uniflora, 10.

Pyrus, 190; americana, 201.

Quereus, 189, 190; alba, 199; coc-
cinea, 201; ilicifolia, 199; marilan-

dica, 49; Muhlenbergii, 44;
pagodaefolia, 49; palustris, 190;
phellos, 49; Prinus, 44, 199;

rubra, 199.

Ranunculaceae, 104, 170, An Omis-
sion in the preliminary List of New
England, 104.

Ranunculus, 208; abortivus, 200,
var. eucyclus, 200; acris, 170, 208;
allegheniensis, 198; Boreanus, 208,
in eastern New York, 208; cir-
cinatus, 87, 191; recurvatus, 200;
repens, 169, 'The Variations of,
169, var. erectus, 169, var. gla-
bratus, 169, var. linearilobus, 169,
var. pleniflorus, 169, var. villosus,
169.

Raspberry, Red, 89.

Red Raspberry, 89.

Reports on the Flora of the -Boston
District, —X X X. 78, XXXI. 125.

Rhamnaceae, 128.

Rhamnus, 128; alnifolia, 65; cathar-
tica, 128; Frangula, 128.

Rhexia virginica, 74, 119.

Rhododendron eanescens, 199.

Rhodomela subfusea, 206.

hod palmata, var. sinensis,
207.

Rhus, 125; copallina, 125; Cotinus,
125; glabra, 125; forma laciniata,
125; Toxicodendron, 125, 201, var.
radicans, 125; typhina, 125, 199;
Vernix, 119, 125.

232

Ribes Cynosbati, 199; rotundifolium,
87

Rieccardia pinguis, 169.

Ricinus, 83; communis, 83.

Rivularia atra, 205.

Robinia, 190.

Robinson, B. L., An unusual Daucus
Carota, 70.

Rophalon, 185.

Rosa blanda, 201; nitida, 73.

Rosaceae, 170, 190.

Rubiaceae, 69.

Rubur, 89.

Rubus, 90; acalyphaceus, 98; al-
legheniensis, 199; arizonicus, 98;
carolinianus, 94, 97; Egglestonii,
95, 97; idaeus, 89-92, 94-97, and
some of its Variations jn North
America, 89, var. acalyphaceus,
98, var. aculeatissimus, 92, 95, 96,
170, var. aculeatissimus, forma
albus, 96, var. angustifolius, 95,
var. anomalus, 95, 97, var. arizoni-
cus, 98, 8 canadensis, 93, var.
canadensis. 93-97, var. canadensis,
forma caudatus, 97, var. denuda-
tus, 90, var. Egglestonii, 95-97,
var. heterolasius, 96-98, forma
inermis, 91, 96, subsp. melanolas-
ius, 92, 96, subsp. melanotrachys,
97 ,var. melanotrachys, 90, 97,
var. peramoenus, 98, subsp. sacha-
linensis, 93, 97, subsp. strigosus,
96, var. strigosus, 93, 95, 96, var.
strigosus, forma albus, 96, var.
strigosus, forma tonsus, 96; subsp.
vulgaris, 91, subsp. vulgatus, 97;
idaeus vulgatus, 96; Matsumu-
ranus, 93, 96; melanolasius, 92,
96; melanotrachys, 97; occiden-
talis, 90; odoratus, 200; pensil-
vanieus, 96; peramoenus, 91, 98;

sachalinensis, 93, 97; strigosus, 89,
91-94, 96, var. albus, 96, var.
borealis, 96, var. caudatus, 95, 97;
subarcticus, 94, 97; triflorus, 201.

Rudbeckia hirta, 170.

Rumex Acetosella, 66; crispus, 170.

Rutaceae, 81.

Rynchospora, 10; 87;
fusca, 73.

Rytiphloea capensis, 207; sinensis,
206.

capillacea,

Sabatia Kennedyana, 35.

Sabulina, 11, 12; biflora, 11, 13;
laricifolia, 11; sphagnoides, 6;
striata, 16; stricta, 11; tenuifolia,
11; verna, 11.

| Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Sagina procumbens, 201.

Sagittaria arifolia, 191; Engelman-
niana, 73; graminea, 191.

St. John, H., Phanerotaenia, a new
Genus of Umbelliferae, 181; Two
color Forms of Lobelia cardinalis
L., 217.

Salix, 190; candida, 88, 202; seris-
sima, 143, 202.

Sambucus racemosa, 130, 199.

Sanicle, 191.

Sanieula marilandica, 200; trifoliata,
191.

Sapindaceae, 127.

Sargassum, 204, 205.

Sassafras Sassafras, 189.

Satureja vulgaris, 200.

Saxifraga aizoides, 192; Aizoon, 192;
oppositifolia, 192; virginiensis, 200.

Schizaea pusilla, 68.

Schizaeaceae, 173.

Schoenus fuscus, 10.

Schoepfia, 69.

Scirpus acicularis, 10; heterochaetus,
191; hudsonianus, 65; occidentalis,
191; pauciflorus, 65; planifolius,
199, 200; subterminalis, 75; vali-
dus, 191.

Sclerolepis uniflora, 143.

ro em 177,-179; vulgare,
179.

Scrub Pine, 50, 51.

Sedges, 191, 192.

Selaginella selaginoides, 65.

Senecio, 117, 118; aureus, 118, 199;
Balsamitae, 117; Crawfordii, 117-
119, A new Locality for, 117; obo-
vatus, 198; pauperculus, 117;
Smallii, 117, 118.

Sequoias, 31.

Sesleria, 66.

Short-leaf Pine, 49.

Siebera, 11; cherlerioides, 11.

Silene pennsylvanica, 199, 200.

Simaroubaceae, 191.

Simarubaceae, 81.

Smilacina racemosa, 200; trifolia, 74.

Smilax herbacea, 199.

Solenostoma hyalinum, 149.

Solidago, 69, 70; caesia, 200; cana-
densis, 170; erecta, 202; hispida,
202; juncea, 170; latifolia, 200;
Name, A neglected, 69; nemoralis,
170; odora, 70; puncticulata, 70;
retrorsa, 70; squarrosa, 202;
suaveolens, 70.

Some Connecticut Plants, 114.

Somerauera, 11; quadrifaria, 11.

Sonchus arvensis, 211.

1919]

‘Southbya biformis, 150; hyalina,
150; obovata, 162.

Specific Characters of Eragrostis
peregrina and its two Allies, 133;
Identity of Arenaria groenlandica
and A. glabra, 17.

Spergula stricta, 11.

Spergularia, 8; segetalis, 9

Spermatochnus australis, 207.

Sphenopholis, 216.

Sphenosciadium, 182.

Spiderwort, Virginia, 49.

Spruce, 31, 108, 109; Bastard, 46;
Black, 50, 51; Hemlock, 109;
Norway, 106; White, 41, 50, 108,
109.

Standley, P. C., A neglected Solidago
Name, 69; 'A new Locality for
Senecio Crawfordii, 117.

Staphylea, 127; trifolia, 127.

Staphyleaceae, 127.

Steironema ciliatum, 201.

Stellaria, 8; Arenaria, 5; biflora, 11,
13; borealis, var. isophylla, 199;
groenlandica, 20; laricifolia, 16;
media, 8, 170.

Struthiopteris, 175.

Swamp Magnolia, 119.

Sweet Gum, 49.

Swertia, 193; carinthiaca, 193, 197;
pusilla, 195; rotata, 193-195, 197;
sulcata, 194.

Symphyocladia gracilis, 203, 204, 206.

Taenidia integerrima, 88. T

Tamarack, 46.

Tanacetum vulgare, 170.

Taraxacum officinale, 170.

Taxus canadensis, 199.

Tea-plant, 70.

Terebinth, 67.

Tetrodontium Brownianum, 207.

Thalictrum dioicum, 200.

Thelypteris, 174-177; Boottii, 177;
cristata, 177, var. Clintoniana,
Lit; Dryopteris, 179; Filix-mas,
177; fragrans, 176, 177, Goldiana,
Lit; hexagonoptera, 179; mar-
ginalis, 178; noveboracensis, 176,
178; palustris, 178; Phegopteris,
179; Robertiana, 179; simulata,
178; spinulosa, 178, var. ameri-
cana, 178, var. concordiana, 178,
var. intermedia, 178.

"Thuja, 54, 55, 57-64; occidentalis,
43-45, 51, 54, 55, 58-60, 62-64,
189, Lithological Factors limiting
the Ranges of Pinus Banksiana
and, 41.

Index

233

Tiarella, 201; cordifolia, 130, 200.

Tilia, 190; americana, 199.

Tillaea aquatica, 10.

Tilleastrum, 10.

Tissa, 8.

Tofieldia racemosa, 119.

Toxylon pomiferum, 190.

Tradescantia, 49, 50; virginiana, 49.

Trees of Indiana, Deam’s, 188.

Triadenum virginicum, 119.

Trichophyllum, 10.

Trientalis americana, 200.

Trifolium pratense, 170; repens, 170.

Triglochin maritima, 65; palustris,
65, 87.

Trillium erectum, 200.

Trisetum, 76, 130; purpurascens, 76,
77; spicatum, 128-131, in Penn-
sylvania, Discovery of, 128, var.
molle, 131, 132.

Trollius laxus, 87.

Tryphane, 11, 12; verna, 11.

Tsuga, 41; americana (Mill) Far-
well, a final Word, 108; canadensis,

. 41, 108, 199.

Tussilago, 201.

Twining, A. [Notice of Work], 172.

Two color Forms of Lobelia cardi-
nalis L., 217; Festuca Varieties,
72; new Myriophyllums and a
species new to the United States,
120.

Type of the Genus Alsine, 7.

Typha angustifolia, 148; latifolia, 148.

Ulmaceae, 190.

Ulmus, 42; americana, 42;
199; montana, 42.

Ulva Lactuca, 205

Umbelliferae, 170; Planerotaenia, a
new Genus of, 181.

United States, 'Two new Myriophyl-
lums and a Species new to the, 120.

Unity of the Genus Arenaria, 1.

Unusual Daucus Carota, 70.

Urticaceae, 170, 190.

Utricularia, 68; gibba, 73; purpurea,
75; subulata, 119; vulgaris, var.
americana, 75.

Uvularia perfoliata, 199.

fulva,

Vaccinium atrococcum, 119; caes-
pitosum, 192; canadense, 199;
corymbosum, 119; Myrtillus, 66;
pennsylvanicum, var. angusti-
folium, 192; stamineum, 199; uli-
ginosum, 192; vacillans, 199; Vitis-
Idaea, var. minus, 192.

Valeriana uliginosa, 65, 88.

234

Vallisneria spiralis, 53.

Variations of Ranunculus repens, 169.

Vegetation of northern Cape Breton,
Nichols's, 171.

Vermont Botanical and Bird Clubs,
Annual Field Meeting of the, 144;
Botanical Club, Field Meeting of
the, 191; Carex flava, var. gaspen-
sis in, 40; November Flowers in
northern, 170.

Veronica americana, 65, 202; Bux-
baumii, 101, 102; byzantina, 102;

filiformis, 102; officinalis, 200;
ces 101, 102; Tournefortii, 102.
Viburnum, 103, 191; acerifolium,

199; alnifolium, 199; americanum,
102, 103; cassinoides, 119; nudum,
119; Opulus, var. americanum,
102, 199.

Viola blanda, 200; canadensis, 200;
eriocarpa, 200; pubescens, 200;
rostrata, 198.

Virginia Spiderwort, 49.

Ward, M. E., Galax aphylla intro-
duced in Massachusetts, 24.

Water Lilies, 183.

Waterlily, Yellow, 75; White, 75.

Water Pimpernel, 191.

Waterwort, 191.

Weatherby, C. A., Changes in the
Nomenclature of the Gray's Man-
ual Ferns, 173; Further Notes on
Impatiens biflora, 98; An Omis-

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

sion in the preliminary List of New
England Ranunculaceae, — 104;
Long Pond, 73.

Weed near Lakewood, New Jersey,
Jasione montana a conspicuous, 105.

White Birch, 199; Cedar, 44, 58;
-flowered Bird's Eye Primrose, 148;
Mountains, Dicranowiesia crispula
in the, 207; Mountains, Nardus.
stricta in the, 22; Pine, 50; Spruce,
41, 50, 108, 109; Water Crowfoot,
191; Waterlily, 75.

Wierzbickia, 11; striata, 16.

Williams, E. F., George Golding
Kennedy, 25.

Willow Oak, 49.

Wire-bent Grass, 23.

Witch Hazel, 42.

Wolffia columbiana, 87.

Woodsia alpina, 192; glabella, 192;
ilvensis, 129, 201. `

Woodward, R. W., Further Notes on
Philotria, 218; some Connecticut
Plants, 114; Two Festuca Varie--
ties, 72.

Xeralsine, 12.
Xyris caroliniana, 119.

Yellow Birch, 42; Waterlily, 75.
Zanthoxylum, 81; americanum, 81.

Zizia aurea, 170, 199; cordata, 88.
Zostera marina, 53.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD | Associate UON
HOLLIS WEBSTER ;
LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

VOLUME 22

1920

Boston, Mass. Providence, KR. 3
1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co.

Bouova |

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by

BENJAMIN

LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH EC
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND ( Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. January, 1920 No. 253.
CONTENTS:

William Gilson Farlow. L. W. Riddle i ; à : 1

Variations in Lactuca canadensis. K. M. Wiegand . : 4 9

Cardamine pratensis in America. M. L. Fernald à t 4 11

A New Species of Spergularia. K. M. Wiegand ‘ ; a 15

A Correction. N. F. Flynn ; , | ; F : 1 16

Boston, Mass.
1052 Exchange Building

| Providence, R. 3f.

Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS and
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & ROUNDS Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
mem of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. January, 1920. No. 253.

WILLIAM GILSON FARLOW.
L. W. RIDDLE:
(With portrait.)

Dr. WinLiAM G. FAnLOw was born in Boston, December 17, 1844,
and died in Cambridge, June 3, 1919. His father, John S. Farlow,
was a successful Boston business man, and at the same time a lover
of nature, of books, and of music. The library of the Massachusetts
Horticultural Society is largely indebted to his interest and gener-
osity. It was from his father that Dr. Farlow inherited or acquired
the dominant interests of his life. His mother was Nancy Wight
Blanchard, the daughter of an old Massachusetts family. In 1858,
the Farlow family moved to Newton, where John Farlow had pur-
chased an estate of such an extent as would enable him to satisfy
his love for plants. The house stood in the midst of gardens and
orchards, in what was then the country. Here the subject of this
sketch passed the next four years, and the family tradition runs that
his discovery of Hepatica in the neighboring woods proved to be the
stimulus which awakened the desire for a knowledge of plants. At
all events, his interest in Natural History was already established
when he entered Harvard College in 1862. During his college days
he took the courses offered by Professor Asa Gray, and served as
president of that venerable institution, the Harvard Natural History
Society.

1 For permission to use the plate from which this portrait of Prof. Farlow is inte

Ruopora is indebted to the courtesy of the editorial management of the Harvard
Graduates’ Magazine.

Rhodora [JANUARY

Upon graduation from college, with the class of 1866, he decided
to make Botany his life-work. This subject was still, at least in
America, chiefly the pursuit of ministers, such as the Rev. Francis
Wolle and the Rev. M. A. Curtis, or of practitioners of medicine.
Acting upon Dr. Gray's advice *to study medicine first. because
the possibility of gaining a living by Botany was so small that one
should always have a regular profession to fall back upon," he spent
the next four years in the Harvard Medical School, receiving the
degree of M. D. in 1870. Dr. Gray, who already appreciated Dr.
Farlow’s genius, at once gave him an assistantship. This enabled
him to begin that study of the lower plants which was to be his main
interest for nearly fifty years. From 1870 to 1872, he worked on
the collections of cryptogams at the Gray Herbarium and gave some
instruction in Cryptogamic Botany. This work, however, made him
realize the deficiencies in his knowledge, and in 1872 he decided to
go to Europe for further study, there being no opportunities at that
time in the United States.

In 1872, Anton DeBary had recently opened a laboratory for ad-
vanced students in the reorganized University of Strasburg. DeBary
had reached the height of his fame through his researches on the
development and methods of reproduction of the Algae and Fungi.
A brilliant band of students gathered around him, and it is fair to
say that Dr. Farlow was one of the most gifted of these. From De-
Bary, Dr. Farlow acquired as thorough a knowledge of the fungi as
it was possible to get at that time, and he also received valuable
training in the technical manipulation of material, which must al-
ways play an important part in the study of micro-organisms. From
Strasburg he went to Geneva to study the lichens with J. Mueller;
and to Antibes on the Mediterranean coast of France, where he had
the rare privilege of studying marine algae with Bornet and Thuret.
In addition to these months of study, he travelled extensively, meet-
ing many noted botanists, with whom he afterwards maintained a
lasting friendship and an active correspondence. His letters written
to Dr. Gray during this period are full of interesting comments on
the botany and the botanists of the day.

The reaction against the almost exclusive attention to systematic
botany during the century following Linnaeus was in full swing in
Germany. Like most such movements it was being carried too far
there, just as it has been in many of our American institutions during

1920] Riddle,— William Gilson Farlow 3

more recent years. In one letter, Dr. Farlow writes to Dr. Gray:
“Systematic Botany is entirely discouraged [in DeBary’s laboratory]
* * * development and microscopic anatomy exclude everything
else." And in another letter: *I have been to see Prof. Pfitzer,
who is a pupil of Hanstein, the man who doesn't think it of any con-
sequence to study the forms of common plants, but much better to
mope over the * Vegetationspunkt.' Dr. Hillebrand and I agree that,
at the rate the Germans are going on, in twenty years there won't
be a botanist in Germany who knows anything about the flora of
the country." Dr. Farlow, with the admirable judgment that al-
ways characterized him, saw the value of the new studies of develop-
ment, but without losing sight of the continued importance of sys-
tematic botany. He appreciated also the difficulties of the latter
subject as applied to the lower plants. In a letter written in May,
1874, to Dr. Gray, he says: “As to the naming common toadstools,
they are none the easier to name because they are common. You
are certainly not very modest in your demand that I shall be able
to name fungi, algae, and lichens. When you consider that there is
not a single botanist in Europe who can do that, it is not very likely
at my age that I shall be able to do it."

During these two years, Dr. Gray's friendship was actively shown
in many ways. In one letter, Dr. Farlow writes: “I cannot express
my obligations for the expressions of interest in me contained in
your last letter." And it was at least partly due to Dr. Gray that,
upon his return from Europe in the summer of 1874, Dr. Farlow
received an appointment as assistant professor of Botany at Harvard,
an appointment which was followed by that of professor of Cryp-
togamie Botany in 1879, a position that he held during the rest of
his life. Through his training, his genius, and his industry, bearing
fruit in a series of important papers during the decade from 1875
to 1885, it may be said without exaggeration that Dr. Farlow cre-
ated the science of Cryptogamie Botany in America. It will be
worth while, therefore, to dwell somewhat upon this period of his
life.

He has left a record of his own inclinations in 1870 in these words:
" Had it been possible for me to do as I pleased, I should never have
studied anything but marine algae." Previous to the date mentioned,
the only important work on the seaweeds of our coast had been that
of Harvey, published between 1852 and 1858. That Dr. Farlow

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

lost no time in following his inclination is shown by his publication
a year after his return from Europe of “A list of the Marine Algae
of the United Síates."! This was merely an annotated list but it
was followed in 1881 by the * Marine Algae of the New England
and the adjacent coast" which included keys, descriptions, critical
notes, and plates. This still remains our only scientific manual of
the seaweeds of this region.

At the same time, the fresh-water algae received his attention
and he was one of the first to recognize the practical importance of
these plants in connection with water-supplies, as shown by his paper
entitled: “Remarks on some Algae found in the Water-Supplies of
the City of Boston." To the Annual Report of the Massachusetts
State Board of Health for 1879, he contributed a longer paper on
the same subject. "This has been reprinted by Prof. G. C. Whipple
as “one of the classics on state sanitation."? "The paper is not a
technical one but is intended for general reading and is written in a
clear style and enlivened by some characteristic passages. It was
the period when, through the work of Pasteur and Koch, the germ-
theory of disease was becoming prominent. The public was easily
alarmed by anything that suggested germs. This led Dr. Farlow to
say: “It is desirable that all who, in any sense, have charge of the
public health, should have some familiarity with the common forms
of plants likely to pollute drinking-water; because, as the matter
now stands, the public are at the mercy of any person who, armed
with a compound microscope and a supply of Latin and Greek names,
chooses to alarm the neighborhood by the announcement of the
appearance in the water-supplies of plants whose injurious nature is
supposed to be in direct proportion to the length and incompre-
hensibility of their names."

Probably no field of Cryptogamic Botany is attracting more atten-
tion and more workers at the present time than the study of the
fungous diseases of economic plants. In this field, also, Dr. Farlow
was a pioneer. A paper in 1875 on “The Potato Rot’’* was based
on the first of a series of important studies, in connection with which
the fungi were investigated both from the practical and the system-

1 Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 10: 351-380. 1875.

? Bull. Bussey Inst. 2: 75-80. 1877.

3 G, C. Whipple, State Sanitation, 2: 39-46. Harvard Univ. Press. 1917.
4 Bull. Bussey Inst. 1: 319-338. 1875.

1920] Riddle,— William Gilson Farlow 5

atic point of view. These studies resulted in the publication of a
number of monographs, and Dr. Farlow came to be recognized as
our foremost authority not only on the algae, but also on the fungi.

It is appropriate that the pages of Ruopora should record such
early contributions to the study of “the local flora" as his “ List
of Fungi found in the vicinity of Boston"! in which were recorded
363 species, all of his own collecting, and supplemented by valuable
critical notes; and his * Notes on the Cryptogamic Flora of the White
Mountains,"? which in addition to enumerating a considerable list
of interesting species, gave descriptions of eight new species.

Dr. Farlow's constant interest in the flora of New England led
to his taking a prominent part in the movement to organize the New
England Botanical Club. The first meeting was held at his house.
He was unanimously elected president, and served in that capacity
at all the meetings of the Club held during the first year of its exis-
tence.

While possessed of an unusual technical knowledge, Dr. Farlow
was always ready to present his subject in a way that would make it
generally available. But he never sacrificed accuracy to popularity.
When the popular interest in mushrooms was awakened about 1894,
Dr. Farlow contributed to Garden and Forest some “Notes for
Mushroom-Eaters," a paper which was (to use his own words) “freed
from the technicalities familiar to the expert botanist, although
accurate as far as it goes."

During all these years, the instruction of students also claimed
his attention. As a teacher his influence was great. His mastery
of his subject, the clearness and liveliness with which he presented it,
and his obvious human qualities, could not fail to win the interest
of his students. Even as the students in DeBary's laboratory at
Strasburg went out inspired and trained to do creative work in
many fields of Botany, so as the years went by a considerable number
of the men who studied with Dr. Farlow have contributed to the
development of science in America.

In 1896, Dr. Farlow retired from the instruction of undergraduates,
but continued to direct the work of such graduate students as desired
his assistance. During the last twenty-three years of his life, his
time was fully occupied with three large undertakings: a bibliograph-

1 Bull. Bussey Inst. 1: 430—439. 1876, and 2: 224-252. 1878.
2 Appalachia 3: 232-251. 1884.

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

ical index of North American fungi, illustrations of mushrooms, and
the development of his already great herbarium. The bibliographical
index had been started before 1880, and was intended to include all
references to North American species of fungi. It was made in the
form of a card catalogue, with the idea of ultimate publication. The
magnitude of the undertaking may be realized when it is stated that
at the time of Dr. Farlow's death the index included approximately
350,000 references. A first part of the index was published in 1905.
Then the botanical congresses held at Vienna in that year and at
Brussels in 1910 led to the postponement of further publication in
the hope that the nomenclature of the fungi would be put upon a
stable basis which might be employed in the index. For the illus-
trations of mushrooms, Dr. Farlow had employed the assistance of
exceptionally skilful botanical artists and more than one hundred
colored plates of great beauty and scientific value had been prepared
and printed. It is to be hoped that the publication of both of these
works may be possible in the near future.

Dr. Farlow's keenness as a collector, his exhaustive knowledge of
cryptogams, his wide acquaintance with botanists in all parts of
the world, and his financial resources, all contributed to the building
up of the most valuable cryptogamic herbarium and library in Amer-
ica. Some account of the former was published in Ruopona (3:
242. 1901). The large collections which are of special interest to
New England botanists are Dr. Farlow's own collection of algae
and fungi, the Edward 'Tuckerman herbarium of lichens, the Faxon
Sphagna, and the moss-herbaria of T. P. James and of the late Dr.
George G. Kennedy. Dr. Farlow's familiarity with the lower plants
was only equalled by his knowledge of the literature of the subject.
His letters from Europe in 1872-74 express his desire to collect a
library in liis special field, and mention books that he was seizing
the opportunity to buy. Of the richness of his library in recent
years, only those can judge who have had the privilege of access
to it. All botanists will rejoice that both herbarium and library
have been left to Harvard University and that they are to bear the
appropriate name of “ The Farlow Herbarium and Reference Library
of Cryptogamic Botany."

The recognition of Dr. Farlow’s eminence in his profession was
wide-spread both in America and in Europe. The honorary degree
of LL. D. was conferred on him by Harvard in 1896, by the Univer-

1920] Riddle,— William Gilson Farlow 7

sity of Glasgow in 1901, and by the University of Wisconsin in 1904.
In May, 1907, he attended the celebration at Upsala, Sweden, of
the 200th anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus, and received the
honorary degree of Ph. D. He was a member of a large number of
learned societies and academies, in several of which he held the office
of president. In 1876, J. Agardh, of the University of Lund, named
in his honor, Farlowia, a genus of Red Algae found on our northwest
coast. In 1883, Saccardo proposed the same name for a genus of
hysteriaceous fungi, and upon the discovery that the name was
already in use, substituted for it, in 1891, the name Farlowiella.
No attempt has been made to list the considerable number of species
of algae, fungi, and lichens, named in his honor.

If one were asked to mention Dr. Farlow’s distinctive character-
istics one would certainly speak of his memory, his wit, his versatility,
and his kindness.

I may be permitted to give a personal illustration of his memory.
In February, 1915, I was working one day at the herbarium on some
lichens collected in Switzerland. One minute, black lichen on a
rock, I was entirely unable to place. Dr. Farlow looked at it with
his lens and handed it back to me without a word, but with a char-
acteristic “h’m.” The next morning, however, I received a note
from him with the name of the plant which he had collected in Cali-
fornia in 1883! His collection was one of the two known records
for America, so one can judge of the rarity of the species.

In this account of Dr. Farlow, his botanical activities have natur-
ally been emphasized, but he was much more than a botanist. His
wit, which showed itself constantly to those intimate with him,
brought him a well-deserved reputation as a speaker at public dinners
and at the meetings of the many societies of which he was a member.
His address as retiring president of the Botanical Society of America
given at Cleveland, January 1, 1913, and published in Science (37:
79-86) illustrates this characteristic. But the repetition of his stories
and “asides” in cold print is inadequate to represent him since it
lacks the touch of his personality.

His humor and his wide range of interests made him always wel-
come in social life. And this life he thoroughly enjoyed both in
Cambridge and during his trips to Europe. He was noted for his
hospitality even in his bachelor days, and his marriage in 1900 to
Miss Lilian Horsford brought into his home a gracious hostess whose

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

presence made the home more enjoyable than ever to their many
friends.

Dr. Farlow's kindness and generosity were so unostentatious that
no detailed record can ever be made. But both here and in Europe
there are many persons who cherish the memory of what they owe
to him. His knowledge and his collections were always at the ser-
vice of all who were qualified to benefit from them. Soon after his
death one of his old students, who has made important contributions
to American mycology, wrote to me, saying: “I can hardly realize
that his inspiring and sympathetic correspondence is at an end."
Nothing can speak more forcibly of his relations to those around him
than the fact that the “youngest” member of the staff of the Cryp-
togamic Herbarium had been with Dr. Farlow for seventeen years.

We who today work in the laboratories where he taught and in the
herbarium which he created still feel keenly the consciousness of his :
personality, and still we look up at intervals expecting to hear his
quick steps and his rapid speech, with some enlivening bit of humor
or some penetrating and fruitful comment on the specimens which we
are studying.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

1920] Wiegand,— Variations in Lactuca canadensis 9

VARIATIONS IN LACTUCA CANADENSIS.

K. M. WIEGAND.

THE treatment of Lactuca canadensis L. and its forms in our various
manuals seems not to accord exactly with what is found in the field.
The writer has attempted a different classification of these variations,
and the result is presented in the accompanying key. In floral and
fruit characters L. canadensis is remarkably constant. It is only
in the leaves that great fluctuation is found. Here variation is
marked, as it often is in the ligulate Compositae.

The var. typica and its three following varieties are not equally
related. The last three varieties are phases of one polymorphic
subdivision of the species. "This subdivision is to be set off against
var. typica. These two primary divisions intergrade but little, and
have slightly different, though overlapping ranges, the typical form
not extending so far south. In the second group the varieties and
forms show abundant intergradations. In the entire-leaved varieties,
the lobed leaves have been wholly replaced, while in the obovate
toothed-leaved variety the oblanceolate or obovate toothed basal
leaves, frequently found in var. integrifolia, have spread over the
whole plant. It is as though in one case the leaves were pushed
toward the base of the stem through the multiplication of the upper
entire leaves, while in the opposite case the lower leaves have entirely
replaced the upper. The lobed leaves immediately below the entire
ones in var. latifolia have broadly faleate divisions, while the lower-
most on the same plant usually have the divisions obovate, sub-
truncate and toothed. When these lowest leaves are entirely elimi-
nared through the multiplication of the entire leaves, the only divided
leaves remaining are those with broadly falcate divisions. Unless
this relation is understood the grouping together under one varietal
head of plants apparently so dissimilar may be a trifle confusing.

The description of L. canadensis given by Linnaeus leaves the
impression that he had in hand a form with unlobed leaves, since
a character so striking would naturally have been mentioned. The
species was based on a specimen of Kalm's. This Dr. Gray saw,
and at that time made the note that it was the L. elongata of authors.
Since Dr. Gray recognized a species integrifolia, it is to be presumed

10 Rhodora | JANUARY

that the Kalm specimen had divided leaves. On this basis the
writer is using the name L. canadensis L. as synonymous with and
antedating L. elongata Muhl.

L. Steelei Britton, like L. Morssii Robinson, combines characters
of L. canadensis and L. spicata. These are probably hybrids of the
two species last mentioned. The achene in both is 3-5-ribbed and
tapers to a short stout beak as in L. spicata, but the pappus in both
is pure white. However, the leaves in the various specimens fluctu-
ate in form between the two species.

a Leaves with linear-faleate, usually entire lobes; upper unlobed leaves
(if any) linear or linear-lanceolate b
b Leat-base sagittate or auriculate..............0c ces eeevees var. typica.
b Leal-hase tapering, not sagittate. 0.0... 0 nse cee eee f. angustipes.
a Leaves with broadly faleate, or obovate and obliquely truncate, entire
or toothed lobes; upper leaves similar or unlobed and lanceolate or ovate-
lanceolate, rarely oblanceolate or obovate, entire or rarely toothed c
CEN DASO isglilise GINMDDE..... Ever dba o ennt v A var. latifolia.
c Leaf-base tapering, not sagittate................0.000. f. exauriculata.
a Leaves all unlobed, lanceolate, oblong, oblanceolate or obovate, entire
or denticulate, the lowest sometimes shallowly lobed d
d Cauline leaves lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, entire or rarely toothed e

€ Leaf-base sagittate, clasping...............0.e00eee var. integrifolia.

€ Leaf-base tapering, not sagittate............. 0.000 eee f. angustata.
d Cauline leaves oblanceolate or obovate, usually toothed f

f Leaf-base sagittately clasping...................... var. obovata.

y Leat-pase tapering, not samttate. s. aaa TRE VIN f. stenopoda.

L. CANADENSIS var. typica var. nov. L. canadensis L. Sp. Pl.
ed. 1, ii. 796 (1753). L. elongata Muhl. in Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1525 (1804). -
L. elongata x longifolia T. & G. Fl. N. A. ii. 496 (1843). Sonchus
pallidus Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1521 (1804). L. canadensis Robinson &
Fernald in Gray's Man. ed. 7. 866 (1908) in part.—Foliorum seg-
mentis lineari-falcatis plerumque integris, basi sagittatis amplexi-
caulibus; foliis superioribus rariter elobatis et linearibus vel anguste
lanceolatis.—Quebec and Prince Edward Island to Saskatchewan,
south to Massachusetts, New York, Illinois and Missouri; also oc-
casionally on the Pacific Coast where probably introduced.

Var. TYPICA forma angustipes f. nov., foliis basi angustatis nec
sagittatis nec auriculatis.—4A sporadic form seen from Central New
York, but probably occurring elsewhere. TYPE SPECIMEN: Shel-
drake, Cayuga Co., New York, 1919, Eames & Wiegand, in Herb.
New York State College of Agriculture.

Var. LATIFOLIA O. Kuntze Rev. Gen. i. 349 (1891). L: elongata
Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. ii. 252 (1822). L. canadensis Robinson &
Fernald in Gray’s Man. ed. 7. 866 (1908) in part.—Prince Edward
Island to Wisconsin, south to Florida and Oklahoma. A common
form in the Middle Eastern States.

1920] Fernald,— Cardamine pratensis in America 11

Var. LATIFOLIA forma exauriculata f. nov., foliis basi angustatis
nec sagittatis nec auriculatis.—Seen from Massachusetts, Connecti-
cut, Central New York and Florida. Type: Wenham, Mass.,
C. E. Faxon, in Gray Herb.

Var. INTEGRIFOLIA (Bigelow) Gray Man. ed. 5. 281 (1869). L.
integrifolia Bigelow Fl. Bost. ed. 2. 287 (1824). L. sagittifolia Elliott
Bot. S. C. & Ga. ii. 253 (1822), and Gray's Man. ed. 7. 867 (1908).
L. elongata @ integrifolia T. & G. Fl. N. A. ii. 496 (1843). L. cana-
densis var. montana Britton in Britton & Brown Ill. Flora N. U. S. &
Can. iii. 274 (1898).—Prince Edward Island to Wisconsin, south to
South Carolina, Illinois, Oklahoma and Nebraska.

Var. INTEGRIFOLIA forma angustata f. nov., foliis basi angustatis
nec sagittatis nec auriculatis.—4A sporadic form seen from Pember-
ton, Massachusetts, Southington, Connecticut, Delaware, central
New York, and a doubtful specimen from Illinois. Type: South-
ington, Connecticut, 1892, C. H. Bissell, no. 333, in Gray Herb.

Var. obovata var. nov. L. integrifolia Robinson & Fernald in
Gray's Man. ed. 7. 266 (1908). Foliis omnibus oblanceolatis vel
obovatis elobatis vel infimis paullo lobatis; margine integris vel
plerumque plus minusve denticulatis; basi sagittatis.—Maine to
Indiana and Nebraska, south to New Jersey and Oklahoma. ‘TYPE:
Maugus Hill, Wellesley, Mass. 1897, E. F. Williams, in Gray Herb.

Var. oBovaTA forma stenopoda f. nov., foliis basi angustatis nec
sagittatis nec auriculatis.—Specimens seen from Connecticut and
Oklahoma. Tyre: valley of Stink Creek near Tonkana, Kay County,
Oklahoma, 1913, G. W. Stevens, no. 1812, in Gray Herb.

CORNELL University, Ithaca, New York.

SOME VARIATIONS OF CARDAMINE PRATENSIS IN
AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

To one who is familiar with the pink-petaled Cuckoo Flower which
is frequently naturalized on lawns and in meadows from Newfound-
land to New England an excursion, such as the recent field-trip of
the New England Botanical Club, to Berkshire County, brings a.
great surprise. The familiar pink-flowered plant about Boston
grows, as stated, in lawns or grassy meadows. and is obviously a
recent introduction. "This plant is also found in lawns in Berkshire
County; but in the deepest woodland swamps, in the quaking and

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

almost inaccessible margins of marl- or mud-ponds or in cold bogs
occurs an unquestionably indigenous plant with milk-white petals.
‘This is the plant which throughout most of British America and the
northern States is passing as Cardamine pratensis. This indigenous
plant with. white petals occurs in the habitats above described or on
cold springy spots from Ungava to the mouth of the Mackenzie,
south, chiefly in calcareous regions, to Newfoundland, Anticosti
Island, the Gaspé Peninsula, Berkshire Co., Massachusetts, perhaps
northwestern Connecticut, northern New Jersey, central and western
New York, northern Ohio, northern Indiana, Minnesota and northern
British Columbia; and it is noteworthy that the keen observer, Pro-
fessor John Macoun, should have appended to the list of stations
in his Catalogue of Canadian Plants the comment: “The Canadian
form is usually more slender than the European, and always white
flowered.””)

Color of petals alone is usually a very unsafe character, but in
this case it is certainly significant that our indigenous plant should
so generally have white, while the true Cardamine pratensis of Eurasia,
the plant recently introduced into the Northeast and selecting drier
habitats than the native, has pink petals. Typical C. pratensis as
generally defined by European authors has the leaflets of the basal
rosette, or at least the terminal leaflets, distinctly crenate or dentate
with several teeth, while the middle and upper cauline leaves have
the linear to oblong leaflets not abruptly contracted at base. In our
white-flowered indigenous plant, on the other hand, the leaflets of
the rosette-leaves are most commonly entire, although they may
occasionally be shallowly toothed, while the lateral leaflets of the
middle and often of the upper cauline are usually oblanceolate to
elliptic and distinctly contracted to petiolules. In these characters
our plant entirely agrees with C. pratensis, var. palustris Wimmer &
Grabowski,? at least as identified by O. E. Schulz in his Monographie
der Gattung Cardamine. Several European specimens thus identified
by Schulz are inseparable from our plant and the essential characters

of the variety as given by Schulz are satisfactory: “folia caulina
foliola elliptica vel oblonga, + integra, lateralia manifesto
- . . petiolulata . . . Petala plerumque alba."* The plant

! Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. i. 41 (1883).
? Wimm. & Grab. Fl. Siles. ii. pt. 1, 266 (1829).
30. F. Schulz, Engler's Bot. Jahrb. xxxii, Heft 4, 533 (1903).

1920] Fernald,— Cardamine pratensis in America 13

has had various names indicative of its habitat: C. palustris Peterm.,
C. paludosa Knaf, C. fontinalis Schur and C. pratensis, var. fossicola
Godet. In contrast with the usually inundated habitats of this
white-flowered variety we have the meadow- and turf-habitats of
true C. pratensis, habitats well indicated by its name; and in Bailey’s
Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture the latter plant is said to be
“also useful in drier places, as in rockeries." A few sheets in the
Gray Herbarium of the indigenous plant have been referred by
Schulz to var. dentata (Schultes) Neilreich, but whether or not the
latter variety is distinguishable in Europe it is certain that our Amer-
ican white-flowered bog plant cannot be satisfactorily regarded as
two varieties. Schulz furtber maintains, in his discussion of var.
palustris, that Kerner had been in error in considering that var.
palustris had a distinct range from that of typical C. pratensis, say-
ing *Eine besondere geographische Verbreitung besitzt demnach
die Pflanze nicht, wie KERNER in Schedae ad Fl. Exs. Austro-Hung.
III. 74 (1884) annahm." As an indigenous plant in America, true
C. pratensis seems to occur only in Alaska. It is therefore clear that
on this continent at least the two plants have decidedly different
ranges.

In the Arctic regions, extending south with us to the Aleutian
Islands and to northeastern Labrador is a low extreme with usually
pink petals and with the leaflets of the basal leaves linear to elliptic.
This is var. angustifolia Hook.

One other variation of Cardamine pratensis demands a special
comment. This is the pink-flowered plant with “double” flowers,
an old-fashioned garden plant which in eastern Massachusetts has
become abundantly naturalized along Stony Brook in Middlesex
County. This is forma plena Beck von Mannagetta. Although
considered merely a form of true C. pratensis with numerous petals
it Is noteworthy that the plant now naturalized along Stony Brook,
as well as such European specimens as tbe writer has seen, has the
leaflets unusually broad and more inclined to be petiolulate.

Briefly summarized, these variations may be distinguished as
follows:

Lateral leaflets of the basal leaves with ovate to reniform blades: the ter-
minal obovate to reniform, 0.35-3 em. long: stem 1.5-5 dm. high.
Terminal leaflet of basal leaves distinctly crenate or dentate, with 3-9
teeth: petals pink.
Petals in a single series: latera! leaflets of the middle and upper cauline
leaves linear to oblong, sessile or nearly so. ...C. pratensis (typical).

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

Petals very numerous: lateral leaflets of the middle and upper cauline
leaves oblanceolate to oblong-obovate, petiolulate
C. pratensis, forma plena.

Terminal leaflet of the basal leaves entire or obscurely toothed; lateral
leaflets of the middle and upper cauline leaves usually with a distinct
petidiule: pata while. |... 7. eoe C. pratensis, var. palustris.

Lateral leaflets of the basal leaves with linear to oblong blades: the terminal
oblong to ovate, 1-6 mm. long: stem 0.7-2.5 dm. high.
C. pratensis, var. angustifolia.

C. PRATENSIS L. Sp. Pl. ii. 656 (1753); for detailed synonymy see
O. E. Schulz, Engler's Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. Heft 4, 524 (1903).— Eurasia,
Alaska; and as an introduced plant in lawns and meadows, New-
foundland to New England.

Forma PLENA Beck von Mann. Fl. Nied. Oesterr. i. 454 (1890).—
Thoroughly naturalized in wet meadows along Stony Brook, Middle-
sex Co., Massachusetts, first collected in 1886 (W. W. Nolen).

Var. PALUSTRIS Wimm. & Grab. Fl. Siles. ii. pt. 1, 266 (1829).
C. pratensis, var. oblongifolia Peterm. Fl. Lips. 483 (1838). C.
palustris Peterm. in Rabenh. Bot. Centralbl. i. 47 (1846). C. paludosa
Knaf, Flora, xxix. 293 (1846). C. pratensis, var. fodinarum pendula
Schur, Verh. Mitt. Siebenb. Ver. Nat. iv. 61 (1853). C. grandiflora
Hallier. Bot. Zeit. xxiv. 209 (1866). C. fontinalis Schur, Enum. Pl.
Transsilv. 48 (1866) acc. to Schulz. C. pratensis, var. fossicola
Godet, Suppl. Fl. Jura, 13 (1869). C. pratensis, var. dentata O. E.
Schulz, l. c. as to American plant, probably not var. dentata (Schultes)
Neilr. Fl. Nied. Oest. ii. 718 (1859).—Eurasia; Ungava to Mackenzie,
south in shallow water, bogs, springs and swampy woods to New-
foundland, Anticosti Island and Gaspé and Bonaventure Cos., Quebec,
Berkshire Co., Massachusetts, ? Litchfield Co., Connecticut, Morris
Co., New Jersey, central and western New York, northern Ohio,
northern Indiana, Minnesota and northern British Columbia.

Var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 45 (1829). C. pole-
monioides Rouy & Fouc. Fl. France, i. 234 (1893).— Arctic regions,
south to northeastern Labrador (Rama) and the Aleutian Islands.

Schulz cites a specimen from Niles, Michigan, collected by Wm.
Boott as belonging here. The plant, however, has the basal leaves
and the white petals of var. palustris and is apparently an unusually
small-leaved extreme of that. "Var. angustifolia has either white or
purplish petals, Professor John Macoun making the statement that
“All the arctic specimens have purple flowers" (Cat. Can. Pl. i.
486).

Gray HERBARIUM.

1920] Wiegand,— A new Species of Spergularia 15

A NEW SPECIES OF SPERGULARIA.
K. M. WIEGAND.

IN the central portion of New York State, on the plain lying be-
tween Lake Ontario and the plateau region farther south, are found
numerous salt springs which render the soil in the vicinity decidedly
brackish. In a lesser degree the influence of the salt extends through
the swamps and waters of that whole.region. To this factor is
largely due the very interesting assembly of coastal plants found
in Central New York. Some are distinctly maritime, as Ruppia
maritima, Najas marina, Chenopodium rubrum, Leptochloa fascicularis
and Ranunculus Cymbalaria, while others are coastal in nature but
less distinctly maritime, as Hibiscus Moscheutos, Phragmites com-
munis, Listera australis, Potamogeton filiformis and Carex alata. In
desiccated places on the salt flats and bordering the salty pools Sper-
gularias occur often in considerable abundance. Plants of this genus
are found also around the salt works at Syracuse, N. Y., about thirty
miles distant toward the east. In a paper on the Spergularias of
northeastern North America, Fernald and Wiegand (Rnopona xii.
157, 1910) noted that the species at Syracuse was S. marginata (DC.)
Kit. not known elsewhere from North America. Since that time
the writer has collected both S. marginata and S. salina at Syracuse.
He was therefore greatly surprised to find that the Spergularia at
the stations farther west was not the same. A study of the material
in the Gray Herbarium has shown that these plants are unlike any
species in that collection from America, and a diligent search failed
to show any similar foreign species. It is possible that they repre-
sent a local endemic species in this region, though this is not usual
in a glaciated country like New York State. It has seemed desirable
to call the attention of botanists to this plant in the hope that it
may be found elsewhere. The species may be described as follows:

S. alata sp. nov. magnitudine habituque S. letospermae (Kindb.)
Schmidt et S. salinae J. & C. Presl simillima, verisimiliter annua
vel biennis glabra vel in pedunculis et rarissime etiam in internodiis
superioribus sparse glandulari-pubescens; stipulis late deltoideo-
ovatis acutis; bracteis foliaceis; petalis quam sepala brevioribus
roseis; staminibus 4-6; sepalis ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis plerumque
obtusis quam capsula magna (5-7 mm. longa) dimidio vel saltim

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

quarta parte brevioribus; pedicellis infimis maturitate 7-14 mm.
longis; seminibus 0.7-0.8 mm. longis irregulariter ovalibus saepissime
omnibus alatis, alis tenuibus erosis.—Brackish soil about salt springs
and salt ponds in Central New York. Cayuga County; salt pond
west of Howland Island, 1917, Metcalf & Wiegand, no. 8064, and
1919, Eames, Randolph & Wiegand, no. 12005; salt flats east of Monte-
zuma Village, 1916, Metcalf & Wiegand, no. 6406 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.), and 1919, Eames, Randolph & Wiegand, no. 12004.

This plant differs from S. marginata (DC.) Kit. in the thinner
erose wing of the seeds, in the more glabrous stems, more foliaceous.
bracts, and probably also in the annual root. From S. salina J. & C.
Presl it differs in the more glabrous stems, more foliaceous bracts,
longer pedicels, larger capsules, and non-papillose, winged seeds.
From 5. leiosperma (Kindb.) Schmidt it may be distinguished by
the longer pedicels, larger capsules, and winged seeds. The seeds
of the last two species are rarely winged. In appearance the plant
most resembles S. marginata, probably because of the large capsules.
and long pedicels.

CORNELL University, Ithaca, New York.

A Correction.—Through an error, Littorella uniflora was reported
in the October issue of Ruopora (xxi. 191) as collected at “The
Gut,” South Hero, Vermont. The plant in question was Myrio-
phyllum tenellum, which is occasional in the state according to the
Flora of Vermont.—Mrs. NELLIE F. FrvNw, Burlington, Vermont.

Vol. 21, no. 252, including pages 209 to 234. and title page of volume, was issued
8 January, 1920.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published fer the Club, by
i BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. February, 1920 No. 254.
CONTENTS:

Elodea in New England. Harold St. John ; ^ à y 17

A Variety of Ranunculus hispidus. M. L. Fernald . i 30

Habenaria psycodes, var. ecalcarata in Vermont. C. A. Weatherby 31

Polygala paucifolia, forma vestita, n. f. M. L. Fernald. . : 32

Boston, Mass.
1052 Exchange Building

Providence, R. 3.

Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
. 1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

eo s» m

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated,
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN CoLLINs and
Howard W. Preston. ‘Price 40c, net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
YRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Rhodora.

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. February, 1920. No. 254.

THE GENUS ELODEA IN NEW ENGLAND.
Hanorp Sr. JOHN.

Many New England botanists have recently realized that Elodea,
as represented in their region, was not one uniform species, E. cana-
densis Michx, as it had so long been considered. The credit for this
renewal of interest in the genus should, in large part, go to Dr. P. A.
Rydberg, who perceived the fundamental importance of the floral
differences, correlated them with the leaf characters, and gave us our
first comprehensive treatment’ that even approximated the true
taxonomic relationships.

Adherents of the International Rules, however, cannot follow
Rydberg in adopting Rafinesque's name Philotria,? since Elodea of
Michaux is the first published name for the genus. The earlier name
Elodes of Adanson? for what is now considered a section of Hypericum,
would not under the International Rules invalidate Elodea of Michaux,
even if the former were still maintained as of generic rank.

The reason for the imperfect understanding of this genus is, of
course, the fact that the best characters are to be found in the flowers,
which are so evanescent that they may be found on only a few days
out of the year. Sterile material can be identified with reasonable
surety, but only after one has determined the specific limits by the
study of flowering material.

Michaux when founding the genus described! his Elodea canadensis
as with perfect flowers, having the floral tube prolonged into a long

1 Rydberg, P. A., Notes on Philotria Raf. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 457—065 (1908).

2 Rafinesque, C. S., Review of Pursh’s Flora of North America. Am. Monthly
Mag. ii. 175 (1818).

3 Adanson, M., Fam. des PI. ii. 444 (1763).
1 Michaux, A.. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 20 (1803).

18 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

thread, sheathed at base with a long spathe, the ovary sessile, the
style elongate, the 3 stigmas two-parted, the 3 stamens cordate,
borne on thick filaments opposite the outer of the 6 perianth lobes,
and the leaves in whorls of 3, oblong and obtusish. According to
Caspary it appears from the data with the specimens that they were
found near Montreal, while the published statement is brooks of
Canada (“in rivulis Canadae"). There are six specimens, two of
them with flowers.

By some unknown agency this species was introduced into Europe
where it was found at Warringstown, Ireland,’ in 1836 by a gardener,
John New. In 1842 it appeared in the lake of Dunse Castle, Ber-
wickshire, Scotland, and near Dublin, Ireland; in 1847 in the Foxton
Locks near Market Harborough, Leicestershire, and at Chichester,
Hampshire, England. "This strange exotic was cultivated in the
botanical gardens on the continent, and it soon spread to the adja-
cent rivers and canals and now is one of the commonest hydrophytes
of western Europe. It is now commonly known in England as
American duckweed, riverweed, waterweed, Babington's curse, water
thyme, choke pondweed; in Ireland as cat's tails; in France as élodée
du Canada; in Germany as Wasserpest, kanadische Wasserpest; in
Holland as waterpest, engelsch ruigt, professerskruid, studentenroet ;
in Denmark as Vandpest; in Sweden as Vattenpest; and in Italy as
peste d'acqua. Most of these names have an uncomplimentary
connotation, the plant being either a weed or a pest. It is difficult
for a botanist who has searched for this water plant in New England,
and perhaps succeeded a few times in finding it in the western parts
of Vermont, Massachusetts, or Connecticut, to think of it as a serious
water pest. It is uncommon or local, and certainly not a trouble-
some weed, but when introduced into Europe it spread like wild fire
and became a serious menace to drainage and navigation through
choking up the rivers and canals. Two well authenticated cases are
quoted to illustrate this. “In 1847 a specimen? from the Foxton
Locks was planted in a tub, in the Cambridge Botanical Garden;
and in 1848 the late Mr. Murray, the Curator, placed a piece of it
in the conduit stream that passes by the new garden. In the follow-

1 Horn, P., Ueber die sogenannte ‘‘ Wasserpest'' (Elodea canadensis Casp.). Archiv
der Pharmacie (or Deutscher Apotheker-Vercin) 3rd ser. i. 51—68 (1872); Zur Ent-
wicklungsgeschichte der Blüthe von Elodea canadensis 426—433 (1872).

? Marshall, W., Excessive and noxious Increase of Udora Canadensis (Anacharis
Alsinastrum). Phytologist iv. 714 (1851).

1920] St. John,— Elodea in New England 19

ing year, on Mr. Babington asking what had become of the stick
which marked the site of the plant, he was informed that it had
spread all over the ditch. From this point it doubtless escaped, by
the waste pipe, across the Trumpington Road into the 'Vicar's
Brook,’ and thence into the river above the mills, where it is now found
in the greatest profusion. In the case of the Cam, then, we see it
proved to demonstration, that the short space of four years has been
sufficient for one small piece of the Anacharis to multiply so as to
impede both navigation and drainage. When Professor Gray, of
Boston, U. S., was at Cambridge, Mr. Babington mentioned the
circumstances to him, at which he expressed surprise, as the Anacharis
is not found to spread in this active manner in America. Perhaps
our sluggish streams, the decomposing vegetable and animal matters
in our Cambridge waters, and especially the excess of lime present
(fifteen to seventeen grains in the gallon), furnishing an inexhaustible
supply of inorganic food, may account for its more rapid increase
here than in America."

It is noteworthy that with the exception of two stations in eastern
Massachusetts, Lake Quannapowitt, Wakefield, Andover, and a third
near Providence, Rhode Island, we know the true Elodea canadensis
in New England only from western Vermont, Berkshire County,
Massachusetts, and western Connecticut, regions abounding in lime-
stone strata. Marshall's suggestion that the limy nature of the
waters in England may be the factor so favorable for its rapid growth
and dispersal, receives interesting confirmation from the rarity of
Elodea canadensis in America in regions that are not decidedly limy.

“The American weed! (Anacharis Alsinastrum) is causing a great
amount of anxiety here on account of its amazing growth, and the
tenacity with which it clings to those spots where it once takes pos-
session. There is a beautiful sheet of water, of about eighty acres,
through which the river Trent passed previous to the year 1853,
when its channel was diverted, but there are still places where the
connection is maintained, although but slightly so. About three
years ago the Anacharis first made its appearance in the river, a short
distance above the lake; it had previously taken possession of the
Trent and Mersey Canal, with which there are means of communi-
cation, and a month afterwards it was visible in the lake. Both

1 Marshall, W., The American Water-Weed. Phytologist n. s. ii. 195 (1857-8).

20 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

last year and the previous one it had increased so rapidly as to require
removal by manual labour: but the more it was disturbed the faster it
grew. This year it covers the entire surface, and in so dense and
wonderful a manner that no amount of labour seems capable of removing
it, or even keeping it under. It actually grows faster than it can be
cleared off, the mode of which is, first by cutting, and then by draw-
ing it together by means of long rafts, collecting it on the shore,
and either carting it away or placing it in heaps for decomposition.”

In 1848, after this strange new waterweed had been found several
times and sent to him twice, Babington! described it as Anacharis
Alsinastrum. It has been stated repeatedly that this plant produces
in Europe only pistillate flowers. In America it is said to produce
perfect flowers. Babington, however, states that the female flowers
have three subulate filaments, lacking anthers. Marshall? says, ‘‘it
flowers in our still waters in the greatest profusion, covering the
surface with its tiny blush-colored flowers and silky threads, but I
have never found any but females. From the peculiar character of
the female flower (by which I mean the fact that although there are
no perfect stamens present, yet the filaments are always there, wanting
only anthers to surmount them to make the flowers perfectly her-
maphrodite), * * *." These flowers have been figured in European
works, and their plan is 3 sepals, 3 petals, 3 bipartite stigmas, and 3
filaments or staminodia. See, for instance, the beautiful plate in
the English Botany? "The American literature is full of references
to the staminate flowers of Elodea canadensis, but it seems clear now,
that in every case this was due to a confusion with some one of the
other species of Elodea, all of which do have distinct staminate flowers.
It is true that Caspary identified with Michaux's material of Elodea
canadensis some specimens from Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, C. J.
Moser, 1832, which he says have 7 stamens and no stigmata. The
writer feels confident that these specimens of Moser's belong to
another species. To summarize, as Elodea canadensis Michx. occurs
in Europe it produces pistillate flowers with 3 filaments or staminodia.
All flowering material from America examined by the writer has
exactly the same sort of flowers, pistillate flowers with 3 staminodia.

1Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. II. i. 83 (1848); translated in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 3rd
ser. xi. 69 (1849).

? Phytologist n. s. ii. 196 (1857-8).
3 Smith, J. E. & Sowerby, English Bot. Supplement pl. 2993 (1865).

1920] St. John,— Elodea in New England 21

Through the careful observations of several workers we now know
that the other North American species have one type of flowers
identical in structure with the only type produced by E. canadensis
Michx., that is pistillate flowers bearing 3 staminodia. This was
demonstrated for the species occidentalis by R. W. Woodward,!
for Nuttallii by Nuttall,? and for Planchonit by Wylie.? "Thus in
the structure of its floral parts E. canadensis stands apart from these
other species only in its total lack of any distinct staminate flowers.
We have only Michaux’s statement that his plant had three terminal
cordate anthers borne on thick filaments (^TRIANDRIA * * *
filamenta crassa: antherae terminales, cordatae"). This leaves us
with a question that can only be settled by field work in the streams
and ponds of the limy regions from Quebec to the mountains of
Virginia, westward to Minnesota and southern Saskatchewan. Does
Elodea canadensis ever produce perfect flowers, or are they always
pistillate flowers with 3 filaments or staminodia?

In 1814, Pursh described! a Serpicula occidentalis. He bases this
in part on Elodea canadensis Michx., quoting Michaux’s name as a
synonym and giving the reference to Michaux’s Flora. In the de-
scription there is an element that tallies exactly with Elodea canadensis
as described by Michaux from the rivers of Canada: the flowers
being perfect, with three stamens, with strap-shaped reflexed biparted
stigmas. But, to this Pursh adds, “foliis ternatis linearibus acutis.
* * * In stagnant waters, frequent; from Canada to Virginia.
A. July. v.v. * * *. Michaux describes the leaves to be oblong
and obtuse, which is only the case in the early part of the season:
at flowering time they certainly are long, linear, and acute.” It will
be apparent that Pursh had himself seen a species of this genus,
probably in Virginia, one which even at flowering time had long
linear acute leaves. There is such a species, and it is easily dis-
tinguished from Elodea canadensis Michx. on these vegetative char-
acters, as well as floral characters which Pursh does not mention,
drawing his description of the floral parts from Michaux and his
E. canadensis. This linear-leaved species has a more southerly
range, not being known from Canada. It occurs in southern Maine,

1 RHuopona xxi. 219 (1919).
? Nuttall, Thomas, Gen. N. Am. PI. ii. 242 (1818).

3 Iowa State Univ. Nat. Hist. Bull. vi. 49 (1913).
4 Pursh, Frederick, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 33 (1814).

22 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

eastern Vermont, eastern Massachusetts including Essex, Middlesex,
Suffolk, Norfolk and Barnstable Counties, Rhode Island, eastern and
central Connecticut, Long Island, New York City, regions of the
lower Delaware River, lower Susquehanna River, Chesapeake Bay,
and westward to Wisconsin, Missouri, Nebraska, and in Oregon.
In most of these regions the soil is derived from granitie or sandy
sources, and the element of lime is conspicuous by its absence. To
this species Pursh's name occidentalis, excluding the synonym Elodea
canadensis Michx. and the part of the description drawn from it, is
applicable, and as it is the first name for it within the specific cate-
gory, the new combination is made here. The more northern Æ.
canadensis is known to the writer from a station in the mountains of
Virginia, and another in Kentucky, but these are the only stations
south of southwestern Connecticut.

For this plant, in the eastern part of its range, Rydberg takes the
name Serpicula verticillata, B. angustifolia Muhl. and makes the
specific combination. This varietal name angustifolia Muhl., al-
though a nomen subnudum, seems to be properly applied to this
plant, but if it is considered a species, as by Dr. Rydberg and the
writer, the varietal name must be replaced by the first specific name,
occidentalis Pursh, which was the first name in the proper category.

From this species Rydberg? distinguishes Philotria minor (Engelm.)
Small which has similar staminate and pistillate flowers, but differs
in having the “Leaves 5-8 mm. long; sepals and petals 1-1.5 mm.
long" instead of * Leaves 1 cm. long or more; sepals and petals 1.5-2
mm. long" and growing in the central valley of the United States
instead of in the northern Atlantic states. There is a good specimen
of Engelmann's Udora verticillata ? minor from St. Louis, 1845, in
the Gray Herbarium. This was first published? in synonomy under
Anacharis Nuttallii Planchon. It was the basis of Philotria minor
(Engelm.) Small: There is no wide gap between the ranges of
occidentalis and minor nor can the writer distinguish any differences
in the flowers or leaves. Consequently minor is placed in the syn-
onomy of occidentalis.

In an article on the “ Morphology of Elodea canadensis,” Robert B.
Wylie® gives some important details of the phenomena of pollination.
1! Muhlenberg, Henry, Cat. Pl. N. Am. 84 (1813).

? Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 463-5 (1908).
3 Pringsheim's Jahrb. wissen. Bot. i. 465 (1858).

4 Small, J. K., Fl. S. E. U. S. 47 (1903).
5 Wylie, Robert B., Bot. Gaz. xxxvii. 11 (1904).

1920] St. John,— Elodea in New England 23

It is clear from the context that his observations were made on the
species here treated as occidentalis. “The staminate flowers are
borne entirely beneath the surface of the water, and these, as is well
known, break off and rise to the surface, there shedding the pollen.
It is probable that with the ripening of the sporangia, in the still
submerged flower, gases given off by the plant fill the spaces about
the spores as well as any other cavities developed in the flower. At
maturity a bubble of oxygen forms at the tip of the flower, and with
its enlargement the sepals open slightly. At this time, looking down
into the flower one can see that the sporangia have opened, and that
many of the spores have been shed into the central space. "The
oxygen bubble may finally become nearly as large as the flower,
and, when conditions are proper, the buoyancy of the enclosed gas,
aided by the low specific gravity of the flower itself, overcomes the
weakened attachment, and the flower darts to the surface. Upon
reaching the surface the bubble disappears, the sepals snap back
quickly, and in their recurved position form three boat-like floats
which support the sporangia above the water; these catch the breeze
and the flower sails away. While such float devices for the staminate
flower are thought to be of great importance in the pollination of
Vallisneria, it is doubtful if any significance can be attached to them
in Elodea. The pollen was nearly all discharged at the moment the
flower came to the surface, and any remaining portion would have
no better opportunity for reaching the stigma of the pistillate flower.
The snow-white tetrads are quite conspicuous floating on the water,
or scudding along the surface with the wind.

The floating of the pollen grains is due to the nature of the outer
spore coat. In a previous paragraph it was mentioned that the
exine was covered with spines, each bearing at its tip a slight enlarge-
ment; these spines tend to hold back the surface film from contact
with the body of the spore, and thus imprison enough air to keep it
afloat. The microspore has a greater specific gravity than water,
and will sink at once if wetted. * * *

While the gas bubbles may not be necessary for pollination, they
are certainly very helpful. Their buoyancy aids in detaching the
flowers, raises them quickly to the surface, and the sudden recurving
of the sepals may be related in some way to the escape of the bubbles
on reaching the air. The accumulation of gas about the spores of
the submerged flower is also of significance in that it prevents the

24 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

moistening of the ripe spores while yet submerged; for this, as we
have seen, would lead to their sinking or release. * * * *

'The pistillate flower, as has been noted above, reaches the surface
of the water by the lengthening of the fused parts above the ovary.
* * * "The floral parts * * * * are repellent to water and
so resist wetting for many hours. With the opening of the flower
the three prominent stigmas quickly recurve, arching well out over
the floral envelopes. Lying thus, commonly on its side at first,
the weight of the flowers rests chiefly on the stigmas. Since the
stigmas are not readily wetted by water, they form a depression in
the surface film. Pollen grains floating near the flower therefore
approach and quickly slide down into contact with the stigma.
There is thus established about each flower ‘a circle of influence,’
which in quiet waters is about 2 cm. in diameter, and spores floating
into this area are immediately brought into contact with the stigma.
* * * *

It will be seen that the whole process of pollination is dependent
in one way or another upon the surface film of water."

Later this species was observed during two successive seasons by
R. W. Woodward, and he gives a detailed, accurate description! of
the gross morphology of the staminate and .pistillate flowers, and
comments on the mechanism of cross fertilization of this dioecious
specles. As he points out, the pistillate flowers are borne from
spathes in the upper axils that sheathe the base of the long floral tube
which elongates and pushes the flower bud to the surface of the
water. In the fresh material Woodward observed staminodia, thus
demonstrating that E. canadensis differs in the morphology of its
flowers only in the absence of staminate flowers. The staminate
flowers of E. occidentalis are tiny globose affairs about 2 mm. long
sessile in the middle or lower axils. "The staminate spathe encloses
the flower tightly, and may be prolonged into a short apiculate tip.

Rydberg distinguished Philotria Nuttallii (Planchon) Rydb.,? an-
other species which has its floral structure similar to the preceding.
It was launched by Planchon as a doubtful species based on Udora
canadensis Nutt.,? excluding the synonym Elodea canadensis Michx.
Rydberg takes it up for “plants referred to Elodea canadensis Michx.,

1 Ruopona xxi. 218 (1919).

? Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 461 (1908).
3 Nuttall, Thomas, Gen. N. Am. Pl. ii. 242 (1818).

1920] St. John, — Elodea in New England 25

but with more narrowly oblong, often somewhat acutish leaves.
* * * The spathe is like that of P. angustifolia, but larger, 5-6
mm. long, the anthers in the unopened flower 2-2.5 mm. long.”
He had one sheet from New Jersey with staminate and pistillate
flowers and other pistillate and sterile plants from New York and
Virginia. The writer has seen one sheet, with sessile staminate
spathes 5 mm. long, the anthers 2 mm. long, immature pistillate
flowers, the leaves narrowly oblong, acutish, much stiffer than those
of occidentalis and not crowded at the summit of the stem as those of
canadensis. This tallies exactly with Nuttallii, and there are several
sheets from a broad range that on their vegetative characters would
be put into Nuttallii. There are, however, two sheets from southern
New England which throw a shadow of doubt on the specific value
of the characters of Nuttallii. They are S. N. F. Sanford, no. 454,
in slow stream, Fall River, Massachusetts, August 14, 1913; and
C. A. Weatherby, no. 3,596, coll. E. B. Harger & C. A. Weatherby,
shallow water of Housatonic River, Huntington, Connecticut, Sep-
tember 17, 1914. They combine the vegetative characters of Nut-
tallii and the floral characters of occidentalis. These will be consid-
ered as intermediate specimens and consequently Nuttallii as a
doubtful species needing further study.

The only other species occurring in New England is Elodea Planch-
onii Caspary. As a matter of fact these four species, all occurring
in New England, are, after a study of the specimens in the Gray
Herbarium, the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club,
the Herbarium of Brown University, and the private herbaria of
Mr. Walter Deane and Mr. C. A. Weatherby, all the species
that the writer has been able to recognize in the United States and
Canada. He has seen no material to represent Philotria linearis
Rydb. Amacharis canadensis Planchon: based on material from Can-
ada: Saskatchewan, Drummond; and Canada: Cleghorn was reclassi-
fied as Elodea Planchonii Caspary. There is a good duplicate of
the Drummond specimen in the Gray Herbarium. The flowers are
dioecious, like those of occidentalis and Nuttallii, but the staminate
flowers are remarkably distinct. When young they are sheathed
in a spathe which is narrowed to a pedicel-like base. The swollen
terminal portion has its upper end open like a wide gaping mouth.

1 Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 3rd ser. xi. 75 (1849).
? Pringsheim's Jahrb. wissen. Bot. i. 468 (1858).

26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

In maturing the staminate flower is pushed up to the surface of
the water on a long slender thread-like stalk, in the same manner
as is the pistillate flower. They have sepals 5 mm. long, and anthers
2.5-4 mm. long. This very distinct plant has recently been re-
described as Elodea Iowensis Wylie (Philotria Iowensis Wylie),! as
Philotria Iowensis Wylie (Elodea Iowensis Wylie),? and as Elodea
ioensis Wylie.’ Wylie contrasts his species with E. Planchonii Cas-
pary, laying emphasis on his new species having the staminate spathe
“sessile, contracted at base" instead of as in Planchonii having the
staminate "Spathe peduncled." This difference exists only in the
terminology employed by Wylie and by Rydberg. E. Planchonii
Caspary was described as having no petals in the staminate flowers.
Wylie described and figures* E. ioensis Wylie as having, in the stam-
inate flowers, linear lanceolate petals, 44 mm. wide. Examination
of a staminate flower from the duplicate type of E. Planchonii showed
no petals. None of the other material at hand, including Wylie's
distribution of E. ioensis, showed any petals. It is probable that
the petals in the staminate flowers are evanescent, and only to be
seen when flowering material is kept under constant observation,
as did Wylie with his plant at East Okoboji Lake, Iowa. Comparison
of duplicate type material of Elodea Planchonii Caspary with authen-
tic and beautifully prepared material of E. ioensis Wylie distributed
by Wylie himself, proves the two to be identical.
KEY To THE New ENGLAND SPECIES OF ELODEA.

A. Staminate flowers wanting; leaves firm, oblong or ovate-oblong, usually
obtuse, crowded and strongly imbricated at the summit of the stem.
1. E. canadensis Michx.
A’. Staminate flowers present; leaves linear, lance-linear, lanceolate, or lance-
oblong, usually acute, the internodes marked, the leaves divergent,
scarcely imbricated even at the summit of the stem.

B. Staminate spathes sessile, the tips not widely divergent; peduncles
of staminate flowers not exceeding the spathes, at anthesis breaking
and setting free the flowers which float to the surface of the water,
pues not exceeding 2.5 mm. in length, anthers less than 2.5 mm.
ong.

C. Staminate spathe globose apiculate, the body about 2 mm. long,
anthers 0.8-1.1 mm. long; leaves linear, flaccid.
2. E. occidentalis (Pursh) St. John.
C”. Staminate spathe lanceolate-ovate, 5-6 mm. long, the anthers 2 mm.
long; leaves lance-oblong, firm.
3. E. Nuttallii (Planchon) St. John.

! Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. xvii. 82 (1910).

? Science n. s. xxxiii. 263 (1911).

3 Iowa State Univ. Nat. Hist. Bull. vi. 48 (1913).

! Iowa State Univ. Nat. Hist. Bull. vi. pl. 2, f. 7 (1913).

1920] St. John,— Elodea in New England 21

B’.Staminate spathe narrowed into a peduncle-like base as long as the
expanded body, which ends in a gaping mouth, formed by the deeply
cleft tip and the widely divergent points; staminate flowers pushed
to the surface of the water by an elongating thread-like pedicel, sepals:
4-5 mm. long, anthers 2.5-4 mm. long; leaves lance-oblong.

4. E. Planchonii Caspary.

1. ELODEA CANADENSIS Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 20 (1803). An-
acharis Alsinastrum Bab. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. II. i. 83 (1848),
and Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 3rd ser. xi. 74 (1849). Elodea latifolia Cas-
pary, Pringsheim's Jahrb. wissen. Bot. i. 467 (1858).

ILLUSTRATIONS: Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 3rd ser. xi. pl. i. (1849); Bot.
Zeit. xvi. pl. ix (1885); Smith, J. E. & Sowerby: English Bot. Supple-
ment pl. 2,993 (1865); Coste, H.: Fl. de France iii. 290 (1906); Brit-
ton & Brown: Ill. Fl. ed. 2, i. fig. 248 (1913).

DISTRIBUTION: Ponds and streams, especially in calcareous areas
from Montmorency County, Quebec, south to the mountains of
Virginia and Kentucky, and westward to southern Saskatchewan.
QUEBEC: Sainte Anne de Beaupré, Aug. 30, 1905, J. Macoun, no.
68,806; Sargent's Bay, Lake Memphremagog, Aug. 3, 1903, Churchill;
Fitch Bay, Lake Memphremagog, Aug. 18, 1906, Churchill; Picka-
nock River, Aug. 16, 1894, J. Macoun. Vermont: Little Otter Creek,
Ferrisburg, Aug. 16, 1896, Eggleston & Grout; Lake Bomoseen, West
Hubbardton, Oct. 3, 1897, Eggleston; shore of Winooski River, Essex
Junction, July 25, 1911, S. F. Blake, no. 2,210. MASSACHUSETTS:
Andover, Sept., 1883, Joseph Blake, no. 963 (508); Lake Quanna-
powitt, Wakefield, W. S. Ripley, Jr., no. 17,494; shallow water, Lake
Garfield, Monterey, July 12, 1912, R. Hoffmann; Sheffield, Sept. 25,
1899, R. Hoffmann. RmopEIsLAND: Providence, S. T. Olney. Con-
NECTICUT: shallow water about Lake Congamond, Aug. 1—5, 1910,
Eames & Godfrey, Eames, no. 8,457; Lake Saltonstall, Branford,
Sept. 12, 1914, Blewitt, no. 1,981; shallow water of Housatonic River,
North Canaan, Sept. 6, 1909, Weatherby, no. 2,700; shallow water of
brook, Huntington, Sept. 17, 1914, Harger & Weatherby, Weatherby,
no. 3,604; shallow water of Housatonic River, Huntington, Sept. 17,
1914, Harger & Weatherby, Weatherby, no. 3,595. New York: still
water, Dead Creek, Grass River, Canton, July 18, 1914, Phelps,.
no. 279; western New York, Gray. Ontario: Detroit River, Oct. 16,
1861, Herb. Boott. Micutecan: Manistee, Aug. 17, 1882, Morong.
Kentucky: (Lexington, cf. RHopona xv. 120, 1913], Short. ILLINOIS:
in water 6 dm. deep, Grass Lake, July 28, 1907, F. C. Gates; shallow
water in a peat-bog lake, Lake Villa, Aug. 8, 1906, Gleason & Shobe,
no. 182. Minnesota: ponds, Hennepin County, Aug., 1890, Sand-
berg; Garden Island, Lake of the Woods, June 26, 1894, MacM illan &
Sheldon, no. 572. SASKATCHEWAN: Souris River, July 29, 1883,
J. M. Macoun.

2. E. occidentalis (Pursh) comb. nov. Serpicula occidentalis Pursh,
excl. syn. E. canadensis Michx., Fl. Am. Sept. i. 33 (1814). Serpicula

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

verticillata, B. angustifolia Muhl., Cat. Pl. Am. Sept. 84 (1813).
Udora verticillata ? minor Engelm., publ. in syn., Pringsheim's Jahrb.
wissen. Bot. i. 465 (1885). Philotria minor (Engelm.) Small, Fl.
S. E. U. S. 47 (1903). Elodea minor (Engelm.) Farwell, Rep. Mich.
Acad. Sci. xvii. 181 (1916).

ItLusrrations: Britton & Brown: Ill. Fl. ed. 2, i. figs. 249, 251
(1913).

Distripution: In fresh ponds and streams occasionally in brack-
ish waters, avoiding calcareous regions from southern Maine to the
District of Columbia, westward to Missouri, northern Wisconsin,
Nebraska, and Oregon. Marne: Haley Pond, Rangeley, 1894,
Furbish; quiet pools in Messalonskee River, Waterville, Sept. 2, 1898,
Chamberlain & Fernald, Chamberlain, no. 774, Fernald, no. 2,750;
Cobossee Contee Lake, Aug., 1898, T. J. Battey; South Poland, 1893,
Furbish; East Livermore, 1894, Furbish; Androscoggin Lake, North
Leeds, Sept. 1894, Furbish; Lake Auburn, Aug. 1898, Merrill, no.
508; tidal pools and rills in mud flats of the river, Bowdoinham,
Sept. 19, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,448. Vermont: Windsor,
July 27-31, 1900, Eggleston, no. 2,085. MassaAcuusETTs: Lake
Cochichewick, North Andover, Sept. 24, 1903, Pease, no. 2,638;
Somerville, Warner Bailey; in shallow water, Spot Pond, Stoneham,
Sept. 6, 1912, C. C. Kingman; Alewife Brook, Medford, Aug. 21,
1870, W. Boott; Fresh Pond, Cambridge, Sept. 21, 1879, H. A. Young,
Sept. 12, 1886, Deane, Sept. 14, 1886, Deane, Oct. 1886, Deane, E. &
C. E. Faxon, May 27, 1903, Pease, no. 2,063; Muddy River, off
Brookline Ave., Brookline, July 1909, Forbes; waste lands, Back
Bay Fens, Boston, Sept. 17, 1916, F. S. Collins, no. 3,639 and Aug. 22,
1917, F. S. Collins; sandy bottom, northern end of Mill Pond, Brew-
ster, Aug. 4, 1918, Fernald, no. 16,001; Harwich, June 23, 1914,
F. S. Collins, no. 2,445. Rmope IstANp: Mill Pond, Lonsdale,
Sept. 15, 1888, A. Greene. Connecticut: in shallow pools along
bank of Connecticut River, Hartford, Sept. 25, 1909, Blewitt, no. 609;
shallow water of Farmington River, New Hartford, Aug. 17, 1910,
Blewitt, no. 586; in a slowly flowing stream, Middletown, July 26,
1914, Ware, no. 3,472; shallow water of Pistapaug Pond, Durham,
Sept. 9, 1913, Blewitt, no. 1,680; in shallow pond, Waterbury, Aug. 23,
1911, Blewitt, no. 573; in Stony Brook, East Haven, Sept. 12, 1914,
Blewitt, no. 1,980; fresher waters of Beaver Creek, Milford, July 16,
1897, E. H. Eames; stagnant water of a slough, Putnam, Aug. 31,
1915, Weatherby, no. 3,777; Boardman's Pond, East Hartford, July 15,
1903, Weatherby, no. 367; slow-flowing water of brooks, East Haven,
Sept. 12, 1914, Weatherby, no. 3,591; shallow water of Pistapaug
Pond, Wallingford, Sept. 9, 1913, Weatherby, no. 3,373; brackish
estuary, Old Lyme, July 8, 1918, Woodward; Connecticut River,
Hartford, July 18,.1885, Wright; Simsbury, Sept. 3, 1904, 7. Holcomb;
Wethersfield, Wright; in lacu Bantam prope Litchfield, D. C. Eaton.
New JERSEY: Sussex Co., July 1879, Rusby. PENNSYLVANIA: near

1920] St. John,— Elodea in New England 29

Philadelphia, 1848, James. DELAWARE: Wilmington, Herb. Canby.
MARYLAND: in open bog, s. 30° w. of Havre de Grace Light, Aug. 1,
1902, Shull, no. 147. District or CoLuMBIA: in vicinis Washing-
ton, June 11, 1882, Ward. Wisconstn: Lake Superior, Oronto,
July 26, 1868, Gillman; Milwaukee, Lapham. I urnots: Athens,
1861, E. Hall, no. 1,079. Iowa: in water, Fayette, July 1894, Fink.
Missovmr: sloughs, Forest Mill, June 16, 1912, Palmer, no. 3,766;
St. Louis, May 1845, Engelmann. NEBRASKA: Sweetwater Lakes,
Sept. 6, 1915, Ray Thomson, no. 177. Kansas: ponds, Linn County,
Aug. 9, 1897, G. L. Clothier; Fort Leavenworth, 1849, Fendler. ORE-
Gon: 1871, E. Hall, no. 503; Sauvies Islands, Williamette River, 1877,
Howell.

3. E. Nuttallii (Planchon) comb. nov. Anacharis Nuttallii
Planchon, Pringsheim's Jahrb. wissen. Bot. i. 465 (1858). Udora
canadensis Nutt. excl. syn. E. canadensis Michx. Gen. N. Am. Pl. ii.
242 (1818). Philotria Nuttallii (Planchon) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Cl. xxxv. 461 (1908).

The writer has seen only one flowering specimen that is surely of
this species, Connecticut: shallow water of Housatonic River,
Oxford, Aug. 13, 1918, Weatherby, no. 4,348.

4. E. PraANcHoNmn Caspary, Pringsheim's Jahrb. wissen. Bot. i.
468 (1858). Anacharis canadensis Planchon, not Michx., Ann. Sci.
Nat. Bot. 3rd ser. xi. 75 (1849). Philotria angustifolia (Muhl.)
Britton, not Britton in Rydb. Fl. Col., Col. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull.
c. 15 (1906). Philotria Planchonii (Caspary) Rydb., Bull. Torr.
Bot. Cl. xxxv. 462 (1908). Elodea lowensis (Philotria Iowensis)
Wylie, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. xvii. 82 (1910). Philotria Iowensis
(Elodea Iowensis) Wylie, Science. n. s. xxxiii. 263 (1911). Elodea
ioensis Wylie, Iowa State Univ. Nat. Hist. Bull. vi. 48 (1913).

DisrRiBUTION: Local in ponds and streams from Massachusetts
to Saskatchewan and Colorado. MassaAcHusETTs: Great Pond,
North Andover, Sears; Lake Quannapowitt, July 2 and 14, 1916,
W. S. Ripley, Jr., nos. 16,125 and 16,138. New York: western
part, Gray. InpIANA: in the Deshee River about 6 miles west of
Decker, Aug. 18, 1919, Deam, no. 29,224. Micuican: Fort Gratiot,
July 18, 1870, H. Gillman; Sault Ste. Marie, July 27, 1873, H. Gill-
man. Wisconsin: Madison, Aug. 14, 1890, Lapham. Iowa: East
Okoboji Lake, 1911, Wylie. NomgrH Dakota: in stagnant water,
Minot, Aug. 20, 1905, Lunell. SASKATCHEWAN: Drummond. Wyo-
MING: Fish Hatchery, Sept. 28, 1898, A. Nelson, no. 5,374; running
water, Seven Mile Lakes, Albany County, Sept. 7, 1901, Goodding,
no. 597. Coronapo: Lee's Lake, Aug. 5, 1897, Crandall, no. 2,423.

Gray HERBARIUM.

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
THE NORTHERN VARIETY OF RANUNCULUS HISPIDUS.
M. L. FERNALD.

Micnavx, describing his Ranunculus hispidus from “sylvis Caro-
linae inferioribus," began his description “ R. erectus, hirsutissimus."!
This phrase well characterizes the plant at the southern border of
its range, but northward the hirsute plant becomes rare and gradually
gives way to a commoner variation with the pubescence appressed
or even almost or quite wanting. Thus, of the 38 collections before
the writer from New England and New York State 35 have appressed
pubescence and only 3 (all from southern Connecticut) have the
spreading pubescence of the more southern typical H. hispidus. In
fact, Dr. K. C. Davis, in his treatment of the genus,’ apparently
wrote from his familiarity with the northern variation, for ignoring
the Michaux phrase, “R. erectus, hirsutissimus," Davis described
R. hispidus as “ Appressed-pubescent." From New England and
New York the plant with appressed pubescence or subglabrous
petioles and stems extends westward to Iowa and south to the moun-
tains of North Carolina, West Virginia, Missouri and Kansas; while
typical R. hispidus extends well into Georgia and Arkansas. The
more northern extreme is worthy varietal separation as

RANUNCULUS HISPIDUS Michx., var. falsus, n. var., petiolis cauli-
busque sericeo-strigosis vel subglabris.—Vermont and Massachusetts
to Ontario and Iowa, south to Virginia, North Carolina, Missouri
and Kansas. The following specimens are characteristic. VERMONT:
rich hillside, Pownal, July 23, 1898, May 30, 1900, Eggleston, nos.
108, 1927. MassaAcHUsETTS: Worcester, May 18, 1912, Woodward;
moist field, Sturbridge, May 20, 1916, Knowlton; damp rocky thicket,
Charlton, May 20, 1916, Bean & Schweinfurth; Amherst, Blanchard et
al.; dry woods, Springfield, May 5, 1915, Andrews; rich open woods,
Stockbridge, May 30, 1902, Hoffmann; in humus overlying limestone,
Sheffield, May 16, 1907, Cushman, no. 517; dry wooded calcareous
bank, Sheffield, May 30, 1919, Bean & Fernald (TYPE in Gray Herb.).
CONNECTICUT: open woods, Franklin, June 6, 1907, Woodward;
Middlebury, May 5, 1896, Shepardson; cold rocky woods, Southing-
ton, May 22, 1898, Bissell; dry hillside, Waterbury, May 30, 1911,
Blewitt, no. 684; dry open woods, Salisbury, June 1, 1902, Fernald.
New York: Westbury, Tubby; Harrison, April 25, 1905, Coe; open
gravelly woods, Lick Brook, Ithaca, May 6, 1915, Eames, no. 4064;

1 Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 321 (1803).
2 K. C. Davis, Minn. Bot. Stud. ii. 472 (1900).

1920] Weatherby,—Habenaria psycodes, var. ecalcarata 31

gravelly soil, dry open woods, Beebe Lake, Ithaca, August 16, 1915,
Eames & Thomas, no. 4067; rocky crests above Shurger's Glen,
Lansing, May 15, 1916, MacDaniels & Wiegand, no. 6447; Lake
Chautauqua, June 4, 1893, Churchill New Jersey: Summit,
May 23, 1891, Churchill; river banks, Camden, June, 1876 (glabrous
extreme), Martindale. PENNSYLVANIA: West Branch of Octoraro
Creek, Lancaster Co., May 6, 1891, Heller; near Haines Station,
Lancaster Co., May 20, 1901, Heller. Marytanp: Baltimore Co.,
May 5, 1881, Smith; Watersville, May 13, 1881, Smith. VIRGINIA:
Goshen, Rockbridge Co., May 4, 1915, Churchill. Wrst VIRGINIA:
dry woods, White Sulphur Springs, May 14-17, 1914, Hunnewell.
NonTH CAROLINA: moist places near Salisbury, Rowan Co., April 22,
1897, Biltmore Herb., no. 12295. ONTARIO: Whirlpool Rapids, Niag-
ara, May, 1901, J. Macoun, no. 33,581. Onto: Toledo, May, 1884,
Young. INDIANA: without statement of locality or collector. ILLI-
nors: rich woods near Cottonwood Station, Urbana, April 17, 1909,
Pease, no. 11,807; low woods near Crystal Lake, Urbana, April 27,
1909, Pease, no. 11,825 (smoother form); Ottawa, Huett; moist cleared
timberland, Macon Co., May 9, 1915, Clokey, no. 2384. "WISCONSIN:
Preble, Brown Co., May 21, 1892, Schuette. Iowa: Marshalltown,
May 15, 1897, Ball, no. 471; Ames, May 22, 1897, Ball & Preston,
no. 465. Miussoumr: St. Louis, 1877, Eggert. Kansas: woods,
-` Wyandotte Co., May 3, 1897, Hitchcock, no. 1105.

Many of the specimens above cited have been distributed as R.
septentrionalis, a northern species of swamps and meadows with
much coarser stems and leaves and with stout and very long repent
stolons developing soon after the expansion of the first flowers.

Gray HERBARIUM.

HABENARIA PSYCODES, VAR. ECALCARATA IN VERMONT.—Last Aug-
ust there was sent me a peculiar orchid which had been collected by
Dr. Anne E. Perkins in a meadow at Berkshire, Vt. Prof. Ames later
determined it as the peloric form of Habenaria psycodes described,
figured and named var. ecalcarata by Miss M. M. Bryan.!

In this form (for it seems to be a teratological development rather
than a true variety) the usual three-parted, spurred and fringed lip
is replaced by an oblong-ovate, spurless petal, entire and wholly
similar to the other petals, except that it occasionally bears small
irregular and jagged marginal projections which remotely suggest
its relationship to the normal type of lip. The result is a nearly

1 Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iv. 38 (1917).

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

regular flower, superficially resembling that of a Goodyera much more
than that of a Habenaria and reminiscent of H. psycodes only in color.

Miss Bryan makes no mention of the column in her description of
var. ecalcarata; in Dr. Perkins's material, however, this organ shares
the pelorie tendencies of the perianth. Instead of the usual two
nearly erect anther-sacs, it develops four, set at various angles in a
rough half-circle about its upper part. Presumably the four sacs
represent the two anthers of the simpler orchids, such as Cypripedium,
and their arrangement, like the almost regular perianth, indicates a
reversion toward a more primitive and more regular type of flower.
All the sacs examined produced pollinia, but these were without
distinguishable glands. "The whole anterior surface of the column
was strongly viscid; but I was unable to determine whether or not
the stigma was fully formed and capable of performing its function.

In both Miss Bryan's and Dr. Perkins's material, all the flowers
were alike, the peloria not being, as sometimes, confined to a portion
of the inflorescence. Miss Bryan’s specimens came from Bay View,
Mich., where several plants were observed to persist for years: Dr.
Perkins noted only one plant at her station. A precisely analogous
form of Habenaria fimbriata was collected years ago by H. G. Jesup
at Lynn, N. H., and described and illustrated by him, but not given
a name.2—C. A. WEATHERBY, East Hartford, Conn.

POLYGALA PAUCIFOLIA Willd., forma vestita, n. f., foliis dense
pilosis, pilis canescentibus.

Leaves densely pilose with canescent hairs.—NEw HAMPSHIRE:
rich deciduous woods, northwest base of Fall Mountain, Walpole,
May 26, 1917, L. A. Wheeler & M. L. Fernald (TYPE in Herb. N. E.
Bot. Club).

The common form of Polygala paucifolia has the leaves green
and quite glabrous except for a slight ciliation and sometimes a
little pilosity on the midrib. Forma vestita 1s conspicuous when
growing on account of its pale foliage and at Walpole forms an exten-
sive carpet.—M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 22, no. 253, including pages 1 to 16 and portrait plate, was issued
28 February 1920.

? Bot. Gaz. xviii. 189—190 (1893).

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD > Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH :
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. March, 1920 No. 255.
CONTENTS:

Soil Tests of Ericaceae and other Families. E. T. Wherry ; 33

American Varieties of Pyrola chlorantha. M. L. Fernald : 50

Notes on Pogonia trianthophora. A. E. Lownes : : : 53

Scirpus acutus. M. L. Fernald ; : : : . : 55

Boston, Mass. Providence, R. 3f.

1052 Exchange Building | Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated,
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN CoLLINS and
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular erypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collectors
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 ets. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. March, 1920. No. 255.

SOIL TESTS OF ERICACEAE AND OTHER REACTION-SENSI-
TIVE FAMILIES IN NORTHERN VERMONT
AND NEW HAMPSHIRE

Epcar T. WHERRY

Tuae relative importance of physical and chemical features of soils
in determining the distribution of vegetation is the subject of consider-
able difference of opinion. Some have reached the conclusion that
physical factors, such as porosity and water content, are more signifi-
cant than chemical factors, such as the presence of abundant lime or
of excessive acidic substances; others consider the chemical nature of
the soil, and accordingly the nature of the rock from which it is de-
rived, to be of fundamental importance. An illustration of the appli-
cation of these two viewpoints in explaining the distribution of two
northern coniferous trees has recently been published by Fernald.!
The physical features proved in these cases entirely inadequate to
account for the observed relationships, whereas the geology, and the
resultant chemical properties of the soil, show so close a correlation
with the areas occupied by the species in question, that no one ap-
proaching the subject with open mind could fail to recognize therein
the dominant factor in their distribution.

The writer became interested in this subject several years ago,
while engaged in geological field work in Pennsylvania, through ob-
serving that relationships existed between the native plants and the
underlying rock formations; but at that time there was no simple
method available to determine whether the effect was chiefly physi-

1Fernald, M. L. Lithological factors limiting the ranges of Pinus Banksiana
and Thuja occidentalis. Ruopvora xxi. 41 (1919).

34 Rhodora [Marcu

cal or chiefly chemical. The subsequent demonstration by Gillespie!
that the reaction (acidity or alkalinity) of a soil can be directly meas-
ured by the use of indicators—that is, dyes which change their colors
with variations in reaction furnished a means for obtaining definite
information upon the matter. The method was first tried out in the
laboratory, on soil samples representing various geological formations
as well as different species of plants which were supposed to be sen-
sitive to soil reaction; and the preliminary results on one group, the
Orchidaceae, have already been published. The method was later
modified for use in the field, as recently described.’ On learning of
this method, Mr. Frederick V. Coville of the Bureau of Plant Indus-
try, U. S. Department of Agriculture, suggested to the writer that
since the Ericaceae are apparently especially sensitive to soil reac-
tion—for the most part requiring definite acidity—it would be desir-
able that tests be made on a number of members of this family.
Accordingly, with the aid of funds from the Bureau of Plant Industry,
several trips were taken for this purpose; and in the present paper
are recorded the results obtained on one of these trips in June, 1919,
at certain points in northern New England. While the Ericaceae
were studied primarily, data were obtained on other plants growing
in the same regions; although only plants which for one reason or
another are inferred to be decidedly sensitive to soil reaction are con-
sidered, and no attempt is made to list all the species growing in the
places visited. The nomenclature of Gray's Manual, 7th edition,
1908, is followed throughout, synonyms being introduced in certain
cases. Pressed specimens of the plants studied have been deposited
in the U. S. National Herbarium.

'The acidity and alkalinity of the soils studied are described in
terms recommended for the purpose elsewhere.* To summarize the
plan here, omitting technical physical-chemical terms,—pure water,
which is neutral in that equivalent amounts of acid and alkaline con-
stituents (ions) are present in it, is taken as the unit of both “specific
acidity" and “specific alkalinity.” A solution containing up to 10

1! Gillespie, L. J. The reaction of soil and measurements of hydrogen-ion concen-
tration. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. vi. 7 (1916).

? Wherry, Edgar T. "The reactions of the soils supporting the growth of certain
native orchids. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., viii. 589 (1918).

? Wherry, Edgar T. Determining soil acidity and alkalinity by indicators in the
field. Jorn. Wash. Acad. Sci., x. (April, 1920).

4 Wherry, Edgar T. The statement of acidity and alkalinity, with special refer-
ence to soils. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., ix. 305 (1919).

1920] — Wherry,—Soil Tests of Ericaceae and Other Families 35

times as much acid as is contained by water is called " minimacid;"
one containing from 10 to 100 times, * subacid;" from 100to 1000 times,
“ mediacid;" and more than 1000 times, *superacid." Corresponding
terms are used on the alkaline side, although medialkaline and super-
alkaline soils are not known to exist in the eastern United States, to
which these studies are confined. It is sometimes convenient to
group together minimacid, neutral and minimalkaline soils under the
term, * cireumneutral. ”

As to the correspondence between these and previously used terms,
—“oxylophytes,” as defined by Warming and others, seem to be
characteristic of soils possessing only the higher degrees of acidity
as here classified. * Calciphiles" or “calcicoles” may grow in soils
of widely varying reaction, for calcium often exists in soils in the form
of neutral salts, suchas the sulphate and the chloride. However,
since a very abundant compound of calcium, the bicarbonate, yields
an alkaline reaction, calcicoles are particularly frequent in alkaline
soils. "These relations are brought out in the following table:

TABLE I. COMPARISON oF Common Soin, Reactions AND PLANT TYPES.

f LI . . T p . . 3 i .
e acil Mediaid] Sabine Minimacid |Neutral | Minimalkaline
us Cireumneutral
Catctum Sarrs | Insoluble Sulphate, chloride, ete. Bicarbonate

Absent | Absent

Common| Common

OxYLOPHYTES Common |Occasional | Rare

CALCICOLES Absent |Rare Occasional

For practical purposes, then, oxylophytes may be regarded as
plants characteristic of mediacid soils, and calcicoles of cireumneutral
soils.

The tests are made by stirring up a soil with neutral water, pouring
off the more or less clear liquid, and adding a drop or two of approp-
riate indicator solution. From the color then assumed the specific
acidity or alkalinity of the soil in question can be determined. Sets
of indicator solutions arranged for use in the field, with directions for
their application, can now be purchased. (See advertising columns
of this journal). i

Every species of plant has of course an acid and an alkaline limit
to its growth; and if these are sufficiently wide apart the plant may
be regarded as indifferent to soil reaction. In the Ericaceae and other
families here studied, however, it has been found that not only do

36 Rhodora [Marcu

these limits lie fairly close together, but also that for different species
the limits have characteristically different positions in the scale.
When these points are considered, in connection with the fact that in
many cases a given species grows under the most widely varying
physical conditions, from the wettest bogs to the driest sandy up-
lands, the conclusion can hardly be avoided that the chemical fea-
tures of the soil are of greater significance than the physical ones in
determining the distribution of these plants.

It has been found that in certain nurseries ericaceous plants can
be grown in soils with an initial acidity distinctly below the lowest
limits observed for the same species in nature. This is no doubt due
partly to the exclusion of competition and partly to the fact that
vigorous plants develop increased acidity immediately around their
roots. However this may be, the limiting reactions shown by the
soils supporting each species in its natural habitats are well worth de-
termining. It is not claimed that the soil reaction is the only factor
controling the distribution of these plants; nor is the manner in
which the reaction affects the plant considered. The aim of this
paper is essentially to record observational data as to the reactions
shown by the soils in typical natural occurrences of Ericaceae. It is
hoped that these data can be supplemented by future work in other
regions.

The regions in which the studies have been made, the general fea-
tures of the soils there, etc., are presented in Table II. Detailed de-
scriptions of the distribution of plants and soils follow.

TABLE II. FEATURES or REGIONS STUDIED.,

SURFACE DoMINANT
REGION State FORMATION Soi. Reaction ERICACEAE
Summits of White Moun-
IEEE ou hes ey NIMM. Gneliss, Black al- Mediacid Abundant
granite pine peat
Mountains — hionóeeg!
by Lake. Vt. Calcareous Upland Circum- Rare
drift peat neutral
Swamps, etc., one of ies
loughby Lake. si Vt. Calcareous Peat and Subacid Common
drift muck
Bog south of West Burke.. Vt. erg Peat Mediacid Abundant _
rift
Swamps, = é zn i-r nei
and Fairlee, Vt. Varied Peat and Subacid Common
drift muck

Grateful acknowledgment is herewith made to Miss Inez A.
Howe, of the Fairbanks Museum, St. Johnsbury, and to Rev. Dr. H.

Soil Tests of Ericaceae and Other Families 37

1920] Wherry,

M. Denslow, at the time residing at Fairlee, who acted as guides to
the Vermont localities; to Messrs. Edward and Kenneth Gillett, who
demonstrated how they grow native plants in their nursery at South-
wick, Massachusetts; and to Harry W. Trudell and Louis H. Koch,
who took part in the expedition as voluntary associates, and aided
materially in collecting the data.

SUMMITS OF THE Warre Mountains, NEw HAMPSHIRE.

The flora of the White Mountains has been described by Flint,!
by Grout? and by Fernald.’ The underlying rock is dominantly
mica gneiss, with considerable granitic intrusions and quartz veins.

The first few hundred feet of ascent of the Presidential Range is
through the spruce-fir forest, where the upland peat is mostly subacid
in reaction, and ericaeous plants are rare, only Chiogenes hispidula
and Vaccinium canadense being noted. At about 1200 meters elevation
the conifers become smaller in stature, the soils blacker and more
acid, and Ericaceae more abundant, Rhododendron (Rhodora) cana-
dense and Vaccinium | pennsylvanicum var. angustifolium appearing
at the upper limit of trees. Above the tree line the ground is carpeted
by vast numbers of ericaceous plants, growing in autogenous, black,
damp or even wet humus, which may be designated for convenience
as “alpine peat.” Here were found, in addition to those already
listed: Ledum groenlandicum, Kalmia angustifolia, Kalmia polifolia,
Arctostaphylos alpina, Vaccinium uliginosum, V. Vitis-Idaea var.
minus, and the heath-like Empetrum nigrum. In occasional colonies
of sphagnum Vaccinium Oxycoccos was also found. On the rocky
ledges, in similar but somewhat drier soil, besides many of the above
list, were observed: Loiseleuria (Chamaecistus) procumbens, Phyllo-
doce coerulea, Cassiope (Harrimanella) hypnoides, Vaccinium caespi-
tosum, and the pubescent Empetrum atropurpureum (E. nigrum var.
andinum of the Manual). The alpine peat supporting all of these
species showed uniformly mediacid reaction. Only exceptionally
were lower values, down to subacid, observed, where occasional
colonies of the same species had spread down into the upland peat of
the forest floor. . One species reported from the region, Andromeda

!Flint, W. F. The distribution of plants in New Hampshire. In: Geology of
New Hampshire, by C. H. Hitchcock, i. 381 (1874).

? Grout, A. J. A botanist's day on Mt. Washington. Plant World ii. 116 (1899).

3 Fernald, M. L. The soil preferences of certain alpine and subalpine plants,
Ruopora ix, 149 (1907).

38 Rhodora [MARCH

glaucophylla, could not be found, but its soils are no doubt similar in
reaction.

In the most exposed places of all, near the summits of the moun-
tains, the soil consists chiefly of frost-broken rock fragments, and even
these Ericaceae are unable to gain much foothold. Rhododendron
lapponicum and Diapensia lapponica are typically developed in this
sort of situation, along with scattered colonies of the other species.
The crumbling rock itself, where as free as possible from organic
matter, ranges in reaction from subacid to neutral, the acidity being
apparently due to the presence of minute lichens, etc. ; but on testing
the material at the roots of the plants mentioned, a mediacid reaction
was almost invariably obtained, because of the presence of humus
mixed with the rock fragments. Seedlings of these plants were oc-
casionally found in material of lower acidity, but the reaction around
them is never less than subacid.

The distribution of plants of other groups with reference to the
soil acidity is also a matter of interest. Among ferns, the absence of
the usual rock-growing species, such as the Woodsias and true Asplen-
iums, is a striking feature, the soils apparently being too acid for these.
Three specimens of ferns were noted above the tree-line, in mediacid
alpine peat on rocky ledges: Phegopteris polypodioides (Phegopteris),
Aspidium (Dryopteris) spinulosum, Asplenium Filix-femina (Athyrium
angustum). These ascend to very high elevations, the last reaching
practically to the summit of Mt. Washington itself (1917 meters), al-
though all are considerably dwarfed. Lycopodium Selago var. appres-
sum and L. annotinum var. pungens appear in the most exposed situa-
tions, the soils being likewise mediacid or rarely subacid.

Of flowering plants other than Ericaceae, the following are note-
worthy. In damp soils of mediacid reactions grow Streptopus roseus,
Coptis trifolia, Trientalis americana, and Lonicera caerulea var. villosa.
In drier, though not the most exposed places, grow also Maianthemum
canadense, Clintonia borealis, and Cornus canadensis. In the bare
rocky ground, where Diapensia flourishes, occur Salix Uva-ursi,
Arenaria groenlandica, Stellaria borealis, Potentilla tridentata and
Geum (Sieversia) Peckii; the Stellaria and a grass, Poa laxa, being the
only plants observed at the actual summit of Mt. Washington. The
soils of all these species proved to be normally mediacid in reaction.

Soils of minimacid reaction were found to occur on the White Moun-
tains only in springy places. Ericaceous plants were in no case ob-

1920] Wherry,—Soil Tests of Ericaceae and Other Families 39

served in such material, but a few species elsewhere found in soils of
low acidity were noted, such as Habenaria (Limnorchis) dilatata,
Habenaria (Lysiella) obtusata and Castilleja pallida var. septentrion-
alis.

WILLOUGHBY LAKE, VERMONT

The Willoughby Lake region is well known to botanists, especially
from the excellent Flora published by Kennedy! in which previous
work is summarized. Fernald? has discussed contrasts shown by the
plants of this region and those of certain other localities in New Eng-
land and adjacent Canada. The rock of Mts. Willoughby and Hor,
Ordovician in age, is dominantly gneissic in character, with many
calcareous strata, as well as granitic intrusions. The spring water
seeping out from the faces of the cliffs has in practically every case
traversed more or less limy material, and proved to be slightly alka-
line in reaction; in rare instances it is neutral. The talus slope con-
tains abundant calcareous rock fragments and its soils are mostly
circumneutral in reaction. On the mountain slopes the soils vary
in reaction, being cireumneutral where the calcareous strata outcrop,
although there are also minor areas of acid soils over granite ledges,
as well as in places where thick upland peat has developed.

Few plants usually regarded as characteristic of acid soils are
present in the Willoughby region. Colonies of Cornus canadensis
occur on some of the acidic areas, and two acid-soil orchids, Habenaria
(Coeloglossum) bracteata and Habenaria fimbriata (grandiflora) were
noted in upland peat on the north slope of Mt. Willoughby. The
only ericaceous plantsseen on the whole mountain were a few members
of the Pyrola group: Chimaphila umbellata, Pyrola asarifolia, P. chlor-
antha, P. elliptica, and P. secunda. All these grow in upland peat
ranging from subacid to neutral in reaction.

Of plants usually found in limestone regions, and presumably
partial to alkaline soils, the following are noteworthy: Asplenium
Ruta-muraria, Cryptogramma Stelleri, Woodsia glabella; Parnassia
caroliniana, Saxifraga oppositifolia, S. Aizoon, S. aizoides, and Prim-
ula mistassinica. Their soils were found to range from circumneutral
to subalkaline.

South of Willoughby Lake conditions are entirely different. Dur-
ing the Glacial Period the ice advanced southward between Mts.

! Kennedy, G. G. The Flora of Willoughby, Vermont. Ruopora, vi. 93 (1904).
? Ruopora, ix, 149 (1907).

40 Rhodora [Marcu

Willoughby and Hor, removing vast quantities of the rocks of which
they are composed, and spreading this material over lowlands to the
south for a distance of many miles. The rocks are, as previously
noted, distinctly calcareous, and accordingly the springs which emerge
from the hummocks of glacial drift are for the most part more or less
alkaline in reaction. Acid soils have developed here and there where-
ever the decomposing vegetable matter has formed layers of sufficient
thickness to prevent neutralization by the alkaline rock constituents.

The water in depressions in the cool dark arbor vitae (Thuja occi-
dentalis) swamps is throughout slightly alkaline. No ericaceous
plants were observed to grow in this water, although several orchids
do so, notably Cypripedium hirsutum (reginae), Listera convallarioides,
L. cordata, Habenaria (Limnorchis) hyperborea, H. dilatata (in open
places), and Corallorrhiza trifida. On the hummocks of peaty ma-
terial, however, several Ericaceae were noted, including Pyrola secunda
var. obtusata, P. asarifolia var. incarnata, Moneses uniflora, Vaccinium
canadense, and Chiogenes hispidula, in subacid or more often mediacid
soil. Orchids which stick to the more acid soil situations are Haben-
aria (Lysias) orbiculata, Epipactis repens var. ophioides, E. tesselata,
and Corallorrhiza maculata. The bunchberry, Cornus canadensis, is
also limited to the acid locations.

The streams which rise on the south side of the col below the head
(south end) of Willoughby Lake have minimalkaline to subalkaline
water, and the relations shown by the plant associations surrounding
them are noteworthy. Myrica Gale grows directly in the alkaline
water, but although some ericaceous shrubs appear to accompany
it closely, actual tests of the soil around their roots showed distinct
to marked acidity in every case. The boldest of these, Chamaedaphne
calyculata, occasionally reaches out as far as material of minimacid
reaction; but Kalmia angustifolia, K. polifolia, and Ledum groen-
landicum are always in subacid to mediacid peat. Upland peat with
subacid reaction on the slopes of the hummocks of drift supports
Epigaea repens, Pyrola americana, and Vaccinium canadense; also
the orchid, Habenaria (Coeloglossum) bracteata, and such plants as
Linnaea borealis var. americana, and Cornus canadensis.

West BURKE, VERMONT.

A small bog about three miles south of West Burke furnished an
instructive contrast to those to the north, which have just been
described. Here the drift is non-calcareous, and the open water

1920] | Wherry,—Soil Tests of Ericaceae and Other Families 41

mediacid. The Ericaceae grow far out into the water, forming with
the sphagnum a floating mat which quivers under one’s steps. Andro-
meda glaucophylla, Kalmia angustifolia, K. polifolia, and Ledum
groenlandicum (all but the first also observed in the Willoughby
region), are abundant here. In the sphagnum grow also Vaccinium
Oxycoccos and its variety intermedium and Chiogenes hispidula; and
on the drier banks Pyrola elliptica, Epigaea repens, Gaultheria pro-
cumbens, and Vaccinium canadense. In addition to Ericaceae, Smila-
eina trifolia, Pogonia ophioglossoides, and Sarracenia purpurea were
noted. "The soils are practically all mediacid.

It seemed worth while, having indicators on the spot, to test out
the correctness of Fernald's! remarks as to the habitat of Thuja
occidentalis:

“Tt is therefore premature to say that in the region of its almost
continuous occurrence . . . Thuja confines itself to calcareous
soils, for, like many other plants in the area where they are dominant,
Thuja may prove to be ubiquitous or somewhat indifferent to mod-
erate differences of soil."

As above noted, the water of the Thuja swamps is usually found
on testing to be somewhat alkaline, the alkaline constituent being
of course chiefly caleium bicarbonate, so that the term calcareous is
correctly applied. Search was made for occurrences of Thuja else-
where than in swamps, in the same general region. Along the rail-
road north of West Burke station this tree was found to be growing
well, and to be producing some seedlings, in dry sandy drift which
has in places a subacid reaction, although it varies from this through
minimacid down to neutral. In other parts of Vermont similar
observations were made, so that Fernald’s statement, based chiefly
upon inferences from geological maps, is abundantly confirmed when
actual chemical tests are applied.

Sr. JOHNSBURY, VERMONT.

In the course of the trip there were several opportunities to make
tests of the soils in the vicinity of St. Johnsbury, and to obtain data
on species of Ericaceae and other groups not well represented in the
previously described regions. In a Thuja swamp about 3 km. east
of the town the water was found to be minimalkaline, but hummocks
of peaty material are present in which the acidity locally becomes

! Ruopona, xxi, 57 (1919).

42 Rhodora [Marca

as high as mediacid. The orchids, Habenaria (Limnorchis) hyper-
borea and Cypripedium hirsutum (reginae), and also the typical
calcareous soil plant, Parnassia caroliniana, grow in the alkaline
water. Pyrola secunda was noted on a hummock with minimacid
reaction; while on the more acid ones were found Aspidium spinu-
losum, A. Boottii, Clintonia borealis, Cypripedium acaule, and Cornus
canadensis, all plants which normally seem to favor highly acid
conditions.

In the Knapp swamp, 5 km. west of St. Johnsbury, the conditions
proved to be similar to the above. The water ranges from minimacid
to neutral, and down in moss saturated with this water and sharing
its reaction grow sparingly the rare orchids, Cypripedium arietinum
and Calypso bulbosa, which can thus be classed, on the basis of actual
test, as species of circumneutral soil. Three ericaceous plants,
Pyrola secunda var. obtusata, Moneses uniflora and Ledum groen-
landicum grow here, in hummocks with minimacid reaction, and the
orchid, Cypripedium parviflorum, is abundant in muck with the same
acidity. At one point a colony of Cornus canadensis was noted within
10 centimeters of the Calypso-bearing moss, which suggested that
it might at times withstand minimacid conditions; but actual test
showed it to have around its roots subacid material: thus the acidity
may vary 10-fold or more within a few centimeters, and the yegeta-
tion develop accordingly. In pine woods around this swamp the
orchids, Cypripedium arietinum, Epipactis tesselata, and Habenaria
(Lysias) Hookeri are abundantly developed, and their soils, repre-
senting acid upland peat partially neutralized by underlying cal-
careous glacial drift, show subacid to minimacid reactions.

In a swamp in the town of Peacham, further west, the conditions
are not unlike those just described, but the flora is even richer. Here
the water was found to be neutral to minimalkaline, and in it grows
Caltha palustris, which usually seeks circumneutral waters. In
muck with minimacid reaction was noted Smilacina stellata, and the
tall Habenarias. Hummocks of sphagnum are here prominent and,
as they possess the usual mediacid reaction, a number of Ericaceae
grow upon them. The beautiful pink Pyrola asarifolia var. incar-
nata (P. uliginosa of some authors) is abundant in this situation,
the acidity of its soil thus contrasting sharply with that of the typical
form of the species, which, as noted. in the description of Lake Wil-
loughby, grows there in neutral soil. Others noted are Pyrola secunda

1920] | Wherry,—Soil Tests of Ericaceae and Other Families 43
var. obtusata, Moneses uniflora, Ledum groenlandicum, Chamaedaphne
calyculata, Chiogenes hispidula, and Vaccinium Oxycoccos. In addi-
tion to Ericaceae, there occur on the sphagnum Arethusa bulbosa,
Listera cordata, Microstylis unifolia, Dalibarda repens, Cornus cana-
densis, Menyanthes trifoliata, and Linnaea borealis var. americana,
a typical acid-soil list. By way of contrast, on the same trip, the
other species of the orchid genus Microstylis, M. monophyllos, was
found, near Harvey's Pond, growing in spring water with minimalka-
line reaction.

FAIRLEE, VERMONT.

The hills to the west of Lake Morey, near Fairlee station, yielded
further interesting results. No arbor-vitae swamps occur here, but
there are several swampy spots in the deciduous woods, where the
water, emerging from shale strata, is neutral to minimacid in reaction.
In this water were found the orchids, Cypripedium hirsutum (reginae),
Habenaria psycodes, Habenaria (Limnorchis) hyperborea, H. dilatata,
H. dilatata var. media, Habenaria (Lysiella) obtusata, Microstylis
monophyllos, Liparis Loeselii, and Corallorrhiza trifida. In drier
places, where the acidity is mostly subacid, were observed also Cypri-
pedium parviflorum var. pubescens, Habenaria (Lysias) Hookeri,
H. orbiculata, H. macrophylla, and Habenaria (Coeloglossum) bracteata.
Several ericaceous plants accompany these orchids in the dry or
damp woods, their soil being an upland peat more or less neutralized
by the underlying glacial drift, so that the acidities are unusually
low for several species; those noted comprise: Pyrola americana, P.
chlorantha, P. elliptica, P. secunda, Chimaphila umbellata, Epigaea
repens, Gaultheria procumbens, Vaccinium pennsylvanicum var. angusti-
folium and V. canadense. These gave tests of subacid to minimacid
reaction.

DATA ON INDIVIDUAL SPECIES.

In order to summarize the data for each species above noted, and
to bring out their acid and alkaline limits of growth, some mode of
graphic representation is desirable. For this purpose the specific
acidities are best ranged horizontally, and the acidities at which the
plant has been observed to grow, being marked by x, and the “opti-
mum,” at which the species appears to thrive best, distinguished
by a capital X. The letter o refers to data obtained by the writer
elsewhere in natural habitats, and n is used to indicate observations

44 . Rhodora [Mancti

made in nurseries. When the reactions of a series of species are
tabulated in this manner, the relations between them are brought
out clearly, as shown in the following table.

TaBe III. Som ACIDITIES or ERICACEAE AND RELATED PLANTS.
Specific Acidities
30

300 . 100 NÉS 1
Medi- Sub- Minim- Neu-
acid acid acid tral
PvROLOIDEAE
Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Nutt........... - X. X NF « -
Moneses uniflora (L.) Gray............... X 5 © AES -
et euer - x o x - -

E. E var. obtusata Turez....... x Xx ^x 2-34 -

"ANN REB eee is - *-c x E -

"5... éhlorentha Bwarts................ - - X pU.

T MR EE. uu uiscera - X x : 3 -

vim | er so - - - - = X

Ü E var. incarnata (Fisch.)

a a OR E RN - - -
ERICOIDEAE
Ledum groenlandicum Oeder.............. X x x A -
Rhododendron canadense (L.) B. S. P. (Rho-

(00 RON RS Ss eee aes x X X n - -
Rhododendron lapponieum (L.) Wahl...... X x - - =- 0
Loiseleuria procumbens (L.) Desv.......... X M - á- -
Kalmia polifolia Wang................... X x - n - -

give RS aa X x x B -
Phyllodoce coerulea (L.) Babington........ A X - kors -
Cassiope hypnoides (L.) D. Don (Harriman-

ella Coville) Lo Cun Lh ro RAS X x - poco -
Andromeda glaucophylla Link............ X Ac. E -
Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench.... X x X E. -
bo b. o v TWECOPR C MEOS x > ead nr - -
Gaultheria procumbens L............... IUe "i * - -
Arctostaphylos alpina (L.) Spreng ......... X x - WS P o

VACCINOIDEAE
Chiogenes hispidula (L.) T. & G.......... X x x E ox
- Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam. var. an-
gustifolium (Ait.) Gray................ A x x Bx -
- Vaccinium canadense Kalm............... x X eo € -
i I Bec a n o r nA X x - - = -
"T caespitosum Michx............. x A CR - - m
d Vitis-Idaea L. var. minus Lodd.. X x - n - ‘e
Se eg, g OOA X - - - -
g E var. intermedium Gray X - - - >-
DIAPENSIACEAE
Diapensia lapponica L.................... X x oe - - -

EMPETRACEAE
Empetrum nigrum L............0........ X x
ie atropurpureum Fern. & Wieg.
(E. nigrum var. andinum of Gray's Man.) X X - - -

1920] — Wherry,—Soil Tests of Ericaceae and Other Families 45

A number of interesting relationships are brought out by Table III.
First of all it is noteworthy that the plants studied fall into two main
groups with respect to their optimum reactions, one in which the
optimum value is specific acidity 30 or less, the other in which it is
100 or greater. The former corresponds essentially to the Pyroloideae,
the latter to the Kricoideae and Vaccinoideae, in the Gray classifi-
cation.

'The range of reaction shown by the members of the Pyroloideae
is inclined to be rather wide, being from 300 to 3 in a few cases. That
they are not by any means indifferent to soil reaction, however, is
shown by the fact that the optimum lies in all but the last two
cases within the narrow range of specific acidity 10 to 30.

The last two Pyrolas show such a striking contrast in their soil
acidity as to warrant special discussion of them. "Typical Pyrola
asarifolia was found growing along Willoughby Lake, in rather dry
soil containing calcareous rock fragments, and being throughout
practically neutral in reaction. It is also present in certain woods
near St. Johnsbury, in damp material of similar reaction. It is,
indeed, often classed definitely as a calcicole.! On the other hand
the variety incarnata is abundant in the Peacham swamp, west of
St. Johnsbury, growing well up in the hummocks of sphagnum,
where the specific acidity is 300; and it was also found in a similar
situation in swamps south of Willoughby Lake. Additional observa-
tions on both of these plants, and especially on the intermediate
forms reported by Fernald,? would be desirable to ascertain whether
there is any constant and definite correlation between soil acidity
and plant characters. Cultivation of these plants in soils of different
reactions should also be tried. —

In the Ericoideae and the Vaccinoideae, at least in the series of
species here studied, the range of reaction tends to be rather restricted, `
sometimes being only from 300 to 100, and the optimum reactions
all lie within a narrow range. Several of the individual species,
however, deserve brief comment. It is curious to note that while
Rhododendron lapponicum is here found to ke a mediacid soil species,
and has been recorded by Fernald? from several alpine granitic regions,
in all of which the reactions are no doubt similar, in northern Sweden

! €f. Blake, S. F. The Flora of New Brunswick. Ruopora, xx. 101 (1918).

? Fernald, M. L. Pyrola asarifolia Michx. var. incarnata, n. comb. Ruopora,

vi. 178 (1904).
3 Rnopona, ix, 162 (1907).

46 Rhodora [Marca

it is reported to be "kalkstet" or limited to limestone, and thus
presumably to circumneutral soils,’ as indicated by o in the last
column of the table opposite this species. Perhaps different varieties
are passing as Rhododendron lapponicum, corresponding to the two
Pyrolas above discussed, and to Andromeda glaucophylla and its
cireumneutral soil variety iodandra.?

Loiseleuria (Chamaecistus) procumbens is stated by Schroeter? to
grow in the Alps on both crystalline rocks and limestone, but to be
surrounded by autogenous humus, so that the soil acidity may be
fairly high, even on the latter rock. Arctostaphylos alpina, although
included by Warming! among acid soil plants, is described by
Schroeter’ and by Thompson‘ as growing on limestone. It is possible
that it is surrounded by autogenous humus, and that the reaction
is acid, or else that another variety is represented. A North American
red-fruited form growing on limestone is regarded by Fernald as
a distinct species, Arctostaphylos rubra.” Further study of this group
appears to be needed.

Vaccinium caespitosum, though most frequent in acid soil localities,
is noted by Fernald* to grow in one limestone region, the St. John
Valley in Maine and New Brunswick. However, in this, as indeed
in the other cases, it would be better to wait for actual soil tests to
be made before making deductions as to the soil requirements of
these plants. Even in species showing apparently well-defined reac-
tions, it 1s possible that further work may in some cases lead to the
extension of the ranges of reaction as well as the position of the op-
timum values. "The writer expects to continue such work and hopes
that others will take it up also, for the more data there are available
the more certain will be any conclusions that may be drawn.

In the Acidity 10 column of Table III, the letter n is placed opposite
a number of members of the Ericoideae and Vaccinoideae to indicate

! Fries, T. C. E. Botanische Untersuchungen in Nórdlichsten Schweden. Upsala
1913, page 230.

? Fernald, M. L. A calciphile Variety of Andromeda glaucophylla. RHODORA,
xviii. 100 (1916).

3 Schroeter, C. Das Pflanzenleben der Alpen. Zurich, 1908, page 135.

* Warming, E., and Vahl, M. Oececology of Plants (English translation). Oxford,
1909, pp. 211, 213.

5 Op. cit. p. 158.

ë Thompson, Harold S. Alpine plants of Europe. London, 1911, p. 183.

? Fernald, M. L. The alpine Bearberries and the generic Status of Arctous. Ruo-

DORA, xvi. 21 (1914).
3 Ruopora, ix. 163 (1907).

1920] — Wherry,—Soil Tests of Ericaceae and Other Families 47

that they are being temporarily grown in soil of that acidity in Gil-
lett’s nursery at Southwick, Massachusetts, although in nature they
seem unable to thrive permanently in soils of like reaction.

The results of tests made on soils supporting other groups of reac-
tion-sensitive plants may well be tabulated like the Ericaceae; this
is done in Tables IV, V, and VI.

TABLE IV. Soir. REACTIONS OF ORCHIDACEAE.

(Observed in northern Vermont and New Hampshire, 1919.)

Specific Acidities Spec. Alk,
300 100 30 10 3 1 8 -10
edi- Sub- Minim- N. Minim-
acid acid acid alk.
Cypripedium arietinum R. Br.. - d. Ap X x -
parviflorum Salisb.. - 0... X AX Xx o 0--—
tf var. pubes-
cens (Willd.) Knight - 0.50 A X x D. o
kf hirsutum Mill. (reginae) - - = X X x0
A DOME AN ia ck: e M o + - om
Habenaria hyperborea (L.) R. Br. - - = ex X E ur
dilatata (Pursh) Gray.. - - >- Mess x X X cx
b " var. media (Rydb. )
AIDS co In. i. - = mie X > aes
Ü obtusata (Pursh) Richards - X CE Aix X - -
á DEM LORE. arri. ai -= X UM x = - m5, >
mf orbiculata (Pursh) Torr... - xo oe X - - - =-
" macrophylla Goldie...... - X X X - - - >
a bracteata (Willd.) R. Br.. - > eae? « S x - - -
ff psycodes (L.) Swartz. .... o 0 79 o. X £ - -
fimbriata (Ait.) R. Br.. - 0-140 A -= - B
Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) En X O 0 - -= = mis

Arethusa bulbosa L......:......... X i
Epipactis repens var. ophioides
(Fern.) A. A. Eat...... -
£e yere (ped): Ae A.
Listera cordata (L.) R. Br..........
convallarioides (Swartz) Torr.
Corallorrhiza trifida Chatelain......
maculata Raf.........
Microstylis monophyllos (L.) Lindl..
m unifolia (Michx.) B. S. P.
Liparis Loeselii (L.) Richard. .......
Calypso bulbosa (L.) Oakes.........

X
»*
j
I
|
I

t OG SET uu DEDE bd

| ea ce
Io X1 M LE
HOO] 15» Xu
pe pd I beet bd bd [t
«x 1b(19»u1
E

The above list supplements the one previously published by the
writer,! in which species of more southern distribution were treated,
although a few appear in both lists. It is noteworthy that there are
among the northern orchids many with greatest development in
circumneutral soils, whereas most of the southern species prefer

! Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., viii. 589 (1918).

48 Rhodora [Marcu

more acid soils. Divergent measurements obtained on some of the
above species elsewhere than in New England are indicated by the
letter o in the appropriate column. The range of some species is
rather wide, yet even in these cases the optimum usually has char-
acteristic position. It is striking that in certain cases two species
of the same genus may diverge widely in optimum soil reaction.

Finally, reaction-sensitive plants, belonging to other than the
above two families, which were studied will be listed for complete-
ness. In Table V are given the oxylophytes; the optimum reaction
of all these has been found by actual test to be mediacid, although
a few of them have been observed occasionally in subacid soils as
well.

Taste V. Mepracip Som, PLants (OXYLOPHYTES).
(Observed in northern Vermont and New Hampshire, 1919. )

Aspidium Boottii Tuckerman (Dryopteris Boottii Underwood).

F spinulosum (O. F. Müll.) Swartz (Dryopteris spinulosa

Kuntze).
5i E var. intermedium (Muhl.) D. C. Eat. (Dryop-
teris intermedia (Willd.) A. Gray).
Lycopodium Selago L. var. appressum Desv.
» annotinum L.
H s var. pungens Desv.
Smilacina trifolia (L.) Desf. (Vagnera trifolia Morong.)
Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf.
Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) DC.
roseus Michx.
Salix Uva-ursi Pursh.
Arenaria groenlandica (Retz.) Spreng.
Stellaria borealis Bigel.
Sarracenia purpurea L.
Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb.
Rubus Chamaemorus L.
Potentilla tridentata Ait.
Geum Peckii Pursh (Sieversia Peckii R. Br.).
Pyrus melanocarpa (Michx.) Willd. (Aronia Britton).
Cornus canadensis Is. (Chamaepericlymenum canadense Aschers. &
Graebn.).

Trientalis americana (Pers.) Pursh.
Linnaea borealis L. var. americana (Forbes) Rehder.

In Table VI plants of cireumneutral soils as shown by actual tests,
are treated similarly; probably all of these are to be classed as cal-
cicoles.

1920] Fernald,— American Varieties of Pyrola chlorantha 49

TABLE VI. CrrcUMNEUTRAL SorL PLANTS (CALCICOLES).
(Observed in northern Vermont and New Hampshire, 1919.)

Cryptogramma Stelleri (Gmel.) Prantl (Pellaea gracilis Hook.).
Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernhardi (Filix bulbifera Underw icio
Woodsia glabella R. Br.
“ alpina (Bolton) S. F. Gray (W. hyperborea R. Br.).
„Asplenium Ruta-muraria L.
Thuja occidentalis L. (Also in subacid soils high in calcium salts.)
Smilacina stellata Desf. (Vagnera Morong).
Anemone riparia Fernald.
Caltha palustris L.
Braya humilis (C. A. Mey.) Robinson.
Saxifraga Aizoon Jacq.
a aizoides L.
oppositifolia L.
Parnassia caroliniana Michx.
Astragalus Blakei Eggleston.
Primula mistassinica Michx.
Campanula rotundifolia. (Also in subacid soils high in calcium salts.)

[11

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, Washington, D. C.

THE AMERICAN VARIETIES OF PYROLA CHLORANTHA.
M. L. FERNALD.

To one who has been familiar with the large-flowered Pyrola
chlorantha which occurs in scattered colonies through dry woods of
southern New England, southern New York and Pennsylvania, it
often seems strange that the smaller-flowered plant of northern New
England and adjacent regions is conspecific with it. The common
plant of eastern Massachusetts, for example, has numerous rounded
leaves which make a conspicuous rosette, the blades often 3-4.5 cm.
broad and nearly as long, and the greenish-white petals 6.5-9 mm.
long and comparatively broad (3.5-6 mm.). This is the plant de-
scribed by Barton in 1815 as P. convoluta.! In the White Mountains
and across the northern half of Maine, on the other hand, P. chlor-
antha is often quite leafless or has only a few leaves, these inclined

! Barton, Fl. Phil. Prodr. 50 (1815).

50 Rhodora [Marcu

to have somewhat wedge-shaped small blades (0.7-2.5 cm. long
and broad), and the petals of this mountain plant are only 4-6 mm.
long and 2.5-4 mm. broad. These are the superficial differences
between the two plants, but close study reveals others. The large-
leaved, large-flowered, more southern plant has a broader calyx,
4.8-6 mm. broad with lobes 1.2-2 mm. long, the plant of northern
New England having a calyx 3-4 mm. broad, with lobes 0.5-1 mm.
long. The anthers of the more southern plant are 3-4, of the more
northern 1.6-2.6 mm. long, and the mature style (in fruiting speci-
mens) of the southern is 8-10, of the northern 5-7 mm. long.

If these two were the only representatives we had of Pyrola
chlorantha, they would seem abundantly distinct. But north of the
range of either, though slightly overlapping into the range of each,
there is a third trend which combines their characteristics. "This
plant with numerous rounded leaves forming a conspicuous rosette
superficially resembles Barton's P. convoluta, but the leaf-blades are
commonly smaller, while the calyx, petals, anthers and style more
nearly approach in their measurements the few-leaved plant with
usually cuneate small blades. This more northern intermediate
plant, ranging from Newfoundland and “Labrador” to Mackenzie
and south very locally to New England, the Great Lake Region,
the Black Hills, Arizona and Oregon, is typical P. chlorantha, in-
separable apparently from the plant of northern Eurasia.

In the Rocky Mountain region occurs a somewhat characteristic
extreme with elliptic or oblong-ovate leaf-blades but seeming to
differ in no other character from typical P. chlorantha. "This plant
was considered by Dr. Gray identical with P. occidentalis R. Br.
from the Behring Sea region and treated as P. chlorantha, var. occi-
dentalis (R. Br.) Gray.! It is highly improbable, however, that the
two are identical, Andres, who has devoted years to a study of Pyrola,
stating? that the sepals of P. occidentalis are larger than in P. chlor-
antha and publishing a silhouette of an Alaskan specimen which
shows a rounder blade than in the elliptic-leaved Rocky Mountain
plant.

In the West, too, certain plants commonly referred to P. chlorantha
are equally close to P. picta Sm. These perplexing plants are all
from the area in which the latter species occurs and may represent

! Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. ii. pt. 1, 47 (1878).
2 Andres, Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. xix. 82 (1914).

1920] Fernald,—American Varieties of Pyrola chlorantha 51

a hybrid with that polymorphous species. The writer attempts no
solution of their status.
The American varieties of Pyrola chlorantha may be distinguished
by the following key:
Calyx 3-4 (rarely 5) mm. broad: petals 4-6.5 mm. long, 2.5-4 mm. broad:
anthers 1.6-3 (rarely 3.3) mm. long: mature style 5-7 mm. long.
Leaves rounded to base and apex, rather numerous (4-11) in a rosette:
calyx-lobes deltoid-ovate to ovate-oblong, usually longer than or as
long as broad, 0.8-1.7 mm. long: anthers 2.3-3.3 mm. long.
Leaf-blades mostly orbicular, suborbicular, reniform or ovate; the larger
LAS us bread.............- acne 20933 P. chlorantha (typical).
Leaf-blades mostly elliptic or oblong-ovate; the larger 0.9-1.7 em. broad.
var. saximontana.
Leaves mostly cuneate at base and truncate or subtruncate at summit,
somewhat flabelliform-obovate, few (1-7 or even wanting) in a rosette;
the larger 0.7-2.5 em. broad and long: calyx-lobes broadly deltoid,
mostly broader than long, 0.5-1 mm. long: anthers 1.6-2.6 mm. long.
var. paucifolia.
Calyx 4.8-6 mm. broad; its lobes 1.2-2 mm. long: petals 6.5-9 mm. long,
3.5-6 mm. broad: anthers 3-4 mm. long: mature style 8-10 mm. long:
leaf-blades rounded at base; the larger ones 2-4.5 em. broad.
var. convoluta.

P. CLORANTHA Sw. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Nya Handl. xxxi. 190 (1810).—
Dry or dryish woods, southeastern and central Newfoundland and
" Labrador" to Mackenzie, south to Nova Scotia, and locally to s.
Maine, e. Cape Cod and w. Massachusetts, (?) Hartford Co., Con-
necticut, w. Ontario, Wisconsin, Black Hills, South Dakota, and
among the mts. to Arizona and Oregon. Europe and northern
Asia.

Var. saximontana, n. var., foliis plerumque ellipticis vel oblong-
ovatis, majoribus 0.9-1.7 cm. latis.—Montana to New Mexico.
Montana: descent to Ross’ Hole, 1880, S. Watson, no. 260; Yellow
Bay, Flathead L., 1908, Mrs. J. Clemens (TYPE in Gray Herb.).
Wyomine: Cache Creek, Yellowstone Park, 1885, Tweedy, no. 918;
Leigh’s Lake, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 1120. CoLtorapo: Minne-
haha, alt. 2600 m., 1901, Clements, no. 238. New Mexico: Winsor
Creek, Pecos Nat. Forest, 1908, Standley, no. 4227, in part.

Var. paucifolia, n. var., foliis nullis vel paucis (1-7) plerumque
flabellato-obovatis truncatis vel subtruncatis basi cuneatis, rare
ovatis vel subreniformibus, majoribus 0.7-2.5 cm. longis latisque;
calycibus 3-4 mm. latis, lobis late deltoideis 0.5-1 mm. longis; petalis
. 4-6 mm. longis, 2.5-3.5 mm. latis; antheris 1.6-2.6 mm. longis; stylo
maturo 5-7 mm. longo.—Cape Breton to w. Ontario, s. to n. and w.
New England, n. New York and locally to mts. of Pennsylvania.
Prince Epwarp IsraNp: Alberton, 1912, Fernald & St. John, no.
7886. New Brunswick: gorge of Aroostook R., 1902, Williams,
Collins & Fernald. Nova Scotia: Smoky Mt., Cape Breton, 1914,
Nichols, no. 868; Lake Warren, Ingonish, Cape Breton, 1904, Churchill;
Truemanville, 1884, Trueman; Pictou, 1907, C. B. Robinson, no. 592.

52 Rhodora [Marcu

Maine: St. Francis, 1881, Furbish; Orono, 1892, Fernald; near Mt.
Katahdin, 1900, Churchill; Rum Mt., 1895, Fernald; Russell Mt.,
Blanchard, 1897, Fernald; Dover, 1895, Fernald; Mt. Bige'ow, 1915,
Knowlton; Farmington, 1915, Knowlton; Rangeley, 1894, Furbish;
Buckfield, 1878, Allen; Hartford, 1892, Parlin; Dedham, 1916,
Fernald & Long, no. 14,281; Orland, Atkins; Mt. Megunticook,
Camden, 1913, Fernald, no. 10,120; South Poland, 1893, 1894, Furbish.
New HaMrsHIRE: near summit of Mt. Clinton, 1894, T. O. Fuller;
Mt. Resolution, Sargent’s Purchase, 1912, Pease, no. 14,044; n.
peak of Mt. Hope, Hadley Grant, 1915, Pease, no. 16,495; Shelburne,
C. E. Faxon; Randolph, 1893, Williams, 1908, Pease, no. 11,417;
Dalton Mt., Dalton, 1914, Pease, no. 16,094; Mt. Prospect, Lan-
caster, 1913, Pease, no. 14,214; Woodstock, 1915, Fernald, no. 11,833;
Atwell Hill, Piermont, July 26, 1910, E. F. Williams (TYPE in Gray
Herb.); Breezy Point, Warren, 1907, Williams; Gilmanton, 1907,
Cushman & Sanford, no. 1271. Vermont: Willoughby, 1896,
Kennedy; Townshend, 1914, Wheeler; mountain slope, Manchester,
1898, Day, no. 114. Massacuusetrts: Buckland, 1904, Forbes;
Great Barrington, 1901, Hoffmann. Connecticut: Bolton, Weath-
erby. New York: Stony Creek Ponds, Adirondack Mts., 1899,
Rowlee, Wiegand & Hastings. PENNSYLVANIA: Ponoco Plateau,
1904, Harshberger. ONTARIO: Nipigon L., 1912, Pulling. Micui-
GAN: Black R., 1868, Gillman; Keweenaw Co., 1890, “rare,” Farwell,
no. 304.

Var. paucifolia, it will be seen from the above stations, is particu-
larly characteristic of the upland regions of northern New England,
often ascending nearly to timber-line. In most of this area it is the
only variant known, but eastward, in the Maritime Provinces, it
meets typical P. chlorantha and is sometimes associated with it and
southward its boundaries approach the northern limits of var. con-
voluta. In the Northwest, in British Columbia and Washington,
occurs a form of P. chlorantha strongly suggesting var. paucifolia
but with more rounded leaf-blades. "The scanty material at hand
is too inadequate and this form is for the present left with true P.

chlorantha.

Var. convoluta (Barton), n. comb. P. convoluta Barton, Fl.
Philad. Prodr. 50 (1815). ? P. cordata Andres, Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr.
xix. 82 (1913).—Southeastern and centr. Maine to Maryland and
Nebraska.

In its comparatively large petals and leaves var. convuluta some-
what suggests small plants of P. americana Sweet, but it has all the
technical points of P. chlorantha. In his original publication Barton
described P. convoluta merely by contrasting it with P. americana

1920] - Lownes,—Notes on Pogonia trianthophora 53

(P. rotundifolia of Barton). Similarly, in describing his P. cordata,
Andres compares his plant with P. americana, but says that it has
the "Blüten . . . chlorantha-àhnlich . . . vielleicht nur eine
geographische Rasse derselben." While typical P. chlorantha in
America belongs chiefly in the Canadian region, and var. paucifolia
primarily to the mountain-slopes of northern New England and
adjacent regions, var. convoluta is a more southern extreme which
does not ascend to noteworthy altitudes.

Gray HERBARIUM.

NOTES ON POGONIA TRIANTHOPHORA.

ALBERT E. LOWNEs.

Or all the Orchidaceae found in the region about Asquam Lake,
New Hampshire, Pogonia trianthophora (Sw.) BSP. is without doubt
the most interesting. It was first reported in 1898 when a single
station was found. Now there are six known stations, scattered
over a comparatively small area, and containing between five and
ten thousand plants. An intensive study of the plant began in
1917, and after three years of observation it is possible to note the
following facts.

An unusual feature is the close colonial manner of growth, twenty
to forty plants occurring within a square foot. "These colonies are
found in pockets or hollows in beech woods, which are filled with
the decaying leaf-mold without soil. Late in July or early August
the little pointed tip of the lowest leaf makes its appearance. Under
favorable weather conditions the stem lengthens rapidly, and in a
week the flowers are borne. The flowers are erect, white (rarely
pink), the anther deep magenta.

Fertilization, which is rare, is effected by a species of small bee
(Halictus quadrimaculatus). The bee forces his way into the
blossom, hitting the anther as he goes, and loosening but not
detaching it. As he backs out, the pollinia adhere to his thorax.
The flower then nods and becomes a pale buff color. The seed
rarely ripens at Squam Lake.

54 Rhodora [Marcu

The plant seems to spread rather by means of the tuberous root
system. These tubers are one of the peculiar growths in plant life.
They are waxy white in color, translucent, and vary in size from
that of a pinhead to three-quarters on an inch in length. They
send out slender shoots of variable length. These form new tubers
at the end, which in turn send out small shoots of their own. These
secondary tubers become separated from the old ones by the decay
of the connecting tube and thus a colony is formed. The old tuber
dies and the new ones begin to store up nourishment and moisture.
A bud appears at the top and eventually a new plant is formed.
All this takes time, and a colony found in one place does not reappear
for seven or eight years.

Fig. 1. a. Tuber with off-shoots. b, c. Off-shoots develop small tubers. d.
Young tubers send out off-shoots. e. Young tuber cut off from old one by decay
of connecting shoot; bud forms. jf-g. Small tubers form. h. Bud begins to grow.
i. New plant full grown begins to form secondary tubers. Compare with b.

An interesting experiment proved that the plant is able to withdraw
the moisture from the tubers in time of drought. A colony of the
plants was dug up on August 21, 1918, in order to photograph the
tubers. It was placed on a table inside a building and left without

1920] Fernald,—Scirpus acutus 25

water and with the tubers exposed. "Two weeks later (September
5) the plants were as fresh as ever, but the tubers had shrunk and
shriveled to a fraction of their original size.

The blossoms, which last for three or four days, if not fertilized,
open only in clear weather. On cloudy days and to a certain extent
at night the flowers close. So far as I know, this is the only one of
our native orchids to have this trait. The whole plant, except when
it first appears in the bud and the capsule, is erect, and it little merits
its common name of Nodding Pogonia.

PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND.

Scirpus AcUTUS Muhl.—In 1904, Mrs. Chase! differentiated in
our flora four species which had been passing under the aggregate
name Scirpus lacustris L., at the same time showing that the Old
World plant is unknown from North America. The four species
recognized by Mrs. Chase are S. validus Vahl., S. occidentalis (Wats.)
Chase, S. heterochaetus Chase and S. californicus (C. A. Meyer)
Britton. It would seem, however, that in proposing S. occidentalis
as a new species she overlooked, as her followers have done, the clear
description given in Bigelow's Florula Bostoniensis of S. acutus,
a new species ascribed by Bigelow to Muhlenberg. Bigelow’s descrip-
tion was based on the plant of Fresh Pond, Cambridge, which was
distinguished from S. validus (the S. lacustris of American authors
of his time) by “Spikes . . . oblong and closely imbricate

In deep water at Fresh Pond and elsewhere."

Somewhat later, Muhlenberg himself published S. acutus, splen-
didly contrasting it with his S. lacustris (S. validus of Mrs. Chase's
treatment): S. lacustris culmo . . . supra attenuato, S. acutus
culmo . . . supra aequali nec attenuato, pleno maculato, macu-
lis fuscis oblongis; S. lacustris spicis . . . ovatis, S. acutus
spicis . . . oblongis; S. lacustris cal. gluma . . . obtusa

fusca, S. acuta cal. gluma fusca carinata mucronata pubens;

! Chase, Ruopora, vi, 65-71, tt. 52, 53 (1904).

? Muhl. ex Bigelow, Fl. Bost. 15 (1814).
3 Muhl. Descr. Gram. 33 (1817).

56 Rhodora [Marcu

S. lacustris setis 4 hispidis semine sublongioribus, S. acutus setis
hispidis 3 vel 4 [by implication semine nec longioribus].

Both Bigelow's description and Muhlenberg's unquestionably
define S. occidentalis and the type station, “deep water at Fresh
Pond," is likewise conclusive, for S. occidentalis was often collected in
Fresh Pond in the days prior to its conversion into a reservoir, but
the old collections show no material of S. validus from the pond,
merely from the shallow Glacialis and other small pools of the region.
There is no question then that we should revive the name.

ScimPUS acutus Muhl. ex Bigelow, Fl. Bost. 15. (1814); Descr.
Gram. 33 (1817). S. lacustris, var. occidentalis Wats. Bot. Cal.
ii. 218 (1880). S. occidentalis (Wats.) Chase, Ruopora, vi. 68, t. 53,
fig. c (1904).

M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 22, no. 254, includind pages 17 to 32, was issued 11 March, 1920.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD ^ Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER j

WILLIAM PENN RICH
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. April, 1920 No. 256.
CONTENTS:

Eupatorium purpureum and its Allies. K. M. Wiegand ^ E

The American Ammophila. M. L. Fernald . : . : Soit

Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, XXII.
C. H. Knowlton and Walter Deane 72

Juncus Gerardi, var. pedicellatus, n. var. M. L. Fernald i 2:176

Boston, Mass. Providence, R. 3f.

1052 Exchange Building || Preston and Rounds Co.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated,
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS and
Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & ROUNDS Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. April, 1920. No. 256.

EUPATORIUM PURPUREUM AND ITS ALLIES.
K. M. WIEGAND.

Tue verticillate-leaved Eupatoriums have long given trouble to
American botanists. In connection with work on the flora of Central
New York, the writer has found it necessary to make some dispo-
sition of the material ordinarily recognized as Eupatorium purpureum.
That more than one form is to be found under this name in New York
State has been apparent for some time, but the limits and characters
of these forms did not seem to agree with those recognized by various
authors as delimiting the numerous subdivisions of this species.
The problem was taken, with others, to the Gray Herbarium, where
Dr. Robinson kindly placed at the writer's disposal the very complete
collection of E. purpureum in that institution, and also photographs
made by him of Linnean and Willdenovian specimens in European
herbaria. This material was supplemented by the rich collection
of New England Eupatoriums in the herbarium of the New England
Botanical Club, and of New York State plants of this group in the
herbarium of the New York State College of Agriculture. As a
result of this study, a treatment has been worked out which it is
hoped will aid in clearing up the difficulties that have so long sur-
rounded this section of Eupatorium.

Briefly stated, four species have been confused under the general
name E. purpureum L. For clearness, these may be numbered, and
their most striking characters listed, as follows:

1. Florets 6-9, rarely 5-12: stem speckled: leaves usually in 3's
or 4’s, ovate, abruptly contracted at the base, more or less plainly

58 Rhodora I APRIL

3-nerved. Along the Coastal Plain from eastern Massachusetts
and southern New Hampshire to South Carolina. A plant of
wet soil. :
Florets 9-15, rarely 8-20: stem speckled: leaves in 4's or 5's,
rarely in 3's or 6's, gradually tapering at the base, and pinnately-
veined. Newfoundland through northern New England to west-
ern Connecticut and central Pennsylvania, westward to Illinois,
and Colorado, New Mexico and British Columbia. A plant of
wet soil.

3. Florets 6-7, rarely 5 or 8: stem rarely speckled, evenly purple, glau-
cous, hollow: leaves in 4's-6's, rather bluntly and finely toothed:
corolla less than 5 mm. long. Southern Maine and Rhode Island
to Florida, Texas, and Oklahoma; also in western Pennsylvania
and Ohio. A plant of damp woods and pastures, on the Atlantic
Coast and Uplands.

4. Florets 5-6, rarely 3-7: stem rarely speckled, purple only at
the nodes, scarcely glaucous, solid: leaves in 3’s or 4’s, rarely in
2’s or 5's, sharply toothed: corolla 5-7 mm. long: heads paler
than in the other species. Eastern Massachusetts and southern
New Hampshire westward to Wisconsin, and southward to Penn-
sylvania, Kentucky, Oklahoma and Nebraska; also in the moun-
tains from Virginia to Georgia. A plant of rich upland woods,
rarely found near the coast.

The selection of names for these species has been found difficult.
In the following discussion of the Linnean types the principle is ob-
served that if there exists a specimen which Linnaeus had in hand
when the description was written, this is to be considered the type,
and is to be given the greatest weight in deciding upon the applica-
tion of the name. If no such specimen exists, or if specimens and
characters of two or more species are confused in the description,
thus rendering definition by this means impossible, then the cited
synonomy is to be employed in determining the type so far as it is
of value.

In the first edition of the Species Plantarum (p. 838. 1753), Lin-
naeus gave the name E. purpureum to an American species of Eupa-
torium with verticillate leaves, and at the same time noted a var.
B. In the Amoenitates Academicae, E. maculatum was described
by Linnaeus; and in the second edition of the Species Plantarum
both species were treated at length. The citations under @ in the

1920] Wiegand,—Eupatorium purpureum and its Allies 59

first edition all refer to our No. 1 above. Hermann's plate, and also
that of Morrison, are plainly this plant; so also is the Hortus Clifforti-
anus plant in the British Museum as shown by a photograph. More-
over, the description accompanying the Ray citation represents
this species, as shown by the number of leaves cited, as well as by a
reference to the spotted stem and leaves like a nettle. Also, the
original portion of the description of E. purpureum was drawn, either
from the @ references, or from the Hortus Cliffortianus plant, or
both, and therefore refers to No. 1: “folia * * * lato-lanceolata
* © ]anceoláto-ovata " * * petidata ^ " " Caytes
florum incarnati. Flosculi octo."

In the Amoenitates, where E. maculatum was first proposed, all
the citations under the original 8 are transferred to that species,
and they are the only citations given. However, Linnaeus's descrip-
tion of E. maculatum applies much better to our No. 2: "foliis quinis
tomentosis lanceolatis. * * * Folia quinque vel sex," since this
northern plant usually has more lanceolate leaves, which are com-
monly more hairy underneath, and more frequently borne in 5's or
6's than is the case in plant No. 1. Plant No. 1 never has the leaves
in 6's, and very rarely, if ever, in 5's. "The situation is still further
complicated by Linnaeus in the closing statement of the description
where he says that E. maculatum is his variety of E. purpureum as
to both synonomy and description. In the Linnean herbarium is
a specimen from Kalm which Linnaeus must have had at the time
the Species Plantarum was written, and which is undoubtedly plant
No. 2. Moreover, plant No. 2, rather than No. 1, is much more
likely to have been found by Kalm in the regions visited by him;
since No. 1 is coastal, and not northern. A photograph of the speci-
men shows six leaves in the whorls (though unusual even for this
species), and in every way answers the description of E. maculatum
given by Linnaeus. There is every reason to suppose, therefore,
that Linnaeus had this in hand when the description was drawn,
and it is therefore to be considered the type-specimen. The name
E. maculatum must, therefore, be applied to our No. 2, notwithstand-
ing the fact that the synonomy applies to No. 1.

It remains to determine the application of the name E. purpureum.
The statement has already been made that the original description
seems to have been drawn from the @ portion of the species. In
the second edition of the Species Plantarum, where he first defines

60 Rhodora [APRIL

together both E. purpureum and E. maculatum, Linnaeus recasts
the description of E. purpureum, omitting the statement that the
stem was spotted, and stating that it was, “viridis, ad exortum peti-
olarum purpurascens." This new description excludes both spotted-
stemmed species, and narrows the application of the name to species
Nos. 3 and 4. However, a still further study of the description shows
that Linnaeus was confusing both of these, since the statement quoted
above applies best to No. 4; while the statement “folio quina lanceo-
lata-ovata. Calyces florum incarnati. Flosculi octo" applies to
No. 3. A photograph of material now in the Linnaean herbarium
seems to show, though an accurate identification of it is impossible,
that Linnaeus at some time had specimens of both species. It is
necessary, therefore, because of this confusion, to ignore the Lin-
naean description, and to attempt the definition of the name through
thesynonomy. The writer has not had access to the Colden citation.
The plant on which the Gronovian reference was based was most
probably our No. 3, as judged by the statement of Gronovius: "foliis
ovato-lanceolatis obtuse serratis * * * foliis longis," and Grono-
vius's reference to Cornut which will later be shown to be No. 3.
Moreover, though not much material has been seen from Virginia,
it seems likely that No. 4 is largely confined to the mountains in that
state, while No. 3 extends to the coast, and would be more likely
to have been found by Clayton.

The next citation of Linnaeus was to Cornut where a plate and
extended discussion is given. The plate is not convincing, as it
might represent either species. In the text, however, is the state-
ment: "Caules * * * rubescentes (cinereo tamen colore suffusi)
li. e., glaucous] * * * inanes intus," which can refer only to
No. 3. The source of Cornut’s plant, however, is in doubt, as our
No. 3 is not known from Canada where the title of his work would
lead one to infer that it was obtained.

The other citation of Linnaeus was to Morrison, but the figure
there given seems to have been copied from Cornut, and the descrip-
tion is a verbatim transcription of Cornut's. The citations of Lin-
naeus, therefore, so far as they can be identified, unanimously refer
to plant No. 3. Moreover, the key heading, **Calycibus octo-
floris," under which E. purpureum is found in the Species Plantarum,
is appropriate to this plant and not to No. 4, which has from 3 to 6
florets. The name E. purpureum must therefore be used for our
specles No. 3.

1920] Wiegand,—Eupatorium purpureum and its Allies 61

In the Species Plantarum, on the page preceding that on which
E. purpureum was described, Linnaeus proposed another species
under the name LE. trifoliatum. The original description consists
solely of the statement “foliis ternis," which plainly is insufficient
to define the species; and it is therefore necessary to depend upon the
citations given, which are to Gronovius and Ray. The description
given by Gronovius is inconclusive, having been drawn apparently
from a slender shade plant with whitish heads without stating such
characters as are of value here. The Clayton plant cited by Grono-
vius is his No. 620. A photograph of a specimen now in the British
Museum labelled Clayton No. 620 shows it to be probably our No. 3.
The leaves are lanceolate, bluntly and finely toothed; and, so far as
can be made out from the print, the stem is purple and glaucous
and not darker at the nodes. "The stem is also cracked in one place
in a manner more likely to occur if it were hollow. Also, as has al-
ready been stated, No. 3 is more likely to have been found by Clayton
than No. 4. However, no species normally has leaves of this form in
3's. The specimen seems abnormal, but is more reasonably placed
in No. 3. E. trifoliatum L. and E. purpureum L. are therefore to
be considered one and the same species. Most of the early writers
retained E. trifoliatum in addition to the various names employed
by them for the other species. So far as the writer is aware, Torrey
and Gray (Fl. N. A. ii. p. 82, 1841) were the first to unite E.trifoliatum
and E. purpureum. This was done under the latter name; which,
therefore, is the one to be retained under the Vienna Code (Chapter
III, Sect. 5, Art. 46) which says: “ When two or more groups of the
same nature are united, the name of the oldest is retained. If the
names are of the same date, the author chooses, and his choice cannot
be modified by subsequent authors."

'The oldest name that may be legitimately applied to our species
No. 1 is the E. verticillatum of Lamarck (Encyc. ii, 405, 1786). This
was divided by the author into two parts, x and $8. Lamarck’s
citations and descriptions do not entirely agree. The Cornut and
Morrison citations under g are the ones listed by Linnaeus under
E. purpureum a, and have been shown above to refer to our No. 3.
The Hermann reference under ĝ, as has already been pointed out,
refers to No. 1. However, the description given by Lamarck
shows that both g and @ are to be referred to species No. 1. In this
description reference is made to a dull-green dotted stem and purple

62 Rhodora [APRIL

heads with six or seven florets, a combination of characters appropri-
ate to no other species than No. 1; and under @ the statement that
the stem is obscurely purple and spotted, leaves parallel-ribbed and
not cottony, flowers about 8, must also refer to No. 1. It is true the
statement under 8 of leaves in 5’s is not appropriate to No. 1, which
very rarely has 5 leaves in the whorl, and yet it could not refer to
No. 2, for the number of florets is stated as only 8. Lamarck's
description was drawn from a garden plant, and No. 1 might possibly
have produced 5 leaves under cultivation. If greatest weight in
determining the application of Lamarck's name is given to his de-
scription, then the name E. verticillatum must be applied to our
species No. 1.

The oldest available name for the fourth species is apparently
Michaux's E. falcatum. In his description the statement leaves 4-
verticillate, oval-lanceolate, acuminate at each end and _ subfalcate,
calyx 5-flowered, is most appropriate to No. 4. "The panicle is
stated as multicorymbose, and the flowers white. "This species often
has a very large panicle, and pale heads which are frequently nearly
white in dense shade.

The following is a key to the species and varieties discussed:

a. Leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate, abruptly contracted into the petiole,
more or less 3-nerved: plant somewhat viscid, scabrous-puberulent, with

a strong odor when fresh: stem finely purple-specked, not glaucous:

inflorescence convex (leaves in 3’s or 4’s, very rarely in 2’s or 5’s: florets

i WN a a O oy een o's oc eue cy yi eu besane nee 1. E. verticillatum.

a. Leaves lanceolate to oval, tapering at the base, pinnately veined (except

sometimes in the variety of No. 2): plant not viscid and not odorous. b

b. Florets 9-15 (rarely 8-20): inflorescence or its divisions flat-topped:
stem speckled if not obscured by too deep purple, not glaucous (leaves
puberulent to glabrate beneath, in 4’s or 5’s, rarely in 3’s or 6’s: florets
scarcely exserted). c.

c. Leaves below the inflorescence, and bracts, inconspicuous.

2. E. maculatum.

c. Leaves surrounding the inflorescence, and bracts, large and conspicu-
ous, much exceeding the inflorescence, often more or less 3-nerved.

var. foliosum.
b. Florets 5-7 (rarely 3-8): inflorescence convex: stems rarely speckled,
more or less glaucous. d.

d. Stems fistulose, purple, plainly glaucous: leaves in 4's to 6's, bluntly
toothed, scabrous-puberulent beneath or glabrate: florets scarcely
exserted: corolla 3.5-4.8 mm. long, very rarely longer.

3. E. purpureum.

d. Stems solid, green with purple nodes, faintly glaucous: leaves in 3's
or 4's, very rarely in 2's or 5's, sharply toothed, villous-pubescent
beneath or glabrate: florets much exserted: corollas 5.5-7.5 mm.
long: heads paler than in the other species.......4. E. falcatum.

1. E. vERTICILLATUM Lamarck, Encyc. ii. 405 (1786) « and 8.
E. purpureum L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 1, ii. 838 (1753) as to synonomy under f,
and as to description, but not as to synonomy under a, and not as

1920] Wiegand,—Eupatorium purpureum and its Allies 63

to his later treatment. E. maculatum L. Amoen. Acad. iv. 288
(1759) as to synonomy only. E. fusco-rubrum Walter, Fl. Car. 199
(1788) probably. E. punctatum Willd. Enum. Pl. Berol. 853 (1809)
(photo. seen). E. dubium Willd. in Lam. Encyc. Sup. 2. 606 (1811).
E. ternifolium Elliott, Bot. So. Car. and Ga. ii. 306 (1824) probably.
E. purpureum var. maculatum Darlington, Fl. Cestrica 453 (1837).—
Stem finely speckled with purple, green or more often suffused with
purple, not glaucous, scarcely darker at the nodes, usually solid but
frequently hollow, scabrous-puberulent above and apparently some-
what glandular: leaves generally in 3's or 4's occasionally in 2's or
5's, from broadly to narrowly ovate, sub-acuminate, abruptly nar-
rowed to a conspicuous petiole which is 10-15 mm. long, coarsely
serrate with somewhat rounded and mucronate or sharper teeth,
veiny and often rugose, more or less plainly 3-nerved, above usually
scabrous, beneath atomiferous and glabrous except on the veins
which are more or less scabrous-puberulent: inflorescence rather
small and dense, convex, when well developed hemispherical or short-
oblong: heads narrowly oblong, 6-9 (rarely 5 or 12)-flowered, usually
deep-purple: involucral bracts slightly narrower than in the next
species; the inner often sub-acute: corolla 4.5-5.5 mm. long, slightly
exserted: achenes 3.5-4.5 mm. long.—Borders of swamps and in
marshes, in sandy or gravelly acid soils: on the Coastal Plain from
eastern Massachusetts and southern New Hampshire to South Caro-
lina. New Hampsuire: Rochester, 1888, Mrs. E. Bartow; Derry,
1916, C. F. Batchelder; Mason, 1916, C. F. Batchelder; Jaffrey, 1896,
W. Deane, 1897, B. L. Robinson, no. 379; Rindge, 1916, C. F. Batch-
elder; Gilsum, 1899, M. L. Fernald, no. 209. MASSACHUSETTS:
eastern Massachusetts, 1854, W. Boott; North Andover, 1885, C. H.
Morss; Wakefield, 1886, F. S. Collins; Sherborn, 1911, Martha L.
Loomis, no. 430; South Royalston, 1907, J. A. Bates; Maugus Hill,
Wellesley, 1897, E. F. Williams; Brookline, 1900, G. E. Morris (white
flowers); Blue Hills, 1894, W. H. Manning; Cohasset, 1901, E. F.
Williams; Loon Pond, Lakeville, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 10490;
Mashpee, 1916, Knowlton, Bean & Bird; East Sandwich, 1919, Fer-
nald & Long, no. 19163; Allen’s Harbor Creek Harwich, 1919, Fer-
nald & Long, no. 19166; Brewster, 1912, F. S. Collins, no. 1649; Chil-
mark, 1911, J. A. Cushman, no. 7571; New Bedford, 1872, G. Mackie.
RuopE Istanp: Rumford, 1903, E. F. Williams; Providence, 1844,
G. Thurber; Crescent Beach, Block Island, 1913, Fernald, Long &
Torrey, no. 10491. Connecticut: Waterford, 1899, C. B. Graves;
Saybrook Junction, 1914, R. W. Woodward (flowers white); South-
ington, 1898, L. Andrews, no. 42, 1898, C. H. Bissell, no. 311; Tran-
quillity Farm, Middlebury, 1896, W. M. Shepardson. New York:
Port Chester, 1886, Louise M. Stabler. New Jersey: May's Land-
ing, 1916, I. Tidestrom, no. 8042; Hammonton, 1917, A. Gershoy,
no. 660; Dividing Creek, 1910, B. Long, no. 4843; Atsion, 1917,

64 Rhodora [APRIL

A. Gershoy, no. 661; Bennett, 1917, A. Gershoy, no. 659. DELAWARE:
near Delaware City, 1916, I. Tidestrom, no. 7903. DISTRICT OF
CoLuMBIA: Washington and vicinity, 1898, E. S. Steele. Sours
CAROLINA: Santee Canal, Ravenel.

This is the commonest species in low ground along the Coastal
Plain. Albino forms are occasionally found. The glandular pubes-
cence apparently gives the plant a characteristic strong odor not
present in the other species, but this observation needs verification.
The stem is occasionally hollow. The variation in number of florets
among the specimens studied was as follows: 4 with 5 florets, 17
with 6 florets, 13 with 7 florets, 10 with 8 florets, 11 with 9 florets,
5 with 10 florets, 2 with 11 florets, and 1 with 12 florets. The num-
ber of leaves in the whorl fluctuated in the following proportion:
4 with 2 leaves (small plants), 27 with 3 leaves, 28 with 4 leaves,
and 1 with 5 leaves.

2. E. MACULATUM L. Amoen. Acad. iv. 288 (1759) as to original
description and specimen in the Linnaean Herbarium, but not as
to citations. ŒE. Bruneri A. Gray, Synopt. Fl. i. pt. 2, 96 (1884).
E. atromontanum A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. xxxi. 400 (1901). E. Rydbergii
Britton, Manual 921 (1901). E. purpureum var. Bruneri Robinson,
Proc. Amer. Acad. xlii. 44 (1906) for the more hairy western plants.—
Stem green and finely purple-speckled, more often the spots obscured
by a deep purple suffusion, not glaucous, puberulent above, not
darker at the nodes, very exceptionally hollow: leaves most com-
monly in 4's or 5's, rarely in 3's or 6's, elliptic-ovate or elliptic-lanceo-
late, tapering at base and apex, short petioled or nearly sessile, sharply
and often irregularly incurved-serrate varying to more finely crenate-
serrate, pinnately veined, rugose, above glabrous or slightly scabrous,
beneath atomiferous and from nearly glabrous to canescent with
minute crisp scabrous hairs on the veins or more commonly on both
veins and parenchyma: inflorescence or its parts flat-topped, dense:
heads broadly oblong, 9-15 (rarely 8 or 20)-flowered, usually deep
purple: bracts of the involucre broad, obtuse: corollas 5 mm. long,
their tips usually but slightly or not at all exserted beyond the in-
volucre: achenes 3.4-4.2 mm. long.—Open grounds and the borders
of thickets, along streams and in wet sedgy meadows, in rich often
mucky scarcely sandy soils, generally in calcareous regions: New-
foundland and Quebec to northern New England, western Massa-
chusetts, western Connecticut, and Lancaster County, Pennsylvania;
westward through Michigan, Illinois, Colorado, Utah, and Sas-
katchewan to New Mexico and British Columbia. NEWFOUNDLAND:
Salmonier River, 1894, Robinson & Schrenk, no. 40. QUEBEC:
Grindstone Island, Magdalen Islands, 1912, Fernald, Long & St.
John, no. 8093; vicinity of Cap a L'Aigle, 1905, John Macoun, no.

1920] Wiegand,—Eupatorium purpureum and its Allies 65

68338. Prince Epwarp IsrANp: Hillsborough River, Mt. Stewart,
1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 8092; Brackley Point,
1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8094. Marne: Lake Hadley,
East Machias, 1898, M. A. Barber; Orono, 1887, M. L. Fernald,
1896, E. D. Merrill, no. 437; Dover, 1895, M. L. Fernald, no. 307;
Abbott, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14647; Fairfield, 1916, Fernald &
Long, no. 14646; Greenvale, 1894, K. Furbish; South Deer Isle,
1914, A. F. Hill, no. 1834; Cow Island, Topsham, 1910, K. Furbish;
South Poland, 1895, K. Furbish; Wells, 1898, K. Furbish. New
HAmpsHIRE: Shelburne, 1915, W. Deane; Dartmouth College Grant,
` 1914, A. S. Pease, no. 16194; Gate of Crawford's Notch, 1884, C. E.
Faxon (albino form); Walpole, 1916, C. F. Batchelder. VERMONT:
Willoughby, 1898, G. G. Kennedy; Ripton, 1908, E. F. Williams;
Manchester, 1898, M. A. Day, no. 91. MassACHUSETTS: Green-
field, 1913, J. Murdoch, Jr., no. 5208; Worthington, 1912, B. L.
Robinson, no. 596; Cheshire and vicinity, 1912, E. J. Winslow; Lenox,
1911, R. Hoffmann (shade form); Stockbridge, 1902, R. Hoffmann;
New Marlboro, 1912, R. Hoffmann; Mount Washington, 1915, F. G.
Floyd. New York: Canton, 1914, Orra P. Phelps; Ithaca, 1913,
E. L. Palmer, nos. 1190 & 1191; 1915, C. C. Thomas, no. 5099; 1919, A.
J. Eames, nos. 12973, 12975, 12978, 12979; 1919, Eames & Wiegand,
no. 12974; 1919, Wiegand, no. 12976; 1919, L. F. Randolph, no. 12972;
Big Gully Ravine, Springport, 1919, Eames, Randolph & Wiegand,
no. 12980; North Spencer, 1915, Eames & MacDaniels, no. 5088;
Spencer Lake, 1919, Eames & Wiegand, no. 12981. PENNSYLVANIA:
Dillerville Swamp, in limestone, 1901, A. A. Heller. ONTARIO:
Plevna, 1902, J. Fowler; Island Lake, Algonquin Park, 1900, Macoun,
no. 21813. Onto: Birmingham, 1914, L. H. MacDaniels, no. 151.
MicuiGAN: Keweenaw County, 1890, O. A. Farwell, no. 777; Turin,
1901, B. Barlow; Flint, 1909, E: E. Sherf; South Haven, 1911, O. E.
Lansing, Jr., no. 3316. InpIANA: East Chicago, 1910, O. E. Lan-
sing, Jr., no. 2804. IrriNors: Ravinia, 1911, E. E. Sherf; Cedar
Lake, Lake County, 1906, Gleason & Shobe, no. 142; South Chicago,
1913, H. H. Smith, no. 5752; near Wady Petra, 1900, V. H. Chase,
no. 764. WiscowsiN: Fort Howard Marsh, Brown County, 1890,
J. H. Schuette; Osceola, 1900, C. F. Baker. Towa: Ames, 1896,
Pammel & Ball, no. 34. Minnesota: Cass Lake, Cass County,
1914, L. H. & H. E. Pammel, no. 553; Muskoda, Red River Valley,
1901, C. A. Ballard, no. 3083. Norra Dakora: near Bottineau,
1902, J. Lunell. Sours Daxora: Black Hills, 1910, J. Murdoch,
Jr., no. 4296. NEBRASKA: sand hills of central Nebraska, 1893,
P. A. Rydberg, no. 1682; Fort Niobrara, Knox County, 1908, J. M.
Bates, no. 4686; Paddock, 1893, F. Clements, no. 2797. CoLorapo:
Fort Collins, 1881, Bruner (type of E. Bruneri Gray). Wyomine:
Beaver Creek, Black Hills, 1896, 4. Nelson, no. 2553 (type number
of E. atromontanum Nelson). Uram: Wasatch Mountains, 1872,

66 Rhodora [APRIL

Wheeler. New Mexico: Fort Wingate, Dr. Matthews. SASKATCH-
EWAN: 1857-58, E. Bourgeau. British CoLuMBIA: Fraser River,
1858, Lyall; Chilliwack Valley, 1901, J. M. Macoun, no. 26486.
Var. foliosum (Fernald) comb. nov. E. purpureum var. foliosum
Fernald, Rnopona x. 86 (1908).—Leaves large, ovate-oval, with a
tendency toward a 3-ribbed base, thin, nearly or quite glabrous:
inflorescence small, surrounded and usually much surpassed by the
large lance-ovate upper leaves and bracts.—Newfoundland and
Saguenay County, Quebec to northern New England and possibly
Lake Superior. NEWFOUNDLAND: Manuel's River, 1894, Robinson &
Schrenk; Brigus Junction, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6275; Grand
Falls, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6276; Bluff Head, Bay of Islands,
1898, A. C. Waghorne, no. 18; Harry's River, 1910, Fernald & Wie-
gand, no. 4133. QuEBEc: Dartmouth River, 1904, Collins, Fer-
nald & Pease; Mingan, 1915, H. St. John, no. 90749. Prince Ep-
WARD ÍsrAND: Bloomfield, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8095.
New Brunswick: Kent County, 1870, J. Fowler. Maine: Van
Buren, “the common form,” 1900, M. L. Fernald; Hamlin, 1901,
Fernald; Fort Fairfield, 1901, E. F. Williams; Boundary Lake, 1902,
Eggleston & Fernald; Fairfield, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14648;
Bridgton, 1912, L. R. Martin. New Hampsurre: Ice Gulch, Ran-
dolph, 1908, A. S. Pease, no. 11498; Pittsburgh, Fernald & Pease,
no. 17068; Jefferson, 1916, Pease, no. 16837. MicHiGAN: moist
thickets, Keweenaw County, 1887, O. A. Farwell, no. 441 (doubtful).

E. maculatum is a northern plant of the richer, more calcareous
soils, and is therefore nearly or quite absent from the sandy coastal
plain from New England southward. In Central New York it is
the characteristic joe-pye weed, occurring in great abundance every-
where in low grounds except perhaps in acid bogs. Locally it is
somewhat variable as affected by shade and moisture, but geograph-
ically it is much more so. In the northeast the var. foliosum seems
distinct enough to warrant separate treatment, but the other varia-
tions pass one into the other so gradually that no practical dividing
lines can be drawn. Thus the leaves of the northeastern specimens
are only slightly hairy beneath, but as one travels westward they
gradually become more hairy until some plants on the Great Plains
have the leaves distinctly whitened on the under surface. Locally,
too, the degree of pubescence may fluctuate with the exposure. The
more canescent western plants have been separated by Robinson
as E. purpureum var. Bruneri (Gray) Robins. (l. c.). Several sheets
of var. foliosum from Gaspé have the upper portion of the stem, and
to a certain extent the under surface of the leaves, villous instead of

1920] Wiegand,—Eupatorium purpureum and its Allies 67

crisp-puberulent. Scattered specimens of the typical form have nar-
row leaves with fine crénate serrations resembling those of E. pur-
pureum, a variation the significance of which is not understood but
which is probably ecological. The florets vary considerably in num-
ber, due apparently in some cases at least to local conditions. Among
the specimens examined the number of florets ran as follows: 1
with 7 florets, 2 with 8 florets, 10 with 9 florets, 12 with 10 florets,
12 with 11 florets, 30 with 12 florets, 17 with 13 florets, 10 with 14
florets, 7 with 15 florets, 1 with 16 florets, 3 with 17 florets, 1 with
18 florets, 1 with 19 florets, 0 with 20 florets, and 1 with 21 florets.
The leaves in the whorls fluctuate within narrow limits. 'The num-
ber counted ran as follows: 1 with 2 leaves (starved specimen), 7
with 3 leaves, 55 with 4 leaves, 54 with 5 leaves, and 2 with 6 leaves.

3. E. PuRPUREUM L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1, ii. 838 (1753) as to synonomy
under g, which in this case determines the type. E. trifoliatum L.
Sp. Pl. ed. 1, ii. 837 (1753), placed under E. purpureum by T. & G.
in 1841. E. americanum Hill, Brit. Herb. 453 (1756). ? E. purpureum
y angustifolium T. & G. Fl. N. Amer. ii. 82 (1841). E. fistulosum
Barrett, Eupat. verticillate (1841), see also Wood's Class Book,
ed. 2, 314 (1847).—Stems normally unspeckled, occasionally mottled,
uniformly suffused with purple and not darker at the nodes, plainly
glaucous, glabrous, hollow: leaves in 4's-6's, very rarely in 7's,
elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate, tapering gradually to the nearly sessile
base, regularly and finely crenate-serrate, scarcely rugose, above
glabrous, beneath atomiferous and sparingly fine-puberulent on
the veins only, or commonly almost glabrous; the veins numerous,
spreading, regularly decreasing toward base and apex of the leaf;
inflorescence crisp-pubescent, convex, often hemispherical, when
well developed large and loose with the lower branches divaricate
or horizontal: heads purple, narrowly cylindrical, 6-7 (rarely 5
or 8)-flowered: bracts of the involucre mostly obtuse: corolla 3.5-
4.8 mm. long, slightly or not at all exserted: achenes 3.2-4.5 mm.
long.—Low fields and the borders of thickets, if not too wet, in
rich sandy and gravelly scarcely calcareous soils: southern Maine
to Rhode Island, Florida, Texas and Oklahoma, and from eastern
Kentucky, and West Virginia through western Pennsylvania to
Ohio. Matne: Cape Elizabeth, 1911, M. L. Fernald; Biddeford
Pool, 1900, G. G. Kennedy. MassAcnHusETTS: Concord, E. S. Hoar;
Milton, 1899, G. G. Kennedy; East Sandwich, 1919, Fernald & Long,
no. 19168; Deerfield, 1908, M. A. Day, no. 62. Ruopr IsrAND:
Providence, G. Thurber. Connecticut: Pomfret, 1910, Sarah R.
Armington; Gully Brook, Hartford, 1907, A. W. Driggs; Ledyard,
1901, C. B. Graves, no. 234. Maryann: Ellicott City, 1916, G.

68 Rhodora [APRIL

Arsène. District or Cotumpia: 1901, E. S. Steele; Brookland,
1908, T. Holm; near Fort Totten, 1915, T. Holm. Virainta: Rap-
pahannock River, 1915, I. Tidestrom, no. 7607; Bedford County,
1871 & 1872, A. H. Curtiss. West VinGiNIA: Harman, 1904, A. H.
Moore, no. 2167; Dry Fork River near Harman, 1904, J. M. Green--
man, no. 236. Kentucky: near Poor Fork Post Office, 1893, T. H.
Kearney, Jr., no. 214. SovrH Caroutna: Santee Canal, H. W.
Ravenel. ALABAMA: Buckley. Fitortpa: Eustis, 1895, G. V. Nash,
no. 2118. Texas: Pope, ex herb. G. Thurber. OKLAHOMA: Page,
1914, O. W. Blakley, no. 3417. ARKANSAS: southwestern Arkansas,
F. L. Harvey, no. 4. PENNSYLVANIA: Pittsburgh, 1831, Holz. Onro:
Little Mountain, 1897, J. M. Greenman, no. 310.

In general this plant is very constant in its characters. One
specimen from Pittsburgh, Pa. (Holz) has corollas longer than 5
mm.; otherwise this character of the corolla is good. "The variation
in florets was: 6 with 5 florets, 14 with 6 florets, 5 with 7 florets,
and 1 with 8 florets. "The variation in number of leaves in the whorl
was: 7 with 4 leaves, 5 with 5 leaves, 6 with 7 leaves, and 1 with 8
leaves.

4. E. ratcatum Michx. Flor. Bor. Am. ii. 99 (1803). E. pur-
pureum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1173 (1763) as to description in part, not
as to synonomy. E. amoenum Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii, 514 (1814).
E. purpureum var. amoenum A. Gray, Synopt. Fl. N. A. i. pt. 2, 96
(1884). E. purpureum var. falcatum Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club
v. 312 (1894).—Stems normally unspeckled, rarely mottled, green,
purple at the nodes, rarely more purplish, scarcely glaucous, glabrous
or nearly so, solid: leaves mostly in 4's, less commonly in 3's, rarely
in 2's or 5's, lanceolate to ovate-oval or rarely ovate, acuminate,
tapering gradually to the petioled or nearly sessile base or rarely
more abruptly tapering, sharply serrate, slightly rugose; veins numer-
ous, less spreading and less regular than in the last, decreasing grad-
ually toward base and apex; blade glabrous and nearly smooth above,
atomiferous and from glabrous to densely crisp-villous beneath, the
hairs longer and softer than in the other species: inflorescence crisp-
downy, convex, when well developed hemispherical or short-oblong
and loose, often very large and open (up to 5 dm. long and 4 dm.
wide): heads narrowly cylindrical, pale purple or whitish, 3-6 (7)-
flowered: involucral bracts narrowly oblong, the inner acutish:
corollas (5-) 5.5-7.5 mm. long, much exserted beyond the involucre:
achenes 3-5 mm. long.—Open woods and wood borders in damp or
rather dry rich light soil, but not in the coastal sands: eastern Massa-
chusetts, southern New Hampshire, and southern Vermont, to Con-
necticut, and in the uplands to Georgia; westward through Ontario,
New York, and Pennsylvania to Wisconsin, Nebraska and Oklahoma.

1920] Wiegand,—Eupatorium purpureum and its Allies 69

New Hampsuire: Asquam Lake, 1914, A. L. Gundersen; Walpole,
1899, M. L. Fernald, no. 214. Vermont: Pownal, 1898, J. R.
Churchill, also W. W. Eggleston, no. 258; 1899, Eggleston, no. 1.
MassacHUsETTS: Revere, 1879 & 1882, H. A. Young; Middlesex
Fells, 1894, W. H. Manning; Blue Hills, 1894, C. G. French; Readville,
C. E. Faxon; Stockbridge, 1902, R. Hoffmann. Connecticut:
Waterbury, 1910, A. E. Blewitt, no. 1135; Hammond's Woods, Water-
ford, 1902, C. B. Graves, no. 302; New Haven, D. C. Eaton. New
York: Oneida Lake, old Torrey & Gray specimen; various places in
the Cayuga Lake Basin, 1919, Eames, Randolph & Wiegand, nos.
12983, 12984, 12985, 12986, also Eames & Wiegand, nos. 12982,
12989, and A. J. Eames, no. 12987; Junius, 1915, Eames & Mac-
Daniels, no. 5090. Vireinta: Stony Man Mountain near Luray,
1901, E. S. & Mrs. Steele, no. 9; Bedford County, 1871 & 1872, 4.
H. Curtiss. West ViRGINIA: Parsons, 1904, A. H. Moore, no. 1994;
East Fork of the Greenbrier River, Pocohontas County, 1904, A.
H. Moore, no. 2380, and J. M. Greenman, no. 235; Gap Mountain,
1903, E. S. & Mrs. Steele, no. 186. Kentucky: on Big Black
Mountain, Harlan County, 1893, T. H. Kearney, Jr., no. 166.
NomrH CAROLINA: Swain County, 1891, Beardslee & Kofoid.
GEoRGIA: north Georgia, 1875, C. Wright; Whitfield County,
1900, P. Wilson, no. 70; west of Cuthbert, 1903, R. M. Harper,
no. 1877. ONTARIO: Queenston, 1911, J. White, no. 2. MICHIGAN:
near Port Huron, 1892, C. K. Dodge; Flint, 1909, E. E. Sherff.
Inp1ana: Wabash River east of Bluffton, 1908, C. C. Deam, no.
5194. Wisconsin: Brown County, 1901, J. H. Schuette (albino
form); Kankauna, 1890, Schuette. ILLīNoIrs: Bloomington, 1886,
B. L. Robinson; near Princeville, 1900, V. H. Chase, no. 716;
Peoria, 1904, F. E. MacDonald; Havana, 1903, H. A. Gleason;
St. Clair County, 1886, H. Eggert; Grand Tower, 1902, H. A. Gleason;
Belknap, 1902, Gleason. Iowa: Ames, 1897, Ball & Pammel; Dakota
City, 1896, Pammel, no. 33. NEBRASKA: Nemaha, 1910, J. M.
Bates, no. 5211. OkranHowa: Grand River, Cherokee Nation, 1895,
J. W. Blankinship; near Ottawa, 1913, G. W. Stevens, no. 2371.

E. falcatum is much more variable than E. purpureum. In the
southern mountains it is often very slender (E. amoenum Pursh)
but ordinarily it is large and frequently very tall with an expanded
inflorescence as noted in the description. The nodes occasionally
lose the purple coloration. The leaves vary widely in shape, and
the pubescence is extremely variable in density, but it is always of
the same loose type. The heads are usually pale, but may vary to
white or to deeper purple. The transitions in all cases are so gradual,
and the combinations so complex, that no subdivision of the species
has seemed practical. The variation in florets was as follows: 4

70. Rhodora [APRIL

with 3 florets, 7 with 4 florets, 25 with 5 florets, 24 with 6 florets, and
2 with 7 florets. The variation in number of leaves in a whorl was:
2 with 2 leaves (poor specimens), 20 with 3 leaves, 36 with 4 leaves,
and 2 with 5 leaves.

ConRNELL University, Ithaca, New York.

THE AMERICAN AMMOPHILA.
M. L. FERNALD.

THE common Sand Reed, Psamma, Marram or Beach Grass, which
covers the coastal sand dunes from the Straits of Belle Isle to North
Carolina and occurs on sandy shores of the St. Lawrence system
inland quite to Lake Superior, has been universally identified with
Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link, the species occurring on the western
and southern coasts of Europe. Superficially the two are very
similar, although it needs only a glance at good material of typical
A. arenaria, which occurs from southern Scandinavia to Portugal
and Morocco, to see that the spike-like panicle is much shorter than
in most of the American plant, A. arenaria having panicles only 0.5-2
dm. long, the panicles of the Atlantic American plant ranging from
1.5-4 dm. in length. In its long panicle the American plant is more
nearly approached by the Mediterranean A. arenaria, var. arundinacea
(Host) Husnot, in which the panicles may be 3 dm. long.

In all its technical characters, however, the long-panicled Mediter-
ranean Ammophila arenaria, var. arundinacea agrees with the more
northwestern typical European A. arenaria; but in these characters
the European and Atlantic American plants are quite distinct, the
Old World species being known in America only on the Pacific coast,
where it has very recently been introduced as a sand binder. Briefly
stated, the two species differ as follows: In A. arenaria the upper
surface of the leaf-blade is copiously puberulent along the cartilaginous
nerves, in the American merely serrulate-scabrous; in A. arenaria
the ligule is scarious, lance-attenuate and very prolonged, commonly
1.5-3 em. long, and lacerate at tip; in the Atlantic American plant,
on the other hand, the ligule is chartaceous or coriaceous, rounded
and very short, ranging from 1-3 mm. in length. In A. arenaria,

1920] Fernald,—The American Ammophila 71

the lemma is sharply bidentate at tip and short-mucronate in the
sinus and the palea is sharp-mucronate; but in the American plant
the lemma and palea are both blunt, the former scarcely bidentate.
Other differences of less taxonomic importance are the puberulent
glumes of the American species contrasted with the more commonly
glabrous glumes of the European; and, similarly, the puberulent
axis of the panicle in the American, the axis in the European being
nearly or quite glabrous.

That the two are thoroughly distinct species there can be no ques-
tion; but the American plant seems to have no valid name. In
1818, Nuttall published the name Phalaris maritima! partly for a
plant of New Jersey, but he gave absolutely no description and
stated that his plant was Arundo arenaria L. and that it is an im-
portant grass of Europe. It would be entirely unwise to take up
for our grass Nuttall's name which was intended merely as a sub-
stitute for Arundo arenaria. The Atlantic American plant may be
called

AMMOPHILA breviligulata, n. sp., A. arenariam simulans; foliis
supra serrulato-scabris, ligulis chartaceis vel coriaceis rotundatis
1-3 mm. longis; paniculis lineari-cylindricis 1.5-4 dm. longis, rhachi
puberulo; glumis puberulis; lemmate obtuso nec bidentato; palea
obtusa; caryopsibus 3.2-3.6 mm. longis.—Sand dunes and shores,
Newfoundland to North Carolina, inland along the St. Lawrence

system to the Great Lakes. Type: sandy sea-beach, Milford,
Connecticut, August 27, 1902, C. H. Bissell (Gray Herb.).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1 Nutt. Gen. i. 48 (1818).

72 ` Rhodora [APRIL

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT, —XXXII.

VITACEAE.
CISSUS.

C. AmPELOPSIS Pers. Ipswich, growing in a dense mass over
boulder in wild ground, perhaps from a neighboring cemetery (R. A.
Ware, Oct. 16, 1909).

PSEDERA.

P. quinquefolia (L.) Greene. Dry rocky soil, common.

P. quinquefolia (L.) Greene, var. hirsuta (Donn) Rehder. Dry
rocky woods, Boxboro (F. W. Hunnewell & H. St. John, May 30,
1914).

P. vitacea (Knerr) Greene. Medford, Concord, Wellesley, Sher-
born.

VITIS.

V. aestivalis Michx. Dry open woods and thickets, apparently
frequent, except in the southeast.

V. bicolor Le Conte. Woods and thickets, common.

V. labrusca L. Woods and roadsides, common throughout.

V. novae-angliae Fernald. Georgetown (E. F. Williams, Aug. 9,
1907); Sudbury (C. W. Swan, Sept. 2, 1885). See RHODORA xix.
144, 1917.

V. vulpina L. Sandy soil at Gloucester, Essex, Beverley, Ipswich
and Bradford. |

TILIACEAE.
TILIA.

T. americana L. Rich woods, frequent.

MALVACEAE.
ABUTILON.

A. "TuEgoPHRASTI Medic. Gardens and waste places, frequent,
especially near Boston.

1920] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District —X XXII 78

ALTHEA.

A. OFFICINALIS L. A single plant on rubbish heap in Cambridge
(W. Deane, Aug. 5, Oct. 3, 16, 1886); reported from marsh at Salis-
bury according to J. Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 40, 1880.

ANODA.

A. TRIANGULARIS (Willd.) DC. Woolwaste dump, Westford (Miss
E. F. Fletcher). See Ruopora xviii. 143, 1916. Native of south-
western United States.

GOSSYPIUM.

G. HERBACEUM L. Self-sown and abundant on vacant lot on
Huron Ave., Cambridge (E. F. Williams, Sept. 12, 1910). Probably
an Asian plant.

HIBISCUS.
H. Moscheutos L. Salt or brackish marshes; Salisbury (Mrs.
C. N. S. Horner, ——-, 1882); old report at Swampscott (J. Robin-

son, Fl. Essex Co. 40, 1880); frequent from Hingham south. "There
is an especially fine station nearly an acre in extent at Mann's Hill,
Scituate. This fine mallow also grows in fresh water marshes at
various places along the Concord and Sudbury rivers as far inland
as Framingham; there are occasional stations on the Charles River,
and the plant is rather abundant at the northeast of Farm Pond,
Sherborn (A. J. Eames).
H. Trronum L. Gardens and waste places, occasional.

MALVA.

M. Arcra L. Escaped from gardens, or persistent, at seven
places.

M. crispa L. Casual at Reading, Malden, S. Boston, Mansfield
and Ashland. Native of Europe, and sparingly escaped from old
gardens and elsewhere.

M. moscata L. Persistent and spreading.

M. PARVIFLORA L. Rubbish heap, Cambridge (W. Deane, Oct. 11,
1884). Introduced probably from the Pacific coast, where it is well
established. ;

74 . Rhodora [APRIL

M. PvsiLLA Smith (M. borealis Wallm. of Middlesex Flora). Vicin-
ity of woollen mills at Westford (C. W. Swan, Sept. 15, 1884); Dracut
(C. W. Swan, Aug. 1, 1883); also Lowell (C. W. Swan, no date).
Native of northern Europe and Asia, introduced into California,
and casual here. See Synop. Fl. N. Amer., A. Gray, ed. B. L. Robin-
son, i. pt. 1, 298-299, 1897.

M. noruNDIFOLIA L. Gardens and waste places, common.

M. sytvestris L. Sharon (S. Harris, July 12, 1894). Reported
from dry open roadsides, Acton and Concord, Hosmer, RHODORA i.
223, 1899.

M. SYLVESTRIS L., var. MAURITIANA (L.) Boiss. Charlestown (C. E.
Perkins, July 23 and Sept. 9, 1881). Specimens in herb. N. E.
Botanical Club and Gray Herb. Casual from southwestern Europe.

MALVASTRUM.

M. coROMANDELIANUM (L.) Garcke. Woolwaste, Westford, Miss
E. F. Fletcher in Ruopora xix. 132, 1917. Introduced from India.

SIDA.

S. HERMAPHRODITA (L.) Rusby. Escaped from Fenway, Boston,
also in field at West Cambridge. Persisting about old gardens,
Jamaica Plain (N. T. Kidder, Sept. 20, 1888).

S. spinosa L. Dumps at Lowell, Dracut, Westford, Malden and
Watertown.

SPHAERALCEA.

S. Munroana (Dougl.) Spach. Woolwaste dump, Westford, 1915,
Miss E. F. Fletcher in Rnopona xviii. 143, 1916. Native of Rocky
Mts. and portions of the northwest.

S. FENDLERI Gray. Woolwaste, Westford, Miss E. F. Fletcher
in RHODORA xx. 20, 1918. Native of western Texas and Arizona.

WISSADULA.

W. cALLIMORPHA (Hochr.) Hassl., var. Frresut Hassl. Woolwaste,
Westford (Miss E. F. Fletcher, Sept. 5, 1917). Native of eastern
Bolivia and adjacent Brazil. See Ruopora xx. 20, 1918.

1920] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District —& X XII 75
TAMARICACEAE.

TAMARIX.

T. cgatuica L. Vacant lot, escaped from Fenway, Boston (E. F.
Williams, May 23, 1909).

T. PARVIFLORA DC. Waste lands in Boston and Brookline, es-
caped from cultivation.

HYPERICACEAE.

HYPERICUM.

H. AvREUM Bartram. Roadside, Billerica and Westford (Miss
E. F. Fletcher, August, 1909). See Ruopora xii. 55, 1910,

H. boreale (Britton) Bicknell. Shores of ponds and wet places,
common.

H. canadense L. Moist or dry soil, very common throughout.

H. ellipticum Hook. Wet places, frequent northward, local south-
ward.

H. gentianoides (L.) BSP. Dry sand and gravel, also on ledges;
common throughout.

H. majus (Gray) Britton. Wet or dry soil, common.

H. mutilum L. Moist soil, common throughout.

H. rERFoRATUM L. Fields and pastures, especially in dry soil,
very common throughout.

H. protiricum L. Weston (E. J. Winslow, July 9, 1911, et seq.).

H. punctatum Lam. Open places in damp and dry soil, frequent.

H. virginicum L. Swamps and wet shores, common throughout.

ELATINACEAE.

ELATINE.

E. minima (Nutt.) Fisch. & Mey. Wet sandy margins of ponds,
frequent. See RHopona xix. 10-15, 1917.

C. H. KuowrroN | Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

76 Rhodora [APRIL

Juncus GERARDI Loisel., var. pedicellatus, n. var., cum inflores-
centia 1-2 dm. longa; floribus plerumque pedicellatis, pedicellis
3-10 mm. longis; perianthiis 3.5-5 mm. longis.

Inflorescence 1-2 dm. long: flowers mostly pedicelled; the pedicels
3-10 mm. long: perianths 3.5-5 mm. long.—Wet sandy, gravelly or
rocky coast, Maine to Rhode Island. Marwk: Cutler, July 24,
1902, Kate Furbish; Dark Harbor, Islesboro, August 14, 1913, Wood-
ward, Bissell & Fernald, no. 9,142; Matinicus, September, 1908,
C. A. E. Long, no. 38 (TYPE in herb. N. E. B. C.); August 9, 1919,
Long, no. 147. RmopE IstANp: East Providence, July 20, 1890,
J. F. Collins.

Differing from typical J. Gerardi in its large flowers and elongated
pedicels, the perianths of the typical form of the species being 2-3
(rarely 3.5) mm. long, and the flowers mostly sessile or merely short-
pedicelled. "The extreme material of var. pedicellatus is very large,
nearly 1 m. high, but other plants are low (about 3.5 dm.). The
inflorescence, too, is longer than in most J. Gerardi, in which the
inflorescence varies from 0.1-1 (rarely to 1.5) dm. long.—M. L.
FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol 22, no. 255, including pages 33 to 56, was issued 20 April, 1920.

fDodova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLÀND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH D
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. May, 1920 No. 257.
CONTENTS:

Solidago lepida, var. fallax in Knox Co., Me. N. T. Kidder . 77

Trillium rectistamineum, a valid Species. Harold St. John . 78

Second Report of Committee on Floral Areas . , 2E 80

Internal glandular Hairs in Dryopteris. Theo. Holm . . . 89

A Flora of the Penobscot Bay Region (Review). M.L. Fernald 91

Providence, R. 3.

Preston and Rounds Co.

Boston, Mass.
1052 Exchange Building

RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more. than one page of print) will receive 25 copi
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
pe of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collectors
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HxnBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. May, 1920. No. 257.

SOLIDAGO LEPIDA, VAR. FALLAX IN KNOX COUNTY,
MAINE.

NATHANIEL T. KIDDER.

Iste Av Havr is one of the outermost islands of Penobscot Bay,
and lies al out fifteen miles southwest of Mount Desert. It is botan-
ically interesting both for the plants which grow there and for the
number of mainland weeds which have not yet found a footing.
Since my first visit in 1901 I have returned every year, and have
spent many weeks in botanizing. Isle au Haut is included in the
region described by Mr. Albert Frederick Hill in “The Vascular
Flora of the Eastern Penobscot Bay Region, Maine,” which was
published in the Proceedings of the Portland Society of Natural
History, Vol. III, Part 2 (1919).

Sometime I hope to publish a list of the plants of Isle au Haut,
based on my collections on the island alone. Some of my finds are
mentioned in Mr. Hill's Flora, but while his list was in press I was
still adding to my collections. It is my hope that the Solidago of
my heading may be found on Isle au Haut, as I have found there
nearly everything which I have seen on the neighboring islands.
'To be sure, I have not explored them very thoroughly.

Just off the Northwest shore of Isle au Haut lies a little island
known as Nathan's Island. Some three acres in extent, its greatest
elevation not more than thirty-five feet above high water, this island
must be blessed with very rich soil, for what grows on it at all is in
very robust form. The trees are mostly spruce, and in the occasional
openings are found much the same plants we find in similar spots

78 Rhodora [May

on the larger islands about. On a casual visit to Nathan’s Sep-
tember 3, 1917, I was struck by a thriving golden rod of which there
were very few plants. I have already commented on the vigor
shown by the growth on Nathan’s. I very nearly passed those plants
by as strong growing Solidago canadensis. Fortunately a second
impulse led me to bring away one complete and one partial specimen.
Prof. Fernald pronounced them to be Solidago lepida DC., var.
fallax Fernald, and referred me to the first article in Ruopora XVII
(1915) where on page 9 we read under this variety the range “ New-
foundland to British Columbia, south to northern New Brunswick,
northern Maine, northern Michigan, Utah and Washington." And
Prof. Fernald has written on my sheet “first south of Aroostook
Valley.”
MILTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

TRILLIUM RECTISTAMINEUM, A VALID SPECIES OF THE
SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES.

Hanorp Sr. JOHN.

Ix 1917 R. R. Gates described a new variety of. Trillium, T. lanceo-
latum Boykin, var. rectistamineum Gates. He based it on a series
of sheets with imperfect data from the Chapman Herbarium. Gates
gives an adequate description, and states! that, “This plant, no
doubt, constitutes a distinct species, differing from T. lanceolatum
especially in the petals, anthers, and ovary, but as the specimens
available are without locality and only one shows a complete flower,
it seems desirable merely to designate this form as above indicated."
When the writer reorganized the Trilliums in the Gray Herbarium,
three sheets from Georgia, Florida, and Alabama were separated as
a very distinct species. By the kindness of Dr. J. M. Greenman
it has been possible to compare these with authentic material of
T. lanceolatum Boykin, var. rectistamineum Gates and their identity
is unquestionable. The additional material confirms the specific
nature of the characters, and gives exact information as to the range
of the plant. There is, consequently, no reason for keeping it in

! Ann. Mo. Bot. Gerd. iv. 48 (1917).

19201 St. John,—Trillium rectistamineum 79

any subordinate category, and the specifie combination is made
below. It is probable that the Florida specimens referred to by
Rendle! are of this species.

TRILLIUM rectistamineum (Gates) comb. nov. T. lanceolatum
Boykin, var. rectistamineum Gates, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iv. 48
(1917).—Georgia, northwestern Florida, and Alabama.—GEORGIA :
rich woods northwest of Tennille, Washington County, June 14,
1902, R. M. Harper, no. 1,330. FLORIDA: moist slopes in woods,
Chattahoochie, March 14, 1901, A. H. Curtiss; near head of rich
ravine on Aspalaga Bluff, Gadsden County, March 8, 1909, R. M.
Harper, no. 25; Aspalaga, March, 1897, Herb. Chapman. ALABAMA:
Buckley. l

T. rectistamineum (Gates) St. John has broadly lanceolate petals,
4-6.5 cm. long, 1.2-1.8 cm. broad, the filaments one-quarter the
length of the anthers, anthers straight, fruit ovoid, 3-angled, leaves
broadly deltoid-lanceolate; while T. lanceolatum Boykin acc. to
Small has lanceolate petals, long-clawed at the base, 2-5 cm. long,
3-8 mm. wide, the filaments about as long as the anthers, anthers
incurved, fruit 6-angled (according to Watson),? leaves lanceolate.
T. rectistamineum has broadly lanceolate dark purple petals, 4-6.5
cm. long, 1.2-1.8 cm. broad, leaves broadly deltoid-lanceolate, stems
glabrous; while T. viride Beck has clawed greenish petals, the blade
linear or nearly so, the claw usually purplish, leaves ovate, and the
stem scabrous at the summit. T. rectistamineum has filaments one-
quarter the length of the anthers, the connective projecting con-
spicuously beyond the tips of the anther sacs, petals broadly lanceo-
late, 4-6.5 cm. long, 1.2-1.8 cm. broad, leaves broadly deltoid-lanceo-
late; while T. Underwoodii Small has filaments not more than one-
fifth the length of the anthers, the connective scarcely exceeding
the tips of the anther sacs, petals lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate,

4-7 cm. long, 1-2.1 cm. broad, and the leaves ovate or orbicular-
ovate. This series of contrasts should be of assistance in distin-
guishing Trillium rectistamineum (Gates) St. John from related
species.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

1 Rendle, A. B. Journ. of Bot. xxix. fourth paragraph 325 (1901).

? Watson, S. Rev. N. Am. Liliaceae, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. xiv. 273
(1879).

80 Rhodora [May

SECOND REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON FLORAL
AREAS.

Tuis committee published in October and November, 1918, a
report on the New England Ranunculaceae. We have now prepared
a similar report on Polypodiaceae, Schizaeaceae and Osmundaceae.
All our species of these three families are native, none introduced,
and they have been extensively collected and reported upon. More
material is needed, however, for adequate reports on the lady-fern
group. Merely formal varieties and casual hybrids are omitted,
as their ranges are not of value here.

PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS,—
XXVII.

(The sign--indicates that an herbarium specimen has been
seen; the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found.|

POLYPODIACEAE. E SU E ES
» Z > P e QO
Adiantum pedatum L. . +I+I+I+Ii+lI+
x Asplenium ebenoides R. R. Scott ++ +
Asplenium montanum Willd. +
pinnatifidum Nutt. ^m
" platyneuron (L.) Oakes +i+;)/+/+/+)/+4+
- Ruta-muraria L. +/+ +
7 Trichomanes L. +);+/+;);+/]+/+
et viride Huds. . . -}- +
Athyrium acrostichoides (Sw.) Diels -ilc-ticticTtic^-lic-4
E angustifolium (Michx.)
Milde . . +/+ ]4 +
d angustum (Willd. ) Presl . -i-i-i BL i B ix
" “ var. elatius (Link)
Butters +I+I+I+I+l+
ks “ var. laurentianum
Butters -+
a “ var. rubellum (Gil-
bert) Butters . Ti -L - B i Bi cx
" asplenioides (Michx.)
Desv. . t-icT-TLil-cu
Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L. ) Link +)/—/4+/]/4+/4+/+4+

1920] Second Report on Floral Areas 81
P P PM £318
OLYPODIACEA E C ead ec olg otis
e Z > Z a Q
Cheilanthes lanosa (Michx.) Watt . +
Cryptogramma Stelleri (Gmel.)

Prand .- . +I+Ii+ + +

Cystopteris bulbifera (L. ) Bernh. -lT-ilcT!-c +
$ fragilis (L.) Bernh. +/+t+iti +i +tict+
Dennstaedtia duris (Michx.

Moore ; un +i +/4+/+/4+i/+
Onoclea sensibilis L. : +i i+}4+})4+ iB ix
Pellaea atropurpurea (L. ) Link. +)4+)+4+/+4+

" glabella Mett. ; T
Polypodium vulgare L. . . : +I+I+ +++
Polystichum acrostichoides (Michx. )
Schott + | + Se ae E T
= Braunii (Spenner) Fée +I+I+I+
Pteretis nodulosa (Michx.) Nieuwl. | + | + | + | +) +} 4+
Pteridium latiusculum (Desv.) Max-
on. . . +] it iar eee
" var. pseudocauda-
tum (Clute) Maxon >| +
x Thelypteris Boottii (Tuckm.) Nieuwl. + | + | + | + +
Thely pteris cristata (L.) Nieuwl. +) +.)/4+})+})+)4+
" — var. Clintoniana
(D. C. Eaton)
Weatherby +I+ ++ +
í Dryopteris (L.) Slos-
son . T + ick | on
“ Filix-mas (L. ) Nieuwl. +
5 fragrans (L.) Nieuwl. | + | + | +
m Goldiana (Hook.
Nieuwl. . +/+ ;)+;)4+ dq
ken hexagonopte ra
(Michx.) Weatherby +i 4+;4+;)4]4+i/i+
"i marginalis (L.) Nieuwl. | + | + | + | +} +) +
s noveboracensis (L.)
Nieuwl.. $ + i+;)4+/+i+t+/c+
E palustris Schott . . +i +/)/4+)4+)])4+/4+
4 Phegopteris (L.) Slos-
son. . titi|T |]-dT p
2 simulata (Dav enp. pa
Nieuwl.. +E Sey aaa E

82 Rhodora ; [Mav

i m gi u-lg
POLYPODIACEAE Sis tetida bt
Thelypteris spinulosa (O. F. Mueller)
i Nieuwl. . TL TL -- i B iB dix
= “ var.concordiana
(Davenp.) Weatherby +
T spinulosa var. intermedia
(Muhl.)Nieuwl. | + | + | +] +/] +/+
E spinulosa var. americana
(Fisch.) Weatherby 20
Woodsia alpina (Bolton) S. F. P +
" glabella R. Br.. . +}/+)+
^ ilvensis (L.) R. Br. +iti+};4+/4/4+
“ obtusa (Spreng.) Torr. +/+/)/+/+/)+/+
Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore —|+ +/+ )+
T virginica (L.) Sm. +i +ti+i)+)4+/+
SCHIZAEACEAE!
Lygodium palmatum (Bernh.) Sw. . + Titi
OSMUNDACEAE
Osmunda cinnamomea L. . t-icT-L - - 4-6 i 6x
vx var. glandu-
losa Waters E
m ClaytonianaL. . +)/+i ti +{)+ f+
T regalis L., var. spectabilis
(Willd.) Gray E S UR -il-i- iL 1i vB divx
GENERALLY DISTRIBUTED SPECIES.
Athyrium angustum, var. rubellum Thelypteris noveboracensis
Cystopteris fragilis i palustris
Dennstaedtia punctilobula 5 spinulosa
Onoclea sensibilis = T var. inter-
Polypodium vulgare media
Pteridium latiusculum Osmunda cinnamomea
Thelypteris cristata - Claytoniana
vj marginalis z regalis, var. specta-
bilis

1 In the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club there is a specimen of
Schizaea pusilla Pursh, distributed by Addison Brown and labelled as collected in
Rhode Island by J. W. Congdon. When questioned in regard to it in 1907, Mr.
Congdon wrote that he had never collected this species in Rhode Island or any where
else, but that various specimens of it from New Jersey had passed through his hands
in the course of exchanges and that one of these had, no doubt, got wrongly labelled.

1920] Second Report on Floral Areas 83

These species seem, for the most part, to be distributed very evenly,
although somewhat dependent on suitable habitats. Cystopteris
fragilis, for instance, a plant of shaded rocks or rarely of woodland
soil, is not known from Cape Cod, where such conditions are lacking.
Dennstaedtia punctilobula, Thelypteris marginalis, T. palustris and
T. spinulosa are apparently less common in northern Maine than else-
where. "Through them, the ranges grade off into those of the follow-
. ing division.

SeEcrES or Ricu Sorrs.

Adiantum pedatum Polystichum acrostichoides
Athyrium acrostichoides Pteretis nodulosa

These ferns are abundant in rich soils, but avoid the spruce forest
and sandy regions. The first three are woodland species, the Poly-
stichum frequenting drier situations than the others. Pteretis nodulosa
is by preference a plant of the richest alluvium, where it grows five
or six feet tall. It grows also in moist upland country, especially
where there is a trace of lime in the soil. Like the other species of
this division, it avoids northwestern and extreme northern Maine
and the coastal plain areas of Cape Cod; it also avoids the outer Maine
coast east of the Kennebec and all of southeastern Massachusetts,
and is rare in eastern Connectieut and Rhode Island (two stations,
one now eradicated).

NORTHERN SPECIES.

A B
Thelypteris Dryopteris Athyrium angustum, var. laurentianum
S Phegopteris Polystichum Braunii
Woodsia ilvensis Thelypteris spinulosa, var. americana

The species of group A are northern types of wide range in New
England and perhaps as well placed with the generally distributed
species, but, unlike them, becoming notably less frequent in southern
New England. Thelypteris Dryopteris, common northward, is rare
in eastern Massachusetts and eastern Connecticut and is not reported
from Cape Cod nor the southern islands. It has two Rhode Island
stations, both in or near Providence, but is known to have been in-
troduced at one of them; and the other is under suspicion. T.
Phegopteris has a similar range, but is more frequent southward,
has four stations in Rhode Island, and has been found during the past

84 Rhodora [May

season in Falmouth at the base of Cape Cod. Woodsia ilvensis, a
plant of sunny, dry ledges, apparently avoids northwestern Maine
and southeastern Massachusetts and is known from only a single
station in Rhode Island.

Group B is composed of strictly northern plants, confined, except
for isolated stations on Mt. Greylock, to comparatively boreal hab-
itats in the northern tier of states. Athyrium angustum, var. lauren-
tianum was, when first described, known in our region only from
extreme eastern Maine in Princeton. It has since been found at.
three stations in northern Maine. Polystichum Braunii grows in
ravines and deep woods, usually at an altitude of 1000 feet or more.
It has been found on Mt. Greylock, Mass., at many places in the
Vermont mountains and in northern New Hampshire, at Grafton,
Strong, Temple and New Vineyard in western Maine and at scattered
stations on the slopes of mountains in northern Maine. Thelypteris
spinulosa, var. americana has almost the same range, but is much
more abundant, as it is a typical plant of the spruce forest at an ele-
vation of 1000 feet or more. It also reaches a splendid development
in the spruce woods along the Maine coast from the islands of Penob-
scot Bay eastward.

SOUTHERN SPECIES.

A
Asplenium platyneuron Thelypteris cristata, var. Clin-
s Trichomanes toniana
Athyrium angustum, var. elatius be hexagonoptera
^ simulata
Woodsia obtusa
B
Asplenium montanum Athyrium asplenioides
E pinnatifidum Cheilanthes lanosa

Lygodium palmatum

As in the case of the northern species, the southern divide into
two groups. Group A comprises species of rather wide distribution
in southern New England, which become rarer and occur mostly at
low altitudes northward and, with the exception of Athyrium angus-
tum, var. elatius, reach in that direction no further than south-central
Maine. Asplenium platyneuron is well known southward, reaching

1920] Second Report on Floral Areas 85

north to Burlington and St. Johnsbury, Vt., and North Woodstock,

N. H. In Maine it is rare, known only from scattered stations,
the northernmost of which is Anson and the most eastern Appleton
and Union. Asplenium Trichomanes grows on ledges of various
kinds of rock in southern New England. Further north it seems to
prefer calcareous rocks. It is frequent in Vermont, occasional in
southern New Hampshire and in western Maine. It apparently
ascends to higher altitudes northward than the other species here
placed. Athyrium angustum, var. elatius is known from scattered
stations in other states, and along the Maine coast and on the
Kennebee and upper Androscoggin Rivers, but not further north.
(This generalization is based on 32 records.) Thelypteris cristata,
var. Clintoniana is frequent west of the Connecticut, especially in the
Taconie Mountains. It occurs here and there to the east, except in
Rhode Island and on Cape Cod, as far as Mt. Desert. T. hexagon-
optera is frequent in southern New England, occasional in
Vermont, rare in New Hampshire (three stations) and occasional
in Maine as far east as Charleston in Penobscot Co. T. simulata is
known in Vermont only from Brattleboro and Hartland, but is
occasional in southeastern New Hampshire north to Merrimac
and southern Carroll Counties and in Maine along the coast to
Southport and inland to Limington. It is abundant in eastern
Massachusetts but apparently is less common in Rhode Island
and Connecticut. Woodsia obtusa is frequent on ledges and in dry
soil in southern New England; occasional in Vermont, reaching
Burlington and St. Johnsbury; rare in southern New Hampshire;
and in Maine known only from Winthrop (H. Metcalf, RHopora iii.
236. 1901; specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

Group B consists of species, rare or local with us, which enter
New England from the southwest and are confined, except for one
New Hampshire station for Lygodium, to the three southernmost
states. Asplenium montanum is known from six scattered stations
on granite ledges in Connecticut. A. pinnatifidum is reported from
Sharon and Southington, Conn. The specimen from Southington
in the Gray Herbarium, however, is not A. pinnatifidum, but a state
of A. ebenoides with obtuse segments; that record may be founded
on an error in determination. There seems no reason to doubt the
Sharon report. Athyrium asplenioides is known from the Boston
region and from Sandwich, Mass., and from Rhode Island and Con-

86 Rhodora [Max

necticut, in no case more than 25 miles from the coast. It may prove
to be a coastal plain species when better known, but probably one
of the heavier and less acid soils rather than the sand-plains. Cheil-
anthes lanosa occurs at a single station on trap cliffs at New Haven,
Conn. (G. Van Ingen). Lygodium palmatum is found locally in the
Connecticut basin as far north as Winchester, N. H., in the Merri-
mac Valley in Massachusetts and thence at scattered stations south-
ward to Narragansett Bay. It is not known from Cape Cod.

COASTAL PLAIN SPECIES.

Osmunda cinnamomea, var. glandu- Woodwardia areolata
losa į virginica
Pteridium latiusculum, var. pseu-
docaudatum |

These plants are coastal plain types which, however, for the most
part intrude into acid areas further inland than the actual geologic
coastal plain. The Osmunda has been found only at Barrington,
R.I. Pteridium latiusculum, var. pseudocaudatum has been collected
at Needham, Mass., on Cape Cod at Barnstable, Dennis, Brewster
and Harwich, and on Nantucket. It has also been reported from the
sand-plains in Colchester, Vt. All the New England specimens
seen are somewhat transitional and by no means as clearly distin-
guishable as the material from further south (where the variety
entirely replaces the typical form), and often appear like a mere
ecological state. Woodwardia areolata occurs near the coast from
Brownfield and Acton in southwestern Maine southward, pene-
trating inland in Connecticut to East Hartford, Newington and
Middlebury, and occurring also on Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard
and Block Island. W. virginica, a plant of sphagnous swamps,
extends further inland. It appears at scattered localities in western
Maine as far north as Chesterville and Belgrade and in the Penobscot
valley at Oldtown. It is frequent throughout eastern Massachusetts
and occurs in the sandy Springfield region, also at several places in
the interior of Connecticut. It is also known at Rutland, Colchester
and Franklin in the Champlain valley.

CALCIPHILE SPECIES.
Northern
Asplenium viride Thelypteris Filix-mas

Cryptogramma Stelleri - fragrans

1920] Second Report on Floral Areas 87

Cystopteris bulbifera Woodsia alpina
Pellaea glabella " glabella
Southern
Asplenium ebenoides Camptosorus rhizophyllus
s Ruta-muraria Pellaea atropurpurea
Athyrium angustifolium Thelypteris Goldiana

The term calciphile is here used in a somewhat general sense to
cover all species whose ranges are, for the most part, identical with
areas of calcareous rock. The actual lime requirements of the differ-
ent species placed here probably differ considerably. Asplenium
Ruta-muraria, for instance, is strictly confined to ledges of calcareous
rock. Camptosorus and Thelypteris fragrans occur not uncommonly
on other rocks. As shown by tests made by Dr. Edgar T. Wherry,
of the Dept. of Agriculture, the former will grow in a weakly acid
soil. Thelypteris Goldiana and Athyrium angustifolium are plants
of rich woods, not always visibly associated with any source of lime
other than leaf-mold. But it is probable that none of these species
live in soils which do not contain soluble calcium compounds.

Since the calcareous areas of New England are chiefly west of the
Connecticut River, these species are most abundant there. The
valley between the Green Mts. and the Taconics is a rich area for
them, and so are Mt. Toby in Massachusetts and Smugglers’ Notch
and the Willoughby Lake region in Vermont. Cystopteris bulbifera
is the most widely distributed of these ferns east of the Connecticut,
being known from Mt. Toby, from northern Coos Co., N. H., and
from most of the calcareous areas in Maine. Cryptogramma Stelleri
is probably next in abundance among the northern calciphiles, though
in dry seasons it is likely to wither away early. It is very rare in
western Connecticut, local in Franklin Co., Mass., and in eastern
Vermont, and occasional in western Vermont. It has been found
at Colebrook, N. H., by Dr. A. S. Pease and at West Paris, Maine,
by W. L. Bacon (Rnopona x. 35. 1908).

Asplenium viride has been found at five stations in the Green Mts.
of Vermont and in 1917 at Green Mt. on the north branch of the
Penobscot in Somerset Co., Maine, by Dr. Harold St. John. Woodsia
glabella has six Vermont stations and two on ledges along the Andros-
coggin at Berlin and Gorham, N. H. It also occurs at Moxie Falls,
Somerset Co., and Chain of Ponds, Franklin Co., Maine. W. alpina

88 x Rhodora [May

is found only at Queechee Gulf, Smugglers’ Notch and Mt. Willoughby
in Vermont, though it closely approaches the Maine border in the
Aroostook valley, New Brunswick. Thelypteris Filix-mas has been
found at eight stations in central Vermont, where it thrives best in
high pastures and thickets (see E. J. Winslow, The Male Fern in
Vermont, Am. Fern Journ. vii. 87-90. 1917). T. fragrans is a fern
of drier ledges (sometimes hardly calcareous) which occurs locally
in the Green Mts. south to central Vermont, at Lake Sunapee and
in gorges of streams north of the White mountains in New Hamp-
shire and at scattered stations in Oxford, Franklin, Kennebec, Pis-
cataquis and Aroostook Counties, Maine.

The ranges of the two species of Pellaea overlap in Vermont, where
P. glabella is known from six stations from Willoughby Lake to
Pownal. P. atropurpurea crosses the Connecticut eastward to Mt.
Toby and Berlin, Mass. (RHopora ii. 14. 1900), and occurs at Lin-
coln, R. I., and Bolton, Conn., while occasional westward.

Asplenium ebenoides is a rare hybrid reported from six places in
Vermont, Sheffield, Mass., and Canaan, Berlin and Southington,
Conn. A. Ruta-muraria is "scarce" on Mt. Toby and local in western -
Berkshire Co. in Massachusetts, and occasional in western Vermont
(with a single station at Willoughby) and western Connecticut,
and occurs rarely on the trap ridges of central Connecticut. East
of the Connecticut, Camptosorus was once found in Winthrop, Maine,
by Haven Metcalf (Rnopona iii. 236. 1901). It has been collected
at Hudson and Windham, N. H., at Weston and Natick (eradicated)
and Needham near Boston, at Brookfield, Amherst and Mt. Toby,
Mass., and at Lincoln, R. I., and at a few scattered stations in eastern
Connecticut. West of the Connecticut it occurs at numerous sta-
tions from New Haven, Conn., to the Canadian border, becoming
locally common in the calcareous areas west of the Green Mts.

Athyrium angustifolium is a rich woods calciphile, running north
in Vermont to St. Albans and Danville and known east of the Con-
necticut only at Alstead, N. H., and in the Mt. Toby region. Thelyp-
teris Goldiana is a plant of similar habitats, but rather more common
and with a wider range east of the Connecticut. It has scattered
stations at Mt. Toby and in Worcester Co., Mass., at Alstead and
in northern Coos Co., N. H., and in Franklin Co. and at Winthrop
and Fairfield farther east in Maine.

1920] Holm,—Internal Glandular Hairs in Dryopteris 89

MISCELLANEOUS SPECIES.

Athyrium angustum Thelypteris Boottii
Thelypteris spinulosa, var. concordiana

Athyrium angustum, the dimorphic sun form of the lady-fern
group, seems to be absent from large areas, for no obvious reason,
unless that it has not been collected in sufficient quantity as yet.

Thelypteris Boottii, now generally regarded as a hybrid between
T. cristata and T. spinulosa, var. intermedia, is well distributed but
seldom abundant. It seems to prefer swampy places in rich woods
areas, but is not reported from northern Maine and northern New
Hampshire, nor from Rhode Island. T. spinulosa, var. concordiana
was discovered by Henry A. Purdie and William Brewster at Con-
cord, Mass., in 1902 (Ruopona vi. 313. 1904), and is as yet known
certainly only from the type locality.

C. H. KNOWLTON,
W. S. RiPLEY, JR.,
C. A. WEATHERBY.

INTERNAL GLANDULAR HAIRS IN DRYOPTERIS.
Taero. Horm.

ANATOMICAL studies of the ferns reveal many points of interest,
and especially with regard to the arrangement of the various tissues
in the stem and stipe. Moreover it is in the ferns that internal,
glandular hairs have been observed, and such are described by De
Bary! as characteristic of Dryopteris Filix-mas, and D. spinulosa.
These hairs were found in the ducts of the rhizome and the base of
the petiole. Another type of internal hairs is known from Pilularia,
Nymphaeaceae, Araceae, Rhizophora and Limnanthemum, but these
hairs are not glandular.

Concerning the presence of these hairs in the ferns it does not seem
that they have been found in the leaf except in the petiole, nor have
they been recorded from any of the other species of Dryopteris, nor
from other genera. Some few years ago, when engaged in studying
the anatomy of some of our ferns from living specimens, I found these
hairs in the intercellular spaces of the leaf-parenchyma in Dryopteris

! Vergleichende Anatomie der Vegetationsorgane der Phanerogamen und Farne.
Leipzig, 1877, p. 230.

90 Rhodora [May

Filiz mas (L.) Schott, D. marginalis (L.) Gray, D. spinulosa (O. F.
Müll.) Kuntze, and D. cristata (L.) Gray, but not in D. Thelypteris
(L.) Gray, nor in D. noveboracensis (L.) Gray. Furthermore I exam-
ined Polystichum acrostichoides (Michx.) Schott, some species of
Asplenium, Woodsia, Polypodium vulgare L., Adiantum pedatum L.,
Dicksonia punctilobula (Michx.) Gray, and Onoclea sensibilis L., but
failed to find any trace of internal hairs in these.

With respect to the structure of the leaf-segments (Fig. 1) D.
marginalis shows a thick-walled epidermis, and the ventral sur-
face is frequently papillose; the palisade tissue consists of two to
three strata, very compact, covering open pneumatic tissue (P*),

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Fig. 1. Cross-section of leaf-segment of Dryopteris marginalis; Ep., ventral,
Ep,* dorsal epidermis; P palisade tissue; P* pneumatic tissue with glandular hair
in intercellular space. X 240.

Fig. 2. Two glandular hairs of same fern, from the pneumatic tissue. X 370.
of which the intercellular spaces contain numerous, relatively large,
glandular hairs. The lateral veins are embedded in the chloren-
chyma, each surrounded by a large-celled, green parenchyma-sheath,
inside of which is a thin-walled endodermis. In the midrib, on the
other hand, is a strand of hypodermal collenchyma, which extends
to the parenchyma-sheath; a strand of mechanical tissue is located
in the margins. A like structure recurs in D. Filix-mas.

The presence of these glandular hairs in certain species, and their
absence from others within the genus Dryopteris, to which they are
referred now, might indicate some generic distinction. Moreover

1920] A Flora of the Penobscot Bay Region 91

the habit of the species is quite different. It may be an instance
where the anatomical structure combined with the external is neces-
sary in order to ascertain the true systematic position of these species.
For this purpose I informed Mr. Christensen, the author of Index
Filicum, about the presence of these hairs in the species mentioned
above, and he kindly wrote me that this singular structure was a
new proof of a probable generic distinction between D. marginalis, D.
Filix-mas, D. cristata, and D. spinulosa on the one side, and D. nove-
boracensis and D. Thelypteris on the other.

The fact that Schmidel established the genus Thelypteris a year
earlier than Dryopteris of Adanson has resulted in the transfer of all
these species, including those of Phegopteris (Presl) Fée, to Thelyp-
teris, thus involving no small amount of nomenclatorial change.
To those who are familiar with these plants as they grow in nature,
such classification does not appeal as being in any way natural. It
may be true that rules of nomenclature are of no use unless con-
scientiously followed, but it is sad to think of how much time is
given and in recent years has been given to hunting for old names
instead of studying the plants themselves. I feel absolutely con-
fident that an extended study of the anatomy of these ferns will reveal
many facts, which will prove helpful from the taxonomic point of
view.

And no critical investigator will feel obliged to submit to such
rules of nomenclature, so long as they only involve endless con-
fusion and add nothing whatever to the natural history of plants.

CLINTON, MARYLAND.

A FLORA or THE PEkNosgscor Bay REcroN.—Since the publication
in 1894 of Rand & Redfield's Flora of Mount Desert Island, Maine,
there has been great activity in the botanical exploration of the
Maine coast and numerous papers have resulted therefrom, but now
comes a study of more detailed character, by Mr. Albert Frederick
Hill, who has spent many summers in the area. The Vascular Flora
of the Eastern Penobscot Bay Region, Maine, is a detailed enumera-
tion and a phytogeographic consideration of the vascular flora of
the region immediately to the west of Mount Desert Island.

1 A. F. Hill, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. iii. pt. 2, pp. 199—304, with cuts and
map. $1.50. 1919.

92 Rhodora [May

The paper opens with an account of the general geographic and
physical features, followed by a well prepared catalogue of the flora
of the mainland township of Brooklin and the adjacent insular town-
ships of Deer Isle, Stonington, Swans Island and Isle au Haut. The
region is one of great topographic charm but composed for the most
part of acid rock and consequently with a meagre flora—a total of
only 612 indigenous species, varieties and named forms, besides the
usual introductions. On this account it is to be regretted that Mr.
Hill so closely circumscribed his area, for by including the western
side of Penobscot Bay with its more varied and often calcareous
soils—Islesboro, Camden, Rockland, etc.—he would have added to
his flora hundreds of species such as Deschampsia caespitosa, Agropy-
ron tenerum, Scirpus occidentalis, Carex aurea, Anemone canadensis,
Vitis novae-angliae, Dirca palustris, Viola rotundifolia, Galium labra-
doricum and Erigeron pulchellus, calcicolous or at least scarcely
caleifuge plants which would have furnished a striking contrast to
the group of acid-rock species which compose so much of the flora
on the east side of Penobscot Bay.

In the compilation of his catalogue the author has shown great
industry, and alertn:ss to make his records complete and to bring
them into accord with the !atest critical studies. Aside from its
great value as a local flora, therefore, the paper is a convenient com-
pendium of references to recent monographic studies of such plants
as reach Mr. Hil"s area. In the main the work is carefully done,
only a few minor points impressing one as inaccurate. For instance,
Lycopodium clav tum, var. megastachyon is var. monostachyon of the
Manual but no’. of Greville & Hooker, the latter plant being more
boreal than ours. Similarly, Potentilla pacifica is not P. Anserina
L., as the synonymy would indicate, but a distinct plant formerly
included unde’ P. Anserina.

The last pirt of the paper, “Phytogeographical Aspects of the
Flora," is, mo t unfortunately, not of the high grade of the catalogue.
The author h:.s allowed himself to become fascinated by the alluring
categories prc vided by Merriam's life zones and has felt obliged to
thrust almost every species of his flora into a single restricted geo-
graphic pigeon-hole. The result is what might be expected, for
any botanist of not too limited experience either in the field or the
herbarium soon learns that “it can't be done." "The majority of
plants are not simply " Hudsonian," “Canadian,” “ Alleghanian,"
“Carolinian,’ ete.! Most of them occur in two or more of these

! Merriam's zones were defined chiefly by the characteristic animals: the H vub-
SONIAN, "the ncrthern part of the great trans-coutinental forest . . . stretching
from Labrador o Alaska. . . . In the north inhabited by the wolverine, wood-
land caribou, moose [probably better ''Canadian''—see Scharff, Distrib. and Origin
of Life in Am. fig. 3. . . . In the eastern United States . . . restricted
to the cold summits of the highest mountains"; the Canapran, ''the southern part
of the great tri.ns-continental coniferous forest of Canada, the northern parts of

1920] A Flora of the Penobscot Bay Region 93

so-called zones, and anyone who has carefully mapped the detailed
ranges of hundreds of species knows that no two maps are alike.
In fact it is difficult from Merriam's definition to determine where the
Carolinian begins for no two of the trees he indicates as indices have
coincident northern limits. It is natural to attempt to sort the
species into groups of similar range, but we are inclined to make our
groups altogether too limited in number. As Colonel Harvey so
aptly says of the sociologists’ attempts to classify all human beings
into a few categories, “ There is no especial harm and there is much
mental exercise to be obtained from reducing all mortality to these
few theoretical types—no especial harm, that is, supposing that one
bears ever in mind what a constant whopper is involved in the reduc-
tion of any individual to a type."

Unfortunately, however, in the Flora before us the author seems
not to have obtained “much mental exercise" in reducing all his plants
to restricted geographic groups. At least it would be astonishing
to a resident of Maryland or of Missouri, where Galium triflorum
is common in woods, to find it classed unreservedly as a “ Hudsonian"
plant,—the more so since in the eastern part of the American con-
tinent we do not know it north of the southernmost border of Cana-
dian Labrador. Similarly, Dryopteris spinulosa, Deschampsia flexu-
osa, Festuca rubra, Arenaria lateriflora and numerous others classed
by the author as “Hudsonian” are surely common throughout most
of southern New England and often much farther south, and most
of them do not characterize Hudsonian areas. The same lack of
very clear visualization of actual ranges of plants which is responsible
for the above classifications is too apparent in succeeding lists: Poly-
gonum sagittatum, Ilex verticillata and Cornus alternifolia, which
extend from Florida, Alabama or Texas to southern Newfoundland
and southernmost Canada, classed as “ Canadian"; Carex novae-
angliae, which qccurs from Newfoundland to the mountains of New
York and northern Pennsylvania [a splendid example of Canadian
range], called “ Alleghanian"; and Juncus Greenet, which covers the
mountains of western Maine and northern New Hampshire (up to

Maine, New Hampshire, and Michigan. . . . In the East it covers the Green

Mountains, Adirondacks and Catskills, and the higher mountains” to western North
Carolina and eastern Tennessee. ' Among . . . characteristic mammals and
birds . . . lynx, marten, porcupine, . . . spruce and dusky grouse, cross-
bills and Canada jays”; the ALLEGHANIAN, ''the greater part of New England, south-
eastern Ontario, New York, Pennsylvania . . . and the Align

to Georgia," characterized by ‘‘chestnut, walnut, oaks, and hickories’’; the ln.

LINIAN, occupying “the larger part of the Middle States, except the mountains
on the Atlantic coast it reaches from near the mouth of Chesapeake Bay

to southern Connecticut, and sends narrow arms up the valleys. . . . Counting

from the north, the Carolinian area is that in which the sassafras, tulip tree, hack-

berry, sycamore, sweet gum, rose magnolia, red bud, persimmon and short-leaf pine

first make their appearance.”’

1 Harvey's Weekly, ii. no. 47, pp. 12, 13 (Nov. 22, 1919).

94 Rhodora [May

3800 feet) and reaches its southern limit as a very rare plant in north-
central New Jersey, classed as * Carolinian." But the most startling
example of Hill's conception of a “ Carolinian” plant is Aster nemoralis,
an unusually distinct species which occurs from the bogs and moun-
tains of Newfoundland to Hudson Bay and northeastern Massa-
chusetts and southward very locally in cold bogs to the pine barrens
of New Jersey. Yet, in spite of this well known distribution, the
author presents a map purporting to show the “Carolinian” range
of the plant.

Just why Aster nemoralis has been singled out for vague and unsup-
ported generalizations by recent phytogeographers, who have not taken
the slight trouble to look up either the large herbaria at hand or
the equally accessible literature, it is difficult to say, unless, per-
haps, it is the unusual color (for an Aster) of its pink rays. In
his Flora of the Vicinity of New York in 1915, Taylor laid great em-
phasis' upon the supposed absence of A. nemoralis from the area
between New Jersey and Newfoundland (a range indicated in Fig. 1),
from which fictitious data he drew far-reaching conclusions; but,
as the present reviewer pointed out at that time, he had quite ignored

Pai d | ee
j a |
r \

Figs. 1-3. ASTER NEMORALIS Ait.
Range, fig. 1, as defined by Taylor; fig. 2, as published by Hill; fig. 3, as shown
by the Gray Herbarium and standard local floras.

the abundant literature and the scores of herbarium-specimens which
showed A. nemoralis to grow in every province and state (except
Connecticut) between Newfoundland and New Jersey! The author
of the Flora now under discussion has certainly read the latter review;

nevertheless, he now publishes a map which is as misleading as was
the imaginary statement of range above referred to. Hill gracefully
acknowledges the placing at his disposal of the facilities of the Gray
Herbarium, but a brief five minutes spent in looking up the material
of Aster nemoralis in that collection would have shown it from the
Natashquan River, entering the Gulf of St. Lawrence from the Lab-

1Taylor, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. v. 24 (1915).
2 Fernald, Ruopona, xvii. 68 (1915).

1920] A Flora of the Penobscot Bay Region 95

rador Peninsula; from Rupert River, entering Hudson Bay also from
the Labrador Peninsula; from the shores of Georgian Bay and else-
where in Ontario and northern Quebec; while reference merely to
Macoun’s Catalogue would have revealed other stations in the North:
Lake Mistassini, Muskoka, etc.

This is not a matter of opinion nor a difference of interpretation.
It is a statement of the quickly accessible facts which the author
failed to get at. But why, without making sure to look up the
most available sources of information, place before the always re-
ceptive botanical public such a map as is here reproduced in
Fig. 2 (Hill's map), when it would have been almost as simple to
prepare an approximately correct one, as indicated in Fig. 3? "The
author of Fig. 2 has colored solidly all of eastern New Brunswick,
as well as all of southeastern Massachusetts (including Nantucket)
and all southern Connecticut; but neither Fowler nor Macoun list
Aster nemoralis in New Brunswick from northeast of the extreme
southwest corner of the province; the reviewer, who has extensively
explored in both eastern New Brunswick and in southeastern Massa-
chusetts, knows of no evidence of the Aster in either area; and Bick-
nell, who certainly knows Nantucket, does not record the species
from there. Neither is it mentioned in the Connecticut Botanical
Society's Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut.
In fact, the only authentic record from Connecticut seems to be
that of a single station in Thompson,! the northeasternmost town of
the state.

Other maps published by Hill display the same failure to check
the immediately accessible data and show the ease with which
supposed ranges can be mapped by those who do not realize that errors
once born never die but, on the contrary, by others not situated to
know the facts are continually mistaken for the truth and consequently
perpetuated. For instance, the map said to show the distribution
of Viburnum dentatum has the solid black extending nearly across
Minnesota and Tennessee; but the really alert botanists of Michigan,
Minnesota or Tennessee, should they see Hill's map, may well wonder
where he got his data. The herbaria examined by him do not supply
them, and it is significant that Beal, who has published the standard
flora of Michigan, did not know of V. dentatum in the state, that
Gattinger did not know it in Tennessee, and that, in their Minnesota
Trees and Shrubs, Clements, Rosendahl & Butters do not mention it.

The reviewer regrets having to write so discouragingly of a piece
of work which he would like wholly to commend. The first parts are
decidedly praiseworthy but, although having some excellent points,
like the discrimination of a comparatively rich flora overlying the
small basic area of the region, the last part unfortunately contains
so many assumptions that it must be classed as another addition to

1 Weatherby, Ruopona, xxi. 75 (1919).

96 Rhodora (May

our too extensive mass of publications in which the tremendously
interesting facts of distribution are replaced by vague and un-
supported statements. That so many authors dealing with phy-
togeography are content to draw their deductions from inaccurate
data is amazing, for, in this subject as in all others, as Byron long
ago asserted, “truth is always strange,—stranger than fiction."—M.
L. FERNALD.

Dr. Frank SHIPLEY Cours, one of the original members of the
New ENaraAND BOTANICAL CLUB, for three years its president. and
for more than twenty-one years a faithful, effective, and highly
valued member of the Editorial Staff of Iuropona, died suddenly on
May 25th at New Haven, Connecticut in his seventy-third year. A
biographical sketch and an account of his botanical activities will
appear in an early issue of this Journal.

Vol. 22, no. 256, including pages 57 ta 76, was issued 7 May, 1920.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD

HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors.
LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE

WILLIAM PENN RICH
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. June, 1920 No. 258.

CONTENTS:

The Genus Galinsoga in North America. H. St. John & D. White 97

A new Digitaria from New Hampshire. M.L. Fernald . . . 102
Regarding Gentiana Andrewsii in New Jersey. Bayard Long . 104
Some noteworthy Matinicus Plants. C. A. E. Long . . . . 110
A new albino Raspberry. W. Deane & M. L. Fernald . . . 112

Boston, Mass. Providence, R. F.

1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
- England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
*limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec’y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,

Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
ae of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rales per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. June, 1920. No. 258.

THE GENUS GALINSOGA IN NORTH AMERICA.

Hanorp Sr. Jonn AND DoNALD WHITE.

IN his studies of the “Ferns and Flowering Plants of Nantucket,”
E. P. Bicknell has raised to specifie rank, as Galinsoga aristulata
Bicknell, the plant that had previously passed as G. parviflora Cav.,
var. hispida DC. This variety is distinguished from the species
G. parviflora in the 7th edition of Gray's Manual? on having “ Pubes-
cence more copious, not appressed; pappus-scales of the disc-flowers
attenuate and bristle-tipped." As Bicknell points out, the name
hispida cannot be used for the plant in the specific category because
of the earlier G. hispida Benth. He draws contrasts between the
plant under consideration and various species in this and related
genera, but his only comparison between it and the very closely
related G. parviflora is, “This now widespread weed wherever I have
met with it has not failed to prove itself always readily distinguish-
able from the true G. parviflora Cav., even without reference to the
constant and pronounced differences in the pappus scales." If the
plant does differ from its relative in a constant and pronounced
character of the pappus-scales, as well as in vegetative characters,
it would be reasonable to treat it as a species. "The writers became
interested in this question, and have endeavored to verify the point.
As is very often the case, this small question led on to the larger one,
of checking and evaluating the characters used to separate the spe-
cies of the genus. We found that obvious and constant characters
existed, especially in the pappus of the ray- and disc-flowers, and we

! Bicknell, E. P. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xliii. 270 (1916).
? Robinson, B. L., and Fernald, M. L. Gray's Man, ed, 7. 843 (1908)

98 Rhodora [June

feel that these constant floral differences should be used as the pri-
mary characters in distinguishing the species. We present a syn-
opsis of the North American species as we understand them. With
these is included one Bolivian species not heretofore recognized.

KEY ro THE SPECIES.
A. Ray-flowers purple or roseate-purple.

B. Dise- and ray-flowers both purple; achene of ray-flower glabrous or
nearly so, its pappus of a few bristles; leaves short, entire, petioled,
narrowly deltoid-lanceolate; stem subsimple, strict, the internodes
elongate......... PELO TA 1. G. purpurea St. John & White.

B’. Disc-flowers yellow; pappus of ray-flowers of linear-lanceolate fimbriate
seales; leaves slender-petioled, coarsely serrate, ovate or ovate-lanceo-
late; stems freely branching.

C. Pappus of disc-flowers of linear-lanceolate fimbriate scales half the
length of the corolla, corolla exceeding the achene; ligule oblong,
3-toothed at apex, its tube exceeding the linear fimbriate pappus-
scale, the achene of the ray-flower glabrate or hispidulous on one
HIR ee o dM 2. G. caracasana (DC.) Sch. Bip.

C’. Pappus of disc-flowers firm, linear, fimbriate, long-aristate, equalling
the corolla, disc-corolla barely equalling its achene; ligule tripartite,
the two lateral lobes widely divergent, tube of ray-flower very
broad, shorter than the glabrate or hispid achene and shorter than
the linear minutely fimbriate aristate pappus-scale.

3. G. bicolorata St. John & White.
A'. Ray-flowers yellowish or whitish.

D. Pappus of disc-flowers aristate, fimbriate, equalling or nearly equalling
the corolla; pappus of ray-flowers of linear minutely fimbriate scales
equalling the tube of the flower, achene of ray-flowers densely hispid
on the inner face; leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, coarsely serrate;
stems at the nodes and the peduncles with a coarse spreading white
often glandular hispidity....4. G. aristulata Bicknell.

D’. Pappus of disc-flowers not aristate; pappus of ray-flowers wanting
Ve few bristles, their achenes glabrous or minutely pilose on one
side.

E. Pappus of disc-flowers linear-lanceolate, conspicuously fimbriate,
equalling or even exceeding the corollas; pappus of ray-flowers
wanting, the achenes glabrous or somewhat pilose at summit; a
freely branching plant with slender-petioled ovate-lanceolate coarsely
or bluntly serrate leaves; peduncles and stems near the nodes clothed
with a fine appressed rarely glandular pilosity.

5. G. parviflora Cav.

E’. Pappus of disc-flowers linear, fimbriate, two-thirds the length of
the corolla-tube; pappus of ray-flowers of a few short white bristles
or wanting, the achenes minutely hispidulous at summit or glabrate;
a strict plant rarely branching from the base; the internodes elong-
ate; the leaves short-petioled, linear-lanceolate or narrowly deltoid-
lanceolate, bluntly serrate to subentire; pedicels and nodes of the
stem with a coarse partly appressed puberulence.

6. G. semicalva (Gray) St. John & White.

1. GALINSOGA purpurea sp. nov. annua tenuis, 1-2.5 dm. alta;
caulibus subsimplicibus, sparse hispidis, internodiis elongatis; foliis op-
positis anguste deltoideo-lanceolatis breviter hispidis integris breviter
petiolatis 1-2 em, longis, 1.5-5 mm. latis; pedicellis hispidis; capitulis

1920] St. John and White,—The Genus Galinsoga 99

pedicellatis globosis parvis 3-4 mm. altis, 2.5-3.5 mm. diametro,
squamis 4-5 ovatis glabris scariosis flavo-viridibus, receptaculo
conico, paleis pallidis linearibus anguste bidentatis; floribus radiatis
femineis purpureis ca. 4, ligulis brevibus oblongis tridentatis, tubis
pilosis, achaeniis oblanceolato-ovoideis, pappi squamis parvis; flori-
bus disci hermaphroditis purpureis, tubis infundibuliformibus achaenia
aequantibus, achaeniis deltoideo-obovoideis hispidis, pappi squamis
lineari-lanceolatis fimbriatis attenuatis vel aristatis dimidiis vel
bessibus longitudinis tubarum corollarum.

A slender annual, 1-2.5 dm. tall: stem nearly simple, sparsely
hispid; leaves opposite, short-hispid, narrowly deltoid-lanceolate,
short-petioled, 1-2 cm. long, 1.5-5 mm. broad: pedicels hispid: flower
heads pedicelled, small, 3-4 mm. high, 2.5-3.5 mm. in diameter;
involucral scales 4-5, ovate, glabrous, scarious, yellowish-green;
receptacle conical; chaff pale, linear, narrowly bidentate; ray-flowers
pistillate, about 4 to a head, the ligules purple, short, oblong, 3-
toothed, the corolla-tube pilose, the achenes oblanceolate-ovoid,
pappus of a few bristles; disc-flowers perfect, the tube purple, funnel-
shaped, as long as the achenes, achenes deltoid-obovoid, hispid,
pappus-scales linear-lanceolate, attenuate or aristate-fimbriate, half
or two-thirds the length of the corolla-tube.

Bourvia: Bolivian Planteau, 1891, Miguel Bang, no. 1,148 (TYPE
in Gray Herb.).

2. G. CARACASANA (DC.) Sch. Bip., Linnaea xxxiv, 529 (1865-6).
Vargasia Caracasana DC., Prodr. v. 676 (1836).

Native of South and Central America, introduced into eastern
North America and established especially near the larger cities.
C. F. Parker found it at Camden, New Jersey, as early as 1870.

3. G. bicolorata sp. nov. annua ramosa, 2-3 dm. alta; caulibus
hispidis infra glabratis, nodis superioribus valde hispidis; foliis op-
positis petiolatis lanceolato-cordatis breviter caudatis grosse obtuse-
que serratis hispidis, 1.5-4 cm. longis, 4-35 mm. latis; pedunculis
glanduloso-pilosis; capitulis hemisphaericis, 3-4 mm. altis, 3-5 mm.
diametro, squamis exterioribus sparse glanduloso-pilosis, receptaculo
conico, paleis pallide bruneis linearibus minute ciliatis; floribus
radiatis femineis purpureis, corollis achaenia aequantibus vel vix
superantibus, ligulis tridentatis cruciformibus dentibus lateralibus
valde divergentibus, tubis latis pilosis, achaeniis obdeltoideis angu-
latis hispidis, 2 mm. longis, pappi squamis firmis albidis tubum
corollae superantibus linearibus longe aristatis fimbriatis; floribus
disci hermaphroditis, tubis flavis achaenia superantibus, pappi
squamis firmis albidis linearibus fimbriatis longe aristatis tubum
corollae aequantibus vel paulo superantibus, achaeniis obdeltoideis
1.5-2 mm. longis hispidis.

A branching annual, 2-3 dm. tall: stem glabrate below, hispid at
the nodes and strongly so above: leaves opposite, petioled, hispid,

100 Rhodora [June

lanceolate-cordate, short-caudate, coarsely and bluntly serrate, 1.5-
4 em. long, 4-35 mm. broad: peduncles glandular-pilose: heads
hemispherical, 3-4 mm. high, 3-5 mm. in diameter; outer involucral
bracts sparsely glandular-pilose; receptacle conical; chaff pale brown,
linear, minutely ciliate; ray-flowers pistillate, purple, equalling or
slightly exceeding their achenes, ligule 3-toothed, cruciform, the
lateral teeth widely divergent, corolla-tube broad, pilose, achene
obdeltoid, angular, hispid, 2 mm. long, pappus firm, white, longer
than the corolla-tube, linear, fimbriate and long-aristate; disc-flowers
perfect, corolla yellow, the tube exceeding the achene, pappus firm,
white, linear, and long-aristate, equalling or slightly exceeding the
corolla-tube, achenes obdeltoid, hispid, 1.5-2 mm. long.

Mexico: altitude 4000-5500 feet, Tumbala, Chiapas, Oct. 20,
1895, E. W. Nelson, no. 3,356 (rype in Gray Herb.). Costa Rica:
altitude 4,250 feet, Cartago, Prov. Cartago, Oct., 1887, Juan J.
Cooper, no. 5,815, in part; altitude 1,500 m., San Rafael de Cartago,
Aug. 28, 1892, H. Pittier, no. 6,989.

Recently introduced in eastern North America. MASSACHUSETTS:
shore of Charles River between Mass. Ave. and Anderson Bridge,
Cambridge, Sept. 26, 1916, F. S. Collins, no. 3,797.

4. G. AnISTULATA Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xliii. 270 (1916).
G. parviflora Cav., y. hispida DC., Prodr. v. 677 (1836), not G.
hispida Benth.

Native of South and Central America, introduced and becoming
very common in the eastern United States. In 1866 it was found
by Joseph Blake at Gilmanton, New Hampshire.

5. G.: PARVIFLORA Cav., Icon. Deser. Pl. iii. 41, t. 281 (1795).

Native of South and Central America, and Mexico, introduced
in the United States, where it is casual, especially near the larger
cities, from the Atlantic to the Pacific coast. Dr. Gray in his Man-
ual ed. 2, 225 (1856) reports the plant on waste places at Cambridge,
New York, and Philadelphia.

6. G. semicalva (Gray) comb. nov. G. parviflora Cav., var.
semicalea Gray, Pl. Wrightianae ii. 98 (1853). This native species
of the mountains of northern Mexico and the southwestern states
was first collected by Charles Wright in 1851, and described by Asa
Gray as a variety of G. parviflora. Wright’s no. 1,268, the type of
var. semicalva has, as Gray pointed out, the ray achenes glabrous and
lacking pappus. Wright’s no. 1,267, collected in the same region,
has the ray-achenes "slightly hairy near the summit, and furnished
with a very small setiform pappus." This collection Gray identified
with G. caracasana, a purple-flowered species. Wright’s no. 1,267 does
not appear to have purple rays. Its natural affinity seems to the
writers to be with G. semicalva, the slender native species of that region.
An inspection of these two specimens, and others from the adjacent
regions, shows that the ray-achenes may be hispidulous at summit

1920] Fernald,—New Digitaria from New Hampshire 101

or glabrate and have the pappus of a few short white bristles or
wanting. All these plants differ constantly from the other species
in the reduction of ray pappus, as well as the other floral and foliage
characters emphasized in our key. Consequently, having studied
abundant material of the group and realizing the constancy and
importance of particular floral characters, especially those of the
pappus, we raise var. semicalva to specific rank.

New Mexico: side of mountains, at copper mines, Oct., 1851,
Charles Wright, no. 1,268 (rype); Valley of Coppermine Creek,
Aug., Oct., 1851, Charles Wright, no. 1,267; altitude 7,000 feet, White
Mountains, Aug. 12, 1897, E. O. Wooton, no. 501; Forest Nursery,
Fort Bayard, Oct. 1, 1905, J. C. Blumer, no. 102. Arizona: alti-
tude 8,100 feet, Grand View, Chiricahua Mts., Sept. 10, 1907, J. C.
Blumer, no. 1,652; in shade, sandy alluvium, near Cedar Gulch,
Paradise, altitude 5,300 feet, Chiricahua Mts., Sept. 21, 1907, J. C.
Blumer, no. 1,713; sandy washes, Mule Mts., Oct. 8, 1910, L. N.
Goodding, no. 924. CmimvaAHvA: altitude 7,500 feet, near Colonia
Garcia in the Sierra Madres, Aug. 7, 1899, C. H. T. Townsend &
C. M. Barber, no. 241; near Colonia Garcia, Aug. 1-20, 1899, E. W.
Nelson, no. 6,212; along road to Porral, near San Julian, altitude
7,000-8,000 feet, Sept. 8, 1898, E. W. Nelson, no. 4,936. San Luts
Porosi: in arenosis circa urbem, Sept., 1876, J. G. Shaffner, no. 234.

Gray HERBARIUM.

A NEW DIGITARIA FROM NEW HAMPSHIRE
M. L. FERNALD

Tue only indigenous species of Digitaria heretofore recognized
as far north as New England is D. filiformis (L.) Koeler, which
reaches its northern limit in the gravelly and sandy regions of north-
ern Essex County, Massachusetts, and southern Hillsboro County,
New Hampshire. Slightly to the north, however, in northeastern
Hillsboro County, the late F. W. Batchelder discovered in September,
1901, a remarkable species which he distributed to various herbaria
as Syntherisma filiforme (L.) Nash (= D. filiformis) but which,
except for its superficial resemblance, is quite distinct from the
latter species. A detailed review of all the North American species
of the genus clearly shows that Mr. Batchelder's plant is a unique
species as nearly allied to the two local species of Florida, D. gracillima!

IDrarrarta gracillima — (Scribn.), n. comb. Panicum gracillimum Scribn. Bull.

Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiii. 146 (1896). Syntherisma gracillima [um] (Scribn.) Nash, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Cl. xxv. 295 (1898).

102 Rhodora [June

and D. Baker? as to the more northern D. filiformis. 'The New
Hampshire plant may be called

DicrrAnrA laeviglumis, n. sp. annua, habitu staturaque ut
apud D. filiformem; foliis remotis vaginibus glabris vel hirsutis,
laminis planis glabris 1.5-9 cm. longis, ligula scariosa subtruncata
erose dentata 1 mm. longa; panicula longe exserta, racemis 2-3
valde adscendentibus 2-9 em. longis 1-2 mm. latis, rhachi flexuoso
angulato-filiforme; spiculis 1.8-2 mm. longis ellipsoideis glaberrimis;
gluma inferiore obsoleta, superiore hyalina elliptico oblengata apice
rotundata valde 3-nervia; lemmate obtuso 5-7-nervato; caryopsi ellip-
soidea acuminata atrata puncticulato-striata.

Annual, with the habit and stature of D. filiformis: leaves remote;
the sheaths glabrous or hirsute; blades flat, glabrous, 1.5-9 em. long;
ligule scarious, subtruncate, erose-dentate, 1 mm. long: panicle
long-exserted; racemes 2-3, strongly ascending, 2-9 cm. long, 1-2
mm. wide; the rhachis flexuous, angulate-filiform: spikelets 1.8-2
mm. long, ellipsoid, strictly glabrous: lower glume obsolete; second
glume hyaline, elliptic-oblong, rounded at summit, prominently
3-nerved: lemma obtuse, 5-7-nerved: caryopsis ellipsoid, acumi-
nate, black, puncticulate-striate.—N xw Hampsuire: Manchester,
rare, September 11, 1901, F.W. Batchelder (rTyP& in Gray Herb.).

From D. filiformis quickly distinguished by its glabrous spikelet,
translucent hyaline glume, and truncate erose-dentate ligule; D.
filiformis having the spikelet pubescent with gland-tipped hairs, the
opaque glume and lemma ciliate and the more prolonged ligule fim-
briate-ciliate. As stated, D. laeviglumis is as nearly related to two
rare species of the sands of Florida, but both D. gracillima and D.
Bakeri are tall (0.6-1 m.) perennials with very long and slender
leaves and long racemes (1.5-3 dm. long) and ligules, the former
species with a very short subtruncate second glume, the latter with
longer spikelets (2.5 mm.) and with the acute second glume pilose
at the apex.

D. laeviglumis is another addition to the already considerable
list of distinctive plants of the sands of New England which show
close affinities to or identities with plants of the pine barrens of
Florida and southern Georgia—such plants as Sagittaria teres Wat-
son, from which S. isoetifolia J. G. Sm. is scarcely separable; Scirpus
Hallii Gray, and Sabatia Kennedyana Fernald, nearest related to
S. decandra (Walt.) Harper (see Ruopora, xviii. 150). That the
New England Digitaria showing this Floridian relationship should

1D. Bakeri (Nash), n. comb. Syntherisma Bakeri Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl.
xxv. 296 (1898).

1920] Fernald, —New Digitaria from New Hampshire 103

come from southern New Hampshire rather than southeastern Massa-
chusetts is, however, somewhat surprising, although the New Hamp-
shire stations for Rynchospora Torreyana Gray and Sclerolepis uni-
flora (Walt.) BSP. are in nearly the same latitude and only thirty to
thirty-five miles away. The discovery of these three plants indicates
that the sandy regions of Hillsboro, Merrimack, and eastern Sullivan
Counties need very careful exploration.

In organizing the North American material of Digitaria in the
Gray Herbarium it has been found necessary to make the following

transfers.

D. saNGUINALIS (L.) Scop., var. marginata (Link), n. comb.
D. marginata Link, Enum. Hort. Bot. Berol. i. 102 (1821). Panicum
sanguinale, var. Trin, Spec. Gram. t. 93 (1828). P. sanguinale, var.
longiglume, 1. marginatum (Link) Doell in Mart. Fl. Bras. ii. pt. 2.
133 (1877). Syntherisma marginatum Nash, N. A. Fl. xvii. pt. 2,
154 (1912).

D. IscHAEMUM Schreb., var. mississippiensis (Gattinger), n.
comb. Panicum glabrum, var. mississippiense Gatt. Tenn. Fl. 95
(1887). without proper description; Scribn. Grasses Tenn. pt. 2,
39 (1894). P. lineare, var. mississippiense Gatt. ex Beal, Grasses
N. A. ii. 111 (1896). Syntherisma linearis mississippiensis (Gatt.)
Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxv. 300 (1898).—Described by Gatt-
inger and by Scribner as common in sections of Tennessee, this char-
acteristic variety has been collected also in Maryland and Iowa.

D. Simpsoni (Vasey), n. comb. Panicum sanguinale, var. Simp-
soni Vasey, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. iii. 25 (1892). P. Simpsoni
(Vasey) Beal, Grasses, N. A. ii. 109 (1896). Syntherisma Simpsoni
(Vasey) Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxv. 297 (1898).

D. distans (Chase), n. comb. Syntherisma distans Chase, Contrib.
U. S. Nat. Herb. xvii. 220 (1913).

D. argyrostachya (Steud.), n. comb. Panicum argyrostachyum
Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. i. 40 (1854). Syntherisma argyrostachya
(Steud.) Hitche. & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xviii. 294 (1917).

D. curvinervis (Hack.), n. comb. Panicum curvinerve Hack.
Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. li. 335 (1901). Syntherisma curvinervis (Hack)
Hitche. & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xviii. 295 (1917).

D. panicea (Swartz), n. comb. Miliwm paniceum Swartz, Prodr.
Veg. Ind. Occ. 24 (1788). Agrostis jamaicensis Poir. in Lam. Encycl.
Suppl. i. 258 (1810). Axonopus paniceus (Swartz) Beauv. Ess.
Agrost. 12, 154 (1812). Syntherisma paniceum (Swartz) Nash, N.
A. Fl. xvii. 152 (1912). ^

The combination D. panicea Willd. ex. Steud. Nom. ed. 2, pt. 1,
508 (1840) was published as a pure synonym of Panicum sanguinale

and therefore has no nomenclatorial status.

104 Rhodora [June

D. leucocoma (Nash), n. comb. Panicum phacothrix Scribn.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 7, 58 (1897), not Trin. Sp. Gram.
Ic. iii. t. 91 (1827). Syntherisma leucocoma Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Cl. xxv. 295 (June, 1898). Panicum leucocomum Scribn. l. c. ed. 2,
58 (July, 1898).

D. badia (Scribn. & Merr.), n. comb. Panicum badium Seribn.
& Merr. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 24, 12, fig. 3 (1900).
Syntherisma badia (Scribn. & Merr.) Chase, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
xix. 191 (1906).

D. argillacea (Hitchc. & Chase), n. comb. Syntherisma argillacea
Hitche. & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xviii. 296 (1917).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

REGARDING GENTIANA ANDREWSII
IN THE COASTAL PLAIN OF NEW JERSEY.

Bayarp Lona.

SoME time before the appearance in 1917, of Professor M. L. Fer-
nald’s paper on the Closed Gentians of northeastern America! so
clarifying of difficulties taxonomic, it had been realized by the field-
student of southern New Jersey that the distributional status of
Gentiana Andrewsii in that area was far from satisfactory. From
the knowledge of its general distribution in the Piedmont of adjacent
Pennsylvania there had been little hesitancy in believing the plant
to be more or less frequent in the northern, Piedmont part of New
Jersey, but its occurrence in the southern, Coastal Plain portion had
not been accepted so readily.

Dr. Britton in 1889 in his Catalogue of Plants Found in New
Jersey had noted the species from five localities in the southern part
of the state. In 1903 Keller and Brown in their Flora of Philadel phia
and Vicinity had considered it to be generally distributed and omitted
all localities. Dr. Stone in 1911 in The Plants of Southern New J ersey
had reported it as “occasional in the Middle district and rare on the
coast and Cape May peninsula." Mr. Norman Taylor in his Flora
of the Vicinity of New York, the latest treatment covering the state,
records the distribution thus: *N. J. Throughout the state, de-
creasing southward and wanting in the pine-barrens, but found,

!Fernald, RHODORA, xix. 147 (1917).

1920] Long,—Gentiana Andrewsii in New Jersey 105

rather rarely, near Cape May." This concise statement, summariz-
ing previous reports, on its face, raises no challenge. But in Dr.
Stone's work, with its detailed list of localities and notation of speci-
mens as distinguished from mere records, one at once notices that
out of eight localities only half are supported by verifying specimens.
This in itself, in a work so carefully compiled, need not have attracted
attention, had not a personal element entered into consideration—
a continual failure during more than ten years rather systematized
field-work, to find Gentiana Andrewsii growing in southern New
Jersey.

This circumstance led to a thorough examination into the gener-
ally accepted occurrence of G. Andrewsii in the area. During the
past several decades, as Prof. Fernald has pointed out, there seems
to have been a strong tendency to refer all our Closed Gentians to
G. Andrewsii. This coupled with the fact that half of the localities
noted by Dr. Stone are fairly old records, apparently unsubstantiated
by specimens, was at once suggestive. Furthermore, a critical
examination of the specimens cited and exploration of stations re-
corded for the species led to some rather definite conclusions.

There are three specimens at the Philadelphia Academy referred
to G. Andrewsii—from Kaighn's Point, Absecon, and Cape May.

That from Kaighn's Point, Camden, is a large, excellent specimen,
collected some years ago by Alexander MacElwee, and is quite
above reproach. Mr. MacElwee tells me that he definitely recalls
the collection of the plant. It grew in a large clump on open marshes
along the Delaware River above Kaighn's Point. It is well known
that many interesting upland species have been collected from the
marsh- and swamp-land about Kaighn's Point in former days.
Whether the plant actually occurs there now is another matter:
every year sees less and less of the natural marsh-land in this part of
Camden. Further up the Delaware, in the Coastal Plain area of
Mercer County, G. Andrewsii occurs below Trenton on the edge of
alluvial marshes of the river: probably a habitat very similar to that
at Camden.

Considerable light is thrown upon the Absecon material of G.
Andrewsii by an examination of the specimen supporting the record
of G. Saponaria from the same locality. With our present know-
ledge of the group, the basis of this proves to be a specimen of G.
clausa. This material bears an original label and is part of the col-

106 Rhodora [June

lector's own herbarium. The specimen of G. Andrewsii, with iden-
tical label data, is a portion of another herbarium and was undoubt-
edly received from the original collector as a duplicate. G. Sapon-
aria is unquestionably the species to be expected in southern New
Jersey, and it seems very unlikely that both these characteristically
upland species should have been found at the far edge of the Pine
Barrens and on almost the outer margin of the Coastal Plain. "This
collector's specimens, unfortunately, are not always above suspicion,
and in the present case some mixing of material must have occurred.
Until corroborative evidence is obtained on the presence of G. An-
drewsii and G. clausa at Absecon the authenticity of these specimens
may be doubted.

The record in Britton’s Catalogue of G. Andrewsii at Absecon,
however, suggested the veritable occurrence of a gentian of this type
at this locality. Through the kindness of some friends and a resident
naturalist of Absecon, I was assured that Gentiana Andrewsii could
be found along Ohio Avenue. This street proved to parallel Abse-
con or Doughty Creek, and without difficulty I was able to find in late
autumn of 1917, along moist thicket-margins and swales bordering
the creek, specimens of Gentiana Saponaria—but no other.

The Cape May basis of G. Andrewsii consists of two small speci-
mens of that species, with a label not written by the collector, re-
ceived among accumulated material given the Academy. Demon-
strated errors in other critical cases support a common belief that
the label-data of this collector’s plants was frequently compiled from
memory long after collection—and must be valued accordingly. Mr.
O. H. Brown, one of the most acute field-observers and collectors
in New Jersey, who has spent many years specializing in Cape May
County, writes me that he knows nothing of G. Andrewsii in Cape
May other than the record in The Plants of Southern New Jersey.
I am confident that the specimen basis of this record cannot be ac-
cepted as authentic. Material from Cape May Court House, col-
lected by myself, and from Fishing Creek, Bennett and Cold Spring,
by Mr. Brown, shows that the characteristic gentian of Cape May is
G. Saponaria.

The Mickleton record by B. Heritage, dating from Britton’s
Catalogue, was considered by Dr. Stone to have been verified in the
Heritage Herbarium. In late autumn of 1917, a Bottle Gentian was
distinguished from the train in a small pasture-meadow not far

1920] Long,—Gentiana Andrewsii in New Jersey 107

north of Mickleton Station. Exploration October 27, showed the
plant to be G. Saponaria. On following the rill passing through this
spot, the species was found flourishing abundantly in a wet swale
within sight of the outlying houses of Mickleton village. When
there was balanced with these observations the statement obtained
shortly thereafter from Mr. C. D. Lippincott that the Bottle Gentian
is not rare through Gloucester and Salem Counties, and that he and
Mr. Heritage (with whom he was closely associated) had always
considered this frequent plant to be G. Andrewsii, it was felt that
there was little need for further concern over the Mickleton record. :
However, when opportunity occurred the following year to examine
the Heritage Herbarium, now deposited at the George School, near
Newtown, Penna., the basis of this record was searched for and two
sheets of specimens from Mickleton were found, so named. "They
both represent G. Saponaria.

Of the several records in Britton’s Catalogue for G. Andrewsii
which were accepted by Dr. Stone, but for which he was unable to
find substantiating specimens, the apparently authentic basis of the
one from Pemberton has been since located. It seems not improb-
able that this record by L. H. Lighthipe may have been accepted
from report only, and that its basis is the material preserved in his
own private herbarium. He has kindly written me: “The ‘Gen-
tiana Andrewsii’ from Pemberton in my collection was first marked
as being that species but I find I afterward changed the name to
‘G. Saponaria’ which I think is the correct name." The specimen
has been generously sent me for personal examination and may be
noted as characteristic G. Saponaria.

Upon the remaining unverified records—those from Wecksville,
Keyport, and Shark River—certain rather significant evidence has
been obtained from field-study, more or less indirect evidence but
in its general purport, it is believed, pointing to logical solutions.

F. L. Bassett is the authority for the record of G. Andrewsii in
Britton’s Catalogue from Wecksville ( —Weekstown).! Some years
ago the local plants in Bassett’s herbarium were presented to the .
Philadelphia Botanical Club by his surviving brother, Mr. George
W. Bassett, but unfortunately there is no material substantiating

! From his location at Hammonton and the region which he is known to have ex-

plored, it seems quite clear that ‘‘ Wecksville’’ is Weekstown (''Weeksville'"" of Dr.
Stone) on the Mullica River. .

108 Rhodora [June

this record. On enquiring of Mr. Bassett during the autumn of 1917
whether he could throw any light on this record, it was gratifying
to learn that G. Saponaria was known to him at Herman—which
is within a very short distance of Weekstown, on the opposite side
of the Mullica River, and in the same floristic area. Exploration
shortly thereafter under the guidance of Mr. Bassett showed the
Soapwort Gentian to be frequent at this locality. At Crowleytown,
about a mile above Herman, it was seen again. From the additional
evidence of material collected along the Mullica at Pleasant Mills
by C. A. Gross and at Port Republic by M. L. Johnson (for the ex-
amination of which specimen at the New York Botanical Garden I
am indebted to Mr. K. K. Mackenzie) it seems reasonable to conclude
that the “Wecksville” record of G. Andrewsii was based upon G.
Saponaria.

Through correspondence with Mr. Macy Carhart of Keyport
(whose list of ferns will be recalled as particularly interesting for
Keyport)’ I learn that he has been collecting for ten years in Mon-
mouth County and is of the opinion that Gentiana Andrewsii does not
occur in the region. He has kindly sent me material of G. Sapon-
aria which is the only species of this type which he knows in the
vicinity of Keyport.

Up to 1917, all gentians of this group from the area, in my own
experience, had proved conclusively to be G. Saponaria. During
that year Mr. Mackenzie and myself had detected G. clausa in Burl-
ington County in low woods along Crosswicks Creek above Borden-
town. This was apparently a species new to this portion of the state
and another of the numerous Alleghanian types that are found to
enter the Coastal Plain at this point. But of equal interest was the
possible solution to be found therein of the old Shark River record.
This dates back to 1856 to Knieskern's Catalogue of Plants Growing
in the Counties of Monmouth and Ocean. The troublesome point
lies in the fact that while recording G. Andrewsii from Shark River
as “not rare" he notes G. Saponaria from the same locality as " rare!"
It is not clear whether the records refer to the village formerly called
Shark River or to the river itself. Accordingly the most readily
accessible spot along the river near the village was selected for ex-
ploration and in the autumn of 1919, a day was occupied in endeav-
oring to solve the supposed frequence of G. Andrewsii in this local-

! Carhart, Am. Fern Journ. vi. 51 (1916).

1920] Long,—Gentiana Andrewsii in New Jersey 109

ity. The prompt discovery of G. clausa as a frequent and charac-
teristic plant of the low, swampy woods along Shark River above the
village of Hamilton (formerly. Shark River) left little to be desired
in the matter of a solution for “G. Andrewsii.” When to this fre-
quence of G. clausa was added only a single station for G. Saponaria
(and that well across the country toward Farmingdale) discovered
during the day's tramp, one could readily believe in the acuteness of
Knieskern's observation.

In middle New Jersey the Coastal Plain covers a considerable
portion of Mercer and Middlesex Counties and touches several other
counties near New York City, but there are no published locality
records for the species from this area. Correspondence and the
examination of collections has brought to light little information
on stations, additional to Trenton, occurring about this portion of
the Coastal Plain. Dr. F. W. Pennell writes me of a specimen at
the New York Botanical Garden labeled as collected in Bergen
County at Moonachie—which is on the edge of the Hackensack
Marshes. Mr. Mackenzie tells me that he has collected the species
a short distance south of Hackensack (a region very close to Moon-
achie) and notes that the flora here is predominantly Piedmont.
The Coastal Plain is often such a narrow strip in this region that one
would hesitate to believe that the plant along the Hackensack Marshes
belongs to this association rather than to the general Piedmont
flora.

Though this evidence, it must be confessed, is not wholly conclu-
sive that G. Andrewsii is one of the rarest of plants in the Coastal
Plain of New Jersey, it is certainly significant that the only satis-
factory demonstration of its occurrence in this area rests upon ma-
terial from the alluvial marshes of the Delaware River. The species
is a frequent and characteristic plant of the adjacent Piedmont Pla-
teau of Pennsylvania, and in the Piedmont region of New Jersey,
the impression of Mr. Mackenzie, who is probably more familiar
with that area than any other botanist, is that, while not abundant
the plant is widely distributed and occurs in many places. It thus

seems logical to believe that the Camden and Trenton stations re-
^

110 Rhodora [June

present very unusual Piedmont extensions, following the course of
a large river.!
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

SOME NOTEWORTHY MATINICUS PLANTS.
C. A. E. Lona.

DuniNa the past two years I have employed a certain amount of
my leisure in the study and collection of the plants of this island,
and I find many interesting species growing here, both indigenous
and introduced. From among them I am sending an account of a
few which may be of interest to readers of RHODORA.

AvENA FATUA L. I have found this growing for three successive
seasons in the same location, increasing in numbers each season. It
is in a waste corner of a dooryard. Rare in New England.

ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM (Willd.) Presl, var. LAURENTIANUM Butters.
This is the extreme northeastern form of our lady fern and is here
found somewhat south of its previously known limits. It is moder-
ately abundant in an extensive swampy tract overgrown with Alder,
Betula lutea, Amelanchier, Lonicera, Acer rubrum, ete., while our
more common var. rubellum frequents the heavier and somewhat
drier woods.

TRIGLOCHIN PALUSTRIS L. Growing on the extreme southwestern
end of the island in sand, along with Glaux maritima, Potentilla paci-

1 Prof. Fernald and Dr. Pennell inform me that there are no specimens from either
Staten Island or Long Island at the Gray Herbarium or the New York Botanical
Garden, respectively. This additional absence in well known Coastal Plain areas,
together with the apparent lack of the species in Connecticut and the adjacent Coas-
tal Plain associations of southern New England, as indicated by Prof. Fernald in his
recent paper, at once directs attention to the great body of the southern Coastal Plain,
and here the species is completely absent—a fact apparently not very generally re-
cognized. This absence in the southern Coastal Plain was first suggested by the
lack of material in the Philadelphia Academy Herbarium and later corroborated by
Prof. Fernald at Cambridge and Dr. Pennell at New York. The most southeasterly
stations are in the southern Alleghanies—Blowing Rock, Roan Mountain, etC. In
view of a recent, surprising statement in the Flora of the District of Columbia and
Vicinity that G. Andrewsii and G. Saponaria intergrade and are doubtfully distinct,
it is of interest to find that G. Andrewsii is essentially absent from the Coastal Plain
while G. Saponaria is a most characteristic type of that area, extending but rarely
back into the Piedmont.

1920] Long,—Noteworthy Matinicus Plants 111

fica, Juncus Gerardi, etc., in a small depression protected by a ledge
from the severe ocean storms. This species was formerly known on
the coast of Washington Co. and at Wells, but not on the coast be-
tween.

ERIOPHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Roth., var. MAJUs Schultz. Rare
south of Hancock Co. A small dense colony growing in an open
bog. Very beautiful when in full fruit, having much the appearance
of a miniature cotton field.

ANTENNARIA NEGLECTA Greene, var. SIMPLEX Peck. The first
station for this variety since its original discovery in New York.

While “browsing about” in an old field, I was very agreeably sur-
prised to run across a small cluster of about a dozen or fifteen plants
of this Antennaria with very strict stems, and solitary heads. Dry
knoll, with the type.

MONTIA LAMPROSPERMA Cham. This rare and interesting plant
grows in matted profusion in one locality, in an opening in wet wood-
land. This is a range extension somewhat to the southwest.

AMsiNCKIA Douciastana A. DC. I found this far western plant
growing here in 1918, and have noted in Ruopora its appearance.
It is evidently making an attempt to establish itself, as during the
past season there was an abundance of plants which grew, blossomed
and matured their seed.

Linum cATHARTICUM L. While on a visit to the mainland last
summer, I spent a few hours in the vicinity of * Lily Pond," Rock-
port, Maine. While there I found an abundance of a delicate white-
flowered annual growing on turfy banks, and also, but less luxuri-
antly, on dry cliffs of abandoned lime quarries, which proved to be
Linum catharticum L. This is one of the two known stations in New
England, and is undoubtedly the one discovered by the Josselyn
Botanical Society, in 1913.

Specimens of all the above plants have been verified by Prof. M. L.
Fernald, and have been deposited in the herbarium of the New Eng-
land Botanical Club.

Matinicus, MAINE.

112 Rhodora [June

A New ALBINO RasPeBERRY.— Among specimens of Rubus col-
lected on the wooded slopes of Caribou Mountain, Mason, Maine by
Mr. Robert A. Ware, on July 24, 1919, and preserved in the herbaria
of Mr. Ware and Mr. Walter Deane is a form of Rubus idaeus L., var.
canadensis Richardson with amber-white or honey-colored instead
of the usual red fruit. The “white’’-fruited raspberry already
known in New England is a form of var. strigosus recently taken up
as H. idaeus, var. strigosus (Michx.) Maxim., forma albus (Fuller)
Fernald, Ruopora, xxi. 96 (1919). The form discovered by Mr.
Ware, being a variant of var. canadensis, should be called

RUBUS IDAEUS L., var. CANADENSIS. Richardson, forma Warei,
n. f., fructibus flavis—Matne: rich woods, slopes of Caribou Moun-
tain, Mason, July 24, 1919, R. A. Ware (rvPE in herb. W. Deane).
—Wa rer Deane and M. L. FERNALD, Cambridge, Mass.

Vol. 22, no. 257, including pages 77 to 96, was issued 18 June, 1920.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD

HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors.
LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE

WILLIAM PENN RICH
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. July, 1920 No. 259.

CONTENTS:
Varieties of Pityrogramma triangularis. C. A. Weatherby . . . 113
Pyrola rotundifolia and P. americana. M. L. Fernald . . . . 121
Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —cXXIII. . . . . 123
Stachys lanata in Ontario. P.C. Standley . . . . . . . . 128

Boston, Mass. Providence, R. F.

1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
' (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howanp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
wares of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto pos issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. July, 1920. No. 259.

VARIETIES OF PITYROGRAMMA TRIANGULARIS.

C. A. WEATHERBY.

Ever since the publication of Eaton's Ferns of North America,
the “California gold and silver ferns” have been treated as a single
species with one variety or as two species. This disposition, however,
fails to account for all the forms which, as shown by later and much
more ample collections than Eaton had before him, exist in this,
within certain limits, highly variable group. Instead of two, there
are four distinguishable extremes, occupying different ranges, but
separated by characters either too slight in themselves or too little
constant to warrant their segregation as species. They are, neverthe-
less, well worth recognition as geographic varieties.

Eaton’s description still serves very well for the group as a whole:
it may, however, be expanded and amended in some particulars.
In addition to the narrow scales of the rootstock, the lower portion
of the stipe often bears broader, thinner, pale brown, ovate-lanceo-
late, acuminate scales which may or may not have a narrow, black-
ish, sclerotic median band. The stipes vary from bright red-brown
to blackish in color. In all varieties the pinnae vary considerably
in shape and cutting. The large lower pinnae do not always have
the basal segments on the lower side elongated; sometimes, even
in well-developed fronds, they are no longer than the others. When
greatly developed, they are usually narrowed toward the base. The
basal segments of the upper side sometimes equal the others, some-
times are shorter. The lower basal segments of the second pair of
pinnae are sometimes elongated like those of the first pair, sometimes

114 Rhodora |JuLY

shorter than the others. In one variety, the spores are trilobate in
outline; in all, they are vernicose-reticulate with low, flat-topped
ridges.

The farinose indument of the lower surface of the lamina is secreted
by minute glands, well described and figured by Blasdale, Erythrea,
i. 253, pl. 2. When they occur on the leaf-surface, these glands are
borne on short unicellular stalks, as figured by him: when, however,
they grow along the veins, among the sporangia, the stalks lengthen,
becoming two or three cells long and raising the secreting terminal
cells above the sporangia. In addition, many specimens of P. tri-
angularis bear on the under surface of the lamina long-stalked glands
with shining, wine-colored, pyriform heads nearly twice as large as
those of the indument-secreting glands. What their function may
be is not apparent. When glands occur on the upper surface, they
are similar in size and structure to the secreting glands of the lower
surface. They produce either a somewhat farinose or an apparently
gumm y substance, but only in small quantities.

Occasionally, as noted by D. C. Eaton, Contr. Nat. Herb. iv. 227,
the glands of the lower surface fail to function (perhaps, as he sug-
gested, because of an excess of moisture or shade), producing little
or none of the usual farinose indument. They then appear as distinct
but numerous, yellow dots and these, seen against the green of the
leaf-tissue, probably give the appearance which has led to such
specimens being distributed as * bronze-powdered forms." A merely
glandular appearance of the lower surface must, however, be taken
with some caution in the case of old herbarium specimens which may
have been poisoned with corrosive sublimate. "The alcohol in this
compound, if applied in sufficient quantity, entirely removes the
soluble indument. A good example of its effect is seen in the National
Herbarium specimen of Palmer's no. 856 in 1889 from Guadelupe
Island, Lower California. In this plant, the under surface appears
merely glandular except for the tips of the pinnae which escaped the
corrosive sublimate bath or brush and are thickly covered with white
indument. With a little practice, one learns to distinguish poisoned
specimens by a certain drenched and matted appearance under a lens.

Maxon, Contr. Nat. Herb. xvii. 173 (1913), has shown that the
correct generic name for the group here considered is Pityrogramma
Link, Handb. Gewachs. iii, 19 (1833).

1920] Weatherby,—Varieties of Pityrogramma triangularis | 115

The descriptive key which follows will serve to indicate the dis-
tinguishing characters of the three varieties here recognized. "They
include nearly all the plants which have hitherto passed as white-
powdered forms of P. triangularis. True P. triangularis with white
indument appears to be rare, as one would expect in the case of an
albino form. Except as noted under var. viscosa, the size and cutting
of the lamina covers an essentially similar range of variation in all
the varieties, though with more or less marked tendencies toward a
certain type in each and a consequent difference of aspect much more
easily seen than described.

I have had the privilege of examining in addition to the specimens
in the Gray Herbarium, the material in the United States National
Herbarium, the herbaria of Yale and Leland Stanford Universities
and the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. For this valu-
able opportunity I am indebted to the authorities of these institu-
tions. I am also under special obligation to Rev. George L. Moxley
for procuring for me living plants of var. viscosa, to Mr. Bayard Long
for needed information on various matters and to Mr. William R.
Maxon for encouragement and helpful criticism throughout. I take
pleasure in dedicating one of the segregates here described as new to
Mr. Maxon, as some small evidence, if it may pass as such, partly
of personal gratitude for many courtesies received, but still more of
the appreciation of his admirable work which all fern-students must
feel.

A. Upper surface of the usually coriaceous lamina glabrous; stipe usually
bright red-brown and shining in young fronds, turning darker with age,
essentially glabrous; indument bright to pale yellow, rarely white or
lacking; basal segments of the lowest pinnae usually elongate and pinna-
tifid; spores round to deltoid in outline............ 1. P. triangularis

A. Upper surface of the lamina glandular or viscid or both; indument white,
rarely pale yellow or lacking

B. Upper surface of the usually coriaceous lamina viscid, often also with
yellowish, stalked, resinous glands; stipe red-brown, essentially gla-
brous; lower basal segments of the lowest pinnae usually only undu-
late-crenate, not pinnatifid; spores round to deltoid in outline; plant
of southwestern California... . 1... nc 220 5L var. viscosa

B. Upper surface of the often rather thin lamina glandular only, not viscid;
lower basal segments of the lowest pinnae usually elongate, dilated
and deeply pinnatifid.

C. Stipes mostly blackish and glandular and white-farinose above and
near the base, not very lustrous; lamina thin and soft, usually

1Indicated in the citation of specimens by the following symbols: Gray Herb.,
G; U. S. National Herb., N; Herb. Phil Acad., P; Herb. Stanford Univ., S; Herb,
Yale Univ., Y.

116 Rhodora [JuLY

thiekly beset above with whitish glands, giving it a gray appearance;
spores round to deltoid in outline; plant of the mountain regions of
cute CHROMED eia nr OEREBET LS var. pallida
C. Stipes mostly red-brown and essentially glabrous; lamina subcori-
aceous, beset above with usually rather sparse yellowish glands;
spores trilobate in outline; plant chiefly of Arizona, southeastern
California and adjacent portions or Mexieo .... 55... var. Maroni

PrryYROGRAMMA TRIANGULARIS (Kaulf.) Maxon Contr. Nat. Herb.
xvii. 173 (1913). Gymnogramma triangulare Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 73
(1824); Brack. U. S. Expl. Exp. xvi. Bot. Fil. 23 (1854). Gymno-
gramme triangularis Hook. & Grev. Ic. Fil. ii. t. 153 (1831); Hook.
Fil. Exot. t. 10 (1859); Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 146 (1864); Hook. & Bak.
Syn. Fil. 384 (1868); D. C. Eaton, Ferns of the Southwest 304
(1878), Ferns of N. Am. ii. 15 t. 48, figs. 1-5 (1879) and in Watson
Bot. Calif. ii. 335 (1880); Meehan, Fl. and Ferns of the U. S., ser.
2, i. 177, t. 44 (1880). Gymnogramma triangularis Hook. & Arn.
Bot. Beechey Voy. 161 (1833); Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 259 (1840);
Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep. iv. 160 (1856). Gymnogramme oregana
Nutt. in D. C. Eaton, Ferns of the Southwest 305 (1878) and Ferns
of N. Am. ii. 16 (1879), as syn. Gymnopteris triangularis Underw.
Our Nat. Fern ed. 6, 84 (1900). Ceropteris triangularis Underw.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxix. 630 (1902); Christensen, Ind. Fil. 170
(1905).

In the case of a plant so well known as is the typical form of P.
triangularis, it seems hardly worth while to cite the very numerous
specimens examined. As to range, specimens have been seen from
Clark Co., Nevada; San Diego, Riverside, San Bernardino, Los
Angeles, Santa Barbara, Kern, San Luis Obispo, Inyo, Monterey,
Santa Cruz, Santa Clara, Mariposa, Alameda, Tuolumne, Calaveras,
Amador, Marin, Sonoma, Yuba, Butte, Mendocino, Plumas, Te-
hama and Humboldt Counties, California; Coos, Douglas, Lane,
Linn, Marion and Multnomah Counties, Oregon; Klickitat, Pierce,
Clallam and Island Counties, Washington; Vancouver Island, B. C.:
and the northern part of Lower California. In specimens from
Spring Valley, San Diego Co., Cal., (Feb.-May, 1900, Laura F. Kim-
ball, N) and from Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Cal. (Coville & Funston,
610, N) the lamina is merely glandular beneath with no evidence of
poisoning. Leiberg 3508 from near Sinartville, Yuba Co. (N), and
part of the material under Mrs. R. M. Austin’s no. 977 from
Quincy, Plumas Co. (N) represent white-powdered forms.

All but one of the specimens seen from north of California, most of
those from the northern and more inland portions and some from the
southern part of that state, have the red glands mentioned above.

1920] Weatherby,—Varieties of Pityrogramma triangularis 117

Those from the coastal region from Sonoma County south to Santa
Barbara County, on the contrary, show no trace of these glands and
average somewhat larger in size. "This difference, however, corre-
lates with no other character and seems to call for no taxonomic
recognition. Chamisso’s type collection of P. triangularis was made
at San Francisco Bay and doubtless belongs to the glandless form.
The original material of Gymnogramme oregana Nutt., preserved at
the Philadelphia Academy, consists of two plants, one well-developed,
with stout stipes 2-5 dm. long, the other small, with slender stipes
1-2 dm. long, and of two detached fronds. In all, the fronds are
very young, the lamina hardly fully expanded, and have a whitish
indument. They show the red glands which seem to be character-
istic of the northern material of P. triangularis. Nuttall himself
has, on his label, crossed out the name oregana and written in triangu-
laris with a reference to Hooker and Greville's plate of that species.

Var. viscosa (Nutt. ex. D. C. Eaton), n. comb. Gymnogramme
triangularis, var viscosa D. C. Eaton, Ferns of N. Am. ii. 16 (1879)
and in Watson Bot. Cal. ii 335 (1880). Gymnogramme viscosa Nutt.
in D. C. Eaton, Ferns of the Southwest 305, (1878) as syn. and
Ferns of N. Am. l. c. Gymnogramme pyramidalis Nutt. in D. C.
Eaton, 1. c., as syn. Ceropteris viscosa Underw. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club xxix. 631 (1902); Christensen, Ind. Fil. 170 (1905). Pityro-
gramma viscosa Maxon, Contr. Nat. Herb. xvii. 173 (1913).

CALIFORNIA. SAN DigeGo County: Mission Hills, May 5, 1903,
LeRoy Abrams, 3396 (G, S: glandular above; basal segments pinnat-
ifid); shady ledges, Howard Cañon, La Jolla, Apr. 14, 1914, F. E. & E.
S. Clements, 2 (G: indument yellowish); Rancho de la Nacion,
Kimball (G); sides of ravines, Del Mar, March, 1894, Canby (G:
glandular above; mixed with P. triangularis); dry hillsides, Linda
Vista, July 6, 1915, Macbride & Payson, 788 (G); Jamul Valley,
1875, Palmer, 433 (G: glandular above); Eucalyptus Cañon, hb. M.
Rodman (G); moist ravine, 15 miles north of San Diego, March 7,
1862, J. G. Cooper, 439 (N: glandular above); Otay Mesa, May 14,
1915, Collins & Kempton, 79 (N); San Miguel Mts., Feb.-May,
1900, Kimball (N: glandular above); San Diego, March 14, 1882,
M. E. Jones, 3067 (N); Apr., 1875, hb. G. C. Woolson (Y); D. Cleve-
land (Y); Pala, June 1880, Parish (Y); Evendido, Apr. 11, 1914,
Parish, 9092 (S); Coast Mts., June, 1897, Parish (S: mixed with
P. triangularis); Old Mission Dam, alt. 350 ft., Apr. 10, 1904, H. P.
Chandler, 5055 (S: glandular above); San Diego, Nuttall (P: types
of Gymnogramme viscosa and G. pyramidalis). RIVERSIDE County:
Pigeon Pass Road, near summit of Box Springs Mt., alt. 1800 ft.,
Feb. 27, 1910, Reed, 2947 (N); Los ANGELES County: Santa

118 Rhodora [JuLy

Catalina Isl., “common in canons" Avalon, June 2, 1895, Trask
(N); dry hillsides, March 29, 1900, Grant, 122 (S); Apr. 21-24,
1904 (S); 1885, W. S. Lyon (G).

Nuttall’s material of Gymnogramme viscosa in the Herbarium of
the Philadelphia Academy consists of two small detached fronds
about 5 em. long, with the characteristic habit of extreme var. vis-
cosa and without glands on the viscid upper surface of the lamina.
The specimen of G. pyramidalis is a single large frond, 10 cm. long,
again with the characteristic viscosa habit and with stalked glands
plainly apparent on what little of the upper surface shows. Under-
wood’s statement, l. c. 630, that one of Nuttall’s Oregon specimens
was labelled by him * *viscosa" indicates an error somewhere. Var.
viscosa is a very local plant, known only from southwestern Cali-
fornia.

Var. viscosa varies considerably in leaf-form. The extreme and
most characteristic form figured by Eaton has rather distant pinnae
and comparatively few, likewise distant, segments. But both pinnae
and segments may be as close and the latter as numerous as in the
typical form of the species, thus constituting a transition to it, so
far as these characters are concerned. The most remarkable varia-
tion in this direction is found in specimens collected at San Diego
by D. Cleveland (Y) and at San Miguel Mt., near National City
by Miss Laura F. Kimball in 1900 (N). These have very large
fronds (14 cm. long) with viscid upper surface and white indument,
but tripinnatifid, with numerous segments and the lower basal pin-
nules very large and deeply pinnatifid. Their appearance is alto-
gether that of luxuriant states of typical P. triangularis. Specimens
collected by Blanche Trask at Avalon, Santa Catalina Island (N)
have the characteristic habit of var. viscosa, but the upper surface
of the lamina glabrous, and in this respect are transitional to the
typical form. The fronds in these specimens are young; but in all
other specimens of var. viscosa seen, the fronds even when very young
are strongly viscid. Collins & Kempton 88 from the Otay Mesa, San
Diego, May 14, 1915 (N) has the thick frond and general habit of
var. viscosa, but the upper surface of the lamina is densely glandular
and not at all viscid and the spores are somewhat trilobate. In
these respects, it is transitional to var. Mazoni. In some
specimens, every distinctive character of var. viscosa breaks down in

1920] | Weatherby,—Varieties of Pityrogramma triangularis — 119

the direction of one or another of the other varieties; Underwood's
raising of it to specific rank seems not to have been justified.

Var. pallida, n. var. Stipitibus nigrescentibus superne basinque
versus plerumque minute glandulosis et albo-farinosis; laminis tenu-
ibus, supra propter glandulas albidas opacas subfarinosas plerumque
numerosas pallidis, subtus albo-farinosis; pinnarum infimarum
segmentis vel pinnulis basiscopis elongatis dilatatis profunde pinna-
tifidis; sporis cireumscriptione rotundis vel deltoideis angulis obtus-
issimis.

CALIFORNIA: SANTA CLARA County: Mrs. Bush (G). TULARE
County: Kaneah, Apr. 28, 1895, Eastwood (G). MADERA County:
Hills about three miles above Pollasky, Apr. 11,1906, Heller, 8141(TvPE
in Hb. Gray; also N, S). Amapor County; White Bar, alt. 1000
ft, May 13, 1896, Hansen, 1637 (N). Exporapo County: rocky
bluffs along Camp Creek. 8 miles north of Grizzly Flats, June 1,
1902, W. G. Watkins, 16 (N). Burrs County: Iron Caton, 1870,
May, 1883, May, 1896, 197, May, 1897, Mrs. Austin (all N). Wrrnout
DEFINITE LOCALITY: 1879, Miss E. D. Pelton (Y).

Heller's comment on the type collection describes very well the
obvious external characters of this variety which he supposed to be
viscosa. “When fresh," he says, “the upper side of the frond is
much paler than is that of the other species [triangularis| and the
whole plant less stiff." The specimen of the type number in the
Herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy has the stipe more nearly
glabrous than usual and the white indument scanty or lacking.

So far as the material at hand shows, var. pallida holds its charac-
ters better than any of the other varieties. "These characters, how-
ever, are rather slight and comparative, and in the region where both
occur, P. triangularis exhibits some tendency to develop white-
powdered forms which suggest a transition to var. pallida. Every-
thing considered, I am unable to regard the latter as morethan a well-
marked variety.

Var. Maxoni, n. var. Stipitibus rubro-brunneis nitidis glabris,
laminis subcoriaceis vel tenuibus supra plerumque sparse glandu-
losis, glandulis flavescentibus juventute nitidis aetate opacis; pin-
narum infimarum segmentis vel pinnulis basiscopis plerumque elon-
gatis et profunde pinnatifidis; sporis circumscriptione trilobatis,
lobis rotundatis.

Arizona: Santa Catalina Mts., Apr. 23, 1881, Pringle (G); shaded
pass, rocky cafions of the Santa Catalina Mts., May 293, 1881,
Pringle (N); under rock shelf near falling water, head of Rincon
Valley, Rincon Mts., alt. 3500 ft., July 27, 1909, J. C. Blumer, 3271

120 Rhodora . [Jury |

(TYPE in Nat. Herb.; G, S,); Salt River, 16 miles north of McMillin-
ville, alt. 2800 ft., May 24, 1916, E. A. Goldman, 2672 (N).

CALIFORNIA. SAN Dreco County: Jacumba Hot Springs, May
23, 1894, E. A. Mearns (International Boundary Commission, 3320
(N); desert slopes of San Jacinto Mts., Apr., 1882, Parish, 501a.
RiversipE County: Whitewater, Feb., 1881, Vasey (N); under
rocks in Palm Ca*on, May 19, 1917, Reed, 3871 in pt. (N). SAN
BERNARDINO County: Mentone, 1904, R. J. Smith, 25 (G); Palm
Springs, Apr. 30, 1913, Eastwood, 3018 (N); Andreas and Murray
Cafions, Palm Springs, Aug. 23, 1906, T. H. Kearney (N). SANTA
CLARA County: Coast Range, Dec. 28, 1878, L. G. Yates (S: mixed
with P. triangularis and possibly not actually from this locality).
WITHOUT DEFINITE LOCALITY: 1876, Parry & Lemmon, 431 (G);
desert district between California and Arizona, 1876, Parry (G).

Lower CALIFORNIA: Sierra de Laguna, Jan. 23, 1897, Brandegee
(N); Cedros Isl., Brandegee (N).

Sonora: damp cool shade, Huchuerachi, Dec. 12, 1890, F. E.
Lloyd, Lumholtz Exp., 484 (G).

The large suite of specimens in the National Herbarium shows
every gradation from the round spores of typical P. triangularis,
through blunt-angled deltoid shapes, to the strongly trilobate spores
of var. Maxoni. Palmer's no. 856 in 1889 from Guadelupe Island,
Lower California (N), and his no. 101 in 1875 from the same place
(G, Y) have the glabrous upper surface and general habit of typical
P. triangularis, but white indument and some of the spores more or
less trilobate. Specimens collected at Nine Mile Cafion, Ariz., by
J. H. Ferriss (P) have the habit, in different fronds, of both var.
Mazoni and the typical form, the glandular surface of the former
and the yellow indument and round spores of the latter. No. 1589
of the Mexican Boundary Commission (Emory Expedition; N) has
a glandular upper surface and round spores. R. H. Alderson's no.
754 from Witch Creek, San Diego Co., California, has the frond
finely cut and the upper surface slightly glandular but yellow indu-
ment. All of them are in one way or another transitional to the typi-
cal form. It may be added that transitional specimens usually do
not show exceptional vegetative vigor (the Cleveland and Kimball
collections mentioned above are exceptions; more often just the
contrary is the case), shrivelled spores or any other of the usual
indications of hybridity.

Gray HERBARIUM.

1920] Fernald,—Pyrola rotundifolia and P. americana 121

PYROLA ROTUNDIFOLIA AND P. AMERICANA.
M. L. FERNALD

-. Wuen, in 1904, I pointed out! the distinctions between the north-
ern Eurasian Pyrola rotundifolia L. and the Alleghenian P. americana
Sweet, no material was available which clearly broke down the dis-
tinctions between the two, and this fact was reinforced by the iso-
lation of the two plants and the decidedly southern and dry habitat
of P. americana, contrasted with the northerly and more varied
habitat of P. rotundifolia.

In 1904 a single collection was at hand which somewhat bridged
the gap between the two plants. This material, from a sphagnum
swamp at Manuel's, Newfoundland (Robinson & Schrenk), smaller
in all details than the continental P. americana, was at that time sup-
posed to be referable to P. asarifolia Michx., var. incarnata (Fisher)
Fernald. Subsequent experience in Newfoundland, however, has
shown that the plant of the Manuel's sphagnum swamp is generally
distributed throughout the central and southeastern acid region of
the island and that in every character it exactly connects Eurasian
P. rotundifolia and Atlantic American P. americana. The Newfound-
land plants have been studied with the greatest care at different in-
tervals during a period of several years, always with the same result,
namely: the Newfoundland plant seems inseparable from Eurasian
material of P. rotundifolia, var. arenaria Mert. & Koch and this
differs in no morphological character from the continental and more
southern P. americana. The only differences are those of size, var.
americana running larger in all its parts. The latter plant throughout
most of its range, from Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, western
Bonaventure and Rimouski Cos., Quebec to Frontenac Co., Ontario,
South Dakota and Georgia, inhabits dry or sandy woods, but north-
ward, at the northeastern limits of its range, for example, on the upper
St. Francis in Maine, at Bic, in Rimouski Co., Quebec, and at Nou-
velle in Bonaventure Co., Quebec, var. americana. is found only in
wet, mossy, spruce woods or at the borders of sphagnum bogs. In
this interchange of habitats P. rotundifolia, var. americana falls into
the same class of oxylophytes as Cypripedium acaule Ait., Epigaea

!'Ruopona, vi. 201 (1904).

122 Rhodora (Jury

repens L., Gaultheria procumbens L. anf Gaylussacia dumosa (Andr.)
T. &G. (as var. Bigeloviana Fernald), which southward are character-
istic of dry silicious habitats (pine or oak barrens and dry woods,
ete.) but which northward, especially in the dominantly calcareous
areas bordering the Gulf of St. Lawrence, are apparently able to exist,
at least are found only in the acid bogs and black spruce swamps.

In Newfoundland, P. rotundifolia, var. arenaria likewise has in-
terchangeable habitats, sometimes occuring in open sandy or gravelly
thickets or on pond-shores, but oftenest in wet sphagnous bogs or
spruce swamps. In the latter habitat the branches of the subter-
ranean stems become greatly elongated and their coriaceous, brown,
oblong, blunt or mucronate bracts consequently remote; in the drier
habitats the caudex is short and the bracts more crowded as in most
European specimens. Var. arenaria, although not definitely known
from the American continent, is the representative of the species in
Greenland; and, now well known from Newfoundland, it is to be
sought on the Labrador Peninsula and elsewhere in our northern
regions.

The two American varieties of P. rotundifolia may be distinguished
as follows:

P. ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. ARENARIA Mert. & Koch in Roehling, FI.
Deutschl. iii. 103 (1831); Koch, Syn. 478 (1838); Lange, Consp. FI.
Groenl. 84 (1880); Andres, Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. lxiv. 239 (1914).
P. intermedia Schleich. Cat. Pl. Helv. ed. 3, 23 (1815). P. maritima
Kenyon, Phytol. ii. 727 (1847). Thelaia intermedia (Schleich.) Alef.,
Linnaea, xxviii. 65 (1856).—Leaf-blades 1.8-5 em. long, 1.5-4 em.
broad: racemes 3-13-flowered, in anthesis 2-9 cm. long: lower
braets 1-2 mm. broad: calyx 5-7 mm. broad, its firm lance-oblong
to oblong-obovate lobes 1.6-3 mm. long: petals 5-7 mm. long, 4-6 mm.
broad: anthers 2-2.7 mm. long.—Northern and middle Europe
and Asia; Greenland and Newfoundland. The following New-
FOUNDLAND specimens belong here: sphagnum swamp, Manuel’s,
August 8, 1894, Robinson & Schrenk; cool thicket, Western Bay,
Conception Bay, August 21, 1914, G. S. Torrey, no. 94; boggy places
on hill southwest of Tilt Cove, August 21, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand &
Darlington, no. 6001; open bogs among the hills, Grand Falls, July
26, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, no. 6000; wet
boggy woods, Millerton Junction, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington,
no. 5998; gravelly beach, Middle Birchy Pond, July 11, 1910, Fer-
nald & Wiegand, no. 3812.

Var. americana (Sweet), n. comb. P. americana Sweet, Hort.
Brit. ed. 2, 341 (1830); Fernald, Rropona, vi. 201 (1904); Andres,

1920] Fernald—Pyrola rotundifolia and P. americana 123

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. lxiv. 243 (1914), in part.—Leaf-blades
2.5-8 em. long, 2-7 em. broad: raceme 5-21-flowered, in anthesis
0.25-2 dm. long: lower bracts 2-4 mm. broad: calyx 6.3-10 mm.
broad; its firm oblong to rhombic lobes 2.5-4.3 mm. long: petals
6.5-10.5 mm. long, 3.5-8 mm. broad: anthers 2.7-3.6 mm. long.—
Chiefly in dry woods or clearings, or northward in bogs and swamps,
Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island and western Bonaventure County,
Quebec to Frontenac Co., Ontario, Minnesota, South Dakota, and
Georgia.!
GRAY HERBARIUM.

REPORTS OF THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XXXIII.

CISTACEAE.

HELIANTHEMUM.

H. Bicknellii Fernald (H. majus BSP.; see Ruopora xxi. 36,
1919). Dry soil, common, especially southward.

H. canadense (L.) Michx. Dry rocky and sandy soil, very
common throughout. y

HUDSONIA.

H. ericoides L. Cohasset Narrows (W. G. Farlow, August, 1877).
Specimen in Herb. Gray.

1 Andres gives a much broader range and cites specimens from Montana, Colorado,
Utah and Idaho. These plants are certainly not var. americana. In his articles on
Pyrola (as Pirola) Andres has frequently misinterpreted American plants and Ameri-
can literature. Thus, for example, he makes an amazing interpretation of a note by
the present writer. In discussing the absence from Newfoundland of many common
Canadian species the writer said: “But the distance across Cabot Strait, the short-
est route from the southwestern mainland to Newfoundland is fully 70 miles, and,
although this does not seem a forbidding gap, the fact remains that very many com-
mon Canadian species with fine spores or with the seeds plumose, feathery or other-
wise adapted for wind-transportation have failed to cross from Cape Breton to south-
western Newfoundland. Among such species . . . are Lycopodium sabinae-
folium, Adiantum pedatum, Dryopteris marginalis, Pyrola elliptica and Chimaphila
umbellata," etc. But Andres's Germanic mind has interpreted this list as an indi-
cation of the plant association to which Pyrola elliptica belongs; in his monographic
studies of the genus saying under P. elliptica ‘‘ Begleitpflanzen siehe Fernald. Ex-
peditions [Expedition] to New-Foundland [Newfoundland]. Rmopona XIII. (1911)
147: Lycopodium sabinaefolium, Adiantum peltatum [pedatum], Drypopteris [Dryop-
teris] marginalis, Chimophila [Chimaphila| umbellata.” (Andres, Allgem. Bot.
Zeitschr. xx. 117. 1914).

124 Rhodora [Jur.v

H. tomentosa Nutt. Sandy seashore and sand dunes from Ames-
bury to Duxbury.

LECHEA.

L. intermedia Leggett. Dry sandy and rocky soil, common.

L. Leggettii Britton & Hollick. Norwood, border of Purgatory
Swamp (K. M. Wiegand, July 23, 1909).

L. maritima Leggett. Dry sand, very common along the coast,
but frequent inland.

L. maritima Leggett, var. interior Robinson. Sandy soil at
Andover, Tewsbury, Watertown, Sudbury, Dedham and Hingham.

L. minor L. Dry gravelly roadside, Eliot St., near Morseville,
Natick (K. M. Wiegand, Sept. 28, 1911); Sherborn (Miss M. L.
Loomis, July 31, 1913); Hingham (C. E. Faxon, August 16, 1885;
T. T. Bouvé, August, 1884).

L. tenuifolia Michx. Dry sterile soil, common throughout.

L. villosa Ell. Dry fields and woods, very common throughout.

VIOLACEAE.

VIOLA.

V. adunca J. E. Sm. (V. arenaria of Am. auth., not DC.; see
Ruopona xv. 108, 1913). Wellesley Hills (Miss F. C. Prince, May
4, 1896). This specimen is in herb. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. It is
far out of range, the nearest station being in Northern Worcester
Co. near Fitchburg.

V. affinis Le Conte. Low woods, bank of Charles River, Welles-
ley (K. M. Wiegand, May 15, Aug. 26, 1909; C. F. Batchelder, May
7, 1910).

V. ARVENSIS Murr. Medford St., Somerville (C. E. Perkins, no
date, see Ruopora v. 156, 1903); Arlington (Miss Mary N. Plummer,
no date); old field, Cambridge (M. L. Fernald, May 25, 1891); Dr.
Geo. G. Kennedy’s land, Milton (E. F. Williams, May 12, 1901).

V. blanda Willd. Hare, in moist rich woods; Merrimae, Glou-
cester, Andover, Braintree, Hyde Park, Newton, Lexington.

V. Brittoniana Pollard. River meadows along the Concord and
Charles Rivers, also at Georgetown, Brookline, Stony Brook Reserva-
tion, Medfield and Mansfield. »

1920] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District—X XXIII 125

V. cHINENSIS G. Don. (see Ruopona x. 39, 1908). Weed in Bo-
tanic Garden, Cambridge (M. L. Fernald, May 21, 1906, May 17,
1907; W. Deane, May 3, 1913). Native of eastern Asia.

V. conspersa Reichenb. Moist fields and open woods, common.
White-flowered form at Acton and Concord (A. W. Hosmer in Ruo-
DORA i. 223, 1899).

V. cucullata Ait. Swamps, very common throughout. White-
flowered form collected at Purgatory Swamp, Norwood (N. T. Kid-
der, June 4, 1885).

V. eriocarpa Schwein. (V. scabriuscula Schwein.; see Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club xxxvii. 194, 1911). Damp soil, often in woods, occasional.

V.fimbriatula J. E. Sm. Sandy places, very common through-
out.

V. incognita Brainerd, var. Forbesii Brainerd. Damp woods at
Salisbury, Boxboro, Arlington, N. Cambridge, Brookline and Weston.

V. lanceolata L. Swamps, meadows and wet shores, common
throughout.

V. oporata L. Garden escape; reported from eight scattered
stations.

V. pallens (Banks) Brainerd. Wet woods and swamps, common
throughout. White-flowered form without lines at Franklin (L. R.
Perkins in Ruopora xi. 164, 1909).

V. palmata L. One plant only, on shore of Concord River, Car-
lisle, with the abundant V. Brittoniana (M. L. Fernald, May 21,
1911). This is the only specimen of the species known from this
region, and 1s entered on the authority of a determination by Dr.
E. Brainerd.

V. papilionacea Pursh. Rich low ground, mainly about dwell-
ings, common.

V. pectinata Bicknell. Meadows near Charles River in Need-
ham and Dedham. |

V. pedata L., var. lineariloba DC. Dry sand and gravel, com-
mon throughout. A form with rose-colored petals (V. pedata, f.
rosea A. L. Sanders, Rnopona xiii. 172, 1911) has been found at Way-
land (Miss A. L. Sanders); and also (see RHopora xiv. 22, 1912) at
Framingham (A. J. Eames) where noticed to be inconstant in color.
A white-petaled form (V. pedata, f. alba (Thurb.) Britton, see Ruo-
DORA, xiii. 172, 1911) has been observed to persist at Wayland (Miss
A. L. Sanders). A form with leaves digitately lobed was collected

126 Rhodora [JULY

in bloom at Prospect Hill, Waltham, by H. A. Purdie, Oct. 17, 1907
(specimen in herb. W. Deane) and at Carlisle, by M. L. Fernald,
May 21, 1911 (specimen in Herb. Gray).

V. primulifolia L. Swampy ground, common throughout.

V. pubescens Ait. Rich woods, occasional.

V. rotundifolia Michx. Rich woods, occasional in Essex Co.,
also reported from Framingham, S. Braintree and Holbrook.

V. sagittata Ait. Fields, occasional from Blue Hills northward.

V. septentrionalis Greene. Fields and open woods; frequent
north of Boston; only reported southward from Franklin.

V. sororia Willd. Moist fields and woods; occasional, except in
southeastern towns.

V. TRICOLOR L. Gardens and fields, spontaneous and spreading,
occasional.

V. triloba Schwein. Rich dry woods, rare. Fifteen stations
from Norwood northward.

[V. conNvTA L. was reported from a garden in Lexington by Miss
M. P. Cook in Ruopona i. 81, 1899, but no specimens are available.
This was also one of Minot Pratt’s introductions at Concord, along
with V. rostrata, V. striata, and V. canadensis, but these have all been
extinct in this region for many years, see RHODORA i. 171, 1899. There
is in herb. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. a specimen of V. canadensis collected
in 1822 by Dr. F. Boott, and marked * Boston, U. S. A." It is
hardly likely that this could have been collected wild in our area
and some clerical error is suspected.]

HYBRIDS.

These reports are all based on actual specimens. Those reported
by Mr. Forbes were transplanted to his garden in Brookline, and
are growing there.

C. Brittoniana Pollard x fimbriatula J. E. Sm. Near Fresh
Pond, Cambridge (A, Gray, 1843); Needham (C. E. Faxon, May
1877, W. Deane, June 7, 1884).

C. Brittoniana Pollard x lanceolata L. Needham, Charles
River meadows, only one plant found (F. F. Forbes, see RHODORA xi.
14, 1909).

V. Brittoniana Pollard x pectinata Bicknell. Charles River
meadows, Needham and Dedham (F. F. Forbes, June, Aug., Sept.,

1920] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District—XXXIII 127

1906); Needham (C. E. Faxon, May, 1877, W. Deane, June 7, 1884);
Sherborn (H. A. Purdie, Sept. 11, 1898, E. F. Williams, J. M. Green-
man, Sept. 18, 1898).

V. Brittoniana Pollard x sagittata Ait. Needham (W. Deane,
June 2, 1888). ;

V. cucullata Ait. x fimbriatula J. E. Sm. Hamilton, Arling-
ton, Concord, Brookline and Milton.

V. cucullata Ait. x papilionacea Pursh. Dedham (M. L.
Fernald, June 4, 1899).

V. cucullata Ait. x septentrionalis Greene. Arlington Heights
(M. L. Fernald, May 12, 1905); Framingham (F. F. Forbes, May 19,
Aug. 18, 1907; July 28, 1906).

V. cucullata Ait. x sororia Willd. Arlington (F. F. Forbes, May
24, Aug. 7, 1908).

V. cucullata Ait. x triloba Schwein. Granny Hill, Lexington
(J. M. Greenman, — , 1905). See Rmopora vii. 56, 1906; xv.
115, 1913.

V.fimbriatula J. E. Sm. x papilionacea Pursh. Brookline
(F. F. Forbes, May 19, July 7, 1907).

V. fimbriatula J. E. Sm. x sagittata Ait. Carlisle (C. H. Knowl-
ton, Sept. 6, 1902); Lincoln (C. H. Knowlton, May 17, 1908); Arling-
ton (M. L. Fernald, June 5, 1904).

V. fimbriatula J. E. Sm. x septentrionalis Greene. Amesbury,
dry bank, Tyngsboro (C. H. Knowlton, May 30, 1901), Lincoln,
Lexington, Arlington, Newton, Brookline.

V. fimbriatula J. E. Sm. x sororia Willd. Arlington (F. F.
Forbes, May 22, July 28, 1907); dry field, Sharon, (C. H. Knowlton,
May, 1907).

V. fimbriatula J. E. Sm. x triloba Schwein. Crevices in rocks
in open woods with parents, Granny Hill, Lexington (B. L. Robin-
son & J. M. Greenman, Sept. 20, 1903; see Riopona xv. 114, 1913).

V. septentrionalis Greene x sororia Willd. Arlington (F. F.

Forbes, June 21, 1908).

C. H. KNowrTON Committee on
WALTER Deane =} Local Flora.

128 Rhodora [JuLY

SrACHYS LANATA IN OnTARIO.—There were received recently for
identification at the U. S. National Museum specimens of an un-
familiar labiate plant of striking appearance collected near Owen
Sound, Ontario, by Mr. W. R. McColl. It proved to be Stachys
lanata Jacq., a native of, the Caucasus region, which has perhaps
not been reported previously from North America, although no thor-
ough search of literature has been made for verification of this point.
A somewhat similar species, Stachys germanica L., has been found
on ballast in the eastern United States.

In general features Stachys lanata is quite unlike our native species
of the genus, and when growing it must be very conspicuous. Itis
a rather tall, coarse perennial with large leaves and dense flower
spikes, and all parts are closely covered with long, white, matted
hairs. Mr. McColl has kindly communicated the following informa-
tion, which seems to indicate that the species has become well estab-
lished: “Until this fall I never saw the plant except for a small clump
growing on a grassy roadside in Sydenham Township, Gray County,
Ontario. This fall, however, I came across a patch of it perhaps
400 yards long by 100 yards wide, on a grassy, sloping hillside facing
the east, west of which is limestone rock about 30 feet high, with
plenty of talus in front. The plants grow from the talus down the
slope, and appear to prefer dry situations. Rev. Dr. Campbell of
Montreal has combed western Ontario rather carefully and did not
find the plant, but Mr. Newton Tripp of Forest, Ontario, found a
specimen a year ago and sent it to the Guelph Agricultural College,
where they named it ‘sheep’s lug.’ Apparently the plant is rare.
Outside of the big lot found this fall, I know of no other station for
it. Mr. Maynard, upon whose farm the plants grow, says that
while they spread rapidly from seed, they are easily killed by plough-
ing under once. "—Paur C. STANDLEY.!

'Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

Vol. 22, no. 258, including pages 97 to 112, was issued 24 July, 1920.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD

HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors.
LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE

WILLIAM PENN RICH i
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. August, 1920 No. 260.
CONTENTS:

Flora of Birch Island in Attean Pond. L. H. Coburn . . . . 129

Antennaria alpina and A. carpathica. Theo. Holm . . . . . 138

A European Primrose in New England. C. A. Weatherby . . . 143

Boston, Mass.
1052 Exchange Building

| Providence, R. 3.

Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rouwps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
wee of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50. i

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. . August, 1920. No. 260.

FLORA OF BIRCH ISLAND IN ATTEAN POND.
Louise H. Copurn.

ATTEAN Ponp is one of the Moose River chain of lakes, which ex-
tend from west to east across the northern part of Somerset County,
Maine, and drain into the Kennebec by way of Moosehead Lake. It
lies in Attean township, a wild-land township of upper Somerset, is in
about latitude 45° 35’, and has an elevation at low water of 1157.5
feet. It is an irregular and shallow lake, about six miles in longest
dimension, is very nearly surrounded by mountains, and contains
forty-two islands of various sizes, all of which are encircled by, not to
say constructed out of, granite boulders. Each island appears to have
its backbone of granite boulders, glacier borne from Mt. Sally
and other rocky heights to the north, while the sand and gravel of
their beaches show the same origin. Birch Island, which is the
largest, is very irregular in outline, with many projecting points and
deep coves, and has an area of something over twenty-five acres.

The larger part of the body of the island is covered with a nearly
pure stand of fir, unmixed except for the ancient white birches which
rise at intervals, and lift their foliage entirely above the firs, thus form-
ing a sort of second story of the forest. In this arboreal architecture
it is evident that the second story was built before the first. The fir
forest is replacing a former birch one. To an observer from the lake
the island appears to be birch covered.

In the densest parts of the fir woods there is absolutely no vegeta-
tion underneath. In some parts, a little less dense, there is a scatter-
ed growth of Aralia nudicaulis, and in others of Aralia and Ribes pros-

130 Rhodora [AvGusT

tratum, while in more open places there may be found in addition seed-
lings of Pyrus sitchensis, Acer spicatum and A. rubrum. In drier parts
of the woods the undergrowth sometimes consists exclusively of Ar-
alia nudicaulis and Vaccinium canadense. At intervals one findi an
enormous boulder with two or three young fir trees and a cherry or
mountain maple growing precariously on its summit, and its slopes
heavily hung with Polypodium vulgare and Ribes prostratum. At in-
tervals also one comes to an open space thickly carpeted with Taxus
canadensis. Along the trails or where the windfall of a giant birch
has cut an open lane there grow a few kinds of forest ferns and flowers,
such as bunchberry, star-flower, goldthread, wood sorrel, Clintonia,
violets, twinflower, Pyrola secunda, two-leaved Solomon's seal, and the
hay-scented and wood ferns. The most abundant is the twinflower,
which throws a green drapery over decaying stumps and low rocks,
and blossoms from June to September. Upon the points of the is-
land, and in the neighborhood of the shore the fir of the woods is re-
placed by or mixed with red and white spruce and arbor vitae, and
the undergrowth presents a larger variety.

There are two groups of tall white pines upon the highest ground of
the island, and both gray and red pine are numerous near the shore.

The gray or Jack pine (Pinus Banksiana) is a picturesque feature
of many of the islands of Attean, growing on the shore generally in
groups and often very near the low water line. "These trees seem to
have a preference for the western or weather end of the islands, and
are twisted by the winter storms into one-sided and fantastic shapes,
thus presenting an appearance quite different from the columnar
Norways with which they are commonly associated. The habit of
growth of the two kinds of pine is also different, the individual Nor-
ways standing generally well-spaced from each other, while the Jacks
are huddled in clusters together. On the Attean islands the Jack
pines are nearly as tall as the Norways, growing on Birch Island four-
teen to sixteen inches in diameter breast-high, and when not crippled
in their upper limbs to a height of from fifty to sixty feet. The Jack
pine is abundant enough to constitute a noticeable feature of the
landscape on the shores of Holeb Pond, which lies in Holeb township,
west of Attean. I am told by woodsmen that in Township No. 4,
southeast from Attean, there is a large tract of the Jack pine, lying
a mile or so from Moose River—about five hundred acres of predom-
inating Jack pine with some mixture of Norway. Since the Jack is

1920] Coburn,—Flora of Birch Island in Attean Pond 131

not at present used for timber or pulp it is commonly cut for firewood
for the log-haulers, as it dries out more quickly than hard wood. In —

a recent season five hundred cords of it were cut. In this same town- .

ship, No. 4, there is another large section of burnt-over land, which
has been naturally seeded and is growing up thickly with young Jacks.

Of deciduous trees on Birch Island, in addition to the ubiquitous
paper birch, there is one group of three or four yellow birches. In
the woods near the shore and on the shore grow poplars, both the
large-toothed and the aspen, and red maple is abundant both on the
shore and in open places in the woods. One aged elm maintains
itself on a point of the island, and one large balsam poplar, sur-
rounded by a few young ones, was found on the rocky shore. "There
are three apple-trees, probably of accidental human planting, grow-
ing on the cleared ground. Of the lesser trees, the mountain and
the striped maple, the red cherry, and the mountain ashes, both
Pyrus americana and P. sitchensis, are common in the woods. Pyrus
sitchensis is the more common of the two and becomes often quite a
large tree, one upon the island measuring ten inches in diameter
breast-high, and over thirty feet in height. 'The black ash and
the shad-bush are frequent on the shore, and the latter also in the
woods. A few willows on the island, belonging to the species Salix
discolor and S. rostrata, are large enough to deserve to be classed
as lesser trees. This completes the island's silva.

In contrast with the general monotony of the woods the flora of
the rocky shore is everywhere abundant and varied. "The lake has
tributary to it a large area of high precipitation, as a result of which
the seasonal tide is six to eight feet in height, with a couple of feet
more under occasional flood conditions. The period of high water
lasts through the early summer, normal low water not generally being
reached before the last of July. I have picked Rhodora in August
from a bush low on the shore, recently out of the water, whose flowers
and leaves were hurrying to maturity together. The tidal zone pre-
sents a border from ten to thirty feet in width around the shore of the
island, the greater part of it covered with granite boulders, large and
small, and thickly planted between the rocks with water-tolerant
shrubs and trees. One here perceives why so many of our native
shrubs are of the water-enduring kind. Since in the natural forest
only the swamps and the borders of the lakes and streams are
open enough for shrub growth, they learned perforce to live with

132 Rhodora [AUGUST

their feet in the water for a considerable part of the year. The soil
of the rocky shore consists of a little gravel in the crevices between the
rocks, which are kept well washed out, and there is not much her-
baceous growth except Osmunda regalis, which unrolls its fronds at
the edge of low water in July.

In October when the red maple is scarlet, the poplar and black ash
golden, the dogwood and blueberry assorted shades of red and yellow,
and the shad-bush a mixture of the two, the royal fern forms a cinna-
mon-colored edging at the water line around a large part of the island,
as well as of many of the other islands of Attean. As one looks upon
one of the small islands from a boat, one sees a border of royal fern
and sweet gale at the water’s edge, then dogwood and other low
shrubs, then a continuous row of alder, above which arise the Jack
pine and the white birch, the Jack occasionally stepping nearer the
lake than any of the birches.

In the reentrant angles of the island, at the base of three of the lar-
ger coves, there are marshes of some size. Their soil consists of a
layer two or three inches deep of muck over an underlying deposit of
gravel. Much of their surface is dried out enough in August to be
walked upon dry shod, but not for a sufficiently long time to permit
the growth of any but strictly marsh plants. One of the marshes is
filled for much of its area with big tussocks of Carex stricta, interspersed
with Spiraea latifolia and Salix pellita, with an occasional bunch
of Calamogrostis, and it runs out into the water with a border of Scir-
pus cyperinus. Another marsh contains uniform growth of Osmunda
regalis, mixed with Carex arcta, and interspersed with Alnus incana,
Spiraea latifolia, Viburnum dentatum, Ilex verticillata, Myrica Gale,
Cornus stolonifera, Salix pellita, etc. Another marsh has a portion of
it filled exclusively with Osmunda regalis, Carex vesicaria and Salix
pellita. Along the shore edge of these last two marshes are narrow
gravel beaches a little raised above the marsh, making a kind of bar.
At the base of the smaller indentations of the shore are gravel
beaches, some of which have behind them wet places containing a few
marsh plants. These gravel beaches bear a few special plants of their
own.

The larger coves with their shallow water and gravel bottoms are
well filled with water weeds and other pond plants.

The cleared slope in front of the row of camps that extends along
part of the ridge of the island affords a habitat for numerous field and

1920] Coburn,—Flora of Birch Island in Attean Pond 133

wayside plants, probably mostly of recent introduction from the south,
while the waste ground back of the camps and round the chicken
pens has been seized upon by some of the weeds that follow habita-
tion.

The flora of Birch Island divides itself naturally into seven lists:

I. The forest flora.
II. Flora of the rocky shore below high water line.

III. Flora of the marshes.

IV. Flora of the gravel beaches.
V. Water flora of the coves.

VI. Flora of the cleared ground:

VII. Waste ground flora.

These lists somewhat overlap. In a few cases I have placed the
same name in two or more lists, where the plant seemed to have more
than one natural station. The total number of species and varieties
found on Birch Island is 255. Specimens of all plants mentioned
have been examined and their names verified by Prof. M. L. Fernald
of Gray Herbarium, Harvard University.

I. Forest FLORA

Polypodium vulgare L.

Phegopteris polypodioides Fée.

P. Dryopteris (L.) Fée.

Pteris aquilina L.

Aspidium noveboracense (L.) Sw.

A. cristatum (L.) Sw.

A. spinulosum (O. F. Müller) Sw.

A. spinulosum, var. intermedium
(Muhl.) D. C. Eaton.

Dicksonia punctilobula (Michx.)
Gray.

Osmunda Claytoniana L.

O. cinnamomea L.

Botrychium ternatum (Thunb.)

Sw., var. intermedium D. C.

Eaton.

Lycopodium lucidulum Michx.

L. annotinum L.

L. clavatum L.

L. obscurum L.

L. complanatum L., var. flabelli-
forme Fernald.

'Taxus canadensis Marsh.
Pinus Strobus L.
P. Banksjana Lamb.
P. resinosa Ait.
Picea canadensis (Mill.) BSP.
P. rubra (DuRoi) Dietr.
Abies balsamea (L.) Mill.
Thuja occidentalis L.
Panicum boreale Nash.
Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.) BSP.
A. perennans (Walt.) Tuckerm.
Poa nemoralis L.
Carex stellulata Good.
C. rosea Schuhr.,

var. radiata Dewey.
C. brunescens Poir.
C. debilis Michx.,

var. Rudgei Bailey.
C. intumescens Rudge,

var. Fernaldii Bailey.
Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf.
Maianthemum canadense Desf.

134 . Rhodora

Trillium erectum L.
T. undulatum Willd.
Salix ' discolor Mubl.
S. humilis Marsh.
Populus tremuloides Michx.
P. grandidentata Michx.
Betula lutea Michx. f.
B. alba L.,

var. papyrifera (Marsh) Spach.
Ulmus americana L.
Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb.
Ribes prostratum L'Hér.
Pyrus americana (Marsh.) DC.
P. sitchensis (Roem.) Piper.
Amelanchier laevis Wiegand.
Rubus triflorus Richards.
Prunus pennsylvanica L. f.
Oxalis Acetosella L.
Nemopanthus mucronata (L.) Trel.
Acer pennsylvanicum L.
A. spicatum Lam.
A. rubrum L.
Viola septentrionalis Greene.
V. blanda Willd.

[AUGUST

V. incognita Brainerd,
var. Forbesii Brainerd.
Aralia hispida Vent.
A; nudicaulis L.
Cornus canadensis L.
Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Nutt.
Pyrola secunda L.
P. elliptica Nutt.
Monotropa unifolia L.
Kalmia angustifolia L.
Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam.
V. canadense Kalm.
Trientalis americana (Pers.) Pursh.
Scutellaria lateriflora L.
Lycopus virginicus L.
Lonicera canadensis Marsh.
Linnaea borealis L.
Viburnum cassinoides L.
Sambucus racemosa L.
Aster macophyllus L.
A. macrophyllus L.,
var. velutinus Burgess.
A. umbellatus Mill.
A. acuminatus Michx.
Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) B. & H.

II. FLORA or THE Rockx SHORE.

Osmunda regalis L.

Pinus Banksiana Lamb.

Thuja occidentalis L.

Panicum boreale Nash.

Muhlenbergia racemosa (Michx.)
BSP.

Smilax herbacea L.

Salix lucida Marsh.

S. cordata Muhl.

S. balsamifera Barratt.

S. discolor Muhl.

S. humilis Marsh.

S. sericea Marsh.

S. rostrata Richards.

S. humilis X discolor.

Populus tremuloides Michx.

P. balsamifera L.

Myrica Gale L.

Alnus mollis Fernald

A. incana (L.) Moench.
Thalictrum polygonum Muhl.
Spiraea latifolia Borkh.
Amelanchier laevis Wiegand.
Rosa blanda Ait.
Ilex verticillata (L.) Gray.
Nemopanthus mucronata (L.) Tret.
Acer rubrum L. e
Cornus stolonifera Michx.
Rhododendron canadense (L.) BSP.
Kalmia angustifolia L. i
Vaccinium canadense Kalm.
Fraxinus nigra Marsh.
Viburnum dentatum L.
V. cassinoides L.
Eupatorium purpureum L.,

var. foliosum Fernald.
Aster vimineus Lam.

1920] Coburn,—Flora of Birch Island in Attean Pond 135

III. FLORA or THE MARSHES.

Aspidium Thelypteris (L.) Sw.

Onoclea sensibilis L.

Osmunda regalis L.

Poa perennans (Walt.) BSP.

Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx. )
Beauv.

Glyceria borealis (Nash) Batchelder

Dulichium arundinaceum (L.) Brit-
ton.

Scirpus cyperinus (L.) Kunth.,
var. pelius Fernald.

S. pedicellatus Fernald.

S. atrocinctus Fernald.

Carex arcta Boott.

C. canescens L.

C. crinita Lam.

C. torta Boott.

C. stricta Lam.

C. flava L.

C. vesicaria L.

C. vesicaria L.,
var. jejuna Fernald.

C. vesicaria L.,
var. distenta Fries.

C. rostrata Stokes.

C. rostrata Stokes,
var. utriculata (Boott.) Bailey.

Juncus effusus L.

Smilax herbacea L.

Iris versicolor L.

Habenaria fimbriata (Ait.) R.Br.
Salix lucida Muhl.
S. petiolaris Sm.
S. sericea Marsh.
S. pellita Anders.
S. sericea X petiolaris
Myrica Gale L.
Alnus incana (L.) Moench.
Radicula palustris (L.) Moench.
Spiraea latifolia Borkh.
Potentilla palustris (L.) Scop.
Ilex verticillata (L.) Gray.
Nemopanthus mucronata (L.) Trel.
Hypericum boreale (Britton) Bick-
nell.
H. virginicum L.
Sium cicutaefolium Schrank.
Cornus stolonifera, Michx.
Vaccinium macrocarpon Ait.
Lysimachia terrestris (L.) BSP.
Scutellaria galericulata L.
Lycopus uniflorus Michx.
Mentha arvensis L.
M. arvensis L.,
var. glabrata (Benth.) Fernald.
Veronica scutellata L.
Galium trifidum L.
G. Claytoni Michx.
Viburnum dentatum L.
V. cassinoides L.

IV. FLORA OF THE GRAVEL BEACHES.

Equisetum arvense L.

Sparganium diversifolium Graeb-
ner., var. acaule (Beeby) Fernald
& Eames.

Eleocharis aċicularis (L.) R. & 8.

E. tenuis (Willd.) Schultes.

Carex lenticularis Michx.

C. Oederi Retz.

Juncus filiformis L.

J. brevicaudatus (Engel.) Fernald.

J. pelocarpus Mey.

J. subtilis Mey.
Ranunculus Flammula L.
var. reptans (L.) Mey.
Potentilla palustris (L.) Scop.
Hypericum ellipticum Hook.
H. boreale (Britton) Bicknell.
Sium cicutaefolium Schrank.
Lysimachia terrestris (L.) BSP.
Scutellaria lateriflora L.
Lycopus uniflorus Michx.
L. americanus Muhl.

136 Rhodora

[AvcusT

V. WATER FLORA OF THE CovEs.

Equisetum littorale Kuehlewein.

Sparganium fluctuans (Morong)
Robinson.

Potamogeton natans L.

. epihydrus Raf.

. amplifolius Tuckerm.

. heterophyllus Schreb.

. bupleuroides Fernald.

. pusillus L.

. dimorphus Raf.

. Robinsii Oakes.

Najas flexilis (Willd.) Rostk. &
Schmidt.

Sagittaria latifolia Willd.,
forma diversifolia (Engelm.) Rob-
inson.

Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & 8.

E. acieularis (L.) R. & 8.

"Um'dqg'uud'y's

Scirpus subterminalis Torr.
8. cyperinus (L.) Kunth.
Eriocaulon articulatum (Huds.)
Morong.
Nymphaea advena Ait.,
var. variegata (Engelm.) Fern-
ald.
Castalia odorata (Ait.) Woodville
& Wood.
Ranunculus aquatilis L.,
var. capillaceus DC.
Myriophyllum alterniflorum DC.
M. verticillatum L.,
var. pectinatum Wallr.
M. Farwellii Morong.
Utricularia vulgaris L.,
var. americana Gray.
Lobelia Dortmanna L.

VI. FLORA oF THE CLEARED GROUND

Asplenium filix-femina (L.) Bernh.
Anthoxanthum odoratum L.
Phleum pratense L.
Agrostis alba L.,
var. vulgare (With.) Thurb.
A. alba L.,
var. maritima (Lam.) G. F. W.
Mey.
A. hyemalis (Walt.) BSP.
Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv.
Poa annua L.
P. trifolia Gilib.
P. pratensis L.
Bromus ciliatus L.
Carex tribuloides Wahlenb.,
var. reducta Bailey.
Carex Crawfordii Fernald.
Juncus bufonius L.
J. tenuis Willd.
Asparagus officinalis L.
Sisyrinchium angustifolium L.
Ranunculus acris L.
R. acris L.,
var. Steveni (Andrs.) Lange.

Pyrus Malus L.
Fragaria virginiana Duchesne.
Rubus idaeus L.,
var. aculeatissimus (C. A. Mey.)
Regel & Tilling.
Trifolium pratense L.
T. repens L.
T. hybridum L.
T. agrarium L.
Oxalis corniculata L.
Epilobium angustifolium L.
E. adenocaulon Haussk.
Oenothera pumila L.
Carum Carui L.
Apocynum androsaemifolium L.
Prunella vulgaris L.
Plantago major.
Veronica serpyllifolia L.
Solidago eanadensis L.
Erigeron philadelphicus L.
E. ramosus (Walt.) BSP.
Antennaria canadensis Greene.
Achillea Millefolium L.

1920] Coburn,—Flora of Birch Island in Attean Pond 137

Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L. Taraxacum officinale Weber.
var. pinnatifidum Lecoq & La- Lactuca canadensis L.
motte. Hieracium aurantiacum L.

Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. H. scabrum Michx.

VII. Waste GROUND FLORA

Echinochloa crusgalli (L.) Beauv. Cerastium vulgatum L.
Setaria glauca (L.) Beauv. Agrostemma Githago L.
8. viridis (L.) Beauv. Lepidium virginicum L.
S. italica (L.) Beauv. L. apetalum Willd.
Rumex obtusifolius L., Capsella Bursa-pastoris (L.) Cosson.
R. Acetosella L. Brassica juncea (L.) Cosson.
Polygonum aviculare L. B. campestris L.
P. aviculare L., Potentilla monspeliensis L.
var. vegetum Ledeb. P. monspeliensis L.,
P. lapathifolium L. var. norvegica (L.) Rydb.
P. Persicaria L. Vicia Cracca L.
P. Convolvulus L. Galeopsis Tetrahit L.
Chenopodium album L. Solanum rostratum Dunal.
C. album L., ' Erigeron canadensis L.
var. viride (L.) Moq. Gnaphalium uliginosum L.
Amaranthus retroflexus L. Ambrosia artemisiifolia L.
Stellaria media (L.) Cyrill. Anthemis Cotula L.

A short list is added of plants which were found in Attean town-
ship, outside of Birch Island.

In the woods: Equisetum sylvaticum L., Streptopus roseus Michx.,
Cypripedium acaule Ait., Acer saccharum Marsh, Viola incognita
Brainerd, V. renifolia Gray, Circaca alpina L., Galium triflorum Michx.

On a high knoll covered with Norway pine: Spiranthes Roman-
zoffiana Cham., Epipactis tesselata (Lodd.) A. A. Eaton, Pyrola amer-
icana Sweet, Ledum groenlandicum Oeder.

On the mountain: Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam., var. nigrum
Wood, V. pennsylvanicum Lam., var. myrtilloides (Michx.) Fernald.

On burnt land: Corydalis sempervirens (L.) Pers.

In a bog: Habenaria blephariglottis (Willd.) Torr., Calopogon pul-
chellus (Sw.) R. Br., Arethusa bulbosa L.

On the rocks of a small island: Potentilla tridentata Ait.

On the shore of the mainland: Crataegus macrosperma Ashe, Rhus
typhina L., Aster radula Ait.

In the pond: Polygonum amphibium L.

In Moose River: Sagittaria arifolia Nutt.

On the edge of a field: Chelone glabra L., Senecio Robinsii Oakes.

138 Rhodora [AvavsT

The following were found in No. 4, R. 7, just across the line from
Attean.

On the muddy bank of Moose River: Alopecurus geniculatus L., var.
aristulatus Torr., Callitriche palustris L., Ilysanthes dubia (L.) Barnh.

In Moose River: Nymphea microphylla Pers.

In woods near the river: Cinna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb., Solidago
macrophylla Pursh.

SkowHEGAN, MAINE.

ANTENNARIA ALPINA AND A. CARPATHICA.
Tueo. HomM.

In view of the fact Antennaria alpina (L.) R. Br. and A. carpathica
(Wahlenb.) R. Br. are about to be excluded from the flora of this con-
tinent according to some authors of recent date, the writer wishes to
call attention to some points relative to the geographical distribution
and external structure of these species.

While both species were included by Asa Gray in his Synoptical
Flora of North America, and by John Macoun in his Catalogue of
Canadian Plants, with a range extending from Labrador throughout
the northern part of the continent to Alaska and Oregon, Greene
has expressed the opinion that 4. alpina is not known to occur on
our continent “unless perhaps a sheet of specimens in Canadian
Survey collection, said to have been collected on the Arctic sea coast
by Dr. Richardson, may represent it;"! and this author makes the
following statement about A. carpathica: * Iam still without evidence
that true A. carpathica exists in North America" (l. c. p. 289). In
Coulter & Nelson's New Manual of Botany of the Rocky Mountains
(1919) twenty-one species of Antennaria are enumerated, but A.
alpina and A. carpathica are excluded; finally in P. A. Rydberg’s
Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains (1917) A. carpathica
has been left out, and A. alpina is credited only to some of the
British provinces.

However, if we combine the geographical distribution of both spe-
cies in the Old World with that given by Gray and Macoun for this
continent, we notice at once that A. alpina is cireumpolar, and A.

1 Greene, E. L., Pittonia Vol. 1II. Washington 1896-1898, p. 284.

1920] Holm,—Antennaria alpina and A. carpathica 139

carpathica almost so. "Thus we should naturally expect that both spe-
cies would be indigenous to the greater part of the Rocky Mountain
region, and it would indeed seem very unnatural, if neither of them
had found its way to this continent, inasmuch as A. alpina is frequent
in Greenland, and the other species has been reported from many sta-
tions in Arctic Siberia.

It is true that only the pistillate plant of A. alpina is common, and
that the staminate plant, so far, has only been found a few times in
Scandinavia, France and Alaska, but, on the other hand, it is well
known that the pistillate plant through pathenogenesis produces fer-
tile seeds in abundance!; the same being the case with several of the
other species endemic to this country. It would thus, from a geo-
graphic point of view, be most natural to expect that these two spe-
cies do occur on this continent, and let us now examine the reason why
they have been denied citizenship.

By a careful examination of various collections the result has been,
that both species exist in Canada as well as in the United States, and
by comparing the statements of certain authors, who have excluded
these species, it becomes evident that the literature has either been
ignored or completely misunderstood. For instance, with regard to
the staminate plant of A. alpina, Greene states that “true A. alpina is
one of the few species of its genus in which the pappus-bristles are
only more strongly barbellate at the apex without being clavellate-
dilated” (l. c. p. 284). None of the Scandinavian authors, who had
the opportunity to examine this extremely rare plant, has made any
statement to that effect, and Lamarck & De Candolle (Flore Fran-
caise) describe the pappus thus: "les poils sont filiformes et dentés
dans les fleurs fertiles, et écrasés au sommet en massue applatie, dans
les fleurs stériles.”

Considering the vast distribution of these species, it must be ex-
pected that they do not always exhibit the same external structure,
but that they sometimes appear as varieties, more or less well marked.
Moreover we must remember that species which depend on parthe-
nogenesis, as our A. alpina, are known to be polymorphic.

Let us then examine A. alpina as it occurs in Europe and Asia. In
the typical plant the leaves are glabrous on the upper face, villous or

QiKerner: Parthenogenesis einer angiospermen Pflanze (Sitzungsber. der Acad. der

Wissensch. Wien. Math.-naturw. Cl. Vol. 74. 1876. p. 659). See also Juel, H. O.: Par-
thenogenesis bei Antennaria alpina (L.) R. Br. (Bot. Centralbl. Vol. 74, No. 13. 1898.

D. 1)

140 Rhodora [AvavsT

tomentose on the lower. But in Greenland and Scandinavia a va-
riety is not uncommon with the leaves villous on both faces, by Lange
described as var. canescens; this variety is thus identical with var.
Friesiana 'Trautv.? and has been collected in Labrador’. The width
of the leaf-blade is also subject to variation, and in Greenland I no-
ticed the leaves to be broader in the var. canescens than in the typical
plant. The same observation was made in Colorado, where the va-
riety was found on several peaks, at elevations from 11,500 to 13,000
feet. Then there is also a var. corymbosa Fries‘; “triplo majus, cor-
ymbo multifloro, pedunculis praelongis subfastigiatis," recorded from
Lapland and Norrland. A monocephalous state, known in many
other Compositae, is known also in A. alpina viz. * monocephala DC.”’,
from Alaska and Siberia*, but Kjellman®, who found it on the Asiatic
coast of Bering Strait, observed that mono- and plio-cephalous stems
may occur upon the same individual. In Greenland I found a very
interesting form, perfectly glabrous, the so-called var. glabrata I.
Vahl: “foliis utrinque viridibus, calathiis solitaris iv. paucis, per-
iclinio glabriusculo." This variety has since been raised to specific
rank by Greene as A. glabrata (l. c. 285), and recently also by Por-
sild* under the same name. However, the few points by which it
differs from the typical A. alpina are variable in the latter, thus it
would seem more correct to consider it a variety only.

Similar variation is known in several other plants, for instance Gna-
phalium uliginosum L. var. nudum Ehrh., Arabis hirsuta Scop. var.
glaberrima L., A. petraea Lam. var. glabra, A. alpina L. var. glabrata,
etc.

Finally a variety ungavensis has been described by Prof. Fernald
(l. c.), distributed as A. labradorica Nutt., but evidently distinct from
this; it differs from the A. alpina by its very tall stature, numerous

1 Flora Danica: XLVII. Tab, 2786. Copenhagen, 1868.

? Trautvetter, E. R.: Flora terrae Tschuktschorum (Acta Hort. Bot. Petr. VI. p.
j Peil. M. L.: Some allies of Antennaria alpina from Newfoundland and the Lab-
rador Peninsula. (Ruopona, XVIII, p. 237. Boston, 1916).

4Fries, Elias: Nov. Florae Suecicae Mant. III. p. 102. 1832-1842.

š Trautvetter, E. R.: Plantas Siberiae Borealis ab A. Czekanowski et F. Mueller
annis 1874 et 1875 lectas. (Acta Hort. Bot. Petr. V. p. 1. 1877).

*Kjellman, F. R.: Asiatiska Beringsunds-Kustens Fanerogam-flora (Vega-Exped.
vetensk. arb. p. 502).

"Flora Danica, 1. c. Fig. 4.

8Porsild, M. P.: On the genus Antennaria in Greenland. (Medd. om Groenland;
LI. Copenhagen, 1915. $

1926j Holm,—Antennaria alpina and A. carpathica 141

cauline leaves, and in the long-peduncled lower head of the two-head-
ed inflorescence.

These are, so far as I know, the described varieties of A. alpina, but
it has also been stated by several authors abroad that the species var-
ies with reference to the development or absence of stolons, etc. Por-
sild (l. c. p. 269) for instance summarizes the variations in the Green-
land plant as follows: *Shoot-formation; the procumbent runnerlike
shoots are more or less developed, or sometimes quite missing. Hair-
iness; sometimes the leaves are closely white-felted on their lower sur-
faces only (4. alpina a, in Lange, Flora Danica) and at other times
on both surfaces (8 canescens Lge.); or the felt can be more loose and
tufted. Besides this, the seasons can influence the hairiness, the
earliest shoots in spring often being more densely felted than those
developed later. The inflorescence; the number and size of the heads
(capitula). "The colour of the involucre is generally dark olive-brown-
ish, but sometimes it can be more reddish. I have however never seen
such light reddish-brown colours as are apparently common in Scan-
dinavian specimens." By this same author an interesting series of
figures is given, which show the variation in outline of the leaves, and
also of the involucre, as observed by him in the species of the genus,
represented in Greenland. The comparative method followed by
Porsild is highly to be recommended, and would undoubtedly, if ad-
opted by American authors, prove very successful in reducing the al-
most untold number of species described recently.

According to Fernald the var. canescens replaces in Eastern Amer-
ica the typical green-leaved plant, and such specimens are recorded
from Labrador; as stated above this same variety is represented in
Colorado, where I found it on James's Peak, Mt. Massive, Mt. Kelso,
Long's Peak, headwaters of Clear Creek, etc.; but I have also seen
specimens from Wyoming: Teton Mts., from Central Montana:
Little Belt Mts., from Oregon: Crater Lake, etc., most of these hav-
ing been labelled A. mucronata E. Nelson. In establishing this spe-
cies Mr. Nelson! compares it with A. wmbrinella Rydbg.; a compar-
ison, however, with A. alpina might have proved these to be identical.

Now with respect to Antennaria carpathica (Wahlenb.) R. Br.,
this also has met the same fate as A. alpina. When establishing the
species A. lanata Greene (l. c. p. 289) states, that in A. carpathica
* the leaves are green and glabrate above." By Hooker (Flora Bor.

1Nelson, Elias: The Wyoming species of Antennaria (Bot. Gaz. March 1899).

142 ~ Rhodora [AUGUST

Am.) the plant is considered a variety: lanata of A. carpathica. Iam
at a loss to understand how Greene could make any such statement,
since the European authors, who were familiar with the plant, des-
cribe the leaves as follows: Wahlenberg! says about the Swedish
plant:" 8 foliis inferioribus lanceolatis, trinervibus subtus (supraque)
lanuginosis;" Blytt? and Hartman? describe the leaves as white- or
grayish-woolly on both faces; Koch‘ writes “foliis utrinque lanatis,"
and Trautvetter’ describes the variety Laestadiana; "foliis utrinque
magis minusve albo-tomentosis." Finally Elias Fries (Nov. Fl. Suec.
l. c.) demonstrates that A carpathica shows exactly the same varia.
tion as A. alpina with regard to inflorescence and foliage. It may
be mentioned at the same time, that A. carpathica is not enumerated
by Ledebour in his Flora Rossica, but Trautvetter®, has recorded
several stations for it in Russia and Siberia, “Zona artica Rossiae
europaeae et Siberiae. ”

Having examined a number of specimens of A. lanata Greene I find
it impossible to distinguish them from 4. carpathica, but they all be-
long to the var. lanata Hook., and this variety occurs, furthermore,
in Europe and Asia, as stated above. It is interesting to notice that
a monocephalous state is known also in this species according to Gray
(l. c. p. 232). Thus these two species, A. alpina and A. carpathica,
are remarkably uniform in their modes of variation. With regard
to the var. pulcherrima Hook. of the latter, this is a lowland plant,
and seems quite different from A. carpathica vera; thus it is undoubt-
edly correct to consider it a distinct species: A. pulcherrima Greene.

Having studied the genus in the Arctic regions, in the Rocky Moun-
tains of Colorado, in Maryland and Virginia the writer has reached the
conclusion that the genus is very susceptible to the influence of en-
vironment; the variation according to latitude resembles that of alti-
tude in the mountains; with respect to the lowland species, specimens
growing in the open, in fields, open thickets, etc., are sometimes quite
distinct from those which inhabit the woods, as may be seen especially
in A. arnoglossa Greene, A. fallax Greene, A. alsinoides Greene and
A. neodioica Greene.

CLINTON, MARYLAND.

lFlora Suecica. Upsala 1826. p. 515.

?Norges Flora. Christiania 1874. p. 575.

3Skandinaviens Flora. Stockholm 1879. 11th ed. p. 13.

‘Synopsis Florae Germanicae et Helvetiae. Leipzig 1857. Vol. 1. p. 312.

5 Flora terrae Tschuk. l. c. p. 24.
$Incrementa Florae phaenogamae Rossicae. Vol. 2. Petropolis 1883. p. 412.

1920] | Weatherby,—A European Primrose in New England 143

A EunoPEAN Primrose IN New ENGLAND.—I had some trouble
in believing my eyes when, in May, 1917, I ran across a colony of
Primula officinalis (the English cowslip) very much at home on a
shaded river-bank in Salisbury, Conn. There were forty or fifty
plants within a fifty-foot square, perhaps a dozen of them in bloom,
the others small and appearing like seedlings from their larger and
more vigorous neighbors. The colony was visited again in 1918, and
found to be flourishing, having increased somewhat both in number
of plants and area covered. Last summer Mr. C. C. Hanmer showed
me specimens of the same species collected by him in the township of
Greene, Maine, where two or three small patches had been discovered
along a rivulet in a meadow by Miss Mutty of Lewiston.

P. officinalis Jacq. (or P. veris L., according to one's interpreta-
tion of the Linnaean treatment) is a common and wide-spead Eurasian
species, sometimes grown in gardens here. It is reported to set seed
freely in cultivation. "The Salisbury station is near a spot where a
steep bank between road and river offers to inhabitants of nearby
houses an inviting opportunity to get rid of rubbish. Debris from
gardens or earth from flower pots, thrown down here and containing
Primula seeds may account for its presence.

A search in the literature at hand has failed to disclose any previous
record of Primula officinalis as spontaneous in the eastern United
States. In his Catalogue of Canadian Plants, however, Professor
John Macoun says of it: “‘ Well established in meadows about a mile
inland from North Sydney, Cape Breton; also in meadows at Vic-
toria, Vancouver Island."—€C. A. WEATHERBY, East Hartford, Conn.

OXALIS MONTANA.—In 1918 I pointed out! several characters by
which the northern Wood Sorrel of eastern America differs from the
Old World O. Acetosella L. and took up for the American plant the
name O. americana Bigelow (1824). But unfortunately I overlooked,
às others have done, the fact that the American plant had been
properly named in 1818 by Rafinesque. In his review of Pursh's
Flora Americae Septentrionalis Rafinesque said: “ Oxalis acetosella, P.
is in the same predicament [different from the European species],

1 Fernald, Ruopona, xx. 76-78 (1918).

144 Rhodora [AvcvsT

and is called O. Montana, by Raf.”! In most such publications of
Rafinesque's the names proposed are not associable with any state-
ment of differential characters and the proposed names are therefore
nomina nuda and not to be taken up. In the case of his Ozalis
Acetosella, however, Pursh clearly stated important characters which
differentiate our plant from the European, saying: “Flowers large,
white, with red veins and yellow at the bottom; the petals are cuneate,
emarginate, and narrower than the European species."? The char-
acters of narrower, emarginate petals were the only points of differ-
ence indicated by Bigelow who, like Rafinesque, may have taken
his cue from Pursh; and it is clear that our plant should be called
OXALIS MONTANA Raf. (1818) = O. americana Bigelow (1824).

The form with purple petals should be called

O. MONTANA Raf., forma rhodantha, n. comb. O. americana Bige-
low, forma rhodantha Fernald, Ruopora, xx. 78 (1918).

M. L. FEnNALD, Gray Herbarium.

! Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. ii. 266 (1818).
? Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 322 (1814).

Vol. 22, no. 259, including pages 113 lo 128, was issued 3 August, 1920.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD

HOLLIS WEBSTER \ Associate Editors.

LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. September, 1920

CONTENTS:
Francis Eugene McDonald. V. H. Chase

Additional Notes on Amelanchier. K. M. Wiegand

A teratological Aralia hispida. Harold St. John
A northeastern Variety of Panicum. H. K. Svenson

Gaultheria procumbens, forma suborbiculata, n. f. M. A Fernald

Marsilea quadrifolia in Maine. L.H. Coburn

Lactuca hirsuta, forma calvifolia, n. f. M. L. Fernald.

No. 261.

145
146
152
154
155
156
156

Boston, Mass.
1052 Exchange Building

Providence, R. J.

Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODOR A.—4A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howanp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
f of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol L Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. September, 1920. No. 260.

FRANCIS EUGENE M’DONALD

Virainius H. CHASE.
(With Portrait)

Francis EUGENE McDoxarp was born at Wyanet, Illinois, Feb.
23,1860. The family moved to Peoria in his childhood and he received
his education in that town. After completing his school days, F. E.
McDonald took up the study of law under Judge Bigelow. He stood
third in a class of twenty-six and was admitted to the bar, January 8,
1883. He had taken the law course because his mother wished it, but
controversies and quarrels were so absolutely contrary to his nature
that he never could bring himself to practice his profession.

On account of the illness of his father, who was in the railway mail
service, he tock his place for some months as railway mail clerk be-
tween Galva and Quincy, Ill., and in 1884 was given a regular appoint-
ment between Rock Island, Ill., and St. Louis, Mo., which he held up
to the time of his death.

As a child he greatly admired a little “herbarium” prepared by his
mother in her school days, but just how great his admiration for it
was she never realized until she thoughtlessly gave it away. Before
many years he began to collect and prepare herbarium specimens for
himself, and by the time he was married, Sept. 25, 1890, to Miss Ida
Trine of Chicago, he had a large local collection. He added to this
by exchange with all the best collectors in the country, until at the
time he sold it to the University of Illinois, about ten years ago, it
numbered over ten thousand specimens.

146 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

His numerous correspondents were always delighted with the ample,
beautifully prepared specimens. He never sent out a poor speci-
men or gave one space in his own herbarium. Taking up the study
of the local flora just about the time Dr. Brendel was laying it down,
he derived much pleasure from finding species overlooked by the Doc-
ter, and in watching the introduction of many new weeds. His beau-
tifully prepared book of records is now one of my most. treasured pos-
sessions. I hope it may be published as a fitting companion to Dr.
Brendel’s Flora Peoriana and as a real contribution toward a state
flora.

Except for a few notes his writing never appeared in print, but his
beautiful specimens are in most public herbariums and in many
private ones, and have helped many a student in understanding
difficult species. E

After disposing of his general herbarium he devoted his study al-
most entirely to mosses, of which he had a large collection from all
parts of the world, although especially rich in Illinois material. His
interest in plants never faltered. Twice the past summer he visited
the Starved Rock region for mosses, and during his last illness he had
botanical magazines on his bed to read when he was able. He died
of pneumonia at his home in Peoria on Jan. 30, 1920, leaving a wife
and son. Truly one of Nature's noblemen, he is now laid to rest in
his beloved “Springdale” among whose wooded hills he has gone to
welcome the coming of the springtime.

Prorta, ILLINOIS.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON AMELANCHIER.
K. M. WiEGAND

Ir is now eight years since the writer contributed to this Journal
two articles on the Amelanchiers of Eastern North America (Rnuo-
pora, xiv. 117, and 239. 1912). During this time a large quan-
tity of material has been received, and much information has been
accumulated relating to the species in Eastern America. In the
light of this increased knowledge it is now apparent that several
forms which gave trouble at that time are really good species. These
and others are presented in the following pages.

1920] Wiegand,— Additional Notes on Amelanchier 147

A. INTERMEDIA Spach, Hist. Veg. ii. 85, (1834).—4 tall shrub, rarely a
small tree, widely branching near the ground or at first growing in
clumps: winter buds dark brown: leaves elliptic-oblong or elliptic-
obovate on the shoots; base rounded; apex acute; margin finely
but somewhat distantly serrate, the serrations slightly more distant
on the shoots; veins irregular; surface moderately tomentose when
young, slightly so at maturity on the veins beneath and on the peti-
ole; young leaves often reddish: racemes short (2-4 cm. long), 5-8-
flowered, sparingly hairy: lower pedicels 8-14 mm. long: hypan-
thium cup-shaped, sparingly hairy outside: sepals short (2-3 mm.
long), irregularly recurved, hairy on the inner face: petals short
(7-8 mm. long), oblong-cuneate: summit of the ovary glabrous or
somewhat woolly: fruit dark purple, juicy: fruiting racemes short,
subcorymbose: lower pedicels about 15 mm. long: tube of the hypan-
thium not prominent: sepals irregularly spreading. In boggy soil:
western Vermont, central New York and western Pennsylvania to
the mountains of North Carolina. VERMonT: Blueberry Hill Bog,
Rutland, 1899, W. W. Eggleston, no. 1179, 1180 (probably). NEw
York: Labrador Swamp, Fabius, 1914, Wiegand, nos. 2533 to 2538;
Green Lake, Preble, 1914, Wiegand, nos. 2539 and 2542; Feather-
bed Bog, Victory, 1916, Wiegand, no. 6608; Miller's Bog, Spring
Lake, Conquest, 1916, Wiegand, no. 6609; Lowery’s Pond, Junius,
1914, Wiegand, no. 2540 & 2541; Round Marshes, Dryden,
1882, W. R. Dudley, also 1913, Eames & MacDaniels, nos.
644 & 646, also 1914, Wiegand, nos. 2524 to 2532; South Hill
Marsh, Ithaca, 1914, Wiegand, also Wiegand & Eames, nos.
2512 to 2520; Michigan Hollow Swamp, Danby 1913, Eames &
MacDaniels, no. 645, also 1914, Eames & Wiegand, nos. 2521 to
2523. PENNSYLVANIA: Half-moon Swamp, Mercer County, 1906,
O. E. Jennings; Moosic, 1907, A. Twining. NomrH CAROLINA:
Macon County, mountain swamp, 1912, T. G. Harbison, no. 917,
and Highlands, 1918, Harbison, no. 9, 1919, Harbison, no. 194; Orange
County, 1919, Harbison, no. 23.

As long ago as in 1886 Dudley (Cayuga Flora, p. 34) called atten-
tion to this plant, listing it as “ A. canadensis, Torr. and Gray; (form).
(In sphagnum marshes, and agreeing with var. oligocarpa in charac-
ter of the leaf and length of petals, but racemes usually have 4-6
flowers.) Round Marshes. South Hill Marsh." In the first of —
the above cited papers in Ruopora (p. 135 and 149) the writer again
called attention to it, noting its affinity with A. oblongifolia. Since
that time the plant has continued to give trouble in Central New
York, where it is abundantly distinct from any local species; yet in
all this time it has not been reported from outside the New York
region. Species with a limited range of this sort occur very excep-

Rhodora

148 [SEPTEMBER
tionally in New York State, and then under special conditions. Con-
sequently the recognition of this plant as a species has been delayed
with the hope that more information might give it a natural range.
A study of additional material in the Gray Herbarium and the her-
barium of the Arnold Arboretum now shows that the plant has a
typical Alleghanian range. Ashe has recently cited (Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, xlvi. 222, 1919) what is presumably the same plant as
“frequent in bogs near Beltsville, Maryland." One of the speci-
mens cited above from North Carolina is from the Piedmont Region;
so the plant probably ranges over this region as well as in the moun-
tains. Very likely it extends also to the mountains of Georgia.
There is in the Gray Herbarium a fragmentary flowering specimen
supposed to have come from Spach and labelled A. intermedia. So
far as can be determined, this fragment agrees perfectly with our
plant. Since Spach's description also agrees sufficiently well, it
has seemed safe to adopt this name for the plant in question. It is
probably a part of the 4. canadensis var. obovalis of Sargent's Silva
(iv. 129, 1892), but not A. obovalis of Sargent's Manual of Trees.
It is also A. intermedia, in part, of Britton’s publications. Most
authors have confused it with A. oblongifolia of the Coastal Plain,
and also to some extent with A. canadensis. A. intermedia is most
closely related to A. oblongifolia. If it grew on the Coastal Plain
it would be mistaken for a hybrid of that species and 4. laevis, as it
seems to combine the characters of these two species. It is more
distantly related to A. canadensis, which, however, is an entirely
different plant. 'The three species may be contrasted as follows.

A. INTERMEDIA A. OBLONGIFOLIA A, CANADENSIS

Range: Piedmont and Alle- Coastal plain. Piedmont and west-
ghany Mountains. ward.
Habitat: Bogs. Swamps. Uplands.
Habit: Alder-like. Alder-like. More arborescent.
Leaf: Oblong, acute, of Oblong, obtuse or Ovate or obovate,
shoots more laev- acute, not laev- acute or acuminate
is-like, becoming is-like, becoming usually permanent-
subglabrate, of- subglabrate, not ly hairy except far
ten reddish when reddish when south and west,
young; teeth fine, young; teeth fine, not reddish when
more distant. close. young; teeth me-
dium, sharp, broad-
based. ý
Sepals: Narrowly deltoid, Narrowly deltoid, Broadly ovate, abrupt-
irregularly re- erect-spreading. ly reflexed.
curved.
Fruit: Dark, juicy. Dark, juicy. Red-purple, dry

or juicy-mealy.

1920] Wiegand,—Additional Notes on Amelanchier 149

In the summer of 1912 Professor M. L. Fernald collected a quan-
tity of a strange Amelanchier on the Magdalen Islands, and in 1914
in western Newfoundland. "The writer is inclined to agree with Fer-
nald that this is an undescribed species of the region about the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, a similar plant having been secured by Fernald in
Gaspé Co., Quebec. It inhabits lime barrens or strongly calcareous
gravelly shores and swamps, and may be described as follows:

A. Fernaldii, sp. nov., humilis 3-6 dm. alta diffusa stolonifera
subcaespitosa, foliis ad anthesin semiexpansis glabris et viridibus,
maturitate submagnis 5-8 cm. longis, late elliptico-oblongis vel
subobovatis, basi rotundatis vel subcordatis, apice subacutis, mar-
gine e basi ad apicem dentibus mediocribus acute serratis, laminis
glabris subtus paullo pallidioribus irregulariter venosis, petiolis
tenuibus sparce villosis; racemis multi- vel pauci-floris glabris
laxis, pedicellis inferioribus 1.5-3 cm. longis, hypanthio submagno 5
mm. lato campanulato, sepalis 3-4 mm. longis lanceolato-deltoid-
eis irregulariter divaricatis vel recurvatis conspicuis glabris vel intus
subtomentosis, petalis liguliformibus 1-1.5 cm. longis, ovario ad
apicem tomentoso, fructo atropurpureo succulento, tubo hypanthii
paulo evoluto, pedicellis fructiferis saepe 3-4 cm. longis. Western
Newfoundland and the Magdalen Islands to the coast of Quebec, and
apparently some distance up the St. Lawrence river. NEWFOUND-
LAND: limestone tableland of Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay,
1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10840 & 10842. MAGDALEN ISLANDS:
Grindstone, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7592 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.), also nos. 7589 & 7590, also Fernald, Bartram, Long, & St. John,
no. 7586; between East Cape and East Point, Coffin Island, 1912,
Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 7587. QUEBEC: banks of
the Grand River, Gaspé Co., 1904, Fernald; Isle aux Coudres, 1917,
Bro. M. Victorin, no. 4318 (apparently this species).

This plant at first glance suggests a hybrid between A. laevis and
A. stolonifera, but A. stolonifera is not a plant of lime barrens, and has
not been found in the region from which this plant was collected.
Moreover the leaves of our plant are never hairy. It suggests also
a combination of A. Bartramiana and A. laevis, but the leaves are
too blunt. The plant wherever found gives the impression of being
the same, and seems to form a definite unit, not a fluctuating hybrid.
A. Fernaldii is not to be confused with A. sanguinea, var. gaspensis
which has coarse teeth, more parallel veins, and a more pronounced
hypanthium-tube.

A. grandiflora, comb. nov. A. sanguinea, forma grandiflora
Wiegand, Ruopora, xiv. 139 (1912). A. sanguinea, var. grandiflora
Rehder in Standard Cyclop. Hort. i. 272 (1914).—A more extended

150 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

acquaintance with this plant in central New York has led to the
opinion that it is specifically distinct from A. sanguinea. The hypan-
thium is much broader and more shallow (saucer-shaped), the petals
are longer, and there are other distinctive characteristics given in
the table under the next species. Its range, so far as known at
present, is from central and western New York to Ontario. In
central New York it inhabits the crests and ledges of shale cliffs
bordering the ravines and lake shore. These cliffs are usually more
or less calcareous. The plant is probably a calciphile, but this
should be verified. New York: Paine’s Creek Ravine, Ledyard,
1916, Wiegand no. 6589, 6589a, 6592; King’s Ferry, Genoa, 1916
Wiegand, no. 6590; Portland Point, Lansing, 1916, MacDaniels &
Wiegand, no. 6591; Esty’s Glen, Lansing, 1914, Wiegand, no. 2497;
Mckinney’s Glens, Lansing, 1897, Wiegand, also 1914, F. P. Metcalf,
no. 2496; Cayuga Heights Road, Ithaea, 1914, Wiegand, no. 2498;
Fall Creek Ravine, Ithaca, 1897, Wiegand (type of f. grandiflora, in
Gray Herb.), also 1914, Wiegand, no. 2501, also A. J. Eames no.
2502 & 2506; Enfield Ravine, 1914, Eames & MacDaniels, no. 2508;
Elm Beach, Romulus, 1915, A. J. Eames, no. 4288; Hemlock Lake,
Canadice, 1915, C. C. Thomas, no. 4289; along the Genesee River
in the Rochester parks, B. H. Slavin. ONTARIO: vicinity of Ottawa,
1898, J. M. Macoun, no. 20074; Guelph, 1904, A. B. Klugh (probably
this); Gravehurst, 1897, Biltmore Herb. no. 5664.

A. huronensis, sp. nov., frutex vel arbor parva 3-7 m. alta, foliis
ad anthesin semiexpansis maturitate magnis oblongo-ovalibus vel
suborbicularibus vel late obovatis 4-7 cm. longis, 3.5-5.5 cm. latis,
basi rotundatis vel plerumque cordatis, apice rotundatis vel rare
subacutis, margine basi ad apicem argute et crasse serrato-dentatis,
subtus juventate tomentosis maturitate leviter tomentosis, nervis
conspicue pinnatis sed ad apicem irregularibus, petiolis tenuibus,
racemis multifloris ad anthesin subdensis subtomentosis, pedicellis
inferioribus 15-20 mm. longis, hypanthio subglabro mediocri vel
magno 6-8 mm. lato alte patelliformi, petalis mediocribus obovato-
linearibus apice latis 12-16 mm. longis, ovario ad apicem tomentoso,
fructo atropurpureo succulento, tubo hypanthii in fructo juniore
conspicuo, sepalis longis et manifestis, fl. 3-3.5 mm. longis fr. 4—5
mm. longis, pedicellis fructiferis, 20-30 mm. longis.—Sandy soil,
Lake Huron, Lake Michigan and Lake Superior. MicuiGAN: Part-
ridge Point near Alpina, 1895, C. F. Wheeler; Alpina, 1907, C. K.
Dodge, no. 56; Sand Point, Huron County, 1908, Dodge, no. 74, also
76 (type in Gray Herb.); Stony Island, Saginaw Bay, 1908, Dodge,
no. 75;lake shore, Keweenaw County, 1916, Goessl, no. 38709. Wis-
CONSIN: Washington Island, Door County, 1916, C. Goessl, no.
39104; Ellison Bay, Door County, 1916, Goessl, no. 39000; on lime-
stone, Ozaukee County, 1909, to 1912, H. V. Ogden, nos. 12 to 16.

This plant is a close relative of A. grandiflora and A. sanguinea.
From the former it differs in the broad obtuse leaves with more

1920] Wiegand,—Additional Notes on Amelanchier 151
persistent tomentum, more regular veins and slightly shorter petals.
From the latter it differs in the more obtuse leaves, much larger
hypanthium, longer petals, and more open fruiting inflorescence.
The plant grows on sand dunes in Michigan but on limestone rocky
banks in other portions of its range. "These two soils at first seem
contradictory in nature, but the sands of Huron County are under-
laid by limestone, and are, judging from other plants in the vicinity,
more or less calcareous. A. huronensis is probably a calciphile.
This species together with A. humilis probably forms the basis of
the records of A. florida Lindl. from the region of the Great Lakes.

A. HURONENSIS

A. GRANDIFLORA

A. SANGUINEA

Soil: Calciphile. Calciphile. Neutral or acid clay
or gravel over
sandstones.

Habit: Not in clumps. Not in clumps. In substoloniferous
clumps.

Leaves: Broadly oval, ob- Ovate-oval, sub- Ovate-oval, sub-

tuse. acute. acute.

Veins: Parallel. Irregular, more Parallel.

laevis-like.

Tomen- Persistent. Early deciduous. Persistent.
tum:

Racemes: Loose, lower pedi- Loose, lower pedi- Denser, lower pedi-
A cels long. dels long. cels short.

Lower Fl. 15-20 mm., fr. Fl. 27-40 mm., long, Fl. 7-10 mm., fr. 7-
aere 20-30 mm., long. fr. the same. 25 mm. long.
cels:

Hypan- Large, 6-8 mm. Large, 7-9 mm. Small, 3.5-6 mm.
thium broad. broad. broad.

Petals: 12-16 mm. long, 16-22 mm. long, 2-14 mm. long,

broad. medium. narrow.

Length 3-3.5 mm. in fl., 4.5-5 mm. long. 2-3 mm. long.
of se- 4-5 mm. in fr.
pals:

Fresh 0.6 mm. long.? 1.0 mm. long. 0.6 mm. long.
anthers:

Farwell (Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xvii. 172, 1916) has attempted to
show that the name Mespilus canadensis L. should be applied to
what the writer has called A. laevis. The status of this name was
discussed at length in Ruopora (xiv. 121). The writer there held
that it is at present impossible to say what Linnaeus meant in the
Species Plantarum. The description and the reference to Gronovius
(as far as Gronovius's critical statement is concerned) refer to diff-
erent plants. We are first able to place the name definitely in the
Systema, ed. 12, where it clearly applies to the arborescent hairy-
leaved form.

ConNELL University, Ithaca, New York.

152 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

A TERATOLOGICAL SPECIMEN OF ARALIA HISPIDA
Hanorp Sr. JOHN.

IN certain genera and species as, for instance, in several specles of
Trillium, monstrosities are of frequent occurrence. On the other
hand most plants develop with a remarkable trueness to type and ter-
atological forms are very uncommon. Aralia hispida Vent. is one of
the latter class. Neither the Gray Herbarium nor the Herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club contains any such forms, nor has a
prolonged search revealed any published records of the discovery of
any such specimens in America.

Consequently, a specimen collected by Miss I.W. Anderson on the side
of Rattlesnake Mt., Tyrone, Blair Co., Pa., Aug. 20, 1915, is of decided
interest. It is a vigorous plant 8 dm. tall with a normal root-system
and abundant normal foliage. Its inflorescence, however, is very far
from normal. From a distance, instead of the round-topped umbels
with white flowers or dark angular fruits, one sees the umbels, but
these are crowned by tufts of green leaves. A closer examination re-
veals that the ovaries instead of being semi-globose urceolate as in the
normal flower, are wrinkled slender clavate affairs scarcely distinguish-
able from the peduncles. Some of the flowers at first sight appear
nearly normal except for their brownish or greenish tone and unde-
veloped ovaries. If, however, these are dissected, it will be seen that
the sepals are in many cases normal, are short triangular lobes; that
the petals are brownish and shriveled or developed into green leaves,
instead of clear white oblong-lanceolate petals, 2.5 mm. long; that the
filaments are dark and shriveled, 1 mm. long, instead of light-colored,
2 mm. long; that the anthers are dark yellowish brown, .75 mm. long,
instead of light yellowish, 1.5 mm. long; that the stylopodium is con-
ical, 1 mm. long, instead of 1.5 mm. long.

Many of the flowers, especially the central ones of the umbels,.
show, instead of this dwarfing and slight malformation, a very abnor-
mal development. One of them has the perianth slightly foliaceous.
The stamens are shrunken and abnormal as described above. From
the center of the flower, instead of a stylopodium, springs a prolon-
gation of the axis, which 4 mm. above, bears a tuft of green serrate

1For a summary of the recorded facts and a bibliography, see Gates, R. R.: Ann.
Mo. Bot. Gard. iv. 69 (1917).

1920] St. John,—A teratological Aralia hispida 153

normal leaves, each of the lowest being subtended by an abortive
stamen. This flower illustrates phyllody of the perianth and median
leafy and floral prolification.

Another flower has its perianth green and leaf-like and the stamens
similarly abnormal. From the center of the flower the axis is prolong-
ed, bearing 4 mm. above a pair of opposite bracts, then 3 mm. above
— these a proliferous flower having its perianth foliaceous and bearing on
the disc a tuft of green leaves, most of which subtend an abortive sta-
men.

Still another flower had the perianth enlarged and foliaceous and
within it the same type of abortive stamens. From the center of the
flower the axis is prolonged and 7 mm. above bears normal involucral
bracts subtending 7 rays. "These are about 4 mm. long and each bears
a flower with a foliaceous perianth subtending abnormal stamens and
on the center of the disc a tuft of green leaves. It is probable that
dissection of more of the flowers would show still other types of ab-
normality, but those already described illustrate sufficiently the ab-
normal infloresence of this monstrosity in Aralia hispida. Nowhere
does the plant show any sign of an injury that might have been the
cause of such an abnormal development.

Gray HERBARIUM.

A NORTHEASTERN VARIETY OF PANICUM
H. K. SVENSON.

Fon several summers there has been found on the sandy shores of
ponds in Plymouth County and Cape Cod, Massachusetts, a Panicum
which seems to bridge the gap between the sections Dichotomiflora
and Capillaria as these groups are treated in Hitchcock & Chase’s
“North Amerian Species of Panicum.” Although showing un-
doubted connection with P. dichotomiflorum Michx., it has the low,
slender habit, diffuse ovoid panicles, and small, long-pedicelled spike-
lets, that are characteristic of P. Tuckermanni Fernald! and P. Gatting-
ert Nash. There is furthermore a tendency toward pubescence, al-
though many specimens are glabrous. "Transitional forms show dis-
tinctly the relation to the typical P. dichotomiflorum. Both P. Tuck-

! Ruopona, XXI, 112 (1919).

154 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

ermanni and P. Gattingeri have a much denser pubescence, more
pointed spikelets, and pubescent nodes. The form under discussion
has glabrous nodes. From P. capillare it can be distinguished by the
glabrous pulvini.!

So far as is known this plant occurs
only on the sandy pond-shores of south-
eastern Massachusetts. It is distin-
guished from the typical P. dichotomi-
florum by low habit, and scattered in-
florescence of small, blunt spikelets with
long pedicels. Most characteristic are
the second glume and sterile lemma
which are somewhat membranaceous,
and have a tendency to spread and
wither at maturity, exposing the fruit.
This plant is worthy of varietal separa-
tion as:

PANICUM DICHOTOMIFLORUM Michx.,
var. puritanorum, n. var. annuum,
culmis plerumque erectis rare decum-
bentibus vel solitariis vel numerosis fur-
catisque, 0.5-6 dm. longis ubique foliosis;
vaginibus glabris vel pilosis, laminis 2-40
cm. longis, 0.1-8 mm. latis longe acumi-
natis laxe adscendentibus glabris vel his-
pidis; paniculis numerosis vel solitariis,
primariis breviter exsertis, late ovoideis,
3-25 em. longis; ramis primum adscen-
dentibus deinde divergentibus vel rare
reflexis, pulvinis glabris; spiculis ovoideis,
longe pedicellatis, 1.8-2.2 mm. longis,
0.8-1.1 mm. latis obtusis vel acutiusculis,
gluma prima deltoideo-orbiculare spiculo
quater vel quinquiens breviore; gluma
Fig. 1. P. dichot. v. puritanorum altera et lemmate sterili 5-7-nervatis,

D submembranaceis caryopsin vix superan-
tibus plerumque flaccidis vel ad maturitatem marcescentibus et cary-
opsin denudantibus.

Culms usually erect, solitary or numerous, simple or branching from
base and nodes, 0.5-6 dm. long, leafy throughout: sheaths glabrous
or pilose, blades 2-40 em. long, 0.1-8 mm. broad, long-acuminate,

l For elucidation of this character see Ruopora, l. c. ITI.

1920] Svenson,—A Northeastern Variety of Panicum 155

loosely ascending, glabrous or hispid: panicles solitary or many, short-
exserted, broadly ovoid, 3-25 cm. long; branches at first ascending,
later divergent, rarely reflexed: pulvini glabrous; spikelets long-pedi-
celled, ovoid, 1.8-2.2 mm. long, 0.8-1.1 mm. broad, blunt or somewhat
pointed: first glume deltoid-orbicular, one-fifth to one-fourth the

Figs. 2-4. P. dichot. v. puritanorum. Spikelets X 15.
Fig. 5. P. dichot. typical. Spikelet X 15.

length of the spikelet;second glume and sterile lemma equal, 5-7-nerv-
ed, slightly exceeding the fruit, submembranaceous, usually withering
and exposing the fruit at maturity.—Plymouth and Barnstable
counties, Massachusetts. The following specimens are characteristic:
MassACHUSETTS: Plymouth, Oakes (in Gray Herb.) ; damp sandy beach,
Boot Pond, Plymouth, Sept. 6, 1913, Fernald et al.; damp sandy beach,
Great South Pond, Plymouth, Sept. 6, 1913, Fernald; gravelly and
sandy beach, Little Sandy Pond, Plymouth, Aug. 7, 1918, Fernald &
Clark; sandy shore, Bang's Pond, Harwich, Sept. 16, 1916, Clark &
Hunnewell; dry sandy and gravelly beach, Half-way Pond, Barnstable,
Sept. 13, 1919, Fernald (TYPE in Gray Herb.); sandy beach, Crooked
Pond, Falmouth, Aug. 23, 1919, Fernald & Long; sandy beach, Long
Pond, Falmouth, Oct. 4, 1919, Fernald.

Occasional specimens, with small pointed spikelets, which are clear-
ly transitional forms, are found in eastern Massachusetts and at one
or two stations in the Connecticut Valley.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

GAULTHERIA PROCUMBENS, L., forma suborbiculata, n. f. foliis
suborbiculatis vel late ovatis vel late obovatis basi apiceque rotundatis
plerumque 2.5-4 cm. latis.

Leaves suborbicular, broad-ovate or broad-obovate, rounded to
base and apex, mostly 2.5-4 cm. broad.—MassACHUsETTS: damp
thicket and border of woods, Harwichport, Harwich, May 11, 1919,

156 Rhodora [SEPTEMBEK

Fernald, no. 18,921 (TYPE in Gray Herb.), July 18, 1919, Fernald &
Long, no. 18,922.

A striking extreme of Gaultheria procumbens in its large rounded
leaves. The form occupies an area of several square rods where it
is uniform but at the upper margin of the area abruptly gives way to
the ordinary form of the species with narrower more elliptic leaves
narrowed to base and apex.—M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

MARSILEA QUADRIFOLA IN Marne.—In September 1919 I found a
quantity of Marsilea quadrifolia on the surface of the little pond in
our public park in Skowhegan. This pond has been artificially
shaped and enlarged, but is kept filled by natural springs. It has
been planted with water-lilies, but no new planting has been done
for three years. As I am a constant visitor to the Park and to the
shore of the pond, this unusual little plant could not have escaped
me if any of it had been there the year before. Yet when first ob-
served it had already covered so much of the pond as to raise the
question whether it would not choke out our water-lilies if not sum-
marily dealt with. "This spring, as the water is lowering, the Mar-
silea has already appeared on the surface in company with the lily
pads.

Prof. M. L. Fernald informs me that he knows of only one previous
record of Marsilea from Maine,—at Maranocook, where it was found
in 1896'—LovisE H. Copurn, Skowhegan, Me.

Lacruca HIRSUTA Muhl., forma calvifolia, n. f., foliis subtus
glabris.

Leaves glabrous beneath.—MarwE: slightly open places in dry
sandy pine woods, frequent, Norway, August 1, 1919, Eames &
Godfrey, no. 9657 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Massacuuserts: Fal-
mouth, July 13, 1911, Williams. Connecticut: Waterbury, Aug-
ust 27, 1912, Blewitt, no. 1428; Canton, August 14, 1901, Driggs.

Typical Lactuca hirsuta, as the name implies, has the midrib of
the leaves (particularly the lower ones) hirsute beneath. "The plants
here set off are strictly glabrous and the Eames & Godfrey plant
has the leaves extremely thin and membranous.—M. L. FERNALD,

Gray Herbarium.
! H. Metcalf, Rnopona, iii. 237, (1901).
Vol. 22, no. 259, including pages 129 to 144, was issued 23 Sep'ember, 1920.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD t
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors.
LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE J

WILLIAM PENN RICH .
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. October, 1920 No. 262.

CONTENTS:

Our purple-flowered Eupatoriums. K. K. Mackenzie
Light Variations of Equisetum sylvaticum. WN. M. Grier
A new Station for Gaylussacia brachycera. H. A. Ward

Rubus recurvicaulis, var. armatus, n. var. M.L. Fernald ;.

157
165
167
168

Boston, Mass. Providence, R. F.

1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and busi tions to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Maas.

Single copies may be had from
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,

` Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF .
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
ium of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $15.00 per 1000
Caras.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Hersartum, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto pru issued at ip age intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. October, 1920. No. 262.

SCIENTIFIC NAMES APPLICABLE TO OUR PURPLE-
FLOWERED EUPATORIUMS

KENNETH K. MACKENZIE

IN a very interesting article in a recent number of RHODORA
(22: 57) Prof. K. M. Wiegand deals at length with * Eupatorium
purpureum and its Allies." His conclusion that there are four dis-
tinct and well-marked species in this group will, I believe, find ready
acceptance among those who have devoted field study to it. In
the vicinity of New York we are well acquainted with three of the
species, carefully described in the various editions of Wood's Botany;
and from herbarium material had judged there was an additional
species of northern range not known in our immediate neighbor-
hood.

But when it comes to applying names occurring in botanical litera-
ture to the various species recognized, one does not find himself at
all in agreement with the application of names made by Prof. Wie-
gand. As the plants dealt with are very conspicuous and abundant
members of our flora, it seems worth while to go into the questions
involved at some length and to consider in detail the evidence avail-
able as to the identity of some of the species proposed by the earlier
botanists.

In order to lead to a clear discussion of the problems involved let
us give the four species numbers in the same way as done by Prof.
Wiegand and give to each its distinguishing characters taken from
his paper.

158 Rhodora [OcroBER

1. Leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate, abruptly contracted into the
petiole, more or less 3-nerved; plant somewhat viscid, scabrous-
puberulent, with a strong odor when fresh: stems finely purple-
specked, not glaucous: inflorescence convex: leaves in 3’s or 4's,
very rarely in 2's or 5's: florets 6-9, rarely 5-12. Along the Coastal
Plain from eastern Massachusetts and southern New Hampshire to -
South Carolina. A plant of wet soil.

2. Leaves elliptic-ovate or elliptic-lanceolate or ovate-oval, taper-
ing at the base, 3-nerved or pinnately veined; plant not viscid and
not odorous; stem speckled or sometimes deep purple all over, not
glaucous: inflorescence or its divisions flat-topped; leaves in 4's or
5's, rarely in 3's or 6's: florets 9-15, rarely 8-20, scarcely exserted.
Newfoundland through Northern New England to western Con-
necticut and central Pennsylvania, westward to Illinois and Colo-
rado, New Mexico and British Columbia. A plant of wet soil.

3. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, tapering at the base, pinnately
veined; plant not viscid and not odorous; stems rarely speckled,
fistulose, purple, plainly glaucous; inflorescence convex; leaves in
4’s to 6’s, rarely in 7’s, bluntly toothed; florets 5-7, rarely 3-8,
scarcely exserted; corollas 3.5-4.8 mm. long, very rarely longer.
Southern Maine and Rhode Island to Florida, Texas and Oklahoma;
also in western Pennsylvania and Ohio. A plant of damp woods
and pastures on the Atlantic Coast and Uplands.

4. Leaves lanceolate, ovate-oval or ovate, tapering at the base,
pinnately veined; plant not viscid and not odorous; stems rarely
speckled, solid, green with purple nodes, faintly glaucous; inflores-
cence convex; leaves in 3’s or 4’s, very rarely in 2’s or 5’s, sharply
toothed; florets 5-7, rarely 3-8, much exserted; corollas 5.5-7.5
mm. long; heads paler than in the other species. Eastern Massachu-
setts and southern New Hampshire westward to Wisconsin and south-
ward to Pennsylvania, Kentucky, Oklahoma and Nebraska; also
in the mountains from Virginia to Georgia. A plant of rich upland
woods, rarely found near the coast.

EvPATORIUM PURPUREUM L.

Let us first take up the problem of the identity of Eupatorium
purpureum L. itself. The original Linnaean description (Sp. Pl.
838) is as follows:

1920] Mackenzie,—Purple-flowered Eupatoriums 159

* EUPATORIUM foliis subverticillatis lanceolato-ovatis serratis
petiolatis rugosis.

* Eupatorium foliis verticillatis. Cold. noveb. 180.

* Eupatorium foliis ovato-lanceolatis obtuse serratis in petiolos
desinentibus. Gron. virg. 93.

* Eupatorium enulae folio. Corn. canad. 72. t. 72

* Eupatorium canadense elatius, longioribus foliis rugosis integris
& caulibus ferrugineis. Morts. hist. 3. p. 97. s. 7. t. 13. f. 4.

*6. Eupatorium foliis lanceolato-ovatis serratis petiolatis, caule
erecto. Hort. cliff. 396. Roy. lugdb. 155.

* Eupatorium novae angliae, urticae foliis. floribus purpurascen-
tibus, caule maculato. Herm. par. 158. t. 158. Moris. hist. 3. p. 97.
$.1.06 18. f. 3. Raj. suppl. 187.

“ Habitat in America septentrionali. Y

* Caulis teres, erectus, viridis, punctis linearibus longitudinalibus
purpurascentibus. Folia terna, quaterna, s. sena, lato-lanceolata s.
lanceolato-ovata, serrata, rugosa, scabriuscula, petiolata, utrinque
viridia. Corymbus terminalis. Calyces florum incarnati. Flosculi
octo, Corollis albidis, Antheris purpureis, stylis longissimis."

Before taking up the diagnosis of Linnaeus let us consider in their
order the citations from the older works given by him.

1. Colden's description (not seen by Prof. Wiegand) calls for a
very tall plant with leaves in sixes, sometimes in fours or fives, grow-
ing *in humidis" and having light purple corollas. I would identify
this with Species No. 3.

2. Clayton's plant is described by Gronovius as having ovate-
lanceolate leaves obtusely serrate tapering into the petiole. "This is
identified by Prof. Wiegand as Species No. 3, and in this identifica-
tion I agree.

3. Cornut's description and plate is next cited by Linnaeus. The
plate represents the complete plant and shows rather wide strongly
serrate leaves in fours. It presumably came from Canada like the
rest of Cornut’s plants. Prof. Wiegand identifies this plant with
No. 3 because in the description Cornut says “caules rubescentes
(cineres tamen colore suffusi) * * inanes intus,” although, as he states,
Species No. 3 is not known in Canada.

The plate is most certainly not one of Species No. 3, and I can see
nothing in the words quoted from Cornut not applicable to the
common Canadian plant No. 2. I would therefore identify this
plant as Species No. 2.

4. The next citation by Linnaeus is from Morrison. As stated by
Prof. Wiegand his plate seems to have been copied from Cornut and

160 Rhodora [OCTOBER

his description is copied from Cornut. His plant is therefore also
identified by me as Species No. 2.

5. Coming next to the first plant referred to under B. we find a
plant from New England with serrate lanceolate-ovate leaves called
for. This specimen is in the British Museum and a photograph has
been identified by Prof. Wiegand as Species No. 1. "This identifica-
tion would seem to me to be correct.

6. Hermann's plate next cited by Linnaeus is likewise identified
by Prof. Wiegand as Species No. 1. The description certainly
strongly points towards Species No. 1, and the plate also seems to
me undoubtedly to belong to that plant.

7. Morrison's figure is to me much more doubtful, but I would
agree with Prof. Wiegand that it also probably belongs to Species
No. 1.

8. The citation from Ray is also here referred by Prof. Wiegand
because of the number of leaves shaped like a nettle and the spotted
stem. In tbis reference to Species No. 1 I would also agree.

So summarizing the references given by Linnaeus, we find the
first two refer to Species No. 3, the second two refer to Species No.
2, and all under 8 refer to Species No. 1. If we were left here we
would have a rather bad problem to solve, as to the proper applica-
tion of the name of Linnaeus; but fortunately Linnaeus supplied a
description of his own and from it we can be sure that he had an actual
specimen before him. The more one reads this description the more
one feels sure that it is based almost entirely on Species No. 1. Surely
the phrases *caules * * * punctis linearibus longitudinalibus purpur-
ascentibus. Folia terna, quaterna * * lato-lanceolata s. lanceolato-
ovata, serrata, scabriuscula. Calyces florum incarnati Flosculi
octo," can only refer to this plant. The only part of the descrip-
tion not applicable is the one word that the leaves are sometimes in
sixes. It can be surmised however that Linnaeus inserted this
phrase from Colden in the desire to make his description complete
and not being aware that he had more than one plant to deal with.
It would seem that Linnaeus had the Hortus Cliffortianus plant
before him when he drew his description as surmised by Prof. Wie-
gand. I must confess that with this description before us, and about
the applicability of which to Species No. 1 Prof. Wiegand has no
more doubt than have I, it is not possible for me to follow Pref. Wie-
gand in applying the name Eupatorium purpureum to Species No. 3.

1920] Mackenzie,—Purple-flowered Eupatoriums 161

He is led to do this because in the second edition of the Species Plant-
arum (p. 1173) Linnaeus gave a partially new description of Eupa-
torium purpureum, the changes self-evidently being based on a speci-
men of Species No. 4. It is to be noted that certain phrases quoted
by Prof. Wiegand from the description in the second edition as being
particularly applicable to Species No. 3, are in truth copied from the
description in the first edition and are based on Species No. 1.

But to me it seems absolutely immaterial what Linnaeus did after
he published his species. It seems to me that we can identify the
plant which he had before him and on which his own description was
based. "This being the case we are not justified in disregarding his
description and resorting to the works of the earlier botanists to
determine the application of his name, merely because in a later work
he confused the first plant studied by him with another. As I see it
the type, as we now call it, of Eupatorium purpureum was the plant
from which he drew his own description, quite probably the Hortus
Cliffortianus plant; and it is this plant to which the name should
be applied. This plant is the Species No. 1 of this paper, and is the
plant commonly identified in botanical manuals as Eupatorium macu-
latum. It is illustrated as such in Addisonia (pl. 132).

EUPATORIUM MACULATUM L.

Let us next consider the above species. "The original description
(Amoen. Acad. 4: 288. 1755) is as follows:

“76. EUPATORIUM (maculatum) foliis quinis tomentosis lanceo-
latis aequaliter serratis petiolatis venosis.

“ Eupatorium folis lanceolato-ovatis serratis petiolatis, caule
erecto. Hort. cliff. 396.

“Eupatorium novae angliae, urticae foliis, floribus purpurascen-
tibus, caule maculato. Herm. parad. 158. t. 158. Moris. hist. 3. p.
97. 5. 7.1. 18. f. 3. Raj. suppl. 187.

“ Habitat in America septentrionali. XY

“Descr. Folia quinque vel sex ad genicula, lanceolata, aequaliter
serrata. Caulis tenuissime maculatus. Varietas Eupatorii pur-
purpurei ad hoc, ut & ejus synonyma & descriptio spectant. Eupa-
torium enim purpureum foliis quaternis, lanceolato-ovatis, inaequal-
iter serratis, rugosis est."

The above is certainly a very sad mixture. Linnaeus is evidently
attempting to remove from Eupatorium purpureum the plant with
equally serrate, veiny, lanceolate leaves occuring in 5's or 6's at the

162 Rhodora [OCTOBER

nodes; as contrasted with this he describes Eupatorium purpureum
as having lanceolate-ovate leaves in 4's and says the leaves are un-
equally serrate and rugose. Unfortunately he transferred the wrong
citations. The first two of those kept by him under Eupatorium
purpureum answer his description of E. maculatum, while none of
the citations transferred by him to E. maculatum answer his des-
cription of that species, but all answer his description of Eupatorium
purpureum. These citations have already been discussed at length
above, and it is undoubtedly on the basis of the disposal by Lin-
naeus of these citations that the name Eupatorium maculatum has
come into use for Species No. 1 of this paper.

It would therefore seem plain that in making this transfer Lin-
naeus got things mixed. Certain it is that his description of Eupa-
torium maculatum more nearly accords with the descriptions of
previous authors left by him under Eupatorium purpureum than it
does with the descriptions from previous authors cited by him under
Eupatorium maculatum. Under these circumstances, I would fol-
low Prof. Wiegand and be governed by the description of Linnaeus
rather than his citations.

But this being done we have to solve the even more troublesome
problem of what Linnaeus was describing. Prof. Wiegand applies
his description to Species No. 2, based on a photograph of a specimen
collected by Kalm from the herbarium of Linnaeus. He says this
“shows six leaves in the whorls (though unusual even for this species)
and in every way answers the description of E. maculatum given by
Linnaeus. "

It seems very doubtful to me whether Linnaeus was describing
this plant at all. It seems to me that what he was attempting to do
was to eliminate from Eupatorium purpureum everything which
had more than four leaves in a whorl and which were equally serrate.
At least this is what he says. I find nothing in his description which
would lead one to believe that it is based on some particular speci-
men. The description is too general for that.

'The plant which his description answers the best is Species No. 3
—a plant which always has lanceolate leaves equally serrate in 5's
or 6's and also has stems very slenderly spotted. "Therefore I am
applying the name to Species No. 3—the plant so well described by
Barratt under the name Eupatorium fistulosum.

1920] Mackenzie,—Purple-flowered Eupatoriums 163

EUPATORIUM TRIFOLIATUM L.

The first species of this group described if page priority is taken
into consideration is the above species. The description (Sp. Pl.
837) reads as follows:

*9. EUPATORIUM foliis ternis.

* Eupatorium caule erecto, foliis ovato-lanceolatis serratis petio-
latis ternatis. Gron. virg. 178.

* Eupatorium cannabinum, foliis in caule ad genicula ternis, mari-
landicum. Raj. suppl. 189.

* Habitat in Virginia."

Nothing of value is to be found in the description of Ray, but the
description of Gronovius deserves full quotation. It is as follows:

*EUPATORIUM caule erecto: foliis ovato-lanceolatis, serratis, petio-
latis, ternatis.

* Eupatorium floribus albis, in panicula laxa terminatrice dis-
positis: foliis ovato-lanceolatis, petiolatis, ad genicula semper ternis,
per intervalla haud semipedalia a se invicem distantibus: caule
singulari non ramoso. In solo pingui & umbrosis locis inter Verb-
esinas et Serratulas initio Augusti floret. Clayt. n. 620.”

Prof. Wiegand identifies the above rather doubtfully with Species
No. 3, basing his identification on a photograph of Clayton's 620
from the British Museum. He says “the leaves are lanceolate,
bluntly and finely toothed; and so far as can be made out from the
print, the stem is purple and glaucous and not darker at the nodes.
The stem is also cracked in one place in a manner more likely to occur
if it were hollow. Also, as has already been stated, No. 3 is more
likely to have been found by Clayton than No. 4. However, no
species normally has leaves of this form in 3's. The specimen seems
abnormal, but is more reasonably placed in No. 3."

It seems to me that this identification is unfortunate and that in
making it the description from Gronovius has not been given due
consideration. When it is considered that Species No. 3 is the
largest of all our purple-flowered Eupatoriums and is characterized
by its narrow leaves in 5’s or 6’s and that it rarely has leaves in 3's
and then only near the flowers—never in my experience in the main
whorls—one can well understand the dislike I feel to applying the
name Eupatorium trifoliatum to this plant. But this does not seem
to me to be the proper course. As far as I can see the name applies
to Species No. 4 or possibly a closely allied species. In support of
this view the following points are to be noted.

164 Rhodora [OCTOBER

(1) The leaves are said to be “semper ternis”; this phrase well
applies to specimens of Species No. 4, but it is not applicable to
Species No. 3 at all. ;

(2) The leaves are further described as ovate-lanceolate and ser-
rate, words thoroughly applicable to Species No. 4, and to be con-
trasted with the description of Clayton’s No. 162 by Gronovius
"foliis ovato-lanceolatis obtuse serratis, in petiolos desinentibus”’
(Gron. Virg. 93). It is of course to be remembered that this plant
last referred to has been identified both by Prof. Wiegand and my-
self as Species No. 3. and it is cited by Linnaeus under Eupatorium
purpureum. I would think it more probable that Clayton and
Gronovius had two different species in mind rather than that the two
descriptions referred to the same plant.

(3) The flowers are described as white. Prof. Wiegand himself
states that the flowers of No. 4 are lighter in color than the flowers
of the other species. They are in fact often very light colored in-
deed as I am acquainted with the plant.

(4) In the Torrey herbarium there are certain excellent specimens
from the southern mountains. These are complete specimens of a
slender plant with all the leaves in 3’s and the floweers very light
colored. They to my mind exactly answer the description from
Gronovius, and I think the name Eupatorium trifoliatum should
apply to them. I am not sure that they are quite the same as Spe-
cles No. 4, but they are certainly very close to it.

(5) Clayton's plant grows “in solo pingui and umbrosis locis "—
words quité applicable to the habitat given by Prof. Wiegand for
Species No. 4 “a plant of rich upland woods;" but scarcely appli-
cable to the habitat given by him for Species No 3 “a plant of damp
woods and pastures. ”

It seems to me that Prof. Wiegand lays too much stress on the
photograph of what is said to be a specimen of Clayton's 620 in the
British Museum. One cannot say that it agrees with the descrip-
tion given in Gronovius, which seems to have been taken from living
plants. It is noticeable, however, that the description given by Prof.
Wiegand of the plant shown in this photograph does agree with the
description under Clayton's 162 referred to above, and the query
naturally arises whether the specimen photographed did not get
mixed up by some one and whether it does not really represent
Clayton's 162 instead of his 620. In this connection it is to be noted

1920] Grier,—Equisetum sylvaticum 165

that Prof. Wiegand does not seem to have been able to discover
material of Clayton's 162.

In any event, as has often been pointed out (S. F. Blake, Rno-
DORA 20: 21), one is not justified in laying stress on a specimen preserved
in an old herbarium and taking it as the type of a species, unless it
agrees with the diagnosis of the species given by the author. In the
present case as the specimen preserved does not accord with the
description I think it should not govern and as the description does
exactly answer a plant now known from Virginia I think it should
be applied to it.

In conclusion then I would use the following names:

(1) Species No. 1. Eupatorium purpureum L.
(2) Species No. 2. Eupatorium Bruneri A. Gray (probably)
(3) Species No. 3. Eupatorium maculatum L.
(4) Species No. 4. Eupatorium trifoliatum L. (provisionally)

New York Crry.

LIGHT CORRELATED VARIATIONS OF THE STERILE
STEM OF EQUISETUM SYLVATICUM.

N. M. Grier, Pu. D.

A FAIRLY abundant growth of Equisetum sylvaticum L. was ob-
served at Bellevue, Pennsylvania. One section of the growth was
constantly well shaded, while the other had the benefit of sunlight
throughout the day. In corroboration of the differences appearing
at first sight between the plants of these two sections, one hundred
plants from each were collected and the following tabulations made.

NUMBER OF ESTIMATED WHORLS PER PLANT

A CU PORE 78 910 141 RG M. 15
SDN LES qoe 5 4 14 25 23 15 12
Ed coo ORAN 12 3 8 19 29 99 "99

A conclusion derived from the above is that plants of this species
growing in the sun have on the average a larger number of whorls

166 Rhodora [OCTOBER

than those growing in the shade; 11-13 whorls to the stem being
commonest under the conditions.

Next, it was attempted to determine the relative number of lateral
branches on the verticils of the plants from these sources. For this
purpose, there was chosen the verticil next to the lowest one on the
stem, as probably having had the fullest protected growth.

NuMBER OF BRANCHES IN NEXT TO LOWEST VERTICIL

e PITT PEST UA - MARRE APDERR 7 -8. 9-139 11.139 195 18
OG a ey SEE OE. os T... E T hy Bs
NT hs fa che sess 1 10 20 24 .24 10 6 5

The inference which may be taken from this table is that plants
growing in the sun have more leaves on this particular whorl, and on
probably all the others also. The mode in this case is also from
11-13. Whether coincidences like the latter could be made a diag-
nostic feature of the plant could be more certainly determined from
a larger number of specimens than was available to the writer. Of
course maturity may play a part, since these specimens were col-
lected the last week of June. Gray’s New Manual (p. 52) gives
8-14 ridges as being characteristic for the plant. The whorls in
shade specimens, while possessing a smaller number of leaves were
usually spread over a greater space than those fully exposed to the
sun. In efforts to adjust to the light relation, many specimens
lost their characteristic storied or conical shape and assumed a one-
sided form a great deal like that of an ostrich plume. This was
entirely due to the bending upwards of the leaves on the less illumi-
nated side of the whorls.

While sun specimens were observed to be uniformly longer than
those growing in the shade, a convenient indicative measure of this
was the comparative number of defoliated nodes in each group as
counted from the lowest verticil to the rootstock.

NUMBER OF NODES FROM LOWEST VERTICIL TO ROOTSTOCK

ee eee Ere ea 1 3 4 | 0 T B3

5 5 22 32 14 13
2 22 23 19 ð

1920] Ward,—Gaylussacia brachycera 167

From the last table it appears that stems growing in the light are
longer, or at least have their whorls of leaves growing higher on the
stem than those growing in the shade.

WASHINGTON AND JEFFERSON CoLLEGE, Washington, Pennsylvania.

A NEW STATION FOR GAYLUSSACIA BRACHYCERA.— Until recently
there have been but two known stations of the box huckleberry,
one near New Bloomfield, Perry County, Pennsylvania, of about
eight acres in extent, and the other at Indian River, Sussex County,
Delaware, which covers an area of roughly ten feet square.

To these stations may now be added a third, discovered by me on
July 18, 1920, near Losh's Run, Perry County, Pennsylvania. Speci-
mens compared at the herbaria of Harvard University and of the
New York Botanical Garden with herbarium sheets from the two
stations already known show without doubt the identity of the
plant.

So far as observed this stand was fruiting freely in open portions,
whereas in the shade little fruit was seen.

On August 22nd I again visited the colony, accompanied by Dr.
John K. Small and Dr. Edgar T. Wherry. We found the plant
growing over a larger area than I had at first supposed. It covers
the northern slope of a mountain ridge for at least a mile, the width
of the colony averaging about two hundred feet. At some points
it reaches the top of the ridge. Its boundaries seem to be clearly
defined, on the west by the river, on the north by a mountain stream,
on the east and south by cultivated fields and streams. "The theory
that the whole patch has spread by the root from a single plant
seems to be substantiated, as at no point has the plant been found
on the opposite side of the stream. This colony differs slightly
from the one at New Bloomfield, the leaves of the new colony being
narrower and the berries more nearly round.

On November 5, I explored the neighboring ridges and found
three additional colonies of the Gaylussacia, covering a large area.
The growth is confined to the northern slopes, the ridges running
east and west; I failed to find a single plant on the southern slopes
The growth is very dense, forming a perfect mat where the condi-

168 Rhodora [OCTOBER

tions are favorable. At only one place was there any indication
of the plant having crossed a stream, and this may prove to bea
separate colony. -

That the box huckleberry is of interest to others besides botanists
is shown by the numerous attempts on the part of nurserymen and
others to transplant or grow the plant from seed, because of its
brilliant evergreen foliage. These attempts for the most part have
met with failure.—H. A. Warp, Sec. of Harrisburg Natural History
Society, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.

Rusus RECURVICAULIS Blanchard, var. armatus n. var., pedi-
cellis setosis, setis acicularibus.

Pedicels with bristly setae.—Newfoundland, Miquelon and Cape
Breton. NEWFOUNDLAND: sandy and gravelly banks, with the
typical form, Whitbourne, August 8, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
5711 (rvPE in Gray Herb.): sandy and gravelly shores, Whitbourne,
no. 5710 (in part); gravelly brookside, Brigus Junction, August 5,
1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5709. MiQvukELow: dry soil, Colline
du Chapeau, Aug. 21, 1882, Delamare. Cape Breton: bog at
Grand Lake, Sydney, July 31, 1904, J. R. Churchill.

In its bristly inflorescence strongly simulating R. tardatus Blanch-
ard, which occurs from Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia to
Cape Cod, but with the leaflets broader and rounded at base as in
typical R. recurvicaulis, which occurs with var. armatus and to which
it intergrades: with prickles on the canes sparse as in R. recurvicaulis,
not crowded as in R. tardatus; and with the pedicels glandless as in
R. recurvicaulis, not glandular as in R. tardatus.

M. L. FEnNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 22, no. 261, including pages 144 to 156 and portrait plate, was issued
29 October, 1920.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD

HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors.
LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE

WILLIAM PENN RICH
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. November, 1920 No. 263.

CONTENTS:

Cerastiums of Section Orthodon. M. L. Fernald & K.M. Wiegand 169

So-called generic names of; Erhart's Phytophylacium.
; J. H. Barnhart 180

Panicum albemarlense in Connecticut. R. W. Woodward . . . 182
Ranunculus Pupliiu Iowa. R. L. Crai 4344... o 183
A rare Variety of Vitis labrusca. E.W.Hervey . . . . . . 183

Winter Meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club (announcement) 184

Boston, Mass. Providence, R. 3.

1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New

England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
— of botanieal activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto pores issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. November, 1920. No. 263.

STUDIES OF SOME BOREAL AMERICAN CERASTIUMS
OF THE SECTION ORTHODON.

M. L. FERNALD and K. M. WIEGAND.

IN attempting to make out the exact identities of our Newfound-
land and Labrador collections of Cerastium we have found it neces-
sary to study closely the perennial species of northern range and in
so doing have drawn up a key to the boreal American species of the
section Orthodon, the plants which have passed in America under the
composite species, C. alpinum L., C. vulgatum L. and C. arvense L.

Our conclusions from the study of C. alpinum, C. vulgatum, and
their allies are somewhat unlike those in other recent American
publications and they are here recorded as the best we are able to
reach with our present understanding of the group. In this work
we have had the advantage of studying, besides the material of the
Gray Herbarium and of the New England Botanical Club, the col-
lections of the Geological Survey of Canada kindly loaned us by the
late J. M. Macoun and those of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences
placed at our disposal by Mr. Bayard Long.

Key ro BOREAL AMERICAN SPECIES OF SECTION ORTHODON.

a. Bracts herbaceous or only the uppermost slightly
scarious-margined b.
b. Seeds small, 0.6-1(rarely -1.3) mm. in diameter

&
c. Pubescence, at least of the basal tufts, long
and more or less entangled especially at
the tips of the leaves, or even lanate; plant

170 Rhodora

obviously glandular above or with glands
obscured by the tomentum: cyme not con-
spicuously dichotomous; pedicels usually
long and ascending: sepals large, in anthesis
5.5-9, in fruit 6-10 mm. long: capsule
9.5-20 mm. long: seeds 1-1.3 mm. in dins.
COLS CREE a ee Ae

c. Pubescence short, pilose to hirsute, often scanty;
plant usually glandular at least above:
cyme (when well developed) rather con-
spicuously dichotomous (as in C. vulgatum):
sepals in anthesis 3.5-7.5, in fruit 4.2-9 mm.
long: capsule 5-12 mm. long: seeds 0.6-1
mm. in diameter.

Petals 6-8(-9) mm. long: leaves (not the
bracts) linear- to elliptic-oblong, mostly
SENE llo t ERU. eg

Petals 9-12 mm. long: leaves broadest near
the base, lanceolate to lance-oblong or
lance-linear, or even narrowly ovate,
acutish WORK ede peer:

b. Seeds large, 1.3-3 mm. in diameter d.

d. Plants low, 0.2-1.8 dm. high, glandular-
pubescent at least above or very rarely
only short-hirsute: median leaves 0.5-2
cm. long, l-4(rarely -8) mm. broad,
linear-oblong, rarely oval or the brac-
teal ovate: flowers 1-7: pedicels as-
cending or slightly spreading: mature
capsule 8.5-13 mm. long e.

e. Leaves of the season 2-5 pairs below the
inflorescence: seeds with a close testa,
rather regularly blunt-papillose, not
angled.

Leaves oval-elliptie, obtuse: flowers 1-3:
sepals ovate-lanceolate to oval:
seeds 1.5-3 mm. in diameter .

Leaves ovate-lanceolate to linear-ob-
long, acute or acutish: flowers 1-7:
sepals lanceolate to ovate-lanceo-
late: seeds 1.3-1.8 mm. in diam-
ls vods aM ETE" c MM CUN MUR

€. Leaves of the season 5-10 pairs below the
inflorescence: seeds with a loose testa,
rather sharply papillose on some sur-
faces, with rows of linear or oblong
transverse ridges on other surfaces,
aügbd. . .-. 05

d. Plants tall, 2-4 dm. high, densely sordid-hir-
sute especially above; glands if present
not obvious: leaves large, the median
1.5-4 em. long, 0.8-2.5 cm. broad,
ovate to oblong, mostly rounded at base:
flowers 3-13; pedicels soon reflexed or
recurved: mature capsule 1.7-2.3 cm.
long

[NOVEMBER

1. C. alpinum.

2. C. Beeringianum.

4. C.

3. C. Fischerianum.

arcticum.

5. C. Earlei.

VIE di

a. Bracts broadl scarious-margined or only the very j

lowest wholly herbaceous.

. lerrae-novae,

. unalaschkense.

1920] Fernald & Wiegand,—Cerastiums of Section Orthodon 171

Basal leafy branches and offshoots herbaceous,
with few axillary tufts of oblong leaves:
petals about equalling to !$ longer than the
sepals, with ascending lobes and pubescent
or ciliate claw.

Sepals 7-10 mm. long: capsule 1.7-2.3 cm.

long: seed 1.3-1.8 mm. in diameter . 7. C. unalaschkense.
Sepals 4-7 mm. long: capsule 7-11 mm. long:
seed 0.5-0.7 mm. in diameter . . . 8. C. vulgatum.

Basal branches and offshoots becoming dry and
marcescent, bearing conspicuous axillary
fascicles or leafy tufts: petals 2-3 times as
long as the sepals; the broad lobes spreading
during anthesis; the claw glabrous . . 9. C. arvense.

1. C. ALPINUM L. Densely or loosely matted; the flowering
stems weak, 0.1-3 dm. long, hirsute, glandular or lanate; the basal
offshoots lanate or at least their leaves with the pubescence entang-
ling at tip: leaves of the season oval, oblong, lanceolate or narrowly
ovate, 0.5-2 cm. long; bracts similar or the uppermost slightly
scarious-margined: flowers 1-6: pedicels straight, strongly ascend-
ing, finally spreading, much longer than the calyx, in fruit becoming
(except in extremely dwarfed forms) 1.5-5 em. long: sepals ovate-
lanceolate, in anthesis 5.5-9, in fruit 6-10 mm. long: petals cuneate-
obovate, about twice as long as the calyx; the 2 oblong lobes ascend-
ing: capsule nearly straight, ca cm. long: seeds tuberculate,
1-1.3 mm. in diameter.—Sp. PI. 438 (1753).—A_ very variable
arctic-alpine species, represented with us by the following varieties.

Var. LEGITIMUM Lindblom. Summit of stem, pedicels and calyx
with straight short glandless pubescence.—Physiogrüph. Sallsk.
Tidskr. i. 336 (1837)—reprinted in part in Flora (1841) 591. C.
alpinum L. sensu stricto. Centunculus alpinus (L.) Scop. Fl. Carn.
ed. 2, i. 321 (1772). Stellaria alpina (L.) S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit.
Pl. ii. 660 (1821). C. mutabile alpinum (L.) Gren. Mém. Soc. Émul.
DL 71 (1841). C. alpinum, var. hirsutum Fenzl in Ledeb. FI.
Ross. AM (1842).—Arctie regions, south on granitic, schistose or
icu rocks and gravel to Labrador, Ungava and Keewatin. "The
more southerly stations are as follows. LABRADOR: Kangalaksiorvik
Bay, September 1-10, 1908, Owen Bryant; 20 miles north of Nachvak,
August 28, 1908, H. S. Forbes; near Hopedale, Knuth; Indian Har-
bor, Hamilton Inlet, August 2, 1891, Bowdoin College Exped., no.
175; St. Francis Harbor, July 20, 1891, Bowdoin College Exped., no.
112; Dumpling Harbor, July 7, 1864, B. P. Mann. Uneava: Port
Burwell, Hudson Straits, July 18, 1910, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,081;
Digges Island, September 16, 1884, H. Bell; Great Whale River,
Hudson Bay, July 5, 1899, A. P. Low, no. 63,164, in part. KEE-
WATIN: Churchill, August 15, 1879, R. Bell, no. 4216, August 18,
191C, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,082; Cape Henrietta Maria, August 18,
1904, Spreadborough, no. 62,328.

Forma PULVINATA Simmons, Vasc. Pl. Ellesmerel. 122 (1906).—
A condensed arctic form with succulent glabrous leaves.

172 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Var. GLANDULIFERUM Koch. Similar to var. legitimum but pubes-
cence gland-tipped or mixed with glands: plant greenish.—Syn. Fl.
Germ. 124 (1835).—Of similar range, south to southeastern Labra-
dor and Hudson Straits. The following are the more southerly
stations. LABRADOR: Rama, August, 1897, J. D. Sornborger, no.
205, in part; Hebron, August 4, 1908, H. S. Forbes; Caribou Island,
August 6-13, 1911, C. S. Williamson, no. 571.

Var. GLUTINOSO-LANATUM Facchini. Inflorescence villous and
conspicuously glutinous or with dark gland-tipped hairs: plant
lurid: calyx dark.—Facchini in Reichenb. Deutsche Fl. der Nelk-
engew. iii. 110 (1842-43). C. atratum Lapeyr. Hist. Abr. Pl. Pyr.
265 (1813). C. squalidum Ram. Act. Acad. Paris, vi. 158 (1826).
C. mutabile alpinum c. squalidum (Ram.) Gren. Mém. Soc. Émul.
Doubs. i. 72 (1841). C. alpinum 8. atratum (Lapeyr.) Rouy & Fou-
caud, Fl. Fr. iii. 205 (1896).—Greenland and the northwest side of
Hupson Bay: Wager Inlet, lat. 65? 15’, September 8, 1910, J. M.
Macoun, no. 79,084.

Var. LANATUM (Lam.) Hegetschw. Plant covered with long en-
tangling pale often flocculent tomentum, not glandular.—Reisen.
154 (1825). C. lanatum Lam. Encycl. i. 680 (1783-84). C. villosum
Baumg. Enum. Stirp. Transs. i. 424 (1816). C. eriophorum Kitaib.
in Rochel, Plant. Banat. Rar. in ind. (1828). C. lanuginosum Willd.
ex Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Exc. 797 (1832). C. mutabile alpinum 8.
lanatum (Lam.) Gren. Mém. Soc. Émul. Doubs, i. 72 (1841). C.
al pinum, d. c. villosum (Baumg.) Kittel, Taschenb. Fl. Deutschl. ed.
2, 975 (1844).— The most southerly variety, reaching the Straits of
Belle Isle and the foot of James Bay. "The southern specimens ex-
amined are as follows. LABRADOR: Eclipse Harbor, September 6,
1908, H. S. Forbes; Rama, August 20-24, 1897, J. D. Sornborger,
no. 202; Makkovik, August, 1896, 4. Stecker, no. 197; Nain and
Ford's Harbor, August 1, 1884, R. Bell; Nain, August 11, 1897, J.
D. Sornborger, no. 52; 'Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892, J. D. Sornborger,
no. 211; Gready Island, August 8, 1908, Owen Bryant; Indian Har-
bor, July 28, 1892, Waghorne; Battle Harbor, Bowdoin College Exped. et
al.; Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891, Bowdoin College Exped. no. 57;Forteau,
1870, S. R. Butler; very abundant on dry, exposed crests, Blanc
Sablon, July 30, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3392. Uncava: Fort
Chimo, September 8, 1896, Spreadborough, no. 34,357; along the
Koaksoak River, August 16, 1896, Spreadborough, no. 16,290; Digges
Island, Hudson Strait, August 16, 1884, R. Bell; Great Whale River,
Hudson Bay, July 5, 1899, A. P. Low, no. 63,164, in part; South
Twin Island, James Bay, August, 1887, J. M. Macoun, no. 34,356;
Charlton Island, James Bay, July 8, 1887, J. M. Macoun, no. 4616.

2. C. BEERINGIANUM Cham. & Schlecht. Plant densely or loosely
matted, with spreading or ascending glandular-pilose stems 0.4-2 dm.
long; upper internodes (1.5-)2.5-7.5 em. long: leaves of the season
2-5(-7) pairs, linear to elliptic-oblong, mostly obtuse, pilose on both

1920] Fernald & Wiegand,— Cerastiums of Section Orthodon 173

faces; the median 0.7-2.4 cm. long, 1.5-7 mm. broad: bracts ovate
to oblong-lanceolate, acutish; margins not scarious: inflorescence
simple or dichotomous, 1-14-flowered; pedicels usually slender,
mostly ascending, rarely nodding at the tip, in maturity 0.5-3 cm.
long: sepals in anthesis 3.5-7, in fruit 4.2-8 mm. long, broadly lance-
olate to oblong-ovate, obtuse, the inner conspicuously scarious-
margined: petals bluntly 2-lobed, 6-8(-9) mm. long, ascending,
only slightly exceeding the calyx: capsule 8.5-12 mm. long: fruiting
calyx campanulate, 4-6.5 mm. broad at summit: seed 0.6-1 mm. in
diameter, bluntly papillose, not angled.—Linnaea, i. 62 (1826). C.
vulgatum, 8. Beeringianum (Cham. & Schlecht.) Fenzl, in Ledeb. Fl.
Ross. i. 409 (1841). C. alpinum, «. Beeringianum (Cham. & Schlecht.)
Regel, Plant. Radd. i. 434 (1862). C. Buffumae A. Nelson, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi. 239 (1899). C. variabile Goodding, Bot. Gaz.
xxxvii. 54 (1904). C. pilosum Greene ex Rydb. Fl. Col. 129 (1906),
not Ledeb.—Calcareous rocks, western Newfoundland and Straits of
Belle Isle to Rimouski Co., Quebec; Keewatin; Alaska to Arizona;
also northwestern Asia. The more easterly stations are as follows.
NEWFOUNDLAND: dry, rocky limestone barrens, near sea-level, In-
gornachoix Bay, August 4, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3391;
damp calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders Harbor,
August 1, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 339114. QUEBEC: rocky crest,
Ile Herbée (Grassy Island), Archipel du Vieux-Fort, Saguenay Co.,
July 24, 1915, St. John, no. 91,817; turfy ledges, Ile Triple, Archipel
Washicoutai, Saguenay Co., July 7, 1915. St. John, no. 90,819; rocky
limestone headland, Pointe aux Eskimaux, Seigniory de Mingan,
Saguenay Co., June 28, 1915, St. John, no. 90,818; crests of cliffs,
Cap Blanc, Percé, Gaspé Co., August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald &
Pease; limestone detritus, Cap Blanc, Percé, July 26, 1905, Williams,
Collins & Fernald; red limestone detritus, Les Murailles, Percé,
August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; along the cliffs below
Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé Co., August 12, 1882, John Macoun;
mossy sea-cliffs, Tourelle, Gaspé Co., August 21, 1905, Collins &
Fernald, no. 73; calcareous ledges and cliffs at various stations, Bic,
Rimouski Co., Collins & Fernald et al.; crevices and talus of lime-
stone-conglomerate sea-cliffs, altitude 200-275 m., east of St. Fabien,
Rimouski Co., July 16, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1032.

Var. capillare, n. var., caulibus capillaribus, pedicellis filiformi-
bus plerumque 1.5-5.5 cm. longis; foliis lineari-oblongis; calycibus
maturis 3-4 mm. diametro; capsulis 5-7 mm. longis breviter exsertis.

Stems capillary: pedicels filiform, mostly 1.5-5.5 em. long: leaves
linear-oblong: mature calyces 3-4 mm. in diameter at summit: cap-
sule 5-7 mm. long, very slightly exserted—ALBERTA: broken rocks,
head of Lake Louise, July 22, 1904, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv.
Can. no. 64,720 (type in Gray Herb.); Lake Louise, July 14, 1906,
Stewardson Brown, no. 715.

174 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

The sheet of no. 64,720 in the Herbarium of the Geological Survey
of Canada contains also typical C. Beeringianum.

3. C. FiscrERIANUM Seringe. Loosely matted, with spreading or
ascending glandular-hispid flowering stems 0.7-4 dm. long; upper
internodes (except in dwarfed arctic specimens) becoming 0.4-1.2
dm. long: leaves of the season 3-7 pairs, broadest near the base,
lanceolate to lance-oblong or lance-linear, rarely ovate, mostly acu-
tish, pilose on both faces; the median 1—4.2 cm. long, 0.3-1.6 em.
broad: bracts lanceolate to ovate, acutish, herbaceous: inflorescence
dichotomous, (1—)3-27-flowered: pedicels at first ascending, after
anthesis nodding at tip or strongly divergent, in maturity 1.5-4 em.
long: sepals in anthesis 4.5-7.5, in fruit 5.5-9 mm. long, lanceolate
to oblong, acute or acuminate: petals bluntly 2-lobed, 0.9-1.2 cm.
long, ascending: capsule 0.9-1.2 cm. long: seeds 0.7-1 mm. in diam-
eter, bluntly papillose.—Seringe in DC. Prodr. i. 419 (1824). C.
alpinum, y. Fischerianum (Seringe) Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 188 (1838).
C. vulgatum, 8. grandiflorum, lusus 1, Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i.
411 (1841).—Siberia to Japan and Alaska; southern Labrador to
the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec. The eastern specimens examined are
as follows. LABRADOR: waste places near dwelling, Battle Harbor,
August 16-18, 1911, C. S. Williamson, no. 695; springy banks and
damp hillsides, Forteau, July 30, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
3388; abundant in damp runs and on mossy banks, limestone and
calcareous sandstone terraces, Blanc Sablon, August 1, 1910, Fernald
& Wiegand, no. 3389 (also noted on the Quebec side of Blane Sablon
River). QuEBEc: Blane Sablon (see preceding note); Bonaventure
conglomerate (calcareous) sea-cliffs, Bonaventure Island, Gaspé Co.,
August 7 & S, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1034; limestone detritus
along outer bases of Les Murailles, Percé, Gaspé Co., August 10,
1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1035.

4. C. arcticum Lange. Plant very low and densely tufted; the
stems 0.3-1 (rarely -2) dm. long, viscid and pilose; internodes short,
the median 0.3-2 em. long: leaves of the season 3-5 pairs, 0.5-1 cm.
long, oval or elliptical, rarely oblong, obtuse or acutish, pilose, those
of the sterile shoots sometimes villous: bracts broadly ovate, scarcely
scarious: inflorescences 1—3-flowered: pedicels erect or spreading,
slender, sometimes nodding at tip: sepals in anthesis 4-7 mm. long,
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, obtuse or acutish, scarious-margined:
petals broad, 0.9-1.3 em. long: capsule once and a half to twice as
long as the sepals: seeds 1.5-3 mm. in diameter, papillose.—Fl. Dan.
Fase. 50, p. 7, t. 2963 (1880), in part. C. latifolium, B. Edmond-
stonit H. C. Watson in Edmonst. Fl. Shetl. 29 (1845). C. Edmond-
stonit (H. C. Watson) Murbeck & Ostenf. Bot. Notiser (1898) 246.
C. nigrescens Edmondston ex Ostenfeld, Med. om Grónl. xxxvii.
224 (1920).—Northern Europe and perhaps arctic America. Here
are doubtfully referred two immature collections as follows. MEL-

1920] Fernald & Wiegand,—Cerastiums of Section Orthodon 175

VILLE IsLAND: Parry's Ist Voyage, 1819-20. ALASKA: Point Bar-
row, July 3, and 7, 1883, John Murdoch.’

Ostenfeld has recently taken up C. nigrescens, ascribing it to Ed-
mondston and dating it from the Flora of Shetland (1845). It was
there published, however, in synonymy only, as a synonym of C.
latifolium, 8. Edmondstonii and therefore, published merely as the
synonym of a name in the varietal rank, cannot be cited as a valid
binomial of that date. The name C. arcticum Lange originally
covered a mixture, part of it generally conceded to be a hybrid. The
true species involved was the present plant. Many authors are
. inclined to drop the name C. arcticum or to restrict it to a hybrid, but
we follow Druce in Moss, Cambr. Brit. Fl. iii. 47 (1920).

5. C. EanLEr Rydberg. Plant low, 0.5-1.8 dm. high, varying from
slender to rather stout, more or less densely glandular-puberulent
especially above: upper internodes rather long (2-4.5 em.): leaves
narrowly oblong to elliptic, obtuse or subacute, glandular-pubescent,
those of the season 2-5 pairs; the median 1-2 cm. long, 2-6(-8) mm.
broad: bracts ovate to lanceolate, the upper sometimes slightly
scarious-tipped: inflorescence 1-7-flowered, usually not conspicu-
ously dichotomous: pedicels in maturity slender, erect or somewhat
spreading, often arching at tip, 1.2-2.8 cm. long: sepals commonly
fuscous or purplish, in anthesis 5-9, in fruit 7-10 mm. long, lanceo-
late to ovate-lanceolate, acute or sub-acute, glandular-puberulent,
with a broad scarious margin: petals rather showy, once and a half
to twice the length of the sepals, ascending: capsule 8.5-13 mm.
long: seeds 1.3-1.8 mm. in diameter; the close testa bluntly but
strongly and uniformly papillose —Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxx. 249
(1903).—Caleareous regions of the Rocky Mountains, Alberta and
British Columbia to Arizona. The following specimens mostly
distributed as C. Beeringianum, are characteristic. ALBERTA:
mountains at Kicking Horse Lake, August 14, 1890, J. M. Macoun;
back of Tunnel Mt., Banff, June 13, 1899, J. Macoun, no. 22,349 in
part; Vermillion Mt., Banff, July 9, 1891, J. M. Macoun; Bow River
Pass, September 13, 1879, J. Macoun, no. 99; Forget-me-not Mt.,
Elbow River, July 16, 1897, J. M. Macoun, no. 18,249; Lake Louise,
July 14 and 25, 1906, Stewardson Brown, nos. 702, 706. BRITISH
COLUMBIA: Upper Loup Creek, near Glacier, July 29, 1914, E. W. D.
Holway; summit of Wapta, alt. 3050 m., July 10, 1906, Stewardson

! Ostenfeld reports from King William Land an extreme arctic species, C. Regelii
Ostenfeld, Vid.-Selsk Skrift. Math.-Naturv. Klasse, 1909, no. 8, 10 (1910), a very
slender, nearly glabrous plant with filiform branches; elliptic short leaves; filiform
pedicels and rounded sepals 4.5-6 mm. long, with membranous violet-tinged mar-
gins. He does not describe the seed; ard the only material we have seen (from Si-
beria and à very young and doubtful plant from Cape N ome, Alaska, Blaisdell), is too
immature to show seed-characters.

176 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Brown, no. 446; Little Yoho Valley, July 13, 1906, Stewardson Brown,
no. 465; Fraser River, Yellowhead Pass, July 16, 1898, W. Spread-
borough, no. 19,284. Montana: Upper Marias Pass, August 3,
1883, W. M. Canby, no. 40; Mt. Stanton, August 1, 1894, R. S. Will-
iams. CoLorapo: Sawatch Range, alt. 3660 m., 1880, T. S. Brand-
egee; Cumberland Basin, La Plata Mts., alt. 3600 m., July 15, 1898,
Baker, Earle & Tracy, no. 621; head-waters of Clear Creek, 1861,
Parry, no. 138 in part. ARIZONA: Mt. Agassiz, alt. 3050 m., August,
1884, J. G. Lemmon, no. 3288; Humphrey's Peak, San Francisco
Mt., August, 1898, MacDougal, no. 406.

6. C. terrae-novae, n. sp., planta fusca vel purpurascens; caulibus
ascendentibus vel suberectis glanduloso-hirsutis valde foliosis 0.6-1.5
dm. altis; internodiis brevibus, mediis 0.5-2.5 cm. longis; foliis
novellis purpurascentibus 5-10-jugis elliptico-oblongis obtusis basi
paullo angustatis dense glanduloso-hirsutis 0.5-1.4 cm. longis 1.5-
3.5 mm. latis; bracteis ovato-lanceolatis acutiusculis vel obtusis vix
scariosis; floribus 1-3; pedicellis gracilibus plerumque erectis deinde
1.5-2.5 em. longis apice vix nutantibus; sepalis ovato-oblongis
obtusis vel subacutis fuscis glandulosis late scarioso-marginatis 5.5-
6.5 deinde 6-7 mm. longis; petalis obtuse 2-lobatis ascendentibus
calyce duplo longioribus; capsulis rectis 0.9-1.3 em. longis; semin-
ibus 1.3-1.7 mm. diametro angulatis, testa vesicula aliis faciebus
argute papillosis aliis cum liris parvis transversis seriatim dispositis
instructis.

Plant fuscous or purple: stems loosely ascending or suberect, densely
glandular-hirsute, very leafy, 0.6-1.5 dm. high: internodes short;
the median 0.5-2.5 em. long: new leaves purplish, 5-10 pairs, elliptic-
oblong, obtuse, slightly narrowed at base, densely glandular-hirsute,
0.5-1.4 em. long, 1.5-3.5 mm. wide: bracts ovate-lanceolate, acut-
ish or obtuse, scarcely scarious: flowers 1-3: pedicels slender, mostly
erect, becoming 1.5-2.5 cm. long, scarcely or only rarely nodding at
apex: sepals ovate-oblong, obtuse or subacute, fuscous, glandular,
broadly scarious-margined, 5.5-6.5, becoming 6-7 mm. long: petals
obtuse, 2-lobed, ascending, twice as long as the calyx: capsule
straight, 0.9-1.3 em. long: seeds 1.3-1.7 mm. in diameter, angulate;
the vesicular or loose testa with some faces prominently papillose,
others covered with rows of small transverse ridges.—Serpentine
barrens of western NEWFOUNDLAND: serpentine tablelands, altitude
about 380 m., Bonne Bay, August 27, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kit-
tredge, no. 338715; serpentine tableland and slopes back of Woody
Point, Bonne Bay, August 5, 1919, R. H. Kimball, no. 150; serpentine
tableland, altitude about 550 m., northeastern region of the Blomi-
don Mts., July 24, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3390 (TYPk
in Gray Herb.) and August 21, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 339014.

In its large seed with loose testa C. terrae-novae is very different
from other American species, in this character showing a relation-
ship to the European C. latifolium L.

1920] Fernald & Wiegand,—Cerastiums of Section Orthodon 177

Forma Waghornei, n. f., caulibus et foliis et sepalis villoso-hir-
sutis nec glandulosis. ;

Stems, leaves and sepals villous-hirsute, not glandular.—NEw-
FOUNDLAND: sandy plains, Coal (or Serpentine) River, June 26 and
28, 1898, A. C. Waghorne, nos. 10 (TYPE in Gray Herb.) and 27.

7. C. UNALASCHKENSE Takeda. Flowering stems stout, 2-4 dm.
high, rather densely sordid-hirsute throughout, except rarely at the
extreme base; internodes long (median 2.5-10 cm.): leaves of the
season 4-6 pairs, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, rarely lance-oblong,
acute or acutish, hirsute on both surfaces; the median 1.5-4 em.
- long, 0.8-2.5 em. broad: bracts broadly ovate; the upper with very
narrow scarious margins: inflorescence (3—-)4-13-flowered, forming
a terminal rather small dichotomous cyme, at first congested, in
fruit with divaricate or reflexed stout scarcely arching pedicels:
sepals in anthesis 7-10 mm. long, in fruit scarcely longer, lanceolate
to lance-ovate, acute; the margins narrowly scarious: petals broad,
about 1 cm. long, a third longer than the sepals: capsule very large
(1.7-2.3 em. long), twice to thrice the length of the calyx: seeds
large, 1.3-1.8 mm. in diameter with long marginal papillae pass-
ing on the sides to oblong ridges.—Kew Bull. 1910, 381 (1910). C.
vulgatum, y. macrocarpum Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 409 (1841).
C. alpinum B. Fischerianum, lusus C. macrocarpum (Fenzl) Regel,
Pl. Radd. i. 439 (1862).— Coast of British Columbia to Kamtchatka
and eastern Siberia. The following American specimens have been
examined. British CoLUMBIA: thicket, Long Arm, Skiddegate,
Queen Charlotte Isl., July 16, 1897, C. F. Newcombe, no. 18,252 (in
part), Geol. Surv. Can. ALASKA: Shumagin Islands, 1871-72, M.
W. Harrington; banks, Unalaska, September 25, 1871, June 13,
1872, M. W. Harrington; among grasses, etc., on the flats at sea-
level, Dutch Harbor, Unalaska, June 29, 1907, E. C. Van Dyke, no.
71; Nazan Bay, Atka Island, July 28, 1907, E. C. Van Dyke, no. 284;
Amchitka Island, July 25, 1873, W. H. Dall; Kyska Island, June 30,
1873, W. H. Dall.

8. C. vuncATUM L. Flowering stems rather slender, 1-6.5 dm.
high, simple or slightly branching, hirsute or rarely glandular; inter-
nodes elongate, the median becoming 2-12 cm. long: leaves of the
season 3-7 pairs, oblong to narrowly oval, hirsute on both surfaces;
the median 0.5-4 cm. long, 1.5-15 mm. broad: bracts similar but
smaller, broadly scarious at margin and summit: inflorescence 3-
about 60-flowered, forming a terminal finally very dichotomous
cyme, at first rather congested, in fruit with the lower pedicels div-
ergent or reflexed and 2-4 times as long as the calyx: sepals 4-7 mm.
long, ovate-lanceolate, acute, hirsute, the margin scarious: petals 4-8
mm. long, about equaling or very slightly exceeding the sepals, cleft
to the middle, with ciliate claw: capsule 7-11 mm. long: seed 0.5-0.7
mm. in diameter, reddish, tubereulate.—Fl. Suec. ed. 2, 158 (1755),

178 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1039 (1759), Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 627 (1762), not L.
Herb. C. viscosum L. Herb.; Sm. Fl. Brit. 497 (1800), not L. Sp. Pl.
i. 437 (1753). C. caespitosum Gilib. Fl. Lith. v. 159 (1781). C. triviale
Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. i. 433 (1821).—Our plants all belong to

Var. HIRSUTUM Fries. Inflorescence hirsute with glandless hairs.
—Nov. Fl. Suec. ed. 2, 125 (1828). C. triviale x. hirsutum Neilreich,
Fl. Nied.-Oesterr. 798 (1859). C. triviale, var. a. genuina. Syme,
Engl. Bot. ii. 83 (1873). C. vulgatum, a. typicum Beck. Fl. Nied.-
Oesterr. i. 367 (1890). C. caespitosum, var. hirsutum (Fries) Briq.
Prod. Fl. Corse, i. 506 (1910).—An abundantly naturalized weed of
roadsides, fields, cultivated grounds, and banks of streams, in all
inhabited regions of temperate North America, flowering from early
spring to late autumn (and exceptionally throughout winter).

Var. HIRSUTUM, forma GLANDULOSUM (Boenn.) Druce. Inflores-
cence with gland-tipped hairs.—Druce in Moss, Camb. Brit. Fl. iii.
50 (1920). C. viscosum, B. glandulosum Boenn. Prodr. Fl. Monast.
133 (1824). C. triviale, var. viscosa Mert. & Koch in Roehl. Deutschl.
Fl. ed. 3, iii. 336 (1831). C. triviale, y. glandulosum (Boenn.) Reich-
enb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 796 (1832). C. vulgatum, c. glandulosum
(Boenn.) Grenier, Mém. Soc. Emul. Doubs, i. 39 (1841). C. glandu-
losum (Boenn.) Schur, Oest. Bot. Zeit. xix 306 (1869). C. caespi-
tosum, B. glandulosum (Boenn.) Wirtg. Fl. Preuss. Rheinl. 315
(1870). C. vulgare, subsp. triviale, forma glandulosum | (Boenn.)
Murbeck, Bot. Notiser (1898) 253.—Apparently local in North
America. The following specimens belong here. MASSACHUSETTS:
Provincetown, June 10, 1912, F. S. Collins. MauicniGAN: Turin,
Marquette Co., May 31, 1901, Barlow. ILtINoIs: Urbana, May 27,
1899, Gleason. British CorvMnBra: Revelstoke and Downie Creek,
July, August, 1905, C. H. Shaw, nos. 846 and 1118.

In recent years many continental European writers have aban-
doned the names C. vulgatum L. and C. viscosum L. as hopelessly
confusing and have adopted in their stead later and professedly
clear names on the ground that the Linnean names are “sources of
permanent error and confusion." "The Linnean names, however,
have long been used in America as well as in Great Britain and Austria
with complete definiteness, and in conformity with one of the leading
principles (Art. 5)of the International Rules (* When the consequences
of rules are doubtful, established custom becomes law"), they may
properly be maintained.

9. C. ARVENSE L. Matted or tufted perennial, with depressed or
trailing tough basal branches bearing marcescent leaves and abun-
dant axillary fascicles or leafy tufts: flowering branches ascending,
simple to freely branched, 0.2-6 dm. high; glabrous to densely villous,
glandless to densely glandular: leaves linear-subulate to narrowly

1920] Fernald & Wiegand,—Cerastiums of Section Orthodon 179

ovate, flaccid to rigid, acute to obtuse, glabrous to velutinous, gland-
less or glandular, 1-6 em. long, 0.5-13 mm. broad, mostly confined
to the lower two-thirds of the branch: inflorescence few- to many-
flowered, its bracts scarious-margined: sepals 4.5-8.5 mm. long, gla-
brous, pilose or glandular: petals 2-3 times as long as the sepals;
the broad lobes spreading in anthesis; the claw glabrous: capsule
cylindric, equaling to much exceeding the calyx: seeds reddish,
0.35-0.7 mm. in diameter, the testa close and tuberculate.—Sp. Pl.
i. 438 (1753).—Rocky, gravelly or sandy habitats, chiefly in some-
what calcareous or magnesian soils, widely dispersed in boreal regions,
extending south in varying forms to Georgia, the Great Lake region,
New Mexico and California; Eurasia and South America.

We attempt no statement of bibliography and synonymy at present,
since all our attempts to reduce the species-complex to definite species
or varieties with natural ranges have proved futile. After carefully
measuring sepals, capsules and seeds, and closely examining pubes-
cence and foliage during two different periods of nearly two weeks |
each we are forced to the conclusion that in North America the group
is as unstable in these characters as in Europe where Willkomm found
"varietates constantes vix distingui possunt." For instance, a
characteristic plant of Pennsylvania and southern New York, which
is variously treated as C. arvense, var. oblongifolium (Torr.) Holl. &
Britt., C. oblongifolium Torr. and C. velutinum Raf., is commonly
separated by its long capsule; but abundant collections, which by
their discriminating collectors have been referred to this plant, show
capsules no longer than in much of the material from Newfoundland
or the Canadian Northwest, while many sheets of material collected
as one plant show both long and short capsules; and many specimens
uniform as to capsules show the greatest diversity in the size and
remoteness of the leaves. In some areas essentially all the plants
of the C. arvense series are quite glandular, in other closely adjacent
areas glandless but villous, so that within a limited region it would
be possible to subdivide C. arvense into variants of seeming stability,
but throughout the broad range around the northern hemisphere
these variable characters interchange so perplexingly that the writers
find themselves at present unable to determine which of these fickle
tendencies have real taxonomic value. They accordingly are leav-
ing C. arvense as a perplexing, polymorphous species, not wholly
abandoned but cheerfully commended to others who care to attack
it and who by a new approach and prolonged study may perhaps
reduce it to a series of tangible entities.

180 Rhodora [NovEMBER

THE SO-CALLED GENERIC NAMES OF EHRHART'S PHY-
TOPHYLACIUM.

Joun HENDLEY BARNHART.

In discussing the generic names available for Alsinopsis (RHODORA
21: 10. 1919), Fernald remarked: * Leptophyllum Ehrh. Beitr. iv.
147 (1789), was based on Arenaria tenuifolia L.” In an extended
footnote he added: “Surely if Dryopteris satisfies the American Code
as good publication of a genus, Leptophyllum Ehrh. Beitr. iv. 147
(1789) based, as stated, on Arenaria tenuifolia L., is admirably pub-
lished. Some other generic names similarly published on the same
or adjacent pages, which by the American Code, but not by the
International Rules, should be taken up are

PHAEOCEPHALUM Ehrh. |. c., 146 (1789), based on Schoenus
fuscus L. = RyNcnosrona Vahl (1806).

HvpnoPurLA Ehrh. l. c. (1789), based on Tillaea aquatica L.,
which was also the type of TILLAEASTRUM Britton (1903).

TRICHOPHYLLUM Ehrh. |. c. 147 (1789), based on Scirpus acicu-
laris L. = Erkocnanis R. Br. (1810).

Monantutum Ehrh. |. c. 148 (1789), based on Pyrola uniflora L.,
which was the type of Mongsss Salisb. (1821).

Heuicronia Ehrh. l. c. (1789), based on Ophrys spiralis L.,
which was also the type of Inrpruw Salisb. (1812).

AETOPTERON Ehrh, l. c. (1789), based on Polypodium aculea-
tum L. = PotysticnuuM Roth (1799). ”

Acting upon this hint, but without referring to it, House has more
recently, in two papers.! taken up a number of these so-called “ gen-
eric" names of Ehrhart and for the first time combined specific
names with them. He remarks in his earlier paper, “This article
deals with a set of generie names published by Friedrich Ehrhart
in 1789," and in the later one, “The genus Aetopteron forms No. 78
in Ehrhart's list of new genera." On the strength of these assertions,
some seven new generic names and above a hundred new combina-
tions have been added to the increasing burden of plant synonymy,
without the slightest possible excuse.

1A consideration of certain genera proposed by Ehrhart. Am. Midl. Nat. 6:
200-207. My 1920.—The genus Aetopteron, Ehrhart. Am. Fern Jour. 10: 88:
89. S 1920.

1920] Barnhart,—Generic Names of Ehrhart's Phytophylacium 181

Briefly stated, the plain facts are these. Ehrhart prepared for
distribution certain sets of exsiccatae of flowering plants, which he
issued in “decades” under the title “ Phytophylacium." When ten
of these decades had appeared, he published in his Beitrüge (4: 145—
150. 1789), under the title “Index Phytophylacii Ehrhartiani,” a
list of the hundred species contained in them. To each species is
assigned a single name, followed by its current binary one. For
example, the first five in the list are as follows:

“1. Phaeocephalum. Schoenus fuscus Linn.
2.Leucocoma. Eriophorum alpinum Linn.

3. Orthostachys. Elymus europaeus Linn.

4. Stygiaria. Juncus stygius Linn.

5. Dicodon. Linnaea borealis Linn."

At first glance these look much as if they were intended as generic
names accompanied by the designation of a type species for each, but
even a superficial examination of the list would suggest to almost
any one the need of extreme caution in adopting such an interpreta-
tion. ` For instance, it is a conspicuous fact that every species of the
hundred is assigned a mononomial designation. Fourteen are species
of Carex, which neither Ehrhart nor any one else has ever attempted
to separate generically; five were species of Ophrys, five of Serapias,
four of Bromus, and ten of Lichen, without anything to indicate that
Ehrhart considered them generically distinct. Furthermore, the
apparent substitution of Dicodon for Linnaea, Hippopodium for
Buxbaumia, and Quaternella for his own Mónchia, were wholly at
variance with the nomenclatural practice even of that day. How
inexcusable, then, is 1t for any one to assume that these were generic
names without even reading what Ehrhart himself has to say about
them.

To the list is appended this note (here freely translated): “I must
here omit, for lack of space, the locality where each plant was col-
lected. I have reprinted, however, my ‘nomina usualia.’ Not that
it seems to me to be of very much consequence, since they are nothing
but an attempt to assign to each plant a name that may be used for
it alone, without an accompanying generic one, as suggested by
Oeder in his ‘Einleitung zur Kriuterkenntniss’ § 141; but that a
certain man by the name of Dahl, who is a particular friend of the
idea, might derive some amusement from it, and that I might ac-
comodate him.”

182 Rhodora. [NOVEMBER

The suggestion of Oeder,! to which Ehrhart refers, is (also freely
translated) as follows: “There may be proposed, for common non-
botanical conversational use, names which we may call nomina
‘usualia,’ always independent names, having no connection or rela-
tion to classification, to genus, or to specific relationship, but one for
each species, relating to itself alone. It will be permissible, then, for
species known by these ‘nomina usualia’ to be arranged freely by
botanists in their respective systems and transferred at will, to be
associated in genera and to be reclassified, for under all these changes
of methods each name would remain unchanged. ”

Had Ehrhart foreseen the confusion in botanical nomenclature
that might be caused by his innocent “nomina usualia,” he would
probably have refrained from his attempt to amuse and accommodate
his friend Dahl. But surely he did all that could be expected from
him in the way of explaining his intent, and warning later botanists
away from the pitfall into which some have blindly walked. It is
evident, however, that a fresh warning is needed, particularly as
many of Ehrhart’s * nomina usualia” have found their way as generic
names into modern nomenclators, and we have with us many who are
willing to accept without question the thousands of errors that are
inevitable in works of that character.

Of course the preceding discussion should not be misinterpreted
as a criticism of the validity of the various generic names proposed
as such by Ehrhart in his other writings. His concept of genera and
species, and the nomenclature of these categories, was by no means
hazy or erratic.

New York Ciry.

PANICUM ALBEMARLENSE IN CoNNECTICUT.—Only two stations
are given for Panicum albemarlense in the Connecticut Catalogue,
namely Waterford and Southington. It therefore seems worth while
to report the species from Franklin. The particular locality where it
was found is a short, low gravel ridge. This is in fact a veritable
Panicum “garden.” There are a few Lecheas there, it is true, (L.
villosa, L. intermedia, L. tenuifolia and L. maritima interior), but
Panicums make up the bulk of the vegetation. The following
species occur here: P. tennesseense, P. albemarlense, P. implicatum,

lElem. Bot. 137. 1764.

1920] Woodward,—Panicum albemarlense in Connecticut 183

P. huachucae, P. villosissimum, P. linearifolium, P. depauperatum, P.
sphaerocarpon, P. columbianum and P. tsugetorum, the last being the
exceptionally hairy form once described as P. lanuginosum var.
siccatum.! Of the above, P. albemarlense and P. implicatum are the
more abundant, but all the other species mentioned are well represent-
ed, no species, of which merely one or two plants were seen, being
included in the list. Specimens of P. albemarlense and P. tsugetorum
have been verified at the United States National Museum by Prof.
A. S. Hitchecock.—R. W. Woopwarp, New Haven, Connecticut.

RaNuNcuLUs Pumsumn iN lowa.—Last July, while doing field
work along the east shore of Spirit Lake in northern Iowa, I had the
good fortune to find an interesting aquatic crowfoot, namely Ranun-
culus Purshii Richards, which does not appear to have been hereto-
fore recorded from the state. It was growing quite plentifully in
what had been a small pond, but at that time was entirely dried up,
though the soil was still somewhat moist. "The plants, though weak,
all grew quite erect and were from six to ten inches high, the small
flowers being a very bright yellow. Having never seen a specimen
of R. Purshii I sent some material of the plant to Dr. B. L. Robinson,
who kindly examined it and pronounced it to be this species. Its
previously recorded range is thus extended several hundred miles
southward in the Mississippi Valley.—R. I. Crarry, Curator, Iowa
State College.

A RARE VARIETY OF VITIS LABRUSCA.—About the first of October
of the present year (1920) I observed on sale in public market in New
Bedford two varieties of our native grapes: Vitis labrusca L. One
of these was of the usual dark purple color but the other was entirely
green. The purple colored grapes were not wholly ripe but very
nearly so, this being the usual condition of such grapes when used in
the household for making grape jelly.

I asked the salesman what the unripe green grapes were used for,
there being about half a bushel of this variety. He replied that the
green grapes were ripe and sweet and used for the same purpose as the
purple ones. I learned that these green grapes were brought in by a

‘North American Panicum, Hitchcock & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv.
245 (1910).

184 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

farmer from the town of Rochester. I visited this farmer and as-
certained that he picked the grapes from a vine growing wild in the
woods. In further conversation with the store keeper, he said that
he had for several years picked a peck of similar “white grapes,” as
he called them, from woods in Westport, and that they were especially
esteemed in jelly making, their jelly being of a much lighter color
and requiring no more sugar.

This variety of grape is undoubtedly rare in this part of the state
although some vines may have been mistaken for the common vari-
ety. Botanists may be interested to investigate this subject further.
—E. Wiuuiams Hervey, New Bedford, Massachusetts.

[Mr. Hervey’s green grape may be referable to the “ Warre Fox. .
Vitis labrusca, v. alba," Price, Treatise on the Vine, 181 (1830),
found wild in woods at York, Pennsylvania, and described as having
the fruits “not perfectly white, but tinged with a pale russet or
amber colour. "—Ep.]|

Tue Winter MEETING or THE Vermont BoranicaL Crus will
be held in Burlington, Friday and Saturday, January 28 and 29,
1921, at Williams Science Hall, University of Vermont. Those
desiring a detailed announcement should apply to NELLIE F. FLYNN,
Secretary, Burlington, Vermont.

Vol. 22, no. 262, including pages 157 to 168, was issued ? December, 1920.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD

HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors.
LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE

WILLIAM PENN RICH
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee.

Vol. 22. December, 1920 No. 264.

CONTENTS:

Brainerd & Pietersen’s Blackberries of New England.
M. L. Fernald 185

Crepis setosa in Oregon. J. C. Nelson . . . . + + + + + 191
A further Note on Crepis biennis. Bayard Long à 192
The supposed generic Character of Naumburgia. M. E. Allen . 193
Does saximontanus mean ‘‘Rocky Mountain"? J.C. Nelson . 194
Errata o. 5 9 2. 22 4 Re ee 5: I

Index .. .. .. LOANNEM AI. 7." N

Boston, Mass. Providence, R. 3.

1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Maas.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business ications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Single copies may be had from

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club,
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & RouNps Co.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. L Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 22. December, 1920. No. 264.

BRAINERD & PEITERSEN'S BLACKBERRIES OF NEW
ENGLAND.

M. L. FERNALD.

Dvurtnc more than a decade Mr. W. H. Blanchard stirred Ameri-
can botanists as they had not before been aroused to the importance
of closely studying the native blackberries, and set an example of
marvelous devotion and self-sacrifice: in his declining years aban-
doning his remunerative pursuits and spending his meagre savings
and complete energies in an attempt to throw light upon the hitherto
hardly appreciated complexities of the American blackberries. In
Blanchard's own words, “This search has continued and is now ten
years old. I have searched throughout the whole of the eastern
part of the United States and Canada as far west as blackberries
are found, or from St. John's, Newfoundland, to Lake Winnipeg in
Manitoba, and south to Florida . . . . . making the search
as complete as my time and limited means would allow." As a
result of his unprecedented activity twenty-two papers on the black-
berries were published before impaired eyesight and age forced him to
relinquish his keen and untiring studies of an amazingly difficult
problem. Fortunately, however, before giving up active work he
was able to summarize his conclusions in a very valuable paper? in
which he recognized in northeastern America the following 16 as true
species: Rubus canadensis L., R. allegheniensis Porter, R. Andrews-
ianus Blanchard, R. hispidus L., R. procumbens Muhl., R. trivialis
Michx., R. recurvans Blanchard, R. cuneifolius Pursh, R. frondosus
Bigelow, R. setosus Bigelow, R. semisetosus Blanchard, R. vermont-

1Ezra Brainerd & A. K. Peitersen. Blackberries of New Evgland—their Classi-
fication. Vermont Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 217. Juve, 1920.

? Blanchard, Rubus of eastern North America. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxviii. 425-
439 (1911).

186 Rhodora [DECEMBER

anus Blanchard, R. amicalis Blanchard, R. glandicaulis Blanchard,
R. multiformis Blanchard and R. recurvicaulis Blanchard.

Following Blanchard's stimulating example, scores of active field-
botanists, who had not previously appreciated the need of close
observation and unlimited collections and notes, have been studi-
ously watching and painstakingly collecting the blackberries—pains-
takingly, since the collection and preparation of hundreds or thousands
of specimens of Rubus in a single season is a painful and monotonous
task. Asa result of this alert interest many New England botanists
had long awaited the publication of the present paper by Brainerd &
Peitersen, for they had learned to have profound regard for Brainerd's
work on the genus Viola. Furthermore, some years prior to Blanch-
ard's phenominal activity, Brainerd had published a synopsis! of the
New England blackberries, in which he recognized 11 species, 1
variety and 1 hybrid; and subsequently he has been our most posi-
tive exponent of the theory that nearly all of our blackberries are
hybrids. In the present paper, which is his latest statement on tbis
question, 12 true species are recognized in New England and 46
plants are treated as hybrids, suspected hybrids or blend species and
5 as doubtful. And, although the “ New England” of this paper is
chiefly Vermont (reversing the early usage when Vermont declined
to be a part of New England), various plants unknown outside New
York or New Jersey are included, thus displaying the authors' present
liberality of interpretation, especially toward the west and south-
west.

The attempt to draw a definite line between the species and the
hybrids and blend species has led to separate keys and treatments
for these plants. This is unfortunate for the user, for no one, not
specially forewarned or gifted with remarkable intuition, finding Rubus
frondisentis (“ R. pergratus X setosus”) superabundant in Coos County,
New Hampshire, R. glandicaulis (* R. allegheniensis x setosus”) in
the thickets of Prince Edward Island where R. setosus is unknown, or
R. arenicola (* R. Baileyanus x frondosus”) dominant on dry barrens
of Nova Scotia where R. Baileyanus is unknown and where R. fron-
dosus is represented only by R. recurvans, can guess in which key to
trace his species.

As stated, Rubus glandicaulis (cited by the authors on p. 61 as if
found at only 3 stations—1 each in Maine, New Hampshire and Ver-
mont) occurs on Prince Edward Island where, during three seasons
of conscientious observation and collecting of Rubus by such careful
field-botanists as Blanchard, Bartram, Long, St. John and the pres-
ent reviewer, no R. setosus (reputed parent of R. glandicaulis) has
ever been found. Similarly, R. arenicola (cited on p. 75 as found at
3 stations—1 in Maine, 2 in eastern Massachusetts) is common in
Nova Scotia (where long since collected and identified by Blanchard),

‘Brainerd, The Blackberries of New England, Ruopona, ii, 23-29 (1900).

1920] Fernald,—Blackberries of New England 187

but one of its supposed parents reaches its eastern limit in eastern
Massachusetts (or possibly southern Maine), at least 200 miles across
the Gulf of Maine from the nearest point of Nova Scotia. Again,
R. tardatus (p. 83), treated as a hybrid of R. flagellaris (R. procumbens)
and R. setosus and cited as if found only at Kennebunk, Maine, is a
dominant shrub of boggy thickets and lake-margins on Prince Ed-
ward Island and Nova Scotia and it is characteristic of some bogs
and peaty shores of central Cape Cod. Yet of its alleged parents,
R. flagellaris (even in its most inclusive sense) is not known east of the
Kennebec valley and R. setosus is quite unknown on much-explored
Cape Cod. Is it not, then, somewhat strange, if these are no more
than local and very recent hybrids, that they should abound over such
wide areas and hundreds of miles away from one or both of their
supposed parents?

It is, in fact, very difficult to make out the principle by which the
hybrids of Brainerd & Peitersen's treatment are differentiated from
the true species. R. elegantulus (p. 37) with “Pollen about 70%
imperfect" and a restricted range (the uplands of New Hampshire
and Vermont), and R. vermontanus (p. 39) with “ Pollen about 85%
imperfect" and a distribution said to be confined to New Hampshire
and Vermont, are treated as true species. But R. frondisentis (p.
63) of similar range and with “Pollen about 10% imperfect," a
plant with seedlings which “are very uniform and seem to breed
true to the type,” and R. abbrevians (p. 65) again of similar range,
and R. permiatus (p. 69), extending from New Hampshire to New
York and New Jersey, the former with “Pollen about 10% imper-
fect” and seedlings which “ vary very little from the mother plant,”
the latter with “ Pollen about 50% imperfect" and seedlings which
“do not revert to the parent types," are treated merely as hybrids.
If these characteristic and easily recognized plants are indeed hybrids
they are notable refutations of the much overworked theory, that
hybrids have imperfect pollen and do not breed true.

A further refutation is found iu the fact, that two of the univers-
ally recognized species, admitted without hesitation by the present
authors and by every other competent systematist, have as poor
pollen as is found in the genus. These are the “Thornless Black-
berry," R. canadensis (p. 35), ranging from Newfoundland to Wis-
consin and the mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee and the
"Running Swamp Blackberry" (which often grows on dry sand
plains), R. hispidus (p. 43), with an almost equally broad range,
from Nova Scotia to southern Ontario, Michigan and North Carolina,
the former with “Pollen about 85% imperfect," the latter with
“Pollen about 90% imperfect." Furthermore, R. frondosus (p.
31), not treated as a hybrid, has seedlings which “show quite a range
of variation as to shape of leaves, serration of leaflets, etc."

In the discussion on p. 11 the statement is made, that “Seeds from
the selfed flowers of a number of suspected hybrids have been grown

188 Rhodora [DECEMBER

and these plants in the majority of cases show a reversion to the
supposed parent types, which of itself, to our mind, is a positive
proof of hybrid origin." No one will dissent from such a conclusion
and it is therefore disappointing that the authors failed to tell us
just which of the suspected hybrids gave these figures. They do
report on 9 cases, the 3 above referred to in which seedlings “do not
revert to the parent types" and 6 others in which they show varia-
tion. But the thesis would be more convincing if reports had been
included for the remaining 37 reputed hybrids.

A serious doubt as to the finality of the conclusions in the paper
must inevitably occur to those who have an intimate field-knowledge
of the abundance in some of the upland districts of New Hampshire
and Vermont of such thoroughly characteristic blackberries as R.
frondisentis and R. abbrevians, shrubs with almost abnormally per-
fect pollen for a Rubus, with seedlings true to type and both with
finely developed fruit, for although the plate before us (Plate xxviii)
shows woe-begone and discouraged little fruits on R. frondisentis,
the large and abundant colonies in the swamps of northern New
Hampshire bear splendid plump berries (as shown by manysheets
of specimens indentified by Dr. Brainerd). If these are to be treated
respectively as “ R. pergratus x setosus” and “ R. frondosus x setosus,”
while R. elegantulus and R. vermontanus, of closely similar range and
with amazingly imperfect pollen, are good species, why do not the
hybrids occur generally throughout the coincident ranges of their
supposed parents? R. pergratus is an abundant and much prized
blackberry in many regions from Prince Edward Island to Cape Cod,
Connecticut and Minnesota and R. setosus abounds in most regions
from Nova Scotia and New Brunswick to western New England and
the uplands of Pennsylvania. Yet in more than a quarter-century
of intensive field-study and collecting of blackberries in New England
and eastern Canada the reviewer (who has collected in a single season
as many as 4000 sheets of Rubus and may perhaps be counted some-
thing more than an “ordinary herbarium systematist," to quote
Brainerd & Peitersen’s phrase) had never seen R. frondisentis until
he turned his attention for two summers to the blackberries of the
White Mountain region. Similarly he had never before met R.
elegantulus, R. vermontanus and R. abbrevians. But all four are
dominant and very distinct shrubs of the White Mountain region,
although the reputed parents of the latter, R. frondosus and R.
setosus, like the supposed parents of R. frondisentis, have much wider
ranges. Brainerd & Peitersen assign R. frondosus to “Open fields
and hillsides in southern New England. The form R. recurvans

north into Maine, New Hampshire and Vermont," but
they include i in R. frondosus not only R. recurvans but also R. phila-
delphicus. The comprehensive species would thus have a range
from Nova Scotia at least to western New England and Virginia,
while reputed hybrids of it are cited from as far west as Illinois. The

1920] Fernald,—Blackberries of New England 189

range of R. setosus, the other supposed parent of R. abbrevians, has
been stated above. If, then, R. abbrevians and R. frondisentis, with
nearly perfect pollen, with full and handsome berries, with seedlings
true to type and with ranges coincident with those of the unques-
tioned species, R. elegantulus and R. vermontanus, both of which have
distressingly imperfect pollen,—if the constant R. abbrevians and R.
frondisentis are modern hybrids of widely dispersed parents, why
have they not been found somewhere else in the vast area where
their parent species abound and where thousands of collections of
Rubus have been made?

The reviewer is not arguing that wild hybrids do not occur in
Rubus, for he believes that they do. His own experience as well as
some of the data given by Brainerd & Peitersen seem conclusive on
that point. He is simply emphasizing that in such instances as those
just discussed the paper fails to make a convincing case. In another
paper which is announced perhaps the authors may do so.

The reviewer is also puzzled, as others must be, to know why that
most definite of coastal plain shrubs, R. cuneifolius, ranging all the
way from Alabama and Florida to Connecticut and distinguished
even by the novice on characters not found in any other northeastern
species, is recognized only by its inclusion in a list of * Additional
Forms of Doubtful Status" (p. 83). If, by chance, the authors
have doubt as to the proper name for this shrub, there can be no
question whatever about the shrub itself. Other points which may
well puzzle or surprise those who have learned to expect care in Dr.
Brainerd's work are the statement about the altitudinal range of
blackberries, the item regarding the publication of R. sativus, and the
omission from the citations of literature at the end of the paper of
every one of Blanchard's 22 papers, including his highly important
and authoritative epitome already referred to, one of the most signi-
ficant if not, indeed, the most valuable series of critical notes we have
upon our native blackberries, their ranges and constancy.

Those who are familiar with our alpine districts would be amazed
to see any of the blackberries far above timber-line, yet Brainerd
& Peitersen tell us, that “The blackberries of New England are dis-
tributed from the highest mountain peaks to the lowest valleys"
(p. 14). Nevertheless, the reviewer, who with Professor Arthur
Stanley Pease has taken pains to trace the altitudinal limits of black-
berries on “the highest mountain peaks," is confident that few if
any true blackberries are known in New England from far above
3500 feet, the upper limit in the forests of Mt. Washington of our
most northern species, R. canadensis. To be sure, R. Chamaemorus,
the only member of a unique subgenus which is often considered a
monotypic genus, occurs on the highest mountain peaks of New
England, but it surely is not a blackberry, although this ancient,
cireumpolar monotype has quite as poor pollen as do many other
monotypes and most of the supposed hybrid blackberries.

190 Rhodora [DECEMBER

In February, 1900, Dr. Brainerd published in Ruopona the follow-
ing paragraph:

"Rubus sativus. This is Rubus nigrobaccus, var. sativus, Bailey,
which we are confident should be regarded as a distinct species. As
we find it in western Vermont it is farther removed from R. nigro-
baccus than any of the four forms last mentioned . . . . The
name chosen by Professor Bailey is most appropriate, as the species
is the parent of some of our best garden varieties. "'!

In December of the same year he recognized it as “R sativus,
Brainerd. (R. nigrobaccus, Bailey, var. sativus, Bailey). In dry
alluvial soil; Weybridge, Brainerd; West Rutland, Eggleston."* But
in April, 1914, Dr. Brainerd said: “the Vermont plant identified as
‘a small form of R. nigrobaccus var. sativus’ by Prof. Bailey (see
Ruopona 2: 24, Feb., 1900 [i. e., p. 26, where he forgot to state that
Bailey had so determined it]), and described as R. sativus in the
Gray Manual, and as R. Brainerdii by Dr. Rydberg . . . is
hardly more than a dwarf form of R. pergratus Blanchard." * Only
one year later, in April, 1915, in the Vermont Botanical Club's Flora
of Vermont (the introduction signed: Ezra BRAINERD) the Wey-
bridge shrub was listed (p. 215) without even a question as a perfectly
valid species, “R. Brainerdi Rydb. (R. sativus Gray's Man,. ed.
7)" But in the paper now before us the little Weybridge shrub,
this time conceded to be neither R. pergratus nor a valid species, but
merely an uncharacteristic and underdeveloped form of R. frondosus
Bigelow, is given a full-page plate and a special page (33) of discussion
as R. Brainerdi Rydberg (1913).

The authors state that “ R. brainerdi Rydb. is a marked illustra-
tion of the confusion which has existed in the taxonomic literature,”
but it is obvious that the confusion is not wholly restricted to the
literature. And, although the Weybridge shrub was one year “a
distinct species," R. sativus, another year “a dwarf form of R. per-
gratus," still later a valid species, R. Brainerdi, and at last report
“a form of R. frondosus,” it is amazing that at no time has the way-
ward plant been accused of being a hybrid!

Since the name R. sativus Brainerd, which, when published in
February, 1900, was a “name . . . . most appropriate," has
now become objectionable, the following explanation is given: “ Brain-
erd in a discussion of the plant to which Bailey had applied this
varietal name [sativus] is accredited with the elevation of this variety
to specific rank through a too liberal revision of his manuscript by
the editors of Rnopona " (p. 33).4

1Brainerd, Ruopora, ii. 26. 27 (1900). :

?Brainerd, Jones & Eggleston, Flora of Vermont, 53 (1900).

? Brainerd, Vt. Bot. Cl. Bull. no. 9, 15 (April, 1914).

‘The actual passage reads somewhat strangely: ‘‘But based upon no definite
type, Brainerd in a discussion,” etc.

1920] Nelson,—Crepis setosa in Oregon 191

Such an unpleasant accusation, if based upon fact, would be
serious but Dr. Brainerd has certainly forgotten that, less than two
months before the putlication of R. sativus, in a letter dated “ Middle-
bury, Vt., Dec. 16, 1899” and written and signed by himself, he wrote
the editors of RHODORA :

" [f I get my article in by Jan. 1, will you publish it in Feb. Rho-
dora? ———— is preparing a ‘monograph’ of the genus. I should
like to propose R. sativus as a species before he does, as I suspect
he will."

Comment is unnecessary.

The plate (X) of Rubus argutus shows an inflorescence with no
foliaceous bracts and there is no mention of such in the description
opposite. Yet on p. 55 we are told that R. Jeckylanus is a hybrid
which “ Resembles R. argutus in having leafy-bracted inflorescence. ”
This was presumably a misprint for R. frondosus; at least misprints
are frequent in the publication. For instance, R. glandicaulis (p. 61)
is treated as a hybrid of R. allegheniensis and R. setosus because it
“Resembles R. pergratus in having pubescent leaves," etc.; R.
frondisentis (p. 63) is called a hybrid of R. pergratus and R. setosus
because it “ Resembles R. allegheniensis in having pubescent leaves,”
etc. Two of these confusions have been corrected in manuscript
in some of the copies issued; but the very fact that they passed un-
changed through the final proof suggests indecision as to the parent-
age of the "hybrids." It would be quite unlikely that these incon-
sistencies would be due to mischievousness of the compositor or to
“a too liberal revision of . . . manuscript by the editors" of
the Experiment Station bulletins.

But despite the many points in which a difference of interpretation
is inevitable and the unconvincing nature of much of the data pres-
ented, students of the perplexing genus Rubus will find much to
commend in the paper. Of great importance, of course, are the
records of apparently defective pollen (there is no statement of actual
germination-tests) and constancy of seedlings; and everyone who
uses the paper will regret that there are so few of the latter records
for the 46 reputed hybrids. Finally, special praise should be given
the illustrations of species, 31 exquisite full-page drawings, obviously
by Schuyler Mathews. These drawings add tremendously to the
value of the publication.

CREPIS SETOSA IN OnEGON.—Mr. Long's interesting study of the
occurrence of Crepis biennis (in Ruopora 21: 209 ff.) calls forcibly
to mind my own experience with the introduced species of this genus
in Western Oregon. When I began to study the flora of the Willam-
ette Valley in 1915, it soon became evident that C. capillaris deserved
a place among our most abundant weeds, occurring everywhere in

192 Rhodora [DECEMBER

fields and waste places. Along with it, however, I soon began to
notice a coarser, more bristly plant of the same genus, which I at
first took for the native C. barbigera Leiberg. But this species, a
lower and stouter plant, seems to be confined to the sage-brush
plains of Eastern Oregon, while our plant had every appearance of
being an immigrant. During the first season I saw but a few speci-
mens; but each year has added to the number, until it is now almost
as frequent as C. capillaris, with which it is associated in great abun-
dance in waste places, fields, roadsides and river-banks throughout
the entire region adjacent to Salem. Professor C. V. Piper, to whom
I pointed it out in 1918, informed me that it was C. setosa Haller f., a
native of that apparent paradise of weeds, the Mediterranean region,
and that I would not be able to find a description of it in any Ameri-
can work. The fact that it has not found mention in any Western
manual shows that it must be of comparatively recent introduction
and restricted range; but a stranger in Western Oregon would infal-
libly conclude that it deserved to be enrolled among our most thor-
oughly established weeds. It would be interesting to know to what
extent it has been observed by Eastern collectors. As far as C.
biennis is concerned, my experience here has been identical with Mr.
Long's. I have never seen the plant, or anything like it. Macoun's
material from Vancouver Island is probably the basis for Henry's
inclusion of the species in his recent Flora of Southern British Col-
umbia, 329 (1915); but Mr. Long has shown Macoun's plant to be
C. nicaeensis, and the existence of true C. biennis in the Northwest
seems still to lack confirmation. Apparently no native species of
the genus have found their way into the Willamette Valley, although
C. occidentalis Nutt. and C. monticola Cov. both occur in the south-
western portion of the State.—J. C. Nerson, Salem, Oregon.

A FURTHER Nore on CnEPIS BIENNIS.—In a recent article on the
American occurrence of Crepis biennis! it was shown that most of
the records for the species were based upon misidentifications, and
that only three authentic specimens were found in the large collec-
tions of the Gray Herbarium, the New York Botanical Garden, the
National Herbarium, the Missouri Botanical Garden, and the Phila-
delphia Academy. The only data on the occurrence and persistence

! Long, Ruopora, xxi. 209 (1919).

1920 Allen,— The Supposed generic Character of Naumburgia 193

of the species at these stations consisted of the notation, “a casual"
on one label. It was indicated, however, that the plant is probably
not of a vigorously weedy nature and never became established in
America—appearing to be distinctly a waif and not worthy of its
general recognition in American manuals.

It is gratifying to be able to add a bit of definite evidence upon
an occurrence of the species recently brought to light in the herbarium
of Dr. H. B. Meredith. For many years Dr. Meredith was head of
the State Hospital at Danville, Pennsylvania. His hobby has long
been botany, and although probably enjoying most the collecting
of the less familiar plants of more remote regions, he found a very
fertile and fascinating field for observation and collection, during
leisure moments, in the extensive lawns about the hospital. Here
there appeared from time to time, after the seeding of the lawn,
weeds of numerous kinds, some of more than usual interest. In this
habitat Ajuga genevensis, for example, has become established. Most
of the species noted, however, followed the more usual course of
strange weeds in lawn-grass and failed to appear the second season,
or at best lasted but a year or two.

On learning of my interest in these weeds, Dr. Meredith sorted
out from his collection a number of them for my examination, and
under “Sonchus arvensis” we found a good specimen of Crepis
biennis. The label data reads: “State Hospital lawn, Danville,
Penna., June 6, 1889. Probably from imported grass-seed." Dr.
Meredith distinctly recalls the plant and assures me that it did not
appear on the lawn a second year.

Through the generosity of the collector the specimen has been
deposited in the Herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy.—BAvARD
Lone, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

THE SUPPOSED GENERIC CHARACTER OF NAUMBURGIA.—Some bot-
anists maintain Lysimachia thyrsiflora as a genus Naumburgia, dis-
tinguishing it from Lysimachia by the small, tooth-like staminodia in
the sinuses of the corolla. On one of the specimens of Lysimachia
thyrsiflora in the Gray Herbarium, however, is a note by the collector
—“ teeth in sinuses of corolla abortive.”

At the suggestion of Professor M. L. Fernald, a number of dissec-
tions were made from both American and foreign material. It was
found that the American specimens were consistently characterized

194 t Rhodora [DECEMBER

by an absence of the staminodia. These were often wanting in the
Eurasian, also, being the exception rather than the rule. The accom-
panying sketches illustrate these results. Thus Naumburgia Moench,
as a genus distinct from Lysimachia, falls to the ground. The plant
with teeth is probably a variation.

Lysimachia thyrsiflora, X224: 1, from Japan; 2, from Sweden; 3, from
Nova Scotia; 4, from Indiana. b

Since specimens for examination were chosen all the way from Maine
to Oregon in the United States, and from various locations in Swit-
zerland, Bavaria, Saxony, Scandanavia, and Japan abroad, it is rea-
sonably certain that the data were broad enough to justify this con-
clusion.

In the seventh edition of Gray's Manual the plant is described as
having its corolla“ very deeply 5 (or 6-7)-parted.” As many as nine
and as few as four divisions, however, have been found.—Maniow E.
ALLEN, Radcliffe College, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

DOES SAXIMONTANUS MEAN “Rocky MoUNTAIN?”’—In his article
on “The American Varieties of Pyrola chlorantha” (Rnopona 22: 49-
53), Prof. Fernald has revived the word “saximontana” to designate
one of these varieties, evidently intending thereby to emphasize the
fact that the new form occurs in the Rocky Mountain region. This
word seems to have gained an undisputed place in botanical nomen-
clature, dating back to Haussknecht’s Epilobium | saximontanum

1920] Nelson,— Does saximontanus mean * Rocky Mountain?" 195

(Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 29:119. 1879). Since then we have had Aqui-
legia saximontana Rydb. (1895), Potentilla saximontana Rydb. (1896),
Salix saximontana Rydb. (1899), Saxifraga saximontana E. Nels.
(1899), Draba saximontana A. Nels. (1900), Ribes saximontanum E.
Nels. (1900) and Juncus saximontanus A. Nels. (1902).

If these authors intended by the use of this specific «adjective to
convey the meaning that the plant was restricted to that part of the
Rocky Mountain system lying north of the Laramie Plains, and call-
ed by Lewis and Clark the “Stony Mountains," in contradistinction
to the Park Mountains lying to the southward in Colorado, New Mex-
ico and eastern Utah, the word seems very well chosen: but if it was
selected as the Latin equivalent of Rocky Mountains in general, it
lacks the significance which it would have for one who knew no other
language than Latin—unless indeed we are to assume that the Rocky
Mountains are so called from the frequency of loose stone on their
slopes!

But the universal belief in the West is that the name * Rocky " al-
ludes to the predominance of bold cliffs and pinnacles of bare treeless
rock, which might be described either as rupes or scopuli, but hardly
as saxa, the latter word being only the prosaic designation for the
material stone, thought of usually as occurring in detached fragments.

That this was the view of DeCandolle, a writer of correct and idiom-
atic scientific Latin, seems to be borne out by numerous passages in
the Prodromus, e. g., under Pentstemon secundiflorus Benth.: “ In mon-
tibus Scopulosis" (10:325). To be sure, scopulus in the classics more
frequently refers to rocks or ledges in the sea; but this is not uniformly
the case (cf. the account of the cavern of Cacus in the Eighth Book
of the Aeneid), and the fact of the bold and projecting character of
the rock seems to be the root-idea.

But saximontanus has come into such general usage that it may now
be regarded as a sort of nomen conservandum; there is no doubt that
we know what it means, and it is hardly pertinent to inquire whether
to a Roman it would have conveyed the same idea. Since scientific
Latin has degenerated into a sort of conventional symbol, and seems
no longer subject to the rules which govern the usage of a living lan-
guage, priority and universality rather than idiomatic correctness
will continue to be the chief desiderata, although an ineffectual squeak
of protest may now and then be emitted by the few surviving classic-
ists'—JAMES C. NELSON, Salem, Oregon.

Vol. 22, no. 263, including pages 169 to 184, was issued 14 January, 1921.

196 Rhodora [DECEMBER

ERRATA.

Additional for vol. 21:
Page 178, line 16, for n. comb. read Nieuwl. Am. Midl. Nat. ii. 278.
1912.

* 210, * 8S, for capillacea read capillaris.

* 212, “ 23, for capillacea read capillaris.

* 920, * 9, for americana (Fisch.) read intermedia (Muhl.).
* 920, * 9, for AMERICANA read INTERMEDIA.

* 22920, “ 10, for (Fisch.) read (Muhl.).

Vol 22:

Page 11, line 18, for 266 read 866.
“ 5l, * 23, for clorantha read chlorantha.
*. 320, “ 30, for C. read V.
*.'. 196, = 38, for O. read. V.
" 135, “ 34, after L: insert a comma.
“ 136, “ 12, for Robinsii read Robbinsii.
“ 137, “ 41, for Robinsii read Robbinsii.
* 50, “ 37 for 259 read 260.
“ 172, “ 25, ford. c. villosum read d. C. villosum.
* 183, “ 4, for siccatum read siccanum.

1920]

Index 19

ie.

INDEX TO VOLUME 22.

New scientlfic names are printed in full face type.

Abies balsamea, 133.

Abutilon, 72; Theophrasti, 72.

Acer pennsylvanicum, 134; rubrum,
110, 130, 134; saccharum, 137;
spicatum, 130, 134.

Achillea Millefolum, 136.

Additional Notes on Amelanchier,
146.

Adiantum pedatum, 80, 83, 90, 123;
peltatum, 123.

Aetopteron, 180.

Agropyron tenerum, 92.

Agrostemma Githago, 137.

Agrostis alba, var. maritima, 136,
var. vulgare, 136; hyemalis, 133,
136; jamaicensis, 103; perennans,
133.

us genevensis, 193.

Alder, 132.

Allen, M. E., The supposed generic
Character of Naumburgia, 193.
Alnus ineana, 132, 134, 135; mollis,

134.

Alopecurus geniculatus, var. aristu-
latus, 138.

Alsinopsis, 180.

Althea, 73; officinalis, 73.

Amaranthus retroflexus, 137.

Ambrosia artemisiifolia, 137.

Amelanchier, 110, 146; Additional
Notes on, 146; Bartramiana, 149;
canadensis, 147, 148, var. obovalis,
148, var. oligocarpa, 147; Fern-
aldii, 149; florida, 151; grandi-
flora, 149-151; ^ humilis, 151;
huronensis, 150, 151; intermedia,
147, 148; laevis, 134, 148, 149,
151; oblongifolia, 147, 148; obov-
alis, 148; sanguinea, 150, 151, var.
gaspensis, 149, forma grandiflora,
149, 150, var. grandiflora, 149;
stolonifera, 149.

America, Some Variations of Carda-
mine pratensis in, 11.

American Ammophila, 70; Ceras-
tiums of the Section Orthodon,
Studies of some of the boreal, 169;
Varieties of Pyrola chlorantha, 49.

Ammophila, American, 70; arenaria.
70, 71, var. arundinacea, 70;
breviligulata, 71.

Amsinckia Douglasiana, 111.

Anacharis, 19; Alsinastrum, 18-20,
27; canadensis, 25, 29; Nuttallii,
22, 29.

Anaphalis margaritacea, 134.

Andromeda glaucophylla, 38, 41, 44,
46, var. iodandra, 46.

Anemone canadensis, 92; riparia, 49.

Anoda, 73; triangularis, 73.

Antennaria, 111, 138, 141; alpina.
138-142, and A. carpathica, 138,
var. canescens, 140, 8 canescens,
141, var. corymbosa, 140, var,
Friesiana, 140, var. glabrata, 140,
var. ungavensis, 140; alsinoides,
142; arnoglossa, 142; canadensis,
136; carpathica, 138, 139, 141, 142,
A. alpina and, 138, var. lanata, 142,
var. pulcherrima, 142; fallax, 142;
glabrata, 140; labradorica, 140;
lanata, 141, 142; monocephala, 140;
mucronata, 141; neglecta, var. sim-
plex, 111; neodioica, 142; pulcher-
rima, 142; umbrinella, 141.

Anthemis Cotula, 137.

Anthoxanthum odoratum, 136.

Apocynum androsaemifolium,

Aquilegia saximontana, 195.

Arabis alpina, var. glabrata, 140;
hirsuta, var. glaberrima, 140; pe-
traea, var. glabra, 140. i

Araceae, 89.

Aralia, 129; hispida, 134, 152, 153,
A teratological Specimen of, 152;
nudicaulis, 129, 130, 134.

Arbor Vitae, 40, 130.

Arctostaphylos alpina, 37, 44, 46;
rubra, 46.

Arenaria groenlandica, 38, 48; lateri-
flora, 93; tenuifolia, 180.

Arethusa bulbosa, 43, 47, 137.

Aronia, 48.

Arundo arenaria, 71.

136.

Aes Black, 131, 132; Mountain,
Asparagus officinalis, 136.
Aspen, 131.

Aspidium Boottii, 42, 48; cristatum,
133; noveboracense, 133; spinu-
losum, 38, 42, 48, 133, var. inter-
medium, 48, 133; Thelypteris, 135.

198

Asplenium, 38, 90; ebenoides, 80,
85, 87, 88; filix-femina, 38, 136;
montanum, 80, 84, 85; pinnatifi-
dum, 80, 84, 85; platyneuron, 80,
84; Ruta-muraria, 39, 49, 80, 87,
88; Trichomanes, 80, 84, 85; vir-
ide, 80, 86, 87.

Aster acuminatus, 134; macrophyl-
lus, 134, var. velutinus, 134; nem-
oralis, 94, 95; radula, 137; um-
bellatus. 134; vimineus, 134.

Astragalus Blakei, 49.

Athyrium acrostichoides, 80, $83;
angustifolium, 80, 87, 88; angus-
tum, 38, 80, 89. var. elatius, 80, 84,
85, var. laurentianum, 80, 83, 84,
110, var. rubellum, 80, 82, 110;
asplenioides, 80, 84, 85.

Attean Pond, Flora of Birch Island
in, 129.

Avena fatua, 110.

Axonopus paniceus, 103.

Barnhart, J. H., The so-called gen-
eric Names of Ehrhart's Phyto-
phylacium, 180.

uas d Grass, 70.

Betula alba, var. papyrifera, 134;
lutea, 110, 134.

Birch, 130; Island in Attean Pond,
Flora of, 129; Paper, 131; White,
129, 132: Yellow, 131.

Black Ash, 131, 132.

Blackberries, 185, 186, 188, 189; of
New England, Brainerd & Peiter-
sen's, 185.

Blueberry, 132.

Boston District, Reports on the
Flora of the,—XXXII. 72,
XXXIII. 123.

Botanical Club, The Winter Meeting
of the Vermont, 184.

Botrychium ternatum, var. inter-
medium, 133.

Box Huckleberry, 167, 168.

Brainerd, E. [Notice of Work], 185.

Brainerd & Peitersen’s Blackberries
of New England, 185.

Brassica campestris, 137; juncea, 137.

Braya humilis, 49.

Bromus, 181; ciliatus, 136.

Bunchberry, 40, 130.

Buxbaumia, 181.

Calamagrostis, 132; canadensis, 135.
Callitriche palustris, 138.

Calopogon pulchellus, 137.

Caltha palustris, 42, 49.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Calypso bulbosa, 42, 47.

Campanula rotundifolia, 49.

Camptosorus, 87, 88; rhizophyllus,
80, 87.

Capsella Bursa-pastoris, 137.

Cardamine fontinalis, 13, 14; grandi-
flora, 14; paludosa, 13, 14; pal-
ustris, 13, 14; polemonioides, 14;

ratensis, 12-14, in America, Some

ariations of, 11, var. angustifolia,
13, 14, var. dentata, 13, 14, var.
fodinarum pendula, 14, var. fossi-
cola, 13, 14, var. oblongifolia, 14,
var. palustris, 12-14, forma plena,
13, 14.

Carex, 181; alata, 15; arcta, 132,
135; aurea, 92; brunescens, 133;
canescens, 135; Crawfordii, 136;
crinita, 135; debilis, var. Rudgei,

133; flava, 135; intumescens,
var. Fernaldii, 133; lenticularis,
135; novae-angliae, 93; Oederi,

135; rosea, var. radiata, 133; ros-
trata, 135, var. utriculata, 135;
stellulata, 133; stricta, 132, 135;
torta, 135; tribuloides, var. re-
dueta, 136; vesicaria, 132, 135,
var. distenta, 135, var. jejuna, 135.

Carum Carui, 136.

Cassiope hypnoides, 37, 44.

Castalia odorata, 136.

Castilleja pallida, var. septentrion-
alis, 39.

Centunculus alpinus, 171.

Cerastium, 169; alpinum, 169-171,
ò. atratum, 172, x. Beeringianum,
173, Y. Fischerianum, 174, B.
Fischerianum, lusus C. macrocar-
pum, 177, var. glanduliferum, 172,
var. glutinoso-lanatum, 172, var.
hirsutum, 171, var. lanatum, 172,
var. legitimum, 171, 172, forma
pulvinata, 171, d. C. villosum, 172;
arcticum, 170, 174, 175; arvense,
169, 171, 178, 179, var. oblongi-
folium, 179; atratum, 172; Beer-
ingianum, 170, 172, 174, 175, var.
capillare, 173; Buffumae, 173;
caespitosum, 178, 8. glandulosum,
178, var. hirsutum, 178; Earlei,
170, 175; Edmondstonii, 174; eri-
ophorum, 172; Fischerianum, 170,
174; pandubei, 178; lanatum,
172; lanuginosum, 172; latifolium,
176, 8. Edmondstonii, 174; muta-
bile alpinum, 171, 8. lanatum, 172,
£. squalidum, 172; nigrescens, 174,
175; oblongifolium, 179, Section

1920]

Orthodon, 169; . pilosum, 173;
Regelii, 175; squalidum, 172; ter-
rae-novae, 170, 176, forma Wag-
hornei, 177; triviale, 178, var.
genuina, 178, Y. glandulosum, 178,
a. hirsutum, 178, var. viscosa, 178;
unalaschkense, 170, 171, 177; vari-
abile, 173; velutinum, 179; villo-
sum, 172, 178, 8. glandulosum, 178;
vulgare, subsp. triviale, forma
glandulosum, 178; vulgatum, 137,
169-171, 177, 178. 2. Beeringianum,
173, £. glandulosum, 178. 3. grandi-
florum, 174, var. hirsutum, 178,
var. hirsutum, forma glandulosum,
178, var. / macrocarpum, 177, a.
typicum, 178.

Cerastiums of the Section Orthodon,
Studies of some boreal American,
169.

Ceropteris triangularis, 116; viscosa,

117.
Chamaedaphne calyculata, 40, 43,
44

Chamaepericlymenum canadense, 48.

Chase, V. H., Francis Eugene
M’Donald, 145.

Chelone glabra, 137.

Cherry, 130; Red, 131.

Cheilanthes lanosa, 81, 84, 86.

Chenopodium album, 137, var. viride,
137; rubrum, 15.

Chimaphila umbellata, 39, 43, 44,
123, 134.

Chiogenes hispidula, 37, 40, 41, 43,
44

Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, var
pinnatifidum, 137.

Cinna latifolia, 138.

Cireaea alpina, 137.

Cirsium arvense, 137.

Cissus, 72; Ampelopsis, 72.

Cistaceae, 123.

— 130; borealis, 38, 42, 48,

33.

Club, The winter Meeting of the
Vermont Botanical, 184.

Coburn, L. H., Flora of Birch Island
in Attean Pond 129; Marsilea

uadrifolia in Maine, 1506.

Collins, Dr. Frank Shipley.
of Death.], 96.

Committee on floral Areas, Second
Report of the, 80.

Compositae, 9, 140.

Connecticut, Panicum albemarlense
in, 182.

Coptis triflora, 38, 48, 134.

{Notice

Index

199

Corallorrhiza maculata, 40, 47; tri-
fida, 40, 43, 47.

Cornus alternifolia, 93; canadensis,
38-40, 42, 43, 48, 134; stoloni-
fera, 132, 134, 135.

Correction, 16.

Corydalis sempervirens, 137.

Cowslip, English, 143.

Crataegus macrosperma, 137.

Cratty, R. L, Ranunculus Purshii
in Iowa, 183.

Crepis barbigera, 192; biennis, 191-
193, Further Note on, 192; capil-
laris, 191, 192; monticola, 192;
nicaensis, 192; occidentalis, 192;
setosa, 192, in Oregon, 191.

Cryptogramma Stelleri, 39, 49, 81,
86, 87.

Cuckoo Flower, 11.

Cypripedium, 32; acaule, 42, 47,
121, 137; arietinum, 42, 47; hir-
sutum, 40, 42, 43, 47; parviflorum,
42, var. pubescens, 43, 47.

Cystopteris bulbifera, 49, 81, 87;
fragilis, 81-83.

Dalibarda repens, 43.

Danthonia spicata, 136.

Deane, W., A new albino Raspberry,
112; Reports on the Flora of the
Boston District,—X X XII. 72,
XXXIII. 123.

Dennstaedtia punctilobula, 81-83;

Deschampsia caespitosa, 92; flexu-
osa, 93.

Diapensia, 38; lapponica, 38, 44.

Diapensiaceae, 44.

Dicksonia punctilobula, 90, 133.

Dicodon, 181.

Digitaria, 101-103; argillacea, 104;
argyrostachya, 103; badia, 104;
Bakeri, 102; curvinervis, 103;
distans, 103; filiformis, 101, 102;
from New Hampshire, A new, 101;
gracillima, 101, 102; Ischaemum,
var. mississippiensis, 103; laevi-
glumis, 102; leucocoma, 104;
marginata, 103; panicea, 103;
sanguinalis, var. marginata, 103;
Simpsoni, 103. -

Dirca palustris, 92.

Does saximontanus mean ‘Rocky
mountain"? 194.

Dogwood, 132.

Draba saximontana, 195.

Dryopteris, 91, 180; Boottii, 48;
cristata, 90, 91; Filix-mas, 89,
90, 91; intermedia, 48; Internal

200

glandular Hairs in, 89; margin-
alis, 90, 91, 123; noveboracensis,
90, 91; spinulosa, 48, 89-91, 93;
Thelypteris, 90, 91.

Dulichium arundinaceum, 135.

Echinochloa crusgalli, 137.

Ehrhart's Phytophylacium, The so-
called generic Names of, 180.

Elatinaceae, 75.

Elatine, 75; minima, 75.

Eleocharis, 180; acicularis, 135, 136;
palustris, 136; tenuis, 135.

Elm, 131.

Elodea, 17, 20, 23; canadensis, 17-
22, 24-27, 29; in New England,
The Genus, 17; ioensis, 26, 29;
iowensis, 26, 29; latifolia, 27;
minor, 28; Nuttallii, 21, 25, 26,
29; occidentalis, 21, 23-27;
Planchonii, 21, 25-27, 29.

Elodes, 17.

Elymus europaeus, 181.

Empetraceae, 44.

Empetrum nigrum, 37, 44, var.
andinum, 37, 44; atropurpureum,
37, 44.

English Cowslip, 143.

Epigaea repens, 40, 41, 43, 44, 122.

Epilobium adenocaulon, 136; angus-
tifolium, 136; saximontanum, 194.

Epipactis repens, var. ophioides, 40,
47; tesselata, 40, 42, 47, 137.

Equisetum arvense, 135; littorale,
136; sylvaticum, 137, 165, Light
correlated Variations of the sterile
Stem of, 165.

Ericaceae, 34-38, 40-43, 47, and
other reaction-sensitive Families
in northern Vermont and New
Hampshire, Soil Tests of, 33.

Ericoideae, 44—46.

Erigeron canadensis, 137; philadel-
phieus, 136; pulchellus, 92; ram-
osus, 136.

Eriocaulon articulatum, 136.

Eriophorum alpinum, 181; angusti-
folium, var. majus, 111

Errata, 196.

Eupatorium, 159; americanum, 67;
amoenum, 68, 69; atromontanum,
64, 65; Bruneri, 64, 65, 165; du-
bium, 63; falcatum, 62, 68, 69;
fistulosum, 67, 162; fusco-rubrum,
63; maculatum, 58-60, 62-64, 66,
161, 162, 165, var. foliosum, 62,
66; punctatum, 63; purpureum,
57-62, 67-69, 157, 158, 160-162,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

164, 165, and its Allies, 57, var.
amoenum, 68, Y angustifolium, 67,
var. Bruneri, 64, 66, var. faleatum,
68, var. foliosum, 66, 134, var.
maculatum, 63; Rydbergii, 64;
ternifolium, 63; trifoliatum, 61,
67, 163-165; verticillatum, 61, 62.

Eupatoriums, 57; Scientific Names
applicable to our purple-flowered,
157.

European Primrose in New England,
143.

Farlow, William Gilson, 1.

Fern, Gold, 113; Royal, 132; Silver,
113.

Fernald, M. L., The American Am-
mophila, 70; American Varieties
of Pyrola chlorantha, 49; Brainerd
& Peiterson's Blackberries of New
England, 185; A Flora of the
Penobscot Bay Region [Review],
91; Gaultheria procumbens, forma
suborbiculata, 155; Juncus Ger-
ardi, var. pedicellatus, 76; Lac-
tuca hirsuta, forma calvifolia, 156;
A new albino Raspberry, 112; A
new Digitaria from New Hamp-
shire, 101; A northern Variety of
Ranunculus hispidus, 30; Oxalis
montana, 143; Polygala pauci-
folia Willd., forma vestita, n. f.,
32; Pyrola rotundifolia and P.
Americana, 121; Rubus recurvi-
caulis Blanchard, var. armatus, n.
var., 168; Scirpus acutus Muhl,
55; Some Variations of Carda-
mıne pratensis in America, 11;
Studies of some boreal American
Cerastiums of the Section Ortho-
don, 169.

Festuca rubra, 93.

Filix bulbifera, 49.

Fir, 129, 130.

Flora of Birch Island in Attean
Pond, 129; of the Boston Dis-
trict, Reports on the,—XXXII.
72, XXXIII. 123; of the Penob-
scot Bay region, 91.

Floral Areas, Second Report of the
Committee on, 80.

Flynn, N. F.. A Correction, 16.

Fragaria virginiana, 136.

Fraxinus nigra, 134.

Further Note on Crepis biennis, 192,

Gale, Sweet, 132.
Galeopsis Tetrahit, 137.

1920]

Galinsoga aristulata, 97, 98, 100;
bicolorata, 98, 99; caracasana,
98-100; hispida, 97, 100; in North
America, The Genus, 97; parvi-
flora, 97, 98, 100, var. hispida, 97;
Y. hispida, 100; var. semicalva,
101; purpurea, 98; semicalva,
98, 100.

Galium Claytoni, 135; labradoricum,
92; trifidum, 135; triflorum, 93,
137.

Gaultheria procumbens, 41, 43, 44,
122, 156, forma suborbiculata,
155.

Gaylussacia, 167; brachycera, A new
Station for, 167; dumosa, 122, var.
Bigeloviana, 122.

Gentiana Andrewsii, 104-110, in the
Coastal Plain of New Jersey, Re-
garding, 104; clausa, 105, 106, 108,
109; Saponaria, 105-110.

Genus Elodea in New England, 17;
Galinsoga in North America, 97.

Geum Peckii, 38, 48.

Glaux maritima, 110.

Glyceria borealis, 135.

Gnaphalium carpathicum, var. Laes-
tadiana, 142; uliginosum, 137,
var. nudum, 140

Gold Fern, 113.

Goldthread, 130.

Goodyeara, 32. .

Gossypium, 73; herbaceum, 73.

Grass, 38; Beach, 70; Marram, 70;
Psamma, 70.

Grier, N. M., Light correlated Varia-
tions of the sterile Stem of Equis-
etum sylvaticum, 165.

Gymmogramma triangulare, 116; tri-
angularis, 116.

Gymnogramme oregana, 116, 117;
pyramidalis, 117, 118; triangularis,
116, var. viscosa, 117, 118; vis-
cosa, 117, 118.

Gymnopteris triangularis, 116.

Habenaria, 32, 42; blephariglottis,
137; bracteata, 39, 40, 43, 47;
dilatata, 39, 40, 43, 47, var. media,
43, 47; fimbriata, 32, 39, 47, 135;
Hookeri, 42, 43, 47; hyperborea,
40, 42, 43, 47; macrophylla, 43,
47; obtusata, 39, 43, 47; orbiculata
40, 43, 47; psycodes, 31, 32, 43,
47, var. ecalcarata, 31, 32, var.
ecalearata in Vermont, 31.

Harrimanella, 44.

Index

201

Helianthemum, 123; Bicknellii, 123;
canadense, 123; majus, 123; to-
mentosa, 124.

Helictonia, 180.

Hervey, E. W., A rare Variety of
Vitis labrusca, 183.

Hibiscus, 73; moscheutos, 15, 73;
trionum, 73.

Hieracium aurantiacum, 137; sca-
brum, 137.

Hill, A. F., [Notice of Work.], 91.

Hippopodium, 181.

Holm, T., Antennaria alpina and
A. carpathica, 138; Internal gland-
ular Hairs 1n Dryopteris, S9.

Huckleberry, Box, 167, 168.

Hudsonia, 123; ericoides, 123.

Hydrophila, 180.

Hypericaceae, 75.

Hypericum, 17, 75; aureum, 75;
boreale, 75, 135; canadense, 75;
ellipticum, 75, 135; gentianoides,
75; majus, 75; mutilum, 75; per-
foratum, 75; prolificum, 75; punc-
tatum, 75; virginicum, 75, 135.

Ibidium, 180.

Ilex verticillata, 93, 132, 134, 135.

Ilysanthes dubia, 138.

Internal glandular Hairs in Dryop-
teris, 89.

Iowa, Ranunculus Purshii in, 183.

Iris versicolor, 135.

Jack Pine, 130, 132.

Juncus brevicaudatus, 135; bufonius,
136; effusus, 135; filiformis, 135;
Gerardi, 76, 111, var. pedicel-
latus, 76; Greenei, 93; pelocar-
pus, 135; saximontanus, 195; sty-
gius, 181; subtilis, 135; tenuis, 136.

Kalmia angustifolia, 37, 40, 41, 44,
134; polifolia, 37, 40, 41, 44.

Kidder, N. T., Solidago lepida, var.
fallax in Knox County, Maine, 77.

Knowlton, C. H., Reports on the
Flora of the Boston District,—
XXXII. 72, XXXIII. 123; Second
Report of the Committee on floral
Areas, 80. :

Knox County, Maine, Solidago lepida
var. fallax in, 77.

Lactuca canadensis, 9, 10, 137, Vari-
ations in, 9, var. integrifolia, 9-11,
var. integrifolia, forma angustata,
10, 11, var. latifolia, 9, 10, var.
latifolia, forma exauriculata, 10,

202

11, var. montana, 11, var. obo-
vata, 10, 11, var. obovata, forma
stenopoda, 10, 11, var. typica,
9, 10, var. typica, forma angust-
ipes, 10; elongata, 9, 10, 8. integri-
folia, 11, x. longifolia, 10; hirsuta,
156, forma calvifolia, 156; inte-
grifolia, 9, 11; Morssii, 10; sagit-
tifolia, 11; spicata, 10; Steelei, 10.

Lechea, 124; intermedia, 124, 182;
Leggettii, 124; maritima, 124, var.
interior, 124; maritima interior,
182; minor, 124; tenuifolia, 124,
182; villosa, 124, 182.

Ledum groenlandicum, 37, 40-44,
137.

Lepidium apetalum, 137; virginicum,
137

Leptochloa fascicularis, 15.

Leptophyllum, 180.

Leucocoma, 181.

Lichen, 181.

Light correlated Variations of the
sterile Stem of Equsetum sylvati-
cum, 165.

Limnanthemum, $9.

Linnaea, 181; borealis, 134, 181, var.
americana, 40, 43, 48.

Linum catharticum, 111.

Liparis Loeselii, 43, 47.

Listera australis, 15; convallarioides.
40, 47; cordata, 40, 43, 47.

Lists of New England Plants, Pre-
liminary, —X XVII. 80.

Littorella uniflora, 16.

Lobelia Dortmanna, 136.

Loiseleuria procumbens, 37, 44, 46.

Long, B., Further Note on Crepis
biennis, 192; Regarding Gentiana
Andrewsii in the Coastal Plain of
New Jersey, 104.

Long, C. A. E., Some noteworthy
Matinicus Plants, 110.

Lonicera, 110; caerulea, var. villosa,
38; canadensis, 134.

Lownes, A. E., Notes on Pogonia
trianthophora, 53.

Lycopodium annotinum, 48, 133,
var. pungens, 38, 48; clavatum,
133, var. megastachyon, 92, var.
monostachyon, 92; complanatum,
var. flabelliforme, 133; lucidulum,
133; obscurum, 133; sabinae-
folium, 123; Selago, var. appres-
sum, 3$, 48.

Lycopus americanus, 135; uniflorus,
135; virginicus, 134.

Lygodium, 85; palmatum, 82, 84, 86.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Lysimachia, 193, 194; terrestris, 135;
thyrsiflora, 193, 194.

MeDonald, Francis Eugene, 145.

Mackenzie, K. K., Scientific Names
applicable to our purple-flowered
Eupatoriums, 157. -

Maianthemum canadense, 38, 133.

Maine, Solidago lepida, var. fallax
in Knox County, 77.

Malva, 73; Alcea, 73; borealis, 74;
crispa, 73; moschata, 73; parvi-
flora, 73; pusilla, 74; rotundifolia,
74; sylvestris, 74, var. mauritiana,
74.

Malvaceae, 72.

Malvastrum, 74; coromandelianum,
7

Maple, 130, Mountain, 131; Red,
131, 132.

Marram Grass, 70.

Marsilea quadrifolia, 156, in Maine,
156.

Matinieus Plants, Some noteworthy,
110.

Mentha arvensis, 136, var. glabrata,
135.

Menyanthes traifoliat, 43.

Mespiluscanadensis, 151.

Microstylis, 43; monophyllos, 43,
47; unifolia, 43, 47.

Milium paniceum, 103.

Monchia, 181.

Monanthium, 180.

Moneses, 180; uniflora, 40, 42-44.

Monotropa unifolia, 134.

Montia lamprosperma, 111.

Mountain Ash, 131; Maple, 131.

Muhlenbergia racemosa, 134.

Myrica, Gale, 40, 132, 134, 135.

Myriophyllum alterniflorum, 136;
Farwellii, 136; tenellum, 16; ver-
ticillatum, var. pectinatum, 136.

Najas flexilis, 136; marina, 15.

Names applicable to our purple-
flowered Eupatoriums, Scientific,
157.

Naumburgia, 193, 194, The supposed
generic Character of, 193.

Nelson, J. C., Crepis setosa in Ore-
gon, 191; Does saximontanus mean
“Rocky Mountain?” 194.

Nemopanthus mucronata, 134, 135.

New albino Raspberry, 112; Digi-
taria from New Hampshire, 101;
Species of Spergularia, 15; Station
for Gaylussacia brachycera, 167.

1920]

New England, Brainerd & Peiter-
sen’s Blackberries of, 185; A Euro-
pean Primrose in, 143; The Genus
Elodea in, 17; Plants, Prelimi-
nary Lists of —X XVII. 80.

New Hampshire, A new Digitaria
from, 101; Soil Tests of Ericaceae
and other reaction-sensitive Fam-
ilies in northern Vermont and, 33.

New Jersey, Regarding Gentiana
Andrewsii in the Coastal Plain of,
104.

Nodding Pogonia, 55.

North America, The Genus Galin-
soga, 97.

Northeastern Variety of Panicum,
153.

Northern Variety of Ranunculus his-
pidus, 30.

Norway Pine, 137.

Note on Crepis biennis, Further, 192.

Notes on Amelanchier, Additional,
146; on Pogonia trianthophora,
53.

Nymphaea advena, var. variegata,
136; microphylla, 138.

Nymphaeaceae, 89.

Oenothera pumila, 136.

Onoclea sensibilis, 81, 82, 90, 135.

Ontario, Stachys lanata in, 128.

Ophrys, 181; spiralis, 180.

Orchidaceae, 34, 47, 53.

Orchids, 40, 42.

Oregon, Crepis setosa in, 191.

Orthostachys. 181.

Osmunda cinnamomea, 82, 133, var.
glandulosa, 82, 86; Claytoniana,
82, 133; regalis, 132, 134, 135,
var. spectabilis, 82.

Osmundaceae, 80, 82.

Oxals Acetosella, 134, 143, 144;
americana, 143, 144, forma rho-
dantha, 144; corniculata, 136;
montana, 143, 144, forma rho-
dantha, 144.

Panieum, 153, 182; albemarlense,
182, 183, in Connecticut, 182;
argyrostachyum, 103; badium, 104;
boreale, 133, 134; capillare, 154;
columbianum, 183; curvinerve,
103; depauperatum, 183; dichoto-
miflorum, 153, 154, var. puritan-
orum, 154, 155; Gattingeri, 153,
154; glabrum, var. mississippiense,
103; gracilimum, 101; huachucae,
183; implieatum, 182, 183; lanu-

Index

203

ginosum, var. siccanum, 183, 196;
leucocomum, 104; lineare, var. miss-
issippiense, 103; linearifolium, 183;
northeastern Variety of, 152; phae-
othrix, 104; sanguinale, 103, var.
longiglume, 1. marginatum, 103,
var. Simpsoni, 103; Simpsoni, 103;
sphaerocarpon, 183; tennesseense,
182; tsugetorum, 183; Tucker-
manni, 153; villosissimum, 183.

Paper Birch, 131.

Parnassia caroliniana, 39, 42, 49.

Peitersen, A. K. [Notice of Work],
185.

Pellaea, 88; atropurpurea, 81, 87,
88; glabella, 81, 87, 88; gracilis, 49.

Penobscot Bay Region, A Flora ot
the, 91.

Penstemon secundiflorus, 195.

Phaeocephalum, 180, 181.

Phalaris maritima, 71.

Phegopteris, 91; Dryopteris,
polypodioides, 38, 133.

Philotria, 17; angustifolia, 25, 29;
iowensis, 26, 29; linearis, 25; minor,
22, 28; Nuttalhi, 24, 29; Planch-
onii, 29; pratense, 136.

Phragmites communis, 15.

Phyllodoce coerulea, 37, 44.

Picea canadensis, 133; rubra, 133.

Pilularia, 89.

Pine Jack, 130, 132; Norway, 137;
Red, 130; White, 130.

Pinus Banksiana, 33, 130, 133, 134;
resinosa, 133; Strobus, 133.

Pirola, 123.

Pityrogramma, 114; triangularis,
114-120, Varieties of, 113, var.
Maxoni, 116, 118-120, var. pal-
lida, 116, 119, var. viscosa, 115,
117, 119; viscosa, 117.

Plantago major, 136.

Plants, Preliminary Lists of New
England,—XXVII. 80; Some
noteworthy Matinicus, 110.

Poa annua, 136; laxa, 38; nemor-
alis, 133; perennans, 135; pra-
tensis, 136; trifolia, 136.

Pogonia, Nodding, 55; ophioglos-
oides, 41, 47; trianthophora, 53,
Notes on, 53.

Polygala paucifolia, 32; forma ves-
tita, 32

Polygonum amphibium, 137; avicu-
lare, 137, var. vegetum, 137;
Convolvulus, 137; lapathifolium,
137; Persicaria, 137; sagittatum,
93.

133;

204

Polypodiaceae, 80-82.

Polypodium aculeatum, 180;
are, 81, 82, 90, 130, 133.

Polystichum, 83, 180; acrostichoides,
81, 83, 90; Braunii, 81, 83, 84.

Poplar, 131, 132.

Populus balsamifera, 134; grandi-
dentata, 134; tremuloides, 134.

Potamogeton amplifolius, 136; bu-
pleuroides, 136; dimorphus, 136;
epihydrus, 136; filiformis, 15;
heterophyllus, 136; .natans, 136;
pusillus, 136; Robbinsii, 136.

Potentilla Anserina, 92; monspeli-
ensis, 137, var. norvegica, 137;
pacifica, 92, 110; palustris, 135;
saximontana, 195; tridentata, 38,
48, 137.

Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants,—XXVII. 80.

Primrose ın New England, A Euro-
pean, 143. :

Primula, 143; mistassinica, 39, 49;
officinalis, 143; veris, 143.

Prunella vulgaris, 136.

Prunus pennsylvanica, 134.

Psamma Grass, 70.

Psedera, 72; quinquefolia, 72, var.
hirsuta, 72; vitacea, 72.

Pteretis nodulosa, 81, 83.

Pteridium latiusculum, 81, 82, var
pseudocaudatum, 81, 86.

Pteris aquilina, 133.

Pyrola, 39, 50, 123; americana, 40,
43, 44, 52, 53, 121, 122, 137, P.
rotundifolia and, 121; asarifolia,
39, 44, 45, var. incarnata, 40, 42,
44, 45, 121; chlorantha, 39, 43,
44, 49-53, 194, American Varieties
of, 49, var. convoluta, 51-53,
var. occidentalis, 50, var. pauci-
folia, 51-53, var. saximontana,
51; convoluta, 49, 50, 52; cordata,
52, 53; elliptica, 39, 41, 43, 44, 123,
134; intermedia, 122, maritima,
122; occidentalis, 50; picta, 50;
rotundifolia, 53, 121, 122, and P.
americana, 121, var. americana,
121, 122, 123, var. arenaria, 121,
122; secunda, 39, 42-44, 130, 134,
var. obtusata, 40, 42-44; uligi-
nosa, 42; uniflora, 180.

Pyroloideae, 44, 45.

Pyrus americana, 131, 134; Malus,
136; melanocarpa, 48; sit-
chensis, 130, 131, 134.

Quaternella, 181.

vul-

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Radicula palustris, 135.

Ranuneulaceae, 80.

Ranunculus acris, 136, var. Steveni,
136; aquatilis, var. capillaceus,
136; Cymbalaria, 15; Flammula,
var. reptans, 135; hispidus, 30,
var. falsus, 30, A northern Variety
of, 30; Purshii, 183, in Iowa, 183;
septentrionalis, 31.

Rare Variety of Vitis labrusca, 183.

Raspberry, A new albino, 112.

Red Cherry, 131; Maple, 131, 132;
Pine, 130.

Reed, Sand, 70.

Region Gentiana Andrewsii in
t v Coastal Plain of New Jersey,
104.

Report of the Committee on floral
Areas, Second, 80.

Reports on the Flora of the Boston
District, —X XXII. 72, XXXIII.
123

Rhizophora, 89.

Rhododendron canadense, 37, 44,
134; lapponicum, 38, 44-40.

Rhodora, 44, 131.

Rhus typhina, 137.

Ribes prostratum, 129, 130, 134;
saximontanum, 195.

Riddle, L. W., William Gilson Far-

ow, 1.

Ripley, W. S., Jr., Second Report of
the Committee on floral Areas, 80.

Rosa blanda, 134.

Royal Fern, 132.

Rubus, 112, 186, 188, 189, 191;
abbrevians, 187-189; allegheni-
ensis, 185, 191; allegheniensis X
setosus, 186; amicalis, 186; An-
drewsianus, 185; arenicola, 186;
argutus, 191; Baileyanus, 186;
Baileyanus X frondosus, 186;
Brainerdii, 190; canadensis, 185,
187, 189; Chamaemorus, 48, 189;
cuneifolius, 185, 189; elegantulus,
187-189; flagellaris, 187; frondi-
sentis, 186-189, 191; frondosus,
185-188, 190, 191; frondosus X
setosus, 188; glandicaulis, 186, 191;
hispidus, 185, 187; idaeus, var.
aculeatissimus, 136, var. canaden-
sis, 112, var. canadensis, forma
Warei, 112, var. strigosus, forma
albus, 112; Jeckylanus, 191; mul-
tiformis, 186; nigrobaccus, 190,
var. sativus, 190; pergratus, 188,
190, 191; pergratus X setosus,
180, 188; permixtus, 187; phila-

1920]

delphieus, 188; procumbens, 185,
187; recurvicaulis, 168, 186, var.
armatus, 168; recurvans, 185,
186, 188; sativus, 189-191; semi-
setosus, 185; setosus, 185-189,
191; tardatus, 168, 187; triflorus,
134; trivialis, 185; vermontanus,
185, 187-189.

Rumex, Acetosella, 137; obtusifolius,
137.

Ruppia maritima, 15.

Rynchospora, 180; Torreyana, 103.

Sabatia decandra, 102; Kennedyana,
102.

Sagittaria arifolia, 137; isoetifolia,
102; latifolia, forma diversifolia,
136; teres, 102.

St. John, H., The Genus Elodea in
New England, 17; The Genus
Galinsoga in North America, 97;
A teratological Specimen of Aralia
hispida, 152; Trillium rectistami-
neum, a valid species in the south-
eastern States, 78.

Salix balsamifera, 134; cordata, 134;
discolor, 131, 134; humilis, 134;
humilis X discolor, 134; lucida,
134, 135; pellita, 132, 135; peti-

olaris, 135; rostrata, 131, 134;
saximontana, 195; sericea, 134,
135; sericea X petiolaris, 135;

Uva-ursi, 38, 48.

Sambucus racemosa, 134.

Sand Reed, 70.

Sarracenia purpurea, 41, 48.

Saxifraga aizoides, 39, 49; Aizoon,
39, 49; oppositifolia, 39, 49; saxi-
montana, 195.

Schizaea pusilla, 82.

Schizaeaceae, 80, 82.

Schoenus fuscus, 180, 181.

Scientific Names applicable to our
purple-flowered Eupatoriums, 157.

Scirpus acicularis, 180; acutus, 55,
56; atrocinctus, 135; californicus,
55; cyperinus, 132, 136, var. pe-
lius, 135; Halliü, 102; hetero-
chaetus, 55; lacustris, 55, 56, var.
oecidentalis, 56; occidentalis, 55.
56, 92; pedicellatus, 135; subter-
minalis, 136; validus, 55, 56.

Sclerolepis uniflora, 103.

Seutellaria galericulata, 135; lateri-
flora, 134, 135. ;

Second Report of the Committee
on floral Areas, 80.

Senecio Robbinsiu, 137.

Index

205

Serapias, 181.

Serpicula occidentalis, 21, 22, 27;
verticillata, 8 angustifolia, 22, 28.

Setaria glauca, 137; italica, 137;
viridis, 137.

Shad-bush, 131, 132.

Sida, 74; hermaphrodita, 74; spinosa,
74

Sieversia Peckui, 48.
Silver Fern, 113.
Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 136.
Sium cicutaefolium, 135.

Smilacina stellata, 42, 49; trifolia,
41, 48.

Smilax herbacea, 134, 135.

So-called generic Names of Ehrhart’s
Phytophylacium, 180.

Soil Tests of Ericaceae and other
reaction-sensitive Families in
northern Vermont and New Hamp-
shire, 33.

Solanum rostratum, 137.

Solidago canadensis, 78, 136; lepida,
var. fallax, 78, in Knox County,
Maine, 77; macrophylla, 138.

Solomon’s Seal, 130.

Some noteworthy Matinicus Plants,
110; Variations of Cardamine pra-
tensis in America, 11.

Sonchus arvensis, 193; pallidus, 10.

Sorrel, Wood, 130, 143.

Sparganium diversifolium,
acaule, 135; fluctuans, 136.

Species of Spergularia, A new, 15.

Spergularia alata, 15; leiosperma,
15, 16; marginata, 15, 16; A new
Species of, 115; salina, 15, 16.

Sphaeralcea, 74; Fendleri, 74; Mun-
roana, 74.

Spiraea latifolia, 132, 134, 135.

Spiranthes Romanzoffiana, 137.

Spruce, 130.

Stachys germanica, 128; lanata, 128,
Ontario, 128.

Standley, P. C., Stachys lanata in
in Ontario, 128.

Star-flower, 130.

Station for Gaylussacia brachycera,
A new, 167.

Stellaria, 38; alpina, 171; borealis,
38, 48; media, 137.

Streptopus amplexifolius, 48; roseus,
38, 48, 137.

Studies of some boreal American
Cerastiums of the Section Ortho-
don, 169.

Stygiaria, 181.

Supposed generic

var.

Character of

206

Naumburgia, 193.

Svenson, H. K., A northeastern
Variety of Panicum, 153.

Sweet Gale, 132.

Syntherisma argillacea, 104; argy-
rostachya, 103; badia, 104; Ba-
keri, 102; curvinervis, 103; distans,
103; filiforme, 101; gracillima, 101,
leucocoma, 104; linearis mississ-
ippiensis, 103; marginatum, 103;
paniceum, 103; Simpsoni, 103.

Tamaricaceae, 75.
Tamarix, 75; gallica, 75; parviflora,
5

Taraxacum officinale, 137.

Taxus canadensis, 130, 133.

Teratological Specimen of
hispida, 152.

Thalictrum polygonum, 134.

Thelaia intermedia, 122.

Thelypteris, 91; Boottii, 81, 89;
cristata, 81, 82, 89, var. Clintoni-
ana, 81, 84, 85; Dryopteris, 81, 83;
Filix-mas, 81, 86, 88; fragrans, 81,
86-88; Goldiana, 81, 87, 88; hexa-
gonoptera, 81, 84, 85; marginalis,
81-83; noveboracensis, 81, 82;
palustris, 81-83; Phegopteris, 81,
83; simulata, 81, 84, 85; spinulosa,
82, 83, var. americana, 82-84, var.
concordiana, 82, 89, var. inter-
media, 82, 89.

Thuja, 41; occidentalis, 33, 40, 41,
49, 133, 134.

Tilia, 72; americana, 72.

Tiliaceae, 72.

Tillaea aquatica, 180.

Tillaeastrum, 180.

Trichophyllum, 180.

Trientalis americana, 38, 48, 134.
Trifolium agrarium, 136; hybridum,
136; pratense, 136; repens, 136.

Triglochin palustris, 110.

Trillium, 78, 152; erectum, 134;
lanceolatum, 78, 79, var. rectista-
mineum, 78, 79; rectistamineum,
79, a valid Species of the south-
eastern United States, 78; Under-
woodii, 79; undulatum, 134; vir-
ide, 79.

'Twinflower, 130.

Udora canadensis, 18, 24, 29; verti-
cillata minor, 22, 28.

Ulmus americana, 134.

United States, Trillium rectistami-
neum a valid Species of the south-
eastern, 78.

Aralia

Rhodora

{DECEMBER

Utricularia vulgaris, var. americana,
136.

Vaccinoideae, 44—46.

Vaccinium caespitosum, 37, 44, 46;
canadense, 37, 40, 41, 43, 44, 130,
134; macrocarpon, 135; Oxycoc-
cus, 37, 41, 43, 44, var. interme-
dium, 41, 44; pennsylvanicum, 134,
var. angustifolium, 37, 43, 44, var.
myrtilloides, 137, var. nigrum, 137;
uliginosum, 37, 44; Vitis-Idaea,
var. minus, 37, 44.

Vagnera, 49; trifolia, 48.

Vargasia caracasana, 99.

Variations in Lactuca canadensis, 9;
of Cardamine pratensis in America,
Some, 11.

Varieties of Pityrogramma triangu-
laris, 113; of Pyrola chlorantha,
American, 49.

Variety of Panicum, A northeastern,
153; of Ranunculus hispidus, A
northern, 30; of Vitis labrusca, A
rare, 183.

Vermont and New Hampshire, Soil
Tests of Ericaceae and other
reaction-sensitive Families in
northern, 33; Botanical Club, The
winter Meeting of the, 184;
Habenaria psycodes, var. ecalear-
ata in, 31.

Veronica scutellata, 135; serpylli-
folia, 136.
Viburnum cassinoides, 134, 135;

dentatum, 95, 132, 134, 135.

Vicia Cracea, 137.

Viola, 124, 186; adunca, 124; affinis,
124; arenaria, 124; arvensis, 124;
blanda, 124, 134; Brittoniana, 124,
125; Brittoniana X fimbriatula,
126; Brittoniana X lanceolata,
126; Brittoniana X pectinata, 126;
Brittoniana X sagittata, 127;
canadensis, 126; chinensis, 125;
conspersa, 125; cornuta, 126; cu-
cullata, 125; cucullata X fimbri-
atula, 127; cucullata X papilio-
nacea, 127; cucullata X septen-
trionalis, 127; cucullata X sororia,

127; cucullata X triloba, 127;
eriocarpa, 125; fimbriatula, 125;
fimbriatula X papilionacea, 127;

fimbriatula X sagittata, 127; fim-
briatula X septentrionalis, 127;
fimbriatula X sorora, 127; fim-
briatula X triloba, 127; incognita,
137, var. Forbesii, 125, 134; lance-

IT
3 1753 00341 3421

1920]

olata, 125; odorata, 125; pallens,
125; palmata, 125, papilionacea,
125; pectinata, 125; pedata, forma
alba, 125, var. lineariloba, 125,
forma rosea, 125; primulifolia,
126; pubescens, 126; renifolia, 137*
rostrata, 126; rotundifolia, 92, 126;
sagittata, 126; scabriuscula, 125;
septentrionalis, 126, 134; septen-
trionalis X sororia, 127; sororia,
126; striata, 126; tricolor, 126;
triloba, 126.

Violaceae, 124.

Violet, 130.

Vitaceae, 72.

Vitis, 72; aestivalis, 72; bicolor, 72;
labrusca, 72, 183, A rare Variety
of, 183, var. ‘alba, 184; novae-ang-
liae, 72, 92; vulpina, 72.

Wan, H. A. A new Station for
Gaylussacia brachycera, 167.

Weatherby, C. A., A European Prim-
rose in New England, 143; Hab-
enaria psycodes, var. ecalcarata
in Vermont, 31; Second Report of
the Committee on floral Areas, 80;
Varieties of Pityrogramma tri-
angularis, 113.

Wherry,'E. T., Soil Tests of Ericaceae
and other reaction-sensitive Fam-

Index

207

ilies in northern Vermont and
New Hampshire, 33.

White, D., The Genus Galinsoga in
North America, 97.

White Birch, 129, 132; Fox, 184;
Pine, 130.

Wiegand, K. M., Additional Notes
on Amelanchier, 146; Eupatorium
purpureum and its Allies, 57; A
new Species of Spergularia, 15;
Studies of some boreal American
Cerastiums of the Section Ortho-
don, 169; Variations in Lactuca
canadensis, 9.

Willow, 131; Winter Meeting of the
Vermont Botanical Club, 184.

Wissadula, 74; callimorpha, var.
Friesii, 74.

Wood Sorrel, 130, 143.

Woodsia, 38, 90; alpina, 49, 82, 87;
glabella, 39, 49, 82, 87; hyper-
borea, 49; ilvensis, 82-84; obtusa,
82, 84, 85.

Woodward, R. W., Panicum albe-
marlense in Connecticut, 182.

Woodwardia areolata, 82, 86; vir-
ginica, 82, 86.

Yellow Birch, 131.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Rhodora"

See other formats